ote

i t

7 |

¥ '

i 7 . Avie}

ry & lf i wi 0

dad j WER GP A les 4)

‘wp et a \

byt Moh 7 Oe ¥) } OP >

iW : : :

pty! fa: uf Hh Seal I @ 1 ; ryt Pn

Weer Pe 4 nae ws US A

} ee

- . i] Hy @ a ;

iv hie ee

(ut

t L ’

Li 1

ny Veere ie a

Wind 5 ; i

: i

( ,

: i my

;

[ayy i

‘

; [

‘| j 1 ‘

4 \ i i \ ! i A Tay R ! y “] veh i

"i hr J ' ‘ian 7 at 5] 1 P j

ih Ale re!) f Tau Wiest th al all (i

i nis hey Lied! \ a e N Mis! yj 4 i

F ia nah th ge ii) AN Pure ae ety, oh \

Fig tle fl hy. ve oun LS [ ss : t Mg

ae i (oe i Tyo! Z; / Fy i = J ‘

M | j

‘ 7 ibe | . \ ry e

j ' ney ' : Mi ce

y sd = \ k : /

Ae Mn

f uy } f

hy ; j j {

ral hs mils Ch ved va singe My a) ' Py ray

Mente Hey, 4's WAY j F Nee |

ut !' i aah eine Yi f i 4

” h ’ i nas,

/ } i ive! tt

V ry f #P i

Wi 1

" ry

mee “sii ¢ i ia

A aN Nia ;

esha ae ‘) .

i »

aie i

\ A i

; iy .

, f

uF f

4, er

i ial i

: i

vet A

t a

: an |

f i iy

a }

I UA

eA Tin

4) ( i

i Peale) faci

\ a he

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY

BENGAL.

EDITED BY

. THE SECRETARY AND SUB-SECRETARY.

VOL. XIII.

PART I.—JANUARY TO JUNE, 1844.

; CALCUTTA :

BISHOP’S COLLEGE PRESS.

1844.

Tontents,

PART I.

No. 145.

I,—On the Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India. By Edward Balfour,

Esq. Assistant Surgeon. Communicated by the Author to Jameson’s Edin-

burgh Journal, ...s eee Maleie Stators AAE Ekane

Il.—Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words. From Dr. Voysey’s MSS. Ellich-

poor, 16th December, 1821], .... Sate wack Beep Sfalete

I1I.—On the History of Arakan.—By Capt. A. P. Phayre, Senior Assistant

Commissioner, Arakan,.. eoee je atere aisivie Sisal Bere

IV.—Bhiascare Acharye Siddhanta Shirdmani sic dicti operis pars tertia,

Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine vertit notasque adjecit,

E. Roer, save cose ec6 aaa ence See

V.—-Summary description of two new species of Flying Squirrel. By B. H.

Hodgson, B. C.S. .... cess eeee wove cose siaele

VI.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.—January, 1844, siaiala 2285

V1I.—Officers and Members of the Asiatic Society for 1844, siiee rae

VIII.—List of Members, January, 1844, ..., set orale SAR

1X.—Rules of the Society, aaa eeu mathe aatds seu

No. 146.

I1.—Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the Madras and Ma-

sulipatam Storm of 2lst to 23rd May, 1843. By Henry Piddington. With

a Chart, .. pines goles aerate oie sie aeiaid aiwaie

II.—An Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in China.

By D. J. Macgowan, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo Hospital. With

a Plate, .. wee eae wales sve migiare wee

I1I.—A Description of the Country of Seisthan. By Lieut. R. Leech, Bombay

Engineers, Assistant on a mission to Cabool. From the Political Secretariat

of the Government of India, .... ates wy sieves ara

IV.—Route from Candahar to Herat. From the Political Secretariat of the

Government of India, dds eae aval ae

V.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. oS ene 1844, he ee

Page.

XVil

Ils

115

121

Kili

iv Contents.

No. 147.

Page.

'1.—Tables for determining the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the Atmos-

phere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations ofa dry and

wet bulb Thermometer; computed agreeably to Dr. Apjohn’s Hygrometric

formula, under the direction of Capt. J. T. Boileau, of the Bengal En-

gineers, F. R. S., F. R. A. S. Superintendent of the Hon’ble E. I Com-

pany’s Magnetic Observatory at Simla, -. isola vane eoee 135

11.—Geological Map of Captain Herbert’s Himalaya Survey, «+e. enna LEk

III.—Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard’s Account of

Kunawar, including a general description of the latter district. By Lieut.

J. D. Cunningham, of the Engineers, 1843.. Communicated by the Go-

vernment of India, .. Shale arya sass oa estate de

1V.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.x—March, 1844, wet peeea 5 RL

No. 148.

I1.—Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard’s Account of Ku-

nawar, including a general description of the latter district. By Lieut.

J. D. Cunningham, of the Engineers, 1843. (Concluded.) ..«+ sah eee

II.—Report on the Agriculture and Land produce of Shoa. By Capt, Graham,

Bengal N. I., of the Mission to Abyssinia, aspe eeee cooe 203

111.—Report on the Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore, by Major F. Mackeson,

C.B., B. N. I. Officiating Superintendent Bhutty Territory. .... tence SO

1V.—Note on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a

few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunker, and on the supposed de-

crease of Thermal Temperature in India. By Capt. Newbold, M, N. L,,

Assistant Resident, Kurnool, Madras Territory, sees seieh saat lo

V.-—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.x—April, 1844, aes or ewe, STR

No. 149.

1.—Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees. By Lieut. C. J. Cruttenden, Assistant

Political Agent, at Aden, ee eres eevee eens tees coor 319

I11.—Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone from the junction of the Dia-

mond Limestone and Sandstone at Nurnoor, in the Kurnool Territory,

Southern India. Received for the Museum of Economic Geology, for Capt.

Newbold, M. N. I. Assistant Commissioner, Kurnool. By Henry Pid-

dington, Curator Museum of Economic Geology of India and of the Geolo-

gical and Mineralogical Departments, Asiatic Society’s Museum. sina O00

Il}.—Report of a Journey from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cabool and the

Punjaub, undertaken in the year 1838, by order of his Excellency John

McNeill, Esq. H. B. M. Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipoten-

tiary at the Court of Persia. By Major Todd, Acting Secretary of Legation, 339

1V.—Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report for December Meeting 1842, ( Conti-

nued from vol. x11, p. 1011.) elds mee os ae see ae

V.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.x—May, 1844. coos rer cove XML

Contents. Vv

No. 150.

Page.

I.—A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language- By Major R. Leech, C. B.,

Ist Assistant Governor General’s Agent, N. W. F. ( Continued.) aaae. (oon

11.—View of the principal Political Events that occurred in the Carnatic, from

the dissolution of the Ancient Hindoo Government in 1564; till the Mogul

Government was established in 1687, on the Conquest of the Capitals of Bee-

japoor and Golconda; compiled from various Authentic Memoirs and Origi-

nal MSS. collected chiefly within the last ten years, and referred to in the

Notes at the bottom of each page. By Colonel Mackenzie. .... eoee 421

I1I.—Notices of various Mammalia, with Description of many New Species.

By Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum, &c. .... tiaeie, 400

1V.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society—June, 1844, oBhTNie abel ia obk REO ATL

inoewr :

TO PART I,

VOL. XIII.

Page.

Agriculture and land produce of

Shoa. Report on the. By Capt.

Graham, aiatoie saute dae

Appendix to Mr. Blyth Report for

December Meeting, 1842 ( Conti-

nued from vol. xt. p. 1011.) ..06

Bhascare Acharye Siddhanta Shird-

mani sic dicti operis pars tertia,

Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam

continens, Latine vertit notasque

adjecit, KE. Roer,

Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in

China. An Inscription from a Tab-

let in a. By D. J. Macgowan,

Es He

q> ee

Candahar to Herat, Route from.’

From the Political Secretariat of

the Government of India

Cashmeeree Language. A Grammar

ofthe. By Major Leech,

Country of Seisthan. A Description

ofthe. By Lieut. R. Leech, ....

Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in

the Atmosphere and the Tempera-

ture of the Dew-point, by Obser-

vations of a dry and wet bulb Ther-

mometer; Tables for determining

the: computed agreeably to Dr.

Apjohn’s Hygrometric formula,

under the direction of Capt. J. T.

Boileau,

Examination of a remarkable Ked

Sandstone from the junction of the

Diamond Limestone and Sand-

stone at Nurnoor, in the Kurnool

Territory, Southern India. Re-

ceived for the Museum of Economy

Geology, from Capt. Newbold. By

Henry Piddington,

Flying Squirrel. Summary descrip-

tion of two new species of. By B.

H. Hodgson,.... eoce

Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in South-

ern India. Note on a recent. With

a few remarks on the origin and

age of the Kunkur. By Capt.

N ewbold, aere

eeese venae eeese

eeee ee¢e

361

121

115

135

336

Page.

Goand and Cole Words. Vocabulary

of. From Dr. Voysey, ..

Herat to Simla. Report of a Journey

via Candahar, Cabool and the Pun-

jaub, By Major Todd, .. moe

History of Aracan. On the. By Capt.

A. P. Phayre, ..

Himalaya Survey. Geological Map

of. Capt. Herbert’s, .... ee,

Law of Storms in India. Tenth Me-

moir on the. Being the Madras

and Masulipatam Storm of 2Ist to

23rd May, 1843. By Henry Pid-

dington, apeve ae SS yore

List of Members, January, 1844, .. vv

Mammalia, Notices of various, with

Description of many New species.

By Edward Blyth,

Migratory Tribes of Natives in Cen-

tral India. Communicated by the

Author to Jameson’s Edinburgh

ani By Edward Balfour, :

s . eesee eoeee e@eece

Mijj eho Somalees. Notes on the.

By Lieut. C. J. Cruttenden, ....

Moorcroft’s ‘Travels in Ladakh, and

on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar,

Notes on. By Lieut. J. D. Cun-

ningham, eve eccee 172-223

Officers and Members of the Asiatic

Society for 1844,.... we. eee

Political Events that occurred in the

Carnatic. View of the principal,

from the dissolution of the Ancient

Hindoo Government, in 1564, till

the Mogul Government was esta-

blished in 1687, on the Conquest of

the Capitals of Beejapore and Gol-

conda By Colonel Mackenzie, ..

Proceedings of the Asiatic Socie-

ty for 1844, 1-Xiii-xxXi-xx1ix-xlili-liii

Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore.

Reportonthe. By Major F. Macke-

SOR: oe aerate awaken

Rules of the Society,

463

Kili

42]

sewer evil

LIST OF PLATES

To Vol. XIV, Journal Asiatic Society.

No. Facing Page.

1 Sciuropterus Chrysotrix, Sciuropterus Senex, ...- ove eoee sees 67

2 Chart to the Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, Ae geen 409

3 An Inscription from a Tablet in a Budhist Monastery at Ningpo in China,.. 115

4 Geological Map of the Himalaya Region between the Rivers Sutlej and Kalee

to accompany Capt. Herbert’s Memoir in Vol. XI., 200. cece sone Ll

3S Aum Mani Pape Hom in the Ranjaor Lautsa character, os. eoee 195

6 Ditto ditoo Uchhen character, .. afaete ates eave 199

7 Illustrative Section of the Ravine of the Patti River at Shalkar, .. cose 243

8 Elevation of the Front of the Silver Ink stand presented by the Asiatic Socie-

ty to H. Torrens Esq. Cane ease eves cove oece coos 31D

9 Cashmeree Alphabet, .. cove eee eee oes Spare 399 to 402

10 Map of the Nurbudda River, .. sees eee eee cone esos O19

11 Boodhist coin, vlners oieein aiaicie eeve nade Sees exes OO

12 Bridge at Temshung in the Kasia Hills, eee eves coe esos 615

13 Group of Kassia Monuments &c. eee cece cree oes esos 617

14 Map of Tour from Almorah &c. between parts of the Province of Kemoan

and British Gurhwal, .. cove plates ohiais cone cove vese 162

15 Deer’s Horns fossil, OER eoee ary Uae coe coos)

16 Wild Buffalo ditto, .. coos cece ence eee cece oooe |

17 Fossil Buffalo Head, eove cece evce sees eves pecs + 767

18 Lateral view ditto, .. cose eves cove oeee eoee coos |

19 Natural size of teeth, sibrsia Seve ooce a sine” Tunivalsie(e sees

20 Osteology of the Elephant, .... ove coos cove soe cove 916

21 Fig 1. Elephant descending a bank: Fig 2. the reverse, »» see eeee 917

22 Bills of Fringillide,.... eves voce cace ouce cece **.. 906

23 Geological Diagrams, .. — seas alee'a ei iaiese i) asi comm ) aves SOF

INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS

TO PART I,

Page.

Batrour, Epwarp, Esq. On the

Migratory Tribes of Natives in

Central India, .. coos Arison

Borteau, T. J. Capt. Tables for

determining the Elastic Force of

Aqueous Vapour in the Atmos-

phere and the Temperature of the

Dew-point, by Observations of a

dry and wet bulb Thermometer;

computed agreeably to Dr. Ap-

john’s Hygrometric formula, under

the direction of, isis cae os

Biytu, Mr. Appendix to Report for

December Meeting, 1842. ( Con-

tinued from vol. x11, p. 1011.) «. 361

Notices of various

Mammalia, with Description of

many New Species, «+. esse 463

Crurrenpen, C. J. Lieut. Note on

the Mijjertheyn Somalees, ....+.

Cunnincuam, J. D. Lieut. Notes

on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh,

and on Gerard’s Accountof Kuna-

War, .. ay Geiee

Government of India, Route from

Candahar to Herat. From the Poli-

tical Secretariat of the, wietaiasi leit

Grauam, Capt. Report on the Ag-

riculture and land produce of

OB, 0 eee cues rales) LO

Hersert, Captain. Geological Map

of Himalaya Survey, .... .... 171

Hopeson, b. H. Summary descrip-

tion of two new species of Flying

Squirrel. ... duiee Seisial! SOL,

Lescu R. Lieut. A Description of

the Country of Seisthan,.... .... 115

——-——-— Major. A Grammar ofthe

Cashmeeree Language. ( Conti-

nued, ) cease sece Ss

oe ee em

172-223

VOL. XIII.

Page.

MackeEnzig, Cotone.. View of the

Principal Political Events that oc-

curred in the Carnatic, from the

dissolution of the Ancient Hindoo

Government in 1564, till the Mo-

gul Government was established in

cace 421

Maccowan, D. J. Esq. An Inscrip-

tion from a Tablet in a Buddhist

Monastery at Ningpo in China, 113

Mackeson, F. Major. Report on the

Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore, 297

Newso.up, Capt. Note on a recent

Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in

Southern India, with a few remarks

on the origin and age of the Kunker,

and on the supposed decrease of

Thermal Temperature in India,.. 313

PuHayre, A. P. Capt. On the His-

tory of Arakan, .. see esee 23

PIDDINGTON, Henry. Examina-

tion of remarkable Red Sandstone

from the junction of the Diamond

Limestone and Sandstone at Nur-

noor, in the Kurnool Territory,

Southern India, aielais anes OGO

——_—_—_—__-—__——— Tenth Me-

moir on the Law of Storms in In-

dia, witha Chart, .... Sess 09

Rorr, E. Bhascare Acharye Sid-

dhanta Shirémani sic dicti operis

pars teria, Gunitadhiam, sive as-

tronomiam continens, Latine ver-

tit notasque adjecit, .... visee IO

Topp, Major. teport of a Journey

from Herat to Simla, via Canda-

har, Cabool and the Punjaub, un-

dertaken in the year 1838,...... 339

Voyssy, Dr. Vocabulary of Goand

and Cole Words... «s.. Scan Lo

] > ee eoeo0 e@eoesn

LIST OF MEMBERS

Of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, on \st January, 1844.

Anderson, Major W. Forbes, Lieut. Col. W. N.

Avdall, J. Esq. ; FitzGerald, Major W. R.

Fulton, Esq. J. W.

Bird, Hon’ble W. W.

Barlow, Esq. R. Grant, Hon’ble Sir J. P.

Bayley, Esq. H. V. ——— Esq. W. P.

Bogle, Capt. A. ——— Esq. J. W.

Boys, Capt. W. E. Gladstone, Esq. M.

Birch, Capt. F. W. Goodwyn, Capt. H.

Bigge, Lieut. H. L. Ganthony, Esq. J.

Brandreth, Esq. J. E. L.

Broome, Lieut. A. Hannay, Capt. F. S.

Benson, Esq. W. H. Hayes, Lieut. Fletcher

Baker, Capt. W. E. Heatly, Esq. S. G. T.

Benson, Lieut. Col. R. Hill, Esq. G.

Beaufort, Esq. F. L. Huffnagle, Esq. C.

Batten, Esq. J. H. Houstoun, Esq. R.

Birch, Major R. J. H. Heberlin, Dr. J.

Bishop of Calcutta, Rt. Rev. Lord Hickey, Lieut. C. E.

Burney, Lieut. Col. H. Hodgson, Esq. H. B.

Blundell, Esq. E. A. Hutton, Capt. T.

Bacon; Esq. G. W.

Baillie, Esq. N. B. E. Irvine, Lieut Col. A. (c. B.)

Cameron, Hon’ble C. H. Jackson, Esq. W. B.

Cautley, Capt. P. T. Jenkins, Major F.

Campbell, Esq. A. Jameson, Dr. W.

Cheap, Esq. G. C.

Connoy Loll Tagore, Baboo Karr, Esq. W. Seton —

Cust, Esq. R. Kistnoth Roy, Bahadoor, Rajah

Corbyn, Esq. F.

Lushington, Esq. G. F.

Dunlop, Esq. A. C. ——-——— Esq. E. H.

Durand, Capt. H. M. Loch, Esq. G.

Dwarkinath Tagore, Baboo Long, Rey. J. Associate Member.

Edwards, Esq. W. Maddock, Hon’ble T. H.

Egerton, Esq. C. C. McQueen, Rev. J.

Earle, Esq. W. Mansel, Esq. C. G.

Kverest, Lieut. Col. G. McKenzie, Esq. J.

il List of Members.

Mouat, Esq. F. J.

Muir, Esq. J.

Mill, Esq. J. B.

Macleod, Esq. D. F.

Middleton, Esq. J.

Macleod, Capt. W.

Nicolls, Genl. Sir J.

Ommanney, Esq. M. C.

Ouseley, Lieut. Col. J. R.

O’Shaughnessy, Esq. W. B.

Peel, Hon’ble Sir L.

Pratt, Rev. J. H.

Prinsep, Esq. C. R.

Prosonoo Coomar Tagore, Baboo

Phayre, Lieut. A.

Piddington, Esq. H. Associate Member.

Robison, Esq. C. K.

Ryan, Esq. E. B.

Ravenshaw, Esq. E. C.

Rawlinson, Major H. C.

Rustomjee Cowasjee, Esq.

Ramanath Tagore, Baboo

Ramcomul Sen, Baboo

Ramgopaul Ghose, Baboo

Radakanth Deb Behadoor, Rajah

Sleeman, Lieut. Col. W. H.

Stacy, Lieut. Col. L. R.

Sanders, Lieut. Col. E.

Sutherland, Esq. J. C. C.

Seton, Hon’ble Sir H.

Strong, Esq. F. P.

Storm, Esq. W.

Stirling, Esq. E. H.

Spilsbury, Esq. G. G.

Sutchurn Ghosal, Bahadoor, Rajah

St. Pourcain, Esq. J.

Strachey, Lieut. H.

Sprenger, Esq. A.

Stephenson, Esq. R. M.

Shortrede, Capt. R.

Stephen, Capt. J. G.

Syud Keramut Ullee, Associate Member.

Thomason, Hon’ble J.

Tickell, Lieut. S. R.

Taylor, Lieut. Col. T. M.

Torrens, Esq. H.

Trevor, Esq. C. B.

Torrens, Esq. J. S.

Winchester, Rev. W.

Walker, Esq. H.

Wade, Lieut. Col. Sir C. M.

Willis, Esq. J.

Withers, Rev. Principal G. U.

Wallis, Rev. A.

Wilcox, Major R.

White, Major M. G.

Young, Lieut. C. B.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Socrety.—JANvary, 1844.

(Wednesday Evening, the 3rd January, 1844.)

The monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the rooms on Wednesday even-

ing, the 3rd January, at the usual hour. The Honorable W. W. Bird, President, in

the chair. ;

The election of officers for the year 1844, was the first business of the meeting,

and it was agreed that those of 1843 should be requested to continue. The name of

Dr. A. Sprenger, B. M. S. was added to the Committee of Papers.*

R. Macdonald Stephenson, Esq. proposed at the last meeting, was ballotted for

and elected. The usual communication was ordered to be made to him,

Proposed as an Honorary Member by the Hon’ble the President, and seconded by

the Secretary :—

John, Prince of Saxony, brother to the reigning king.

In proposing this illustrious personage as an Honorary Member, the Honorable the

President and Secretary stated, that they had done so not only in consequence of

his general and well-known proficiency in literary and scientific pursuits, but speci-

ally with reference to his high attainments as a Sanscrit scholar, and his unvarying

patronage on all occasions of oriental scholars and oriental literature.

The Sevres Medallion of Major Rennel, presented at the meeting of November

1843, which had been framed in black marble, was now exhibited.

The Committee named at the December meeting, to settle the form of the inscrip-

tions on the marble tablets beneath the busts, and the height of the pedestals

for them, exhibited the tablets as prepared, and referred to the bust of Mr. James

Prinsep, which had been placed on a temporary stand at the height they thought

suitable, for the opinion of the meeting. It was resolved, that the alteration be

made as proposed.

Read the following letter addressed to the Secretary by Mr. W. Prinsep :—

To H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

Dear Sir,—I have the honor to acknowledge your two letters of the 28th July, one

to myself in conjunction with my brother H. T. Prinsep, Esq., the other to Sir

Edward Ryan, with a request to procure Kit Cat Portraits of each of these gentlemen.

I have seen these gentlemen, and we are next week to decide upon the artist

and time of sitting, regarding which I shall have the pleasure of addressing you by

* N. B.—The names of Officers and Members of the Society, as they stand at the commencement

of 1844, will be found at the end of the present Number.

ii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jaw. 1844.

next mail; in the meantime, as it is usual to pay down to the artist half the cost upon the

first sitting, and as I believe they will cost Eighty Guineas each, I shall be glad if

you will at once remit the amount necessary for this purpose. Yours faithfully,

London, 14th November: 1843. Wn. PRINSEP.

Ordered, that the remittance desired be made by a safe channel.

The following list of Books, presented and purchased, was read :—

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the 3d January, 1844.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the

month of November 1843.—From Government. ‘

Calcutta Christian Observer, new series, vol. 5, No. 49, January 1844.—From the

Editor.

Oriental Christian Spectator, 2d series. Bombay, December 1843, vol. 4, No.12.—

From the Editor.

Jameson’s Edinburgh new Philosophical Journal. Edinburgh, 1843, vol. 35, No. 69.—

From the Editor.

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science.

London, 3d series, vol. 22, Nos. 147, 148; vol. 23d, Nos. 149, 150.—From the Editor.

Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, 1842-43, vol. 4, pt. Ist, No. 92, and

Index to vol. 3, November 1838 to June 18142.—Presented by the Society.

List of the Members of the Geological Society of London, Ist March 1843.

Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. Premiums

for the Sessions, 1843-1844, 1844-1845. London 1843.—Presented by the Society,

(two copies).

Jerdon’s Illustrations of Indian Ornithology. Madras, 1843, No. 1, (two copies. )—

Purchased.

Graberg de Hemso, Ultimi Progressi della Geografia. Milano, 1843.—Presented by

the Author. .

Lassen de Taprobane insula veteribus cognita Dissertatio. Bonne, 1842. Pamph.—

From the Author.

Moise de Khoréne, Auteur du ve. Siecle. Histoire D’Armenie, Texte Armenien et

traduction Francaise par P. E. Le Vaillant de Florival. Venise, 1841, 2 vols.

8vo.—Presented by J. Avdall, Esq.

Bulletin de la Soeiete de Geographie, 2d serie. Paris, 1842, tome 18.—Presented

by the Society.

Journal Asiatique ou Recueil de Memoires, 3d serie. Paris, November, December

1842, tome 14, No. 79, et dth serie. Mars, 1843, tome 1, No. 3.—Presented.

Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, D’Agriculture et D’ Industrie.

Lyon, 1838-40, 3 vols. 4to.—Presented.

Journal des Savants. Paris, 1843, Avril, Mai, et Juin.—Purchased.

The Librarian also presented a condensed report of the Books and Pamphlets added ©

to the Library during the year 1843, which was ordered to be printed, and will be

found at the conclusion of the Proceedings.

Dr. A. Sprenger submitted a specimen sheet of the Dictionary of Suffectic Terms

aow printing by the Society under his supervision.

Jan. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. iii

Read the following letter from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and Co. the Society’s

Agents and Booksellers :—

To H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—We have received your favor of the 18th July last, enclosing a bill of lading

for a case of Books for Mr. Konig, and also a letter for that gentleman has been re-

ceived, and shall have our attention on the arrival of the Ship ‘‘ Cuthbert Young,’’

_by which vessel the box is consigned to us.

Your favor of the 28th July, enclosing a letter for Sir Edward Ryan and H. T.

Prinsep, Esq., also one for H. T. and W. Prinsep, Esqrs. have both been delivered to

the latter gentleman, the two former being absent from London at the time of the re-

ceipt of the letters by us. '

Your further favor of the 7th August, enclosing a bill of lading for 25 copies of the

Mahabarata, complete, and the same No. of the Index only, shipped by the ‘“ City of

Poonah,’’ has duly come to hand, but the arrival of the vessel is not expected for some

time. We have the honor to be, Sir,

London, 31st October, i843. Your most obedient servants,

W. iH, ALLEN & Co.

Read the following letter and enclosure from the Librarian :—

To H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Str,—I have the honour to forward you the accompanying note of Messrs. Thacker

and Co. who apply for a deduction of 25 per cent. on the Tibetan books, which appears

to have been formerly granted to them by the Secretary of the Society on the Asiatic

Journal.

In laying this request of Messrs. Thacker and Co. before the Committee, 1 would

beg to suggest to them to pass a rule, respecting the sale of all their publications to

booksellers, and should such a deduction be conceded, to ask in return the same al-

lowance from them. I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Asiatic Society, 21st December, 1843. E. Rorr.

Enclosure: Messrs Thackerand Co’s. compliments to Dr. Roer, and beg to state, that

they have been in the habit of paying only 1-8 per No. for the Asiatic Society’s Journal,

the usual charge being 2, from which a discount of 25 per cent. is allowed to them. Messrs.

Thacker and Co. will thank Dr. Roer to send the voucher, as they think they only re-

ceived Nos. 47 and 48. They will further feel obliged, if he will kindly take off the

usual allowance for the two Tibetan books.

Calcutta, 18th December, 1843.

After some conversation it was agreed on, that the allowance desired, should be

made, upon condition that it should be reciprocal.

Read the following letter from the Secretary to the Societé Royale d’ Agriculture,

&c. &c, of Lyons :—

Le Secretaire-Archiviste de la Société Royale d Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et

Arts utiles de Lyon.

MoNSIEUR LE PRESIDENT.—Je suis chargé au nom de la Société Royale d’ Agricul-

ture de Lyon de vous offrir la collection de ses Annales pour la Société du Bengal.

iv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Jan. 1844.

Nous nous estimerons heureux si la compagnie savante que vous présidez jugera le

recueil assez digne d’interét pour nous honorer d’un échange de ses travaux.

Veuillez agreér, je vous prie, Monsieur, le sentimens de haute consideration avec

lesquels. J’ai ’honneur d’étre,

Lyon, le lere Juin, 1841. Votre tres humble et obeissant serviteur,

A Monsieur le Président de la Société du Bengale. G. Mu.tsanrt.

Ordered, that a copy of the Journal be regularly dispatched to this Society.

Read the following letter from Capt. Bonnevie :-—

To H. Torrens, Esg. Honorary Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

S1r,—I had the honour in April or May last, to forward you a letter from the Univer-

sity of Christiania in Norway, accompanied by various specimens of natural history,

minerals, coins, books, &c. &c. which you did me the honour favorably to acknowledge,

expressing your willingness to readily reciprocate. Desirable opportunities now of-

fer themselves for the dispatch of any variety which your Society may be pleased to pre-

sent to the Christiania University by vessels bound to London, and any communication

addressed to the Swedish and Norwegian Consul General in that port, Chas. Tottie, Esq.

will be duly dispatched, or if forwarded to my friends, Messrs. J. Mackey and Co. of this

city, they will be duly cared for, and forwarded to their destination.

I have the honour to be, Sir,

Calcuttu, 30th December, 1843. Your most obedient servant,

C.S. BonNnEVIE.

The Secretary was requested to inform Capt. Bonnevie, of what had been already

dispatched to the University from the Library and Zoological Department, and what

was in train of being so, from other departments.

Read the following letter from J. Avdall, Esq.: —

To H. Torrens, Esg. Secretary, Asiatic Society.

My pear S1r,—Herewith I beg to send you, for presentation to the meeting of the

Asiatic Society, a copy of the History of Armenia, by Moses Khorenensis, translated

into French by P, E. Le Vaillant De Florival, and printed with the Text at Venice

in 1841, 2 vols. I remain,

Your’s faithfully,

Calcutta, 30th December, 1843. JOHANNES AVDALL.

Messrs. Ostell and Lepage having sent two Numbers of the Zoology of the Voyage

of H. M. S. Sulphur, Capt. Belcher, for inspection, a subscription for one copy on

the part of the Society was authorised.

Jaw. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. v

Read the following letter, accompanying two Models of a Boat and Float which

were on the table :—

_W. H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Srr,—Having two models of Steamers on the Archimedean principle, I am desirous

to place them in the Museum, with the view of exposing them to the gentlemen of Cal-

cutta, who may honour that place with their presence, in the hope of meeting with

encouragement to get up a vessel on this plan for inland navigation, in which I

would wish to take share and devote my time to the furtherance of, after May next;

otherwise I would dispose of them at a moderate price; and shall feel obliged by

your kindly allowing them to be placed there for a short time.

I shall be happy at any time to set them in motion in a trough of water, for the

satisfaction of gentlemen wishing to see them act. I remain, Sir,

Your obedient servant,

Calcutta, 23rd December, 1843. GeorGeE Nicks, Engineer,

How ble Co’s. Service, Kidderpore.

Read the following letter from G. Buist, Esq. Bombay.

Dear Sir,—The Bengal Asiatic Society appears to be under a misapprehension

as to there being any reprint of the Transactions of the Bombay Branch, there is none

such. 1 believe the new issue for two years past, in process of publication, has always

been forwarded to Calcutta.

The misapprehension-may have arisen from the circumstance of the Bombay Geogra-

phical Society being presently engaged in reprinting their transactions: these have been

desired to be sent to you, and I shall take care that they are duly forwarded the moment

they have passed through the press. ‘The printer is now far advanced with them.

The reports of the Observatory formerly applied for through Government, will be

completed very shortly, and sent to your address.

I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Bombay Observatory, Geo. Buist,

28th November, 1843. Secretary to the Geographical Society.

A catalogue of the additions to the Library was presented by the Librarian, and

ordered to be printed with the January (the present) number of the Journal. Ac-

count sales of Oriental publications was also submitted as follows :—

Oriental Publications, &c. sold from the 9th January up to the 14th December, 1843.

Rs. As

Mahabharata, vols. I to LV, 8 copies each, 26 ee -. 320 O

Index to ditto, vols. I, LI, III, 6 copies each, and vol. IV, 7 copies, o 37 8

Naishada, 3 copies, ws °° si8 <e ne as Saale O

Sausruta, vols. I and II, 1 copy each. .. ae ote ae ue 8 0

Hariwansa, 1 copy, oo ie oe oe a ve ee 2 0

Sanscrit Catalogue, 2 copies, .. ve : ee ve 2 0

Futawe Alemgiri, vol. I, one copy; vol. II, one ditto: vol. III, 2 ditto; vol,

vol. IV, 8S ditto; vol. V, 10 ditto; vol. VI, 9ditto, .. Sys oo 200 OU

Carried over, .. ai ata ave 3 Be »» 640

vi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1844,

Brought over, Fee ee ve oe ve -- 640 8

Jawame-ul-I]m-ul-riazi, one copy, ee ie os ve pS rah. O

Khazanat-ul-Ilm, one copy, .. ee Ss as ve oe 8 0

Sharaya-ul-Islam, 2 copies, .. a ve ve “re aie, Oey @

Asiatic Researches, vols. XVIII, | copy; XIX, | ditto; XX, 2 ditto, oo 40.0

Journal of the Asiatic Society, Nos. 52, 56, 61, 65, 84, 90, 103 to 119, 125 to

130, and Supplement to No. 126, one copy each, ve a om ol 8

Total Rupees 760 0

E. Rorr,

Calcutta, the 2d January, 1844. Librarian, Asiatic Society.

Read report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology, for the month of

December.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR MUSEUM ECONOMIC GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL AND MINI-

RALOGICAL DEPARTMENT, FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER.

Mineralogical and Geologieal.—I have been unable to complete, for this month, the

arrangement of the specimens brought by Capt. Russell from the Cheduba Archi-

pelago, but I trust to doso by next month. [have moreover not yet obtained Capt.

Russell’s detailed report.

Capt. Newbold, M. N. I. has sent us from Kurnool three small, but very curious,

specimens of ‘‘organic bodies in a vein of chert in the Kurnool limestone.’? When

examined by a magnifier, these are seen to be minute nummulitcs, more or less silici-

fied. None of them effervesce with acids, though the matrix in the less compact

looking parts does so. It is probable that the limestone would be also found to

contain these bodies, either at the spot these were found, or in the vicinity of it. In

a geological point of view, the presence of the fossils of so recent a formation in that

quarter of India is highly interesting.

Museum Economic Geology.—Capt. Shortrede has, at my request, kindly sent us a

box, containing eight specimens of tolerable size of the lithographic stones from near

Rewah, of which impressions and specimens were presented at the September and Oc-

tober meetings; these are now in the hands of Mr. Black for trial and report.

Mr. W. C. Drew has presented us with a mineral, which though common enough

in itself, is from its locality of considerable interest. It is a fragment of argentiferous

lead ore from Adelaide in Australia: of which I learn that so large a quantity as eight

tons had been sent from that port to Sydney for smelting.

Capt. Oldfield, Executive Engineer of the Saugor division, has presented us with a

very interesting set of specimens of iron ores, and other minerals from that district.

His letter is as follows :—

To H, Pippineron, Esq. Curator of the Economic Museum, Calcutta.

Sir,—Having been favoured by you with a copy of the printed Memorandum rela-

tive to the objects of the Museum of Economic Geology, I took the opportunity of pass-

ing through the town of Heerapoor in Bundelkund, to observe the method of smelting,

and to collect some iron ores from that district.

The large specimen marked ‘ Heerapoor iron ore,’ shews the average quality, of which

the quantity is unlimited. ‘The whole neighbourhood may be said to abound in iron,

the ore is at the surface, or rather the mines are mere caves inironrocks. The iron stone

Jan, 1844. | Proceedings of the Astatic Society. Vii

is first broken down, and afterwards into smaller pieces of about an inch in diameter,

by small hand hammers, mixed with double its weight of charcoal, and put into clay

furnaces about 5 feet high and one-half in diameter, the draft is given by a hand bel-

lows, the nozzles of which are of fine clay and require constant renewal.

The slag is drawn off by tapping the lower part of the furnace; the iron however

is not completely fused, but is taken only by tongs through the top of the furnace;

after withdrawal of the slag. At this stage, it is of a pale straw colour, and is at once

subjected to hammering, by which it loses one-third of its weight, this hammering being

continued till the iron is cool, it is then considered ready for forging. As a specimen of

the manufactured iron, I send half a tawa, or scone for baking chupattees, weighing

about 4lb.

I send also some specimens of iron ore kindly collected at my request for the Museum,

by Lieut. Turner, 51st N. I. when that officer was on detached duty at Tendookheru, a

village south of Saugor, and within a few miles of the Nerbudda. From these mines,

the iron of which Col. Presgrave formed the bars for the Suspension Bridge over the

Beas river near Saugor, was procured.

No. 1, is the rock of which the hills containing the ore mostly consist.

No. 2, is the ore.

No. 3, Slag-

No. 4, Iron from the furnace, unrefined by forging.

From the neighbourhood of Saugor I send specimens of Kunkur, No. 5 and 8 of

which, should you have leisure, I should be glad to obtain a correct analysis.

The specimens of mortar or concrete which I send, were formed from a mixture of

lime made from kunkur No. 5, with gravel and tile dust. One specimen had water

poured on it a few minutes after it was mixed, and commenced hardening from that mo-

ment; the surface set very quickly ; the lime used was rather stale, having been burned

upwards of a month, and exposed to a damp atmosphere. It was carefuly ground,

however, a measure essential to the goodness of mortar made with kunkur or other

hydraulic limes. I have added somespecimens of limestone marked No. 6, found in masses

or boulders imbedded in the black soil of the Saugor district, and a specimen of the

red sandstone of that part of the country, which in many places is in lamine sufficiently

thin to be used for roofing purposes in lieu of slates. It is likewise found in slabs,

used in thicknesses of 3 or 4 inches as architraves, having a bearing of from 6 to 8 and

even 10 feet. This stone is likewise in general use for marble masonry, being more

commonly found massive or with irregular lamination.

I take the opportunity of adding as mere matters of curiosity, at least, without re-

ference to any building or other useful purpose in the Saugor district,

A specimen of granite from Debsor river in Bundelkund.

A specimen of a dark compact rock with the character of which I am unacquaint-

ed.* From the position in which I found it, I believe it to extend over a large tract of

country in the Jhansi state on the left bank of the Debsor, at a depth of from 30 to 40

feet from the surface. I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

7, Russell Street, Chowringhee, J.N.OxupFievp, Capt.

December 2d, 1843. Executive Engineer, Saugor Division.

* It is an indurated and somewhat fibrous clay slate.—H, P.

ABSTRACT

Of the List of Books received into the Library, from the 13th

January to the 6th December 1843.

Note.—The number of all the Books, received during last year, amounts to 391.

English Books.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History. ‘London, Nos, 62, 63, 64, 68, 69, 71, 72, 75, 76,—9 Nos.

Archzologia, or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquities. London, 1842, Vol. xxix,—1 vol.

Arrowsmith’s Map of India. London, 1840, 1 No.

Audubon’s and Bachman’s Descriptions of new species of Quadrupeds inhabiting North-America.

1 pamphlet.

Bernier’s Travels, comprehending a description of the Mogul Empire, translated from the French

by J. Stuart. Calcutta, 1826, 1 vol.

Batten’s Report on the Settlement of the district of Gurhwal, in the province of Kemaon. Agra,

1843, 1 pamphlet.

Buist’s Comparative Readings of Eight Barometers. 1843, (a leaf,) 1 No.

Calcutta Christian Observer. New Series. Nos. 37 to 40, 42 to 48, 11 Nos.

Calcutta Literary Gleaner, 1842, Voli, Nos. 11 and 12, 1843-Vol. ii, Nos. 1 to 8, 10 Nos.

Calcutta Journal of Natural Science, 1843. Vol. iv, No. 13. 1 No.

Calendars of the Proceedings in Chancery in the reign of Queen Elizabath. 3 vols.

Callery’s Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language. London, 1842. 1 pamphlet.

Collection of Papers regarding the course of the Indus, and especially of its Eastern Mouth and

the Branches falling into the Run, of Cutch. Calcutta, 1842, 1 vol.

Darwin’s Journal of Researches into Geology and Natural History. London, 1839, 1 vol.

Documents relating to the Gates of Somnath. 1 pamphlet.

Early Records in Equity. Calcutta, 1842. 1 vol.

Francis’s and Craft’s Chemical Gazettte. 1842, No. 1,1 No.

Goodwyn’s Memoir of an improved system of Suspension-Bridges, on the principle adopted by Mr.

Dredge. Calcutta, 1843, 1 pamphlet.

Gould’s Monograph of the Ramphastide, or Family of Toucans. London, 1834. 1 vol.

Gray’s List of the Genera of Birds. London, 1841, 4 vol.

Specilegia Zoologica, pt. i, 1 No.

Zoology of the Voyage of H. M.S. Sulphur, Mamnalia pt, i. London, 1834, No, 1, 1 No.

Gutch’s Quarterly Journal, Vol. i, No. 6, 1 No.

Hart’s Report on the Trade and Resources of Kurrachee. Calcutta, 1843, 1 vol.

Herapath’s Railway and Commercial Journal, 1843. Vol. v, No. 178, 1 No.

Ibn Khallikan’s Biographical Dictionary, translated from the Arabic by Baron MacGucklin de

Slane. Paris, 1842, Vol. i. 1 vol.

Jameson’s Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Nos. 63, 66, 67, 68. 4 Nos.

Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society or India, 1842, Vol. i and Vol, ii, Nos. 1 to 9,

1 vol, 9 Nos, .

of the Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, Nos, 4 and 5, 2 Nos.

————- of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 1842, Vol. xii, pts. 1 and 2, 2 Nos.

Jan. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ix

Landers’ Memoranda upon the State of Indian Bazaar Weights and Measures, Calcutta, 1843,

1 pamphlet,

Leach’s Zoological Miscellany. London, 1814-17, 3 vols.

List of Members and Correspondents of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1 pamphlet,

of the Fellows, Members, &c. of the Zoological Society of London. 1842, 1 pamphlet.

London, Edinburg and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science. 3d Series, Nos.

134 to 142, and 145 and 146, 11 Nos.

Martyn’s English Entomologists, exhibiting all the Coleopterous Insects, found in England.

Condon, 1792, 1 vol.

Meteorological Register, kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, January to December,

1840. March, April, July and September 1841, November 1842, January to April, and June to Oc-

tober 1843, 26 Nos.

Miles’ Translation of the History of Hydur Naik. London, 1842, 1 vol.

Moxton’s Catalogue of the Skulls of Man, and the inferior Animals. Philadelphia, 1840, 1 pamp.

Crania Americana, or Comparative View of Skulls of various Aboriginal Nations of North

and South America, Philadelphia, 1839. 1 vol.

Ditto ditto, (from the American Journal of Science and Arts. (Vol. viii, No. 2,)4

pamphlet.

Description of some new species of Organic Remains of the Cretaceous group of the United

States. Philadelphia, 1842, 1 pamphlet. ?

Inquiry into the distinctive characteristics of the Aboriginal races of America. Boston.

1842, 1 pamphlet,

Memoir of W. Maclure. Philadelphia, 1841. 1 pamphlet.

Remarks on the so-called Pigmy race of the Valley of the Mississippi, 1 pamphlet.

Some remarks on the Ancient Peruvians. Philadelphia, 1842, 1 pamphlet.

Naturalist’s Library. Ichthyology, Vol. iv, British Fishes. Sun Birds, Vol. xv. 2 vols.

Niebuhr’s History of Rome. London, 1842, Vol. iii, 1 vol.

Newbold’s and Wilson’s Chinese Secret Triad. Society of the Tien-ti Huih, 1 pamphlet,

British Settlement in the Straits of Malacca. London, 1839, 2 vols.

Mineral Resources of Southern India. 1 pamphlet.

Nicollet’s Essay on Meteorological Observations, 1839, 1 pamphlet.

Oriental Christian Spectator, 2nd Series. Bombay, 1842, Vol- iii, Nos. 8, 11, 12, 1843; Vol. iv, No.

to 11, and the Supplement, 14 Nos.

Papers regarding the Scinde and Begarree Canals, Calcutta, 1843, 1 pamphlet,

Pinnock’s and Moore’s Report of Experiments of the actions of the Heart, Philadelphia, 1839.

1 pamphlet.

Penny Cyclopedia of the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge. London, 1833 to 42, 24 vols.

Piddington’s Chart of the 8th Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the track of the Madras

Hurricane of the 24th October, 1842, over the Peninsula of India and the Arabian Sea.

2 pamphlets.

English Index to the Plants of India. Calcutta, 1832, 1 vol.

Tabular view of the Generic Characters of Roxburgh’s Flora Indica, 1836, pt. 3d, 1 No.

Pratt’s Mechanical Philosophy, second edition. 1 vol.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Nos.—to 25 (11 to 16, two

copies,) 31 Nos,

———— of the American Philosophical Society, 1841-42. Vol. ii, Nos. 9 to 14, and 18 to 22, 11 Nos.

of the Geological Society of London, 1840-42, Vol. iii, pt. ii, Nos. 72 to 76 and 87 to 91, 10

Nos, \

of the London Electrical Society, 1842-43, Vol. i, pts. 5, 6, 7, and 8,4 Nos.

of the Zoological Society, 1841, pts. 9 and 10, 2. Nos.

Redfield on Whirlwind Storms, with Replies to the Objections and Strictures of Dr. Hare. New

York, 1842, 1 pamphlet.

x Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1844.

Redfield’s Reply to Dr. Hare’s further Objections relating to Whirlwind Storms. 1 pamphlet.

Report of a Committee (appointed,) of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1842,

1 pamphlet.

of the British Association for the Advancement of Science and Arts, 1842, 1 vol.

on the Kulleeree Canal, 1840. 1 pamphlet.

on the strength of Materials for Steam Boilers. Philadelphia, a3, pt. ii, 1 No.

Richardson’s Persian, Arabic and English Dictionary, by F. Johnson. London, 1839, 1 vol.

Rogers’ Third Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of Pennsylvania. Harrisburgh,

1839, 1 pamphlet.

Ross’s Survey of Cheduba Straits and Coasts of Ramree, 1832, (a leaf,) 1 Noe

Royle on the Production of Isinglass. London, 1842, (two copies,) 2 pamphlets.

Say’s Description of some new Terrestrial and Fluviatile Shells of North America. 1 pamphlet.

Second Bulletin of the Proceedings of the National Institution for the Promotion of Science. Wash-

ington, 1842, No. 2d, 1 No. .

Selections from the most remarkable and interesting of the Fishes found on the Coast of Ceylon. 2nd

Edition. London, 1843, 1 vol.

Smith’s Illustrations of Zoology, 1838-43, No. 1 to 14, 16 and 17, 16 Nos.

Specimens of the Popular Poetry of Persia, translated by A. Chodzko. London, 1842, 1 vol.

State of New York in Assembly 1840, No. 50, and 1841, No. 150, 2 Nos.

Stevenson’s Translation of the Sanhita of the Sama Veda. London, 1842, (two copies,) 2 vols.

Survey of the Route from Kurrachee to Sehwan. Calcutta, 1843, 1 vol.

Swainson’s Zoological Illustrations. London, 1820-23, Ist Series 3 vols. 1829-33, 2nd Series 3 vols.

6 vols.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. New Series, Philadelphia. 1841. Vol. iii,

pt. i, 1 No.

of the Geological Society, 2nd Series. London, 1342, Vol iv. pt. ii, 1 No.

of the Royal Astronomical Society. London, 1842-43, Vols. 12, 13 and 14, 3 vols.

of the Society of Arts, &c. Vol. liii, pt. ii, 1 No.

White’s Tcones Plantarum Indiz Orientalis. Madras, 1842. Vol. ii. pt. iv, 1 No.

Wilcock’s Dictionary of the English and Dutch, Dutch and English Languages. London, 1798, 1 vol.

Wood’s Memoir of the Life and Character of the late J. Parrish. Philadelphia, 1840, 1 pamphlet.

Yarrell’s History of British Birds, London, 1842, Vol. i, pts. xxi and xxxiv to xxxvii, 5 Nos.

French.

Actes de L’Académie Royale de Seiences, Belles-Lettres et Arts de Bordeaux, 1840, 2d Année,

iv. Trimestres, 1841; 3d Année iv, Trimestres, 1842, 4th Année, i Trimestre, 9 Nos.

Bibliothéque de M. Le Baron S. de Sacy. Paris, 1842, tome 4, 1 vol.

Bulletin de la Société de Géographie, 2d Series. Paris, 1842, tome 17, 1 vol.

Callery, Dictionnaire Encyclopédique de la langue Chinoise. Paris 1842, 4 vol.

Delessert, Souvenirs d’un Voyage dans l’Inde, executé de 1838 41839. Paris, 1834, 1 vol.

Fabius, Aoffrande au Dieu de Univers. Lyon, 1842, 1 pamphlet.

Foucaux, Discours prononcé 4 L’ouverture du Cours de l’angue et de litterature Tibetiéne, 1 pamp.

Extrait du Kan-Jour. Paris, 1842, 1 pamphlet.

Hemso (G. de) Observations authentiques sur la Peste du Levant. 1 pamphlet.

Journal Asiatique. Paris, 3d Série, tome xiii, Nos. 73, 74 and 75, tome xiv, Nos. 76, 77 and 78,

4 Série, tome i, Nos. 1 and 2, 8 Nos.

des Savants. Paris, Juillet 4 December, 1842, Janvier, Fevrier. Mars. 1843, 9 Nos.

Julien, Exersices pratiques d’analyse de Syntaxe et de Léxigraphie Chinoise. Paris, 1842, 1 vol.

Simple exposé d’un fait honorable odieusement dénaturé dans un libelle reeent de M.

Pauthier. Paris, 1842, 1 pamphlet.

Mémoire sur le Lac Meris, par L, de Bellefonds, Alexandric, 1843, 1 pamphlet.

Pauthier, Examen Méthodique des faits qui concernent Le Thean—T'chu ou L’Inde, Paris 1849,

1 pamphlet.

Jan. 1844, ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xi

Réponse a l’éxamen Critique. Paris, 1842, Vindicie# Sinice, Dernier réponse 4M, S, Julien. Paris,

1842, 1 pamphlet.

Roberts, Fragment d’un Voyage dans les Provinces Interieures de L’Inde, en 1841. Paris, 1843,

1 pamphlet.

Tassy, (G. de.) Chapitre inconnu du Coran. 1 pamphlet.

Saade, auteur des premiéres Poésies Hindoustani. Paris, 1843, 1 pamphlet.

Latin.

Callery, Systema Phoneticum Scripture Sinice. Macao, 184]. Paris i and ii, 2 Nos.

De numis medii evi, in Norvegia nuper repertis, Particula Posterior. 1837, 1 pamphlet.

Ebermayer, Gemmarum affabre Sculptarum Thesaurus, 1720, | vol.

Gazophilatium lingue Persarum. Authore P. Angelo aS. Joseph. Amstelodami, 1684, 1 vol.

Hansteen, De mutationibus Virge Magnetice, 1842, 1 pamphlet.

Holmboe, De Prisca re Monetaria Norvegie, scripsit, 1841, 1 pamphlet.

Descriptio ornamentarum aureorum et numorum in Norvegia Repertorum, 1826, (two

copies,) 2 pamphlets.

Index Scholarum in Universitate Regia Fredericiana 59 ejus semestri, 1842, (two copies,) 2 pamp.

Norvegian.

Aarsberetning for det Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitets for Aaret, 1840, 1 pamphlet.

Abel’s Varker 2 Band, (ceures complétes du Mathématicien Novégien N. H. Abel, redigées par

ordre du Roi, par B. Holmboe,) 2 vols.

‘* Heimskringla” eller Snorre Sturlesons norske Kongers Sagaer, med 3de Karter og fure Slaal-

stet, 1 vol.

Indby delsesskrift i anledaring af den Hortidelige nedlzggelse af Grundstenen til nye Bygninger

for det Kongelige norske Frederiks Universitet trediveaarsdagen efter dets stiftelse den 2den-

September, 1841, 1 pamphlet.

Lzrebog i Mechaniken af Chr. Hansteen. 2 Bind, 2 vols.

Norges Statistiks of Schweigaard, ist deel, 1 vol.

Nyt Magazine for Naturvidenskaberne, 11 hefter, 11 Nos.

Rafn, Antiquitates Americane. Hafniz, 1837, 1 vol.

Statistiske Tabeller for Rongeriget Norge, ler till 5th. Rakk, 5 vols.

Universiteterne i Christiania og Upsala, 1 vol.

German.

Bopp, Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen, &c, &c. Berlin, 1842, 1 vol.

Gaea Norvegica, 1838. Erstes Heet, 1 vol.

italian.

Hemso, (G. de) Degli ultimi progressi della Geographia. Milano, 1841-42, 2 pamphlets.

Zend.

Vandidad Sadé of the Parsis, in the Zend language, but Gujarati character, by the late Framji

Aspandiarji, 1842, 2 vols.

Chinese,

Chinese wood engraving and description of the Porcelain Tower of Nankin, (a leaf,) 2 Nos.

Arabic,

Hashia Saddoor Riddin Mohammed Amin, MS, 4 vol.

Hashia Sayid Sherrif, MS.

Persian

Diwan Sherrif, MS. 1 vol.

Jawaherul Koran, MS. 1 vol.

xii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1844,

Sanscrit. :

Goladhydya, by Bhashkara Acharya. Edited by L. Wilkinson. Calcutta, 1842, 1 vol.

Grahlaghava, by Malléri. Edited by L. Wilkinson. Calcutta, 1843, 1 vol.

Gunitadhy4dya, by Bhashkara Acharya. Edited by L. Wilkinson. Calcutta, 1842, 1 vol.

Johnson’s Selections from the Mahabharata. London, 1842, 1 vol.

Sanhita of the Sama Veda. London, 1843, 1 vol.

Wilson’s Megha Duta, or Cloud Messenger. London, 1843, 1 vol.

Amount of Books in each Language.

English, eee one eee eve cae vee “ eee oe see eee 290

French, asa ans ovo ose 58 ore one ae oH oor woe 43

Latin,... coo ose eee eve ase . eee on see see ML

Norvegian, ... “5 see eas ose se : = a se 20

German, nee exe Su: ee = sat aap eee

Italian, eee ant cue ane sae . sce . aoe a ene

Zend,... “0 on fun cnn a ee

Chinese, .. “an ue exe AH eee nee . 2 or aie waop die

Arabic, ee as Si) coe oan ae “nr ni tr hes com

Persian, eae Aa eae oes sae son ane “i Posie wie

Sanscrit, ase aoe oct one , ses as ae Se 6

Total, eee eee eee 391

LIST OF MEMBERS

Of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, on \st January, 1844.

Anderson, Major W. Forbes, Lieut. Col. W. N.

Avdall, J. Esq. ; FitzGerald, Major W. R.

Fulton, Esq. J. W.

Bird, Hon’ble W. W.

Barlow, Esq. R. Grant, Honb’le Sir J. P.

Bayley, Esq. H. V. ————. Esq. W. P.

Bogle, Capt. A. ——_—— Esq. J. W.

Boys, Capt. W. E. Gladstone, Esq. M.

Birch, Capt. F. W. Goodwyn, Capt. H.

Bigge, Lieut. H. L. Ganthony, Esq. J.

Brandreth, Esq. J. E° L.

Broome, Lieut. A. Hannay, Capt. F. S.

Benson, Esq. W. H. Hayes, Lieut. Fletcher

Baker, Capt. W. E. Heatly, Esq. S. G. T.

Benson, Lieut. Col. R. Hill, Esq. G.

Beaufort, Esq. F. L. Huffnagle, Esq. C.

Batten, Esq. J. H. Houstoun, Esq. R.

Birch, Major R. J. H. Heberlin, Dr. J.

Bishop of Calcutta, Rt. Rey. Lord. Hickey, Lieut. C. E.

Burney, Lieut. Col. H. Hodgson, Esq. H. B.

Blundell, Esq. E. A. Hutton, Capt. T.

Bacon, Esq. G. W.

Baillie, Esq. N. B. E. Irvine, Lieut. Col. A. (c. B.)

Cameron, Hon’ble C. H. Jackson, Esq. W. B.

Cautley, Capt. P. T. Jenkins, Major F.

Campbell, Esq. A. Jameson, Dr. W.

Cheap, Esq. G. C.

Connoy Loll Tagore, Baboo Karr, Esq. W. Seton

Cust, Esq. R. Kistnoth Roy, Bahadoor, Rajah

Corbyn, Esq. F.

Lushington, Esq. G. F.

Dunlop, Esq. A-C. ———-—— Esq. E. H.

Durand, Capt. H. M. Loch, Esq. G.

Dwarkinath Tagore, Baboo Long, Rev. J. Associate Member.

Edwards, Esq. W. -Maddock, Hon’ble T. H.

Egerton, Esq. C. C. McQueen, Rev. J.

Earle, Esq. W. Mansel, Esq. C. G.

Everest, Lieut. Col. G. McKenzie, Esq. J.

Xvi

Mouat, Esq. F. J.

Muir, Esq. J.

Mill, Esq. J. B.

Macleod, Esq. D. F.

Middleton, Esq. J.

Macleod, Capt. W.

Nicolls, Gen. Sir J.

Ommanney, Esq. M. C.

Ouseley, Lieut. Col. J. R.

O’Shaughnessy, Esq. W. B.

Peel, Hon’ble Sir L.

Pratt, Rev. J. H.

Prinsep, Esq. C. Rh.

Prosonoo, Coomar Tagore, Baboo

Phayre, Lieut. A.

Piddington, Esq. H. Associate Member.

Robison, Esq. C. K.

Ryan, Esq. E. B.

Rayenshaw, Esq. E. C.

Rawlinson, Major H. C.

Rustomjee Cowasjee, Esq.

Ramanath Tagore, Baboo

Ramcomul Sen, Baboo

Ramgopaul Ghose, Baboo

Radakanth Deb Bahadoor, Rajah

Sleeman, Lieut. Col, W. H.

Stacy, Lieut. Col. L. R.

Sanders, Lieut. Col. E.

List of Members.

[Jan. 1844,

Sutherland, Esq. J. C. C.

Seton, Hon’ble Sir H.

Strong, Esq. F. P.

Storm, Esq. W.

Stirling, Esq. E. H.

Spilsbury, Esq. G. G.

Sutchurn Ghosal, Bahadoor, Rajah

St. Pourgain, Esq. J.

Strachey, Lieut. H.

Sprenger, Esq. A.

Stephenson, Esq. R. M.

Shortrede, Capt. R.

Stephen, Capt. u. G.

Syud Keramut Ullee, Associate Member.

Thomason, Hon’ble J.

Tickell, Lieut. S. R.

Taylor, Lieut. Col. T. M.

Torrens, Esq. H.

Trevor, Esq. C. B.

Torrens, Esq. J. S.

Winchester, Rev. W.

Walker, Esq. H. ©

Wade, Lieut. Col. Sir C. M.

Willis, Esq. J.

Withers, Rev. Principal G, U.

Wallis, Rev. A.

Wilcox, Major R.

White, Major M. G.

Young, Lieut. C. B.

Rules of the Astattc Society,

The following is an abstract of the rules of this Institution which are now in force, including

those printed in the Appendix to the sixth and subsequent volumes of the Society’s Transactions.

Original Rules adopted from the Founder’s Discourse, 15th

February, 1784.

1.—The Institution shall be denominated the Asiatic Society, the bounds of its investigations

will be the Geographical limits of Asia, and within these limits its enquiries will be extended to

whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.

2.—Weekly Meetings shall be held for the purpose of hearing Original Papers read on such

subjects as fall within the circle of the Society’s enquiries. ;

3,—All curious and learned men shall be invited to send their Tracts to the Secretary, for which

they shall immediately receive the thanks of the Society.

4,—The Society’s Researches shall be published Annually, if a sufficiency of valuable materials

be received. ;

5.—Mere Translations of considerable length shall not be admitted, except of such unpublished

Essays or Treatises as may be transmitted to the Society, by Native Authors.

6.—All questions shall be decided on a Ballot, by a Majority of two-thirds, and nine Members

shall be required to constitute a Board for such decisions,

7.—No new Member shall be admitted who has not expressed a voluntary desire to become soa,

and in that case, no other qualification shall be required, than a love of knowledge, ané@ a zeal for

the promotion of it.

Subsequent Resolutions of the Society which are in force.

8.—The future Meetings of the Society shall be held on the first Wednesday of each month; at

half-past Eight o’clock in the Evening.

9,—If any business should occur to require intermediate Meetings, they may be convened by

the President, who may also, when necessary, appoint any other day of the week, instead of

Wednesday for the stated Meetings of the Society.

10.—As it may not always be convenient for the President to attend the Meetings of the Society

a certain number of Vice Presidents shall be elected annually.

11.—In case the President, and the Vice Presidents are absent at any Meeting, a quarter of

an hour after the fixed time, the senior Member present shall take the Chair for the Evening.

12.—Every Member of the Society shall have the privilege of introducing as a visitor, any gen-

tleman who is not usually resident in Calcutta,

13.—With a view to provide funds for the necessary expenses of the Society, an Admission

Fee shall be established to consist of two gold mohurs, payable by every Member on his election,

and each Member of the Society, resident in India (Honorary Members excepted) shall also

contribute a gold mohur, quarterly, in the first week of January, April, July and October. Any

Member neglecting to pay his Subscription for half a year, after it becomes due, to be considered

as no longer a Member of the Society.

14,—All Members returning to India shall be called upon to pay their Subscription as usual from

the date of their return.

15.—A Treasurer shall be appointed.

16.—In addition to the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary and a Librarian shall also be appointed.

XViii Rules of the Asiatie Society. [Jan. 1844.

17.—A Committee of Papers shall be appointed, to consist of the President, Vice Presidents,

Secretary, and nine other Members to be elected annually, and any number no less than five, shall

be competent to form a Committee.

18.—This Committee will select from the papers communicated to the Society, such as may

appear proper for publication, and superintend the printing of the Society’s Transactions.

19.—The Committee of Papers shall be authorized to draw upon the Treasurer for any sums

requisite to defray the expense of publishing the Translations, and an order signed by a Majority

of the Committee, will be a sufficient warrant to the Treasurer for paying the same.

20.—The Committee of Papers is authorized to defray any small contingent expenses on account

of the Society which they may deem indispensable.

21.—Every Subscribing Member of the Society, on application, shall be furnished with a copy

of such volumes of the Researches as may be published whilst he continues a Member, in return

for his contributions, without any further payment.

22.— With a view to the more general circulation of the Asiatic Researches in India, the price of

the 12th and future volumes, to Non-subscribers, shall be fixed at a gold mohur, and if several

volumes of different years be purchased together, they shall be sold at 10 rupees each.

23.—The Agents of the Society in England shall be desired to purchase, and forward for the

Society’s Library, Books of Science and Oriental Literature, published in Europe, taking care

that those purchases at no time exceed the funds arising from the sale of the Society’s publications.

24.—The Committee of Papers shall be requested to furnish the Agents in Europe with such

further instructions as may appear requisite for their guidance in the selection of books proper to

be placed in the Library of the Society.

Hibrary.

25.—The Library is open from 10 to 4 o’clock, between which hours, the Assistant Librarian is

to be in attendance every day, Sunday excepted.

26.—None but the Members of the Society are allowed to borrow Books from the Society’s

Library, and no book is to be lent out of Calcutta without especial permission from the Committea

of Papers. ;

27.—Books are to be borrowed by written or personal application to the Secretary ; in,either case,

the person applying is to furnish a written receipt specifying the name of the work, and the time for

which it is borrowed, at the expiration of which he is to return the book borrowed, or renew his

application for an extended loan of it.

28.—The receipts for the Books shall be filed, and a Record kept of the Books lent out, to whom,

and when lent out, and when returned.

29.—A list of the Books in the Library, and a Register of those lent out, are to be kept ready

for inspection.

30.—All persons borrowing Books are to be answerable for their safe return, or are expected to

replace them if injured or lost.

31.—The Librarian should be authorized to call in any work which is detained beyond the time

fixed by the preceding rule.

32.—All works borrowed from the Library, should be returned once a year, viZ. the first of October,

in order to enable the Librarian to have the most efficient control over them, and to report to the

Secretary on the state of the Library.

33.—Valuable manuscripts should not be removed from the Library, and no work from the

Oriental division of the Library can be borrowed by Native gentlemen, not Members of the Society

without a special order of the Secretary.

34,—All books being books of general or special reference in the various branches of Natural

History in the departments of the Zoological, Geological, and Mineralogical Curators, to be

understood by the Librarian to be Books of reference for the use of those officers, and as such, not

to be lent out of the Library.

Jan. 1844. | Rules of the Asiatic Society. xix

35—The Curators are farther to be allowed to take over for daily use, such Books as they may

select for that purpose, giving the usual receipt to the Librarian,

SMusewum,

34.—On the 2nd February 1814, the Society determined upon forming a Museum for the recep-

tion of all articles that may tend to illustrate Oriental Manners and History, or to elucidate the

particulars of Nature or Art in the East. The following Resolutions were at the same time passed

upon the subject.

35.—That this intention be made known to the public, and that contributions be solicited of the

undermentioned nature :—

1, Inscriptions on stone and brass.

2, Ancient Monuments, Mahomedan or Hindoo.

3. Figures of the Hindoo Deities.

4. Ancient Coins.

5. Ancient Manuscripts.

6, Instruments of War peculiar to the East.

7. Instruments of Music.

8. The vessels employed in Religious Ceremonies.

9. Implements of Native Art and Manufacture, &c. &c.

10. Animals peculiar to India, dried or preserved.

11. Skeletons, or particular bones of animals peculiar to India.

12, Birds peculiar to India, stuffed or preserved.

13. Dried Plants, Fruits, &c.

14, Mineral or Vegetable preparations in Eastern Pharmacy.

15. Ores of Metals.

16. Native alloys of Metals.

17. Minerals of every description, &c. &c. &c.

36.—That the hall on the ground floor of the Society’s house be fitted up for the reception of

the articles that may be procured. The plan and expenses of so doing to be regulated by the

Committee of Papers and Secretary, and the person under whose superintendence the Museum

may be placed.

37.—That the expense which may be incurred in preparing materials furnished in a state unfit

for preservation be defrayed by the Society within a certain and fixed extent.

38.—All articles presented to the Museum shall be delivered in the first instance, to the

Superintendent of the Museum, to enable him to make the acknowledgment, directed in the

standing rules of the Society.

39.—A Register of Donations to the Museum, shall be exhibited each Meeting of the Society.

40.—The Committee of Papers shall adopt such means as may appear proper for making the

intentions of the Society, in this respect, generally known.

41.—That the names of persons contributing to the Museum or Library of the Society, be

hereafter published at the end of each volume of the Asiatic Researches.

Bibliotheca Asiatica,

The following Resolutions were passed on the recommendation of the Committee of Papers,

under date the 2nd July 1806, but materials have not yet been received for publishing a volume

of the work therein proposed.

XX Rules of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1844,

42,—That the Society publish from time to time as their funds will admit of it volumes distinct

from the AsiaticResearches, translations of short works in the Sanscrit and other Asiatic Languages,

or extracts and descriptive accounts of books of greater length in those languages, which may be

offered to the Society, and appear deserving of publication.

43.—That as this publication may be expected gradually to extent to all Asiatic books of which

copies may be deposited in the Library of the Society, and even to all works extant in the

learned languages of Asia, the series of the volumes, be entitled Bibliotheca Asiatica, or a

Descriptive Catalogue of Asiatic Books with extracts and translations,

Physical Class.

The following Resolutions were passed on the 2nd January 1828 :—

1.—That the Physical Committee of the Asiatic Society be considered as in existence and for

the same purposes as formerly, exclusively of Medicine.

2.—That all Members of the Society, be Members of the Committee.

3.—That persons not belonging to the Society, may be elected as corresponding Members of the

Committee, upon the recommendation of any three Members without being liable to any charge.

4.—That the Committee elect its own Officers.

5.—That the Committee frame its own rules, subject whenever likely to interfere with the

Rules of the Society, to confirmation at a General Meeting.

6.—That the proceedings of the Society, and short notices of any interest, be published from time

to time, as they accumulate, in such form as may be hereafter found convenient.

7.—That Papers of any extent or permanent interest, be published in the same type and form

as the Researches, so as to admit of their being bound up with them.

8.—That the expense of these publications be borne by the Society.

9.—That the Physical department of the Museum be considered under the especial charge of

the Committee, Mr. Tytler undertaking the care of the Osteological Specimens and Mr. Ross of the

Minerals.

Translation Committee, 3rd September, 1828.

That a Committee of the Society be formed to communicate with the Committee of Transla-

tion of the Royal Asiatic Society, and carry their views into effect by procuring and transmitting

such Manuscripts, Originals and Translations, as they may be able to obtain for the purpose.

That a Book be opened for Subscriptions of Ten Guineas per annum, each Subscriber ; entitling

him to a Copy of all the Works printed by the Translation Committee.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.—F rprvary, 1844.

(Tuesday, the 6th February, 1844.)

The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held on Tuesday the 6th of February,

at the usual hour. The Honourable The President in the chair.

The Meeting was made special, to afford the Members an opportunity of express-

ing their sentiments on the departure of their old and talented associate B. H.

Hodgson, Esq. late Resident at Kathmandoo, who was to embark that evening

on board the Earl of Hardwicke.

Before commencing the business of the evening, the Honourable the President

rose, and in the most feeling and impressive manner, addressed the Members to the

following effect :—

“<The daily Papers have informed you of the object of this Meeting, but it may be

necessary to explain why it has been made special, particularly as to-morrow is the

usual day, and it has been determined to adhere to that day except under very pe-

culiar circumstances. On the present occasion, the circumstances are such as to

make me feel confident that you will all concur in the propriety of what has been

done. Mr. Hodgson sails to-morrow, and I am sure that there is not a Member here

present who would not have regretted the loss of the only opportunity we shall ever

have of seeing him in this place, and of testifying, as far as we are able, how highly

we are sensible of the credit which his labours and researches have reflected on the

Society. Iam aware, that in alluding to them, I am causing to the distinguished

individual of whom I am speaking more pain than pleasure, but I hope he will for.

give me, for I feel that you would all consider me as ill discharging the duties of the

situation in which I have the honor to be placed, were I to allow such an occasion

as this to pass without referring to those labours and those researches in terms of

suitable acknowledgement,

**I confess, however, that I am quite unable to speak of them as they ought to be

spoken of, but of their variety and extent, you may yourselves be able to form some

judgment, when you hear that Mr. Hodgson’s contributions to the Transactions and

Journal of this Society alone, according to a paper which I hold in my hand, amount

to eighty-nine distinct papers.* This, however, is not the extent of the work ac-

complished by him. He has largely contributed to other scientific bodies as much

by the benefit of his correspondence as by his direct contributions, and in addition

* See list in the following page.

xiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fes. 1844.

to all the mass of research, and all the novelty of information of which evidence is

before us in his detached papers, we possess the most valuable of all his works, his

book on the literature and religion of the Boodhists, a work the most complete ex-

tant upon a subject till lately but little understood, and of the highest importance to

the Philologist and the Historian. But this is not all; while engaged in the most

difficult and important official avocations he has found time also to enrich our

knowledge of Zoology by new observations on known animals, and a series of dis-

coveries of novel ones. But it is unnecessary for me to dilate on these subjects, as

all the particulars will be far better explained in the course of the evening by the

other Officers of the Society. I will only further observe, that the high reputation

which Mr. Hodgson has conferred on the Society, is not merely a local and an Indian

one. His name, widely spread with his discoveries among the Scientific Societies

of Europe, has carried with it corresponding credit to the Body, as a Member of

which he had laboured, and which ought therefore to testify their acknowledgments

in a mode creditable alike to their distinguished associate and to themselves.

The Hon’ble the President then proposed.

«That as a testimony of the high sense entertained by this Society of Mr. Hodgson’s

scientific and literary labours, and also as a mark of personal regard, he be requested

to sit to some first-rate Artist for his bust, to be placed in its Public Meeting Room.”’

This motion was seconded by H. Torrens, Esq. V. P. and Secretary to the Socie-

ty, and carried unanimously,

B. H. Hopeson, Esa.

Contributions to Transactions and Journal, referred to by the Honourable the President.

1828, Account of Manufacture of Nepal Paper, 1833, On a New species of Buceros,

1829, On a new species of Buceros, Description of the Aquila Nepalensis,

Antilope Hodgsonii. Notice of, Description of the Criczetus Nipalensis,

1830, Antilope Hodgsonii. On the, Migration of the Natatores and Gralla-

1831, On the Antilope, tores in Nepal,

On a species of Felis, On the Wild Goat and Wild Sheep in

On Scolopacide, Nepal,

On Musk Deer, Description of the Ratwa Deer,

On the Cervus Jarai, Description of the Buceros Homrai,

On the Ratwa Deer, Description of the Wild Dog of the

On the Jaral Goat, Himalaya,

On the Migration of Birds, Nipal Zoology,

On the Chirf, On the Nepal Military Tribes,

On the Mammalia of Nepal, 1834, On the Chirfi Antilope,

1832, Route from Katmandu to Gazedo, On the Newars,

Account of Manufacture of Nepal Paper, On Bauddha Inscriptions,

Further illustrations of Antilope Hodg- On Buddhism,

soni, On Ancient Inscriptions,

Notes on the Cervus Jarai, ‘ 1835, Visit to Simroun,

Remarks on the Buceros, On Tibetan Inscriptions,

Fes. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XV

On Sarnath Inscription, On the common Monkey ; with remarks on

Zoology of Nepal, genera Semnopitheceus et Macacus, three

On Bearded Vulture, new species.

On red-billed Erolia, Nayakote. A cursory notice of,

On Thar and Ghoral Antilopes of Nepal, 1841, Note on the Cervus Elaphus of the Sal

On Wild Goat of Nepal, Forest of Nepal,

On Wild Sheep of Nepal, On the Genera of the Bovine,

On specific characters of Cervus, , Glaucopine, or Rasorial Crows inhabiting

On Nepal Mustela, the Northern regions of Nepal,

1836, On Falconidae, Conostoma AZmodeus Notice of a new form,

Synopsis of Mammals, Lagomys inhabiting Nepal, with plate

On Nepal Ornithology, of a new species,

On Wild Goat, Mammals of Nepal. Classified Catalogue

On Zoological Nomenclature, of to the end of 1841, first printed 1832,

Description of Columba, Notice of Marmot of the Himalaya and of

Sketch of Buddihsm, Tibet,

On Ursitaxus, New organ in the Genus Moschus,

On New Incessores, Classical Terminology of Natural History,

On Charadriade, 1842, Notice of the Mammals of Tibet, with

On Falconide, descriptions and plates of some new

On Yunxine. species,

On Cerithiade, 1843, Description of a new genus of Falconida,

On Hirundinide, Catalogue of Nipalese Birds, presented to

1837, On Indian Thrushes, the Asiatic Society, duly named and

On Woodpeckers, classified by the Donor,

On Incessores, Translation of the Naipalia Devuta Kalya-

On new genera of Sylviadz, na, with Notes,

On new genera of Raptores, Notice of two Marmots, inhabiting res-

On new Scolopacide, pectively the plains of Tibet and the

On Gauri Gan, Himalayan Slopes near to the snow, and

On new genera of Plantigrades, also of a Rhinolophus of the central

On Language of Buddhist Scriptures, region of Nepal,

On the Bibos, or Gauri Gau, Additions to the Catalogue of Nepal Birds,

1238, On a Pheasant from Thibet, On a new species of Cervus—Cervus Di-

1839, On Cuculus, morphé,

1840, Hare of Gangetic Provinces and of the Books.

Sub-Himalayas; with a slight notice of Illustrations of the Literature and Re-

a strictly Himalayan species, ligion of the Buddhists,

The following Honorary Member proposed at the last Meeting by the Hon’ble the

President, and seconded by the Secretary, was unanimously elected.

H. R. H. Joun, Prince or Saxony.

. New Member proposed.

Lieut. Hopkinson, B. N. I. Assistant to the Commissioner of Arracan. Proposed

by H. Torrens, Esq., seconded by Lieut. Phayre.

Read the following list of Books presented and purchased during the month of

January :—

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the 6th February, 1844.

Voyage dans L’Inde, par St. H. Theroulde. Paris, 1843, 8vo.—Presented by the Autlor.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office. Calcutta, for the month of Decem-

ber, 1843.—From Government.

Xvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fes. 1844.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, February 1844.—Presented by the Editor.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, January 1844.—Presented by the Editor.

Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, vol. 4, No. 94.—Presented by the Society.

Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, No. 10, 1843, vol. 2d,—Presented

by the Society.

The Calcutta Literary Gleaner, No. 10, vol. 2d,—Presented by the Editor,

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History No. 77, 78, 79 and 80.—Purchased.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 3d series,

No. 153, November 1843.—By the Editor.

A Catalogue of a valuable collection of books on Natural History, arranged in classes according

to the Linnean system by W. Wood.—By the Author.

Journal des Savants, Septembre 1843.—Purchased.

The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur during the years 1836-42.—Purchased.

Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa by A. Smith, No. 18, July, No. 19, November.

Ruffee Buhur, [Persian,] presented to the Society by Nawab Oomdut-ool-Moolk, Bahadoor.

Ruffee-ool-Issahee, [Hindoostanee,]—Presented to the Society by Nawab Ooomdut-ool-Moolk,

Bahadoor.

Read the following letter from J. Muir, Esq., C. S:—

To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Si1r,—I beg to state for the information of the Committee of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, that

I have returned to India, and that I have instructed my Agents, Messrs, Colville, Gilmore and Co.

to recommence the payment of my Annual Subscriptions as a Member of the Asiatic Society,

I should feel obliged by your acquainting me, whether any progress has been made in the print-

ing of the Sarira Vidya, a Sanskrit Translation of Hooper’s Anatomist’s Vade-Mecum, towards the

publication of which I subscribed 1000 Rupees some years ago.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Spence’s Hotel, Calcutia, 29th January, 1844. J. Murr,

M. As. Soc. B.

The Secretary stated, that upon enquiry he had learnt from Dr. O’Shaughnessy,

that 500 Rs. of the money subscribed by Mr. Muir had unfortunately been lost,

having been remitted to Europe to cover the cost of wood cuts from Quain’s Ana-

tomy through the agency of Stocqueler and Co., whose bill was dishonored, and the

amount irrecoverable. Mr. Muir had been assured, that the printing of the Sarira

Vidya would be early brought under the consideration of the Society,

Read the following letters accompanying a small box of shells, addressed to James

Prinsep, Esq., or Acting Secretary of the Society.*

Mucu HONOURED SIR,—You receive therewith a little box with shells destined for the Cabinet

of the Asiatic Society. The enclosed letter shall mention you the further, should you be induced

to make to me aremittance. Capt. Meier’s ship Auguste et Meldwe, by which you receive this box,

shall without doubt take care of your sending; otherwise you can make to me Sundries over

London or Hamburgh, and address in the former place. Your boxes to Mr. Yost, care of the

* These letters are, it will be seen, printed.

Fes. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XVii

ship’s broker, Cartemdyk; but inform this gentleman by a letter, that the box is destined for me,

and that he might account to me for the expences.

With the greatest respect,

Your most obedient servant,

G. VopnpEm Buscu, M.D.

Bremen, 20th Feb. 1842. Member of the Board of Health, §c.

Mucu HONOURED Si1R,—It is already a long time that I received from you, care of Dr. Cantor,

some shells from Bengal, for which I was very thankfulto you. Sometime after the receipt of

these shells, I sent a little collection of shells to Professor Wilson, to London, and I solicited

him to take care, that it might come to your hands. Never I have heard if this sending has reach-

ed you, although I have inquired after it by Professor Wilson. Now asthe rare occasion offers to

myself that a ship sails from Bremen to Calcutta, J profit of it; and take the liberty to send to you

some shells for the Cabinet of the Asiatic Society. I have selected principally the shells of our

country, as I think that these shall be rare in Asia, and have adjoined some of American shells. If this

sending should be agreeable to the Society, I would be very enjoyed, and shall continue to communi-

cate to the Society from time to time some more shells. It would be very agreeable for me, if you

would mention me, in what respect I can otherwise be useful to the body, andI give you the pro-

mise, that I shall do my possible to fulfil the desires of that learned Society. Now, my dear Sir, I

solicit you to send tome once some shells of your interesting country. Besides the bed shells from the

genus Helix, Bulimus, Achetina and Cyclostoma, I wish also to receive of the Bivalves and Uni-

valves of fresh waters, and particularly agreeable for me would be specimens of the Genus Melania.

I purpose merely, if I should be supported by my friends and correspondents in other countries, in

procuring specimens of the said genus, to prepare a Monography of it. To your former sending I

have received some very interesting and a large unknown species of Melania, which I have des-

cribed already in a conchological work of our country. I wish now to multiply the specimens of

the said genus, and to make them known to the naturalists. I doubt not, that many new shall be

found in the waters of Bengal, and every new contribution shall be of value for me. You have

sended to me also very fine but broken specimen of a new genus, similar to Paludina, also a

specimen similar to Cyclostoma, which are very fine and interesting. Could you send me of these

some more I should be very glad. Specimens of this shall also be welcome. One of the Helices

I have received I call Podiceps, and on the other Hel. Bensoni, as the descriptions and name of Mr.

Benson are not known in Germany.

If, dear Sir, I can be useful to you or the Society in sending minerals or other natural products,

I shall fulfill your desires with pleasure, and I solicit only to give me up a secure way that I can

send you such objects.

In the hope that my sending shall be agreable to the Society, and that you shall fulfill my de-

sires, I have the honor to be,

Your obedient servant,

G. VonDEm Buscu, M.D.

Member of the Board of Health, and of various Scientifie Societies.

Bremen, 20th Feb, 1843,

Read the following letter, accompanying the valuable paper to which it refers,

which was ordered for publication in the Journal :—

No. 60 of 1844,

From P, MELVILL, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Government of India, to H. ToRRENS, Esq.

Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Fort William, the 27th January 1844.

Foreign Department.

Six,—I am directed by his Honor the President in Council to forward to you, for such notice as

the Society may consider it to merit, the accompanying Vocabulary of the Hinduvee dialect of

Bundeleund, by Major R. Leech, C. B.

x Vili Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Fes. 1844.

2nd. You will have the goodness to return the original document when no longer required.

1 have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Fort William, the 27th January, 1844. P, MELVILL,

Under Secretary to Government of India.

A continuation of Lieut. Baird Smith’s Researches on Indian Earthquakes, was

presented from that gentleman, and will speedily be published.

Read the following extract of a letter to the Secretary from Capt. Cunningham :—

Camp via Ambala, 20th January 1844.

‘Can you scholars not come to any conclusion about the connection of the present and former re-

ligions of the East, as of the Brahmins, the Magi, and the Lamas? —Hom seems common to all

under one modification or another.—The Tibetan ‘‘ Doongten” or ‘‘ Doongtwng” is a place of the dead

like the Guebre ‘‘ Dokmeh” ; and ‘‘ Lat,” a pillar of flame, and also an obelisk in the vernacular of

India, is an object of worship in either sense in this country.—‘“‘ Zat” was equally adored in Arabia,

while words resembling it imply divinity or power, or superiority in Tibet and in other places.”

Read the following letter from Dr. McCallum, accompanying the two Works to

which it refers :—

To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Literature and Science, Calcutta.

S1r,—By desire of Nawab Oomdut-ool-Moolk Bahadoor, I have this day dispatched to your ad-

dress, two Hindostanee Books translated from the English—one called Ruffee-ool- Bussur, and the

other Ruffee-ool-Issahee, and beg you will kindly present them to the Society. The Ruffee-ool-Busser

is a work not merely a translation, but some additions have been made to it from the Nawab’s own

observations.

I beg to remain, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

D. McCaLium,

Hyderabad, 2d Jan. 1844. Sub-Asst. Surgeon, N.S.

Read the following letter and note of charges from Mr. Blyth, Curator in the

Zoological Department :—

My DEAR Si1rR,—I did not think to remind you this morning to send me the letters from F.

Wilson and Capt. Cautley, as I wish to forward them to Huffnagle as soon as I can.

Herewith I send the memoranda I promised you of the expenses of the Zoological department of

the Museum for the year 1843, exclusive of salaries. The expenses of last month have been unusually

heavy, exceeding Co’s. Rs. 200; the cost of spirits required being one of the heaviest items. It is

only from October last that I have commenced ‘regularly collecting fishes, a branch of zoology that

involves the purchase of bottles and of spirit. A considerable number of sundry specimens have been

forwarded by me to the Honorable Company’s Museum as well as to various other institutions, the

collecting and preparation of which enhances the immediate outlay of the Society, although, in the

long run, I trust that we shall not be losers by this liberality. From the Honorable Company’s

Museum, however, to which the greatest number have been sent, and where a host of others are ex-

pected from me, I do not expect to receive much by way of exchange. You will also bear in mind

that the more successful my exertions are in collecting desirable specimens, the cost of these will

always be proportionate or, in the aggregate, about commensurate with that success ; and I have

certainly obtained many capital things lately. I may also further remind you, that the assistane¢e

liberally rendered by Government of 50 Rupees monthly for taxidermist’s expenses, was allowed

Fes. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xix

previously to my taking charge of the Museum, since which time the expenses of our zoological de-

partment have of necessity, been so much increased. I wish you to urge these matters tothe Presi-

dent atour next meeting,—kindly send Wilson’s and Cautley’s notes, and am

Yours truly,

February 6, 1844. E. Buyta.

Memorandum of expenses incurred in the purchase of specimens, and of sundries required for

the preparation of them, including the cost of shikarees and of boys to assist the taxidermists,

also of correspondents, &c. connected with the Zoological Department of the Museum for the year

1843,

January, _ eae see aan Ree ese Co.’s Rs. 122 15 0

February, .. vse Men ae a ane sis a 81,1009

March, ace ee ane es tc ae ues Peele A finen C22 0)

“Teyana rele nl Silay PS Sa ae ne MM: a

May, ... en pe is a eco ei cas 4A DED Be

June, ... as ah eC pps ar oe sce bane Koy 0

JULY, 00 aor oe ae ang “ce on one co a 3

August, oe aoe “te ie eae ons ace « 103 14 0

eee ee Her Pae ee trees) peaista Gil oar buk nied ADbuelh) Irhaobdolh Vote uO SAY 'O

October, a a sae rec ae ae eae Fee ai Up

November, ... oa ahs aes ane Ses a5 Bae oOM eg)

December, ... aE sc a <p nae “ch «. 160 11 O

12)1,495 0 0

Average, ... ee te Se ne 3

Ada to this the cost of the new cases for the Mammalia, also two new cases in the Bird Room,

(holding Parrots, &c.,) and the new Insect cases.

Read the following extract from a private note to the Secretary :—

“I beg to call your attention to the existence of a volume in the Library of the College

of Fort William, which I think might more properly be transferred to that of the Asiatic

Society. The volume I allude to, is the manuscript original of the translation of the Dharma

Shastru of Munoo, by Sir W. Jones; and a gentleman who was with me at the time that my eye fell

upon this volume assured me, that he could safely pronounce it to have been written by Sir William

himself; if such is the case, it certainly would be deposited with more propriety in the Library of a

Society established by that distinguished individual himself, than in that of an establishment in no

way connected with. him. I have reason to believe, that there are other manuscripts connected

with Oriental literature which ought to have been transferred to the Library of the Asiatic Society,

which are still buried in the Library of the College of Fort William.”

The Secretary was requested to make this the subject of a special representation

to Government.

REPORT OF THE CURATOR MUSEUM OF EconoMIcC GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL AND

MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS FOR JANUARY, 1844.

Geological and Mineralogical.—Mr. Heatly has obliged us with some minerals from Jubbulpore,

amongst which are some quartz geodes finely coated with green earth, a specimen of crystallised

mica, and two of zeolites, which will be additions to our cabinet as varieties,

Xx Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [Fes. 1844.

Mr. J. Dodd of the Mint, offers for sale a collection of 200 specimens of the fossils of the older

Fossiliferous Rocks, which he procured recently from Berlin for his own researches in the neigh-

bourhood of Agra, but does not now require. I have examined these, both with reference to the

specimens themselves and to the prices usually charged by dealers at home, and should strongly

recommend their purchase, as they are really much wanted for reference. We have nothing of the

kind in the Museum, and the price asked by Mr. Dodd, 95 Rs., is not more than the cost and charges

of such a series from respectable dealers.

To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

DEAR S1R,—Last year when in the Upper Provinces, I ordered from Berlin a collection of Fossils

found in the lower Fossiliferous Rocks, for the purpose of comparison with any I might obtain from

the neighbourhood of Agra. The collection has just arrived, and as I have now no opportunity for

applying it to the object I intended, I beg leave to offer it to the Asiatic Society for the sum it has

cost me. The collection comprises 200 specimens, and the charge is 95 Rupees. I shall be very

happy to send the specimens to the Society’s Rooms, if you think it will be disposed to take them

off my hands,

Yours obediently,

December 23, 1843. JAS. Dopp.

I may notice here, for it belongs specially to the department, the reception of a continuation of

Lieut, Baird Smith’s paper on Earthquakes for the Journal, and it is to be hoped, that from the wide

circulation which these valuable papers will obtain, we shall be able to draw attention to these

singular and often awful phenomena, with which, no doubt, so many of the changes of our globe

are connected.

Museum of Economic Geology.—Capt, Hannay, Assam L. I., has contributed nine specimens of

clays from the banks of the Dikho River in that country.

In searching through our Cabinets for other matters, I have met with a specimen of the

beautiful green Jade, (axe-stone,) of New Zealand, to which I referred at the meeting of October.

It is fortunately also marked with the name and locality, ‘‘ Bigge, Suddiya,” so we know that it is

from Assam, and though only a pebble from the river, it is to be hoped we may find the vein or mass

of it. Our zealous member, Captain Hannay, promises me to use his best endeavours to procure

us specimens, as also of some very fine precious serpentine, which he says is to be obtained in very

large blocks there. Ifthese stones could reach Calcutta cheaply, they would be much prized, and

probably valuable as exports to China, as the New Zealand Jade already is.

Mr. Hodgson, late Resident at Kathmandoo, has obliged us with a bottle of the water of the

Gossainthan spring at 24.500 feet of elevation in the Himalayas. Upon a hasty examination I find

itis of a light inky colour, and highly fetid smell, but no peculiarly disagreeable taste beyond that of

the sulphuretted hydrogen, and that it contains sulphuretted hydrogen in considerable quantity, and

traces of carbonic acid. A black flakey deposit is forming in it, probably bitumen and sulphur ?

It gives no trace of iron or lime, muriates, or sulphates, and is thus probably a mere solution of

bituminous and sulphureous matters, It is evidently decomposing, and this with its entire inacces-

sibility to us, render it not worth while to analyze it minutely, but I shall not fail to examine the

deposit

Mr. Greenlaw, Secretary to the Superintendent of Marine, has obliged us with a few specimens of

the copper ore, and another of the argentiferous lead ore of Adelaide, Australia.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.— Marcu, 1844.

_ (Wednesday Evening, the 6th March, 1844.)

_ The usual Monthly Meeting was held on Wednesday evening, the 6th

instant, at 83 p.m. The Honorable Sir H. W. Seton in the chair.

Lieutenant Hopkinson, B. N.I., Junior Assistant to the Commissioner

of Arracan, was duly elected a Member of the Society, and the usual noti-

fication was ordered to be made to him.

The following new Members were proposed; viz.

B. Colvin, Esq., B. C. S., proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. C. S., and

seconded by the Secretary.

W. Quintin, Esq. C. S., proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. C. S., and

seconded by the Sub-Secretary.

Read the following letter from Lady Rodd, accompanying the Eloge to

which it refers :—

To the President and Members of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

Lady Rodd has had the pleasure of receiving a very gratifying letter from the Pre-

sident and Members of the Asiatic Society; in consequence of the flattering manner

in which the Medallion of her revered father has been received, her Ladyship begs

to offer a copy of the Eloge lately passed on Major Rennell by the Institute at Paris,

who were so well able to appreciate the value of that celebrated man. Lady Rodd

wishes to offer her sincere thanks to the President and Members of the Asiatic Society

for their kindness in placing the Medallion in so honorable a position.

Wimpole Street, 27th December, 1843.

Read the following letter from B. H. Hodgson, Esq., late Resident at

Kathmandoo :—

H. Torrens, Esq. Vice-President, Asiatic Society.

On board the Hardwicke, Saugor, Feb. 9, 1844.

Sir,—I request you will be pleased to convey to the President and Members of

this Society my heartfelt regret that, never having before addressed a public body,

xxii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Mancu, 1844.

and being wholly unprepared for the honour and kindness lavished on me at the

special meeting of Tuesday last, I found myself quite unable to do justice to those

sentiments of pride and pleasure with which the Hon’ble the President’s proposal, and

the cordial reception it met with from the meeting, inspired me.

I cannot now hope to recover the lost opportunity of expressing my sentiments, but

lest I should possibly seem wanting in a due sense of the distinction proposed to be

conferred upon me, I beg leave to say, that every circumstance of the meeting of

Tuesday last, is engraved upon my heart ; that I contemplate the idea of my bust

being placed in the Society’s Hall as a proof of the regard and esteem of those who

have known me so long, with inexpressible delight ; and that so long as I live, the

welfare of the Society will ever be the objects of my warmest wishes, and so far as

may be, of my best endeavours. |

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

B. H. Hopeson,

Member, Asiatic Society.

Read the following list of Books presented and purchased during the

last month :—

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the \st of March, 1844.

Journal of the Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, No. VI. October, 1843.—Pre-

sented by the Society.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the

month of January, 1844.—From Government. .

Naturalist’s Library, Ichthyology, Vol. VI. British Fishes.—Purchased.

Naturalist’s Library, Ornithology, Vol. XIV. British Birds.— Ditto.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, March, 1844.—Presented by the Editors.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 81, January 1844.—Purchased.

Read the following copy of a letter to be dispatched to Messrs. W. and

Hi. Allen by the next Steamer.

Messrs. Allen and Co.—Special.

Dear Sirs,—I am charged to press upon your immediate attention the following

commission.

A bust of Mr. Brian Haughton Hodgson, B. C. S., having been voted by the Asia-

tic Society of Bengal, and that gentleman having left this country in the ship Hard-

wicke on the 7th instant, you are requested to place yourselves on receipt of this,

in communication with Mr. Baily, Mr. Weekes, or Mr. Westmacott, the sculptors, or

failing them, with the next eminent artist in sculpture, for the purpose of engaging his

services for the work above noted, Having come to an understanding with the artist,

Iam charged by the Honorable the President and Members to request, that you will

wait upon Mr. Hodgson on his arrival in England, (learning his address at Messrs.

Coutts and Co.) and learn his wishes as to sittings for the bust.

Marcu, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXili

You are requested to draw on the Society for advances and charges connected with

the work, and the Honorable the President directs me to express his strong personal

desire that you will gratify the Society by giving this matter your best attention.—

Cost of the bust understood to be not over Guineas 150.

lam, &c.

Calcutia, 7th March, 1844. H. Torrens,

Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society of Bengul.

Read the following letter from the Officiating Secretary to the Government

of India, sanctioning payment for the copies of the reprint of Lieutenant

(now Major) Leech’s Beloochy and Brahooi Vocabulary and the over-

copies of Capt. Eastwick’s Scindee Vocabulary.

No. 131 of 1844.

From T. R. Davipson, Esq. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Sir, —In reply to your letter dated 26th ultimo, I am directed to inform you, that

His Honor the President in Council has been pleased to pass the

Foreign Department. two bills submitted by Mr. Ridsdale of Bishop’s College Press,

amounting in the aggregate to Company’s Rupees 124, for printing

on account of Government, 150 copies of Lieutenant Eastwick’s Vocabulary of the

Scindee Language, and 150 copies of Lieutenant Leech’s Grammar of the Brahuiky,

Beloochee and Punjabee Languages. ‘The necessary instructions will be issued through

the Financial Department for the payment of that sum from the General Treasury to

Mr. Ridsdale’s receipt.

T. R. Davipson,

Fort William, 24th Feb. 1844. Offg. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

Read the following letter from the Secretary to the Royal Bombay

Branch of the Asiatic Society :—

To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

Sir,—With reference to my letter of the 7th September last, and by desire of the

Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, I have the honor to enclose bill of

lading of a box shipped on board the Framjee Cowasjee, Captain Edwards, for Cal-

cutta, containing copy of the Izashni and Visparad, of each of which 25 copies only

have been lithographed at the expense of the Society, which you will be so good as

to present to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. The box also contains 72 Geological

specimens, some of which are of considerable interest.

The enclosed separate list will be of use in assisting the Curators in the arrange-

ment of such of these specimens as may be found to deserve a place in the Museum,

the fossils having been named with considerable care.

Another box will be prepared in a short time.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Joun G. MaLcotmson,

Bombay, Asiatic Society's Rooms, 9th Feb, 1844. Secretary, B. B. R. A. S.

XXiV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ Marcu, 1844.

Read the following letter from Moulmein ; the book to which it refers

was not obtained in time for the Meeting, having been sent to the Agri-

cultural Society by mistake.

To the Librarian of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

S1r,—I do myself the honor of enclosing an order for a copy of the Maulmain

Almanac and Directory for 1844, as also for a Plan of Maulmain, which I have been

induced to compile in consequence of there being no work of the kind here, and the

advantage it would be likely to confer upon the community, although a task of this

nature is altogether out of my line of life.

Please accept of the work for the use of the Members of the Society.

1 have sent it along with a few other copies to the care of Mr. Black, upon whom

the order is.

Iam, yours most obediently,

Gro. Eyre Barr.

P.S.—A few copies of the Work and Plan are sent for sale to Messrs. Ostell and

Lepage.

Read the following letter from Dewan Horeemohun Sen, addressed to

the Sub-Secretary: —

To H. Pippineton, Esa. &e. &e. &e.

My pxar Sir,—Here is a work compiled by Baboo Goorooprushad Roy, a very

respectable gentleman and scholar. It isa Sanscrit and Bengalee Dictionary, or more

properly speaking, an Encyclopedia, which has cost the author a great deal of labour

and time, and much talent is, no doubt, displayed in it. The opinion passed upon

this work by the learned Pundits here is highly favourable, as they consider it not

only a very talented production, but particularly useful to persons learning Sanscrit

and pure Shadhoo Bhasha Bengalee. I give him this note to you at his particular

request ; his object being to ask the favour of the Society’s helping him, if convenient,

to print and publish it for the benefit of those who apply themselves to the study of

Sanscrite He thinks that you can obtain for him some subscribers in Europe, where

Sanscrit is held in estimation, such as France, Germany and England, &c. If you

could therefore give him a helping hand, you would oblige,

Yours very sincerely, ‘2

HorREEMOHUN SEN,

Bank of Bengal, the 14th February, 1844.

The specimen of the work accompanying the letter was thought highly

satisfactory, and the Secretary was requested to make further enquiry as

to the cost of printing, &c.

OO Sg

Marcu, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXV

Read the following extract of a letter from V. Tregear, Esq., accompa-

nying a Meteorological Table for 1843, kept at Pussewa near Jounpore.

My pear Sir,—I have the pleasure to send you a Meteorological Register

kept at Pussewa, (12 miles east of Jounpore,) during the year 1843, which you

- may think worth putting in the Journal.

Jounpore, 14th February, 1844. Vincent TREGEAR.

The Table was referred to the Editors of the Journal.

The Secretary brought to the notice of the Meeting two books; viz.

British Moths and British Butterflies, by Westwood and Humphries,

of which, at the request of the Zoological Curator, he recommended the

purchase, which was sanctioned accordingly.

Read the following letter from the Curator Mineralogical and Geological

Department :—

H. Torrens, Esa. Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sir,—l beg to represent to you the urgent want of two more cases for our Minera-

logical, and two more for our Geological collections.

You have yourself witnessed the crowded state of our valuable Mineralogical Ca-

binet, and I may add, that I find it next to impossible to proceed with the heavy task

of arrangement without the room in which to arrange. I have large stores to add yet

to both the Mineralogical and Comparative Geological Cabinets, for which the four

cases now applied for will be but barely sufficient, so that even with them, the utmost

management will be required to do justice to our treasures.

I estimate the expense at about 60 Rs. each case, probably something below it.

H. PippDINGTON,

Curator Museum Economic Geology and of

Museum, 6th March, 1844. Mineralogical and Geological Departments.

The purchase of the cases was sanctioned by the Meeting.

Read the following—

REPORT OF THE CURATOR MUSEUM OF ECONOMIC GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL AND

MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS.

We have but little to report upon this month, having had few contributions, and my

own time being occupied with current arrangements, and with my report on the Che-

duba specimens, which requiring many investigations, is not yet finished.

The Society will however hear with pleasure, the following letters from Govern-

ment <—

No. 91.

From T. BR. Davipson, Ese, Offg. Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esa., Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated the 27th Jan. 1844.

Sir,—With reference to the application of the Asiatic Society, bearing date the

Home Department. Ist of July 1842, I am directed by the Honorable the Presi-

dent in Council to transmit to you the annexed copy, Paragraph 2, of a Despatch from

XXVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Mancn, 1844.

the Honorable the Court of Directors, No- 17 of 1843, dated the Ist November, to-

gether with Captain Herbert’s Geological Map of the Mountain Provinces between

the Sutlej and Kalee therein alluded to.

I am, Sir,

Your obedient servant,

T. R. Davipson,

Council Chamber, the 27th Jan. 1844. Off9. Secy. tothe Govt. of India.

Extract from a Despatch from the Hon'ble the Court of Directors in the Public

Department, dated the 1st November, 1842. No. 17.

Answer to Leiter, dated 20th July, No. 32 of 1842.

2. We enclose as a number in the packet, a copy of Captain Herbert’s Geolo-

gical Map of the Mountain Provinces between the Sut-

Requesting the Court to send “He A .

copies of Capt, Herbert’s Geolo- lej and Kalee; but have not thought it meceiany to

gical Map, and 12 colored Views jncur the expense of procuring copies of the Views,

of the Himalayah for the use of r :

the Asiatic Society. which are large colored drawings of Scenery, and of

no value in a scientific point of view.

(True Extract, )

T. R. Davipson,

Offg. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

I have now the gratification of exhibiting the Geological Map to which it refers,

and of congratulating the Society upon its having been able, through the kind atten-

tion of Government and the Honorable the Court of Directors, to render to the me-

mory of one of their most zealous Members, and most earnest and laborious

Indian men of science, Captain Herbert, full, though tardy justice; and in doing this

also, it may claim at the same time to have rendered a most essential service to

the cause of geological science, in giving te the world a connected Geological

Map of this part of our great mountain barrier ; for however deficient it necessarily

is in details, and however much there may remain to be filled up, we have

still here such a leading sketch of its main features by a scientific explorer, as

will be invaluable to future observers ; and I cannot better illustrate this opinion, than

by requesting the attention of the Meeting to our two Geological Maps of England. The

one but a little further improved than that of William Smith, the father of English

Geology, after twenty years of assiduous and unassisted labour; and the other, Mr.

Greenough’s, the fruits of the combined knowledge and labours of all the geologists of

England in twenty years more. It) will be seen from these two examples how valua-

ble, and in fact how indispensable, these preliminary sketches, like the first chalk or

charcoal lines of the painter, are to the production of a finished work; and finally, we

shall now, it is to be hoped, completely rescue Captain Herbert’s labours from

oblivion, (and even from misrepresentation,) and render justice to the liberality of

the Government of India of that period in undertaking this great and most useful

work.

Museum of Economic Geology.—We have received in this department, but without

any letter, three sets of two Maps each, of the country through which the proposed

Marcu, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXVii

Rajmehal Canal is to pass, with the supposed limits of the Gangetic Alluvium. I donot

know if any Geological Report was made on this interesting tract of country, but shall

not fail to enquire and to obtain its publication if possible. *

Mr. Black has obliged us with a Report on, and impressions from, the Lithographic

Stones sent down by Captain Shortrede.

H. Prppineton, Esa.

Dear Sir,—In reply to your note of this morning I beg to inform you, that Mr.

Blechynden has received the copy of the Moulmain Almanac intended for the Asiatic

Society’s Rooms; and with reference to the Stones, I have pleasure in forwarding two

proofs taken off from impressions on each, but regret much I cannot give you so favor-

able an account of them as some of the former ones, as I find Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and

7 too soft, and No. 8 too hard, more resembling marble. ‘This last is one of the two you

left with me, before those you left in the box. ‘The little blue piece is by far too soft.

Asiatic Lithographic Press, Tuos. Brack.

No. 3, Hare Street, 4th March, 1844.

It would thus appear, that none of these are equal to the former fine specimen, as

might well occur when a number are taken at random from a heap of fragments

quarried for building purposes; for in the German quarries also it is only from certain

beds near Munich that the fine Stones are procured, and it is to this that, in part, their

high price is owing. This matter however, is well worthy of aspecial recommendation to

Government from the Society, since we are certain that a really good Stone exists,

and have so near the spot an active, intelligent and zealous co-operator, like Captain

Shortrede.

I have added to our collections specimens of the common Corundum Stone of

the Bazar, with the powder of which all the cutting, grinding and polishing work

of precious Stones is performed; even the Diamond is averred tobe cut and polish-

ed by it, and it seems certain, that the use of Diamond powder is not known to the

natives ; or if known, that its expense prevents its adoption, or that the Indian lapidary

finds his own process practically the best.

I find upon trial that the Corundum, would certainly cut every thing below the Sap-

phire in hardness, and no doubt polish the Sapphire, and I believe that if better known

in Europe, it would be found of high value in the arts, and in many instances,

(1 speak here upon very competent authority, ) reduce the prices of many very expen-

sive processes, such as that of grinding hard steel pivots and plates, gems for lenses and

the like, for which only Diamond powder can now be used, and the expense of this is

often completely a prohibition on its employment, or adds enormously to the cost of the

article. I have placed upon the table from our own collection nine specimens of the

Stone, beginning with the Emery of Naxos, and ending with the crystallised rose

Corundum of Ceylon.

* I have since learned from Colonel Forbes that no Geologist was attached to the Survey. Bor-

ings were made, and wells sunk along the line, and a series of specimens also collected from the

adjacent rocks, but it is not known what became of them!

XXViji Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ Maron, 1844.

I have recommended a gentleman in this line of business, who left Calcutta a short

time ago on the Hindostan, to take home a quantity of these stones for trial, and I have

also ordered a quantity of them to be sent to England.

.H. Pippineton.

With reference to the suggestion of the Curator on the subject of Captain Shortrede’s

Lithographic Stones, the Secretary was requested to address Government on the part

of the Society to that effect.

For all the foregoing presentations and communications the best thanks

of the Society was voted. |

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.x—Arri, 1844.

( Wednesday Evening, the 3rd April, 1844.)

The usual Monthly Meeting took place on Wednesday evening, the 3rd

of April. The Honorable the President in the chair.

The following new Members were ballotted for and declared duly elected: —

B. Colvin, Esq. C. S.

W. Quintin, Esq. C. S.

The usual communications were ordered to be made to them.

The following list of Books presented and purchased was read :—

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the 3rd of April, 1844.

Annaler for Nordiske Oldkyndigheid, 1840-41 and 1842-43. Kjobenhavn. Presented

by the Society of Northern Antiquarians, 2 Nos.

The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, July to October, 1843. Presented by the

Editor.

Mémoire sur la Dé¢ouverte de L’ Amerique, par Charles Christian Rafn. Copenhagen,

1843. Presented by the Society of Northern Antiquarians.

London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, third series, No. 151-152,

October 1843. From the Editors.

Journal Asiatique ou Recueil de Mémoires, quartiéme série, tome 1, No. 4, Avril.

No. 5 Maitome 11, No. 7-8, Julliet et Aout. Presented by the Society.

Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland Anniversary Meeting and

Twentieth Annual Report of the Council. London, 1843. Presented by the Society.

List of Members, Committees, &c. of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and

Ireland, 1843. Presented by the Society.

Die Kénigliche Gesellschaft fwr Nordische Alterthumskunde. Jahresversammlung,

1842. Copenhagen. Presented by the Society of Northern Antiquarians.

Leitfaden zur Nordischen Alterthumskunde. Copenhagen, 1837. Presented by the

Society of Northern Antiquarians,

The Oriental Christian Spectator, second series, March 1844, vol. v. No. 3, Editor.

Bullétin de la Société de Géographie, deuxieme série, tome x1x. Paris, 1843. From

the Society.

Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, vol. iv, part 1, 1843, No, 93. Pre-

sented by the Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1843, No. 22. From the Society.

Royal Society of Northern Antiquarians, Copenhagen, 6 Nos, Presented by the Society.

1D)

XXX Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aprit, 1844,

The Yacna of the Parsis in the Zend language, but Gujarati character, with a Gujarat

translation, paraphrase and comment, by the late Framji Aspandearji. From the

Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society.

The Bispard of the Parsis in the Zend language, but Gujarati character, with a Guja-

rati translation, paraphrase and comment, by the late Framji Aspandearji. From the

Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society.

Notice Historique sur la Vie et les Ouvrages de M. le Major Rennell, par M. le Baron

Walckenaer. From the Author.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the

month of February 1844. From the Surveyor General’s Office.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xv, part 111. From the Society.

Journal des Savants. Paris, Julliet et Aout 1843. Purchased.

The History of the Mohammedan Dynasties in Spain, translated by Pascal de Gay-

angos, vol.11. Printed for the Asiatic Society by the Oriental Translation

Fund.

Les Sultans Mamlouks de Makrize, tome 11, lib 1 Printed for the Asiatic Society

by the Oriental Translation Fund.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, April 1844. New series, vol. ve No. 52. Presented

by the Editors.

Pritchard’s Natural History of Man. London, 1843. Purchased.

Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by J. C. Prichard, vols. 1, 11, 11,

Purchased.

Mémoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1840-43, Section Asiatique.

Copenhagen, 1843.

Read the following letter from the Society’s London Agents, Messrs.

Allen and Co. :—

H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—We have the pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of your favor of the 17th

November last, enclosing a bill of lading for six cases of books, which are to be for-

warded as addressed, and we are requested to transmit receipts for the same to the So-

ciety. We shall have much pleasure in attending to your instructions. We doubt

if we shall be able to obtain receipts for all the cases, but if we can assure the Society

that they are duly delivered, we conclude that will be quite satisfactory.

London, January 30, 1844.

W.H. ALLEN ann Co.

Read the following correspondence with reference to the transfer of the

Buchanan MSS. and Drawings from the Botanic Garden to the Library of

the Society :—

Lhe Secretary to the Government of Bengal, Home Department.

Si1r,—I am instructed on the part of the Asiatic Society of Bengal to beg, that you

will submit to the Honorable the Deputy Governor of Bengal, the respectful request

Apri, 1844.| Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXX

of its Members, that His Honor will be pleased to order the Buchanan Drawings and

MSS. now deposited at the H.C. Botanic Garden to be placed in the Society’s

Library.

The vast amount of knowledge in almost all its branches, relating to India, contained

in these volumes, and the great expenditure to Government at which it was obtained are

well known, while it is not less notorious, that partly from non-publication and partly

from its almost entire inaccessibility as now deposited, this noble monument of the soli-

citude of the Government of India for the development of its resources has been hitherto

a sealed book tothe public. Jn order to remedy, however late, this long existent evil,

the Society begs earnestly to press upon his Honor’s consideration the advantage that

may arise from placing such resources within the reach of all who may desire to profit

by them; and this His Honor may perhaps incline to allow, might be best done by

placing the drawings and documents above alluded to for general reference in the

Museum of the Society ; where they will be available to its officers in the several de-

partments of science for reference and comparison.

The Society would engage to make use of this valuable material for the public

benefit, adding to the value of its own publications by selections from the mass of the

Buchanan documents, which it is hoped His Honor may gratify the Society by plac-

ing in its charge and custody.

H. Torrens,

Vice-President and Secretary, Asiatic Society.

No. 798.

From Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to the Vice-President and

Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sir,—With reference to your letter of the 26th January last, I am directed to

transmit the enclosed copy of one from the Officiating Superintendent of the Honor-

able Company’s Botanic Garden, No. 10, of the 13th ultimo, and to intimate, that his

Honor the Deputy Governor has no objection to allow the Buchanan Drawings and

Manuscripts to be temporarily deposited in the Library of the Asiatic Society, on the

conditions therein stated, and has given directions to that Officer to forward them to

you accordingly.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

A. TURNBULL,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

Dated Fort William, 25th March, 1844.

No. 10.

From W. Grirritu, Esa. Offg. Supt. H. C. Botanic Garden, to A. TuRNBULL,

Esa, Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

Sir,—I have the honor of acknowledging the receipt of a letter from the Secretary

to the Asiatic Society to the Secretary to the Government of Bengal, Home Depart-

ment, on which I am desired to report.

XXXil Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Arriw, 1844.

2. It appears to me that there can be no objection to placing these very valuable

Manuscripts and Drawings in the custody of the Asiatic Society, until such time as that

Society shall have completed their publication or copies of them. But I think it

should be understood, that this institution is the proper place of their permanent deposit,

it being that of the Manuscripts and Drawings of Dr. Roxburgh, as it ought to be of

those of all other Superintendents.* In this manner only can the series be kept com-

plete, and each series can in this manner only guide Government to an opinion of the

relative merits of the Superintendents it permits to hold this high scientific appoint-

ment. Tothis the almost entire inaccessibility alluded to in the Secretary’s letter

cannot be objected, that assuredly was never contemplated by Government, and has

not existed since 1836, when it was removed by Dr. McClelland, and Government

having shewn its anxiety to secure ready publication of documents, it assuredly can-

not again be restored. d

3. It would have been very desirable that this application had been made to Govern-

ment when the fact of the Drawings and Manuscripts being here was first made known.

For since that, I believe, the Society has been the means of making known zoological

labours which would, had the Society’s attention then been attracted prominently to

these Manuscripts, &c. have been found to have been anticipated by Dr. Buchanan.

The Society at this period cannot attach priority to the works of Buchanan.

4. It also appears to me desirable, that if Government decides on lending these

Manuscripts and Drawings to the Society, it should be on the engagement proffered by

the Society in the last paragraph of the Secretary’s letter, and in exclusion of para-

graph 2d, otherwise a stigma will be attached to this institution, which, as it is a

public institution of Government, endowed in a liberal manner, and presumably

superintended in a liberal and open manner, it cannot zm se be considered to merit.

®. Pending the receipt of his Honor’s final instructions, I shall construct a complete

catalogue of the Manuscripts and the Drawings to be retained here for the information

of Government.

I have, &c.

Honorable Company’s Botanic Garden, (Signed) W. GRIFFITH,

13th February, 1844. Offg. Superintendent.

(True Copy, ) A. TORNBULL,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the alteration

which had been made in the height of the pedestals on which the busts

were placed; three of them having been reduced and the busts placed

upon them for inspection. The alteration was approved of.

* We doubt much if Dr. Buchanan was ever a Superintendent of the H.C. Bota-

nic Garden ? —Ep.

Apri, 1844.| Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXxili

Read the following letter addressed to the Sub-Secretary, by the Rev.

J. J. Moore, Secretary, Agra School-Book Society :—

No. 162.

H. PippineTon, Esa. Asiatic Society's Rooms, Calcutta.

My pgeAR Srr,—Kindly excuse the trouble 1 am giving you, but will you

send me a copy of all the Hindi and Sanscrit works the Asiatic Society may have for

sale. They are intended for a Native Prince, and it is particularly requested, that each

copy be neatly bound. They are intended for Maharaja Tukht Sing of Marwar. Maps

in Hindi or Sanscrit would be also most acceptable. For the expense which may be

incurred, I shall be responsible to the Society. It would be desirable if they could be

forwarded under a frank, and as this privilege is allowed to Government Educational

Establishments, probably in a case like the present, a similar indulgence would be

granted. At all events do not let this be a bar to the transmission of the books for the

Rajah.

Lintend to publish an edition of the Rekha Ganita, in the Sanscrit Version of Euclid

by Raja Savai Jai Sing. I understand there is a copy in the Society’s Rooms which had

been corrected by the late Jas. Prinsep; it would aid me very much could it be pro-

cured for the purpose of collating my MSS. with it.

25th March, 1844. J. Moorg,

Secretary, Agra School-Book Society.

P.S.—Kindly also favour me with a few copies of the list of the Society’s Books

which may be for sale.

The Sanscrit works published by the Society were ordered to be for-

warded, bound as requested. Upon inquiry it does not appear that the

MSS. alluded to is in the Society’s Library ; the only copy of the Rekha

Ganita, being one by Jaganath Pundit ; but it was subsequently ascertained

that the valuable copy of the Rekha Ganita, alluded to by Mr. Moore,

was in the Library of the College of Fort Willam, and he was informed

that a copy would be sent him if desired.

A recommendation of the purchase of several works, and a proposal to

purchase a female Gayal now at Chittagong, were submitted by the Zoolo-

gical Curator, which last was authorized.

Read the following letter from J. W. Roberts, Esq. accompanying the

specimens alluded to :—

H. Prppineton, Esa.

Dear Sir,—I have the pleasure to send you for the Asiatic Society, a few Locusts

of the legion that did so much mischief to the past season’s indigo crop. hey are

from Nudjuffghur, near Cawnpore.

XXXIV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Apriv, 1844.

When at the Museum a few days ago, I did not perceive amongst the natural curio-

sities any specimen of this enemy to the vegetable kingdom, and they may not there-

fore prove unworthy of reception.

Calcutta, 13th March, 1844. J. W. RosBerts.

No. 14, Writers’ Buildings.

P.S.—lI send them as received, preserved in Cognac brandy.

Read the following letter from J. Owen, Esq., accompanying the Arms

presented by that gentleman :—

To H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary, Asiutic Society.

S1r,—I have the honor to forward herewith certain arms taken from the chiefs who

were creating the disturbances at Ningroo during the past year. No. 1 isa Naga Dao,

and No. 2 a Singphoe one.

The Society’s acceptance of the same will confer honor on

Yours faithfully,

On the River, 19th March, 1844. J. OWEN.

REPORT OF THE Curator Musgum or Economic GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL

AND MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE MONTH OF Marcu.

Our zealous correspondent Captain Newbold, Assistant to the Commissioner, Kurnool,

Geological and Mineralo- has sent us from Beypoor, near Calicut, a specimen of the

gical. lignite of the beds of that locality which, he thus describes.

‘«« By to-day’s banghy I have the pleasure to forward to the Society a specimen of

the lignite from a bed of considerable extent in the laterite sandstone near Beypoor,

in the vicinity of Calicut, on the Western Coast, discovered by myself in 1840. It is

associated with sulphur, sulphates of alumina, iron, retinasphalt and mineral coal.

The shales immediately in contact have a rarely perceptible dip, are black, car-

bonaceous and aluminous, and contain scattered spangles of mica. The bed of

lignite itself is from one to three feet thick, and can be traced about halfa mile up

the river. General Cullen recently writes me, that he now sees much of this carbona-

ceous deposit in Travancore, and that it is very extensive. It exhibits itself in beds

of black clay and lignite of considerable thickness in the laterite cliffs along the W.

Coast from Quilon to Venkully. Deposits of the same kind occur about the same

level at the distance of two or three miles inland. ”’

We have to acknowledge from Government, a further addition to our knowledge of

the Cheduba group in a report from Lieut. Hopkinson, Assistant Commissioner,

Arracan, who was also sent by the Commissioner, Capt. Bogle, to examine the spot

where the Volcanic Island had appeared, and who, though he unfortunately was not

acquainted with Mineralogy or Geology, has most zealously fulfilled his mission. His

report will be incorporated in mine, and I may remark here, that several of his speci-

mens are of very considerable interest.

ApriL, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXKV

The following are the letters from Government and from Mr. Com-

missioner Bogle :—

No. 687.

From Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to the Secretary to the Asiatic

Society.

Srr,—I am directed to transmit to you, copy of a letter from the Commissioner of

Arrakan, No. 453, dated the 16th December last, and of its enclosures, relative to the

visit paid by Lieut. Hopkinson, the Senior Assistant at Sandoway, to the site of the

Volcanic Island which recently appeared for a time to the south-east of Cheduba, to-

gether with a box containing the geological specimens referred to in the fourth para-

graph of Capt. Bogle’s letter.

Crcit BEADoNn,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

Fort William, 11th March, 1844.

(Copies. No. 453.)

From Capt. A. Boair, Commissioner in Arracan, to T. R. Davipson, Esa., Secre-

tary to the Government of Bengal, General Department.

Sir,—Capt. Williams, Senior Assistant Commissioner in charge of Ramree and

Cheduba, having ina letter dated llth August 1843, No. 1828, copy of which is annexed,

intimated to me that a volcanic eruption had occurred off the S. end of ‘‘ False Island’?

in the end of July last, and that an Island had been formed on the spot, without however

conveying to me any of the particulars, I considered it proper to write to him imme-

diately to furnish me with the fullest information on the subject.

2. In reply he acquainted me, that it was wholly impracticable to approach ‘ False-

Island’’ during the S. W. Monsoon, and that the difficulties opposed to all communi-

cation with ‘‘Flat Island’’ or ‘‘ Regweng,’’ from whence the eruptions had been observ-

ed, were of such a nature, as to preclude the hope of being able to obtain any further

information before the close of the rains.

3. As both the above islands are exposed to the full force of the Monsoon, and are

surrounded by innumerable dangers, it appeared to me by no means justifiable to en-

danger life by endeavouring to conduct any inquiries prior to the termination of the

tempestuous season; but in the month of October, I determined to depute Lieut. Hop-

kinson, Junior Assistant Commissioner, an officer of much intelligence and enterprize,

to visit the site of the reported eruptions as soon as the state of the weather in the Bay

of Bengal would admit of his proceeding tosea in one of the small Government Schoon-

ers belonging to this province, and on the 2Ist of that month, I accordingly addressed

him letter No. 839, of which a copy is appended.

4. Immediately on its receipt, Lieut. Hopkinson proceeded to the spot, and having

made a full and diligent inquiry regarding the interesting circumstances reported,

and taken a survey of ‘*‘ False-Island,’’ he has now favored me with a report under date

the 25th ultimo, No. 86, of which I beg leave to transmit a copy, together with his

Map of the ‘‘ False IsJand,’’ for submission to the Honorable the Deputy Governor

of Bengal; and by the next trip of the ‘‘ Amherst,’”’ I shall not fail to forward the

different geological specimens which accompanied Lieut. Hopkinson’s repert.

XXXVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. | APRIL, 1844.

5. As the newly created island, which, even if it had really existed, could never I

apprehend have been any thing more than a mass of rock, has disappeared, and no

apparent change has been occasioned by the eruptions, Lieut. Hopkinson found but

little worthy of mention ; but I nevertheless feel greatly indebted to him for the promp-

titude with which he repaired to the spot, and for the very satisfactory manner in which

he has completed the duty entrusted to him, and I trust that his report and map will

meet with His Honor’s approval.

6. I am aware that much of the interest which attached to these volcanic eruptions

may have ceased on the return of the ‘‘ Ganges’’ Steamer from her recent visit to this

coast, but still I think it due to Lieut. Hopkinson, that the endeavours previously

made by him to collect the fullest information regarding them, should be submitted to

the Deputy Governor, and that his Honor should be satisfied, that such remarkable

changes are not regarded with indifference here.

A. BoGLe,

Arracan Commr’s. Office, Akyab, 16th Dec. 1843. Commissioner in Arracan.

No. 1828.

To Captain A. Boas, Commissioner in Arracan and Akyab.

Sir,—I have the honor to acquaint you, that the Soogree of ‘‘ Flat Island’’ reports,

that on the 26th, 27th, 28th, and 29th of July, a Volcano broke out a short distance,

(30 bamboos, 360 feet,) he mentions, south of ‘False Island,’’ and that a new Island

has been formed on the spot.

Arracan S. A. Commr’s. Office, Ramree, D. WILLIaAMs,

The 1\th August, 1843. Senr. Asst. Commissioner.

(True Copy.) (Signed ) A. Boat,

Commissioner in Arracan.

From the Rey. Mr. Barbe, Roman Catholic Missionary at Chittagong, we have

received a box of specimens of the ferruginous sandy breccias, conglomerates and

concretions of that place, some of them much resembling those sent up, I think, in 1838,

by Mr. Sconce, Magistrate of that district, and of petrified wood and ligaite from the

same quarter. We have unfortunately no details of the locality with these specimens.

From the Bombay Branch R. A. S. Society, we have received a second box of 72

Museum of Economic specimens for this department, and for that of Mineralogy and

Geology. Geology, for which our best thanks are due. As the list is instruc-

tive, and it is always useful to have them on record, I have inserted it here.

List of Geological Specimens from Western India, presented to the Museum of the

Asiatic Society, Calcutta, 2d series.

No. l. Calcedony with Calespar, Rajcote.

og ee Altered sandstone, Kattiawar.

3) igs Jasper, Waukaneer, ditto.

sp ere From near Rajcote, ditto.

5 De Altered sandstone, Waukaneer, ditto.

5y° 40; Marble (magnesian) of which Hoossain Shah’s tomb is built, Man-

doo, Malwa.

ApriL, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXXVIi

No.7 to 8.

10 to 29.

30 to 3].

39 to 42.

43 to 45.

46 to 47.

Basalt from between Mandoo and Mhow.

Calcspar from Basalt, between Malwa and Mhow.

Minerals from between Mandoo and Mhow.

Basalt, Mazagon, Bombay. This takes a good polish, and is used for

pedestals of statutes, &c,

From Balmeer hill.

pA Ditto.

a Ditto.

,, near Balmeer.

Gypsum, near Balmeer.

From Vindiah hills.

From whitish Basalt Rock, Parell, Bombay.

Recent formation, Allibaugh, Angria, Colaba.

Ditto ditto.

Basalt, ditto.

Piece of Rock from near Bhooj.

Basalt, Mazagon, Bombay. Laumonite with large crystals of Calcspar,

and globules of Prehnite scattered through the Laumonite. By

J. E. Malcolmson, Esq.

Ditto. Laumonite penetrating Calcspar and terminating in it, with the

usual crystalline form, by ditto.

Nummulite limestone. Cutch.

Indurated clay containing Paludina Deccanensis, Physa Prinsepii.

Geol. Trans. vol. v, pl. 47. Altered into a basaltic looking rock.

Saugor.

Indurated clay (fresh water.) Gharri, foot of Nalchah Ghaut, ( Vindiah

hills, ) between Mandoo and Mhow.

Indurated clay from Gharri, near Mandoo, with Melania Quadri-

lineata.

Indurated clay with tertiary Lacustrine fossils. Gharri, foot of Nalchah

Ghaut, northern escarpment of Vindiah mountains, between Mandoo

and Mhow.

Cast of Physa Prinsepii, &c. Gharri, near Mandoo.

Physa Prinsepii, compressed. Gharri, near Mandoo, see Dr. Voysey

on Gawilghur, As. Res. vol. xviu1, p. 187.

Melania, quadri-lineata. Geol. Trans. vol. v, pl. 47. Gharri.

Cast of Melania, quadri-lineata. Ditto.

Cast of Paludina Deccanensis. Gharri.

Cypris Subglobosa. Gharri. Geol. Trans. vol. v, pl. 47, fig. 3.

Paludina Deccanensis, Chara Malcolmsonii, Cypris Cylindrica, and

Subglobosa. Munnoor Deccan, Geol. Trans. vol. v, pl. 47.

Variety of Calcedony from the Vindiah hills.

From the Bund of Arrore, Scinde.

Flint, pounded and burned, and worked for the formation of painted

tiles, &c. at Hydrabad, Scinde. Sir Alexander Burnes.

XXXViii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aprin, 1844.

No. 68. Flint for Pottery, west of the Indus opposite Hydrabad, Scinde. Sir

Alexander Burnes.

se Gas Believed to be the pounded flint, No. 68, used in pottery. From Sir

Alexander Burnes’ collection, but the label lost.

+b ee Natron, Scinde. Sir Alexander Burnes.

> he Sand of the Indus, label lost. Sir A. Burnes’ collection. .

ve lee Laumonite, Mazagon, Bombay.

Joun G. MALcOLMson,

Bombay, 9th February, 1844. Secretary, B. B. R. A. S.

PRESENTATION OF A SILVER STanpDisH To H. Torrens, Ese. ;

When the Geological Curator had concluded his portion of the business of the evening,

the President, The Hon’ble W. W. Bird, rose and addressed the Meeting as follows.

Before we proceed farther, I wish to draw your attention, gentlemen, to the beautiful

specimen of Indian workmanship lying on the table in the shape of a silver inkstand,

which is intended as a testimonial to Mr. Torrens, from his associates of the Asiatic

Society, expressive of the deep sense entertained by them of his distinguished services.

It will be in the recollection of many here present that about the commencement of

last year, he was obliged, for reasons then stated, to resign the office of Secretary

which he had for some time held with so much credit to himself, and so much advantage

to the Society, and it was on that occasion that this testimonial was voted to him, which,

under the superintendence of Mr. Piddington, has assumed the form of the very tasteful

object now before us, and on which no pains or expense have been spared to render it

worthy of Mr. Torrens’ acceptance.

As few can have the opportunity of examining this elegant specimen of Indian

manufacture, I will shortly describe it, and I cannot do so more appropriately than in

the words of Mr. Piddington, who has kindly favored me with a memorandum on the

subject.

‘« The style,’’ he says, ‘‘ of the testimonial is Moorish, (Arabesque, ) chosen as the most

appropriate one in reference to Mr. Torrens’ able and spirited translation of the

Arabian Nights, (the Alif Leila,) dedicated by him to the Asiatic Society; the only

translation of that classic work which has exactly painted to the English reader in

_ his own language, and with the colours of his own imagination, the minds and the life

of the children of the East.

‘(It is placed on a basement of shawl-work of which the pattern is the Shamrock, in

allusion to Mr. Torrens’ Irish origin. The frosted wreath above this basement

is composed of the rose (Persia, ) the Lotos (India, ) and the Jessamine (Arabia.) These

flowers are from nature. All the other decorations are from the Alhambra, or

from the great Mosque at Cordova, two of the wonderful and inimitable monu-

ments of a people, who seem to have been almost led to construct them as lessons to

the human race of the imperishable glories of science, literature and the arts, as

compared with those of conquest.

‘««The centre and surmounting ornament is an exact model of the Fountain of Lions in

the Alhambra. It has been chosen, not only from its beauty, and its numerous historical

associations with the magnificent era of the Arabian Khalifs of Spain; but also from

Aprit, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XXXiX

its being in itselfa curious anda solitary instance of the practice ofan art forbidden

in the Koran, by Mahomedan artists. It is one of those unique and precious monuments

which the arts have given to History and to Poetry, at the sight of which a thousand

associations with the annals of a whole nation, (the European Arabians, ) now extinct,

are awakened in the mind. I need not remark here, that every page of these annals

from the landing of El Tarikh to the glories of the Ommiyades, the winding sheet of

Abderahman, the conquest of Granada, and the dismal farewell of the heart-broken

Moors to their terrestrial paradise the Vega of Granada, is pre-eminently the classic

romance of History: of which the Fountain of the Lions is still the talisman.

‘* It was the beautiful custom of the Arabs of old to adorn their public and private

buildings, and even their weapons and domestic furniture, with inscriptions allusive to

their purposes, or suggestive, or laudatory, of great, and good, and useful works and

thoughts, whether religious or secular. We have in our tribute adopted this custom

also, and while we have appropriated one tablet to commemorate our gift, we have, in

the Arabic inscription on the opposite compartment,

amas} wy eS) stele ly elod

oo 4

as Erheo wed Ais Ye

of which the paraphrase may be rendered—

“( There is no fountain like the mind,

‘* There is no water clearer than Truth,

conveyed an aphorism of which no one better than Mr. Torrens can appreciate the

hidden meaning.”’

Such is the testimonial, and in presenting it to Mr. Torrens on the part of the Society,

I beg to assure him, that it affords me the most sincere gratification to be their re-

presentative on the occasion, and the channel of communicating to him a token of

estimation so well deserved. I beg also to assure him on their part, and likewise on my

own, of the satisfaction we feel at his having been so obliging as to resume the situation

in which the services, now so inadequately acknowledged, were rendered by him, and

their conviction, that the Society of which he is so distinguished a member, will be in-

debted to him for still further services, and that he will earn for himself, by the exer-

tion of his eminent talents, still further testimonials of their esteem and approba-

tion.

Mr. Torrens then rose, and replied in nearly the following words :—

Honorable Sir, and Gentlemen, my fellow-members of this Society,—I will not in or-

dinary phrase attempt tospeak of embarrassment in now rising to address you. My

gratification is too heartfelt and sincere to admit of any such sensation, and under its

influence I will endeavour to express on the spur of the moment my thanks to you for

this splendid, and to me, inestimable testimonial. If 1 do notdo so in set terms, you

xl Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aprin, 1844,

must pardon me, for I have felt myself unable to write a set-speech in anticipation of

this high honor now conferred, and I have therefore judged it best to trust to the spon-

taneous utterance of the heart, if I may so say, which sometimes by its truth gives

weight and dignity to even the sorry phrases of a speaker but little practised.

Gentlemen, the first and most anxious desire of every man, who has in any sort ad-

dicted himself to literary pursuits, is the thirst for literary distinction. This I have

felt in common with thousands a thousand times better qualified to earn, and to de-

serve it, than I ever have been, or could ever be, but my position offered to me little

expectation of being at any time able to achieve it. The days are passed when men

engaged in this country as public servants, could without any dereliction of duty en-

joy the luxuries of lettered ease, and follow steadily up their literary labours, or their

plans of historical or scientific research, pari passu with the performance of their offi-

cial functions. The calls of office have greatly multiplied as was natural they should

do, with the extension and consolidation of the British power in this country, and the

enjoyment of that leisure which enabled a Jones, a Colebrooke, or a Wilford to enrich

our sum of knowledge by the valuable results of their researches, can be no longer

hoped for by those who have succeeded them. It may be said there were giants in

those days, and doubtless few have since appeared who could rival or compete

with the galaxy of able, and learned orientalists, whose labours in the early days of

this Society rendered its name illustrious in the scientific world of Europe,—who led

to the foundation of the Asiatic Societies of London and of Paris,—nay, more, who

brought about that taste for the study of Sanscrit literature, which in Germany parti-

cularly has led to discoveries in philology, and in the history of nations as traceable

thereby, not less invaluable than unexpected.

In addition to the disadvantage above alluded to, I had in taking the office of your

Secretary, the discouraging example of what in this enervating climate over-exertion

in literary, combined with official labours, will effect, in the person of my esteemed and

lamented friend and predecessor, James Prinsep. Where such a mind was unequal to

support the strain, I felt how idle and absurd it would be in any one less qualified for the

struggle by varied ability, and copious information, to attempt to venture on it. I

therefore determined, instead of endeavouring at something new, to work out to the

best advantage, the unemployed and unillustrated treasures of our various collections,

and, conscious of my incapacity save in superficial attainments on a limited field, I

decided on attempting to obtain the services, and superintend the labours of men really

competent in distinct branches of science. Our then President, Sir Edward Ryan,

warmly supported my views, the local Government, to its honor be it spoken, came

forward with liberal and timely aid, while the Honorable the Court of Directors

consented to uphold us in that spirit of munificence which it has often evinced in

matters of science. Thus, Gentlemen, 1 found shortly afterwards associated with me,

our curators, Messrs. Piddington and Blyth, and while I laboured to convert the Jour-

nal, (then my property,) intoa Journal of General Science in accordance with the

plan laid down by Sir William Jones on instituting this Society, instead of attempting

chiefly to work out in it the doubtful problems of antiquarian research,—while I was

occupied in procuring material for our Transactions,—in arranging and digesting our

records, and in providing for the printing and publication of Oriental works (and I more

: *

Apri, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xli

particularly allude to the reprint of the three first volumes of the Fatwa-i-Alumgeeri)

—these gentlemen busied themselves on the one hand in re-arranging our geological

and mineralogical collections, then to all appearance in hopeless confusion, and in

classifying them by catalogues recovered from the disordered mass of our papers,—

and on the other in re-stocking—I may say, in creating—our Museum of Zoology.

If our relations with other scientific bodies have been renewed, and enlarged,—if

the name and character of our Society has been worthily maintained—if we are now

possessed of a Museum which taken in conjunction with our Library, and our antiqua-

rian treasures, places this Society first as a scientific body in the dependencies of the

British Crown,—I take no credit to myself apart from these, my zealous and worthy

fellow-labourers.

Happily placed in conjunction with them, it has been my fortune to have by your

kindness accorded to me as your Secretary, that literary distinction, so earnestly, and

ambitiously desired, but which I could have hoped to obtain in no other but such

circumstances. There are times, Sir, when such distinction, proud as it is, becomes

doubly welcome, and I am in the position to feel its value at this moment most sensibly.

Let me, Mr. President, express to you briefly my personal feeling of gratitude for

much good will shewn towards me, and for the constant support which you have afford-

ed me in my endeavours to carry out arrangements, of which you were pleased to

approve, for the benefit of the Society. Let me here express to the Asiatic Society of

Bengal, my heartfelt acknowledgments for this magnificent token of their good opini-

on, and to assure them, that its receipt highly enhances the steady inclination I have

ever had to devote in so far as occasion permits, my poor services to the promotion of

their interests.

Gentlemen, I most heartily and sincerely thank you.

In pursuance of the desire expressed by Members, the following Memo-

randum was circulated by the Sub-Secretary, and under the order upon it

the annexed plate of the Standish is given.—H. P.

MEMORANDUM BY THE SUB-SECRETARY.

The Honorable the President and Committee of Papers, Asiatic Society.

After the conclusion of the meeting of Wednesday evening, several Members ex-

pressed a wish, that a lithograph of the Standish presented to Mr. Torrens, should

appear in the Journal.

The Sub-Secretary solicits the orders of H. H. and the Committee,

He may remark, that such objects are strictly within those of the Society, which in

the words of its illustrious founder, embraces in its enquiries, ‘* whatever is performed

F *

xlii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

by man or produced by nature,”

[Aprin, 1844.

and it may not be, moreover, uninteresting to place

upon record, any step in the fine arts made under the patronage of the Society.

Many Mofussil Members also have subscribed to the Testimonial, and will no doubt

be happy to see their money satisfactorily laid out.

H. Prppineron,

Museum, 4th April, 1844. Sub-Secretary, Asiatic Society.

For all the foregoing communications and presentations, the best thanks

of the Society were voted.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.—May, 1844.

(Wednesday Evening, the \st May, 1844.)

The stated Monthly Meeting was held on Wednesday evening, the Ist

instant, at half-past eight rp. m. The Honorable the President in the chair.

The following list of books presented and purchased was read.

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, on the \st of May, 1844.

Report on Public Instruction in the Bengal Presidency, 1842-43.—Presented by Dr.

Mouat.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, April 1844, vol. v, second series, No. 4.—By the

Editor, Bombay.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the

month of March.

Nalodaya.—By the Rev. J. Yates.

Papillons Exotiques, par F. P. Cramer, Amsterdam, 1779-1791, 5 vols. 4to.—Present-

ed by Capt. W. Wroughton.

Natural History of Uncommon Birds, by G. Edwards, London, 1743-1754, 7 vols. 4to.—

Presented by Capt. Wroughton.

Read the following letters from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and Co., the

Society's London Agents.

Henry Torrens, Esa. &c. §c. &c. V. P. Asiatic Society of Calcutta.

Sir,—We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your favors, dated 5th Sep-

tember and 13th December 1843, and also the copy of a letter addressed by you to

Mr. John Murray. As we learn from you that the Journal from No. 133 is now vested

in the Society, we think it advisable to annex you our account, embracing No. 132,

which is £9: 19: 2 in favor of the Society. We have received from Mr. Murray

£21: 9, which is placed to the credit of the Society. The stock of Books in the hands

of Mr. Murray will be forwarded to you in a day or two.

The quantity of Books in the Warehouse of Mr. Murray, belonging to the Society,

is very heavy, and you must be aware that we can never dispose of them here. Of some

volumes, Mr. Murray will hand us more than 200 copies. We would recommend

something being done with them, and we think they might be returned and disposed

of in India with more advantage than they would be here, where they could only be

sold as waste paper. Every year they are kept, they will be of less value to the Socie-

ty. If they were advertised, we fear the sales would not pay the expences of so doing.

If you will favor us with the wishes of the Society, at an early date, we shall be much

obliged to you.

Weare, Sir,

London, Feb. 29, 1844. Your faithful Servants,

Wn. H. ALLEN anp Co.

xliv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ May, 1844.

Henry Torrens, Esq. for Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in

Account ith WH. (ALLEN AnD. Cos: iioci.ive pied yaa OR

———— ae a pose.

S yas Wer F

FS..| 28 [aos

aon; oS lq .s+| Sold. oa

[=e 8) Yn -Q 00 A, o

ocs— o_, som Nae)

or Mo © &

a ee ee a en ee ee eee ee

dinpmnal: }. 5d. Nio.'s:97)' | waht aee's ; 8 ki 8 Seat we caialh ede

“= ee ee oe . 98 eeoeseorsees 7 ° if . ee ce ee °

SF ee ee . ee 99 . e ee 12 e 2 ° ee ee ee ee

——-— see nee 100... : Ll : 1 . Si * RA | Sees ae

—~—— tee eee URES | acto alate eye aps 9 ‘ 9 ehaeMA Gaya eie i# ehh aug

————— ve de 6.6.0.8 102 seer eteocses I] oe Il e ee e . oe

i as eortee 103 overeve . 9 ° 9 oe ee ° ee

—-———reeenes a, WOE. me white aie are 7 ee 7 oe f PPTaS

——-— sees ee, TOG. aise rss amis si 8 Se 7 1 ae beets 9

a am a) eet ten 106 Peewee r]ees 8 . 8 ee ee ee ee ae

oe oe TOT wapeacn os . 1] ; 11 ee car tee ate Meare wis

—————reaaeee of AOR tea ete abe mien Il : 10 I oth ets 2; 9

———-— see eee. TO Py sys S tiessesis nts 2 fo 2 . : D> | 6

SSS ye eee 110 Se neareecer 12 12 ee ee eo ee ee

ESET oe SEES Deer ee a 12 12° | ds cal a Tel lira |

eae! Sate wm ew: sin PME Dic Vonel ei ieiniay sath iy ae il fe ee om bullt ee

—— seein us wie) WS | finiece sms erele, ll 11 i stant ree ae

———— vee. eee DA tale easiest 1] Il : . Dee

——— oe... [8 Sree aera) 12 -. 12 : “ont | ye ara) Riess

keene TWIG y: Ya cing <a 13 . 13 4 Pee (2h ae nea

ee eee 6 AUT F eroiaue ate ayeict ey ees : 12 ns Poe stacy hme time

“Skt oa et 5 | DNS Be 8.9) 010 118 eeereee 10 ee 10 ve ee ee ee 2°

a net e@eeeteee 119 @eeeveeee te 10 ee 10 ee ee ee ee ee

———— evveees 120 casseceeee| 13 13 mie Pr ye we. oe

——-— ceeeeeee 121 ceveseoeee! 4 ee 14 on Sa me. Wh ae

m———- seccecee 122 cescecevee} 15 ‘ 15 ee sak lee ede ies

a OAs Bane e 123 seas @ceoee 17 ee 17 ee ee ee ee ee

————veceeeee 124 ceverccose| 16 9 25 ak 2 A ae

——— vee Lo" opens l 30 1 ET | a a).

a at mwens AO see mee cee 18 14 4 A aie Ae 0

——$——resnveee 127 ccceeeee . 18 oe 16 2 ATMA sts 5) 6

tm ccee ee 128 cease eee 23 dhe 17 6 er A a ee ene

———— ee eeaaee 129 eee ata yy 00 1S 20 p 2/15) 0

——— ...+.... 130 vee ‘ 50) 17 21 ve 2({ 17 1°9

a) ainlaisih aL R Mile MieMle diaisin i 50 18 20 | as 2... 155h0 0

2,15] 0

To)

rary

Paid Sundry Porterage, Book-

ing and Advertising, — ey | a |

Commission 1U per cent, ......-s f Be PAE FS 3/10) 44

London, February 28, 1844. E. E.

————- W. H. ALLEN anp Co.

* DISTRIBUTED.

Copy each No. 129 to 132 to Professor Wilson.

— Do, ——_——-—— Ed. Asiatic Journal.

————— Do. —_-——-——. Royal Society

————— Do. ————-—— Royal Asiatic Society.

——-—— Do. ————-——. Ed. Phil. Journal.

—_-——-— Lo, ————-——. Royal Institution.

Philosophical Magazine.

—_-——— Do. —-——-—— Atheneum.

————— Do. ——~———— Baron Von Hammer Purgstall.

—_——— Do. ————-—— Royal Society of Edinburgh.

———~- Do. ————-——. Spectator.

———— Do, ——-—— —— Professor Schlegel.

eee: Bt SS

May, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xlv

H. Torrens, Esa.

Dear Sir,—You may remember about two years ago, the Asiatic Society ordered

Arrowsmith’s Map of India from us, which was shipped to the Society in January 1842,

The order from the Society for it is worded thus: ‘‘ As soon as possible send to my

address, as Secretary to the Asiatic Society, a copy of the latest Map of India, by Ar-

rowsmith, of the largest size, on spring rollers, &c. for the use of the Society.”’

The order was strictly complied with in the selection of Arrowsmith’s largest and

latest Map ; on its arrival the Society write,

‘* The letter advising the dispatch of Arrowsmith’s Map has come to hand, but I beg

to observe, that although my letter of the 15th May 1841, commissioned the latest pub-

lished Map by Arrowsmith, yet you are aware that since the Map was compiled by

him, Arrowsmith, more countries have been acquired and more full and complete

Maps of India have been published under the auspices of the East India Company ;

and if the Society is not much mistaken, these publications have been undertaken by

yourselves. Under these circumstances the Society expected, that notwithstanding

Arrowsmith’s Map was specially ordered, you would have exercised your judgment

to send the latest and most complete Map of India instead of the one sent by you. The

Map from its incompleteness is quite useless to the Society, and as such, it is, I re-

gret to say, rejected, and made over to Messrs. Thacker and Co., to whom you will

please give instructions for its disposal.’

The Society again write on the 5th September, 1843 :—

‘Although the Society is not disposed at present to disturb the account current

closed to the 30th June 1843, yet I am desired to say, that it is susceptible of adjust-

ment with reference to my letter of February, as regards the cost and charges of Ar-

rowsmith’s Map; viz. £18 10s, which has been rejected by the Society as incomplete.

You have already been advised that the Map has already been made over to Messrs.

Thacker and Co. for disposal on your account.”

On perusal of the foregoing it will be clear to you, that we had no alternative, but

to forward the Society Arrowsmith’s Map of India, which is double the size of ours.

It would have been much more to our advantage to have disposed of our own publica-

tion instead of purchasing Arrowsmith’s; but it would not have been either honest to

the Society or to Arrowsmith, had we done so. We concluded that Arrowsmith’s Map

was well known to the Society, and for aught we knew, the Society might have already

possessed our Map, which is always procurable in Calcutta. Under these circumstances

it is quite clear, that it is no fault of ours that the Map ordered to the Society has

proved of little use. We conclude the Map to be still in the hands of Messrs. Thacker

and Co. For the last year we have had no connection with them, and it is not our

xlvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1844.

intention to renew it. We trouble you with this letter privately, and shall be ob-

liged by your explaining the matter to the Society. It would not be reasonable to

suppose we can bear the loss of £18 10s, when no error had been committed by us.

The agency of the Society is, as you must be aware, at times very troublesome, and

for which we never make any charge, but on the contrary often study to promote its

interest at our own expense. This we shall continue to do, and consider the interests of

the Society as identical with our own. Our Map of India has just been corrected, at

a great outlay, to the present date, and if the Society desire to possess it, it will cost

about £10 10s. including shipping expenses to Calcutta.

We are, dear Sir,

London, February 29, 1844. Your faithful Servants,

W. H. ALLEN AnD Co.

Read the following letter from Government, accompanying the work to

which it refers :—

No. 550 of 1844,

From W. Epwarops, Esa. Under-Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Foreign Department.

Srr,—I am directed by the Governor General in Council to transmit to you, for such

notice as the Society may deem it deserving of, the accompanying Grammar of the

Cashmeree Language, by Major R. Leech, C. B.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

/ Your most obedient Servant,

Fort William, the 6th April, 1844. W. Epwarps,

Under-Secretary to the Government of India.

This Grammar was referred to the Editors of the Journal for publica-

tion.

Read the following letter from Dr. Griffith, Acting Superintendent H. C.

Botanic Garden :—

My DEAR Sir,—Dr. Martius, the learned writer on Brazil, and a high scientific

character, is anxious, as Secretary to the Mathematico-Physical part of the Ratisbon

Academy, to ascertain whether the Asiatic Society would be willing to enter onasystem

of interchange of publications and objects with that Academy, and if so, what are the

publications, &c. the Society would wish to have, and of what.it would tbe convenient

to the Society to dispose.

May, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xl vii

I shall feel obliged if you can give me such information as will be sufficient to guide

Dr. Martius, and hope that it will be such as will enable him to complete what he

earnestly desires, a constant and liberal exchange with the Head Society of India,

Iam, My dear Sir,

Your’s truly,

Botanic Gardens, April 20, 1844. W. GRiFFITH,

Member, Royal Ratisbon Academy.

Ordered, that a letter expressing the best thanks of the Society for the

friendly overture of Dr. Martius, and the Society’s desire to promote on its

side the most friendly relations with the University of Ratisbon be sent.

Read the following letter from Captain Williams, Ist Assistant Com-

missioner of Arracan :—

Dear Sir,—lI have the pleasure to inform you, that I have forwarded to Kymkhroo

for the purpose of being conveyed on the ‘‘ Amherst’ to you, an iron anchor stock,

found on Chedooba, at the spot where the gold coin and javelin heads were discovered. I

can obtain no information whatever from the Mugs about it, but it may throw some

light towards the discovery of the country and age of the coins.

Your’s very truly,

Ramree, Arracan, March 27, 1844. D. WILLIAMs.

The Sub-Secretary submitted to the Meeting an impression taken from

the iron bell from Ningpo, presented by Captain Warden, H. C. Steamer

Queen, to the R. R. the Bishop for the Cathedral. It was proposed

and approved of, that this should be first sent to China, for translation

by Mr. M. Callery or Gutzlaff, in order to learn before proceeding farther,

whether the inscription contained any thing of importance and worth the

trouble of taking off.

Read the following letter from Dr. Roer, accompanying the valuable

translation to which it refers, which was referred for publication to the

Editors of the Journal.

My pear Torrens,—I send you the first four chapters of my Translation of Bhas-

cara Acharya’s work on Astronomy; this is about the fourth part of the whole, and

sufficient, I think for one number of the Journal.

Your’s sincerely,

20th April, 1844. G, Rogr.

xl viii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1844.

Read letter from the Rev. W. Yates, addressed to the Honorable the Pre-

sident, with a copy of the ‘“‘ Nalodya,” the able and very useful work to

which it refers.

The Honorable W. W. Birvo, Esa. President of the Asiutic Society.

Dear Sir,—If it is not giving you too much trouble, will you allow me to beg of

you the favour of presenting to the Asiatic Society at their next Meeting the accom-

panying work. It is so much in keeping with the designs of Sir W. Jones, the noble

founder of the Institution, that 1 venture to entertain the hope, that it will not be un-

acceptable.

I am, your’s very truly,

W. Yarsgs.

April 12, 1844.

Read the following letter from J. Muir, Esq. C. S. :—

H. W. Torrens, Esa. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

My pear S1r,—I am sorry to find that the untoward circumstances mentioned in

your letter, (received some time ago in Calcutta, ) have for the present puta stop to the

measures in progress for the publication of the Sarira Vidyd. Could you kindly give

me an idea what it would cost to print and edit the MS. in the manner formerly pro-

posed, either with or without the plates, which were to be had out from England. In

the mean time, I should like if possible to have a MS. copy of the work, if that can

be allowed me, in the Nagree character, and if you would be good enough to order it

to be put in hand, | will remit the cost of copying.

I remain, My dear Sir,

Your’s faithfully,

Agra, April 9, 1844. J. Muir,

Member of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Ordered, that a statement be drawn out and submitted in the first instance

to the Committee of Papers.

REPORT OF THE CuRaTOR MusguM oF Economic GEoLoGy, AND GEOLOGICAL AND

MinERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL, 1844.

From Major Crommelin, B. E. through Messrs. Colvin and Co. we have to acknow-

Geological and Mineralo- ledge a very handsome donation of upwards of 200 specimens

gical. of Rocks and Minerals, Scottish, English, (Cumberland and

Westmorland,) and Foreign, with about a dozen specimens of organic remains,

amongst which last I may note as a valuable addition to our cabinets, portions of the

jaw with teeth, of an Icthyosaurus, and a beautiful slab with remains of the Briarean

Pentacrinite. Of the rocks and minerals, many are very great additions to our cabinets,

and all would have been far more so had any numbers or labels remained to the rocks

by which we could have referred them to the localities from which so many derive

May, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xlix

their value. The minerals are of course easily recognised and re-numbered, but to

identify the rocks, of which there is but a mere dealer’s catalogue, is necessarily a work

of much longer time, as many books and descriptions must be referred to, and in the end,

a few will be always uncertain. Nevertheless, the Society is under very great obliga-

tion to Major Crommelin for his liberal donation, and I trust that gentlemen who may,

like him, have old dealer’s collections, or even remnants of collections, will not be

deterred, by their imperfect state and want of numbers or catalogues, from sending them.

We shall always be able to turn them to some account.

1 have to record to-day also, another instance of the attention of the Government

of India, and the Honorable Court of Directors, to our wishes as to a Map of the

country comprised in Dr. Voysey’s report, published in vol. II. of the Journal, where

at p. 304, the sections but notthe Map are given. ‘The following is the letter from

Government accompanying this Map :—

No. 90.

From T. R. Davipvson, Esa., Officiating Secretary to the Government of India,

to H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Home Department.

Sir,— With reference to your letter dated the 27th of August 1842, 1 ain directed

by the Honorable the President in Council to transmit to you the accompanying

Copy, Para. 30 of a Despatch from the Honorable Court of Directors No. 17 of 1843,

dated the lst November, together with Dr. Voysey’s Geological Map of the Country

between the Godavery and the Kistna therein alluded to, for the use of the Museum of

Economic Geology. 1 am, Sir,

Your obedient servant,

Council Chamber, the 27th January, 1844. T. R. Davipson,

Og. Secy. tothe Govt. of India.

Extract from a Despatch from the Honorable the Court of Directors in the Public

Department, dated the \st November 1843, No. 17.

Answer to Secretary’s Letter, dated 12th October, No. 20 of 1842.

30. There is only one Geological Map connected with Dr. Voysey’s report, which

includes part of the country between the Godavery and the

Bee enting Sein Kistna. A copy of this Map is forwarded as a number in the

Voysey’s Geological Map packet.

for the Museum of Econo-

mic Geology. (True Extract, )

T. R. Davipson,

Offy. Secy. to the Guvt. of India.

This would have been brought forward at the same time as Major Herbert’s Map,

but it came in late, and I detained it from that report to refer to the Journal, and

(for which I have to apologise) forgot it at the next Meeting.

I have the pleasure to exhibit a very well drawn and accurate copy of Captain Her-

bert’s Map from the press of Messrs. D’Rozario and Co., which is now in progress of

colouring, and will be distributed with a number of the Journal ; a large margin being

left to take it out and put in again to the volume to which it belongs. I have farther

a Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1844.

preserved some blank copies of this valuable little Map for the use of the Geological

Department of the Museum, and I hope by distributing some to our zealous friends to

obtain from them some notes and fillings up, to aid our knowledge of that interesting

part of India.

From Mr. J.N. Martin, Executive Officer, Lower Assam, we have received through

Colonel Garstin, Superintending Engineer, Lower Provinces,

two chests containing specimens of ancient earthen tiles, of

rocks and soils, and of wood from that country.

Museum of Economic

Geology.

Mr. Martin’s Letter is as follows :—

No. 320.

From Mr. J.N. Martin, Executive Officer, Lower Assam, to Colonel E. Garstin,

Superintending Engineer, Lower Provinces.

S1r,—With reference to your Circular No. 12 of the 4th August 1842, forwarding

a printed letter and statement from the Curator Museum of Economic Geology, I have

the honor to annex a list of specimens collected by me in this division, which I shall

be obliged by your allowing me to put on board one of your boats for transmission to

the presidency.

2. Specimen No. 1 was dug out of some old ruins which were being levelled at Gow-

hatti, in which No. 4,5 and 6 were also found, and probably formed some part of a

Temple. These fragments will suffice to shew the state of the arts in Assam in former

days. I regret that these specimens are not more perfect; they are the only ones of

the kind I have met with.

3. Specimens No, 7, 8, and 9 are from stones lying about Gowhatti, and which seem

to have formed extensive buildings, (Temples,) which have long since disappeared,

the remains of which are scattered over the station, and are constantly being dug up.

Some of the stones are fine specimens of workmanship. ‘The rock from which the stone

seems to have been quarried is found at the base of the Hills about Gowhatti, laid bare

by the Burrampootur and in rocks in the river.

4. Specimens No. 10 and 11 are from the ruins of an old brick Temple at Tezpoor.

12 and 13 are specimens of granite from the same place from stones wrought and un-

wrought, an immense number of which have been collected for the purpose of some ex-

tensive buildings, (probably ‘Temples,) which from the appearance of the stones seem

never to have been used in any building. The stones appear to have been quarried

from rocks in the Burrampootur, and from the base of the Hills in the vicinity.

5. Specimen No. 16 is soil from Rannee Godown, said to be adapted for the cul-

tivation of tea, and extends overa large tract of country. On my late visit to Gola Ghaut,

175 miles above Gowhatti and 200 above Rannee Godown, I was struck with the simi-

larity of the soil on which an individual has commenced the cultivation of the tea

plant. No. 17 is a specimen.

6. Specimen No. 18 is a brick dug out of the ruins of an old Temple, probably

Mahomedan, at Gowalparah, and bears a Persian inscription. From its appearance it

seems to have formed a step or floor, and is evidently of recent date compared with the

ruins found in Assam.

May, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. li

7. Specimens No. 2, 3, 14 and 15 shew the superior quality of the bricks in former

days, which are far superior to any thing we can make at the present time. The art of

brick-making has long been lost to the Assamese, and it is only within a few years

that it has been revived. The people in the mechanical arts have sadly degenerated,

and they have very little or no inclination to follow the example of their forefathers

in these pursuits. I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

J. N. Martin,

Executive Officer, Lower Assam.

List of Specimens for the Museum of Economic Geology.

No. 1.—Piece of a large Brick. 7

- ¢ Common Assamese Bricks. |

e Fragments of Tiles.

Ditto of glazed Tile. |

From Gowhatti.

8. -Specimens of Granite.

9. §

3 f Bricks from the ruins of an old Temple.

PELETTETTT

feed pee

a.§ Specimens of Granite, from Tezpore.

= CO

ea: i Bricks from Bishnath.

— 16. Tea soil from Rannee Godown.

—— 17. Ditto ditto Gola Ghaut.

——. 18. Brick from Gowalparah, with Persian inscription.

J. N. Martin,

Executive Officer, Lower Assam.

No. 3,585.

To H. PippineTon, Esa. Curator, Museum Economic Geology.

Sir,—I have the honor to forward the enclosed Original Communications as noted

on the Margin, from Mr. J. N. Martin, Executive Officer,

Lower Assam, which ought to have accompanied the specimens

lately sent by him through me.

I am Sir,

Your obedient servant,

Fort William, \0th April, 1844. E. Garstin, Ligut. Cot.

Su perintending Engineer, Lower Provinces.

No. 320, ov 31st Jan.

No, 333, dated 12th Feb,

1844.

List of Specimens of Wood from Assam for the Museum Economic Geology.

1.—Gheara.

2.—Larang.

3.— Willow Bha.

4.—Chumpa.

5.—Seeharoo.

6.—Navhusar.

7.—Saul.

8.—Chamn. J.N. Martin,

Executive Officer, Lower Assam.

hii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [May, 1844.

: No. 333.

From J. N. Martin, Esa. Executive Officer, Lower Assam, to Cot. GarRsTIN,

Superintending Engineer, Lower Provinces.

Sir,—In continuation of my letter No. 320 of the 3lst January last, I have the

honor to annex a list of eight specimens of timber for the Museum of Economic Geo-

logy.

2. It was only within the last two or three days that 1 was informed by Major

Jenkins, that such would be acceptable; 1 shall continue to make a further collection

as opportunities offer.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

J.N. Martin,

Executive Officer, Lower Assam.

Gowahatti, 12th February, 1844.

For all the foregoing communications and presentations, the best thanks

of the Society were voted.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of JuNE, 1844.

Wednesday Evening, the 5th Junn, 1844.

The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the usual hour on

Wednesday evening, the 5th June, H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President in

the chair.

The following list of books presented and purchased, was read :—

Books for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, June 5, 1844.

1. Meteorological Register for the month of April 1844, from the Surveyor

General’s Office.

2. The Oriental Christian Spectator for May 1844, No. &, 2nd series.— Presented

by the Editors.

3. Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, Vol, II, No. XT,

1844.—Presented by the Society.

4. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. XII, No. 76 for 1843.—Pur-

chased.

5. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Nos. 30, 31,

32 and 33.—Presented by the Society.

6. The Athenzum, for March 16th and 23rd, 1843.— In exchange for the

Society’s Journal.

7. Report of the Secretary of the Navy U. S.—Presented by M. R. Johnstone.

8. Magnetic Observations from the Observatory of Bombay.—Presented by Go-

vernment,

_ 9. Goodwyn’s Memoir on Wrought Iron Roofing, with a Vol. of Plates. —Present-

ed by the Author,

10. Brief Grammatical Notice of the Siamese Language, with an Appendix, by T.

Taylor Jones.—Presented by the Author.

11. Notes on the Marine Glue, by Alfred Jeffries.—Presented by Mr. J. De

Garnier.

12. L. Asie Centrale ; Recherches sur les chaines de Montagnes et sur la Clima-

tologie, Vols. 1, 2, and 3, par A. de Humboldt.-—Presented by the Author.

13, Pearl Fisheries of Ceylon, by J. Stewart.—Presented by C. B. Greenlaw,

Esq. in the name of the Author.

14. Napier’s Peninsular War, Vols. 3, 4, 5, and 6.—Purchased.

liv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [June, 1844,

15. Letters 4 G. de Tassy, on Sugat, &c. de sa Notice Institute Saadi, par M.

Newbold.—Presented by the’ Author.

16. Saadi, Auteur des Premieres Poesies Hindoosthani, par G. de Tasssy, 1843.—

Presented by the Author.

The Vice-President and Secretary stated with reference to Napier’s Pe-

ninsular War, that as thejLibrary contained many incomplete works, he

would suggest that he be authorized, as occasions might present themselves,

to complete such works. This was unanimously agreed to. He also

noticed in terms of approbation, the valuable work of Mr. Stewart, on the

Pearl Fisheries of Ceylon, a work undertaken, as he had been informed,

from motives of public utility alone, and most creditable both in its design

and execution.

Read the following letter from the Under-Secretary to the Government

of India :—

No. 1093 of 1844,

From W. Epwarps, Esg. Under-Secretary to the Government of India, to the

Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Foreign Department.

Sir,—By direction of the Governor General in Council, I have the honor to transmit

to you, for-such notice as the Society may deem it to merit, the accompanying report,

by Captain Jacob, onthe general condition of the Province of Kattywar, and on vari-

ous points of information, chiefly of a geographical and statistical nature connected

with that province.

2. It is requested you will return the document when no longer required.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your obedient Servant,

Fort William, the 25th May, 1844. W. Epwarps,

Under-Secretary to the Government of India.

Read letter from the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal,

according free freight on the Government Steamers, for two boxes of

books for the Education Committee, N. W. P.

Read the following letter from the Curator, Zoological Department :—

To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I beg to lay before the Society a request of Mr. J. E. Gray, of the British

Museum, contained in a private letter to myself, that I would procure for him certain

specimens procurable in this vicinity, for which he offers to pay a sum not exceeding

£30 annually, to cover the expences of procuring and preparing of them, while the

Jun, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. iv

cost of transmitting such to London will be defrayed by the British Museum. Should

the Society approve of my undertaking the superintendence of such collections, the

specimens might either be prepared by the Society’s taxidermists, during the hours of

their non-attendance at the Museum, or an additional taxidermist might be employed

for the purpose, upon a salary deducted from the sum suggested by Mr. Gray.

I have also to request, on the part of Mr. Jerdon, that he may be allowed to publish

figures of certain of the Society’s birds in the course of his work, now in progress, upon

Indian Ornithology ; leaving it to me to make a selection for the purpose. I beg to

recommend that Mr. Jerdon’s offer to do so, be entertained by the Society, as our col-

lection contains a very considerable number of species which it is most desirable

should be figured, and could well spare as many as Mr. Jerdon could possibly require.

I wish to call the attention of the Society to the desire of certain Anglo-Indian

youths, to be apprenticed to the Society for three or more years, in order to be taught

the art of taxidermy. ‘he difficulty which I have hitherto experienced in procuring

such youths to assist in the Museum is considerable, and their usefulness is shewn by

the large collection of skins now upon the table, most of those sent by Captain Phayre,

having been prepared by a lad instructed at the Museum, with whom I furnished him,

and who was employed by the Society in Arracan upon a salary of 5 Rupees a month,

upon which terms two other lads are at present engaged, one on board the Tenasserim

merchant-vessel, which at this time is on the coast of New Guinea, where I expect

that many specimens will be collected, and the other is with Capt. Abbott at Ramree.

The terms of apprenticeship required, on the part of the lads, who have now applied to

me, are 3 Rupees a month for pocket-money, and asuit of clothes annually, which I

understand is an usual mode of making such contracts in this country. Should the

Society approve of such an arrangement being made with one or more of these youths,

I should be glad of their assistance at the Museum immediately, where there is a varie-

ty of work upon which they might be at once employed.

I am, Sir,

Yours obediently,

June 5, 1844. Ep. Biytu.

After some conversation it was settled, that the Curator of the Zoologi-

cal Department, British Museum, be invited to address the Asiatic Society

of Bengal officially, and that Mr. Blyth be also requested to address the

Secretary, and to communicate with the Sub-Secretary fully in detail on

the subject of the proposed apprentices. Mr. Jerdon’s request was acceded

to, but with the special proviso, that he should also be invited to address

the Society officially, and that while all birds sent to him should be duly

reported and recorded in the Society’s Proceedings, he should also undertake

on his part duly to acknowledge them in his forthcoming work as from

the Society’s Museum.

lvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (June, 1844,

Read the following letter from M. Jules Mohl, Assistant Secretary to the

Societé Asiatique de Paris, addressed to the Sub-Secretary :—

Society Asiatique.

Str,—I beg to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 14th of September

1843, by the Gabrielle, containing a ship-letter of a box of Manuscripts of the Vedas.

I have sent the ship-letter to Marseilles, and expect every day to receive the box. I

am charged by the Society to offer to you and to Ramcomul Sen, the Society’s best

thanks for your care and kindness.

The sudden death of M. Cassin, our agent, has imposed upon me the duty of exa-

mining all the papers relating to the Society, and to your Society’s depot of books. 1

have made out the account, and am this moment occupied in making the list of books in

the depét. 1 will report on it next month; until now I have found all in a satisfactory

state. Unfortunately I have not yet found the lists of books which you had sent, and

which M. Cassin ought to have bought for your Society ; but as I have not yet been

able to look over all the papers, I am in hopes of finding them yet, and of executing

your instructions.

You mention in one of your letters, that 64 copies of the Index of the Mahabharut

have been sent last year, we have received a parcel containing 64 copies of an Index

to the 4th Vol. but none of the three Ist volumes. Has no Index to these been

published ?

1 have the honor to be, Sir,

Your respectfully,

Juces Mout,

Paris, 7th March, 1844. Secritaire adjoint a la Soc. As.

Ordered, that the Indices to Vols. Ist, 2d and 3d of the Mahabarata be

dispatched to the Paris Society.

Read the following letter from Captain D. Williams, Ist Assistant to the

Commissioner of Arracan :—

My DEAR Si1r,—I have the pleasure to inform you that, in searching for gold coins on the

Island of Chedooba, of which I forwarded a couple to you, the natives have dug up a large bar of

iron resembling the shank of an anchor. I have had it brought to my house, and shall have much

pleasure in forwarding it to the Society if commanded todoso. On the spot also were found the

two Javelin heads I sent to you, and mentioned in your Journal, No, CXLII, of 1843.

It may throw some further light towards the discovery of what country and age the gold coins

belonged to.

Yours faithfully,

Ramree, 8th March, 1844. D. WILLIAMS.

P. S.—Since writing the above, I had an opportunity of sending the bar of iron or shank to Kyook

Phyoo, to meet the Amherst for conveyance to Calcutta to your address.

The iron grapnel shank, for such it evidently is, herein referred to, is

now placed on theright of the northern entrance to the portico of the Museum.

June, 1844. } Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. lvii

It is in tolerable preservation, though none of the grapnel claws are remain-

ing. It measures six feet in length, but the circumference cannot be as-

certained, as it is covered over with shells and an arenaceo-calcareous in-

crustation. It may have belonged to some European or Arab Vessel a

century or more ago, and have possibly been elevated with the beach on

which it was found. It cannot have belonged to the people by whom

the gold coins were struck, for those betoken far too rude a state of the

arts to admit of such a bar of iron having been forged, or been in use on

a ship at the epoch when such coins were used.

Read the following letter from Baboo Gooroprasad Roy :—

The Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Str,—I have to beg that you will do me the honor to submit to the Asiatic Society, the accom-

panying specimen pages in type and Manuscript of a Sanscrit Dictionary in the Bengallee cha-

racter, to be entitled the Sobda Rutnakar, and which will I presume be found of the greatest utility

to Native Students of that language, and of much interest to Philologists and Scholars in general.

In testimony of its merits, I further beg leave to submit the opinions of it‘hereto annexed, both from

Native Pundits and European gentlemen of high and acknowledged talent. The MSS. is com-

pleted, and can be sent to press.

Your Society, Sir, cannot but be aware that a work like this, though it has cost many years of assi-

duous labour, cannot be printed without a heavy outlay which I am, from straitened circumstances,

unable to afford. The most careful estimates which I can make, supported by the opinion of Dr.

Heberlin, carry the expence of the work to Co’s. Rs. 8,000 for 500 copies, requiring a subscription

of 160 copies at 50 Rs. each, to assure the Printer against loss.

I have therefore, Sir, respectfully to solicit that the Asiatic Society of Bengal will be pleased to

accord to me such measure of patronage and support and recommendation as they may deem my

labours to merit, and I beg to assure it, that no attention on my part shall be wanting to render the

work by care, while passing through the press, creditable to its support.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your obedient servant,

GURUPRASAD Roy.

This letter was accompanied by certificates from various European

Orientalists and Native Pundits in favour of the work. The Sub-Secretary

stated, that the work had been brought to his notice by a learned Native

friend, and one of the oldest members of the Society, who was also himself

author of by far the most valuable Bengalee and English Dictionary

which had yet appeared, Dewan Ramcomul Sen, and that desirous that the

author of the Sobda Ratnakar should appear before the Suciety, with a

viii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Jung, 1844.

statement sufficiently definite as to the business part of the matter to

enable it to consider his application at once, he had referred him to Dr.

Heeberlin, who had kindly examined the work, whose opinion and letter on

the subject was as follows :—

H. Prppineton, Ese. Sub-Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

My DEAR S1R,—I have examined the MSS. of the Sanscrit Dictionary in Bengali characters,

compiled by Babi Guruprasad Roy, which you sent for my inspection; and I am of opinion that

the work, if printed, would be of great use to Bengalee (Native) Students of Sanscrit, although in a

critical point of view, and for European Scholars, its value can of course not be compared with

Wilson’s 2d edition, This Dictionary of Guruprasad’s appears, however, to have been compiled

with much care, and great labour has evidently been bestowed upon it. There are many more words

in it than in Wilson’s, and some really of importance; the explanations, too, are pretty full, and

under each principal vocable all Sanscrit Synonymes are given in alphabetical order. Hence the

work seems well adapted to Native (Bengali) Students, in as much they are accustomed to the

mode observed in this work. : |

A similar work to this is in course of publication by R. Radhukanta, but the latter will fill 6

large 4to. volumes, and even then is not accessible to the public; and contains scarcely one-half

of the vocables given in Guruprasad’s; the former will when completed, be more for advanced

scholars, the latter is adapted to students in general.

I think therefore, I might safely recommend the work in question to the favorable consideration

of the Asiatic Society, not however for their adoption, but simply to assist the author in pub-

lishing the work. Indeed I think this belongs rather to the province of Government and the

Council of Education, than the Asiatic Society. The Dictionary is not so much for the learned, as

for the people of Bengal; it is for the educated Natives of this country, whether acquainted with

English or not.

To print this Dictionary would require a considerable outlay. As far as I can judge, the work

could not be sold under rupees 50, and if 150 copies were subscribed for by Government, the

Council of Education, the School Book Society, and the Asiatic Society, there is no doubt that

a Printer might be found to undertake the work. I hope something will be done towards the

accomplishing of this object.

Believe me yours truly,

Calcutta, 8th May, 1844. (Signed) J. H@BERLIN.

The Vice-President then addressed the meeting, stating, that while there

could be no doubt on the one hand that the work was likely to be one

of very considerable utility to Bengalee Students of Sanscrit, it was on the

other evidently not of that high classic order which the Society had been

hitherto wont to patronize to a large extent. He therefore suggested, that

the Society should subscribe for 25 copies (1,250 rupees,) and strongly

recommend the work as an educational one to the attention of Govern-

ment in that Department.

Jung, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. lix

After some conversation, it was determined that it should be left to the

Committee of Papers to settle the number of copies to be subscribed for,

and to frame the recommendatory letter to Government on the part of the

Society.

Read the following letter from Dr. W. Griffith, Acting Superintendent

Honorable Company’s Botanical Garden, which had been overlooked at

the former meeting, from having slipped into the portfolios of drawings :—

No. 22.

From W. GRIFFITH, Esq. Officiating Superintendent of the Hon’ble Company's Botanical

Garden, to H. ToRRENS, Esq., Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated 9th April, 1844.

S1r,—In obedience to instructions received from the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal,

I have the pleasure of forwarding to you the Buchanan Manuscripts

ie a 2) and Drawings, as per margin. I shall be obliged by your furnishing

ee ee tee nee cee ons We me with a receipt for the same. Amongst them will be found

Fishes, ... .............., 137 Many copies substituted for originals, and also many duplicate copies

Unfinished drawings ap- It appears to me that these, especially the last, may lead to the

parently originals, ...

Copies of Birds made by discovery of the manner in which so many of these drawings have

Dr. Waliich,

Ditto of Fishes made by

ditto, several to be re-

cognised in the Illus-

tration of Indian Zoo-

RGA ia aaareceioos’s

WROGANs aces cascee C07

e+ 08 ene coe

been copied in General Hardwicke’s Illustrations of Indian Zoology,

so far as I know, without any acknowledgment (except in the

case of a few turtles} of the source whence they were derived,

and [I am sure that the Asiatic Society will consider the object of its

being the custos of these drawings in a great measure fulfilled,

Two volumes of Manu- if it is enabled to do justice to that very eminent person, the timely

script. publication of whose labours, would have superseded to a great

degree the labours of Messrs. Hodgson, Blyth and Jerdon,

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient Servant,

Hon’ble Company’s Botanic Garden, 9th April, 1844. WILLIAM GRIFFITH,

Officiating Superintendent.

Dr. McGowan, of the American Missionary Hospital at Ningpo, pre-

sented an Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo,

of which the characters, though supposed to be Buddhistical, were unknown

to the ace in China, whether Natives or Europeans, and had been

pronounced here as not being of any recognised form of the Thibetan. The

Inscription was handed to the Editors of the Journal for early insertion.

Dr. McGowan also kindly offered to take charge of the impressions

from the Ningpo bell, and to inform the Society if the remaining parts

were worth the trouble of cleaning and taking off.

Ix Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Jung, 1844.

The following report was then read for the month of May Curator

Museum Economic Geology.

Report oF THE Curator Museum oF Economic GroLoGy AND GEOLOGICAL

AND MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE MONTH OF May, 1844.

Our recommendation to Government, that the site of the Lithographic stones dis-

Museum of Econo- covered by Captain Shortreed, as noticed in my reports of

mic Geology. November and December last, has it would appear, been for-

warded to the Honorable the Governor of the N. W. Provinces, and in reference to

it, we have to place upon record, the following letter received from Captain Stewart,

B. N. 1, Fort Adjutant, Chunar :—

Copy, No. 462.

From J, Tuornton, Esg. Secretary to Government, N. W.P., to Captain STEWART, Fort Adjutant,

Chunar.

S1r,—I am desired to forward to youthe accompanying copy of a letter from the Secretary

General Department, Asiatic Society regarding Lithographic stones, said to have been

Ws Ey found near Rewah.

2d. The Lieutenant Governor has been given to understand, that you have been already en-

gaged in inquiries regarding stones of this description in the neighbourbood of the Soane, and will

feel glad if you can undertake to prosecute the search which Captain Shortreed has indicated.

Any moderate sum which you may consider necessary to enable you successfully to conduct the

inquiry, will be immediately placed at your disposal. T have, &c. &c. &e.

(Signed) J. THORNTON,

(True Copy,) Secretary to Government, N. W. P.

Agra, the 13th May, 1844. W. M. STEWART.

To J. THORNTON, Esq. Secretary to the Government N. W. P., Agra.

S1r,—I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter No. 462 of 13th instant, for-

warding for my information a copy of a letter from the Secretary of the Asiatic Society to the

Secretary to Government of India, Home Department, regarding the possibility of obtaining sup-

plies of stone fit for Lithographic purposes from the Rewah State, and communicating the wishes

of the Lieut. Governor, that I should undertake to prosecute the search.

In reply, I have the honor to state, that I shall have great pleasure in meeting the wishes of the

Lieut. Governor, and have no doubt from the discoveries already made, coupled with the informa-

tion contained in Mr. Torrens’s letter, of being able to accomplish the desired end,

I shall with his permission place myself in immediate communication with Mr. Torrens, forward

for his inspection specimens of stones from situations where they have already been discovered,

and obtain from him such further information as may enable me to follow up the discovery

already made by Capt. Shortreed.

Specimens of genuine white lias, exactly corresponding in appearance with the best German

stone, have already been procured from the bed of the Soane river, at a place situated between 60

and 60 miles S. W. of Chunar. The experiments made with them failed, owing to the softness and

friable nature of the stones submitted for trial, which were unable to resist the pressure applied

to them. They were however quarried from the surface, and as Mr. Torrens remarks that the

best German stone is usually found with beds of inferior quality both above and below, I feel

assured that a little expenditure in digging deeper will lead to the discovery of the proper kind.

I shall forward a contingent bill to you for the sanction of the Lieut, Governor, for any small

expences that may be incurred in making the researches, and haye to request, that you will

JuNE, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixi

cause directions to be forwarded to the Steam Agent at Chunar, to receive from me free of any

charge for freight, any packages containing stones I may have to forward to Calcutta for experi-

ment, L[ have, &c. &c. &c.

(Signed) W. M. Stewart, Captain,

Chunar, 20th May, 1844, Fort Adjutant,

(True Copy.) W. M. STEWART.

To H. TORRENS, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

DEAR S1rR,—I have the pleasure to annex a copy of a letter to my address from the Secretary

to the Government N. W. P., with my reply, dated 20th instant, by which you will observe, that

I have undertaken to prosecute the search for Lithographic stone in Rewah, as suggested in your

letter to the Secretary to the Government of India, Home Department, dated 14th March last.

I have this day dispatched a party to the quarry in which white lias has already been discovered,

with directions to cut right through the stratum from which the stone has hitherto been quarried

to ascertain whether it may not be found of a closer and firmer texture underneath.

The experiments with this stone alluded to in my letter to Mr. Thornton, were made in the

Lithographic press attached to the Office of the Sudder Board of Revenue N, W. P. then at Alla-

habad. They were quarried close to the surface, and as the experiments, although unsuccessful

in obtaining a good impression, shewed that the stone was of the proper kind, I think it well worth

while to search further before pronouncing it to be a failure.

I shall forward specimens of the stone to your address per Steamer as soon as I receive them,

which will probably be in the course of a month. In the meantime I will be obliged by your

obtaining from Captain Shortreed precise directions, whereby the locality from whence he obtained

the specimens forwarded to you, may be correctly ascertained; I shall thus be able in the cold

weather to follow up the discovery alluded to in your letter to Government, should the present

experiment prove unsuccessful.

I have to request you will inform me under what official designation I may be able to correspond

with you in the matter under discussion. ‘‘ On the public service,” I am not aware whether or not

I can do so, as Secretary to the Asiatic Society. I remain, Dear Sir,

Chunar, 24th May, 1844. Your’s faithfully,

W.M. Stewart.

‘

P. §.—I will thank you to forward me at your leisure a few small specimens of German stone of

different kinds, to enable me to compare them with those found here.

We have replied to Captain Stewart, directing his attention also to any traces

of organic remains which the formations in that locality might afford, and for-

warding by dawk banghy specimens of German stone for comparison,

From Mr. Jas. Dodd, Assistant Assay Master, we have to acknowledge two very

handsome specimens of the matrix of the Gold of the Real del Monte Mines, and

two of Copper Ores from Cuba.

Major Alexander, B, A., has obliged us with a few specimens of copper ores and

iron and pyrites, some of which will be of use as duplicates for exchanging, and one

or two will find a place in our Cabinets. Capt. Goodwyn, B. E., has added to our

library of reference by his valuable work on iron roofing, already noticed amongst the

donations of books, but which should have its place in this report also, as being one

day to become a text book for this important application of a mineral with which

India so much abounds, It may not have been noticed, but it should be so, for

Ixii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [June, 1844.

it is important as a step in Indian typography, that the numerous diagrams in this

work are intercalated with the text as if they were wood cuts! though evidently

lithographs, and of course far superior to type-metal cutting. Upon enquiry of Mr.

Huttmann, of the Govt. Gazette Press, by whom the work is printed, he informs

me that they are lithographs, and that they were so inserted by first printing off

the sheet with the necessary blank spaces, and then sending the wet sheets to

the lithographers who printed in their share. This arrangement is highly credit-

able to the contriver of it, and a most valuable hint to all who may like ourselves

feel the absence of the art of wood-cutting, in illustrating papers relative to the

arts or sciences.

For all the foregoing communications and presentations, the best thanks

of the Society were voted.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of Jury, 1844.

Wednesday Evening, 3rd Jury, 1844.

The stated Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the Society’s

Rooms at half-past 8 P. m.

The following list of Books presented and purchased was read :—

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, July 3, 1844.

The Penny Cyclopedia, Vols. 25, 26 for 1843, and Vol. 27 for 1844.—Purchased.

Transactions of the Society of Arts, &c.—Presented by the Society.

The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal for October 1842 to January 1844,—Pre-

sented by the Editor.

Estado de las Islas Filipinas, Vol. 2, 1844.—Presented by the Author.

Mémoire sur l’Idéographie, par Don Sinibaldo de Mas, Pamphlet.—Presented by the

Author.

Vocabulaire l’ Idéographique Frangais, &c. by D. D. Pamphlet.—Presented by D. D.

Sketch of the System of Education in Practice at Bruce-Castle School, Tottenham,

London.—Presented by Mr. H. Piddington on the part of the Proprietor,

The Oriental Christian Spectator.—Presented by the Publisher.

Calcutta Christian Observer for June 1844, 2 vols.-—Presented by the Publisher.

Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India.—Presented by the

Society.

Journal Asiatique, for Sept. and October, 1843.—Presented by the Editors.

Journal des Savants, Nov. 1843.—Purchased.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 154, 155 and 156.

—Presented by the Editor.

Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, Nos. 95 and 96,—Presented by the

Society.

The Atheneum for April 6th, 13th, 20th and 27th.—Purchased.

The Meteorological Register for May 1844.—From the Surveyor General’s Office.

Read the following letter from the Curator Museum of Economic Geo-

logy and Geological and Mineralogical Departments :—

H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary, Asiatic Society, &c. &c. &c.

Sir,—I beg to report for your information, that we have received from Government

but a part of our Indent for apparatus and re-agents for the use of the Museum of

Ixiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Juuy, 1844.

Economic Geology, and that it will remain with the Society to consider how the

remainder can be supplied.

In the accompanying lists, which comprise the articles still unprovided, the prices

marked are European, converting, as our Calcutta Chemical dealers usually do, shil-

lings into rupees.

The amount of the two lists herewith so calculated, is :—

Co’s. Rs.

Purchases from European shops, or to be obtained from Europe,.. «. o92 8 0

Bazar purchases, «.» ee ee oe os oe oe ee oe ie) Oye

a ee eee

Co’s. Rs. 405 0 0

Say Co’s. Rs» 400 0 0

But of this first, a part of the Indent can be reduced or dispensed with at present.

2. A part is probably not procurable here, except perhaps at a price which should

not be paid unless the object was indispensably required.

3. A part may be obtained at lower prices, and a part I can present to the Labora-

tory from my own stock of apparatus and re-agents.

Altogether then, I should hope, that with a gradual outlay of at most Co’s. Rs. 250,

I shall be able to manage for a considerable time, but this outlay is really requisite;

because in a Laboratory the better it is furnished, the faster the work can be carried

on; and the delays of preparing or even of purchasing apparatus or re-agents at the

time when wanted, even if they are then obtainable, are most wasteful and discourag-

ing.

I should not forget, Sir, to remind you, that of the Government allowance for contin-

gencies of the Museum, whatever can be saved, I am applying gradually to the pur-

chase of the necessary books, and that the Laboratory series both the Society’s own

departments of Geology and Mineralogy as well as the Museum of Economic Geology.

I am, Sir,

Your obedient Servant,

Calcutta, the 3rd July, 1844. Henry PIppINGToN,

Curator Museum Economic Geology,

and Geological and Mineralogical Department.

Resolved.—That the necessary purchases for the Laboratory as explain-

ed in the lists accompanying the letter,* be authorized to the amount

stated.

Read the following Letters from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and Co., the

Society’s Booksellers and Agents :—

Henry Pippineton, Esa. Assistant Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Sir,—We have to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 17th February,

enclosing letters for the Vice-Chancellors of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge,

* Which it is not worth while to print.

Jouy, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixv

and likewise for Trinity College, Dublin. They have been delivered, and we have ac-

knowledgments for the same.

The “ Britannia,” has arrived, and the six cases of Books consigned to us by her,

shall be delivered agreeable to the instructions contained in Mr. Torrens’ letter on the

subject.

Weare, Sir,

London, 29th April, 1844. Your faithful servants,

Wm. H. Avuen & Co.

Henry Torrens, Esa. V. P. and Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your esteemed favor, dated

the 7th March, which reached us this morning.

We shall have much pleasure in making the arrangement you desire, with an emi-

nent Sculptor, for the execution of a Bust of Bryan H. Hodgson, Esq. We shall

make a point of seeing Mr. Hodgson soon after his arrival. You may assure the Presi-

dent and Members of your Society, that our best attention is at all times given to their

commands. We shall address you again on the subject as soon as a Sculptor has

been decided upon.

We are, Sir,

London, 6th May, 1844. Your most obedient servants,

Wm. H. ALLEN & Co,

The Secretary stated, that as ordered at the last meeting, the Committee

of Papers had been requested to decide on what number of copies of the

Sobda Ratnakar, by Baboo Goropresad Roy, the Society should itself sub-

scribe for while recommending the work to the favorable notice of Govern-

ment, and that 25 copies had been determined upon by the Committee.

It was finally Resolved, that as proposed at the previous meeting, the

Society do subscribe as above, and strongiy recommend the work to the

attention of Government in the Education Department.

Read the following Letter from the Secretary to the Government of

India, Secret Department :—

No. 430 of 1814.

From the Secretary to the Government of India, to the Secretary to the Asiatic

Society, dated Fort William, the 29th June, 1844.

Foreign Department, Secret.

Sir,—By direction of the Governor General in Council, I have the honor to transmit

to you, for such notice as the Society may deem it to merit, the enclosed copy of a

report by Major F. Mackeson, C. B., on the Survey of the road from Sirsa to Bahawul+

Ixvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Juuy, 1844.

pore, with remarks on the country traversed, the nature and capabilities of the road,

and the effect its opening will have upon different channels of commerce.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

E. Currie,

Fort William, Secretary to the Government of India.

the 29th June, 1844.

Read the following Draft of a Letter to be addressed to Government, soli-

citing its support for M. Callery’s translation of the Great Encyclopedic

Dictionary of Kang-Hi:—

To T. R. Davipson, Esq. Officiating Secretary to Government of India, Home

Depariment.

Sir,—I am directed by the Honorable the President of the Asiatic Society to re-

quest, that you will convey to the Right Honorable the Governor General and Council,

the earnest recommendation of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in favor of the Rev.

Pere Callery of Macao, now engaged in a translation of the great Chinese Encyclo-

pedic Dictionary of Kang-Hi.

2. An Extract from the Proceedings of the Society of the 6th December 1843,

is entered marginally respecting the undertaking of this great work, and the support

which the Society has itself endeavoured to afford to its able and energetic projector.

I have also to request, that you will lay before the Right Honorable the Governor

General, the accompanying Prospectus of the work, together with a specimen of

the Typographical execution of, more particularly, the Chinese characters occur-

ting init. The Prospectus is published, it will be observed, in English as well as

French.

3. Circumstances have occurred, occasioning a casual delay in making this recom-

mendation; but the Society does not regret this, as the progress of events in China

since it took up the intention of addressing Government in behalf of Mons. Callery,

has more and more tended to prove the great and all-important advantages to be de-

rived in the intercourse of Englishmen with the Chinese, from a critical knowledge of

the niceties of their language, and an intimate acquaintance with their habits, customs

and modes of thought.

4. The Society is of opinion, that the creation of a comprehensive book of reference,

bearing upon the above heads, would be the truest and best mode of placing such ad-

vantages within the reach of Europeans, whom the course of business, or the spirit of

enterprise, may lead to the shores of China; and it is by a correct and ample abstract

translation of the great Chinese Encyclopedia, that the Society think such a book of

reference may be best obtained.

5. It would be a source of infinite gratification to the Society, were it permitted to

inform Mons. Callery, that the patronage and support of the Government of British

India had been accorded to him; and should the Right Honorable the Governor

Jouy, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixvii

General think fit to go even beyond this, and draw the attention of the Home Autho-

rities to the work in question, there is no doubt but that Mons. Callery will have ob-

tained by this double act of kindness, a degree of support of the most valuable nature

to his undertaking.

I have, &c.

H. Torrens,

V. P. and Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Asiatic Society’s Rooms, Calcutta, 4th July, 1844.

Read the following Letter from J. Owen, Esq. with the Prospectus to

which it refers :—

H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

S1r—lI have the honor to enclose the Prospectus of a little work nearly ready for the

press, illustrative of the customs and habits of that portion of the Hill Tribes bordering

on Assam, known as Nagas, drawn up at the suggestion of Major Francis Jenkins, and

respectfully solicit the honor of the Society’s name heading the subscription list.

Should this work pay its own expenses, | shall afterwards goon with a series describ-

ing each tribe separately.

Calcutia, 28th June 1844, I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedt. servant.

Joun Owen.

Extracts from Major Jenkins’ Letter.

‘From your aie you have better opportunities of learning something of the

habits, languages, and political divisions of that portion of this people on our N. E.

frontier than any other Europeans.

«Should you be willing to adopt this suggestion, I would propose your drawing up

a paper for presentation to the Asiatic Society, to whom it would be very acceptable,

as it would be a valuable addition to our stock of information of the Border Tribes.’’

True Extracts,

Dated Sibpur, 1st February, 1842. JoHn Owen.

The Secretary was requested to place himself in communication with

Mr. Owen, so as to enable the Society to form some judgment as to the

merits of the proposed work.

Read the following Letter from Don Sinibaldo de Mas, in reference to

the books named therein :—

Monsieur le Secretaire.

J’ai ’honneur de vous prier de vouloir bien soumetre 4 l’examen de l’academie

dont vous dirigez les interessants travaux essai ci-joint sur une des plus grandes

questions qui puissant occuper l’intelligence humaine. Si je n’avais consulté que

mes forces, je n’aurais pas appelé l’attention des corps savans sur un travail trop in-

Ixviii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Juny, 1844.

complet qui ne contient que les premiers élements d’un systeme, mais la nature méme

de la question que j’ai abordée me fait desirer que les idées fondamentales de mon

essai soient examinéeg par des juges compétents.

J’ai aussi l’honneur des vous envoyer deux volumes que j’ai publié derniérement

sur les Isles Philipines. C’est un rapport officiel qui fut écrit pour le gouvernement

espagnol.

Je vous prie de me croire, Monsieur, avec la plus haute consideration.

Votre tres humble serviteur.

Macao, 17 Mai de 1844. SinrpaLtpo Dr Mas.

The presentation was duly appreciated, and a suitable letter ordered to

be addressed to the able authors of the works submitted.

Read the following Letter from the Royal Bavarian Academy of Ma-

nich :—

Translation of a German Letter from the Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences at

Munich, to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences at Munich being prompted by the ardent

wish to extend their literary communications also to the Asiatic Society of Bengal,

with which they have not hitherto been connected, have honored me with the pri-

vilege to express their sentiments with regard to this subject. I beg to asssure you,

that it is as desirable to the Royal Bavarian Academy to lay the results of their own

labours before the eminent members of your Society, as to be acquainted, as soon as

possible, with those researches, which are made by the Asiatic Society, for the reputa-

tion as well of their members, as for the advantage of Science ; while the Royal Ba-

varian Academy of Sciences will not fail in acquainting you with their transactions

by written communications of the Secretaries of the classes, by their Bulletins which

form a part of their Journal, published under the title ‘‘ Gelehrte Anzeigen,’’ and by

transmitting to you their Essays and their publications, they indulge in the hope to be

honored with your communications, and consider an exchange of the larger Memoirs

(the series of Dissertations in complete copies, ) as especially desirable.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences would most gladly enter on such an

exchange, and have thought proper to state the most convenient mode of their mutual

intercourse in the Appendix.

I have the honor to be, &c.

(Signed) FREYBERG.

It was referred to the Committee of Papers to recommend to the Society,

what would be in its opinion the best method of meeting the wishes of the

Bavarian Academy.

Jury, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. lxix

Read the following Letter from Hugh Cumming, Esq. addressed to the

Zoological Curator :—

80, Gower Street, Bedford Square, London, January, 1844.

My pear Sir,—Having been informed by various of your scientific friends here,

of your anxious desire of increasing the Museum of the Royal Asiatic Society, I have

done myself the pleasure of forwarding by my nephew, Mr. Benson, a collection of

land and fresh water Shells from the Philippine Islands, with their names, &c. collected

by me there, and which I beg you will favour me by offering to the Society in my

name, in exchange for other shells of India.

In the box there are 305 species and varieties, in duplicates and triplicates; to each

belongs a number which refers to the accompanying list of names, localities and

authors.

I presume from the high standing of the Society, that it has numerous benefactors

from the gentlemen who fill the high offices under the Honorable Company, in the

various parts of India, and its dependencies.

Although I have upwards of 11,000 species and varieties of Marine and Land Shells

in my cabinet, I do not possess more than 10 or 12 species of land or fresh water

shells that have been collected under the dominion of the Honorable East India

, Company.

If the Society have any duplicates of either land or fresh-water shells, which could

be given to me in exchange, I should feel most obliged, and if the Society have but

few species, it can make up to me in quantity in lieu of quality. I should also feel par-

ticularly obliged by the specimens being good and live ones. By this means I shall

be able to make exchanges with my friends, with those which I shall not require for

my own cabinet; for the collectors in England are very poor in true Indian land or

fresh-water shells.

Should it lay in my power to assist the Society by further adding to its desiderata,

I shall be most happy to do it.

At Mr. Reeve’s request, I have sent the twelve first parts of his Conchologia

Iconica, which work he began to publish last January, and as it is by far the most

useful and complete work that has ever been published, and also executed in the

first style; may I beg you to procure the Society’s name, as a subscriber to it. The

parts now sent can be kept, and the succeeding monthly parts can be received by the

Society’s bookseller in London. The money for those now sent can be paid by a

bill on London.

Mr. George B. Sowerby, Junior, has also requested me to send his Thesaurus Con-

chyliorum, of which three parts have been published, and the fourth will be out on

February Ist. I presume from the style of both works, that the Society will be much

pleased with them. All the figures of both works are drawn and coloured by George

B. Sowerby, Junior, and each of the works has been, and will be published in sucha

manner, as not to interfere for some years to come with each other. Each part isa

complete monograph of the family figured, as far as known in Europe. These works

will be most valuable to the Society’s library, and a reference to all known shells.

Ixx Proceedings of the Asiutie Society. [Juny, 1844.

Both Mr. Sowerby, Junior, and Mr. Reeve, requested the favour that you will be

pleased to point out the utility, fidelity, and cheapness of the works. The Thesaurus

can be kept, and ordered in the same manner as the Iconica.

In hopes that the Society will be pleased with the shells and the two works,

I remain, My dear Sir,

Your’s truly,

Euch CumMinG.

With reference to this proposal some conversation ensued. It was

thought by some members, that generally, and as an usual practice, the

system of private exchanges might be carried further than comported with

the character of the Society, the objects of its institution, and the true in-

terests of seience, which might perhaps eventually be better served by send-

ing, at all events in the first instance, duplicates of all kinds to the

Honorable the Court of Directors, from which the Society receives such

warm and liberal support,* and subsequently to all national and public es-

tablishments, both English and Foreign, the Society rather taking its chance

as to returns, than as now contributing to enrich private cabinets. Nothing

definite was, however, proposed, but the Rev. Dr. Heberlin undertook to

draft and submit his views on the subject, so that those of other members

of the Committee of Papers might also be elicited, and perhaps some definite :

proposal be submitted to the body of the members on the subject, which —

it was allowed on all sides is one of very great importance.

A curious dulcimer used by the Arracanese, was presented by W.

Peacock, Esq. which excited much attention.

Report OF THE Curator or Museum Economic Geotocy, AND GEOLOGICAL

AND MiNERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE 1844,

I should perhaps commence my report of this month by saying, that we have

received from Government the following letter in relation to an indent made upon

the H. C’s Dispensary, and with it the articles allowed by Government.

* See also Proceedings for April 1841, No, 109, Vol. x. p, 64 and 66 at the bottom.

Jury, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixxi

No. 1456.

From Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to the Vice President and Secretary of

the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, 3rd June, 1844.

Srr,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, dated the 20th

March last, submitting an indent for Chemical Apparatus and Re-agents, required

for the Laboratory of the Museum of Economic Geology.

2. Inreply, I am directed to state, that the Deputy Governor of Bengal having

consulted the Medical Board, they have been pleased to comply with the indent to

the extent shewn in the accompanying list, which specifies the articles and the

quantities of them available in the Dispensary for the purpose in question.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

A. TurnsButt,

Under-Secy. to the Govt. of Bengal.

Without entering into details which would not interest the meeting, I may say,

that we have now, with what we had before purchased and provided in various

ways, about two-thirds of what is required, so far to furnish our Laboratory, that

generally speaking, its operations can go on when required without the loss of time

and imperfection of research which arise from a deficiently provided one; and for

the remaining third, which is fortunately the least expensive one, we shall be enabled

I hope to supply it from the European shops and Bazars, so, as at no great cost to

the Society, to avoid the loss of time and labour which the preparation of our own

re-agents and apparatus entails.* It may not be out of place here to say, for it may

a little enlighten many who have no conception of the difficulties attending chemi-

cal research in India, that I have recently found that it is impossible to procure even

so common an article as chemically pure Carbonate of Soda in Calcutta ! None of the

shops having any butthe common pharmacopeial drug, which always contains a

little sulphate or muriate, or both. Professor O’Shaughnessy informs me, that he

has also failed in finding any.

Geological and Mineralogicul— We have received from Captain Newbold, M. N. I.

a valuable paper, being a ‘‘ Note on a recent Fresh-water Deposit,’’ with a few re-

marks on the origin and age of the Kunkur of the South of India, and supposed de-

crease of thermal temperature, which throws much light on the origin of this curious

mineral, at least in that quarter ; and it is hoped, that Captain N., with his known

activity of research, will not lose sight of this subject, forming as it does, one of the

great problems of Indian Geology. The paper should have early insertion in our

- Journal.

* See letter and resolution at p. xiii and Ixiv.

XXii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Juny, 1844,

Museum of Economic Geology.

We have received here from Mr. Sanders, five bottles of mineral water near Moul-

mein, but I have deferred their examination, as well as every thing else of the kind,

to be able to go on with the Laboratory arrangements, and the clearing off some

arrears of work which have accumulated in that department.

Mr. De Garnier, at my request, has obligingly furnished the Museum with three

samples of the best Naxos emery, as prepared for the use of manufacturers at

home.

For all the foregoing communications and presentations, the best thanks

of the Society were voted.

—_ ——— —

ere

————

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of Avaust, 1844.

Wednesday Evening, the 7th August, 1844.

The usual Monthly Meeting took place on Wednesday evening, the 7th

August, at 84 r. m. The Honorable the President in the Chair.

C. F. Buckland, Esq., C. S. was elected a Member of the Society, and the

usual communication was ordered to be made to him.

New Member, Captain Mackenzie, B. N. I.

Proposed by the Honorable Sir H. T. Maddock, seconded by the Honor-

able the President.

The following list of books presented and purchased, was read: —

Books received for the Meeting, on the 7th August, 1844.

1. The Meteorological Register for January 1844. From the Surveyor General’s

Office.

2. Transactions of the Society of Arts, Vol. LIV. for 1814.—Presented by the

Editor.

3. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1844, Nos. 156, 157 and 158.—

Purchased.

4. The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, 3d series, Nos.

156, 157 and 158.—Presented by the Editor.

d. The Calcutta Christian Observer, for June and August, 1844.—Presented by the

Editor.

6. Journal Asiatique, ou Recueil de Mémoires 1844, No. 9.—Presented by the

Editor.

7. The Oriental Christian Spectator, July 1844.—Presented by the Editor.

8. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, two Nos. Vol. II, January

and February 1844.—Presented by the Editor.

9. The Palms of British India, from the Calcutta Journal of Natural History.—

Presented by Dr. W. Griffith.

10. ‘The Atheneum for May 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th and June Ist 1844, from the Editor.

1]. The Singapore Vide Register in six sheets. —From Government.

12. A general Catalogue of the Fixed Stars, from Observations made at Madras in

the years 1830, 1843.—From Government.

13. Meteorological Register kept at the Honorable Company’s Observatory Madras.

—Presented by Government.

Ixxiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aua. 1844.

14. Sixty-eight spare Nos. of the Asiatic Journal for the years 1833, Nos. 12; 1834,

Nos. 10; 1837, Nos. 6; 1838, Nos. 9; 1840, Nos. 12; 1841, Nos. 12; 1842, Nos. 12;

1843, Nos. 3.—Presented by John Marshman, Esq.

15. Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia, on Electricity, Vol. 1I1.—Purchased.

16. Ayeen Akbery, or the Institutes of the Emperor Akber, Vol. I1,—Presented by

F. S. Owen, Esq.

17. General Register of the Bengal Civil Service, from 1790 to 1844.— Presented by

the Author.

18. The Dabistan, or School of Manners, Translated by Shea and Troyer, 3 Vols.—

From the Oriental Translation Committee.

19. Ibn Khallikan’s Biographical Dictionary, translated by McGleckin de Slane,

2d Vol. From the Orientai Translation Committee.

In reference to the donation of 68 spare numbers by Mr. Marshman,

the Sub-Secretary stated, that he had been fortunately enabled to supply

that gentleman with one of the early numbers to complete his set, but

that as these numbers were often inquired for and very scarce, though

many, no doubt, might be in existence; it would be desirable to make it

known that the Society would be thankful for all spare and odd copies of

the Journal which might be scattered about in private hands,* and would

in exchange be happy to assist in completing volumes.

Read the following letter from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and Co, the So-

ciety’s London agents :—

H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—The six cases of Books consigned to our care by the ‘‘ Britannia,’’ have been

duly received and forwarded to their respective addresses. The duty and other ex-

penses on the Books will be repaid to us by the institutions receiving them. We have

the pleasure to enclose you receipts for the cases.

The Heads of Trinity College, Dublin, have intimated their wish to send your

Society a case of books in return for those received from you. We have offered our

services in forwarding them to India.

Nothing has yet been heard of the ‘‘ Earl of Hardwicke.”’

We have the honor to be, Sir,

Your faithful servants,

London, 31st May, 1844. Wo. H. ALLEN and Co.

And the following from his Grace the Lord Primate of Ireland, Chan-

cellor of Trinity College, Dublin.

, H. Torrens, Esq.

Sir,—I beg to acknowledge the receipt of your letter accompanied with a case of

books from the Asiatic Society for the Library of Trinity College, Dublin, and I am

requested by the Provost and Fellows of the College, to express their thanks to the

* As in the Mofussil, whence we should be happy to pay the banghy-postage, parti-

ularly for early numbers,

Ava. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. — Ixxv

Asiatic Society for this valuable and acceptable present. 1 am also requested to

inform you, that the Heads of the University assent with pleasure to the proposal of

the Asiatic Suciety relative to a reciprocal presentation of recent publications. An

order has, in consequence, been given to their booksellers to prepare a box of books

lately issued from the University Press, for immediate transmission to London, to

be thence forwarded to the Society. It will contain the eleven volumes of Arch-

bishop Usher’s works already republished, and some other works. As soon as the new

edition of the Archbishop’s works shall be completed, another box of books will be for-

warded. I am, Sir,

With much respect, your obedient servant,

London, 13th May, 1844. Joun G. ARMAGH.

From M. de Villemain, Ministre, de |’ Instruction Publique a Paris.

Monsieur, ——, J’ai regu la lettre que vous m’avez fait l’honneur de m’écrire pour

m’informer de l’envoi que vous a fait la Societé Asfatique de Calcutta, d’une caisse

de livres orientanx qui vous paraitraient destinés 4 étre offerts au gouvernement Fran

gais,

Je vous prie, Monsieur, de vouloir bien m’addresser ces livres 4 Paris, par la voie

que vous jugerez la plus convenable, en ayant soin de faire suivre les frais qui ré-

sulteront de cet envoi et que j’aurai soin de faire acquitter aussitot que les livres me

seront parvenus.

Recevez, Monsieur, l’assurance de ma considération distinguée.

Le Pair de France.

Ministre de 1’ Instruction Publique,

Paris, le 18 Mai, 1844. Signature VILLEMAIN.

A Monsieur Allen, libraire de la Compagnie des Indes Orientales, & Londres.

Officia! receipts for similar dispatches of books were also enclosed by

Messrs. Allen and Co. from the Very Reverend the Vice Chancellors of the

University of Oxford and University of Cambridge, the Prussian Consul

General, and the Consul General of the Netherlands.

Read the following letter addressed to the Society by W. Prinsep, Esq.

H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

Sir,—With reference to the orders received from you, asa Member of both the

Committees for procuring the portraits of Sir Ed. Ryan and of H. ‘I. Prinsep, Esq.,

1 beg leave to advise you, that being without any remittance for the purpose of paying

to the artists the first half of their demand, which is the invariable custom, I have

recommended to Sir Ed. Ryan and my brother the course they have adopted this day,

and J have now to request that you will meet with due honor, a bill drawn at 10 days’

sight in favor of Messrs. Roberts, Mitchell and Co. for Co’s. Rs. 1,142-13-8, being the

equivalent of £100 negociated at 1-9, the exchange of the day. The bill is signed by

Sir Ed. Ryan, H. T. Prinsep and myself, and you can appropriate the half to each

fund in your hands, as we shall here pay £50 to each artist on account. I am happy

to say, that the likenesses of each promise to be excellent. 1 trust you will at once

remit the remainder of each fund, so as to enable me to complete the arrangements and

provide proper frames and packing cases for them.

I remain, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

London, 7th June, 1844. W. PRINSEP.

Ixxvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ Aue. 1844.

The Secretary stated that the bill had been duly honoured, and read

also parts of a private communication from Mr. Prinsep, stating that the

Society might have casts of the marble busts now executing of Mr. H. T.

Prinsep and Sir Charles Metcalfe for £5 each, which was gladly sanc-

tioned.

W. Prinsep, Esq., care of Messrs. Rickarps, LittLe anv Co. of Bishop’s Gate

Street, London.

Sir,—I have thehonor, by desire of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, to acknowledge the

receipt of your letter dated London the 7th June last, advising a bill of exchange

in favour of Messrs. Roberts, Mitchell and Co. for Co’s. Rs. 1,142-13-8, being the equi-

valent of £100, exchange at 1-9 perrupee, for the advance paid by you to the artists

for the portraits of Sir Edward Ryan and H. T. Prinsep, Esq., which you are empower-

ed to procure. The bill was presented on the 23rd ultimo, and paid to Messrs. Carr, _

Tagore and Co. on the 5th instant, to whom it was made payable by the drawers.

The balance of the subscriptions for the portraits will be remitted to you by an

early opportunity, and I am requested to express the satisfaction of the Society that

the likenesses promise to be excellent. Iam, &c.,

Calcutta, Asiatic Society’s Rooms, the 13th August, 1344. H. Torrens.

Read the following letter in reply to the Society’s recommendation of

M. Callery’s translation :—

No. 386.

From T. R. Davipson, Esg. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esg. Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society, dated the 20th

July, 1844.

Home Department.

S1r,—I am directed by the Governor General in Council to acknowledge the receipt

of your letter dated 4th instant, and to state in reply, that the Government of India has

already subscribed for 15 copies of Monsr. Callery’s translation of the Chinese Ency-

clopedia of the Emperor Kang-hi.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

T. R. Davipson,

Officiating Secretary to the Government of India.

Council Chamber, the 20th July, 1844.

Read the following letters from the Officiating Secretary to Gavevinwene

of India; and the Secretary Public Department, Fort St. George :—

No. 383.

From T, R. Davipson, Esq. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, ta

H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary Asiatic Society, dated the 20th July, 1844.

Home Department.

Sir,—In compliance with the request of the Government of Fort St. George, I am

directed to forward herewith for the use of the Society, a copy of the Meteorological

Observations recently published at Madras.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

T. R. Davipson,

Officiating Secretary to the Govermment of India.

Council Chamber, the 20th July, 1844.

Ava. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixxvii

No. 577,

To the Managing Committee of the Literary Society at Calcutta.

Public Department.

GENTLEMEN,—I am directed by the Most Noble the Governor in Council, to transmit

to you the accompanying copy of the 6th volume of the Madras Astronomical obser-

vations, recently published at this Presidency.

I have the honor to be, Gentlemen,

Your most obedient servant,

Fort St. George, 29th June, 1844. J. F. Tuomas,

Secretary to Government.

Read the following letters from the Secretary to the Superintendent

of Marine, and Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal :—

No. 492.

To H. Torrens, Hsg. Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

S1r,—I have the honor, by direction of the Acting Superintendent of Marine, to

forward to you the accompanying copy of a letter No. 1147, dated the 29th April last,

from the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, together with copies of the

Tidal Registers which accompanied it.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Fort William, Marine Superintendent’s Office, J. SUTHERLAND,

the 30th July, 1844. Secretary.

No. 1147.

From Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengai, to Lieut. Col. A. IRVINE,

C. B. Acting Superintendent of Marine, dated Fort William 29th April, 1844.

Marine.

Str,—I am directed to transmit to you, for information and record, the accompany-

ing Tidal Registers, kept at Singapore during the months of June, July, August,

September and October, 1842, and to request that copies thereof may be forwarded to

the Asiatic Society. I have, &c.,

(Signed) CxrciLt BEapvon,

(True Copy.) Under-Secretary to the Govt. of Bengal.

Fort William, Marine Superintendent’s J. SUTHERLAND, Secretary.

Office, the 30th July, 1844.

Read the following paper from the Secretary to the Government of

India, Foreign Department :—

No. 1542 of 1844.

From W. Epwarps, Esq. Under-Secretary to the Government of India, to the

Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, the 6th July, 1844.

Foreign Department.

Sir,—By direction of fhe Governor General in Council, I have the honor to transmit

to you, for such notice as the Society may deem it to merit, the accompanying copy of

|xxviii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aua. 1844.

a report by Lieut. Cruttenden, Assistant Political Agent at Aden, on the Mijjertheyn

tribe of Somallees, inhabiting the district forming the North-east point of Africa.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Fort William, the 6th July, 1844. W. Epwarps,

Under-Secretary to the Govt. of India.

This valuable paper was referred to the Editors of the Journal for early

publication.

Read a letter from Mrs. Greenlaw, widow of the late C. B. Greenlaw, Esq.

presenting to the Society a handsome model of the Steamer Enterprise (the

first steamer which came round the Cape*) carved from a piece of her

keel.

Read the following letter from Dr. Wallich, Superintendent H. C. Bo-

tanical Garden, accompanying the splendid donation to which it refers :—

To H. Torrens, Esq.

My pg£aAR Sir,— Will you do me the favour to present to the Asiatic Society, at their

next meeting, a tolerably good skull of the Hippopotamus. It was the best 1 could

procure at the Cape. I brought it with me from thence about a month ago, and Mr.

Blyth was put in possession of it soon after my arrival.

In case the Society should think that I could be of service in procuring objects of

Natural History from South Africa, I should be happy to assist in the best way I could.

I have the honor to remain,

My Dear Sir,

Your sincerely,

Botanic Garden, 31st July, 1844. N. WaALLIcH.

Read the following note from the Revd. Dr. Heberlin on the reference

which had been made to him of the letter from the Royal Bavarian Aca-

demy of Munich :—

Memo.—The ‘‘ Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences’ at Munich, has for the com-

paratively short period of its existence acquired a great renown for its scientific re-

searches, which include oriental studies, and deserves, therefore, the acknowledgment

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Having been honored by the Academy with the

proposal of an interchange of our respective publications, it appears to me highly de-

sirable for our Society, and it is to be hoped mutually advantageous, to accede to the

proposal,

* In 1826.

Ava. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixxix

Dr. Von Martius (in his letter,) states, that only certain parts of our Journal were

accessible to the Academy. These parts being lodged in the Royal Library at Munich,

I am of opinion, and would accordingly recommend, that in token of our readi-

ness to enter into the proposed intercommunication, we send at once (instead of com-

pleting the volumes in the Royal Library,) a complete copy of our Journal from the

commencement, and engage to continue the same, as well as a copy of Researches

hereafter to be published by us. At the same time, I think we should express our de-

sire to be favored in return with all the publications of the Academy.

J. H&BERLIN.

Calcutta, 23d July, 1844.

The Secretary remarked, that it would be very difficult now to supply a

complete set of the Journal, as the early volumes were very scarce; and

after some conversation it was resolved, that as complete a copy as could

be obtained of the Journal, should be forwarded to the Bavarian Academy.

Read a letter from the Societé Geologique de France, expressing a wish

to receive the Society’s Journal, and to correspond with it.

The Secretary stated, that only two volumes of the Journal of this

Society’s Proceedings, vols. 1835 to 1837 had been received, and he propos-

ed to write to them, stating this, and requesting to know what volumes

it had received of the Journal, so that the two Societies might renew their

very desirable exchange of works, without the chance of sending dupli-

cates.

Read the following letter from the Rev. Mr. Mack, Serampore College,

who had kindly sent the two coins to which it refers for the Society’s in-

spection :—

My pear Sir,—The coins (one gold, and the other silver,) which were dug up in

the Soonderbuns, and belong to Serampore College, will be found, I believe, to agree

very closely with some of those which have been figured by Mr. Prinsep.

The gold coin was dug up on the estate lately belonging to Serampore College

about the year 1835 ; the other was obtained abont the same time, but whether from

that estate or one adjoining, I cannot tell. ‘The estate belongs to that part of the

Soonderbuns on which there are few or no Soondery trees, which is not Virgin Forest,

but has innumerable trees of former inhabitants. Amongst other things we found

a potter’s kiln, that is, a mass of little lamps or churags, and similar saucer-like

dishes, which had evidently never been moved from the kiln. They were much su-

perior to the ordinary manufacture of similar articles of the present day. The mate-

rial was fine, and the surface perfectly clean and smooth, although they had lain so

long in the salt soil. They appeared to me of much the same consistence as the fine

ixzx: Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aua. 1844.

tiles and bricks I have seen in the old temples of Assam, which the present inhabi-

tants of the province cannot imitate.

I remain,

Serampore, 6th June, 1844. Your’s faithfully,

JoHn Mack.

P.S.—My friend, Mr. Bonnaud, will oblige me by taking the eoins to the Asiatic

Society’s Museum for you, and [ shall feel obliged by their early return and the fruits

of your examination of them.

The locality in which these coins were found excited much speculation ;

and it was agreed, that if not already published, they should be litho-

graphed for the Journal.

Read the following letter from S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. with the specimen

sheets of the work referred to.

H. Torrens, Z£sq.

My pear Sir,—I request your good offices with the Asiatic Society to obtain its

permission, that I may inscribe a volume on mathematical analysis now passing through

the press, with its name.

It is not ordinarily that Societies are the object of dedications, but you can appreciate

the feeling which (a humble member of it,) I wish to express for the labours of the

oldest scientific association in India, and nearly the only one.

The book is entitled the ‘* Theory of Functions.’’ I undertook it some years ago to

combine into one homogeneous body, all our knowledge in that department; since then

the later labours of Canchy, Lionville, Hamilton and De Morgan, working in separate

veins have illustrated somany obscure points, and developed connexion between subjects

apparently so dissimilar, that I resolved to commence a second edition, without pub-

lishing the first; nor has the lately completed volume of Professor De Morgan done

much in the peculiar field which 1 have marked for my labours, unequalled though that

volume be in English mathematical literature for its extent of matter, rigour of demon-

stration, and clearness of language.

My ‘* Theory of Functions’’ will be adapted to the purposes of mathematical educa-

tion, and containing all the important results of modern analysis, especially those which

are essential in the pursuits of physical science.

A few pages of the first edition will enable you to judge of the work.

Your’s sincerely,

August 6, 1844. J. G. F. Hearty.

The Secretary was desired to express to Mr. Heatly, that the Society

would feel much gratified by his proposed dedication, and that it would

look forward with pleasure to the appearance of a work of this high order

in India.

Aue. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ]xxxi

Read the following letter from Capt. H. L. Bigge, Ist Assistant to the

Commissioner of Assam. The curiosities to which it refers were on the

table.

To H. Pippineton, Esg., Asiatic Society.

My pear Sir,—I1 have the pleasure to send a few curiosities from China, which, if

you think them worthy the notice of the Members, you will oblige me by putting on

the table for the Meeting this evening.

1 Chinese Pistol, 3-barrelled. 4 Anatomical Drawings.

1 Cross Bow, ditto. 1 Chinese Tea Urn.

1 Pipe, 2 Lamps, and !| Seal. Mineralogical Specimens.

1 Deer’s Head, (Chusan.) 1 Model of Door Latches.

Yours sincerely,

No. 41, Park Street. H. L. Biccs.

The Secretary stated, that having written to Mr. Secretary Edwards for

the map accompanying Major Mackeson’s route to Sirsa and Bahawulpore,

of which the report had been sent to the Society for publication by Go-

vernment, and was now at Press, he had been informed that the map was

now printing at the Government Lithographic Press, and that the Society

could be supplied with copies; in return for which, he had offered to Go-

vernment such number of the printed report as it might require, so that

the utility of the map would be much increased by distributing the printed

report with it.

He also stated, that Raja Kalee Krishna Bahadoor had sent to the Sub-

Secretary for perusal, a private letter from M. Garcin de Tassy, thanking

the Raja for having sent him a very rare and valuable Persian MSS. of

the Atesch Kada, of which an account had been published in the last No.

of the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of London, by Mr. Bland.

Upon enquiry, he regretted to say, that the Raja had not preserved a

copy before sending it, and he requested to be authorised to procure one, if

possible, for the Society’s Library, which was sanctioned.

J. Owen, Esq. of Assam, presented in addition to his kind donation of the

Ayeen Akberry, two balls of the opium-rags as prepared by the ryots of

Assam, for sale and common consumption.

These are small, long, strips of narrow rags, on which the fresh opium

being collected from the poppy head is smeared, and the whole rolled up into

a ball about the size of a small hen’s egg, and carried about for daily use,

Ixxxii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ava 1844.

or sold as merchandise in all the bazars. Opium was stated to be the most

profitable crop raised by the cultivators.

An engraved proof portrait of Rammohun Roy was presented by the

Sub-Secretary, and it was suggested that the Society might, with great

propriety, as occasion offered, collect such portraits of remarkable indivi-

duals, whether Natives or Europeans, who have distinguished themselves

in literature or science in India, and more especially of such as have also

been Members of the Society.

The Secretary announced with deep regret to the Society, the death of

an old and highly-talented associate, and formerly a valuable servant of the

Society, Dewan Ramcomul Sen, a gentleman not less distinguished for his

great attainments, his enlightened views, his steady attachment to the

cause of education, and his untiring energy and industry in every good and

useful work, by which the community, Native or European, could be bene-

fited, than by his modest, and even retiring character, and extensive cha-

rity.

The friend and correspondent of Mr. Colebrooke, Professor Wilson, Mr.

W. B. Bailey, and many other gentlemen formerly connected with India ;

he was known in Europe as here, as one possessing not only great acquir-

ments in the literature of his country, but an ardent desire to see its chil-

dren regain their ancient place amongst the families of the human race; and

towards this noble end, for a whole life were his strenuous endeavours

directed. Perhaps indeed with too much zeal ; for there is reason to believe,

that he fell a sacrifice to over-exertion in study, superadded to the labours

which his highly responsible situation of Dewan of the Bank of Bengal

necessarily imposed upon him.

The Honorable the President proposed, and it was agreed to nem diss. —

that a letter of condolence, expressing the deep regret of the Society, should

be addressed to his family.

The following letter was in consequence addressed to Baboo Hurreemo-

hun Sen, the son of the deceased, and is inserted here for the sake of con-

nection :—

To Basoo HurRREEMOHUN SEN.

Sir,—I am desired by the Honorable the President and Members of the Asiatic

Society to convey to you, and to request, that you will express to the other members of

Aue. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixxxiii

the family of your late father, the deep and unfeigned regret with which the Society

has learnt his decease.

They cannot, Sir, on such an occasion refrain from testifying to you and his relatives

and friends, the high esteem which his literary acquirements, his steady advocacy of the

cause of native education, his many private and public virtues, and his long and valu-

able services to the Society had won for him from its Members, and from every friend

to literature and science both in India and in Europe, to whom he was known; nor will

the Society cease to cherish his name, and to deplore his loss, as one of the most distin-

guished and most deeply lamented of their associates,

Lam, &c.

Museum, 9th August, 1844. (Signed) H. Torrens,

V. P. and Secretary Asiatic Society.

Read the following Report from the Curator of Museum Economic Geo-

logy, &c. &c.

REPORT OF THE CuRATOR Museum Economic GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGICAL AND

MINERALOGICAL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE MontTH oF JULY.

We received sometime ago from our zealous contributor, Captain Newbold, for the

Geological and Mineralo- Museum of Economic Geology,* a remarkable red sandstone

gical. rock, from the junction of the diamond limestone and sandstone

near Kurnool. This I have been occupied with, and though the results are of no great

interest, they may be worth placing on record to save the labour of others, who

like Captain Newbold and myself, may be struck with its appearance and remarkable

smell when fresh fractured. The paper being merely chemical, would barely interest

the Meeting, but may be thought worthy of insertion in the Journal.

From Dr. Spilsbury, who I rejoice to say, has kindly promised us to continue his well-

known and indefatigable services, we have received five specimens of the slaty sand-

stone of Bundlecund, with the dendritic impressions which are now considered to be

metallic, and not, as formerly, vegetable. ‘ The locality from which these are obtained,”’

says Dr. Spilsbury, ‘‘is Miswangso, about nine miles North of Saugor, on the high

road to Jhansee and Gwalior, where it is extensively quarried for building purposes.

You will observe, it varies from almost white down to brick red,”

Dr. Spilsbury also announces, that he has collected specimens of the fine coal of

Lameta on the Nurbudda, close to Jubbulpore, which will be soon forwarded.

Lieut. Sherwill of the Revenue Survey Department, has forwarded to us speci-

Museum of Economic ‘mens of the Sitajeet of Behar. The following is the extract

Geology. from his letter :—

‘* By to-day’s dak banghy, I have despatched several specimens to your address, of a

substance called by the natives Sitajeet. faaitaa It is procurable in small quan-

tities from a range of very curious formed granite hills on the borders of the Palamow

Forest, not far from the Sone river. It is found high up in the rocks in small whitish

globules, is scarce, and much sought after by the natives, who with great difficulty

* We are indebted to Captain Newbold for several other contributions, but as they require

examination, I have not yet been able to bring them forward,

Ixxxiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Aua. 1844,

not unattended with danger, gather it towards the end of the cold weather. It is valued

as a great restorative and aphrodisiac. On the table land of Rhotasgurh I have seen it

on the face of the great mural precipices, wearing the appearance of tar or pitch, or

oozing from the sandstone,* but being far beyond the reach of man, it may or may not

be this substance. The natives declared it is the Sitageet. You will perceive mine has

a strong taste of alum. f

Lieut. Sherwill’s specimen is on the table, and is a black aluminous shale, with an

acid efflorescence of alum, contaminated with a little iron. If abundant and accessible,

and with plenty of fuel at command, no doubt alum might be advantageously manu-

factured from it, Perhaps even by solar evaporation only? The aluminous efflor-

escence answers in many of its chemical characters to the Sitajeet described, and ana-

lysed by Mr. Stephenson in Vol. I1. p. 321 of the Journal, but ours gives a light cloud

with nitrate of silver from the excess of sulphuric acid, and the same with oxalate of

ammonia, shewing, that it may contain a little lime. I also used ammonia to precipitate

the alumina in the gelatinous form. Heated in a platina spoon it melts and boils up

into a round dull greyish white bubble, which remains solid at a strong heat between

the forceps; moistened with nitrate of Cobalt it gives the usual blue colour.

The description Lieut. Sherwill gives of the tar-like appearance of some of the

exudations, much reminds us of Buchanan’s description of that which he visited at

Tapoban in the Rajagriha Hills in Behar. At page 259, Vol. I, of Martin’s edition,

he thus describes the substance itself, after the detail of the locality and the manner

in which an old man of the Musahar tribe collected it before him.

“When fresh from the rock, Sitajeet is of a dirty earth colour, and is always mixed

with impurities, that crumble into it from the precipice above. It it then about the

consistence of new honey, and has a strong rather disagreeable smell, although it cannot

be called very offensive. When kept in a bottle with a glass stopper for some months,

it acquires a deeper brown colour, and becomes thicker; and exposed to the air, it may

soon be made into pills. It seems to be very different from a substance which, in

Nepal, is called by the same name. From the hot springs in the vicinity, and the

heat of the cave below, I suspect that it exudes from the action of subterraneous fire.

The natives pretend that monkies eat it, and attribute the small quantity procured to

their depredations; but I think that the circumstance is doubtful, and have no doubt,

that, with care and a ladder, several pounds might be procured, should it be found

useful; but it owes its celebrity among the natives to its being supposed to possess the

imaginary quality of an aphrodisiac. When placed on burning charcoal, it swells a

little and smokes, and when heated red, is reduced to white ashes without emitting

flame. It cannot I presume, therefore, be considered as a bituminous or inflammable

substance, the only class of minerals to which it has any resemblance.

* This may be Mineral tar and an indication of the presence of Asphalte, I wrote to Lieut.

S., requesting him to look for this mineral, of which I sent him also a specimen.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of Surtemper, 1844,

The usual Monthly Meeting was held at the Society’s rooms on Wednes-

day evening the 4th September, H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and

Secretary in the Chair.

Captain W. L. Mackintosh, B. N. I. proposed at the last Meeting, was

ballotted for, and being declared duly elected, the usual communication was

ordered to be made to him.

The following gentlemen were proposed as Members :—

J. Owen, Esq.—proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President, seconded

by H. Piddington, Esq.

A. C. Barwell, Esq. C. S..—proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President,

seconded by Lieut. Colonel Forbes.

As Correspond ing Member,—Dr. McGowan, Medical Hospital, Ningpo,—

proposed by the Revd. J. Long, seconded by S. G. T. Heatley, Esq.

The following list of books presented was read :—

1. The Meteorological Register for July 1844.—From the Surveyor General’s

Office.

2. Atheneum for June the 8th, 15th, 22nd, and 29th, 1844,~-From the Editor.

3. The Calcutta Christian Observer for September, 1844.— By the Editors.

4. The Oriental Christian Spectator for August, 1844.—By the Editor.

5. Proceedings of the Botanical Society of London, Vol. 1, part 1.—By the Society,

6. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy for the year 1841-2, part 6th.— By

the Society.

7. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh for December 1841 and Janu-

ary 1842, Nos. 10 and 20.—By the Society.

8. Annuaire du Bureau des Longitudes 1844,—By the Bureau.

9, Connaissance des Temps, avec additions 1843, 1844 and 1845.—By the Bureau.

10, Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. 15th, part 2nd.—By the

Society.

11. Memoires de la Societe de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, 1841-2,

— By the Society.

12. Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. 19, part 2nd, 1843.—By the

Society.

With reference to the presentation of the volumes by the Royal Irish

Academy, it was ordered that the Journal of the Society should be sent to

them, and that the Librarian should be requested to ascertain and report

if any reciprocation had formerly taken place.

Read the following Circular, with the accompanying letters and resolu-

tions of the Committee of Papers :—

Ixxxvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Sepr. 1844.

No, 1.—The Secretary with reference to the annexed resignation of the Honorable

the President, requests the attendance of Members of the Committee of Papers at a

special meeting, to be holden at the rooms on Tuesday morning the 3rd September

1844, at § past 10 a. M.

H. Prppineron,

30th August, 1844. Sub-Secretary.

No. 2.—To H. W. Torrens, Esa, Secretary Asiatic Society.

Sr1r,—Being on the eve of my departure from India, I beg leave to place in your

hands my resignation of the office of President of the Asiatic Society, and to re-

quest, that in laying it before the Committee of Papers for communication to the

next general meeting, you will be so kind as to express my sincere thanks for the

gratification which my connexion with it has always afforded me, and my best

wishes for the success of its labors, and the continuance of its credit and celebrity

throughout the scientific world.

I have the bonor to be, Sir,

Calcutta, August 20, 1844. ~ Your most obedient humble servant,

W. W. Biro.

No. 3,—At a Meeting of the Committee of Papers held at the Society’s rooms on

Tuesday the 3rd September, at half-past 10 a. m,

Present :—Lieutenant Colonel Forbes ; Charles Huffnagle, Esq. ; Rev. J. Heber-

lin ; F.G.S. Heatley, Esq. ; Lieutenant A. Broome, B. A. ; H. Torrens, Esq. Vice

President and Secretary,

Resolved. —That it be proposed to the Society at the meeting, that measures be

taken to ascertain whether the Right Honorable the Governor General would be in-

clined to take the office of President.

2. That it be also suggested to the Society, that the Honorable Mr. Bird, our late

President, be requested to sit for his Picture on his arrival in England, in order that it

may be placed in the room of Meeting, as a memento of the gratitude of the Society

to him, for hissteady and valuable maintenance and support of its interests in all res-

pects, both as President and as Member during thirty-three years.

3. That it be also recommended to the Society, that the charge for the Portrait be

put to the head of charges general.

H. Torrens, Vice President and Secretary.

After some discussion, the recommendations of the Committee of Papers

were adopted.

Read the following letters and statements of Accounts from Messrs.

Allen and Co. the Society’s London Agents and Booksellers, with reply to

them from the Secretary :—

Henry Torrens, Esa. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—We have the pleasure to hand you herewith our account current with the

Society for the year ending the 30th June last. The balance is £61: 12; 9 in favor

Serr. 1844] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Ixxxvii

of the Society. This amount we propose to retain in part payment for the bust of

Mr. B. H. Hodgson, which you have commissioned us to get executed. In the

event of your wishing the accounts kept separately, we shall be happy to honor your

draft, at 3 months’ sight, for the balance now stated to you. We shall then draw

upon the Society, as we were instructed, for whatever we may pay, on account of

the bust.

Dr. Busch of Bremen, has written us to say, that he has consigned a box of shells

to our care for the Society, and we are requested to forward the same to Calcutta,

as soon as it reaches us. This we shall attend to. In our next letter we shall be

able to say how the box has been forwarded.

We have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servants,

London, July 2nd, 1844, Wm. H. Auten anp Co.

Dr... The Asiatic Society, Calcutta, in Account with Wm. H. Allenand Co. .. Cr.

Zs zz .

Seglesifes| 3/52

senile ae te

652 |e zIS52| al °

Asiatic Researches. vol. 15, 4to. sewed,..| 19 0 19 0 | 24 0 0 0

Ditto, vol. 16, Aah, PE Oksa eee y Mame ee (Shae 0 8 Pian 149

Ditto, vol. 18, oF 1 ee oe “ye 4) 0 i } {12 012 0

Ditto, vol. 1S, Pi ae 8 0 8 0} O 00 0

Ditto, Index to Bet 7i8 vols. a eat 20 0 19 ] 0 012 0

Ditto, vol. 19, pt. 1, Pe Te aeons (gare! O} 28 3 | 0 lore. 0

Ditto, vol. 19, pt. 2, Spl tikes oof: O8 0} 34 4} 0 2 8.0

Ditto, vol. 20, pt. 1, ae oe wales O} 27 250 Lo: @

Ditto, vol. 20, pt. 2 : ae eh Be 0} 33 4} 0 Poo8()

Amis-ul-Musharahin, 4to. sewed, .. ..| 3 0 3 0 112-10) 0 0 0

Futwa Alemgiri, vol. 1, royal 4to. Si oe 0 1 0 | 24 00 0

Ditto, vol. 2, res ap a; a 1 0 1 01 0 0 0 0

Ditto, vol. 3, ie = es aS) Pe ) 3 0}; 0 000

Ditto, vol. 4. ash a Sa te 0 4 Os en) 00 0

Inayah, vol. 3, 4to... A oe wa 1 0 1 Ve et) 0 0 0

MO iG. oe, oy, apf 82 0; 32 0} 0 00 0

Kifayah, vol. 3, 4to. eet. | ean Sean fo 0 5 Oe 000

Ditto, vol. 4, 4to. .. copra eee ees en Or OO 0 0 0

Mahabharata, vol. 1. royal Moi her Bare | OL Teor ae 2; 0 2 8 0

Ditto, vol. 2, eM ce i pave Teale tee le cece Bae O 1 4 0

Ditto, vol. 3, a ¥y Seat ee Oo ee. 280

Index to ditto, 4 parts, -. .. «| 20 | 50] 20 #16] 5-8] 410 8

Ditto, part 4, a2 a aA at ae 0 3 0 ) 0» (00

Naishadha Charita, ne ; 3 Se tae | Orie 000

Raja Tarangini, comp. 1 vol. ‘royal ‘dto. sd. | 21 0 ) 0 | 20 St | a

Susruta, vol. 2, 8vo. sewed., She ee ie 0 a) 1 Ny a a ae

Tibetan Dictionary, 4to. sewed, oe oe 5) QO; 22) | 0.) 20 0 0 0

Mahabharata, vol. 4, royal dto. .. «| 0 ! 2 3 124 312 0

£24 13 10

Sundry Advertising, a ee oe eo oe -- £118 0

Commission 5 per cent. os ee oe ve ee oe 4 8

Gin ee

ee Ss * Distributed. —_—_—_——-—

ndex to Mahabharata, 4 p. to Library E, I. H. ; ¢

1 Ditto ditto to Professor Wilson. : ea

1 Mahabharata, vol. 4, to Professor Wilson. E.E

London, July 2, 1844. Was. H. ALLEN, ann Coa.

IxxxViii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Sepr. 1844.

Dr... The Asiatic Society, Calcutta, in Account with Wm. H. Allen and Co... Cr.

For Journal of the Asiatic Society.

No. 133, ee eevee eoee

134, ee eove evece

135, «- eee eoee

136, ee e@ece ever

137, ee ®eee eeee

139, .. eee vee

140, ee eore eere

14), ee core eseve

142, ee e@ocve eove

pe dud

e@oee

eeoee

o> lrg Wn >

Cle ers 5

Seo |seog Sold. | 5

°“ W (=| — i e4

BEE\OF S

peop Se 16 | #22 | 2-9':£3: 06

Riaiielle ne 18 20 5° 2150

waleiell mou) 7 21 on 217-9

waeeaDO 19 19 aie 2123

alan 50 18 20 aa 2:-15:0

eS St Ba) 16 22 98 3, 66

Pewee ye] 20 18 aa 2°96

seem LOO 21 17 an 2 6 9

Jeet eon 24 14 a4 1186

Ati a) 20 13 ee 1159

25 11 6

Advertising, Porterage, Booking, Postages, &c. wos’ oven. we

Commission 10 per cent. e+.

London, 2nd July, 1844.

e@eee @eee seo ce 7 aad ke Ue 4182

E. E. £20 13 4

Wu. H. ALLEN AND Co.

* Distributed as under:—12 Copies each, No. 133 to 142, Professor Wilson, Editor Asiatic Jour-

nal; Royal Society; Royal Asiatic Society; Edinburgh Philosophical Journal; Royal Institution ;

Philosophical Journal; Atheneum; Baron Von Hammer Purgstall; Royal Society of Edinburgh ;

Spectator; Professor Schlegel.

Dr. .. The Asiatic Society, Calcutta, in Account with Wm. H. Allen and Co... Cr.

June 30, To Balance of Account

1843, stated,.. 3

Sundries duty on Maha-

bharata per City of

Poonah and Shipping

expences on various

packages received to

forward as per state-

ment herewith, aie

To Balance, .. ais

London, 2nd July, 1844.

| Feb. 17,,By Cash per Murray, 21 09

18 3 1844. Amount of sale of

** Journal’? carried

here as per letter re-

ceived from H. Tors

rens, Esq. dated

Sept. 5, 1843. .. «. 32170

June 29,| Account ‘sale of Ori-

30 3| ental works as per

ol 17 9; statement herewith, 21 11 2

————_ Account Sale of Jour-

S96 ve 3 nal of the Asiatic

Society as per par-

ticulars enclosed,.. 20 13 4

£96 23

By Balance, ve -. £51 17 9

E. E.

Wa. H. ALLEN AND Co,

Henry PippincrTon, Esa.

Sir,—Your letter dated the 16th April, enclosing a bill of lading for a case for-

warded by the John Fleming, for the Société Royale d’Agriculture de Lyons, has

been received, and on the arrival of that vessel, the needful shall be done with it.

Sept. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ]xxxix

The Journal of the Asiatic Society shall likewise be regularly forwarded to the

Society at Lyons. We are, Sir,

Your faithful servants,

London, July 2nd, 1844. Wa. H, Atten anp Co.

Messrs. W. H. Atten anno Co. Leadenhall Street, London.

Dear Srr,—I have the pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, dated

the 2nd July last, covering your account current with the Asiatic Society of Bengal

closed to the 30th June iast, exhibiting on that date a balance of £51: 12: 9 in

its favor, together with averages of books. All these have been on examination

found correct and satisfactory, and I am desired to say, that the Society approves of

your intention to retain the amount in part payment for the bust of Mr. B, H.

Hodgson, which you have been commissioned to get executed. To this sum you

will please add £9: 19:2, being sale proceeds of Journals up to No. 133, sold

by you, on my individual account, agreeably to your averages rendered in your

letter of the 30th January 1844, making together (61:11:11, but deducting

therefrom £2:19:6, being the value of a set of bills drawn by me on you in

favor of Mr. Bartlett, per advice of the 9th August last, which will leave a total

of £58: 12:5, disposable for the bust in question.

You will please convey to Dr. Busch of Bremen, the thanks of the Society for

the box of shells, which on coming to hand, will be more suitably acknowledged.

Tam, &c.

5th October, 1844. Henry Torrens.

Read the following letter from Baboo Hurreemohun Sen, in reply to the

V. P. and Secretary’s letter of 9th August :—

To H. Torrens, Esg., Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Dear S1r,—In acknowledging the receipt of your very kind letter of date the 9tk

instant, conveying to me and the other members of my late father’s family, the many

expressions of regret and sorrow felt by the Society at his lamented death, I have to

apologize much for the delay which, owing to circumstances over which I had no con-

trol, has been incurred in my doing so.

Allow me and the rest of the family to return you and all the other Members of that

noble institution, our heartfelt thanks for their kind condolence on this occasion, and

to assure you, that we highly appreciate, and are grateful for, their kind sympathy in

our present distress, and more especially for the sincerity with which it is expressed.

The contents of your letter, Sir, have afforded us a great consolation ; a consolation

which, at such a time as this, is so much needed, and which, coming as it does, from

so highly respectable a body of gentlemen, cannot fail to serve as a soothing balm to

our painful hearts. It indeed gives a melancholy gratification to our mind to know,

xe Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Sepr. 1844,

that his loss is so deeply felt and regretted, and his services acknowledged in so very

strong terms by those who form a Society which, in point of importance, yalue and

respectability, is the first in the country, and with whom he laboured hand in hand to

promote its object for many many years. Fully aware as we are of the painful feeling

which this mournful event must have excited in the minds of his late colleagues in the

Society, and feeling proud of such a participation, on their part, in the grief we have

experienced on account of it, we cannot but be gratified by the conviction which

your letter so forcibly conveys to our mind, that his services to the Society and his

good qualities had so much endeared him to them, and been conducive to the interest

of the institution to such a degree; and in conclusion, we beg to express our feelings

of gratitude to them for so valuable a record of the opinion of his career, as well as of

his talent and public and private virtues generally, a record which we shall always

preserve in the family with pride and pleasure, and to remain,

Dear Sir,

Your most faithful and humble servant,

Bank of Bengal, 29th August, 1844. HoREEMOHUON SEN.

The Secretary stated, that he had received a private note from Dr.

Campbell, stating, that as authorized by the Society, a brick monument had

been built over the grave of Mr. Csoma de Koros, and requesting that a

marble slab might be sent up with an inscription for insertion in the space

left for it. An elevation of the monument accompanied the letter. The

tablet was ordered as requested.

Read the following extract of a private letter to the Secretary, from

G. T. Lushington, Esq. C. S.:—

H. Torrens, Ese. Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

My pxEAR TorrENS,—I got up the other day one of the Society’s Sanscrit Works,

the ‘‘ Naishada Kabya,”’ 1 vol. price 6 Rs. for a native here, who says that it is incom-

plete, being only half of the original. Can you tell me whether there is another

volume also printed, completing the work, and if there is, would you kindly send it

me per dak bhangy, or make it over to my agents, Gunter and Greenaway, who will

pay the expences,

G. T. LusHINGTON.

After some conversation it was ordered, that the subject of the printing of

the second volume of the Naishada be referred to the committee of Papers

for report.

Sept. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xci

Read the following letter from the Secretary to Government, North

West Provinces :—

No, 715.

From J. Toornton, Esa. Secy. to Government N. W. P. to Secy. Asiatic Society,

Calcutta, dated Agra, the 6th August, 1844.

General Department.

Sir,—I am desired to place at the disposal of the Asiatic Society, and for publica-

tion in the Journal, the accompanying Note, regarding the Navigation of the Ner-

budda River, compiled from such information as could be found on the records of this

Government, by Mr. A. Shakespear, the Assistant Secretary.

2nd. In the reduction of the map to a size more suitable for publication, the names

which are underlined should be retained, as they are mentioned in the Memoir, and

are essential to a right understanding of the subject. To prevent mistakes, a separate

list of them is annexed, arranged as they occur in proceeding down the stream from

East to West. As many more names as is conveniently practicable should of course

be inserted, but these ought not to be omitted.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

J. THORNTON,

Agra, the 6th August, 1844. Secy. to Govt., N. W. P.

The map, which is a splendid one on a scale of 16 miles to an inch, and

forms a roll 8 feet in length, was exhibited. _

With reference to the names, it was stated by the Sub-Secretary, that

arrangements had been made (by numbering,) so that a// the names would

virtually be inserted in the reduced map for the Journal.

Read the following correspondence on the subject of the Madras Meteoro-

logical Registers applied for by the Society :—

No. 403.

From T. RK, Davivson, Esa. Qf. Secy. to the Govt. of India, toH. Torrens, Ese,

Secy. to the Asiatic Society, Calcutta, dated the 27th July, 1844.

Home Department.

Srr,— With reference to your letter without date, received in July 1843, I am di-

To Secy,. to Govts, of Ben-)}) rected to transmit for the information of the Asiatic Socie-

aly i813, hens Wid. 48 | ty, a copy of the correspondence specified in the margin.

Govt. Fort St. George, No. 1 am, Sir

199, dated 6th spe Moor eat ye

with enclosure to ditto, dated Your obedient servant,

27th ditto.

T. R. Davipson,

Council Chamber, the 27th July, 1844. Off7. Secy. to the Govt. of india.

x¢ii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Sepr. 1844.

No. Ol.

To J. F. Tuomas, Esa. Secy. to Govt. Fort St. George.

Home Department, Marine.

Sr1r,—I am directed to transmit the accompanying copy of a letter from the Secre-

tary to the Asiatic Society, and to request, that you will, with the permission of the

Most Noble the Governor in Council of Fort St. George, issue the necessary orders to

cause that Society to be furnished direct with the information therein required,

1 have, &c.

(Signed) T. R. Davipson,

Fort William, the 22d July, 1843. Offy. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

The same to the Governments of Bengal and Bombay.

Nowavg.

From J. F. Tuomas, Esa. Secy. to Govt. of Fort St. George, to the Secy. to Govt.

of India, dated 6th July, 1844.

Home Department.

Sirz,—With reference to Mr. Secretary Davidson’s letter of the 22d July, 1843, I

am directed to forward copy of one from Lieutenant Elliot at Singapore, under date

25th April last. As it would appear, that Lieutenant Elliot’s establishment is not

equal to any extra labour, and that the whole of the observations required by the Asia-

tic Society will, ‘‘ soon be published in England,’”’ the Most Noble the Governor in

Council, submits for the consideration of the Government of India, that the Asiatic

Society should for the present receive, as proposed by Lieutenant Elliot, only a copy

of the mean results, and that instructions to this effect be issued.

I have, &c. f

(Signed) J. F. THomas,

Fort St. George, 6th July, 1844. Secy. to Govt. Military Depariment.

No. 292.

To the Military Secretary to Government, Fort St. George.

Sir,—In compliance with the Extract of the Minutes of Consultation of the 29th of

August 1843, I have written to the Surveyor General of India, to forward all the copies

of Magnetic and Meteorological Observations in his possession to the Secretary of the

Asiatic Society, Calcutta. 1 hope that mean results will be considered sufficient for the

present, since all the observations which are now sent to the Royal Society, will very

soon be published. If I were to send complete copies of the Observations that I have

the honor through you to send to the Hon’ble East India Company, the work would be

just doubled, and it is as much as I can do with the aid of four assistants at the Obser-

vatory to complete the report without falling into arrears.

This will be understood if 1 just give an outline of the work at the Observatory: 12

instruments are observed every hour in the twenty-four, and registered in a rough

observation book, from which they are entered in the day book, then abstracted ina

book for the purpose, and finally fresh sheets are copied out, which are forwarded

through you to the Hon’ble East India Company. Besides this, extra observations,

the corrections of all the instruments, absolute determinations, the diurnal and hourly

march of the instruments registered in curves; the anemometer papers and copies of

Our observations to all the Indian observatories, and I think it will be allowed that it

Serr. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xcili

will be sufficient for the Asiatic Society for the present to receive the hourly and daily

means of the instruments for the month. ;

Again, with reference to the tides, I send one complete copy of the curves described

by the instruments, and the registry to the Hon’ble East India Company’s Astronomer,

Madras, for transmission through him to the Home Government, another complete copy

I forward through the Honorable the Governor of the Straits to the Secretary to the

Government of India, (Home Department.) Nowif I might be permitted to make a

suggestion, it would be to forward the remainder of the tides not yet dispatched, to the

Secretary of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta, and those that have been already sent to

Bengal to be handed over to him.

I hope I shall be excused in making these remarks, for it has appeared to me, that

the Secretary to the Asiatic Society in calling for complete copies had neither an idea

of the enormous additional labour that it would entail on the Observatories, (requiring

for the purpose an extra assistant constantly copying,) nor that the whole of the ob-

servations would ultimately be published in England.

I intend to write to the same effect to the Secretary to the Asiatic Society, but I

shall defer forwarding any abstracts until I have on this subject the opinion of the

Most Noble the Governor in Council.

I have, &c.

Singapore, 23th April, 1844. (Signed) C. M. Extiot, Liewt. Engineers,

Superintendent Magnetic Observatory.

(A true Copy.)

(Signed) J. F. THomas,

Secretary to Government.

No. 380.

To J. F. Tuomas, Esq. Secretary to Government, Fort St. George.

Home Department, Marine.

Sir,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter No. 199, dated the

6th instant with its enclosure, and to state, that for the reasons assigned by the Superin-

tendent of the Magnetic Observatory at Singapore, the Governor General in Council

concurs in opinion with the Most Noble the Governor in Council of Fort St. George,

that the Asiatic Society at Calcutta should receive, as proposed by Lieut. Elliot, only

a copy of the mean results of the Magnetic and Meteorological Observations, instead of

copies of the entire observations. The necessary communication on the subject will

be made to the Secretary to the Asiatic Society at Calcutta.

I have, &c.

Fort William, the 27th July, 1844. (Signed) T. R. Davipson,

Offg. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

(True Copies.)

T. R. Davipson,

Offg. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

Ordered, that it be explained that the Society, fully sensible of the steady

desire of Government to forward its views in all matters of utility, was

xciv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Sepr. 1844,

only desirous of such mean results, or details as could be afforded without

inconvenience.

Read the following letter :—

No. 2,037, of 1844.

From F. Curriz, Esa. Secretary to the Govt. of India, to the Secy. to the Asiatic

Society, dated Fort William, 24th August, 1844.

Foreign Department.

Str,—By direction of the Governor General in Council, I have the honor to trans-

mit to you for such notice as the Society may deem it to merit, the accompanying

copy of a report by Mr. B. Woode, of his proceedings during his late Tour on the Naga

frontier.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Fort William, the 24th Aug. 1844. Your most obedient servant,

F. Curri,

Secy. to the Govt. of India.

The paper was referred to the Editors of the Journal.

Read the following letter addressed under orders of the Meeting of

July, (see proceedings,) to the Secretary to the Governmeit of Bengal

with its reply :—

The Secretary to the Government of Bengal, Home Department.

Sir,—By desire of the Honorable the President and Committee of Papers of the

Asiatic Society, and in pursuance of a resolution passed at the Meeting of the 3d instant,

I have the honor to request, that you will be pleased to submit to the Honorable the

Government of Bengal, the accompanying specimen pages and certificates relative

to a proposed Sanscrit Dictionary in Bengali characters, to be entitled the Sabda Rat-

nakar, the author of which is Baboo Gooroopresad Koy, a Pundit of much eminence,

and for which he, as well as the Asiatic Society, respectfully solicit the support and

patronage of Government, to enable him to carry it through the press. A copy of the

Baboo’s letter to the Society will be found with the certificates, and the resolution of

the Asiatic Society in reference to it is noted in the margin. |

The Society would desire respectfully to represent to H. H. that the work is one of

immense labour, and will be of the highest utility to Bengalee students of Sanscrit,

comprising as it does in itself, the essentials of several other works now only existing

in MSS., and expensive and difficult to obtain, and that thus it will be in an education-

al point of view of most essential service to the native community, and that the Society

indeed would have been happy to have given it a larger share of support, could it

with reference to existing engagements and claims have done so, and were the work

one of a higher, and more classic standard.

It begs further, with deference, to suggest, that the Government might probably with

much public advantage confer copies of it, when published, as prizes in the Public

Colleges, for which purpose it is a work most excellently adapted.

I am desired to add, in conclusion, that the Society is not aware of any modern work

in Sanscrit literature which has appeared for many years, better deserving the sup-

Sept. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XCV

port of the Government of India, with reference to purposes of practical utility in the

study, (with the native community, ) of a language so important to them.

I am, Sir,

Asiatic Society’s Rooms, \2th July, 1844. H. Torrens,

V. P. and Secy. Asiatic Society.

No. 582.

From the Under-Secretary to the Govt. of Bengal, to H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary

to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, 27th August, 1844.

Education.

Srr,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter, dated the 12th ul-

timo, and to state, that the Deputy Governor regrets that the Government cannot sub-

scribe for any copies of the proposed Sanscrit Dictionary, specimen pages of which

accompanied your communication.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

CrciL BEADON,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengai.

Read the following letter from Mr. W. C. Colton, Assistant Librarian,

presenting a mummied hand and curious knot of a tree, (forming, naturally,

the figure of an animal,) to which it refers :—

To H. Pippineton, Esa. Sub-Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I beg leave to present to the Asiatic Society’s Museum, the accompanying

hand, taken from an Egyptian Mummy in one of the pyramids near Cairo, and sup-

posed to be about three thousand years old.

Also, a curious specimen of a knot taken from a tree, in the Island of the Mauritius,

in the year 1840. I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your obedient servant,

Calcutta, 11th September, 1844. W.C. Cotton.

Read the following letter from the Rev. J. J. Moore, Secretary Agra

School Book Society to the Sub-Secretary :—

No. 239.

My pear Srr,—I am happy to say that the two boxes of books have reached me

in safety, with the exception of 9 which are injured by water and have to be rebound,

however this matters little. The books for the Maharaj of Jodhpore, I have for-

warded to the Political Agent, Capt. French, The cost of them I shall remit to you

80 soon as realized.

The bill against the Society I hope to remit a draft for, at the close of the

month. Iam much obliged to you for the kind trouble you have taken.

Believe me, your sincerely,

15th August, 1844, J. Moore.

Read the following letter from Dr. Mouat :—

To H. Torrens, Ese,

My pear Torrens,—Would the accompanying articles be of any use to your

Museum? Intrinsically they are of no value, but as they were both brought from the

field of Punniar, they may be esteemed worthy of preservation. The matchlock was

X¢cvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Serr. 1844. .

taken from a Mahratta by-a soldier of the Queen’s 50th at Punniar, who I believe

bayonetted him. The ball was one fired from the Battery stormed by the 50th, and

fell within a foot of my brother, who had it picked up and preserved as a relic of the

fight.

I am collecting, or rather attempting to do so, a sma]1 Mineralogical and Geological

Museum for the Medical College, and have sent home for a complete set of Eu-

ropean specimens, classified and arranged, which I hope will arrive here shortly.

Do you think the Asiatic Society would object to make over to us any triplicate

or quadruplicate specimens which may not be worth preserving by them, and are

not of sufficient value to send home ; for we must be moderate in our expectations,

and be content with small beginnings. I hope ultimately to see complete

courses of Geology and Mineralogy given in this College, that our Students may

obtain some acquaintance with these highly interesting and in this country important

branches of science.

Very truly yours

Medical College, 30th August, 1844. Freep. Je Movar.

Resolved, that the Curator in the Geological and Mineralogical Depart-

ments be desired when the arrangements of the collections will admit of it,

to assist Dr. Mouat’s views.

The Sub-Secretary, as Curator, stated, that (see Journal Vol. X, p. 172,

Proceedings for May 1841,) he had already pointed out to the Society, this

as a very proper method of disposing of spare specimens.

Read the following letter from Dr. A. Sprenger, B. M. S.:—

To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, &c. &c. &c-

My pEAR Sir,—I beg leave to send you an article for the Journal of the Asiatic

Society. If you have plenty of space in your present number, I shall make it longer,

adding passages which show from whence the Arabs obtained the principal articles of

commerce, as for instance paper, which was manufactured at Samarcand, &c. Print

this part, and let me know about the rest.

I am, your very faithfully,

Chinsurah, August 28, 1844. A. SPRENGER.

The Secretary stated, that as the MSS. was much interlined, he had

placed it in the hands of a good copyist, and would first return it to Dr. S.

for his revisal before placing in the hands of the printers.

The Curator Geological and Mineralogical Departments stated, that

having been for the most part occupied in preparatory arrangements in

the Laboratory, and having nothing of note to minute, he had deferred

making any report for the present month.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of OcTopeEr, 1844.

The usual monthly meeting of the Society was held on Wednesday

- evening the 2nd October, 1844, at 8 p. m.

The Honourable Sir H. Seton in the chair.

The following members proposed at the last meeting were ballotted for,

and declared duly elected :-—

A. C. Barwell, Esq. B. C. S.

John Owen, Esq.

Corresponding member, J. McGowan, Esq. Ningpo Hospital.

And the following new members were proposed :—

T. R. Davidson, Esq. B. C. S., proposed by H. Torrens, Esq. and second-

ed by H. Piddington, Esq.

Allan Gilmore, Esq., ditto ditto ditto.

J.P. McKilligen, Esq. ditto ditto ditto.

Captain T. Marshall, proposed by S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. and seconded

by H. Torrens, Esq.

Read the following list of books presented, exchanged and purchased :—

Books presented.

1. Meteorological Register for August, 1844.—-From the Surveyor General’s Office.

2, Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, Vol. 13th, part I, 1843,

London, 8vo.—By the Society.

3. Extrait du Rapport Annuel fait a la Société de Géographie de Paris, 1839.—

By the Society.

4. Accroissement de la Collection Géographique de la Bibliothéque Royale, en

1841.—By the Geographical Society.

5. Journal of the Bombay Branch Royal Society, No, 7, May 1844.—By the

Society.

6. Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol. iii, part i.

By the Society.

7. Oriental Christian Spectator, vol. 5, No. 9, September 1844.—By the Editor.

12. Madras Journal of Literature and Science, No. 30, June 1844.—By the So.

ciety.

8. Inquiry into the Means of Establishing a Ship Navigation between the Medi-

terranean and Red Seas, by J. Vetch. Second edition, London, 1843.—By the Author.

9. Notation Hypsométrique ou Nouvelle Maniére de Noter les Altitudes, par Me

Jomard, 1840,—By the Author.

X¢CViil Proccedings of the Asiatic Society. (Oct. 1844,

Books exchanged.

10. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 14, Nos. 88 and 89, July and

August, 1844.

ll. The Atheneum, Nos. 871 to 874, July 1844.

Read the following Proceedings of the Committee of Papers :—

At a Meeting of the Committee of Papers held on 13th September at half-past

10 a. M.

Present.—The Honourable Sir J. P. Grant, the Honourable Sir H. Seton, Lieut.

Col. Forbes, C. Huffnagle, Esq., S. G. T. Heatly, Esq., and Rev. Dr. J. Heberlin.

Resolved,—That the Members of the Society be informed by Circular, that at

the next Meeting a President to the Society will be elected.

2nd. That a deputation having been offered to wait upon the Hon’ble W. W. Bird,

and his occupations having interfered with his receiving it at the hour proposed, the

Secretary be instructed to draw up a suitable address to our late President, requesting

him to make choice of an artist of reputation in England, by whom his Portrait may

be taken of the Kit Cat size, to be placed in the Meeting Room of the Society, with

those of his predecessors in office.

| J. P. Grant, Chairman.

And letters as follows :—

fo the Honorable W. W. Biro, Esa. late President of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

HonoraB_Le Sir,—I have been instructed to apprise you, that the letter of resig-

nation of your office of President, which I had the honour to submit at the last meet-

ing of the Society, was received with the expression of the regret of its members, at

the cessation of your connexion with a body to which you have belonged for more than

three and thirty years.

The Society has, I am instructed to state, a lively sense of the value of the support

and assistance you have afforded it during the time that you have held the office of its

President. You, Sir, have by constant supervision of cur Proceedings encouraged

and stimulated the work in which the Society has been engaged, and by a judicious

use of the opportunities available in your high official situation you have put the

Society in a position to diffuse the results of scientific enquiry conducted by the

Government, among its members, and the scientific world at large.

Anxious to possess a memento of you, the Society instruct me to request, that you —

will do them the favour of selecting an artist of good reputation in England, by whom

your Portrait may be painted in the Kit Cat size, for the purpose of its being placed in |

the Meeting Room of the Society, together with those of your predecessors in the Chair |

of President.

The Society instruct me to beg, that you will take the further trouble of referring

the artist you may select to our Agents, Messrs. W. H. Allen and Co. Leadenhall |

Street. |

The Society, in conclusion, direct me to express their thanks and acknowledgments |

for the kind urbanity with which you have at all times met them, for the lively interest |

Ocr. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. XCiX

which you have evinced in their pursuits, and for the steady maintenance which you

have inyariably afforded to their interests as a constituted body.

I am, Honorable Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

H. Torrens.

To H. Torrens, Esa. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—lI beg to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 13th instant, commu-

nicating to me the thanks of the Society, for the support and assistance which I

afforded them during the time I had the honor to hold the office of President, and

requesting, that I would allow my Portrait to be painted for the purpose of being

placed in the Meeting Room of the Society, together with those of my predecessors

in the chair.

I beg you will express to the Society how sensible I am of the honor they have

done me, and how gratified | feel, that the little I have been able to do for the

maintenance of their interests, should be considered deserving of so flattering an

acknowledgment. With every wish for the continued success of their labours.

1 have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Calcutta, 17th September, 1844. W. W. Biro.

The Society then proceeded to the election of a President, when the

Honourable Sir Henry Hardinge being proposed from the chair, and

seconded by Lieut. Col. Forbes, was unanimously elected. It was arrang-

ed, on the suggestion of Col. Forbes, that the Secretary should be requested

to ascertain from the Private Secretary, when it might be convenient for

the Honourable the Governor General to receive a deputation from the

Society of such members as might please to form it; and that Sir Henry

Seton, as the Vice-President in the chair this evening, be requested to con-

duct the deputation.

Read the following report and letters submitted to the Society by the

Sub-Committee for publishing Sir A. Burnes’ drawings :—

The Committee for publishing Sir A. Burnes’ Drawings, with reference to their first report

to the Society in July 1843, have now the honour to present a farther report as follows :—

The Committee having, as authorized, added to their numbers the undermention-

ed members :—

Rev. J. Heberlin,

8. G. T. Heatly, Esq.

And being now composed of the following members ; viz.

H. Torrens, Esq., Charles Huffnagle, Esq., Rev. J, Heberlin, S. G. T. Heatly,

Esq., and Henry Piddington Esq., Secretary to the Committee.

c Proceedings of the Astatie Society. [Oct 1844.

Meeting on Wednesday, the 18th September, 1844.

And all the Members and Secretary being present, proceeded as follows :—

1. Read for the information of the new Members, the report of July 1843, and

the following Memorandum of the state of the trust up to the present date.

Memoranda for Committee on Sir A. Burnes’ Drawings.

1. The Committee was named in March 1841.—Journal, Vol. IX. p. 1130.

2. It decided specially, with reference to selections from the drawings, that, as the

true object of the trust confided to the Society by Government was undoubtedly to

diffuse as tauch as possible the knowledge which Government had acquired at a hea-

vy expence, and also as matter of justice to the labours of the Envoy and Naturalist,

as well as of convenience to future naturalists and travellers in the valley of the

Indus and Affghanistan, that the whole of the drawings should be published ; except

perhaps some few very common ones, if any such were found.

3. This was duly reported and confirmed at a general meeting, but it has not been

placed upon record. Itis supposed to have been confirmed at the meeting of April

4841, See Journal, Vol. XI, p. 72.

4. The preparation of the plates was continued, and with extreme care, till Mr.

Ballin’s death, when difficulties gradually arose which have not yet been adjusted,

but shortly will be so, without, itis hoped, any loss to the Society’s interests.

5. Mr. Blyth arrived in September 1841, taking charge of the Museum on the

6th September, (Vol. XI, p. 755,) and this undertaking amongst other matters was

then specially brought to his notice, and the drawings and finished lithographs

shewn him, their cost explained, &c. He was also shewn that the Acting Curator,

Mr. Piddington, had indexed the whole of Dr. Lord’s notes in readiness for him to

commence on the letter-press.

5. The notes of Dr. Lord were subsequently duly made over to him by the Secre-

tary ; and then, and on more than one subsequent occasion, when Mr. Blyth object-

ed to the drawings as inaccurate, and as deviating from already known types, and

proposed correcting them, it was distinctly explained to him that, in such case, the

Society would be guilty of a breach of trust, and even of a scientific fraud ; since it

would publish as the drawings made on Sir A. Burnes’ Missions, pictures of something

which were not so: and that, as well known to him, the now anxious search of all

European naturalists is exactly to find the original drawings from which local faunz

(ornithe) had been published, in order to correct these flourishes, and interferences

of artists and naturalists; who, to make better pictures, and reduce the birds (princi-

pally) to their fancied types and systems, had in many instances created enormous

confusion, deprived the original observers of their due credit for active research and

accuracy, and had even made them pass, at least as careless persons, if not as im-

postors ; when, on the contrary, the mischief and imposture was the work of the

naturalist editors, publishers and artists,

Ocr. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. ci

6. The Reports of the Committee in July 1843, Proceedings, Vol. XI, p. 615, will

shew in all its relations that the Committee has not been to blame, and how far

the Society’s wishes and orders have, or have not, been acted upon.

7. The Secretary to the Committee deems it his duty to state to the Committee,

that with the concurrence of the Society, the whole of these drawings, except such

as were required for the artists, were placed under lock and key, and under the special

charge of the Librarian, with strict injunctions that they were only to be shewn or

delivered by special order, as in the case of the Mackenzie collection and other rare

and valuable drawings ; the finished ones being of course at Mr. Blyth’s disposition.

He now learns that they have been all placed in Mr. Blyth’s hands.

Dr. Roer being called in, says he knows nothing of Dr. Lord’s notes, which have

never been in his possession,

Resolved,—That a letter be written to Mr. Blyth, requesting within a given time,

(Saturday next,) a report as tothe progress made in the text for Sir A. Burnes’ draw-

ings, and as to whether Dr. Lord’s notes have been recovered.

The following letter was therefore addressed to Mr. Blyth :—

To E. Biytu, Esq. Curator Asiatic Society.

Sir,—A meeting of the Committee for the publication of Sir A. Burnes’ drawings of

the Zoology of the Indus, desires to enquire, what progress you have made in the letter-

press to accompany those drawings.

I am further to enquire, with reference toa statement made by you that the notes on

those drawings by Dr. Lord are lost, whether you have recovered those notes, the

Committee having ascertained that the notes were never in Dr. Roer’s possession,

and it having been proved that they were delivered to you by me, and have not, in

so far as any evidence before the Committee goes to shew, been ever out of your

hands,

On these points the Committee request a specific answer in writing before Saturday

next the 2ist instant, to enable the Committee to take early cognizance of the ques-

tion. 1 have, &c.

H. Torrens.

Committee adjourn to Wednesday, 25th September, 1841.

At an adjoured Meeting of the Committee for the publication of Sir A. BurNEs’

Drawings, held on the 2th September 1844, at the Society’s Rooms, at half-after

10 o’clock a.m.

Present.—Rev. J. Heberlin, Chas. Huffnagle, Esq., S. G. T. Heatley Esq., H.

Torrens, Esq., V. President and Secretary, H. Piddington, Secretary to the Committee.

Read letter from Mr. Blyth.

Hi. Torrens, Esa. Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Sir,— With reference to the first question proposed to me in your note of the 18th

ultimo, I beg to inform you, that from the commencement of the present month, I

have devoted as much time as my other and stringent duties would permit of to the

preparation of the letter-press to accompany the publication of Sir A. Burnes’ draw-

cli Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Oct. 1844.

ings; and that sufficient progress has been made to warrant my undertaking to com-

plete it in the course of a few weeks.

The MS. notes, however, I regret to add, have not been found up to the present

time, but they can scarcely have been abstracted from the Museum. Their value

was, indeed not great, as they consisted almost entirely of descriptions and slight

dissections of well-known species, the localities of which were alone new, and these

are further noted on the drawings: but [ am surprised beyond measure at the non-ap-

pearance of the papers, and do not offer the foregoing opinion regarding their value

as any extenuation of the annoying circumstance of our not being at present able to

find them.

I have, on several occasions, looked over the papers, with the intention of preparing

for the press what little could be extracted from them ; and to the best of my recollec-

tion have always returned them to the charge of our late Sub-librarian Mr.F. Bouchez,

since the period of whose leaving I have never consulted the MS. in question, and

had no idea but that it would be immediately forthcoming when I lately applied for

it. I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your obedient servant,

Asiatic Society’s Museum, September 21, 1844. E. Buytu.

Resolved,—The letter from the Zoological Curator having been read, the Sub-Com-

mittee deem it necessary to place on record for report to the Society the expres-

sion of their extreme regret and surprise at the annoying circumstance, as noted by Mr.

Blyth, of the non-appearance of these notes. The Sub-Committee further desire to

observe, that Mr. Blyth’s assurance that the preparation of the letter-press will be com-

pleted in a few weeks is the most satisfactory declaration which it has yet fallen to

their lot to report with reference to the important duty confided to them.

The Sub-Committee propose in consequence of the above assurance, to proceed with

the printing of the letter-press as it is prepared, in order that the plates already finished

may be published at the earliest possible date.

The report of the Committee was considered as satisfactory, and adopted

by the meeting.

Read the following letter from Government, and extract of dispatch ac-

companying it :—

Duplicate.

No. 2288.

From the Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to the Vice President and

Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, 12th September, 1844.

Sir,—I am directed to transmit the accompanying copy of a letter from the

Hon’ble the Court of Directors, No. 15, dated the 29th May last, with enclosure;

also a transcript of a Circular addressed to the Civil Officers in this Presidency, and to

Ocr. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. cili

request that the Asiatic Society of Calcutta, will supply the Government with such

information regarding the antiquities, the state of the liberal and mechanic arts,

and the native customs of this Presidency, as the Museum and collections of the

institution may afford; besides suggesting such means as may occur to the Society,

for enabling Government the better to comply with the wishes of the Hon’ble Court.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

(Signed) A. TuRNBULL,

Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

PUBLIC DEPARTMENT.

No. 15 or 1844.

Our Governor General of India in Council.

Pana. 1.—We forward to you the copy of a letter dated 8th April 1844, address-

ed tous by the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, bringing to our

notice the state of those interesting monuments of Antiquity, the Cave Temples of

India, and soliciting our interposition to preserve them from all such causes of injury

and decay as may be obviated by means within the authority of our Indian

Government. With reference also to the peculiarly perishable nature of the paint-

ings in the Caves of Ajunta, the Society is anxious that carefully executed copies of

them should be made before it is too late, and as those drawings are the only authentic

records that exist of many of the usages of the people of India at the probable date

of their execution, it would no doubt be little creditable to an enlightened Govern-

ment to suffer them to perish without an effort to perpetuate their subjects by faith-

ful and artistic delineation. We therefore recommend it to your special consideration

to determine upon and adopt such measures, either by the occasional employment of

some of our talented officers, when the calls of the public service permit of it, or

by such other means as may appear to you to be best calculated to ensure the pro-

curing of good copies of the paintings in the Caves of Ajunta, and of drawings of the

other Caves: using such means also for the protection of the Caves themselves against

dilapidation, as may be consistent with any use to which they may have been legi-

timately applied.

2. We take this opportunity also of apprising you, that we are desirous of collect-

ing a series, as ample as possible, of delineations (accompanied by short explana-

tions) of various objects of interest and instruction, illustrative of the state of the

liberal and mechanic arts in India, and of the phases, character and condition of its

various tribes and people, comprising architecture, implements, costumes, &c. for

our library, frequent reference being made to it, (at present with little advantage, )

for such sources of information. We should think it possible, that moderate en-

couragement on your part would readily obtain an abundant supply of such materials

from different individuals in the service of the Company.

civ Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844.

3. Absolute accuracy being essentially necessary in the drawings, and®the use of

Dollond’s Camera Lucida ensuring that indispensable object, we shall transmit with-

out delay to the Government of each of the presidencies three of these instruments.

Weare, &c.

(Signed) John Shepherd, (Signed) | Henry Alexander,

7 Henry Willock, Ae Robert Campbell,

Be W. H. C. Plowden, bs H. Shank,

+e J. W. Hogg, an John Masterman,

is John Loch, “eS C. Mills,

a Russell Ellice, . W. H. Sykes.

an John C. Whiteman,

London, 29th May, 1844.

The Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, to J. C. Metvitx, Ese.

14, Grafton Street, Bond Street, London, 8th April, 1844.

Sir,—The Royal Asiatic Society have had before them at their late meetings, a

highly valuable and interesting paper on the Cave Temples of India, by James

Fergusson, Esq., a gentleman of great research and knowledge in Architecture, who

with a professional zeal worthy of all commendation, personally visited the most re-

markable specimens of those singular structures, as well in Behar and Cuttack,

where they are found in the earliest and most simple forms, as in the Western side

of the Peninsula, where the most highly wrought and ornamental examples are ex-

tant. It is the principal object of Mr. Fergusson’s paper to classify those remarkable

structures according to the purposes for which they appear to have been designed,

the parties by whom they were executed, and the dates assigned to them.

Mr. Fergusson is fully aware of the great value of the improved knowledge attain-

ed to in the reading of the ancient characters in which inscriptions are written on

the rocks and temples of India ; but he justly considers the ascertainment of a date,

by an inscription not to be conclusive as to the age of the excavation, as where the

character in which the inscription is written is more modern than the architectural

features of the structure. In such cases, it is probable that the inscription denotes

a new appropriation or use, rather than the original design or execution. He there-

fore applies to the examination of their age the test of architectural character,

according to certain principles which he states in his able paper.

Mr, Fergusson is of opinion, that the earliest of the Cave Temples are the Buddhist,

which he divides into two great classes, the Viharus or Monastic, and the Chaitya

or Temple Caves. Among the most ancient Buddhist Caves, after those in the neigh-

bourhood of Gya and in Cuttack, he ranks a very remarkable series, which lying out

of the road ordinarily travelled, and being difficult of access, have been seldom

visited, and are little known, those of Ajunta in Berar.

The first notice of these Caves is to be found in a paper by Lieutenant Alexander,

printed in the 2d volume of the Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society. The

writer there remarks, (p. 365): ‘‘ In most of the Caves, to compensate for the want

of profuse entaille and sculptures are paintings in fresco, much more interesting, as

Ger. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. cv

exhibiting the dresses, habits of life, pursuits, general appearance, and even features

of the natives of India, perhaps two thousand or two thousand five hundred years

ago, well preserved and highly colored, and exhibiting in glowing tints, of which

light red is the most common, the crisp haired aborigines of the sect of Buddhists.’’

He adds further on, ‘‘ the high antiquity (of Buddhism,) may be satisfactorily proved

both from the paintings and sculptured figures in these excavations, which exhibit

traces of the existence of a woolly-haired race, now no where found on the Indian

continent.”? Again, (p. 368): ‘‘ In the gallery or passage behind the pillars are

fresco paintings of Buddha, and his attending supporters with chowries in their hands.

The thickness of the stucco is about a quarter of an inch. The colors are very vivid,

consisting of brown, light red, blue and white ; the red predominates. The coloring

is softened down, the execution is bold, and the pencil handled freely, and some

knowledge of perspective is shewn. The figures are two feet and a half, or three feet

in height.

(P. 369.) ‘‘ The paintings in many of the Caves represent highly interesting and

spirited delineations of hunting scenes, battles, &c. The elephants and horses are

particularly well drawn. On the latter two men are often seen mounted. Ram and

cock fights I observed in one of the excavations. The spears are peculiar, having

three knobs near the head, and there was an instrument resembling a lyre with three

strings, I observed something like a zodiac ; but not at all resembling the celebrated

one at Dendera.”’

The following passages in Mr. Fergusson’s paper relate to these highly interest-

ing relics of Hindu antiquity :—

“« After crossing the valley of the Taptee from the North, you approach a Ghaut of

some 500 or 600 feet in height, supporting the table land of the Dekhan. The

upper line of the Ghaut is flat and regular, and the wall, if I may use the expression,

tolerably even, except in some places, where it is broken by ravines which extend

for a considerable way into the table land above. Itis in one of these ravines that

the Caves of Ajcend are situated. The entrance to the ravine is nearly half a mile

in width, but is gradually narrower, as you wind up it, till it terminates in a cascade

of seven falls, called the Sat-Koond, the last of which may be 100 feet high, the

others, together 100 more.”’

‘Immediately below the fall the ravine makes a sudden turn to the right, and it is

in the perpendicular cliff, forming the outer side of the bend, and facing the Koond,

that the caves are situated, the whole series extending, as near as I can guess

about 500 yards from North to South-East. y . * * * *

‘* No. 16. The whole of this Cave, the largest, has been covered with stucco and

painted, and many of the smaller paintings on the pillars and in the panels of the

roof of the aisles, remain, consisting of figures of Buddha and his disciples in vari-

ous attitudes, rosettes and other ornaments; but owing to the ruined state of the

front, the rain apparently has beat in, and destroyed the larger subjects. There are

several inscriptions painted on the plaster, and though none remain sufficiently entire

to be transcribed, yet sufficient remains to shew, that the characters are those pre-

cvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844.

valent subsequent to the Christian era. On the exterior face of the Cave, however,

but very high up, is an inscription of some length in the pure Nath character, which

would at once give an antiquity to the excavation of about 100 or 200 . c. as far as

such evidence can be relied on.

‘* No. 17, generally called the Zodiac Cave, very much resembles the last de-

scribed in almost every respect. Its dimensions are 64 feet by 63, and it has 20 pil-

lars disposed as in the other. It is not, however, so lofty ; and the details of the pillars

are by no means so graceful or elegant asin No. 16. The paintings, however, are

much more entire, and though the colours in some places are a good deal faded, the

subjects can generally be made out.

‘*On the right hand wall as you enter, a procession is painted: three elephants

issuing from a portal, one black, one red or rather brown ; and the third a white

one, which seems the principal one of the group, shewing how early arose the pre-

dilection for these animals, which still exist among the Burmese and Siamese of the

present day. Chattahs and flags are borne before them ; and a large retinue of men

armed with spears, swords and shields follow them.

‘*On the back wall is a hunting scene, in which a lion powerfully and well drawn,

forms the principal object of attraction. There are also deer and dogs, and men on

horseback and on foot without number.

‘‘In the verandah to this Cave are some singularly interesting paintings; at one

end a circular one which I at first took for a Zodiac, though on further examination [

gave up the idea. _Its centre is divided in eight compartments, and the outer circle

into sixteen or seventeen. Each of these compartments is crowded with small

figures ; but what the subject is, I could not make out.

‘‘Qver the door are eight Buddhist figures sitting cross-legged, the first four are

black, the fifth fairer; the next is still moreso; the last fair and wearing a crown.

It is remarkable that there are more black people painted in this Cave than in any

of the others, The women, however, are generally fair; and the men all shades,

from black to a European complexion. The roof is painted in various patterns, not

at all unlike those still existing in the baths of Titus, though in an inferior style of

art. I had not time, even if I had had the ability to copy these interesting paint-

ings, and I fear any one who now visits them, will find, that much that I saw has

since disappeared.

‘« The style of these paintings cannot of course bear comparison with European

painting of the present day, but they are certainly superior to the style of Europe

during the age in which they are executed. The perspective, grouping and details

are better, and the story better told than any paintings I know of, anterior to Orgagna

and Fiesole. The style, however, is not European, but more resembles Chinese art,

particularly in the flatness and want of shadow. I never, however, even in China,

saw any thing approaching its perfection.

‘*T looked very attentively at these paintings to try and discover if they were

fresco paintings, or merely water colors laid on a dry surface, but was unable to de-

cide the point ; the color certainly is in cases absorbed into the plaster; and 1 am —

Oocr.' 1844.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. evii

inclined to think they may have been painted when it was first laid on, and conse-

quently moist ; but I do not think it could have been done on the modern plan of

painting each day all the plaster laid on that day.”

_ From the remarks above quoted, as well as from the personal knowledge of several

Members of the Royal Asiatic Society, no doubts remain that the Caves of Ajunta

contain unique specimens of Hindoo painting of an age anterior to the Christian era,

and it is equally certain that time, and the use made of these places by faquirs and

others, Mahomedan and Hindoo, are gradually destroying their beauty, and will soon

obliterate every trace of those remains which are valuable, not only as specimens

of early art, but as exhibiting the figures and habits of races long passed away, and

important therefore, as illustrative of the early history of India.

The Royal Asiatic Society are anxious that before any further destruction of these

singular paintings shall be effected, means may be taken to have faithful copies of

them made, which they would gladly publish in their Journal, and the Council have

directed me to lay the subject before the Honourable Court, with the expression of

their earnest desire and hope, that instructions may be sent to the proper authorities

in India, to employ some Officer in their service, as early as the opportunity shall

present itself, to take such copies of them as may preserve the remembrance of these

most curious and valuable remains of ancient art. I have the honour to be, &c.

(Signed ) R. Crarxe, Honorary Secretary.

(True Copies, ) (Signed) T. R. Davipson,

Offg. Secretary to the Government of India.

Circular from the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to Civil Authorities.

Dated Fort William, September, 1844.

Srr,—I am directed by the Deputy Governor of Bengal to forward the annexed

copy of Correspondence noted in the margin,* and with reference to the wishes of

the Honourable Court of Directors therein expressed, to request that you will

report whether any Cave Temples, or other antiquities exist in the ————— under

your charge; and if so, that you will suggest means for preserving them from

jnjury or decay.

2. You will of course understand, that the latter instruction only applies to such

temples or buildings as are no longer used as places of worship, and have no respon-

sible guardian appointed for their preservation, You will be careful likewise to

explain the object of any researches or enquiries you may institute, in consequence of

these orders, so as to prevent any misconception regarding them, on the part of

the native community. I have the honour to be, &c,

(Signed) A. TurnButt,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

(True Copies, ) A. TurnBvu.t,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

* Dispatch No. 15, of 29th May 1844, from the Honourable the Court of Directors with Enclosures.

evili Proceedings of the Asiatic Soctety. [Ocr. 1844.

It was stated by the Secretary, that he had thought it right to circulate

these to the Committee of Papers, who were unanimously of opinion, that

it was incumbent on the Society to do all in its power to forward the views

of the Honourable the Court of Directors.

Mr. Piddington with a few remarks on the necessity of employing a

professional artist who alone he thought, (without any disparagement to

the talents of Officers in the services,) could do justice both to the letter

and the spirit of these wonderful delineations, in which so much depended

not on mere copying, but upon the style of drawing and the tact of seizing

what was characteristic and illustrative, especially in what related to the

human figure, and to manners and customs, proposed,

‘That the Society do address Government, pointing out strongly the

great importance of employing a professional draftsman for the copying of

the Cave Paintings, as desired by the Royal Asiatic Society.”

This was seconded by S. G. T. Heatly, Esq. and carried.

The Secretary then proposed, seconded by Lieut. Col. Forbes, that the

following gentlemen ; viz.

W. B. O’Shaughnessy, Esq., Lieut. Col. Forbes, R. Frith, Esq., J. Ful-

ton, Esq., Chas. Huffnagle, Esq., Revd. J. Heeberlin, E. Blyth, Esq., H.

Piddington, Esq., S. G. T. Heatly, Esq., A. Webb, Esq. M.D., Capt.

Marshall, Capt. Latter, H. Torrens, Esq. Secretary, be requested to act

as a Special Committee, for carrying out the views of the Society in aid

of the request of Government, and that they have power to add to their

numbers, which was also agreed to.

Read the following letter in reply to the application made to Govern-

ment by the Society, on the motion of the Rev. J. Long, for copies of

any Medico-Topographical reports in possession of Government :—

No. 475.

From T. R. Davipson, Esa. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esa. Vice President and Secretary, Asiatic Society, dated the 21st

September, 1844.

Home Department.

Sir,—In reply to your letter dated 8th instant, I am directed to state, that the works

required by the Society, are not amongst the records of this office.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Council Chamber, the 21st September, 1844. T. R. Davipson,

Officiating Secretary to the Government of India.

Oct. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. cix

Read the following letter from the Society’s London Agents :—

Henry Torrens, Esa. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Srr,—We beg to inform you, for the information of the Members of the Asiatic

Society, that a bust of Mr. B. H. Hodgson has been commenced upon, (agreeable

to the instructions conveyed in your letter of March last) by a Mr. Thornicroft,

a talented Sculptor, who has been highly commended to Mr. Hodgson and to ourselves,

by a party very competent to judge of such matters, having employed Mr. Thornicroft

himself. The cost of the bust will be £84, in addition to which, there will be the ship-

ping charges and insurance. As this sum is much less than the estimate given us,

we beg to enquire if you think it would be desirable to appropriate any portion of

the balance in the purchase of a Pedestal for the bust tostand upon. ‘The cost of a

suitable one of fine marble would be under £20; in scagliola, it would not be more than

half that price. We shall be obliged by the favor of a reply by return ofthe Mail,

as by that time the bust will be nearly completed.

We have the honor to be, Sir,

Your faithful servants,

London, 2nd August, 1844. Wn. H. ALLEN and Co.

It was decided, that as a pedestal for the bust had been already placed in

the Society’s Meeting Hall; the cost of importing one was needless.

Read the following acknowledgment and advice of remittance from the

Secretary Agra School Book Society :—

H. Pippineton, Esa. Calcutta.

My pear Sir,—I have the pleasure to send a draft on Calcutta for Rs. 548: 6: 6,

the amount of the Asiatic Society’s Bill against the Agra School Book Society.

The cost of the Sanscrit Books for the Maharaja I hope also to remit soon, as I am in

communication with Captain French on the subject.

I hope to hear that you have succeeded in procuring me a copy of the Sanscrit

Euclid, believe me,

Yours,

4th September, 1844. J. Moors.

Read the following letter from Lieut. Yule, B. E. to the Sub-Secretary :—

H. PrppinetTon, Esq., Calcutta.

My pear Sir,—You were kind enough to give insertion in the Asiatic Society’s

Journal, to the two notes on the iron of the Kassia hills, which I forwarded two

years ago, when on the point of leaving that part of the world. Having collected a

good many miscellaneous notices of the people and country during an abode of two

seasons in it, it has lately struck me, that some of them were sufficiently curious to be

worth publishing, and so little has been given to the public on the region (which is so

interesting to me that I cannot well judge what interest it may have for others,) that

cx Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844.

I cannot but suppose much of these notes must be new. I should be much gratified if

the sheets enclosed should be thought worth printing in the Journal. If not kindly

return them.

Kurnaul, September 12, 1844. H. Yue.

The beautiful and spirited pen and ink drawings which accompanied

this valuable paper were greatly admired, and the paper was handed to the

Editors of the Journal for early publication. On the suggestion of Lieut.

Col. Forbes it was agreed to, that the Secretary should address the Mili-

tary Board, requesting copies of Lieut. Yule’s reports, plans and sections

of the country about Chirra Poonjee.

The Secretary announced to the meeting the death of Mr. W. C. Colton,

the Assistant Librarian, whose conduct during the time he had been em-

ployed, was most creditable, and rendered his loss one much to be regret-

ted.

The Secretary presented, on the part of Dr. Roer, a translation of the

Vedanta Sara, which was referred to the Editors of the Journal for pub-

lication.

The Secretary presented, on the part of J. Avdall, Esq. an Essay “On

the Invention of the Armenian Alphabet,” which was also referred to the

Editors of the Journal.

The Secretary presented from Dr. Spilsbury, Superintending Surgeon,

Sagor Division, for the Museum,

Two large silver coins, dug up at Baitool.

Two smaller coins, dug up at Hoshungabad.

A small gold coin, dug up at Jubbulpoor.

Read a paper from Captain J. W. Abbott, Artillery, Dum Dum, giving

some account of the fall of an Aerolite in Khandeish. The specimen was

referred to Mr. Piddington, as Mineralogical Curator, for examination and

report, and the paper for incorporation with the report.

The Secretary also presented on the part of Captain Abbott, a paper

‘On the occurrence of Granite in the bed of the Nurbudda,” which was

referred to the Editors of the Journal for publication.

The Secretary also presented on the part of Col. Stacy, C. B., through

Captains Wroughton, B. N. I. and Wintle, B. N. I., two splendid speci-

Oct. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. exi

mens of petrified bone, probably part of the Femur of the great fossil

elephant or mastodon, and a carved monumental marble slab which

had formed the head-stone of a Mussulman grave. This specimen is a

good one of its kind, the sculpture being elegantly executed, andthe stone

furnishing interesting evidences of a practice formerly common, but now

extinct among the Mussulmans of India, the placing head-stones, namely,

in memory of deceased persons.

Read the following letter from Captain Macleod, Assistant Commis-

sioner, Moulmein :—

My pear Torrens,—About two years ago I sent you two images like the present

from the Mekkhara Prince at Amaropoora, they were found at Rangoon; no notice

having been taken of them, his Highness has sent down two more. He has likewise sent

me to be forwarded to youa coin (silver) found at a place called Raleng. It is Hindoo

no doubt, there being no coin in Burmah. He likewise has sent a box, containing

some black and yellow earths, a parcel of stones, a bottle of water, which is labelled,

‘Cure for Itch,’’ or something to that purport, ‘‘ Falling on both sides of the Khand

Ywa hills.’”? I believe the specimens are from the hills near the Arracan frontier,

but I have written to ask; they are nothing I believe but limestone. He likewise

presents the Society with a medical work of great repute in Burmah and Siam.

He wishes me to send him some bouks, and asks particularly for a work on Chemistry,

one on Hindoo Astronomy, one on Comets and one on Electricity. He can read Eng-

lish with the assistance of adictionary. Would you kindly allow me to take the liberty

of asking you to get Mr. Piddington to fill up the blanks in the enclosed note, and send

it to Messrs. Ostell and Co. Mr. Piddington will know better than I do what elemen-

tary works on the subjects I have mentioned, would be most useful to the prince.

Moulmein, 3rd August, 1844.

The models, which are of coarse earthenware and of an ovoid form about

six inches by four, are simply figures of Budh (Guatama,) surrounded by

his usual attributes, but with a Deva Nagree inscription below the figure !

which is probably what has excited, and very naturally, the curiosity of the

Prince.*

The Secretary was instructed to meet the Prince’s wishes in every way

in his power.

N.B. A paper has intermediately been published upon the silver coin

above noted by Lieut. Latter.

The Sub-Secretary stated, that he had forwarded to Captain Macleod,

the following works; viz.

* In the Society’s co)lection we have the converse to this. A figure of Krishna, about three feet

high, carved in common sandstone, but in good preservation, with medal of Buddh, (Guatama,) on

his forehead like a lady’s ferroniere !—Eps,

exii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Oct. 1844.

Thomson on Heat and Electricity ; O'Shaughnessy’s Manual of Chemis-

try ; O’Shaughnessy’s Manual of Electricity ; but that he could not find

any work treating specially of Comets; and that with respect to a work

on Hindu Astronomy, it was not stated if it was a European work on that

subject or a Native one which was desired, and that he should communi-

cate with Captain Macleod on the subject. The specimens had not yet

been examined. He subsequently learned, that Messrs. Ostell and Co. had

forwarded Bentley’s Hindu Astronomy.

Read the following note from Captain Bigge, Assistant Commissioner in

Assam, accompanying the presentation to which it refers :—

Tin Coins from Pahang on E. coast of Malay Peninsula, North from Singapore ;

16 go to the dollar; and these were received from a fisherman off the mouth of the river,

in change on a purchase of fish. To coin similar monies is severely punished by mu-

tilation and death. The smaller coin is the Dutch doit from Batavia. J.B.

Read the following reports from the Librarian :—

To H. Torrens, Esa., Secretary Asiatic Society.

S1r,—I have the honour, by your direction, to report respecting the communication

on the part of our Society with the Royal lrish Academy. The Royal Irish Academy,

as appears from our MSS. Proceedings, is one of those eight Institutions, (viz. the

Royal Society of London, the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Royal Irish Academy,

Society of Antiquarians of London, Society of Antiquarians of Edinburgh, the

Linnean Society, American Philosophical Society, American Academy of Arts and

Sciences) with which the Asiatic Society, March 1800, first opened an intercourse by

sending them their Researches, and regularly transmitting them, whenever a new

volume of the Researches was published. The Royal Irish Academy presented on

their part, March 1806, a set of their Transactions, which presentation was, however,

not repeated until 1837, from which time they regularly sent their periodical publica-

tions to the Society; viz. its Transactions from vol. 17 to 19, pt. 2d, (Vide Journal

Asiatic Society, Oct. 1837, Nov. 1839 and 1841, No.116,) while I do not find in our

Proceedings that the Society since 1837 has, by way of return, forwarded any of its

publications to the Royal Irish Academy.

I avail myself of this opportunity to forward you a list of the learned institutions

which have been in communication with our Society, by sending it their publications,

so far as I have been able to ascertain this from our Proceedings.

° I have the honour to be, Sir,

2d October, 1844. Your most obedient servant,

E, Rokr.

Oct. 1844. | Proceedings of the Astatic Society. cxiii

List of the Institutions in communication with the Asiatic Society of Bengal, from

its foundation up to the present date.

A. ENGLISH SOCIETIES.

1. Linnean Society of England, from 1800—1841,

2. Geological Society of England, from 1812 to the present date.

3. Society for the Encouragement of Arts, from 1808 to the present time.

4. Astronomical Society of London, from 1822 to the present time, (regular. )

5. Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1816, (not continued.)

6. Royal Asiatic Society, 1828.

7. Horticultural Society of England, since 1822, (not regular.)

8. Royal Society of London, from 1800—1838, (regular, as it appears. )

9. Antiquarian Society of London, from 1800 to the present date, (regular.)

10. Royal Society of Antiquarians of Edinburgh, from L8vQ.

11. Agricultural Society of England, 1828.

12. Zoological Society of London, from 1833—1843, (not regular.)

13. Atheneum of Liverpool, 1834, (not continued. )

14. Society of Plymouth, 1828, (not continued.)

15. Statistical Society of London, 1838.

16. Royal Geographical Society, from 1839 to the present time, (regular. )

London Electrical Society, from 1842 to the present date, (regular, )

18. British Asseciation for the advancement of Science, 1842.

19. Edinburgh Royal Society, from 1800—1834, (not regular.)

20. Royal Irish Academy, from 1800 to the present date, (regular from 1837. )

21. Agricultural Society of Calcutta,, 1828, (irregular. )

22. Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta; 1822.

23. Bombay Royal Asiatic Branch Society.

24. Bombay Geographical Society.

25. Madras Literary Society, 1806.

—

B. OTHER EUROPEAN SOCIETIES.

26. Société de Caen, 1816, (not regular. )

27. Royal Academy of Caen, 1836, (not continued.)

28. Société Asiatique de Paris, from 1822 to the present date, (regular. )

29. Geographical Society of Paris, from 1825 to the present date, (regular. )

30. Société Royale de Bordeayx, 1828, (not continued. )

31. Royal Academy of Bordeaux, from 1833 to the present date, (regular.)

32. Academie Royale de Marseille, 1835 (not continued.)

33. Société Industrielle de Mulhausen, 1838, (irregular. )

34, Société de Physique et D’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, from 1833 to the pre-

sent date, (regular.)

35. Société Helvetique des Sciences Naturelles, 1839, (not continued. )

36. Royal Society of Copenhagen, 1816, (not continued.)

37. Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1836.

38. Batavian Society, from 1828—1833.

39. Amsterdam Koyal Institute, 1838, (not continued. )

4). Hungarian Society, 1836, (not continued. )

41. Royal Academy of Munich.

exiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844.

C. AMERICAN SOCIETIES.

42. American Academy of Arts and Sciences, from 1795 (when presenting their

memoirs. )

43. Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, from 1800 to the present date.

44, Academy of Natural Science at Philadelphia.

45. Lyceum of Natural Science of New York, 1822—1833.

46. National Institution for Promotion of Science, at Washington, 1843.

To H. Torrens, Esa. Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I beg to submit a list of the incomplete and defective works of our Library,

as a Supplement to that of the periodicals, which, on a previous occasion, I had the

honour to lay before the Society.

To facilitate the use of this list, I have made several divisions. The letter A con-

tains the works, which have not yet been completed by their authors ; B those, of which

the contents are unconnected with the immediate objects of the Society, and to com-

plete which is not of urgent necessity; while under C are classed the books of reference,

and those which bear upon the Researches of the Society. Lastly, D, includes the

works which have been presented to the Society, and the subsequent volumes of which

may be expected to be forwarded to the Library, as soon as published. Those which

are marked by an asterisk, have already been mentioned in our Proceedings for July

1843.

Should the Society decide on an ultimate completion of these works, I would beg to

suggest, firstly, that the books comprehended under C, should be completed, and that

the Librarian should be authorized to procure them in Calcutta, before the present

report is printed, as the prices of the books, if known to be wanted by the Society,

would in consequence be raised. I have the honour to be, Sir,

Asiatic Society’s Rooms, Your most obedient servant,

2nd October, 1844. E. Rogr.

List of the defective and incomplete Works, in the Library of the Asiatic Society.

126. Works of Confucius, by J. Marshman, Serampore, 1809, vol. Ist.

139. Beke’s Origines Biblice, London, 1834, 8vo. vol. Ist.

313. Arnott’s Physics, London, 1825, (2 vols.) vol. Ist and Ist part of the 2d.

534. Illustrations of Indian Botany, etc. of the Himalayan Mountains, by J. F.

Royle, vol. Ist.

English.

337. Astronomical Observations at Greenwich in 1816, by J. Pond, 1818, part of the

2d vol.

391. American Almanac for 1836, 1838, and 1839, vols. 7, 9, 10.

637. Luxmore on Strictures, Calcutta, 1814, No. 1.

662. Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, by R. Grant, published in the ‘‘ Lancet’’ for

1833-34, vol. Ist.

678. Nautical and Hydraulical Experiments, by M. Beaufoy, London 1834, vol. Ist.

780, The Farmer’s Cabinet, Philadelphia, 1840, vol. 4th.

Ocr, 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. CXV

French.

352, Histoire Céleste Frangaise, par J. de la Lande, Paris, 1801, tome ler.

362. Connaissance des temps a l’usage des Astronomes, Paris, 1760-1820, (the vols.

for the years 1795 and 1804 wanting.)

1152. (Heber’s) Voyage a Calcutta, Traduit d’ Anglais, vol, 2d.

Latin.

1593. De Rebus Britannicis Collectanea, Auct. F. Lelando, vol. 2d and 3d wanting.

English.

190a. Elements of Hindoo Law, by T. Strange, vol. Ist.

193. Digest of Mahummedan Law, by J. Baillie, Calcutta, 1805, fol. (4 vols.) vol.

Ist.

424. Outlines of the Geology of England and Wales, by W. D. Conybeare, London,

1821, part Ist.

529. Icones Plantarum Indice Orientalis, by R. Wight, Madras, 1838-39, 2 vols.

(of vol. Ist Nos. 7 and 8 wanting. )

536. Zoological Journal, London, 1835-36, 2 vols. (complete two vol. and published

at 142.)

530. Description of Malayan Plants, by W. Jack, Appendix No. 3.

543. Zoological Researches, by T. Thompson, No. 1 and 4.

047. Animal Kingdom of Cuvier, with specific descriptions by E. Griffith, etc vol.

10 wanting.

549. Illustrations of Indian Zoology, by J. E. Gray, vol. Ist and of vol. 2d parts 11,

12, 15, 20.

583. Description and Figures of 200 Fishes of the Coromandel Coast, by P. Russell,

London, 1803, vol. Ist, (complete in two vols.) published at 87. 8s.

663. The Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology, London, 1836, 2 vols. (complete

in 4 vols.)

807. Reports on the State of Education in Bengal, by W. Adam, 3d Report.

836. Memoir of the Histor. Society of Pennsylvania, 1834, vol. 3d.

879. State Papers by the Earl of Clarendon, Oxford, 1767—1786, 3 vols. (vol. 2d

wanting, )

1024. History of the Indian Archipelago, by J. Crawfurd, 3 vols. (vol. Ist want-

ing, 27. 12s.)

1535. Archzologia, vol. 17th wanting.

1545. Antiquities of Herculaneum, translated from the Italian, by T. Martyn and

J. Lattie, vol. lst, part Ist, London, 1773.

1681. Grammar of the Arabic Language, by M. Lumsden, Calcutta, 1805, fol.

vol. Ist.

1843. Dictionary of the Malay Tongue, as spoken in the Peninsula of Malacca, by

J. Horviser, London, 1801, part Ist.

1846. Dictionary of the Chinese Language, by R. Morrison, Macao, 1815, vol. 1st,

part Ist, and vol. 2d part 2d.

N. B.—This work is published in 7 vols. from 1815—1821. The original price of

which is 117, 5s. but it may now be obtained at 87. 10s.

Cxvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844,

French.

581. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. de Cuvier, (Ist vol. of plates wanting. )

1171. Voyage du Levant ou 1692, par M. Robert, (incomplete. )

1300. Voyage aux Régions Equinoctiales du Nouveau Continent, par A. de Hum-

boldt, (Atlas wanting. )

1536. Géographie, par E. Mentelle et Maltebrun, (vols. Ist, 3d, 4th, 7th and 9th

wanting. )

2086. Notices et Extracts des Manuscripts de la Bibliothéque Imperiale et au-

tres Bibliothéques, Paris, 1787—1813, (10 vols.) vol. 10th wanting.

Latin.

848. Memorize Populorum, etc. auct. F. G. Stritter, Petropoli, 1774—1779 (vol. 2d

wanting. )

897. Monumenta Germanie Historica, Ed. G. H. Pertz, Hanovere, 1826, fol.

vol. Ist.

1554. Aegyptiaca, by White, Oxford, 1801, part Ist.

1915. Lexicon Biographicum et Encyclopedicum &@ Mustafa Ben Abdalla comp.

Ed, A. Lat. Vert. G. Fliigel, Leipsig, 1837, 4to. tom. ii.

=D;

English.

358. Astronomical Observations at the Madras Observatory, by J. Goldingham,

1824—1827, vols. 3—6.

1421. India, by Rickard, 2 vols. (of vol. Ist p. 2d, and of vol. 2d pt. Ist and 2d want-

ing.)

368. Mécanique Céleste of De la Place, translated by N. Bowditch, Boston, 1829—

1839, vol. lst and 2d,

French.

* 445. Récherches sur les Poissons Fossiles, par L. Agassiz, Neuchatel, (12 livrai-

sons, ) 4, 5, 7th livraisons wanting.

» * 387. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons de l’eau douce, par L. Agassiz, Neuchatel,

fol. ler livraison.

* 1256. Jacquemont’s Voyage dans L’ Inde, (incomplete.)

N. B.—See As. S. 1836, March and Dec. where M. Guizot, on the part of the

French Government, offers to the Society those numbers of this work, which had then

appeared.

* Vendidad Sade, par E. Burnouf, 11 livraisons.

* 1495. Déscription de l’Egypt, ou Récueil des Observations et Récherches. Anti-

quites, Déscription, tome ler. |

Ditto ditto Antiquites, Mémoires, tome ler.

Ditto ditto Planches a ditto ditto tome ler.

Ditto ditto Etat Moderne, tome ler et 2d.

Ditto ditto Planches a ditto ditto

Ditto ditto Histoire Naturelle, Planches, tomes ler et 2d.

Ditto ditto Préface Historique et Avertissement, tome ler.

1976, Harriwansa, traduit by A. Langlois, 1 and 3 livraisons.

German.

948. Gemaldesaal der Lebensbeschreibungen grosser Moslemischer Herrscher ete.

v. J. vy. Hammer, Leipszig, 1837—1838,, vols. 4th and Sth.

Ocr. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Cxvii

943. Geschichte des Ormanischen Reichs v. J. v. Hammer, Pesth, 1827—1838,

vol. 3d wanting.

Report oF THE CurRAToR Museum or Economic GEoLocy, aNnD MINERALO-

GICAL AND GEOLOGICAL DEPARTMENTS, FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER.

My report for this month will be brief, for 1 have been still much engaged in Labo-

ratory arrangements, which occupy more time than | anticipated.

Mineralogical and Geological.—Learning from the Introduction to Dr. Cantor’s

Chusan Report, that he had brought some Geological specimens with him, I deemed it

my duty to make some enquiry for the collection. I learn, that it has been forwarded

by the Government to the Honorable the Court of Directors. I should suggest, how-

ever, that if there be any duplicates, or the specimens admit of division, we might per-

haps on application be favoured with a part of the collection; and nothing from a coun-

try so utterly unknown as China, can be without interest.

Dr. Rowe of the Artillery at Dum-Dum, sometime ago, forwarded me the four small

specimens now on the table: of these two are of much interest; No. 4 is a true corun-

dum, and No. 2 also is that variety of this little known stone which approaches to the

emery of Naxos. Both these are new as Bengal minerals though found in Southern

India, and Ihave written to Dr. Rowe for as exact an account of his locality as he can

give me, for the purpose of requesting any one in the neighbourhood, and especially

our active associate, Lieut. Sherwill, to investigate this spot carefully if he can visit it.

A true emery corundum might be a valuable discovery if within moderate reach of

carriage.

I now read Dr. Rowe’s letter :—

My DER Si1r,—I shall feel extremely obliged, if you will at your leisure examine

the accompanying specimens, and name them for me.

No. 1.—In indenting on the Commissariat Department for a medicine called

‘¢ Toorbut,”’ a Native substitute for Jalap,* the Commissariat Agent at this station

bought a quantity of the accompanying, which I of course detected not to be a root,

but a fossil, which on inquiry I find a Bunneea at the bazar here had obtained to

cure Rheumatism, in the Burra-bazar at Calcutta. This is all the information I can

obtain of it. I should much like to know what it is, and it has occurred to me, that

you might be able to enlighten me. Its locality of course we cannot learn. While

sending these articles, I have taken the liberty of sending three other small specimens

of rocks, picked up by myself in marching down from Benares via the Old Hazareebaug

and Bancoora route. May I ask the favor of your naming them also for me.

Dum-Dum, 8th August, 1844. J. Rowe, Surgeon, Artillery.

Upon examining this curious fossil, the first impression, looking at the stalk, is that it

must be a fruit, but 1 am inclined to think (and Dr. Wallich is so with me,) that it is

not so, but that it is a petrified Zoophyte. The regular lines upon it much resemble

those of some species of Cyathophyllum and Caryophyllum, and the articulation of the

stem which I have been fortunate enough to obtain with some specimens, reminds us

of that of some encrinites. Upon enquiry in the bazar, | find they are plentiful there ;

that they are brought by the Arab ships from Arabia, and called Huzoor el-é’hood.t

* The root of the Convolvulus Turpethum.

t More probably Huzor-al Loheid, 7, e. Loheida stones? Hence, brought from Loheida ?

CxViili Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844.

They are sold as medicine, at 6 rupees pew seer. It will be seen that amongst those

I have obtained, some have parts of the matrix adhering to them, others have buds or

gemmules, like the corallines, at their base; one has perhaps an incipient ramification

like Cyathophyllum ; another traces of a serpula adhering to it, and another the trace of

a small oyster or other shell-fish ; internally no trace of organisation isseen. Upon dis-

secting one of these in dilute muriatic acid, I find that it almost entirely dissolves, the

solution being pure carbonate of lime with traces of iron, as usual in the grey coloured

marbles. A small yellow, green residuum, in light flakey grains remains at the bottom

of the glass, and when this was examined by the usual tests, it was found to be iron with

trace of sulphur. Nothing of animal or vegetable matter, nor any siliceous spines as in

the Echinide are traceable. We may I think call this fossil, (provisionally) Loheido-

lite, which does not pronounce upon its nature.

Museum of Economic Geology.

The following letter from the Secretary to the Government of the North Western

Provinces, has been communicated to us by Government, with reference to our appli-

cation for a search for Lithographic Stones.

No. 2166.

From the Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal, to the Vice President and

Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, 27th August, 1844.

Sirx,—I am directed by the Honorable the Deputy Governor of Bengal, to transmit

copy of a letter from the Secretary to the Government of the North Western Provin-

ces, No. 733, dated the 12th instant, with its enclosures, and to request, that on the

receipt of the Lithographic Stones, therein referred to, a report as to their quality may

be forwarded to this office, for transmission to the Lieut. Governor of the N. W.

Provinces. I have the honor to be, Sir, i

Your most obedient servant,

A. TURNBULL,

Under-Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

No. 733.

From J. Thornton, Esa. Secy. to the Govt. N. W. P. Agra, to A. TuRNBULL, Esa.

Under-Secy. to the Govt. of Bengal, dated Agra, the 12th August, 1844.

Genl. Dept. N. W. P.

Sir,—I am directed to transmit to you, for submission to the Hon’ble the Deputy

Governor of Bengal, the accompanying copy of a further correspondence with Captain

Stewart, Fort Adjutant of Chunar, regarding Lithographic Stones, and to beg that

His Honor may be favored with a report on the quality of the stones which have been

sent down by that Officer to the Asiatic Society in Calcutta.

I have, &c.

Agra, the 12th August, 1844. (Signed) J. THORNTON,

‘ Secy. to the Govt. N. W. P.

Oct. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. cxix

(Copy,)

From Capt. W. M. Stewart, Fort Adjutant, Chunar, to J, THornton, Esa.

Secy. to the Govt. N. W. P. Agra, dated 27th July, 1844.

Sir,—In continuation of my letter of 20th May last, regarding the search for Litho-

graphic Stones, I have the honor to acquaint you for the information of the Honorable

the Lieutenant Governor North West Provinces, that I sent out a party to the site from

whence they had been obtained before, with the view of ascertaining whether or not

they may be obtained of better quality, by quarrying deeper into the stratum of white

lias, instead of from the surface.

A perpendicular cut 12 feet deep has been made in two places, and four specimens

of stone of different qualities have been selected and forwarded to the Secretary of the

Asiatic Society, for the purpose of being tested at the Government Lithographic Press.

They are decidedly of a firmer texture and finer quality than the surface specimen

sent to the Press of the Sudder Board at Allahabad ; but they are still much inferior to

German stone, some specimens of which were forwarded for my inspection.

It is therefore expedient to continue the search at the locality indicated by Captain

Shortreede, and as the stones forwarded by him have been found to answer for Litho-

graphic purposes, I have no doubt of ultimate success.

With the permission of the Honorable the Lieut. Governor, I should wish to avail

myself of the services of Mr. C. H. Burke, late of the Revenue Survey Department,

and now residing here as a pensioner; asmall travelling allowance of (say) 100 Rs. per

month for two months, would be sufficient for all his wants, and fully attain the object

desired. I propose detaching him, provided the permission of the Lieut. the Governor

is accorded, early in October.

1 have the honor to forward for counter-signature, a contingent bill in duplicate

for expences incurred in the late operations.

I have, &c.

Chunar, the 27th July 1844. (Signed) W. M. Stewart, Captain,

Fort Adjutant, Chunar.

(Copy.)

No. 731.

From J. Tuornton, Esa., Secretary to the Government North Western Provinces,

Agra, to Captain W. M. Stewart, Fort Adjutant, Chunar, dated Agra, the

12th August, 1844.

General Department N. W. P.

Sir,—l am directed to acknowledge the ‘receipt of your letter of the 27th ultimo,

regarding the specimens of Lithographic Stones dispatched to the Asiatic Society in

Calcutta, for the purpose of being tested at the Government Lithographic Press.

2. In reply I am desired to convey to you His Honor’s thanks, for the exertions you

are making as regards the desired investigation.

3. His Honor is pleased to authorize you to pay Mr. Burke, the individual you

propose to employ in the search for Lithographic Stones, a sum not exceeding 200 ru-

pees for the trip which he will make on this duty, at such times and in such amounts

as you may think best; but this sum is not to be considered a monthly allowance,

which is always likely to cause unnecessary protraction of an enquiry.

CXx Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Ocr. 1844,

4. The Lieutenant Governor has been pleased to pass the bill submitted by you for

the expense already incurred in quarrying for stones, amounting to Rupees 128: 10;

the bill in question has been sent to the Civil Auditor, who will return it to you duly

audited, and the Accountant N. W. P. will be requested to instruct the Collector of

Mirzapore to pay the amount to your order.

Ihave, &c.

Agra, the 12th August, 1844. (Signed) J. THoRNToN,

Secretary to the Government N. W. P.

The report on the Stones sent down has not yet been received.

Ordered—That the reports be printed, that the Secretary be requested to

renew the Society’s correspondence with the Royal Irish Academy, and

that the deficient works be completed as soon as practicable.

For all the foregoing presentations and communications the best thanks

of the Society were voted.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of Novemprr, 1844.

The stated monthly meeting was held on Wednesday evening, the 6th

November.

Charles Huffnagle, Esq. the senior member of the Committee of Papers,

present, in the chair.

It was stated to the meeting by the Secretary that, as arranged at the

last meeting, a deputation from the Society had waited on the Honourable

the Governor General to announce to him his election as President.

The deputation consisted of the Honourable Sir John Grant and Sir

Henry Seton, Vice-Presidents, the’ members of the Committee of Papers,

the Secretary, and a number of members of the Society. Sir John Grant,

Vice-President, informed the R. H. the Governor General of his elec-

tion, observing, that the honorable post of our President had been filled

by certain of his predecessors in the Viceroyalty of India, and that the So-

ciety feel assured that it would be grateful to a public man so deeply in-

terested as was our present Governor General in the prosperity of this

country, to find himself in a position to foster and superintend the pro-

ceedings of a Society, the object of which had long been the elucidation

of its resources, and the better knowledge of its history, natural productions,

literature, and antiquities.

The R. H. the Governor General replied: That he received the intimation

of his election with feelings of gratification ; that the Society was not mis-

taken in concluding that he was warmly interested in its proceedings, and

that he accepted, with the expression of his thanks, the office of its Presi-

dent. He added, that the great press of business which his public duties

necessarily induced, must he feared deprive him of the power of attend-

ing to his presidential functions with that degree of attention which he

would otherwise have desired to give to them; but that in so far as was

possible to him, he would personally superintend the labours of the Society,

Cxxii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. LNov. 1844.

and at all times and occasions do his utmost to further their progress,

and to enhance the welfare and prosperity of so long established and so

highly respected an institution.

The following gentlemen proposed at the last meeting, were ballotted for

and declared duly elected :—

T. R. Davidson, Esq. C. S. Capt. Marshall, B. N. I.

Allan Gilmore, Esq. J. Borrodaile, Esq.

J. P. Mackilligin, Esq.

And the following new members were proposed :—

J. Alexander, Esq. C. S. proposed by C. B. Trevor, Esq. C. S. and se-

conded by the Secretary.

J. Furlong, Esq. proposed by the Secretary, seconded by Robert W.

Frith, Esq.

The following list of books presented and purchased was read :—

Books received for the meeting of the Asiatic Society on the 6th November, 1844.

Books presented and exchanged.

1. Meteorological Register for the month of September. From the Surveyor

General’s Office.

2. Oriental Christian Spectator, Vol. V. No. 10. October, 1844. Bombay.—By

the Editor.

3. Calcutta Christian Observer, Vol. XIII, Nos. 149-50. October and November,

1844. By the Editor.

4. Calcutta Journal of Natural History, etc., By J. M’Clelland and W. Griffith,

No. 18. By the Editors.

5. London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 189-161, for

April to June, 1844. By the Editors.

6. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, by Jameson, No, 72. April, 1844, By

the Editor.

7. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy for the year, 1842-43. Part 7.

Dublin, 1844. By the R.I. A.

8. Report of the 13th Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of

Science, 1843. By the Association.

9. The Atheneum, Nos, 875-879, per August 1844.

Books Purchased.

10. Journal Asiatique, Nos. 10-12.

11. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. de Cuvier et. M. A. Valenciennes ;

tome xvii. 68. Paris. 1844,

Noy. 1844.} Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Cxxili

12, D. D. Planches, Nos. 471-496.

13. Journal des Savans, January to May 1844.

14, History of Rome, by B. C. Niebuhr, edited by L. Smitz, London 1844. Vols.

3 and 4.

Read the following letter from Government :—

No. 684 of 1844.

From the Secretary to the Government of India, to He Torrens, Esq., Vice-President and

Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, the 10th October 1844,

Foreign Department—Secret.

Str.—I am directed by the Governor General in Council to transmit, for such

notice as the Society may deem them to merit, the accompanying ‘‘ Notes on the

Commerce, Revenue and Military resources of the Punjaub, taken in 1837,’’ and fur-

nished to Government by Major R. Leech, C.B.

2. You will be pleased to return the original Report when the Society has no

further occasion for it.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Fort William, the 10th October, 1844. J. Currie,

Secy. to the Govt. of India.

The MSS. being a foolscap sized volume of some thickness, contain-

ing much interesting statistical matter, it was, after some conversation,

proposed by the President, and seconded by Dr. Mouat, that the book be

circulated to the Members of the Committee of Papers for suggestions. as

to selecting portions for publication.

Read the following letter from Government :—

No. 2640 of 1844,

From J. Currie, Esq. Secretary to the Government of India, to the Secretary Asiatic

Society, dated Fort William, 19th October, 1844,

Foreign Department.

Sir,—TI have the honor to transmit, for such notice as the Society may think theny

to deserve, the accompanying copy of a report by Captain Brodie of his Your in the

Western Naga Hills, and also copy of one by Mr. Masters on the Botany of those

hills.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

J. Currie,

Fort William, the 19th October, 1844. Secretary to Govt. of India.

Resolved—That the papers be circulated to the Committee of Papers.

Cxxiv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1844.

Read a letter from Lieut. J. Latter, B. N. I. addressed to the Secretary,

on the subject of the Bhuddist Coin sent round by Captain MacLeod, from

Moulmein, which was referred to the Editors for publication in the

Journal.

Read extracts of letters from Major T. B. Jervis, Regent’s Park, accom-

panying some new and very beautiful specimens of Lithography and Gly-

phography, as follows :—

I enclose in this packet a specimen of my Lithographic press, ‘‘ Argemone Mexi-

cana,’”’ copied out of Wight’s Flora, a most splendid specimen of art, and am in

treaty to do all the plates for the London Royal Asiatic Society. I have spoken

to Wilson, with whom I am on intimate terms, to arrange with your Society for

the plates of the Asiatic Journal and Society, and any embellishments you may ree

quire, which I will execute at my Amateur press rather cheaper and quicker than

you can get them done in Calcutta or England. If you approve of them, I shall be

obliged by your giving these specimens as much publicity as possible, and shall be

glad if I can do any thing to forward the cause of science in India. If you would

communicate with my brother, Col. Geo. Jervis, chief Engineer in Bombay, I have

no doubt you would get contributions from that quarter, and he would tell you ex-

actly the cost of all that I have sent’ out to him, and to yourself. More beautiful

lithography than that of the flower, you have never seen, and the probability is that

an immense accession of information would flow in from all quarters, if only parties

could get their illustrations accurately and cheaply lithographed.

I should be happy if you would refer to my brother for some most curious and

valuable specimens forwarded to him of the application of Lithography to cheques,

passes, receipts, &c. applicable to the Salt, Opium, and other such departments.—

Papers and documents so prepared, would never be imitated, or admit of erasures

without detection.

T ask your kind excuse for this brief and plain address, and should be most happy,

if 1 could in any way express the obligation under which you have laid us.

Yours very truly,

(Signed) F. B. Jervis,

Observations of the Comparative use and merit of the various kinds of Artistical

Illustration, by Major T. B. Jervis, F.R.S.

Tue art of Printing has materially contributed, in the designs of Providence, to the

civilization of the world, and to the promotion of the gospel; in fulfilment of which

objects we hail every improvement in this so simple and ready means of communica-

ting our thoughts and experience to others :—yet how much, that is instructive and

valuable, escapes the power_of the pen! how many lovely tints, how many undefin-

Nov. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXV

able forms, and arrangements, defy description! the disposition of the fleecy cloud,

the rich array of floral hues and symmetry, do but mock our imperfect conceptions of

nature. Failing to give endurance to them by any descriptive process,—the art of

Printing is confessedly incomplete; yet, the artist’s skill is limited, and can only

be imparted through the medium of other contrivances. Engraving, as a means

of communicating and multiplying such artistical skill, is justly appreciated as a

necessary adjunct to Printing, and has now been brought to a high state of perfection

in England.

The impulse which has been given to every discovery, in the progress of events, for

the last fifty years, and the long interval of peace, have operated mightily on all those

branches which are in any way connected with chemistry, and our artists have not

been slow to perceive that the strictest adherence to the symmetry of nature, to fact, to

beauty, and to taste, are as intimately connected with the arts of design as a regard to

the niceties of manipulation to practical success.

The earliest and rudest process of Wood-cutting was admitted to possess a high de-

gree of usefulness—how short it falls of the art as now practised! and yet, perhaps,

those very rude specimens were often as costly, in bygone days, as some of the wood-

cuts introduced, by way of embellishment, into many elaborate publications of the

present time: the wood-cuts, for instance, in Loudon’s works on gardening and agri-

culture. How exquisitely beautiful, also, are many of the little woodcuts in children’s

books, those of the Tract Society, for example, on special objects of Natural history.

Do not such lend a fascination to the inculcation of right principles, and smooth the

old rough paths of education; the eye of the teacher, or the parent, rests sweetly on

them ; yet far more delightfully the eye of the little ones—and the object is nobly and

simply gained. Ata single glance, without an effort, what would be otherwise inade-

quately attempted, and imperfectly employed, is pictorially communicated with every

advantage.

The art of Copper-plate engraving was chiefly promoted as a substitute for wood-

cuts, by the eminent artists of the Italian school, who condescended to throw all the

weight of their lofty mind and talent into the scale, and thus conferred on this art a

character, which to this day, it has not yet acquired in Britain. Where, indeed, do

We see persons thus occupied, though remarkable for their proficiency in design,

admitted to a place in society, as persons entitled by taste, and their proper art, to the

same consideration as the painter and the poet? We have been too much accustomed,

hitherto, to treat this as a purely mechanical business.

Engraving on steel, as a further step to the multiplication of illustrations, has its ad-

vantages and disadvantages. A copper-plate engraving is subject to wear out, after a

comparatively limited number of impressions. After some two or three thousand, the

best engraving on copper is sensibly deteriorated: then, on the other hand, it can be

retouched, alterations may be introduced, and these with greater ease and less expense

than is supposed. But the steel engraving cannot be altered; nevertheless, it is sharp-

er, cleaner, and more durable; and will admit, with proper care, of an indefinite

number of impressions. For maps, copper-plate engraving is unquestionably to be

preferred to steel engraving. For line engraving, perhaps on the whole, steel is to be

preferred.

Then there are Mezzotint, Aquatint, and various other similar processes fitted

principally for historical subjects, or portraits, of which it is sufficient to say, they

CXXVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1844.

have all their respective merits when restricted to their respective proper objects ; and

then only, when committed to competent artists. A bad engraving reflects, now-a-

days not so much discredit on the artist, as the party who employs him; because the

highest degree of excellence, and finish, and taste, can now be attained with suffi-

cient,—nay, we speak truly,—a very moderate remuneration for time. I1f such folks

will have cheap work, they may overreach themselves, and for a while impose upon

the public, while they, in fact, keep back the true interests of their country, and of

knowledge; but let them be well advised, that we are all on the advance, and other

modes will supersede these expedients, and place the meritorious talent of the en-

graver beyond their sordid reach.

It would seem, in adverting to the period when Printing and other kindred inven-

tions were brought to light, that the Allwise Disposer had then his great design of the

more extensive communication of the Gospel principally in view. At least we love to

consider every event as so happily falling out, and concurring to His praise in the ex-

ercise of His sovereign love. it was at the commencement of a late and glorious

revolution in the arts and sciences, when the mighty power of steam was summoned to

co-oporate with human industry and intelligence, that Lithography came also in aid

of those oriental languages which do not admit of their being so readily, or correctly,

expressed in moveable metal type. Look, for instance, at the Chinese, the Persian,

Arabic, Mandchi, and various characters of India and the Eastern Archipelago: these,

without one exception, could never be so elegantly or exactly printed by moveable

metal types; and have, in every such attempt, a certain formality and rudeness, com-

parable only by the relative elegance of a very fine woodcut from the hands of a

modern artist, and one of the coarse woodcuts of the earliest school: but besides these,

there are a great variety of subjects where softness, beauty, and, more than all, where

economy is specially desirable, to which Lithography is particularly adapted. It yet

remains to be seen how much more extensively this elegant and purely chemical pro-

cess, as it may be called, can yet be brought; and in the performance of this, we do

not hesitate to affirm also, that there is no reasonable limit to the true representation of

the most exquisite and complicated works of nature and art. For maps ofa superior

kind, there can be no question that lithography is peculiarly fitted. Good impressions

may be taken, with proper care, to the extent of some two thousand; and an unlimited

number of impressions at second-hand, by transfers from the original, or from copper-

plate engravings.

For a very great variety of illustrations, botanical drawings, and landscapes, Litho-

graphy possesses greater facilities and recommendations, in all cases where the

number required is not great, than copper-plate engraving, woodcuts, or another

remarkable art, of which we are about to speak—Glyphography ; that is, ceeteris

paribus, the cost, number of impressions, and excellence of execution, all taken into

account, Lithography is best suited, when the number of impressions does not exceed

five hundred, or one thousand; and the chalk lithographic drawings are evidently in

all cases more true to nature than aquatint, or stippled engraving on copper or steel.

But the crowning process is GLYPHOGRAPHY, an art for which we are indebted

to the ingenuity of Mr. Edward Palmer, whose attention had been early directed to

other methods of multiplying engravings by the Electrotype process. Here is a sim-

ple, efficacious, and universal method of perpetuating recollections, facts, and ideas ;

possessing at the same time some peculiar recommendations to public notice; in its

Nov. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXVii

comparative cheapness, the readiness with which it can be carried on, the high degree

of perfection to which it may be brought, in the hands of competent persons; its gene-

ral applicability ; lastly, and principally, that it is an art which requires very little

study or instruction.

With these prefatory remarks we invite attention to the specimens now submitted,

and to the volume published by Mr. Palmer, price 4rs., trusting that these will find

many admirers in India and China; and this valuable art meet with every encourage-

ment from the Government, and the community, European and Native. Further in-

formation may be had on application to Major T. B. Jervis, who is appointed sole

agent for Mr. Edward Palmer, for India and China. A small volume, descriptive of

Glyphography, is now before the public—and with these particulars they have like-

wise an opportunity of estimating with tolerable exactness the cost of any other work

by the expense of such specimens: as of those also in Lithography and Engraving, by

similar illustrations of various kinds.

Referred to the Committee of Papers for communication with Major Jervis.

Read the following extract from a letter addressed to the Sub-Secretary

by Lieut. Baird Smith, B. E. Delhi Canal Department.

I have had an interesting discovery lately in a second submerged town or village,

about two miles below Behut, in the bed of the Muskurra river, one of the mountain

torrents that drain the tract of country at the base of the lower Himalayan range, I

have got a number of coins, household utensils, mill stones, silver bangles, and many

other things from the spot. These articles were found about 6 feet beneath the surface

of the ground, and were exposed in consequence of the Muskurra changing its course,

and cutting away its bed and banks toa considerable depth. 1 am told that a large

quantity of jewellery and much silver coin were discovered by people who now con-

ceal them. 1 intend to extend the excavations, and to take measures for securing

what may then be discovered. The coins I have obtained are of silver and copper, in

excellent preservation and of Mahommedan types. Those found at Behut, were gener-

ally of pure Hindoo character, and this latter place has evidently been buried at a

much earlier date than the one now discovered. I have no doubt that farther examin-

ation of the locality will lead to results of interest. Ifso, I may put them in form,

and send them to you.

21st August, 1844. BairpD SMITH.

_ The Secretary was authorised to address Lieut. Smith, to know what the

extent of work in the buried village might be, and as to the probable cost

of the whole, with a view to the Society’s taking a share in what might be

found. }

Read extract of a letter from E. H. Lushington, Esq. C. S. addressed to

the Secretary.

I send you a stone on which are cut some Arabic letters, but which neither I or any

one in the neigbourhood can decypher.

Cxxvili Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1844.

Should you discover that the stone contains matter of no greater import than the one

discovered by Mr. Pickwick, you must forgive me on the score of ignorance.

Should however, the contrary be the case, I shall have much pleasure in sending

the Society by the first opportunity some more slabs, &c. which were shewn me

buried in the earth near a village, about 12 miles hence. The village is full of old

temples, &c, and I shot a snake near one of them, upwards of 17 feet long, but I

regret than its skin was so much injured as not to be worth the keeping.

Jessore, Monday 30th. Epwarp H. LUSHINGTON.

The inscription consists of excerpts from the third chapter of the

Koran, called the Imran, selected, as the Secretary observed, with special

reference to the character of the majority of the early frequenters of

the mosque in which it must have been placed, who as new converts to

Islamism, are exhorted by texts declaratory of the corrupting influence of

idol worship, declarations of the Majesty and power of the one God, and

denunciations against unbelievers, to avoid relapsing into religious error.

A copy was ordered to be sent to Mr. Lushington, with the best thanks of

the Society.

Read the following letter from Dr. McGowan, of the Ningpho Hospital,

with a translation of the impression taken from one of the compartments

of the great bell presented to the Bishop of Calcutta by Captain Warden,

see Journal Asiatic Society, Proceedings for May 1844.

The Secretary remarked upon the curious ‘evidence given in the lists of

titles, offices, and distinctions thus perpetuated in metal, of the high value

attached by the Chinese to honorary distinctions for literary and official

merits.

H. Torrens, Esa., V. P. Asiatic Society of Bengal, &c.

Dear Str,—I send the accompanying Translation for the Bengal Asiatic Society,

regretting that it is not of greater value.

Should the Society send me the remainder of the inscription on the Bell, so that

it will reach me without a heavy postage, J shall feel happy in furnishing them a

complete translation.

Willing to promote the great objects of this parent institution as far as I can in

this remote theatre of its operations,

1 remain,

Your’s truly,

Hongkong, 29th August, 1844. D. J. MacGowan.

Nov, 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXxix

Translation of a Portion of the Inscription on the Ningpo Bell at Calcutta, by D. J.

Maccowan, M. D. of the Missionary Hospital at Ningpo.

Dr. Macgowan presents his compliments to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and begs

their acceptance of the subjoined translation of the inscription (kindly furnished

him by its Secretaries, ) copied from the Chinese bell from Ningpo, now in Calcutta.

Dr. Macgowan regrets that the portion copied should have been merely a list of

the principal Mandarins of the district, with a list of the subscribers who contribu-

ted money for the casting of this, the principal ornament of one of their splendid

temples.

The remaining portion of the inscription is doubtless of a religious character,

though it may contain passages of historical interest, as bells are the only ancient

monuments the Chinese possess,

Should the Asiatic Society desire a complete translation of the inscription, Dr. M.

will be happy to accede to their request:

Translation.

‘« Wangson, Judge of Chekeang, inspector of Ningpo, Shadu Shing—Tacchoo,

superintendent of customs and overseer at Tungling raised one step, and recorded

seven times.

*‘ Sickchaun, Acting Judge of Chickeang, inspector of Ningpo, Shadu Shing and

Toechow, acting receiver of customs, and prefect of Ningpo, twice.

‘* Leongkemfuh, Marine Magistrate of Ningpo, Portmaster, Assistant Prefect re-

siding at Taetsung, raised one step.

‘‘ Chowcheying, Salt Inspector of Ningpo district, and assistant in the Hydraulic

department.

** Footan, by Imperial appointment, assistant prefect and Magistrate at the Kin

country in Ningpo district, raised three steps and recorded three times.

«‘ Chinymuhang, a graduate of the first degree and Professor.

** Chukwongue, instructor of the Ningpo College, raised one step and twice

recorded.”

The three sons of Wootingseang, of the Hongchoo foundry, made the bell (date

not on this part of the inscription.)

Subscribers’ Names.

‘‘ Wangueiching, Letingsieang, Kaduteen Seeng, Legeseih, Weishetow, Chinche-

thon, Lemkiashoon, Kwongheongtring, Lepengson, Sinchoonping, Chinkaemhuy,

Chinchesen, Choe Choonuchug, Linkinunch, Lekoetoes, Lenkengans Chinyungseih

Chinkeho, Leahynensih, Langheanyut, Chingpangpoou, Gomyongchow, Weiuchuy-

kmo, Tenshoow, Wongwhongmong, Linpintro, Wootoque, Chinchousee, Chin-

keangshan, T'sangpongshe, Chonghunping, Tangpihdung, Henlungshun, Wang-

monghd, Modurhepa, Taytajin Tungmanghe, Chingmankmang,

*« All the Buddhas through all ages.”’

Resolved—That the whole of the inscription be taken off, and sent

for translation and subsequent publication in the Journal.

CXXX Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Nov. 1844.

Read a letter from Captain Newbold, M. N. I. Asst. Commr. Kurnool,

Madras Territory, accompanying a note on the Ajaib ub Muklukhat.

This curious and interesting paper was referred to the Editors of the

Journal for early publication, that it may have also the advantage of

Dr. Sprenger’s comments.

Read the following letter from J. Marshman, Esq. Serampore, to the

Sub-Secretary.

H. Pippineton, Esa.

My pear S1r,—I annex to this note an extract of a letter I have just received

from Mr. Burgess, an American Missionary at Ahmedabad. He has begun in good

earnest the pursuit of Oriental literature. Could you assist him to a copy of the

number he requires, the value of which I shall be most happy to remit to the book-

seller, He also asks me whether the Journal is taken in by the Oriental Society,

lately established in Boston, and indeed whether a single copy is sent to America.

He also adds, that it is strange not a copy can be procured at Bombay.

JoHN MarsHMan.

‘* Shall I be pardoned in asking you to procure for me, or perhaps send this note to

‘ the proper agent who will despatch tome a Number of the Asiatic Journal published

in Calcutta, containing a list of Sanscrit words, which correspond with Greek and

Latin words, &c. (I do not know the title of the article or the No. of the Journal in

which it is found, ) which I think has been printed during a year past. I have under-

stood that a more extensive comparative list of Sanscrit words with other Languages,

has lately been published, and if possible I wish to procure it.”’

The No. of the Journal was ordered to be supplied for Mr. Burgess,

and that arrangements should be made to supply the Journal to persons

desirous of purchasing it on that side of India.

Read the following letters from J. S. Owen, Esq. accompanying the dif-

ferent specimens to which they refer.

H. Torrens, Esq., Secretary Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I have the pleasure to forward for the Society’s inspection and acceptance,

a few nuts of a new species of Areca catechu (palm,) just arrived from the Naga

hills.

Calcutta 29th October, 1844. JoHN OWEN.

H. Torrens, Esa., Secretary Asiatic Society.

My pear Sir,—I beg to hand you for the Society’s inspection and acceptance,

some juice from the “ Ficus elastica,’’ of the Naga hills, which has just arrived from

that quarter. I am inclined to think it will be found of a very superior quality.

Noy. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXXxi

Also some juice from the Mackoi, (Assamese) or Messua Ferrea, Linn. The

difference in color is solely attributable to age, the transparent piece being of young

exudation, and the more dark one, is 1 should say of about three years growth.

JoHN OWEN.

To H. Torrens, Esqa., Secretary Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I have the pleasure to send you some musters of the most valuable barks

with portions of wood attached to each.

They are from the Naga hills, and I much regret that more have not arrived.

26th October, 1844. 12, Chowringhee. JOHN OWEN.

With the thanks of the Society to Mr. Owen, a request was ordered to

be made to him for some account of the properties of the various articles.

Read the following note from Captain Bogle, Commissioner Arracan,

accompanying the specimens to which it refers.

I have the pleasure to send you per ‘¢ Amherst,”’ for the Asiatic Society, a piece of

Teak wood cut inthe Forests of Arracan!! also a packet of Hill people’s clothes.

I regret 1 have not time to write fully about them to-day, but I will do so by dak ina

day or two, mean time this will suffice to let you know that these things are in

the ‘* Amherst’’ for you.

A. BoGLe.

Akyab, 22d August, 1844.

Two plaster casts of Fossil Tympani of Whales, taken by the Rev. Pro-

fessor Henslow from the Suffolk Crag formation at Felixstow, were pre-

sented by Captain Kittoe, B. N. I.

The Curator, Geological and Mineralogical department, being only con-

valescent from a severe illness, had been unable to prepare any report for

this month.

For all the above presentations and contributions, the best thanks of the

Society were accorded.

Tiss Dio onc hokpars oN

1 me a

* ot ae : 4

Maks bs ac < ‘ RMT Bs TL mA ian)

; : \. ) Se ;

: « i Vu ei enurey? ii vite bit atfs

by \ “2 ae A P a be tn RR

: * ( Pt } » rly i Ridad oiteil out

wool ich wR 25 aoe midds i br

: ar ee:

| cob. ik. ay nity puhilh F

' j

’ “.

y : - a

]

Hi io GhT VAD ati “Fold tar wal pad

Lf r ' 44 } , a

7 ay ‘

y' ¥

; ey} a" tis

cv \ oh

A :

v ,

aA,

“4!

* Ss

a’ r r

Fr’ i '

haa:

a . a

. Na)

J . * of a

a ey

f nt

« i) New ae

‘ L ‘ *- ed

PANS 1 Wr hese

ein a ‘ ew ne

A ee ’

® aia

‘=

‘ a

. ’

Proceedings af the Asiatie Society, for the month of Decrmper, 1844.

The monthly Meeting, which had been unavoidably postponed, was held on

Tuesday evening, the 17th December, 1844.

The Rev. J. Heberlin, in the Chair.

The following members proposed at the last meeting were ballotted for and

declared duly elected :—

Jas. Alexander, Esq. C. S. Jas. Furlong, Esq. Mulnauth Factory.

And the following gentlemen were proposed as Members :—

F. Boutros, Esq. Principal of the Dehli College, proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw,

Esq. C. S., and seconded by W. C, Quintin, Esq. C. S..-

A, Christopher, Esq. of LaMartiniere, proposed by Major General Hodgson, and

seconded by H. Torrens, Esq.

Lewin Bentham Bowring, Esq. C. 8., proposed by Major General Hodgson, and

seconded by H. Torrens, Esq.

E. Blyth, Esq. Zoological Curator, Associate Member, proposed by H. Torrens,

Esq., and seconded by H. Piddington, Esq.

John Ward, Esq. Messrs. Jessop and Co. Civil Engineer, proposed by Lieut.

Col. Forbes, B. E., and seconded by Captain Goodwyn, B. E.

A. W. Steart, Esq. B. M. S.,* proposed by George Hill, Esq., and seconded by

H, Torrens, Esq.

Read the following list of books presented and purchased :—

Books received for the Meeting of the Asiatic Society, Tuesday 17th December, 1844.

Books Presented.

1. The Horn Book of Storms for the Indian and China Seas, by H. Piddington,

from the author.

2. Notes on the Naga Tribes in Communication with Assam, by John Owen, by

the author.

8. Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes, herausgegeben von Christian

Lassen. Sechsten Bandes Erstes Heft 1844. By the author.

* Memorandum.—In the case of this gentleman who was on the point of embarking for Europe,

it was proposed to proceed immediately to ballot but the sense of the Members present, being

decidedly against such an innovation on the established rule the proposal fell to the ground,

a's

CXXXiV Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ Dec. 1844.

4. Calcutta Journal of Nat. History by Je McClelland, Bengal Medical Service,

2 Nos. 16 and 18 for January and July 1844, and a Complete set in exchange for the

Journal of the Society, from the date of the Commencement of the Journal of Natural

History.

5. Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol. iii, part ii,

by the Society.

6. Calcutta Christian Observer for December 1844, by the Editor.

7. Supplement Calcutta Christian Observer, by the Editor

8. The Oriental Christian Spectator, November 1844, by the Editor.

9. The Palms of British East India, by Dr. Griffith.

10. Proceedings of the Royal Society for

1838 Nos. 31 to 36.

1839 » 9/7 tol.

1840-41 ,, 42 to 46.

142 ~ *" 47 to 35.

1843.—s,,_-—«<97 to 58

11. Proceedings of the Calcutta School Book Society. Reports 1st to 10th and 12th,

by the Rev. Mr. Long.

12. Description of some nondescript insects from Assam, by the author, W. Griffith,

Esq. M. M. S. 2 copies.

13. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London from 1838 to 1843,

6 vols. and part I of 1844, by the Society.

14. The Royal Society for November 1841, and November 1843, by the Society.

15. Meteorological Register, kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for

October and November 1844.

Books Purchased.

16, Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by J. C. Prichard, vol. 4.

17. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including Zoology, Botany, and

Geology, vol. 14, Nos. 90 and 91.

18. Journal Des Savans, August, 1844.

19. The Atheneum for September 14th, 21st and 28th, 1844.

20. The History of Etruria, by Mrs. H. Gray part I.

21. A Manual of Ancient History. Translated from the German of A. H. L. Heeren.

22, Geography of Arabia, by G. Foster, 2 vols.

28, Classical Museum, Nos. 2, 3, 4 and 5.

Read the following letters from the Society’s London Agents and booksellers :— :

To H. PippineTon, Esq. Secretary of the Asiatic Society Calcutta.

Str,—We have the pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the Mh

July, enclosing a bill of lading for a case of books shipped on board the Lady Flor sa

Hastings for the Asiatic Society of Paris. On the arrival of the vessel the case shall

be forwarded to to the Society agreeably to your instructions.

London, 10th September, 1844. Wo. H. ALLEN & Co,

Dec. 1844. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXXV

To H. Torrens, Esq. &c, &c. &c. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

Sir,—We have the pleasure to advise you of our having forwarded by the ship

** Tudor,’’ to your address, care of Messrs. Ostell and Lepage, a case of Books for the

Society which has been received from Trinity College, Dublin, with a request that it

might be forwarded to the Asiatic Society by an early opportunity. We have no

doubt you will have heard from Trinity College, respecting the same ere this.

By the same ship we have likewise forwarded to your address a small box contain-

ing shells, &c. which are presented to the Society by Dr. Vandem Busch of Bremen.

The Dr. will be much obliged by your acknowledging the same. We have paid

fifteen shillings, expences on the box from Bremen, which we shall charge in our ac-

count.

Messrs. Ostell and Co. have been requested to deliver the cases to the Society as

soon as they reach them.

London, 2d September, 1844.

Wn. H. ALLEN, AND Co.

An application having been made by Mr. H. M. Smith, the artist employed in

reducing and lithographing the fine coloured map of thé Nerbudda river, which ap-

peared in No. 153 0f the Journal, for a small gratuity above his contract, on the

ground that the work had been more difficult and costly than he at first expected,

and some difference of opinion having arisen in the Committee of Papers, as to the

propriety of according this increase, it was referred to the Society, who voted Mr.

Smith a gratuity of 25 rupees above the amount of his bill.

Read letter from the Officiating Secretary to the Government of India :—

No. 588.

From T. R. Davipson, Esg. Officiating Secretary to the Government of India, to

H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society, dated the 30th

November 1844.

Home Department.

Sir,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the Ilth Instant,

with its enclosure, and to communicate the desire of the Right Hon’ble the Governor

General in Council, that the Asiatic Society will be good enough to forward to this

Department 25 copies of the Memoir* therein referred to.

Fort William, the 30th Nov, 1844.

' T. R. Davipson,

Offig. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

From the Secretary of the Military Board :—

No. 3,904.

To H. Torrens, Esg. Vice-President and Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I am directed by the Military Board to acknowledge the receipt of your

letter dated the 6th current, and to state that application should be addressed to

* On the navigation of the Nerbuddah river with a map, see Journal No, 1833. One hundred’

copies were also forwarded for the Government of the N. W. P.

CXXXVi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1844.

Government for Lieut. Yule’s papers on the Coal Formations at Cheera Poonjee, as

without previous sanction, the Board are not at liberty to grant copies (or originals)

of any public documents.

2. The Board desire me to express their thanks for the very polite and liberal offer

of the map and memoir of the course of the Nerbudda, by Lieut. Shakespear, and re-

quest to be favoured with 6 copies, ifso many can be conveniently spared.

Fort William, Military Board

Office, 25th October, 1844. J. GREEN, Secretary.

From the Secretary to the Government of North West Provinces :—

No. 901.

From A. Suakespnar, Esq. Asst. Secy. to the Government N. W. P. Agra, to H.

Torrens, Esq. Secy. Asiatic Society Calcutta, dated Agra, the 2d Oct. 1844.

Genl. Depart. N. W. P.

Sir,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 10th ultimo,

and to state that His Honor will be glad to receive 100 spare copies of the Note on

the Nerbuddah, and of the map of that river at the cost price.*

Agra, the 2d Oct. 1844. A. SHAKESPEAR.

Asst. Secy. to the Govt. N. W. P.

No. 1031.

From A. SHAKESPEAR, Esq. Asst. Secy. to Govt. N. W. P., to the Secy. Asiatic So-

ciety, Calcutta, dated the dth Nov. 1844.

Gen]. Depart.

Sir,—I am desired to place at the disposal of the Asiatic Society for publication

in their Journal, the accompanying ‘‘ Notes on the subject of the Kamaon, and Ro-

hilcund Turaee,’’ compiled by J. H. Batten, Esq. Senior Assistant Commissioner,

Kamaon proper.

Agra, the 5th Nov. 1844. A. SHAKESPEAR,

Asst. Secy. to Govt. N. W. P.

From the Secretary to the Government of India :—

No. 792, of 1844.

From F. Curriz, Esq. Secy. to the Govt, of India, to the Secy. to the Asiatic So-

ciety, dated Fort William, the 9th Nov. 1844.

Foreign Depart Secret.

Sir,—By direction of the Governor General in Council, I have the honor to trans-

mit to you for such notice as the Society may deem them to merit, the accompanying

papers received from Major R. Leech, C. B. containing information of certain coun-

tries little known to Europeans, lying beyond the Indus and Cabool rivers.

2. You will be pleased to return the original papers when no longer required.

Fort William, the 9th Nov, 1844. F. Currigz,

Secy. to the Govt. of India.

* No charge is made by the Society for these returns for the courtesy of Government, the Society

considering it as one of its first duties to aid as much as possible in all matters connected with the

public service or the diffusion of knowledge,—xbs.

Dec. 1844. } Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXXVii

No. 802 of 1844.

From F, Currie, Esq. Secy. to the Govt. of India, to H. Torrens, Esq. Secy. to

the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, the 16th Nov. 1844.

Foreign Depart. Secret.

Sir,—I am directed by the Governor General in Council to transmit to you, for

such notice as the Society may deem them to merit, the accompanying papers receiv-

ed from Major R. Leech, C. B. containing information regarding the Hazarehs and

the early Ghilzaees.

2. You will be pleased to return the original documents for Record in this office

when no longer required.

Fort William, the 19th Nov. 1844. F. Currisz,

Secy. to the Govt, of India.

From the Under-Secretary to the Government of India: —

No. 805, of 1844. :

From W. Epwarops, Esg. under Secy. to the Govt. of India, to H. Torrens, Esq.

Secy. to the Asiatic Society, dated Fort William, the 16th Nov, 1844.

Foreign Depart Secret.

S1r,—l am directed by the Right Hon’ble the Governor General in Council, to

transmit to you, for such notice as the Asiatic Society, may deem them to merit, the

accompanying papers received from Major R. Leech, C. B. containing an account of

the early Abdhalees, and notes on the religion of the Sikhs.

2. You will be pleased to return these documents for record in this office when no

longer required.

Fort William, the 16th Nov. 1844, W. Epwarps,

Under Secy. to the Govt. of India.

The papers received from Government with the foregoing communications were

referred to the Editors of the Journal for publication or extracts.

Read the following memorandum by the Sub-Secretary :—

Memorandum.

In a letter to the Sub-secretary of August last, the Right Hon’ble Sir Edward

says,

‘« The picture for the Asiatic Society is, as far as I am concerned, finished, the artist

is Mr. Laurence. It might be completed, and dispatched in January next, (until

then, there will be no good ship, and the season is unfavourable,) but the artist

May try to keep it for the exhibition which I shall endeavour to prevent. The

Picture for the Asiatic Society has been seen by by Mr. Thoby and Mr. William

Prinsep.

i, am happy to tell you that Mr. Lay, has nearly finished an admirable likeness of

' r. Thoby Prinsep, for the Asiatic Society.

CXXXVili Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Drc. 1844.

A complete copy of Apput Ruzzacx’s Dictionary or THE TECHNICAL TERMS

OE THE SuFrs, edited in the original Arabic by A. Sprenger, Esq. M. D, B. M.S.,

and printed at the expense of the Society, was on the table as a work finished and

to be published in a few days.

The following extract of a letter from Dr. Sprenger, relative to it was read :—

I put ‘‘ to be sold by Allen and Co.’’ in the title page, I wish that arrangements

might be made to have the Society’s books sold at all these places, (particularly by

Brockhaus who besides Germany, provides Russia and Italy with books,) in order to

make them known and more generally useful, I know all the parties personally, and

if you like 1 will be your chargé d’affairs in concluding treaties of commerce with

them.

A. SPRENGER»

Chinsurah, November 30th 1844.

Read the following note from the Secretary : and it was referred to the Committee

of Papers to recommend the number of copies, for which the Society should

subscribe :—

Dr. Heeberlin announced, through the Secretary, his intention of publishing a San-

scrit Anthology consisting of fifty brief, but choice specimens of the best school, that

of Kali Dasa, of Sanscrit poetry, didactic, elegiac, and other. This offers to the San-

scrit scholar a description of work as yet a desideratum in the learned world, a book

namely which may enable him to study in brief, and at small cost, the best, and

choicest classical styles of eminent writers in that ancient and admirable language.

Dr. Heberlin proposes to publish the work himself, but in communication with him,

the Secretary suggested to the Society their taking a certain number of copies of it.

It will prove a most valuable book to the Society for the purpose of distribution to learn-

ed bodies, and individual scholars in correspondence with it. The copies will be de-

livered at trade price. Hestated that he was not prepared to note at present the

number of copies to be taken, but after making a list of quarters in which they might

be distributed, and a reasonable stock of reserve copies, the Secretary said he would

have the honour of laying that list, definitely numeralised, before the Society if the

general proposition be favourably received.

Read the following letter from the Zoological Curator :—

To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

Sir,—I wish to call your attention to the necessity that exists for some further

assistance in my department of the museum. It is to no purpose that 1 devote more

than double the number of hours to the business of my office, than were stipulated at

the time I took charge of the Museum; and that I devote my undivided attention to

those duties, without receiving any additional remuneration for thus labouring so

many extra hours daily. In consequence chiefly of those exertions, the labour in my’

particular department has increased to that degree, that it isimpossible for any one

person, or even for two or three, to get properly through ite What with corres-

ponding, the necessity of attending visitors who manifest an interest in the Museum,

Dec. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. CXXXIK

and a variety of current business of daily urgency, I find it impossible to make that

progress, which I wish and desire, not only in the preparation of the letterpress to ac-

company the publication of Burnes’ drawings, but in various other matters which

it is desirable should meet with every attention. There is, indeed, abundant occupation

for one naturalist in the entomological department, whether or not comprising the

whole of the annulose animals; and there is equal occupation for another in the in-

vestigation of Indian mollusca and other Invertebrata exclusive of the annulose

animals. But, for the present, a good deal of assistance might be rendered to me by

the appointment of a youth, whom I have for some time past employed in writing

labels, and doing other work of the kind, and who might be engaged as a general

assistant to me for a salary of 10 or 12 rupees a month to begin with, promising an

advance in case of his affording satisfaction after a sufficient trial. It is quite neces-

sary also that some addition should be made to the number of servants in my depart-

ment, At present there is only one old man, who is quite superannuated, and I am

constantly obliged to employ my own private servants in the Society’s business.

There is full employment for two additional servants, one as a messenger, and the

other to assist in cleaning the specimens, glasses, &c.: the fact being, that the place of

one who left some six months ago has never been filled up, his work having been since

performed chiefly by lads who are now distributed over the country in the capacity of

taxidermists, assisting different gentlemen who are active contributors to the Society’s

museum. Leaving these matters to your consideration,

I beg to remain, Sir,

17th December, 1844. Yours very respectfully,

E. Biytu.

Referred for discretional intercourse with the Secretary.

Read the following references to and from the Committee of Papers, and papers

connected with them, on the subject of Major Jervis’ proposal to execute glypo-

graphs and lithographs for the Society: —

1 have to circulate the extract accompanying.*

For my own part I think it in some sort our duty to patronise, and encourage local

artists rather than go to England for our illustrations. If the Society are satisfied

with what has been done hitherto, 1 may perhaps be directed to write to Major Jervis

accordingly.

H. Torrens,

‘ December, 6th, 1844. V. P. &e. &c.

Memorandum by ihe Sub-secretary.

My Dear Torrens,—Looking at your note for the circulation of Major Jervis’

letter and specimens of Lithography, the following views occur tome which the Com-

ittee should also I think bear in mind.

* See Proceedings of November,

exl Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Dec. 1844.

1. The great merit of every pictorial work is, that it be either a faithful representation,

or a faithful copy of the original representation when itis to be multiplied by the press:

for from the moment that an artist is permitted to improve a drawing or a sketch, un-

less he does so under the eye of the person who first made it, the chances are a hun-

dred to one that what it gains asa picture it loses as an honest copy of what was done

on the spot. Major Jervis’ lithograph of the Argemone Mexicana seems to have been

subjected to improvement. It is too elegant for our common Shial Kanta. We know

that this has been carried to such a length in Europe that naturalists are now much

occupied in divesting publisher’s pictures of their artistical improvements, by refer-

ring back to the original drawings, however faulty these may be in many points. :

2. We have rarely, if ever first rate sketches or drawings in India, though we often

have them good, and spirited, and conveying a vivid idea of the place, plant or animal,

&c. and we have sometimes the advantage of having the naturalist on thespottocorrect

his own work* or shew the artist how far he may do it for him. By sending to Eu- —

rope we at once lose this important advantage.

3. If we had always first rate drawings we might perhaps with truth say we could

not do justice tothem. But I submit that, hitherto, we have most certainly given

most accurate copies of what we had to copy from ? and that the question is really, ;

situated as the Society is, not if we can give first rate work, but if we can give five

hundred exact copies of the works put into our hands: 1 do not allude here of course to

the cheapness or dearness, distance, loss of time, risks of loss, (or must we keep dupli-

cates ?) &c. &c. &.

4. Agains The Society is always in trust for these matters. Are we justified, I

should ask, in trusting out of our safe custody the labours of others? And this in the

face of the many reports which we hear of the eager rivalities of European naturalists ?

How could the Society for instance send Dr. Canior’s Chusan drawings or those of

Burnes, &c. to Europe ?

d. As far as I am concerned it would be a great load of work taken off my file, for

you know what artists, and printers, and authors here are ; so that I am really interest-

ed that all the work should be sent to England !

6. I venture then to request of you, for I think it will assist the Committee in form-

ing their judgment, to circulate with Major Jervis’ proposal, the following copies with

originals, which are in various styles, and which have not yet been seen together by

the Committee.

The Burnes’ drawings have already been exhibited, and as coloured lithographs

have been pronounced most creditable work, and most faithful copies.

Buropeed ue Dr. Griffith’s Botanical plates to Cantor’s Chusan Zoology, 4

oe Ae ae oe ee

re et Ds

Mr. Bennet drawings. .

: : 2. Platel of Dr. Cantor’s Chusan Zoology, Vespertilo zrretitus.

Native Artist, .. 3. Lt. Yule’s two Kasia Hill drawings.

European Artist,

Mr. Bennet, “

Native Artist, «. 5. Siamese Emperor, Col. Lowe, 2 drawings.

7th December, 1844. H. PIDDINGTON,

Sub-Secretary, &Ce

4. A jaw and teeth from Dr. Spilsbury’s Fossils.

* As in the case of Dr. Griffith with his Botanical Plates to Cantor’s Chusan Zoology. See sub-

sequently his letter,

Dec, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. exli

The accompanying papers with a memorandum from the Secretary are re-circulated

by his desire, and the specimens of our work as ready for the Journal and Researches.

H. PippineTon,

Thursday Noon. Sub-Secretary Asiatic Society.

I beg to re-circulate these papers.

It is easy to advocate the acceptance of Major Jervis’s offer, but not so facile to ex-

plain to the Editor of a monthly Journal how he is to satisfy his contributors by speedy

publication of their illustrated papers, as well as to insure them against risk of loss of

their original drawings when the publication of their articles, and the very conserva-

tion of their originals, is contingent upon the hazards of a transmission to England to a

third party ?

To put the matter as fully as possible before the Committee, I circulate the speci-

mens or proof lithographs of drawings now on hand for publication in the Journal

and the Researches, with their originals. The botanical lithographs are to illustrate

Dr. Griffith’s paper for Cantor’s Chusan.

I submit that these local productions are rather above the average of such work for

scientific periodicals, and although inferior to Major Jervis’, yet respectable and

even creditable to the Journal, and not unworthy the Researches.

I trust the Committee will not make the difficult task of editing a scientific Journal

in India, next to impossible, by requiring illustrations of papers published monthly to

be prepared in a country whence, at the shortest, I could not get them under five

months.

The preparation of plates for the Researches by Major Jervis is I think most

expedient.

H. Torrens,

V. P. and Secretary Asiatic Society.

Additional Memorandum by the Sub-Secretary.

Between the first and second circulation of the papers relative to Major Jervis’ pro-

posal, thinking that the opinion of a scientific man, himself an artist, of experience in

Indian scientific publications, and well acquainted with the business details as well as

the tricks which are, it is said, sometimes practised in these matters, would be

useful, I wrote to Dr. Griffith, then on his way down the river, on the subject. I un-

fortunately did not keep acopy of my letter, but I was very careful not to say any

thing which could bias him either way ; stating only that as it had been proposed, and

was now under consideration, to send drawings home for lithographing for the Society’s

publications [ should be glad to have his opinion of this proposal as regarded the

mterests of men of science, the risks of the drawings, copying here, &c. &c. and the

style of execution of Calcutta artists ; his answer is as follows :—

My DEAR Sir,—I think the state of copying drawings in Calcutta, promising enough

to entitle Calcutta artists to patronage ; two or three more attempts, and their copies

would be equal to most of the drawings in ordinary periodicals, and at any rate be

uite equal to properly illustrating the subjects.

exlii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Drc. 1844.

Scientific drawings require scientific superintendence even in England, and to have

one’s drawings copied away from one would be nearly as bad as having one’s MS,

printed while one is absent. No. 1. of mine is very fair; the faults of the others are

faults of the drawings which were not bold enough. This arose from inexperience on

my part; I am quite certain that very creditable drawings can be made in Calcutta.

with ordinary care on the part of authors and proper supervision of the artists.

Therefore I would not send drawings home, myself unless a very high degree of

finish was required.

Your’s

Kedgeree, \5th December, 1844. (Signed) W. GrirritH.

After some discussion it was resolved :—~

That as an experimental measure plates for the Researches be generally referred

to Major Jervis, and those for the Journal be generally executed here.

It was mentioned that Mr. Heatly had addressed a letter to the Secretary embody-

ing some remarks on the want of connection between Home and Indian Scientific

Societies, and submitting some views as to a remodelling of the present working

system of the Society, but no definite proposal being brought forward, discussion was

for the present necessarily postponed.

Report of the Curator Geological and Mineralogical Departments and of the Museum

of Economic Geology, for the month of October.

Geological and Mineralogical.—We have this month to announce the highly inter-

esting discovery by our zealous member and contributor Captain Newbold, of Bone

caves in Southern India, and I cannot better do so than in the words of his letter.

Captain Newbold writes from Kurnool as follows :—

‘* Enclosed is a brief note of some of my late labours, pray correct any thing wrong

I really have hardly time to write.

If similar cave deposits have hitherto been not discovered in your part of India, kind-

ly notice the fact in an Editorial note. These are the first fruits from Southern India,

Have you got hold of Voysey’s unpublished notes and map? if so, please let us in South

India who are much interested, have the benefit by an early publication.”

His description of the Bone Caves will appropriately form an article for the Journal.

Dr. Rowe of the Artillery at Dum-Dum, it will be recollected, referred to the Muse-

um for the identification of a few specimens of minerals which he had collected on the

old Benares road on a march down.

In replying to him I requested specimens of the Corundums for the Museum, and some

account of the locality if he could oblige us with one. He has been good enough to

place at our disposal a very carefully kept itinerary of that road, which affords so mar

Dec. 1844. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. exlibi

useful hints to the Geologist and Mineralogist, that I should strongly recommend its

publication. Though Dr. Rowe modestly disclaims any scientific merit in it, yet it

evidently is the production of a gentleman who knew what he saw, and made the best use

of the brief moments a military march allows to a medical man. It were much to be

wished we had many such observers and tracks, for they would give us, if not correct

sections, much useful Geological information, particularly if specimens of the rocks

were collected and the inclination of the strata seen were noted.

I have completed the catalogue of Mr. Dodd’s specimens which form a very hand-

some and instructive case in our Geological collection. The catalogue should be

printed as the best means of preserving a record of it: and of the Society’s property.

Dr. Spilsbury has sent us some more specimens of his sandstones with arborescent

impressions, some of which are not superficial but go ¢rough the slab ; and he inclines

to think they may be fuci. I have tried both with the blowpipe, and the superficial

ones are oxide of manganese; those penetrating these specimens are iron, and if

they ever were organic there are now no traces of organic matter remaining; but in

discussing this curious question, as far as I recollect, it seems to have been forgotten that

it is not impossible the iron and manganese may yet be the remains of organic bodies,

as for example the deep-sea fuci, of which we know nothing.

Mr. Dodd of the mint, on his departure for the Cape, has favoured us with afew

specimens of sandstone and limestone from the Bhurtpore and Kerowlee Territory, of

which his letter speaks as follows: —

I send you a few more specimens of sandstone from the Bhurtpore Territory.

A few specimens of limestone from the Kerowlee Territory, (the country where this

limestone is found abounds with caverns and waterfalls, and I imagine it belongs to

the Magnesian limestone formation) from Kerowlee, a fragment of coal was brought

me when at Agra. There are also a few specimens of sandstone with ripple marks on

them, alsoafew specimens of red sandstone, with what I imagine to be encrinital

marks in them.

I thought these might be interesting as connected with some paper in the Asiatic

Society’s Journal.

oth November, 1844. Jas. Dopp.

P. S.—You will find some of the sandstone specimens contain casts of shells.

I have not had time to examine the shells of which he speaks. The mottled impres-

sions on the sandstone are certainly not encrinital as far as | can perceive, and are, I think

much more probably, as in other cases in Europe, and as suggested by a writer in the

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, the result of some animal or vegetable sub-

stance discolouring the red iron tint of the original sand. Dr. Voysey As. Res. Vol.

XV. p. 429, says of the Agra mottled sandstones that the spots are really spherical,

and these appear also to be so in some places.

Museum of Economic Geology.—1 may mention bere that 1 sent some of our

Museum circulars to my brother, who is much connected with Civil Engineers. He

writes to me ‘‘ My friend Sopwith writes to you by the 15th September mail.

Weare having 250 copies of your circular printed for distribution, Mr. Sopwith says

he is sure Sir H. Dela Beche, takes the greatest interest in the success of the Asiatic

Society and Indian Museum, and has shewn him your report, but Sir H, De la

exliv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (Dec. 1844.

Beche really is overwhelmed with work which he is sure is the only reason why you

have not heard from him.’’

Lt. Chamier of the Ordnance Department, sent us some time ago some clippings of

the Cabul Trophy gun at Agra for examination, mentioning that the native belief was

that these guns contained considerable proportions of the precious metals. The Sp.

gravity was however, found to be only 8.35, that of good gun metal being about 8.40,*

and it was found to be a bad compound of impure (sulphuret of) copper with small

proportions of tin, lead, zinc and traces of iron ; and certainly containing no trace of gold

or silver. As the yellow sulphuret of copper imitates gold in colour, and any white

metal might be made to pass for silver, it is probable the native princes and their of-

ficers, if they do give any gold or silver for the gun, which they might easily be persu-

aded to do, are thus tricked by the founders. The frauds of goldsmiths and copper

founders (Sonars and Khansaries) are pretty nearly proverbial in India, as witness

the well known tale of the goldsmith and the Raja’s idol.

Our active contributor Lt. Sherwill, of the Revenue Survey has sent us a highly

valuable series of specimens comprising coal from the Rajarrah coal mines in Behar,

and the various measures (Strata) which are passed through before it is found; his

list is as follows :—

Specimens.

No. 1.—Black stone, found in four separate strata before reaching the 11 feet

stratum.

No. 2.—Shale from the 11 feet stratum.

No. 3.— Stone from above or forming the roof of the 11 feet stratum.

No. 4.—Stone found in large masses in the 11 feet stratum.

No. 5.—A piece of coal from the 11 feet stratum covered with pyrites.

No. 6.—A piece of the coal from the 11 feet stratum.

No. 7.—Coarse sandstone, from above the bad coal of an experimental and forsa-

ken pit, this stone is found about 40 feet below the surface of the soil.

No. 8.—Lying under No. 7.

No. 9.—Lying under No. 9.

This pit was forsaken not offering any coal worth quarrying, depth about 70 feet.

Vertical section of the strata in the shafts at Rajharrah Colliery :—

* The composition of the statue of Louis xv. was copper 82.45, zinc 10.30, tin 4.10, lead 3.15.

It sp. grav. 8.482, good cannon metal should contain 90 or 91 of copper, and 9 or 10 per cent. of tin;

and a8 much as 14 per cent. of tin has been used, Ure’s Dictionary.

(

Dec. 1844.]

Loam, Tre 5 ed

White sand stone, is a

Coal,.. ath ite otha

Bedcogls) v).%.. oh

Black stone,....

Coal, std siete’

Black stone, .. Stet

Coal, .. =i aia aisibie

Black stone, .. cies

Coal, .. ee sels

Black stone, .. SAP

Goal, .. kiaseie ane

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

exlv

Feet. Inches.

e@ees eese 17 6

eres eete 3

—nwNowWw bP & WwW Oe

oc oN 2S 8S 2 2 > S

58 3 South Pit.

Underneath Black stone or slate,.... Unknown depth.

H. S. SHERWILL.

Mr. Martin of Gowhattee, Assam, has again contributed (to our general museum)*

by an assortment of woods from that country 16 in number, completing with the former

one of 9 sortst 24 specimens in all.

No. 204.

To H. Pippineton, Hsg. Curator Museum of Economic Geology.

Sir,—1 have the pleasure to advise you of the despatch to the care of my agents

Messrs. T. H. Gardiner, and Co. of sixteen specimens of Assam woods numbered from

1X to XIV, a list of which is annexed.

Gowahattee, 4th Oct. 1844.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

W.N. Martin,

Ex. Off. Lower Assam.

List being a continuation of Assam woods,

IX—Red Pine.

X—Bar Paroolee.

XI—Hooroo Kootolah.

XII—Sisso.

XIl1—Amaree.

ALV—Khootee Kurooee.

XV—Gondhoree.

XVI—Kootulnah.

* But as addressed to me I acknowledge it here.

XV I[I—Bon Som.

XVIII1—Ahohee Parolee.

XIX—Bur Karooee.

XX—Podocarpus.

XXI—Coniaree.

XXII—Phool Sapa.

XXILI—Hatee Karuhal.

XXIV—Toko Palom.

W.N. Martin,

Ex. Off. Lower Assam.

t Proceedings of May, 1844.

exlvi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ Dre, 1844.

From Messrs. Gillanders and Co. I have obtained a cake of artificial fuel, which is

the object of a patent at home ; and, as shewing how coal may be ceconomised is

always a proper addition to our Museum. I do not know the composition of this parti-

cular fuel which, however, is probably coal dust and some of the bitumens; but 1 may

mention that some years ago I ascertained that coal dust mixed in as large a quantity

as would hold together with cow dung and a little earth, (the native composition for

smearing floors, &c.) forms a capital fuel, where a slow steady fire, as in distilling or

sugar drying house work, is required, and I made and burnt several hundred maunds

of it. I made a communication to Government (Lord Auckland’s) on the subject but

never heard any thing in reply. :

For all presentations and communications the thanks of the Society were voted.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASLATIC SOCIETY.

On the Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India. By Epwarp

Ba.Four, Esq., Assistant Surgeon. Communicated by the Author

to Jameson’s EpinsurGH JOURNAL.

We have copied the following interesting article from JamEson’s EDINBURGH

Journat, No. LXIX, for 1843, and we add to it from Dr. Voysey’s Journals, his

brief Vocabulary of the Goand and Cole words. We cannot on this occasion refrain

from again urging upon gentlemen who may be so situated as to be able to obtain these

notices and vocabularies, the extreme importance and great utility of doing so. It is im-

possible, we think, for the oldest resident in India to read this curious article without

being struck with the reflection of how much there is in India, of which we as yet

know little or nothing, and yet the knowledge of which is so important to us in

every capacity. We trust that Dr. Balfour’s praiseworthy labours will not stop here,

and that he will go on in the useful and honorable field in which he has chosen to

labour.—Eps. ;

The hills and forests in the centre of India, are inhabited by people

differing widely from the inhabitants of the plains. Their great abode,

says Mr. Elphinstone, is the Vindya mountains, which run east and

west ffom the Ganges to Guzerat, and the broad tract of forest which

extends north and south from the neighbourhood of Allahabad to the

latitude of Masulipatam, and with interruptions’ almost to Cape

Comorin. These people have separate names—Paharias, Kols, Gonds,

Bheels, Colis, and Colaris ; but in many points they differ from each

other, and little has been done to shew that they are the same people.

In addition to these races, there are many smaller communities spread

throughout India, each with a distinct name, and speaking a distinct

tongue ; leading a migratory life, and resorting only to towns to pur-

chase a few necessaries ; they seem the remains of some aboriginal peo-

No. 145. New Senigs, No. 6). B

2 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

ple who had occupied the soil perhaps before any of the nations now

possessing it; and it may not be uninteresting to mention some of the

habits of these nomade races.

THE GOHUR, CALLED BY EUROPEANS AND NATIVES BENJARI, OR

LUMBARI.

The Binjarries are separated among themselves into three tribes—

Chouhone, Rhatore, and Powar. Their original country, they say,

was Rajputana,* but they now are spread over Hindostan, all adher-

ing to the same customs, and speaking the same language This bears

a strong resemblance to the language of Guzerat, though there are

many words in it without affinity with any of the dialects we are ac-

quainted with. At the head of the Binjarries in the Dekhan are two

individuals who receive the title of Naeks. They reside in Hyderabad,

and the encampments located near that city refer any disputes that

arise to them for their decision ; but the chief occupation of these

Naeks is to keep up a correspondence with the different parts of the

country, to gain early information from localities where war or famine

has raised the price of grain.

The Binjarries are grain merchants; indeed the name is given them

from their occupation ; and their traffic being carried on by bullocks,

they traverse the most impracticable countries to collect supplies, which

they pour into the districts where scarcity prevails, or they move in

the track of large armies, to furnish them with grain during the cam-

paign. In carrying on war in India, where armies carry their maga-

zines along with them, the services of the Binjarries are almost in-

dispensable, and their occupation renders them sacred. For this

reason, though moving among hostile bodies in time of war, they con-

sider themselves secure from being molested by any party, and there

have been instances of large bodies passing near camps, and though

refusing to dispose of the grain they carried, being allowed to move on

to the enemy, the dread of alarming them, and thus banishing them

for ever, being sufficient to protect them from interruption. The time

of hostilities or of dearth was a period of activity among them; but

* On the summits of the hills (formerly islets) which, united, form the island of

Bombay, reside about 75 families of cultivators, who say they emigrated from Raj-

putanah. Many of the words in the language of this people, and the dress of their

women, are similiar to the Gohurs. They call themselves Purmans,

1844. ] Natives in Central India. 3

our successes have restored order to India, and have sent our troops

to cantonments, and with the return of peace, nothing occurs to inter-

rupt the labours of the husbandman, and scarcity seldom prevails.

These changes have done much to make the Binjarries poor, and where

disease has swept away their bullocks, the community, unable to pur-

chase others, has broken up and dispersed. When thus reduced, the

women bring firewood to the towns to sell, which their husbands cut

in the jungles. They were at all times considered a bold and formi-

dable race, and when traversing the country with herds of bullocks

transporting grain and salt, they frequently perpetrated robberies in

gangs, and they are not over-scrupulous in committing murder on

these occasions, if they meet with opposition, or deem it necessary for

their security. With the approaches of poverty, too, vice has grown

apace ; many are convicted of stealing cattle and children, and Thugs

have also been detected among them.

A community of Binjarries is termed a Tanda. In each Tanda an

individual is selected to whom the title of Naek is given, but his rank

would seem to clothe him with but little authority. No rules exist

among them to regulate their conduct or guide their society, and

though they keep together in large bodies, it would seem more from

their intermarriages and the security numbers give, than from any

laws binding them to the tribe. The Tandas in their movements

encamp on wastes and uncultivated spots, sometimes near, but more

frequently remote, from towns.

The Binjarries pull down the wild boar with dogs of a powerful

and peculiar breed, which they keep in all their Tandas ; but with the

exception of the wild hog, they live, as regards food, like other Hindus.

A few are met with who can read and write. Their wandering life

precludes them from residing in towns; they live under tents while

the hot weather continues, and on the approach of the monsoon, con-

struct grass huts to shelter them from the piercing rains that fall.

Their features are dark and bronzed. The men have tall and mus-

cular frames. Their dress differing much from the nations and com-

munities around them, attracts attention to the females of the tribe, on

whom nature has bestowed the most faultless forms; tall and exqui-

sitely moulded, these dark children of the desert move with a grace

unwitnessed among a civilized people, their Joose and peculiarly form-

4 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

ed garments assisting to set off their shape. A boddice (called Kan-

terie) fitting neatly to the form in front, reaches from the neck to the

hip, conceals the bosom, but is left open behind ; this with a gown

(petia) fastened by a noose beneath the waist, and falling in loose folds

to the feet, and scarf (cadhi) thrown carelessly over the shoulder,

completes their dress, which is made of cloth dyed with bright and

varied colours. From their hair, and the tapes that bind their dress,

are suspended long strings of courie shells, massive rings of silver clasp

the ankles, and the arms, from the wrist to the shoulder, are loaded

with broad rings of ivory, cut from the elephants’ tusks, and dyed with

varied dyes. The ceremonies attending the marriage of a widow

are, as is usual among the natives of the east, few; the gift of a new

cloth, and the selection of a fortunate hour on which to conduct the

bride home, comprise the whole. With the young bride, a more

lengthened rejoicing is made. On the marriage being assented

to, the bridegroom pays one or two hundred rupees to the parents

of the bride, and at the early part of the day, which the brahman

who has been consulted has pronounced auspicious, two pyramids are

constructed, by placing earthen pots one above another, ten or twelve

feet apart, a bundle of firewood is laid behind each pyramid, and two

wooden pestles, used by the women of every house in India to clean

the grain, are planted perpendicularly between. The ceremonies last

five days, during which the friends are feasted, the bride and bride.

groom sitting on the ground between the pyramids, and on the fifth

day, after being bathed by their respective male and female relations,

the bridegroom leads to his tent his bride. The next morning the

young wife rises early, and carrying the hand-mill near the feet of her

husband’s parents, there grinds the corn* necessary for the meals of the

* Shortly after midnight, the women in the east rise and begin to grind corn for the

family, cheering themselves in their lonely task by singing their labour songs. In

several parts of Scripture this custom of grinding the corn for the day’s consumption

is noticed. ‘* In the day when the grinders cease because they are few, and the doors

be shut in the streets because the sound of the grinding is low.’’—Ecc. xii. 3, 4.

See also Ex. xi. 5. and Is. xlvii. 1, where it says, ‘* Come down and sit in the dust, O

virgin daughter of Babylon; sit on the ground; there is no throne, O daughter of the

Chaldeans, take the millstones and grind meal ;’’ and in Matt, xxiv. 41, it is said, ‘‘ two

women shall be grinding at the mill, the one shall be taken and the other left.””? One

person can generally grind sufficient for the use of a small family, but where much is

required, two women, as noticed in the Scripture, sit on the ground with the millstones

between them.

1844. | Natives in Central India. 5

coming day, and is thus initiated into the practice of her domestic

duties. The Binjarries are not restricted to one wife. It is rare, how-

ever, to have more than three or four in a house.

In the roving life they lead, exposed to the vicissitudes of a tropical

climate, and liable to accidents and disease, we would fancy that

necessity would have taught them some acquaintance with simples and

the arts of life; but that custom, fatal to improvement, which obtains

throughout India, binding each community to follow only those pur-

suits which their predecessors have been engaged in, prevails with

equal effect among this migratory tribe, to whom every art is equally

unknown. When sickness occurs, they lead the sick man to the feet

of the bullock called ‘“‘ Hatadia,” for, though they say they pay re-

verence to images, and that their religion is that of the Sikhs, follow-

ers of Nana Govind, the object of their worship is this “ Hatadia,” a

bullock devoted to the god Balajee. On this animal no burden is

ever laid ; but decorated with streamers of red dyed silk and tinkling

bells, with many brass chains and rings on neck and feet, and strings

of cowrie-shells and silken tassels, hanging in all directions, he moves

steadily on at the head of the convoy, and the place he lies down on

when tired, that they make their halting ground for the day; at his

feet they make their vows when difficulties overtake them, and in ill-

ness, whether of themselves or cattle, they trust to his worship for a

eure. This bullock is their god, their guide, and their physician.

From their migratory life, we are deprived of all means of calculat-

ing their numbers ; but spread throughout the whole of India, in large

bodies, they no doubt far exceed any amount of people which are

brought to one individual’s notice.

They bury the people who die unmarried, but the bodies of the

married are burned. Food is placed at the head and foot of the grave,

but no omen of the state of the deceased is drawn from the creature

that eats it.

HIRN-SHIKARRY OR HIRN-PARDY,—THE HUNTERS.

The Hirn-shikarry or Hirn-pardy, the Indian hunters, term them-

selves Bhourie. They are of short stature, greatly wanting in intelli-

gence, and timid in their intercourse with their. fellow-men ; while

constant exposure to the vicissitudes of the seasons and their familiarity

6 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

with toil and want, has stunted their growth and made them black

and shrivelled in their form. Their numbers are great. They range

from the snowy Himalayahs in the north through the vast plains of

Hindustan, till at Cape Comorin, beneath the equator, the Indian

ocean checks their further progress.* From each valley and each

forest that civilized man has as yet left unoccupied, or has once again

abandoned to the wild creatures of nature, the hunter obtains his

means of subsistence. The creatures that they kill they eat, for, with

the exception of the cow and bullock, all animals, the elephant, the

tiger, and the leopard, the jungle dog and jungle cat, the wild-boar,

the wolf, the iguana, and the rat and mouse, are used as food by the

Bhourie. They obtain a little money by disposing of the skins of the

animals they destroy, and often earn large rewards for destroying the

leopards and wolves that at all times prowl about the outskirts of

villages. The women, on visiting a town, gain a little money by

disposing of charms and antidotes to the bite of a snake or scorpion’s

sting.

The langauge of the Bhourie seems to have little relation to that of ”

any of the other migratory nations. It has many words like the Gu-

zerattee and Mahrattee, and several of pure Sanscrit. The Bhourie

are divided into five tribes, receiving among themselves the names, l.

Rhatore or Mewara ; 2. Chowhone ; 3. Sawundia; 4. Korbiar ; and 5.

Kodiara. It would appear that the hunters dwell in distinct locali-

ties, restrained from migrating to the hunting-grounds of other

branches by custom and the fear of punishment, instances having

lately occurred where the magistrate’s authority has been called in to

drive back tribes, who, urged by want, or enticed by more promising

wilds, had quitted their own, and located themselves on the hunting

grounds of a neighbouring community.

These communities are governed by chiefs, termed “ Howlia,” who

attain to their office by descent. It was difficult to obtain exact in-

formation regarding these head men ; they would seem to be consider-

ed spiritual as well as civil guides, and among the wild untutored

minds of these rude creatures, there seemed to be some vague idea that

* Lieut De Butts, in his Rambles in Ceylon, describes a race termed ‘* Veddahs’’

who, from his description, seem to be the same as the Bhouries of India.

1844. | Natives in Central India. 7

their Howlia is an incarnation of the deity. The occurrence of murder

or other grave crime my informant had never heard of ; but all minor

matters are decided by these chiefs. On them likewise devolves the

duty of summoning the different members of the tribe to aid in snar-

ing the tiger, for which villagers and proprietors occasionally offer high

rewards. This, when earned, they divide into three shares, one for

the god of the river, one for the god of the wilds, the remaining third

being apportioned equally among those who were present at the cap-

ture, the Howlia or chief obtaining no greater sum than another of

the community. They all assemble at the Holi festival, at the place

of the Houlia’s residence, when he collects his income, the community

subscribing one rupee a head.

Among other modes of obtaining subsistence, thieving is one which

they look to as no small means of support. Gang robbery, or any

system attended with violence, they are not addicted to; but no field

or stack of grain is safe from their depredations when they are in the

neighbourhood. For this, severe fines, and death itself, were often

inflicted on them, while the country was ruled by the native princes ;

for though the hunters have only a narrow loin-cloth as clothing, and

the persons of the women are scarcely hidden by the few rags they

pick up in the fields and sew together, yet, when in the grasp of native

chiefs, the fear of death has made them produce two to five thousand

rupees to purchase forgiveness and regain their freedom. It may be

from the recollection of such scenes, that, notwithstanding their seem-

ing poverty, all classes assert these wretched-looking beings to be the

possessors of vast wealth, and when in the fields in their lonely camps,

sheltered by a few tattered rags stretched overhead, they are at in-

tervals plundered by the ruthless robbers we term decoits.

For the first five years after the beard first appears, it and the hair

is cut once a year, but ever after they wear both unshorn, and their

long shaggy locks add to their uncouth appearance. The bodies of

the dead are buried. Few attain sixty years of age, and ten is the

greatest number of children they have known one woman to bear ;

nor have they ever heard of any one being killed by a tiger, though

one of them has assisted at the capture of eight of these creatures.

They call themselves a branch of the Dhoongur, the Shepherd or

Vesya race, .

8 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145. |

THE TAREMOOK, OR WANDERING BLACKSMITH.

The Wandering Blacksmith is known in the Dekhani language, as

Ghissaris ; as Lohars by the Mahrattas ; and from the Canarese they

receive the name of Bail-Kumbar, but they term themselves Taremook.

Their traditions affirm the northern provinces of Hindustan to

have been their original country ; but the cause or the period of their

emigrating thence has not been preserved. As a race, they are dark,

though not black, and somewhat taller than Hindoos.in general. They

are to be seen dwelling on the outskirts of almost every village

throughout India, though their numbers are not great; the largest

number of families the old Taremook who gives me this information

has ever seen in one place, amounting to ten, a community of perhaps

sixty people. It is rare to find them occupying houses in towns ;

but, for the greater facility of migrating, they encamp outside the

walls, where they reside, exposed to the changes of the weather, from

which they are barely sheltered ; a ragged and patched cloth, two or

three yards long, being all a family have for their protection. They

are blacksmiths by trade, and are very poor, living from hand to

mouth. The women collect wood in the jungles, to make the charcoal

necessary in their husbands’ trade : the movement of the forge-bellows is

likewise the duty of the women, many of whom assist their husbands

by working the sledge-hammer. Their language they term Taremooki :

that spoken by the communities in the Dekhan contains several

Mahrattee and Canaree words, a mixture probably resulting from

their lengthened sojourn on the border countries of these two nations.

The richest Taremook my informant has ever seen, was said to be

worth ten thousand rupees; but though some individuals collect a

little money, he has never known any one learn to read or write. The

dress of this migratory race is like that of other Hindus. Their religion

is the Brahminical, Kandoba being the deity to which their worship

is chiefly directed. Their marriages are conducted similarly to the

customs of the Hindoos, but intoxicating drinks are largely used.

They have earned a great name for gallantry, and it is a very usual

thing to hear of the rough Taremook levanting with another man’s

wife. On the occasion of a birth, they sacrifice in the name of Satwai.

They burn the bodies of married people, and lay the ashes by a river's

SF pe pete oe ee ER

1844. } Natives in Central India. G

side ; but the unmarried dead are buried, and for three days after

the funeral food is carried to the grave, though they draw no augury

of the state of the soul of the deceased from any creature eating the

food.

THE KORAWA.

This migratory people arrange themselves into four divisions, the

Bajantri, Teling, Kolla, and Soli Korawas, speaking the same lan-

guage, but none of them intermarrying or eating with each other.

Whence they originally migrated it would be difficult perhaps now to

come to a conclusion, nor could it be correctly ascertained how far

they extend. The Bajantri or Gaon ka Korawa, the musical or

village Korawa, are met with in Bejapore, Bellary, Hyderabad, and

throughout Canara. The men of this people are somewhat more

robustly formed than the settled population ; but the females are less

tall, and more dark than the Canarese women among whom they are

located. Their food differs from that of the Hindoo as well as the

Mahomedan ; they never eat the cow or bullock, but the jackal,

poreupine, hog and wild boar, deer and tigers, are sought after and

used by them. They deny that robbery is ever made a regular mode

of earning a subsistence ; an honesty, however, that the people among

whom they dwell give them but little credit for. Indeed, from my

own observation, on an occasion that brought the circumstances of a

community to the light, it is difficult to believe that the great sums

found in their possession could have been honestly earned. They

live by thieving, making grass screens and baskets. The men likewise

attend at festivals, marriages, and births, as musicians, which has

obtained for them the name of Bajantri ; and at the reaping season all

resort to the fields to beg and pilfer from the farmers, for they will

not be induced to put their hands to labour. The women, too, earn

a little money by tattooing on the skin the marks and figures of the

gods, which the females of all castes of Hindus ornament their arms

and foreheads with. The Bajantri Korawa reside in mud huts, in

small societies outside the walls of the village to which they have

temporarily attached themselves. The age for marrying is not a fixed

time ; and, different from every other people in India, the youth of

the female is not thought of consequence, the old man telling this

10 Migratory Tribes of [ No. 145.

when a lad with mustaches just appearing, having been married to a

woman who, five years previously, had attained maturity ; a marriage

that would have been opposed to the customs, and repugnant to the

feelings alike of Hindoo and Mahomedan. To this wife he yet

remains attached, though it is not unusual to have two, three, or four

wives in one household, among this people. In marrying, at the hour

pronounced to be fortunate by a Brahmin, the bride and bridegroom,

smeared with turmeric, are seated on the ground, and a circle drawn

with rice around them. For five days the musicians attend before

their door, and the whole concludes by the neighbours gathering round

and sprinkling a few grains from the rice circle over the couple. The

married women wear the tali round their necks, which is broken on

the husband’s death by the relatives of the deceased. This people live

virtuously ; the abandonment of their daughters is never made a trade

of, and other classes speak favourably of their chastity.

They respect Brahmins; and though they never, or at least very

rarely, attend places of worship, they seem to respect the gods of the

Hindoo mythology, and keep in their houses small silver images of

Hanuman, which they once every two or three months worship with

songs, and sacrifice and music. Their foreheads, too, are tattooed with

the mark of Vishnu ; but they offer up no daily prayers.

THE TELING KORAWA, OR KORAWA OF TELINGANA.

This branch of the Korawa people are generally known as Kusbi,

Korawa, Aghare Pal Wale, prostitute Korawas, the sitters at the

doors of their tent; but these names the people themselves consider

opprobrious. The form of their features is altogether different from

that of the Bajantri Korawa, the shape and expression of the coun-

tenance being similar to the inhabitants of the Coromandel coast—the

country, if we judge by their name, Teling, whence they originally

migrated: but wandering from place to place for a livelihood, where-

ever the Madras troops marched under Sir Arthur Wellesley, they

followed, and are now found located in most British cantonments.

The Teling Korawa gain a livelihood by basket-making and selling

brooms, in making which their wives assist ; but their chief means

of subsistence is in the prostitution of their female relatives, whom,

for that purpose, they devote to the gods from their birth.

1844. | Natives in Central India. 11

When the lives of children in India are despaired of, the fond

mother, whether Mahomedan or Hindu, wills that it should live,

though sickness and destitution be its lot through life; and when

agonized by the prospect of its death, she vows to devote her offspring

to the service of the deity, should its life be spared. With the Maho-

medans, the male children thus devoted become durveshes, and their

females termed ‘ Mustanis,’ attach themselves to one or other of the

four large communities of Fakirs, who beg in India, the Mustanis

being supposed to live a life of virtue. Among the Hindus, again,

there are two classes of devoted women, the one attending the temples

and living a life of chastity, the other class fulfilling the vows of their

relatives, by promiscuously sacrificing to sensual love. The Brahmins,

who, worshipping a deity generally as pure theists, whether followers of

Brahmna, Vishnu, or Siva, are seldom guilty of thus throwing their

females on society ; and this practice seldom obtains among the better

classes of Hindus even. But as this pursuit of the women thus devoted,

however public it may be, entails no disgrace upon the women themsel-

ves, or their families, many of the low castes and migratory tribes of the

Hindus have readily taken to a practice which allows them to followa

profitable calling, without suffering in the opinion of their neighbours ;

and as the poorest and most wretched community in India attach the

utmost importance to the purity and conjugal fidelity of their unmar-

ried and married females, the low castes and outcasts to whom money

offers a great temptation, devote their female children in their earliest

infancy, and thus are able to practise their profession without restraint.

The goddess, in whose service the lives of the Teling Korawas’ de-

voted women are thus to be spent, has her chief shrine near Bellary.

They never devote more than one of their daughters; the rest are

married and made honest women of. The devoted women, notwith-

standing their loose lives, occasionally bear children, so many as four

having been the children of one mother. ‘These children are treated

as if legitimate, being admitted without purchase to all the rights and

privileges of the caste. It is probably owing to this intermixture that

the varied colours we find among them arise, changing in individuals

from the fairness of the Brahmin to that of the darkest coloured Sudra.

They have no rules or laws among their community for self-govern-

ment. They eat the deer, the hare, and the goat; but the cow is con-

12 Migratory Tribes of [ No. 145.

sidered a sacred, and the hog an accursed, animal, and never used as

food. No one can read or write.

They are very rarely allowed to reside inside towns; but when

this liberty is granted them, they pitch their tents or erect grass huts

at a distance from the dwellings of respectable people. The women

wear a boddice (choli) open in front, and a sarhi; the men dress as

Hindus usually do.

This branch bury their dead, and the food that was most liked by

the deceased is placed at the head of the grave. The most favourable

omen of the state of the departed soul is drawn from its being eaten

by a crow ; less auspicious if by a cow ; but if both the crow and cow

decline to eat it, they deem the dead to have lived a very depraved

life, and impose a heavy fine on his relatives for having permitted

such evil ways.

Their religion is the brahminical, and Brahmins assist at all their

ceremonies. Their language is nearly similar to that spoken by the

Bajantri Korawa, with whom they agree in the arrangement of the

Korawas into four branches. The other two, in addition to the

Bajantri and Teling Korawa, I never met with. They are called

Koonsi Korawa, and the Patra Korawa, or Patra Pulloo. Their

manners and habits and mode of life are scarcely dissimilar from one

another ; all of them can converse in their own language, but they

do not eat or marry with an individual of a different branch.

THE BHATOO.

This migratory people are known in India by the name of Doomur

or Kollati. They are spread over the whole of the great continent ;

but though retaining among themselves the name of Bhatoo, they are

arranged into several distinct tribes, speaking different tongues, and

holding no intercourse with each other. One of these tribes occupies

the country from Ahmednuggur in the north, to Hurryhur in the

south, and lie between Bellary and the western shores of India.

The Bhatoo are seldom tall, rarely exceeding five feet two inches in

height, and the women attaining a proportionate size. At the period

of adolescence, however, the young men and women are perfect models

for the sculptor, the plumpness of that age rounding off the form, and

hiding the projecting bones and the hollows between the muscles,

1844. ] Natives in Central India. 13

which, in after life, the profession that both sexes follow too pro- '

minently develop. They are “ Athlete ;” and the boys and girls are

trained to the most surprizing feats of agility from their earliest in-

fancy. Besides this, which is their ostensible mode of gaining a liveli-

hood, the men of this wandering people earn sums of money by exor-

cising demons from the persons of those they possess ;* but what they

most trust to for support is devoting their female relatives to the gods.

The various castes of Hindus have their various gods, at whose

shrines the children are devoted ; but the god of this Bhatoo is Kan-

doba,t in the village of Jeejoorie, near Poona. About the age of five

they carry their female relations there, and after performing sacrifice,

and burning frankincense, they lay the girl at the feet of the deity, to

which she is now considered married. These devoted women, and

all the male children, are regularly trained to athletic exercises, and

the community wanders from village to village to exhibit. Most of

their feats are performed by means of a bamboo. On the morning of

the day they intend exhibiting, they abstain from all food, and to this

rule they attribute much of their freedom from disease; and my in-

formant, an old man sixty years of age, can recollect no instance of

rupture among them. Before his own eyes, however, he has seen four

people killed by falls from the bamboo, innumerable injuries sustain-

ed by others, and he himself has his right elbow joint fearfully

erushed.

They settle unimportant points among themselves by arbitration,

but all serious matters are brought for the decision of their British

rulers. ‘They are totally uneducated ; the old man giving me this

information has never seen or heard of any one who could read or

write. Impressed with the belief, prevalent throughout India, that

the muscular system does not retain its vigour after marriage, the

Doomur or Bhatoo delays marrying till middle-aged ; and then, owing

to the great expense the ceremonies when taking a young wife occa-

sion, the Bhatoo usually allies himself with a woman who, having been

devoted to the gods in her infancy, has now become too old to make

* Insane people are frequently taken to have the demon cast forth to these people,

and are occasionally placed in a cleft of a tree,—these, of course, are not benefited by

the processes, but demons are frequently cast out of people who had no demons in

them.

f+ An incarnation of Mahadeva.

14 Migratory Tribes of [ No. 145.

a trade of her charms, and too stiff to take a part in the athletic

exhibitions. Two or three hundred rupees are expended in marrying

a young wife; but the ceremonies for the older women are completed

in a day, and cost only ten or twelve rupees. Yet, notwithstanding

this mode of life, they are not unprolific, my informant having seen

five, six, seven, and even eight children born of one woman who had

been devoted in her infancy to the gods.

They never eat the hog, the cow, the bullock, or the horse. They

call themselves Mabrattas, but their religion seems essentially different

from the Hindus aroundthem. They own attachment to none of the

three great divisions of the brahminical faith, and when asked whom

they worship, they reply, “‘ Narayan,” the Spirit of God; but the

particular object the Bhatoo pays his devotions to is the bamboo, with

which all their feats are performed. At the village of Thekoor, near

Kittoor, the shrine of the goddess Karewa has been erected on the

summit of a hill, around the base of which dense forests of bamboo

grow. One they select, and the attendants of the temple consecrate

it. It is now called “ Gunnichari” (Chief,) and receives their worship

annually. To it, as toa human chief, all respect is shewn ; and in

cases of marriage, of disputes requiring arbitration, or the occurrence

of knotty points demanding consultation, the gunnichari is erected

in the midst of the counsellors or arbiters, and all prostrate themselves

to it before commencing the discussion of the subject before them. The

Bhatoos do not keep idols. |

All the dead are buried ; when they consign one of their people to

the earth, they place rice and oil at the head of the grave, and stand

near to watch what creature comes to eat it, drawing the happiest

omen of the state of the departed from the crow visiting the spot.

THE MUDDIKPOR.

Many names have been given to the migratory people we are now

noticing ; Keeli Katr, or Kootaboo, Kublgira or ferryman, Koli, and

Barkur, are those most usually employed; but Muddikpor is the

designation they apply to themselves. They are generally tall and

powerful men, with an olive-yellow complexion, and are now very

numerous throughout India. They say their original locality was

the village of Talicot, near Sorapore, and that however far they be

1844. | Natives in Central India. 15

now dispersed, all classes continue to speak the Mahratta tongue,

though they must likewise acquire a knowledge of the language of the

country they wander about in, to enable them to earn a livelihood.

Their traditions carry back their origin to the obscure periods of

Hindu history ; and they say they have sprung from ten individuals,

and thus account for the ten tribes into which we now find them

divided ; and this traditionary account of a common origin receives

corroboration from the circumstance that all the tribes marry and eat

together.

In each tribe an individual is superior to the others, to whom the

rank descends by birth, though no title is attached to the office. All

disputes that arise are arranged by a jury, whose decisions are made

in accordance with the customs of their forefathers received by tradi-

tion.

These wanderers earn a living by catching fish with nets, and their

women earn a little by knitting, and by tattooing the dark blue marks

on the foreheads of the brahmins and lingaets; but their chief

occupation is the exhibition of the transparencies used in represent-

ing the battles of the Panch Pandya, five brothers, whose exploits are

we believe, detailed in the Ramayuna. The figures are painted on

deer-skin with very brilliant colours, and the story being one the

Hindu never tires in listening to, in every village after night-fall you

may see the representation of the battles, and hear the Keeli Katr

describing the heroes’ deeds.

Their females are very virtuous, and one woman has been known

to give birth to twelve children. Reading and writing is unknown

among them. Their dress and food are the same as the Hindus

among whom they dwell.

They live in square huts formed of grass sewed together, the whole

being perhaps a rupee in value. These they themselves make and

carry with them at their periodical migrations, which custom renders

obligatory every three months,—a longer stay would, they say, sub-

ject them to some dire calamity ; and as the third moon passes by,

the spot that yesterday was a merry encamping ground, is to-day a

desolate and unoccupied waste.

The Muddikpor seemed to me to have no idea of a Supreme Being.

They pay their devotions to the transparent figures with which the

16 Migratory Tribes of [| No. 145.

battles of the Panch Pandya are represented : the box of bamboo con-

taining them is each morning placed on a part of the floor fresh cover-

ed with cow dung; and on the lid being opened to expose the.draw-

ings, they burn frankincense, and bow down to the ground in worship,

—‘‘Oh Panch Pandya, by you we live, continue to give us our daily

bread !”

They are not restricted to one wife, and they bury all their dead,

except lepers, whom they burn.

The languages spoken by these tribes are not understood by any one

of a tribe different from their own, though there seems a general

similarity among them, as will be seen from the few words I obtained.

The Sanscrit, Tamil, Telogoo, Guzerattee, and Maharattee, have been

placed to enable a comparison to be made.

Bh i fi a tn, SS ek eal

Natives in Central India. 17

1844. ]

sopusu

eiyong

seg

yepug

unyNy

Inyny

epuny,

aljjny

en yy

stIoyy

e1oyy

leg

eululy sofex

oddeg

snug

ei0yoO

aIoyD

R1oyg

erfpny oxeg

90}

SUOOT

UIT

eleg

wnyy

o1}Iny

reur

Ten

tued

eyed

900ud

‘aLOOLVHG

y[a1005H

IMAI"

St[1O

[10

sapueg

Ten 233nNg

TeN

alIpoog

IIe

eUUly

ooy

Vasey

oourrpwuy

ese euoy

ooule [Uy

Is[ooM

eSvUL IA

tiofung

WOO;ULy

seis)

Sey

ndian

nssn A

N79U

OOLOOIN

coo oe

Aeyey

WILL,

“TAVMAVUOS

——s a ee

“AT MOONTUV |

OMIN FT

seuuer

00/03,

fepusy

o1yog

SUM

snypng

ellyoy

O1YOY

anpue yy

Iyo00q

TV yy

O1.n I

WyOT

ofMI0g

oxregd

9foyg

yeyo

O1yOT

ual AL

OO1e MA

oyIn,

inyeuq

rey

ppun

Tue

oo188nq |

1179? |

oIYON,

lIpey

oOLOg

BEM

snypng

sIIYOY

o1yoy

atta

100y

119j0

oa1}))ny

sII0yD

o10yy

re)

opueud

vky

oorg

Toot

evaayg

at10y) |

BI0y)|

unMeg

aIMOYg

ISSNUY JT

souyue

UIT

O19 AA

O10V J,

ony

aIpue N

ued

00}7e Ug

90ug

"TU MOG

eyog

TRTOAK

elles

epuoay

Bleoyg

seq

yepng

syn yy

o1yn yy

reed

100g

aI}nNy

eIq{n yy

aIoyy

e10yy |

SIIMOD)|

Sorng

aa1e

deg

aroyg

evI0UO

enouoD

e10yg

1UAINYoH

into y |

TUANYox |

myoy

qekiny

IIe

oY,

eyeyg

eye

orpue N

tued

e17eUd

sours

‘aTUNHOYH

wen

————

ueseyT uesey

ynsseig eco eee eee

B[OST Eloy

epuse jr epurw

Iyog eryong

SUM fey ‘seq

ong yeng

NULO YY Wyoy

eIULOOY|INyoy “ysnyy

uelueyy WeyI

Iyoog Iyoog

a1}ny 91370

ein yy 017903

a1oyH a1loyy

o10UD Blouy

aey Ey)

[eq] poaing*s10q

IV SOIT IN]

ddeg eMeg

eyouD syed

eIZOYUO o1yaq

styoyHD a1youp

BIYOYO oryOyD

ole Wale gq

VIACN ew

soyreg Tpreq

snue snue

Ul UIT

BIIC A uoeg

00}S9A §0}1V

JOQWIN WOOYYALL

oyeud 1130Y

Iezq qe

IPPON: IPPUN

tUedg ueg

Issnqg raed

100}100g udsdWB 7,

‘SALLVUVH “ATLLVUazZAy

yuag weuekye y

tpejuey UP S19g

eye N Le N

a1100H} oo0IIy WA00oy

BONN OOdLY

ood epo0q ood

UY Ieg YU Ieg

s110 1 aT0N

oozu00g yjnaeyg

a2al[9q 1u0g

Ipudg eso Tuung

ey yooy 1V TeN 230g

ey yoo Yen

wniiny 1y| et1poop e33ng

Liiqabagats) a1Ipoog

ov oossng

ooppey oore fT

euUUy euluLy

doIULyZ, uiddy

001}00 3 VSeIN

eodiny us? IN

Bled 1V PATS

InN y unseg

woo; wag nepung

T[ULed uy

ISUPULLY T[WLOg

ISUP IN twnsue fp]

eee eee eee uneyy

rep Wex

ndony ndioN

epuoq [AeA

enmy | Hoy

PY) ULI JA]

oo19y iy

19°N luUey

ey ooliny

guoougd yuLooulg

‘ooDvVIay | 3 =“TINVYE,

} i

i] }

;

nS —

eyemog

ieyumnuune

yooqure

elly

ally

ISPIM

Seypng

130041005

jJOOYIOO Hy

ITYOOS

imyoos

ueMys

dysy

ory

Qeysnra

ee NW

e4090g

euuny

ooydnys

vkung

Sieg

eens

nny

220199

yslue W

SITIK

OOTR AA

unysog

ufooug

QOyMA

TPpPEN

"1090 dy

ueyseg

gurooug

*LIUISNVS

——

adele

Weyer

daays

yeory

JOST,

youd

4909

79)

leog

youg

Soq

ale yy

asloy

MOD

agers

IOYIOW

oye

Jazysneq

uos

fog

OFT

pueqsny

UPWLOM

130q

pum

heh |

‘ourysung

pesg

CER g

IOATY

IOIBM

3uojg

Weg

"HSITONT

Migratory Tribes of Natives in Central India. [No. 145.

epog

aed

any

oouuny

oury

rypucoW

eryoryo

24V

wooyay

elaN

eM3H |

AER

Wet

eIMOud

Bey

IVMINY,

ooo eee veo

see coe eee

e[sey

rep

arypny)

eypny

essng

elieg

ool[nH

I814g eeplne

OXXIN

ekieg

erIqUueN

oyun

Pjeays

ene

*ADOOLVHG

Turpop

aoisng

ese eco see

nj04

TYIES

soodeg

yezleg

Tepuny

atyjny o10y

o30'T

ojosuy

ang eee

Wey

uey,

AEN

ood

s0ureyn |

THAT) |

399d

ooyey

aoqng|*"*

ee We'd eee

eey

IEMILTY,

ooisn'T

or0¢

00100

wypny

oorypey

aoisng

oIseM

SI®T, eee

yyoog)*"

opryeN |oojsuryy *ssog

osjoy peie

tee eos seo

pueyy,

e[[eang

“ALVMVUOY

qeiy st

osueyen

O}e

PeuL

ULIBX)

osyinyy|***

“ATMOOWAUV YE

210q

euiey

ury

AEN

ood

oppoy

SeCyiht Ea)

3107

wooyox

Inpuooyy

oornley

I@MINI,

wey y

gredunyD

Oo1s0y

gTyuny yy

olreypny

ooueypny

oljueyd

sIplon

eee eee

om H

ern

yemoyoy

qeiyy

nuey.N

TRIPEM

[njeag

u0O

‘TIUMOG

eqjosuy

eed

WeH

uey

AEN

MmyUy

20use IN

a01V

wooys0n

vlad

oO1y ey

oo[ey

I@MIN,

TYAes

vISeY

vpsey

erung

erypny

eypny

eIssng

viIoy

ISIn J,

ermnH

stpinypne

oyoy

SIMSe NT

vrIyue N

soun

e[aeus

30992],

oosin jl

“ALUNHOD

eyjosuy

oeg

WwH

uey

AVN

e10g

eyoog

eeqIIY)

yeouny

unoy

emieg

Ve M190]

BI0dg

uininquey,

pedes

sunyey

JEMINT

visny

eior

ei10ey

aBu

TAY IIe)

ooyrIey

essng

BOISE M

SSEIg

qyy0o0g

oorleH

aIprer

esueyg

ayh Mw

ueyey

e101

pueqL

OOUSE AA

ee W

“AALLVUVAIN

e0jesuy

sng

72H

uey

1eN

qyTy

ouyeN

1eyy

207,V

unoy

oolag

oujey

ooif0o9

ore yy

I@MIN,

Tyres

olor

vise yy

Tea

serleypny

oomeypny

oossng

do1yoe MA

SInL

yoo

9Min yy

2M?{I0O

ooreg

oo1eyeN

eueNn

oouyjioN

ooley,

oou0g

yenoy

“TALLY YaIZNy

T12t0g

oon?

1eyo

oojnoyyp

VYYOONW!

oojuey

eth

Aelesuay :

rpurg |

ooTTeurpoy |

oodyjan|

ooiseg |

Lpesjeg

nd .a9%7

oot

odjen

19M

eyoy

soodeg

Ley

epprn

gPIIPH eV

gprrey

Jepucoy

e100q

Tyednqg

IEPIV

00S1|paW

MILL

Tpeyoun |]

Tpepryo

tpeuryo

Tpeped

Ipies

005100

org

‘OODVIT]

WTA Mag

TT?

sate y

ooppey

oouun y

HIE

wnipua x

Turpoy

uInyIeN

oofuew

oodieg

ase

eade)

aMelog

soodeg

eyey

npurig

apres B33

oplley

[ASSO J]

19190 Oouuny

UINM®T,

issng

UIOOTIN IN

WInISIyS

OprleNn

oopryTy

epeuulryyD

SII g

00}001Y

PIIOOS

UWIe[esORS

"TIMV

I@MI99 FT

IeMeja gq

IVMUICY

eviqooys)

eysiy

BqIT995

PI}SEM

rior

sey

aweuy

oyIey

aessng

OS}EM

YSILE

eyppnys

fuunys

RIM,

wunusyoruleg

ueyey

poorig

pares

UINYSoO

oon

*LIMOSNYS

proxy

auo}g Suipuriy

anol —

JeOU AM

anig

useIn

MOTION

pey

SUIT AA

pitas

pr0ag

Ties

20us

MOID

ayeulay —

a[eW ‘ssy

oie yy

F180

SIT L

Jesuny

MOIS

FONG

pooy

ped

[TBUlsS

yeaIyH

PL990

10H

qieed

*HSITONG

y 19

Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words. From Dr. Voysry’s MSS.

Elllichpoor, 16th December, 1821.

We took the Goand, our guide, with us down the hill to our tents, for

the purpose of examining him more closely, and writing a small Voca-

bulary of his language. He spoke Hindoosthanee and Marhatta with

great fluency, and we found not the slightest difficulty in making him

understand us. I asked him his diet, to which he replied, buffalo’s flesh,

hog’s flesh, &c. There was some equivocation concerning his eating cow’s

flesh, which he first admitted and afterwards denied; his objects of

worship were Aboo Bekker below the hill, and Baum Deo upon the

hill. The following is the vocabulary of words :—

English. Coour Goand. * Marhatta.

man, hejuh ? dota.

woman, juffare.

water, da, to ask, komruju.

fire, singhel.

earth, kansa, dohree.

stone, yotha.

tree, seeng.

honey, shuhud, doomboor.

milk, doodh, dedum.

hill, doongur.

house, ' oarra.

grass, jhana, jhana.

mouth, (Ist) chaboo, koto, ota.

eyes, moonh, meht.

nose, meht, moonh.

hair, ap.

bread of wheat jowarris, sokra.

flesh, jeloo.

cow-dung, shena.

urine, kooknum.

to give, ikija.

to bring, salija, lana, lena ani.

to drink, noweja, dasalija.

Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words. [ No.

English. Coour Goand. Marhatta.

to eat, jomeja.

to strike, kwageja.

to call out, hujeeja.

to sleep, gitijeeja.

to rise, bidija, hujoomen.

to sit, soobangeja.

to ask where is he gone, chota walunja.

to bind, tolkeja.

to open, itikeja.

wine, seedho, daroo.

to run, saroobija.

1, mea.

pi bariah.

3, aphe.

4, uphoon.

D, munace. 5

6, turrume.

ty aya.

8, thar.

9, arhe.

10, gyl.

tl, ekrah.

20, bees.

100, chedy.

stars, ipeel.

god, gomoie sun.

penates, mootiah.

draw god, kawra.

bedstead, parkoum.

many, gonal.

tiger, koda.

antelope, gotharie.

buffalo, butkil.

sambur, roec.

cotton, capoos.

bamboo, mat.

pres

1844. ]

Memorandum.

Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words.

It is remarkable that no two words are similar, with the exception

of doongur and jharra.

Coour.

The Goands south of the Nerbudda are called

Choka near Hoshungabad 12th March, 1823.

Two Goands came and gave me the following synonyms in their

language to those of the Goands of the Gawilghur range, whom they

call Coour. They neither eat or intermarry, but consider themselves a

distinct tribe.

Goand. Pi. English. Goand. English.

wurra, . Mansa, man. jemra, strike.

mace, woman. wonaro, to eall.

yeer, water. namseen, sleep, nerma.

kis, fire. teda, open, tunda

durtee, earth. tunda, rise.

tonghee, stone. lul, wine.

murha, tree. sookoom, _ stars.

phookee, honey. permesur, god, permesur.

pall, milk. parapen, village god, hunooman.

pallme, ghee. peemal, penates, doeoloopen.

kone, house. kuttool, bedstead.

todee, mouth. wullai, many.

kunk, eyes. hermee, buffalo, yermee.

mawinda, thulma, sambre.

musur, — nose. male, dad.

peerka, a child, unturra.

chootee, hair. female, bien turra.

saree, bread. jado, a boy’s name.

soree, flesh. meengo, aman’sname.

sropie, cow-dung. bhao, aman’sname.

seemke, to give. coorap, buttermilk.

turraka, to bring. goknasaree, wheaten bread.

oonjena, to drink. — kola,

tinjena, eat. oonka parsi, language.

At Anund, where I examined a Cole, I found the words in general the

same with those of the Coour Goand of Ellichpoor ; the numerals exact-

ly the same. I was informed of this circumstance before by Wilson, who

22 Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words. [ No. 145.

had ascertained the fact from Captain Jackson. The number of similar

words is about three-fourths, including the verbs, which appear to have

the same radical.

Vocabulary taken at Chunooh, 2d April, 1824.

man, hoko. cat, joomemen.

woman, herako. strike, allumrooya.

water, da. eall out, koorkoortooweemen.

fire, singhel. sleep, geteemen.

earth, hausa. rise, tingoomen.

stone, sukum. sit, doobmen.

tree, darao. ask, sen waboo.

honey, doomoor. bind, tolemen.

milk, towah. open, rahemen.

hill, booroo. run, neerum.

house, oah. stars, gpeel.

grass, of god, 9

mouth, ah. penates, Ui

eyes, meht. bedstead, parkoum.

nose, mooanh. many, isoo.

hair, oop. tiger, kola.

bread, ep antelope, kotharie seleep.

flesh, geloo. buffalo, bitkilko.

cow-dung, gooree. sambur, saram,

urine, dooki. cotton, katsoom.

to give, immeymen. bamboo, mart.

bring, haraow koomen. wine, arkee mad kum.

drink, noweemen. arrow, sarr.

Numbers.

1, mea. [| boonga. 9; arhe.

2, bariaba, desoom- 10, gyl.

3, aphia. 100, mesye.

A, uphoom. li kurrea.

5, munace, singbooen. 2, boepace.

6, turrune, diggy. 3, korar,

fi aya, kora soon- 4, angreea.

8, ilhar. [ die. 5, champeca.

1844.] Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words. 23

6, chakee. 14, gojoh.

r kandehum. 15, koonteah.

8, sirka. 16, barjo.

9; lagoorec. 17, seedhoo.

10, sinko. 18, diggy.

bl, sooreen. 19, soondee.

12; poortee. 20, buddra.

13, marlah. 21, gagoree.

On THe History oF Arakan.—By Capt. A. P. PHayre, Senior

Assistant Commissioner Arakan.

The following sketch of the history of Arakan I put forward chiefly

in the hope of attracting others to this field of enquiry. A compilation

was made at my request from various ancient chronicles, by Nga-mi,

one of the most learned among the literati of his country, and I pro-

ceed to furnish an epitome of its contents. Many copies of the Ra-

dza-weng, (History of Kings,) are to be found among the Arakanese,

differing from each other in details, being ample or scanty in the

narrative, according to the research or imagination of the authors, but,

all agreeing in the main facts of the national history. On the Burmese

conquest of the country, the ancient chronicles were sought after with

avidity, and destroyed or carried away, in the hope apparently of

eradicating the national feeling. These efforts were, however, futile,

many of the ancient books were secretly preserved, or carried away by

the owners on their emigration to the adjoining British territory, where

many chiefs anxiously watched for an opportunity to recover their

country.

The Arakanese generally take a deep interest in the history of their

native land; they still regard it as being one of the most favoured

countries of the world, and as having been, in ancient times, among the

most powerful of kingdoms. Their pride even makes them affect to

regard the occupation of it by the British, as a national re-conquest

from the Burmese, achieved by themselves, because a number of Ara-

24 , On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

kanese refugees, being formed into a levy, accompanied the British

army of invasion, and fought by its side.

The Arakanese are of the same stock as the nation which inhabits

the valley of the Hra-wadi ; their national name is Myamma, a word

which by the Burmese is pronounced Ba-ma, and thence changed

by Europeans into Burma. They are a section of that nation, separated

from the parent stock by mountains, which, except towards the

southern extremity of the range, admit of little intercourse from one

side to the other. Hence those Arakanese living in the northern

portion of the country, adjoining Bengal, have some peculiarities in

dialect and manners. There they touch upon a people totally different

from themselves in race, in language, and religion. There the original

Mongolian features of the people have become considerably modified,

the nose being more prominent and the eyes less oblique than they are

found to be among the people of the South of Arakan and in Burma

Proper. Whether this change is the result of a partial intermixture of

race, or other causes, I am not prepared to say.

The province of Arakan, taking that term as applied by the British,

includes all the highland and lowland territory which extends from

the head of the Naf estuary in lat. 21° 10’ N. down to Cape Negrais in

lat. 16° 2‘. The great mountain range called Yu-ma, or Yo-mu, runs

in a general direction nearly due North and South, forming the Eastern

boundary of the country. On the West is the sea, and as the coast

branches out from the South ina N. N. W. direction, the country from

being very narrow at its southern extremity becomes on the Northern

border about one hundred miles broad from East to West. The Nor-

thern, and by far the richest portion of this tract, or that lying between

about 20° and 21° 10’ N. lat. was alone called by the natives Rakha-

ang-dyt or Rakhaing-land, while the rest of the country, consisting of

the islands of Ran-byt and Ma-oung, (Cheduba,) and the district of

Than-dwai, (Sandoway, ) was included in the general term of Rakhaing-

taing-gyi, or Rakhaing kingdom.

The word Rakhaing appears to be a corruption of Rek-khazk, de-

rived from the Pali word Yek-kha, which in its popular signification,

means a monster, half-man half-beast, which like the Cretan Minotaur,

devoured human flesh. The country was named Yek-kha-pu-ra by

the Budhist Missionaries from India, either because they found the

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 25

tradition existing of a race of monsters which committed devasta-

tions in a remote period, or because they found the Myam-ma people

worshippers of spirits and demons. It is possible that these traditions

of human-flesh-devouring monsters, arose from exaggerated stories

concerning the savage tribes who inhabited the country when first the

Myam-ma race entered it. The names given to some of these mon-

sters bear a close resemblance to names common among the Khyeng

and Kami tribes to this day. Popular superstition still assigns to

each remarkable hill and stream its guardian Vat or spirit, to whom

offerings are made; and this elf-worship is the only acknowledgment

of a superior power made by the wild hill tribes now living within the

boundaries of Arakan. From the name of the country Rakhaing, the

people now generally call themselves Rakhaings, as distinctive from

the Burmese, though the term is strictly applicable only to those

who live in the northern portion of the country, or Arakan Proper.

The Myam-ma nation evidently had no knowledge of writing until

it was communicated to them from the continent of India or from

Ceylon; and this event, if we may judge from the history under review,

occurred during the second century of the Christian era. Up to that

period therefore we must conclude, that the main facts of the national

history were transmitted by tradition; nevertheless we have long tales

and details of prior events; these have no doubt partly been invented

by successive copyists and commentators, and partly amplified

from original facts. The Arakanese being instructed in letters and

religion by people from the West, gradually mixed up their own

genuine traditions with the histories or fictions of their teachers. As

the Budhist religion taught that before the advent of Gautama, who

flourished about the middle of the sixth century B. c., there had existed

during the present world-era three successive Budhas, whose lives and

the intervening periods occupied an indefinite duration of time, it

thence became the ambition of the newly-taught disciples, to blend

their line with those nations among whom the Budhas had appeared ;

hence arose confused stories of monarchs from various countries in

India establishing themselves and building cities in Arakan; all these

may be laid aside as fiction. The duration of each king’s reign from

a remote period is given in the history, the date assigned for the ac-

cession of many of the sovereigns since the year 863, corresponding to

26 On the History of Arakan. [ No. 145.

a. D. 1501, are confirmed by coins, some of which are in my posses-

sion.

Having deemed it necessary to say thus much by way of preface, I

now proceed with my epitome of the history.

The writer opens with a declaration of devotion to the three treasures :

“‘ Deity, Law, and the Assembly of the Faithful,” and invokes the angel

Tho-ya-tha-ti, that he may be inspired with eloquence. He then states

his plan as follows :— :

‘I propose to give the history of all the kings sprung from the Bud-

den-ggu-ya* race, descendants of king Maha-tha-ma-da in lineal suc-

cession, who reigned in Yek-kha-pu-ra, that royal golden Rakhaing

land, which is like the city of Maha-tho-da-tha-na,+ ten thousand

yu-ja-nat in extent, placed on the summit of Mount Myen-mo,

two hundred and fifty thousand yw-ja-na in extent, and in attack-

ing which the fierce A-chu-yas§ are constantly defeated, which is si-

tuated on the surface of Jam-bu-di-pa,|| thirty thousand yu-ja-na in

circumference, being honorably placed at the summit, where all its

enemies cannot prevail against it.”

Having pronounced this eulogy upon his country, the historian pro-

ceeds to narrate the origin of mankind.

*“‘ When the present world-era first arose, Byahmas{ coming to the

earth, saw in the centre thereof, five tiers of lotuses, together with the

eight canonical requisites ;** having plucked these, a Byahma interpret-

ing the omen, said: In this world-period there will appear five Budhas,

* This race of kings is stated to have first reigned in Ba-7u-na-thi, or Benares.

t A city on the summit of Mount Myen-mo, which is the centre of the Sekyah sys-

tem. A Sekyah system comprises a central Myen-mo Mount, the surrounding seas and

islands, the celestial regions, and the infernal regions. (Judson’s Bur. Dicty.)

t Yu-ja-na, a measure of distance comprising about thirteen miles.

§ A-thu-ya, fallen Nat or Spirit, formerly driven from the summit of the Myen-mo

Mount. (Judson.)

|| The world we live in, being the southern of the four great islands which surround

the Myen-mo Mount.

| Byhama, a celestial being, superior to Nats.

** These consist of, 1. Theng-kan, a priest’s upper yellow garment, or mantle; 2.

Theng-boing, a priest’s lower garment; 3. Fakot, part of a priest’s dress, worn as a scarf

across the shoulder; 4. Khaban, the girdle ; 5. Kharoing, water dipper; 6. Thengdon,

or razor for shaving the head; 7. Theng-bit, earthen dish for holding rice; 8. Com-

prising two articles of use, viz. Ka-nyit or stylus for writing on palm leaf, and Ap,

or needle, for sewing the canonicals,

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 27

therefore it will be called Badda-kap-kam-bha.* Those great Byahmas

having enlightened the four great islands, by the brightness of their bo-

dies, and having eaten of the crust of the earth,t returned to their own

celestial abodes. Some of these Byahmas having thereby mysterious-

ly passed to another state of existence, could not return; they became

new beings, and nine were allotted to each of the four great islands.

Then eating of the fruits of the earth, they became subject to lust,

guilt, ignorance and passion ; from them five females were first formed,

and afterwards four males. Thus were the four classes of men{ esta-

blished, and gradually spread abroad; these (four pair) separating in-

to families, one woman remained; she was intended to be concubine

to the king.”

The history next proceeds to relate, that men multiplied, and wicked-

ness increased in the world ; at length appeared the embryo of Kauk-ku-

than, the first Budh of the present period ; he reigned in Ba-ra-na-

thi under the name of Maha-tha-ma-da, the first of the many who

bore that title; his descendants were in process of time called Brah-

man kings. In their time, many of the sacred books were revealed, and

all earthly objects received their names. The length of man’s life was

ninety millions of years.

A king of this race named Wa-ya-adz-dzyau-ya had sixteen sons;

the world was divided amongst them, and the city of Ram-ma-wa-ti,

built by Nats, near the present town of Than-dwai (Sandoway,) fell to

the share of the eldest, named Thamu-ti-de-wa. His descendants

reigned in Kam-ma-wa-ti. In their time, several sorts of grain were

given to man; weights and measures were first used, and men were

taught various useful arts. Some kings of this race are represented

as being of Brahmanical, and some of Budhist, faith. Ra-ma-wa-ti

was subject to the kingdon of Ba-ra-na-thi.

Many ages after, when the Budh Kaw-hu-than had passed away,

a king named Tsek-kyarwa-de reigned in Bara-na-ti. He was the

* Bad-da-kap-kam-bha, a grand period of time distinguished by five Budhs in

succession. ( Judson.)

t The former world had been destroyed by fire, which had finally been extinguish-

ed by water, the drying process had caused a clayey crust to form on the surface, des-

cribed as being of a delicious flavour.

t These consist of, 1. Kings, in Pali Khat-ti-ya; 2. Brahma-na; 3. Merchants,

Wethi-ya; 4. The people at large, Thud-da. This classification has never actually

existed in Arakan.

28 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

Budh Gau-ta-ma, in an embryo state; in a subsequent birth, he became

Man-dat Meng, or sovereign of the Sekyah system; he is therefore

now allotted this title in anticipation; while king of Ba-ra-na-thi, he

had four sons, among whom he divided the world. To the eldest

Thu-ri-ya Thau-da he gave the central portion and the city Pa-ta-

na-go; to the second, J'san-da-than-da, the northern portion and the

city of Pin-tsa-pu-ra ; to the third-son, Ma-ni-thu-bha-was, he gave

the southern portion and the city of Randa-pu-ra ; to the fourth son,

Kan-myeng, were allowed all the countries inhabited by the Burman,

Shan, and Malay races from Ka-tht (Munnipur,) to the borders of

China. :

Kan-myeng came to Ramma-wa-ti, and dispossessing the descen-

dant of Zha-mu-ti-de-wa, married a princess of that race named Thu-

wan-na-ga-hlya; while Maha-ra-dza-ngya, the male descendant of

Tha-mu-ti-de-wa, was sent to govern the city of Wetha-t in Arakan

Proper. ‘ We-ra-khaings,” says the historian, ‘had from the first,

from the time of Tha-mu-ti-de-wa, been in possession of Ram-ma-

wa-ti ;” yet he next proceeds to narrate how king Kan-myeng peopled

his dominions with various tribes, and among the rest, appear the pro-

genitors of the Arakanese, as being now brought to the country for

the first time ; in short, the attempt to reconcile national traditions with

the Budhist writings, has produced inextricable confusion.

Kan-myeng collecting men from different countries of the west,

(Hindustan, ) having a variety of languages, brought them to Ram-ma-

wa-ti ; they then asking for subsistence and a place to live in, to the

first who so applied he gave the name of “ Thek,* and their language

being different from the rest, they lived separate. The king then

assigns names to the rest of his followers, (a far-fetched etymology

being given for each of them,) who became the progenitors of the

various Indo-Chinese tribes and nations. The names of the tribes

after ‘“* Thek” are as follows: Khyeng,t Mye,t or Myu-khan-tsaung-

* This is a small tribe living among the hills in Arakan Proper ; they are described

in an ‘** Account of Arakan”’ in the Jour. Asiat. Soc. for 1841, p. 683, under the name

Doing-nak.

t A tribe living amidst the Yu-ma mountains.

ft A tribe now nearly extinct, formerly living on the Aula-dan river in Arakan Pro-

per, on the present possessions of the Ka-mis, with whom they are confounded by the

modern Arakanese.

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 29

khyan,* Kyip,t Shin-du,{ Mu-du, Pyu§ Me-kha-li,|| Dzeng-me,

Leng, Tan-teng-tha-ye,{ A-tsim,** Leng-khe,t} Pyan-laung,tt Ka-

the,§§ Kan-ran,|\\| Tho-dun, Ta-loing,{ Kan-ti-ka-myum,*,* La-

woik and La-gwon.}{t{

The race of Kan-myeng reigned in Ram-ma-wa-ti for a period of

years, expressed by an unit followed by one hundred and forty cyphers.

During this time the Budhs Kauwk-huthan, Gaw-na-gun, and Ka-tha-ba

flourished and passed away.

The history has now arrived at the close of what may be called its

Indian period, and in the new chapter that opens, the leading events

appear to be derived from national tradition. ‘The names which are

given above to the Arakanese and Burmese; viz. Kan-yan and Pyu,

we may infer to be original names for two of the many petty tribes into

which the Myam-ma nation was probably divided, before it was united

into one comparatively civilized people by the instruction of the

Budhist Missionaries from India. The seat of the Pyu empire was

Prome, after the destruction of which city, it was re-established at

Puggan, a. v. 107.

The historian now changes the scene of his narrative to countries

east of Arakan. The chapter opens thus :—

‘“* Maha-tha-ma-da, the sovereign of Jam-bu-dip dying, the religion

of the Lord Ka-tha-ba being then in the ascendant, (the) life (of man)

extended to thirty thousand years. In that time in the country of

U-ta-ya-ma-dhu-ya,ttt Tha-ga-ya De-wa was king; (he) in power,

* A small tribe living among the Ka-mis.

¢ A tribe near Mannipur.

ft A tribe N. and N. E. of the Ka-mis.

§ Pyu, a name by which a portion of the Burmese nation was formerly designated.

|| A Shan tribe.

‘| A tribe said to live on the borders of China.

** Now called Pashyu, the Malays.

tt A tribe in Arakan Proper, or rather the hills N. W. of it.

tf A Shan tribe said to be famous for growing tea.

§§ The Munnipuris,

|||| Said to be the present Rakiong race, or a portion of them termed Khyoung-tha.

I The Taloing is said to have united with the Tho-dun tribe.

«* A tribe now called Myun in Arakan Proper.

ttt These two tribes are said to be the ancestors of the Siamese.

tit By this term is meant the country North from Ava, what is now called Mo-

gaung, the valley of Hu-kung, &c.

30 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

glory, ability, and skill, was perfect. From that king sprung a son Maha

Tha-ga-ya ; to him were born two sons, Tha-ga-ya and U-ba-tha-

ga-ya. At the same period in the country A-thet-teng-tsa-na,*

reigned a prince of the same race named De-wa-keng-tha ; to him was

born a son Maha-kheng-tha, and to Maha-keng-tha were born two sons,

Keng-tha and U-ba-keng-tha ; also a daughter De-wa-kap-pha. At the

very moment of that princess’s birth, the astrologers (said) thus: From

this princess will be born ten sons, who will completely destroy king

Keng-tha’s line.”

Maha-keng-tha determines therefore to place his daughter in a strong

building with one attendant, and surrounded by guards, to prevent the

approach of any one. Maha-kheng-tha dying, his eldest son Keng-tha

ascends the throne.

At this time Tha-ga-ya ascends the throne of U-ta-ya-ma-dhu-ya ;

he becomes suspicious of his younger brother U-ba-tha-ga-ya, who

is obliged to fly for his life ; he comes to A-thet-teng-tsa-na, and is hos-

pitably received by king Keng-tha. The fugitive prince by chance

comes one day in sight of the building where the princess De-wa-kap-

pha is immured; the history proceeds.

‘The Prince U-ba-tha-ga-ya beheld her from a distance; the prin-

cess appeared dazzling as the sun and moon, very beautiful; shining

in perfection, like the heavenly Nat Thu-dza ; + from the secret influ-

ence of acquaintance in former existences, they had an inclination of

the mind towards each other. The prince by many artifices silently

concealing himself, conveyed a message through the slave girl Nan-di-

gaw-pa; she indeed is young and indiscreet, and not considering con-

sequences, delivered the message to the princess, according to instruc-

tions; having obtained the consent of the princess, the prince re-

_ peating charms and spells, and making himself invisible, reached the

_ building, and there united with the princess. Before long she being

with child, Nan-di-gaw-pa and the watchmen fearing for themselves,

on account of that calamity, represented it to king Keng -tha.”

It is finally determined by the king, that as the prediction of the

astrologers applies only to male children, his sister shall be given in

» This is said to be Pegu.

t Wife to Thi-kya Meng, the king of Nats.

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 31

marriage to U-ba-tha-ga-ya ; if female children are born, they are to

be spared, but if males to be destroyed. The princess first bears a

daughter who dies young ; then ten sons in succession, whose lives are

preserved by an artifice, and last, another daughter. The two eldest

sons are named Wa-thu-de-wa and Ba-lade-wa ; the daughter Eng-

tsa-na-de-wi. The subsequent story refers principally to these three.

The ten sons grow to man’s estate without the real history of their

birth being known; they grievously oppress the people of the country,

till at length complaints are made to the king; he orders them to be

seized, but they. elude their pursuers and fly to a distant country,

where through the favour of a great sage and devotee, they obtain

magical weapons from the Nats; they then return, attack the king’s

palace, and kill both him and his brother. Thus they become mas-

ters of A-thet-ieng-tsa-na. Next they attack the neighbouring coun-

tries, and having conquered A-yudz-dza-pu-ra, or Siam, turn their

arms against Dwa-ya-wa-ti, the Pali name for the present town of

Than-dwai (Sandoway), which was then ruled by Na-rin-da, a king

of the race of Kan-myeng.

Arriving by sea at the mouth of the Zhan-dwai river, they are foil-

ed in their attempts to find the city, which by some is said to have

the power of soaring above the earth, out of reach of danger, and by

others this is said to have been an illusion produced by its guardian

Bhi-hi. By the advice of a Ya-the, or hermit, the brothers propitiate

the Bhi-hi with offerings, and she then withdraws her protection ; the

ten brothers now bind the city with an iron chain to the earth, from

which circumstance the present name 7han-dwaz (iron bound) is de-

duced. The city then falls into the hands of the invaders.

The brothers divided their conquest into ten shares, but made Than-

dwai their chief capital. After sometime the eight younger brothers

are slain in a conflict with the people of the country, who appear to

have risen against them; Wa-tha-de-wa and Ba-la-de-wa, with their

sister Eing-dza-na-de-wi, are obliged to fly; they are accompanied in

their flight by a Pun-na, or Brahman, who now appears for the first

time.

These four direct their flight Northwards: arrived at a forest in the

present circle of Toung-up, they meet with a Bhi-lu, who has assumed

the appearance of a man. This is king Keng-tha who comes to revenge

32 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

the murder committed upon him in his previous existence. He in-

vites them to wrestle, and the challenge is accepted by Ba-la-de-wa

who is soon killed and eaten by the Bhi-lu. The three others pursue

their journey; Wa-thu-de-wa is accidentally killed by a dart thrown

by a hunter at the moving grass, where he supposes an animal is con-

cealed; from thence the Pun-na and the Princess Eng-dza-na-de-wi

go on together; most of the names of places on the coast are derived

from incidents occurring to them during this journey. They continue

on until they arrive at We-tha-l, the chief city of Arakan proper, and

the remains of which still exist. They find the race of kings des-

cended from Ma-ha-ra-dza-ngya is extinct ; the people of the country

elevate the Pun-na to the throne; he is married to the Princess Eing-

dza-na-de-wi, and after a long and prosperous reign, their son

Brahma Thun-da-re succeeds; he marries a Princess of the former

dynasty, named The-rin-pa-re, and their descendants fill the throne

for an indefinite period. During the time of this dynasty, ninety-nine

cities were built or Townships established to the East, and ninety-nine

to the West, of the Ga-tsha-bha, the chief river of Arakan.

The story of the ten brothers, sons of a northern prince by a Talo-

ing Princess, coming into Arakan, seems to refer to the first arrival of

the Myam-ma race from the Eastward, and must be derived from

genuine tradition. ‘The tale of the Pun-na, or Brahman, is of course

an interpolation of later times, though it is not easy to understand

why a Budhist nation should invent this fable, and represent a Brab-

man as the progenitor of one of their dynasties. All the names given

to these personages it will be remarked are Pali; indeed Native names

for kings and great persons do not appear in the history until a very

late period.

In the latter times of the Pun-na race, there lived together in the

Hi-ma-won-da,* a monkey anda deer. A violent storm arising they

were carried away by a flood, and at length floated to the head of the

Ga-tsha-bha, or Kula-dan, river, and from thence to Khouwk-taw-toung,

a hill on the bank of that stream. There the monkey and deer entered

the forest and lived. The deer produced thirty-two children; some

* An immense but imaginary forest, in which most of the wonderful things men-

tioned in the Budhist scriptures are said to be. (Judson.)

1844 | On the History of Arakan. 33

were in the human shape, others were Bhi-lus ; these Bhi-dus ravaged

the country, devouring men and women; at length the last king of the

Pun-na race was destroyed by them, but the queen and a princess

were saved. |

This legend perhaps refers to the warfare the Burman race had to

wage against the aborigines, the present savage hill tribes, who already

possessed the country when they themselves entered it, and who pro-

bably long after struggled for independence. The Bhi-lus are describ-

ed as lying in ambush, and seizing all who ventured out of their houses

after dark: the description in fact much resembles that of a partisan

warfare carried on against invaders. The names given to some of these

Bhi-lus, bear a resemblance to names common among the Ka-mi tribe

to this day ; and their fabled origin from wild animals of a forest far to

the North, beyond the source of the Kula-dan river, agrees pretty

nearly with the present received opinions of the Rakhaings concerning

the Ka-mis, viz. that they originally came from the North, and are little

better than wild beasts.

To remedy this sad state of affairs, a hero at length appears to the

rescue of the Myam-ma race, whose birth is thus traced.

In the country of Kap-pila-wot,* reigned a powerful king named

Adz-dzun-na who determined to abandon his kingdom and become a

hermit. He retired to the Hi-ma-won-da forest, and wandering on

Southwards, reached at length the source of the Kula-dan river ;

there he determined to live far from human habitations in devout re-

tirement under the shade of a pipal tree. The wild animals came to

do him homage, and amidst a herd of deer, appears a doe called In-da-

ma-yu, described as descended from a lion, which in a former existence

had been wife to the king Adz-dzum-na ; it had been foretold by Nats

that as the country We-tha-li, (Arakan) suffered from Bhi-lus born of

a deer, so should it be rescued and restored by a man produced from

the same animal. A violent tempest arises; the doe In-da-ma-yu, is

carried by a flood down the Kula-dan, and cast ashore near the mouth

of the Mi-khyoung, a tributary stream which joins the Kula-dan in its

upper course ; there in the midst of the forest she brings forth a hu-

* A city in Hindoostan (Capilavastie, in Rohilkhand. )

34 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

man child. <A chief of the tribe called Myu,* was out with his dog,

which while ranging the forest sees the child in the jungle and com-

mences barking ; the Myu chief approaches, takes the child home and

adopts him ; eventually this child marries the chief’s daughter, and

being furnished by the Mats with magic weapons, clears the lowland

country of the Bhi-lus, who hitherto had ravaged it. He is acknow-

ledged as king, marries the female descendant of the Punna dynasty,

and builds a new capital, which is called Dhi-ngya wa-ti. He is called

Ma-ra-yu, a derivative from his mother’s name.

From this king the Arakanese historians profess to furnish lists of

successive sovereigns without a break up to the time of the Burman

conquest in’ A. D. 1784. Ma-ra-yu gained the throne at the age of

18 years, and died after a reign of 62 years, aged 80.

Of this race, according to Nga-mi, though this does not exactly agree

with other accounts, there reigned fifty four sovereigns throughout a

period of 1833 years ; at this rate Ma-ra-yu ascended the throne about

2658 years B. C.

At the end of that period an insurrection occurred, and three nobles

successively usurped the throne. The queen of the last descendant of —

Ma-ra-yu escaped with her two daughters, and retired to a hill named

Ni-la-pan-toung.

About this time in the country of Theng-dive} there lived a king Abhi-

va-dza who had two sons; they quarrelled regarding the succession to

the throne, and the eldest, called Kan-Ra-dza-gyi, was obliged to fly.

He is represented as descending with a large army the river Hra-wa-

ti, and then ascending the Khy-eng-dweng. He crosses the Yu-ma

mountains from the present province of Yau, and reaches the upper

course of the Mi-khy-oung in Arakan proper; there he establishes

himself on a well known hill, called to this day Khy-oung-pan-toung.

* I am not sure whether by this name is meant the tribe now called Toung Myu, of

which only a few scattered remnants exist, or whether it is merely another name for

the present Aa-mu tribe. Some Arakanese say that in remote times the Myu was a

very powerful tribe on the Kula-dan, which has been driven out of its possession by the

Ka-mis who came from the North; but all the Arakanese literati I have asked have

but vague ideas of the lineage of the hill tribes now existing.

t This is Tagoung N. of the city of Aba, the ancient capital of the empire; vide

Journal of the As. Soc for March 1836, where the account of the two.sons of Abhi-ra-

dza is related by Colonel Burney from the Burmese Chronicles, precisely as given in

this history by Nga-mi.

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 35

The queen of the Ma-ra-yu dynasty there joins him, and he marries

her two daughters; he remains on this mountain for twenty four years

‘before he ventures to descend to the plains, which during that period

remained subject to usurpers ; at length he comes and makes Dhi-ngya-

wa-ti, his capital; this is called the second dynasty of that city. This

conquest appears to be a second irruption of the people from whom

the Arakanese themselves were descended, or perhaps of a mixed horde

of Myam-mas and Shans. Kan-Ra-dza-gyt is succceded by his son

Thi-la-ra-dza. Of this dynasty twenty-eight kings reign in succes-

sion, throughout a period of 971 years. By this chronology Kan-ra-

dza-gyt, crossed the yu-ma mountains B, C. 825.

At the end of this period Tsan-da Thu-ri-ya ascends the throne.

In his time the Bridhi Gautama, ‘‘ blossoms” in the country called

Ka-pi-la-wot ; while lodging in the Dze-da-won Kyoung or monastery

in Tha-wot-ti,* he is invited to Arakan by the king. Gautama arrives,

and relates his various forms and existences during previous births in

Arakan, and points out the Pagodas which contain relics of himself.

He is received by the king with the reverence due to so exalted a per-

sonage. An image, being an exact resemblance of the Bridh, was per-

mitted to be cast, and was set up at Ma-ha-mu-ni, where a temple

was built for its reception, the ruins of which still exist. This image,

to which miraculous powers were attributed, remained at Maha-mu-ni

until carried by the Burmese to Ava, where it still remains. The Lord

Gautama then confirmed the name of Dhu-ngeja-wa-ti given to the

country by former Budhs in consequence of its great fertility; and

leaving Arakan proper travelled southward to the town of Than-dwai

from whence he went eastward to the city of Prome. The king 7'san-

da Thu-ri-ya, died after a glorious reign of fifty-two years.t This

king is generally reckoned as the head of a new dynasty, since the re-

ligion of Gautama was introduced during his reign; of this dynasty

there reigned in lineal succession twenty-five sovereigns (making fifty-

two from Kan-Ra-dza-gyi) throughout a period of 642 years.

* Name of a district or city in Hindoostan, (Sravasti in Kosala.)

t The list of Arakan kings given in the historical and statistical sketch of Arakan

by Mr. Paton, published in the 16th Vol. of the Asiatic Researches, commences from

this sovereign. ‘he chronology of the history I possess differs considerably from that ;

according to Mr. Paton Tsanda Thu-re-ya died a. D» 701; according to Nga-m’s his.

tory a. D. 198.

36 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

At the end of this time Ma-ha-toing Tsan-da-ya, the lineal descend-

ant of Kan-Ra-dza-gyi ascended the throne. The astrologers declar-

ed that the destinies of the city Dhi-ngya-wa-tt were accomplished ;

the king therefore went forth from it in the second year of his reign, |

in the month Za-tshoung-mon of the year 151,* and finally settled on

the former site of We-Tha-li, called also Khyouk-hle-ga, which city

was re-established in the month Ra-tohon of the year 152. This king

died after a reign of twenty-two years. In his time it is stated that

several Ku-la, or foreign ships, were wrecked upon the Island of Ran-

byi, aud the people in them, said to be Musulmans, were sent to

Arakan proper, where they were settled in villages. This king is

reckoned the founder of a new dynasty.

He was succeeded by his son in the year 172, who being born when

the full-moon was rising, the sun being still above the western hori-

zon, was called Thu-ri-ya- Taing Tsan-da-ya. The ninth sovereign

of this race is named Tsu-la-taing Tsan-daya, who succeeded to the

throne in the year 313. In the year 315 he went on an expedition to

Bengal (called Thu-ra-Tan,) and set up a stone pillar as a trophy at

the place since called 7'set-ta-goung, or as commonly written Chitta-

gong, alluding, this history states, to a remark of the king’s, (who

abandoned his conquest at the request of his nobles) that to make war

was improper.

The king returned to Arakan, and being troubled with headache he

consulted his wise men, who informed him, that in a former birth he

existed as a dog in a country bordering on China; that dying, his skull

fell into the forked branch of a tree, which when agitated by the wind

pressed upon the skull, and so influenced the living head of him, now

born as aman. The only certain cure was to have the skull removed

* This is the first date that occurs in this history and is equivalent to a. p. 789.

As Gautama is said to have visited Arakan during the reign of 7'sanda Thure-ya,

who ascended the throne 642 years before this sovereign, it follows that Gautama was

alive according to this history in a. p. 147. Now the Arakanese state that this present

year 1843 a. p. is the year of Gautama’s attainment of Pa-ri-nib-ban 2387; they ac-

knowledge that this era is derived from sacred books deposited in Burmese monas-

teries, and appear to admit its correctness, though it militates against their own histori-

cal chronology. It is probable that the Budhist religion was first introduced during

the reign of Tsan-da Thu-ri-ya, and that the figment of Gautama’s visit, invented to

gratify national vanity, has been ignorantly assigned to the period of that monarch’s

relgn,

1844. | On the History of Arakan. on

from the tree. The king determined therefore to go to China,

though he was warned by the astrologers that the time was not propi-

tious. Before going he presented the queen with a magic ring he had

received from Thi-kya, the king of Nats, appointed her to rule over

the kingdom in his absence, and directed that in case of his death,

he was to be king whom the ring would fit. The king then departed

by sea, and passing Jhan-divai reached Henza-wadi or Pegu; he then

ascended the L-ra-wa-ti to Prome, at that time the capital of the Py-z

or Burman Empire, and from thence going on northwards, at length

reached the country he was in search of, which appears to have been

subjected to Theng-dive or Ta-goung. There he was honorably re-

ceived by the king, and soon commenced a search for the tree contain-

ing the dog’s skull ; this being found he caused it to be burnt, and built

a Pagoda near the spot. The king remaining a long time as if for-

getful of his home, his attendants roused his attention by singing

the song of his own country, and then at their solicitation he pre-

pared to return. On reaching the sea, the greater part of the boats

were lost, and the king was drowned in the sixth year of his reign.

This occurred in the year 319, and is supposed to be effected by the a-

ga or Ocean Monster, at the solicitation of his daughter, in order that

she may possess the king, whose wife she had been in a former birth.

The scene of this disaster is laid off the extreme southern point of

the coast, a few miles south of Cape Negrais. The chief minister

carried the mournful intelligence to the queen; she suspected

him of having contrived the disaster, and banished him from the

kingdom.

Search was now ordered to be made for one whom the ring, left

by the king, would fit. All the men of the country, great and small,

were tried, but not one could wear it. People were therefore dispatch-

ed to search among the hill tribes. They found two brothers, chiefs

of the Myu tribe, named A-mya-tu and A-mya-ku, with the son of

the latter Pe-byu, casting a net into the waters of the Mi-khy-oung.

The ring was found to fit all three, and they were brought to the

royal city. The eldest of the brothers, A-mya-tu, was married to the

queen J’sau-da-de-wi in the month Taboung of the year 319, and

was saluted as king. After he had reigned six years, the queen having

intrigued with his younger brother A-mya-hu, he enticed the latter

38 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

into a forest, under pretence of worshipping the mountain Wat, and

there killed him with an arrow.

The Py sovereign who reigned at Prome, hearing of these transac-

tions, invaded the kingdom to expel the Myw chief, ‘but lost his army

in the Yu-ma mountains, and was obliged to retreat. The king A-mya-

died after a reign of seven years; on his death, his nephew Pe-byu

married the queen 7’sauda-de-wi in the month of Pya-tho 326.

The city We-tha-li was now abandoned, and the king established

his residence on the site of the present city of Arakan, then called

Myouk-a. After Pe-byu, had reigned twelve years, the country was

invaded by a Shan prince called Thoa-kheng-bhwa-kye, who took the

royal city, and despoiled the Maha-mu-nz temple of its gold ornaments.

The king and queen fled to a hill in the upper course of the Yo

stream, and there remained concealed. These events occurred in the

year 338.

For eighteen years from this time the country remained subject to

the invaders, and the annalists record no events. The Zaloyings are

said to have possessed Thau-divoi during the period. At length the

Shan’s army retreated, carrying away a number of prisoners, who are

said to have been settled at Z'sa-kaing, near the present city of Ava.

Soon after the Pug-gan king Anaw-rahta-dzan, who appears at

this time to have been supreme in the present Burman empire, invaded

Arakan, for the purpose of carrying away the celebrated image of

Gaw-ta-ma from Maha-mu-ni, but retired without effecting his object.

After these protracted troubles there appeared a son of the king

Tsu-la-taing Tsa-da-ya; he was born six months after that king’s

departure for China, and is represented to have remained concealed

among the Zheh tribe, in the hills on the upper course of the river

Ma-yu. He is called Nga:Meng-nga-tum ; with the help of the Thek

tribe, he ascended the throne in the year 356 and established his capi-

tal at Zsam-bha-wet, on the river Le-myu. The kingdom was again

invaded by the Pug-gan king, and Nga-meng-nga-tum was killed after —

a reign of twenty-four years. |

The queen of T'su-la-taing Tsa-da-ya was still living on the Yo

river; some years before, on the death of the Myu chief Pe-byu, she

had married a nephew of her first husband, named Z’san-da-hu. This

marriage produced two sons, namely Khet-ta-theng, and Tsan-da-

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 39

theng ; also a daughter Ge-ri-kuma-ri. The eldest son married his

own sister, (a common practice in ancient times with the Arakanese

and Burmese royal families) and with the assistance of Anaw-ra-hta-

dwza, king of Pug-gan, ascended the throne in the year 380. He es-

tablished his capital at Ping-tsa, and died after a reign of ten years.

His younger brother Jsan-da-theng succeeded him in the year 390.

Four of his descendants reigned in succession; in the reign of the

fifth, named Meng-phyu-gyt, a noble usurped the throne in the year

422; another noble deposed him, but in the year 423, the son of

Meng-phyu-gyi, named Meng-nan-thu, ascended the throne and

reigned five years.

The third in descent from him, Meng Bhi-lu, was wilde by a rebel-

lious noble named Vheng-kha-ya, who usurped the throne in the year

440.

The heir apparent, Meng-re-bha-ya, escaped to the court of

Kyan-tsit-tha king of Pug-gan.

The usurper reigned 14 years; his son Mevg-than succeeded him in

the year 454, and reigned eight years; on his death, his son Meng-

Padi ascended the throne.

During this period, the rightful heir to the throne, Meng-re-bha-ga

was residing unnoticed at Pug-gan; he had married his own sister

Tsau-pouk-ngyo, and there was born to them a son, named Let-ya-

meng-nan. The exiled king died without being able to procure as-

sistance from the Pug-gan court for the recovery of his throne. At

length the king of that country, A-laung-tsi-thu, grandson of Kyan-

isit-tha sent an army of 1,00,000 Py-us and 1,00,000 Zalaings to

place Let-ya-meng-nan upon the throne. This army marched in the

year 464; after one repulse the usurper Meng-Pa-di was slain, and

Let-ya-meng-nan restored to the throne of his ancestors in the month

Nat.dau 465.*

* A Burmese inscription on a stone discovered at Budha Gaya, a facsimile and

translation of which by Colonel Burney, are given in the 20th Vol. of the Asiatic

Researches, serves to confirm the account given in this history, of the restoration of

Let-ya-meng-nan, or as he is called in the stone inscription, Pyu-ta-thin-meng, i.e.

*‘ Lord of a hundred thousand Pyws.’? The dates of the inscription which were con-

sidered uncertain, are no doubt meant to be 467 and 468, approximating as these do

to the date assigned in the Arakan history for the restoration of Let- -ya-meng-nan.

It is evident from the tenor both of the history and the inscription, that the Arakan

prince was regarded as a dependent of the Pug-gan king, to whom he had from his

birth

40 On the History of Arakan. [ No. 145.

The allies of the restored king attempted to carry away the Maha-

mu-ni image, whereby it was much injured.* The royal capital was

established first at Loung-kyet, but that site proving unhealthy, the city

of Ma-rin was built in the year 468. This king reigned six years.

Four kings followed in quick succession, after whom Gau-la-ya as-

cended the throne in the year 495. He is described as a prince of

great power, to whom the kings of Bengal, Pegu, Pug-gan and Siam

did homage. But his chief claim to distinction rests on his having

built the temple of Ma-ha-tz, a few miles south of the present town of

Arakan, the idol in which was, in sanctity, inferior only to that of

Ma-ha-mu-ni. This temple and image were destroyed during the late

war, the height on which the temple stood, being occupied as a posi-

tion by the Burmese forces. This king died, after a reign of twenty

years, in 516. .

He was succeeded by his son Da-tha-Ra-dza, who upheld his fa-

ther’s fame, and repaired Ma-ha-mu-ni temple, which since its partial

destruction by the Py-w army in Let-ya-meng-nan’s time, had remain-

ed neglected; the idol which had been mutilated was also restored, the

tributary kings being employed on the work. This king died after a

reign of twelve years in 527.

He was succeeded by his son 4-nan-thi-ri. This prince grievously

oppressed his people, and neglecting the affairs of government, passed

his days in riot and debauchery. He lost the extensive empire pos-

sessed by his father and grandfather, neglected religious duties, and

extorted large sums of money from the people, till the whole country,

says the historian, cursing him in their hearts, a general rising occur-

red; he was deposed and killed, and his younger brother Meng-phun-

isa, reigned in his stead in the year 529.

birth been a suppliant for aid; in return for the assistance granted him for the recovery

of his grandfather’s throne, he was to aid in rebuilding the temple at Budha Gaya, in

the name of the Pug-gan sovereign. The archetype of the inscription has evidently

been written by an Arakanese, or the stone was engraved by an Arakanese workman,

from a peculiarity in the spelling of certain words, still prevailing among the Ara-

kanese.

* The possession of this idol with which the fortunes of Arakan were supposed to be

inseparably united, appears to have been long an object with the Burmese monarchs.

It was not forgotten when they conquered the country in a.p. 1784. They then

succeeded in carrying it to Ava, where it still remains.

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 4]

This prince established his capital at Ahyit, on the river Le-myo.

A Shan army attempting to invade the kingdom, was defeated in the

Yu-ma mountains; a number were taken prisoners, and settled in two

villages on the tract of country in Arakan Proper, now called Young-

phek. This king died after a prosperous reign of seven years.

In the reign of his grandson Gana-yu-ban, a noble named Tsa-

leng-kabo, usurped the throne, but proving oppressive, was murdered

in the first year of his usurpation.

Mi-dzu-theng, the younger brother of Gan-na-yu-bau, was now raised

to the throne; he removed the capital to Pingtsa, close to the present

town of Arakan. The oldest Arakanese coins extant, having the em-

blems of royalty engraved upon them, but without any date or inscrip-

tion, are traditionally said to have been struck during this reign. This

prince was surnamed Zaing-khytt, or “‘country beloved.” With cha-

racteristic extravagance, he is said in the history, to have reigned over

the present Burmese dominions, and a great part of India, as far as

the river Na-rin-dza-na, and to the borders of NMipal.

The succeeding ten kings pass like shadows, without any thing

worthy of notice except their short reigns. The five last of them

reigned only for one year each, and by their oppression and neglect

of religious duties, the people were dissatisfied, while sickness and

famine desolated the country. The ats, or spirits of the seasons,

withheld their aid ; the earth no longer yielded her fruit, and general

misery prevailed. The last of these wicked kings was deposed, and

his son Let-ya-gyi, ascended the throne in the year 572. He by his

mild government, restored the prosperity of the country.

In the year 599, A-lau-ma-phyu succeeded to the throne, and re-

moved the capital to Lyung-kyet in 601. This king made war upon

the Pug-gan sovereign, and received tribute from the king of Bengal.

He died after a reign of six years.

His son Ra-dza-thu-gyi succeeded. In this reign the Talaings in-

vaded the southern portion of the kingdom, but were repulsed by the

Arakanese general A-nan-thu-gyi ; nothing worthy of notice occurs

until the reign of Nan-kya.gyi, who ascended the throne in the year

630. This king oppressed the people with heavy taxes, and levied

contributions of goods which he stored up in his palace. By various

42 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

acts of tyranny, he incurred the hatred of many influential men, and

even the priests, whose religion forbids them to notice worldly affairs,

are represented as inimical to him. A fanciful tale is related of the means

taken to procure his death. A certain noble, who was the 7’si-tha-

beng, or commander of the body guard, whom he had deeply offended,

conspired with two religious students, who were said to possess the

power of metamorphosis, an art which the king had formerly learnt

from them. The two brothers assuming the form of wild buffaloes

approached the capital ; information thereof being brought to the king,

he, unaware of the deception, ordered a hunting party to be formed, and

went out to see the sport. As soon as he saw the buffaloes, he knew

them to be the magicians transformed, and endeavoured to escape by

flight as a parrot. The brothers instantly assuming the form of hawks,

followed in pursuit. The king finding he could not escape, dropped

his disguise, and fled towards a Kyoung, or monastery, where he im-

plored the protection of the head priest. The priest reproaching him

with his oppressive conduct repulsed him, and he fled to an adjoining

temple, where he concealed himself in the hollow part, containing an

image of Gau-ta-ma, and shut the gate. The brothers followed him,

and threatening to apply fire to the gate, he came forth, and was slain

by them on the spot, in the fourth year of his reign.

He was succeeded by his son Meng-bhi-lu, who married the daugh-

ter of the 7’st-tha-beng, the conspirator against the former sovereign.

This prince is deseribed as being if possible more hateful than his fa.

ther; being jealous of the supposed high destinies of his infant son

Meng-di, he ordered him to be cast into the river, but the child was ~

miraculously preserved, and rescued by some fishermen. He was then

sent to a remote part of the kingdom. These and other similar acts

inflaming the minds of the people against him, he was slain in a con-

spiracy headed by the 7'st-tha-beng, after a reign of four years,

Tsi-tha-beng, the king-maker now usurped the throne, but was him-

self killed in the third year of his reign.

The son of Meng-Bhi-bi, named Meng-di, was then raised to the

throne, when he was only seven years of age. This king gave general

satisfaction, and enjoyed a long and prosperous reign. In the year

656, the Shans invaded the kingdom, but were repulsed. The king of

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 43

Thu-ra-tan,* or Bengal, named Nga-pu-kheng, courted his alliance,

and sent presents of elephants and horses. After this, his dominions

being again attacked in various quarters by the Shans, the Burmese,

the alaings, and the Thek tribe on the north, the king went to the

Ma-ha-mu-ni temple, and depositing his rosary before the idol, vowed

to rid his country of its enemies. In pursuance of his vow, he marched

in person, in the month Nat-dau of the year 674, to repel the Talaings,

who had possessed themselves of the country south of the town of

Than-dwai; his uncle Udz-dza-na-gyi, was sent with an army to

attack Pug-gan; Tsa-leng-ga-thu, his brother-in-law, advanced into

Pegu ; and the general Ra-dza-theng-kyan, was sent against the Thek

tribe.

The city of Pug-gan was taken, the Talaings were overawed, and the

expedition against the Zhek tribe, after being once repulsed was even-

tually crowned with success. After this the general Ra-dza-theng-

kyan subdued the country along the sea coast, as far as the Brahma-

putra river.

In the year 689, the Pug-gan sovereign made an attack upon the

island of Ran-byz, and carried away a number of the inhabitants who

were planted on the Munipur frontier. After this, the Than-dwai

viceroy having gained possession of a relic of Gautama, brought from

Ceylon, by virtue of which he expected to attain sovereignty, rose in

rebellion. A pagoda was built over the relic, which still exists. The

Than-dwat viceroy was finally reduced to obedience. Soon after this,

Meng-di died after a reign of 106 years, aged 313.

Nothing worthy of notice occurred, until the reign of Thin-sti, who

succeeded to the throne in the year 752. In the year 756, he march-

ed to attack the Pug-gan empire, the capital of which was established

at Eng-wa or Ava. During his absence, the governor of Than-dwai,

styled the T’si-tha-beng, revolted, and seizing the boats which had

transported the king’s army along the sea coast, and were now left on

the shore for his return, he made the best of his way to Loung-hyet

the capital, where he set up the absent king’s infant son Ra-dza-thu.

* This may be meant for Sunargong, the capital of the eastern district of Bengal

when it first revolted from the Delhi Empire a. p. 1279. The event recorded in the

text probably occurred about the year a. p. 1295. I cannot guess what Mahommedan

name Nga-pu-kheng represents.

44 On the History of Arakan. [ No. 145.

The king returned without delay to the capital, but his army deserting

him, he was slain and his son proclaimed.

The Tsi-tha-beng not long after sent the young king to the southern

extremity of the kingdom, and governed in his name; but becoming

unpopular, he was after two years deposed, and killed by a noble

named Myin-tsaing-kyi. The latter in his turn became disliked, and

was obliged to fly to the Burmese dominions. The lawful king Ra-

dza-thu, was now restored in the year 759.

He was succeeded by his younger brother Thing-ga-thu. This

prince after a reign of three years, was murdered by the chief priest of

the country, in a monastery, with the connivance of his nephew Meng-

tsau-mwun, who then succeeded to the throne in the year 766.

Shortly after his accession, he committed an act of tyranny which

raised a rebellion against him, and this event caused a material change

in the relations of the kingdom. It was the occasion of the first loss

of its independence since the establishment of the second dynasty of

Dhi-ngya-wa-ti under Kan-Ra-dza-gyi, more than two thousand years

before. It was followed by internal dissensions throughout a long

and unhappy period, till exhausted by the struggles of contending

factions, the ancient kingdom of Arakan fell before the newly risen

fortunes of the successors of A-loung-phra, in the Burmese empire.

Meng-tsau-mwun forcibly gained possession of a lady named Tsau.

bo-ngyo, the sister of the chief called A-nan-thiu. The brother deter-

mined on revenge, went to the court of Ava, and applied for assistance

to dethrone the Arakanese king. The Burman monarch Meng-

tshwai, approving of the design, sent an army of 30,000 men under

his son, who attacked and gained possession of the city Loung-kyee,

on Sunday the Sth day of Nat-dau, in the year 768. Meng-tsau-mwun

fled to Bengal, the governor of Chittagong took from him his queen,

Tsau-mwe-sheng, on whieh the fugitive king went to Thu-raa-tan,

where the king received him with distinction.

The Burmese now gained undisputed possession of the country, and

the king’s son returning home, was appointed governor. A half brother

of Meng-tsau-mwen’s called in the Talaings, who advanced with an

army of 50,000 men, and took the Burman governor prisoner. The

Burmans, however, returned in force the following year (770,) and re.

conquered the country. For several years, the Talaings and Burmans

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 45

struggled for the possession of Arakan, and the latter were finally

expelled in the year 788, by the united efforts of the Arakanese and

Talaings.

During this period, the dethroned king was residing at the court of

the king of Thu-ra-tan, who being engaged in wars, could not afford

him any assistance; while there, the Delhi king came to attack Thu-

ra-tan* with a large army, consisting of elephants, horses, chariots, and

foot soldiers, also “dogs as large as bullocks,”} trained to war. By

the advice of Meng-tsauw-mwun, the dogs were disabled by means of

iron hooks baited with raw flesh, seizing which, they were caught by

the mouth and easily overpowered. The elephants and horses fell into

pits dug for them, and covered over with straw and earth, at the bot-

tom of which were iron spikes; thus the Zhu-ra-tan king obtained a

complete victory. The Arakanese exiled king taught the king’s sub-

jects the art of entrapping a herd of wild elephants by driving them

into a space enclosed by a stockade and ditch; he also instructed them:

in the art of training elephants.

Out of gratitude for these services, the king determined to assist the:

exiled prince in the recovery of his kingdom. He appointed a general

called in the Arakanese annals U-lu-kheng, (Wali Khan,) to command

the army of restoration. This person, however, betrayed his trust, and:

joining with a Ra-khaing chief, named T’se-u-ka, they established a:

government, and imprisoned Meng-tsau-mwun. He escaped and fled.

to Bengal.

The king of Thu-ra-tan now appointed two nobles, named Dan-ba-

isu and Ba-ba-tsu, to carry out his intentions, together with a large

army under the command of 7’shat-ya-khat. They arrived with orders.

to place Meng-tsau-mwun on the throne, and bring back the head and

skin of U-lu-kheng. The expedition was successful. U-lu-kheng suf-

fered the fate his crime deserved, and the historian records in glow-

* As the Arakanese make sad confusion of all cities and countries in India, this

may mean any king between Bengal and Dehli, probably the king of Juanpur. The

fugitive must have reached Thu-ra-tan about the year a. D. 1407, when, and for some

years after, in consequence of Timur’s invasion, the Dehli sovereign was not in a con-

dition to attack Bengal.

+ This reminds one of the dogs of Tibet of the size of asses, mentioned by Marco

Paolo, Book II, Ch. 37. I have known Burmans speak of a rather large English grey-

hound as being of the size of a pony, i. €. 12 or 13 hands,

46 On the History of Arakan. [ No. 145.

ing terms the joy of the people, “from the inhabitants of the kingly

city, to those of the smallest village in the.empire,” that the descend-

ant of their ancient line of kings was restored to them.

The restored king, however, was forced to submit to the degradation

of being tributary to the king of Zhu-ra-tan, and from this time the

coins of the Arakan kings bore on the reverse, their names and titles

in the Persian character ; this custom was probably first made obliga-

tory upon them as vassals, but they afterwards continued it when they

had recovered their independence, and ruled the country as far as the

Brahmaputra river.

Meng-tsau-mwun having got rid of his allies, meditated a change of

capital, and setting out on a journey to find a suitable spot, was miracu- —

lously guided to the site of the present city of Arakan, called Myouk-u,*

by the figure of a handsome youth beckoning him on, but which con-

stantly retreated as the monarch approached.

While searching for a proper site, numerous predictive signs of. its

future destiny were manifested ;{ with the concurrence of the astro-

logers, the city was founded on Sunday, the first day of the month

Taw-tha-leng, in the year 792.

When Meng-tsau-mwun found his end approaching, as his sons

were infants, he appointed his brother Meng-kha-ri heir to the throne,

and closed his checquered career in the fourth year of his restoration,

aged fifty-three years.

Having brought this sketch of Arakan history down to the founda-

tion of that city, which continued to be the residence of the kings for

three and a half centuries, until the Burman conquest in a. D. 1784, it

is fitting to pause here, and resume the remaining portion of Nga-mi's

history at some future period.

October, 1843.

* This spot it is supposed, had been shewn by omens and incidents in very remote

times, to be destined as the site of a great city. It was temporarily occupied by the

Myu chief, Pai-phyu, who ascended the throne in the year 326. A stone wall round

the town, and one round the citadel, still remain. Immense labour has been expended

on those works.

+ Among the rest, five white touktais, (large lizards, ) were found in the hollow of a

tree. These are said by present interpreters of the omen, to mean the English, five of

whose kings, ‘‘ who shall shine as flame and be workers of truth,’’ are to reign over

the country, after which its independence will be restored, or the kingdom be esta-

blished, subject to the performance of homage to the superior power.

1844. ] On the History of Arakan. 47

Chronological Table of the Kings of Arakan.

|\Date of Acces-

N N FS “i StOr Reign. |Relationship of each suc-

» ae OY erelgn. Yrs. Ms.| ceeding Sovereign.

B. C.)Ar. era.

= ee ne

Dhi-ngya-wa-ti Dynasty.

1. |Ma-ra-yir, an Bea AOGON |? Ys ota 62 0

2.|Ma-ra-dzi, Sale a see liteioie Sve 32 O |Son.

3.|Ma-ra-on-leng, ... Sorin ete 53 0 |Ditto.

4.|Ma-ra-rway-leng,.. eialath dishes 48 0 |Ditto.

5.|Ma-ra-bheng, .... tisiasl|| sere 55 O |Ditto.

6. | Ma-ra-dzi, eiainie Satilvrases 33 U | Ditto.

7.|Ma-ra-keng, ...- Saco eee ol BARS 32 0 | Ditto.

8.|Nga-tshap-o, .... Beertnae we wits Slate 21 O |An Usurper.

9.|Dwa-ra-tsan.dra, .. si Mellg leis (byte 40 UO |Son of Ma-ra-keng.

10.}Tho-la-tsan-dra, -. Peel saws a 33. O |Son.

11./Tsan-da-thu-ri-ya-tsan-dra,.| .... | .... 37 0 |Ditto.

12. | Ka-la-tsan-dra,.... Seu det sae 40 0 |Ditto.

13.|Ti-tsan-dra, .... ae ee apart Safes 31 6 | Ditto.

14. | Ma-dhu-tha-tsan-dra, ....| .... swiee 20 O |Ditto.

15.| Dze-ya-tsan-dra, .. eos] cove owlee 40 0 |Ditto.

16. | Mok-kha-tsan-dra, eaSPaly clnioha siefale 26 0 |Ditto.

17.|Gun-na-tsan-dra, .. bebo iaiaie as 12 O |Ditto.

Three nobles reigned for se-

ven days, three months, and

eight months successively,| «++. | «sees -. 11 |Usurpers.

18.| Kan-Ra-dza-gyi, .. Peieen| | sees | visialy 41 0 enna of Gun-na-tsan-

ra.

19. |Kan-Ra-dza-ngai, secs] coe efere 36 0 |Brother.

20.|In-da-thu-ri-ya, .. b siete eter» ofaete 30 0 |Son.

21.| A-thu-rin-da-thu-ri-ya, ....| ss. sieiate 30 0 |Ditto.

22. |Tha-ra-met-ta, .... Bicep cee" cree 28 0 | Ditto.

23. Thu-ri-ya, eeece eeee e@eece e@eeae 31 0 Ditto.

24. |Meng-thi,.. .... PRR Se sae: its SE 22 0 |Ditto.

ya Meng-ba, ecee eee seee eee 22 0 Ditto.

26, Tsi-oung, eee ®eee eevee @oee 28 (0) Ditto.

27. Ta-taing-theng, ». S Sea cle Sate 31 O |Brother.

28. |Kyau-khoung-weng, ....| .... | cee. 31 0 |Son.

29. |Thu-ri-ya-nan-da-mit, ..../ .-.. | see. 21 0 | Ditto.

30. |A-thu-rin-da-bha-ya, 2... .... seikte 3l 0 | Ditto.

3l. Let-ya-tsi-thu-kyi, Bisyettlie: sieaye A 32 0 | Ditto.

32. |Thi-ha-ka, iat sleielala spins eee 43 0 | Ditto.

33. |Meng-bhun-than,.. RDI Gury 2 aiShs 3L 0 | Ditto.

34. |Tha-ret-hmwe, .... piatet| ect BASE 49 0 | Ditto.

39. |Dze-ya-nan-da-thu, eats ees Sa 51 0 | Ditto.

36. Tek- a-thu, eee cere eeee e@eone 46 0 Ditto.

37.|Lek-kha-na, .... Biovail sta ote aie 37 (0 | Ditto.

38. |Gun-na-rit, eeee Riad. stats, ater. 48 0 |Ditto.

NG anit ii. cc| .ss-|..<-..0ct 4v-0 |Ditto.

40. |Meng-hla-hmwe, .. Malan ewia'siy' |» 6 wes 31 O |Ditto.

41.|Ma-rin-da,.. .... BEM saeen |) sa'ae 62 0 |Ditto.

42 |Thi-dhat-kum-ma-ra, ....| .... Lit Sahil 22 O |Ditto.

43. Meng-hla-kyi, er bent: teielen abelbld 47 UV | Ditto.

44. Meng-hla-ngay, .. Daletd|\ “aibisis AP Re 24 OV |Brother.

45.|Nga-tsa-rit, ~ .... Reith alelaca s-4)y v6 0b 2 38 0 |Son.

46.|Myet-hna-wun, .. SPM es OT cece 31 0 | Ditto.

Sermetkhut-kyi, sosa)) idsesd occ eee 27 0 | Ditto.

48. |'Thi-riekam-ma-thun-da,....) 2... | 2... 31 0 | Ditto.

49. |Nan-da-ko-ta-bha-ya, . ....) se. ae 27 (0 | Ditto.

OG; )Meng-nan-hpyu, .. sees! 2ece | cece 20 0 |Ditto.

Ol. |Meng-ma-nu, .... re eee aie 28 0 | Ditto.

On the History of Arakan.

.|Meng-khoung-ngay, eee

-|Louk-khoung-ra-dza, see.

. |Meng-ngay-pyau-hla-tsi, ..

Three nobles usurp the

throne, eooe cece

Dhi-ngya-wa-ti second Dy-

nasty.

1. |Kan-Ra-dza-gyi, .. mete

2. |Thi-la-Ka-dza, .... coe.

3. |Wa-tsa-thu-ra, .... seve

4. |Nan-da-wi-thu-ra, a fe

). |Pun-na-thu-ri-ya, s.ayela

6.|Thu-ran-da, oes eee

Fe Tsan-di-ma, e@oce eeece

8. Thi-ri-tsan-da, eoto eoece

9..|'"Thi-ha-ran; ,0.).0elds ee

10. Thi-ha-nu, eeoece e@eee

1].| Pa-ya-ka, ateleve eaiee

12. Ne-la-gun, eoce ecee

13. |Roha-ha-gun, ...- coee

14.)/Thi-ri-gun, ee. olen

15.|Tha-ma-dza, .... Se te

16.|Kum-ma-ra, ...- oese

17. | Thek-hteng-hpyu, Bc

18. |Tha-bheng-u, «e+. sass

19.|Te-dza-wun, ee. cece

20./Mun-dza-ya-ba, .. sees

21.|Kum-ma-ra-wi-thud-dhi, ..

22. | Wa-thu-mun-da-la, wow

23.|/Thu-rin-da, wee + cite

24,|Ra-la-ma-yu, ..:. see

25.|Na-la-ma-yu, ..+- sees

26.|Wa-dha-gun, ..+- Sait

he Wi-thu-ra-dza, eo eoce

28.|Thi-ri-ra-dza, .... ase

Dhi-ngya-wa-ti Dynasty of

the religion of Gau-ta-ma. |

29, |Tsan-da-thu-ri-ya, Coes

30.|Thu-ri-ya-di-ti, .. Lae

31. | Thu-ri-ya-pa-ti-pat, hela

32. |Thu-ri-ya-ru-pa, .. coos

33.|Thu-ri-ya-man-da-la, ..+-

34, |Thu-ri-ya-wan-na, oa

35. |Thu-ri-ya-na-tha,.. ao aie

36. |Thu-ri-ya-weng-tha, «0

37. | Thu-ri-ya-ban-da, ds abe

48. |Thu-ri-ya-ka-lya-na ss... ss

39. | Thu-ri-ya-muk-kha, stee

40. | Vhu-ri-ya-te-dza,.. dieidle

41.|Thu-ri-ya-pu-nya, ee

42. |Thu-ri-ya-ku-la, .. oa Se

43. |Thu-ri-ya-pa-bas .. re:

44, |Thu-ri-ya-tsi-tra,.. dicate

Date of Acces-

sion.

B. C.|Ar. era.

——$—— _-_--___

Reign.

Yrs. Ms.

oooco cooeceocoqeceoeco. cecoeoecoco

seooceocoecCcooeococSo

[No. 145.

Relationship of each suc-

ceeding Sovereign.

Son.

Ditto.

Son.

Ditto.

Ditto

Ditto.

Brother.

Son.

Ditto.

| Ditto.

‘Nephew.

Son.

Ditto.

——— ee

Brothey.

Son.

Ditto.

‘Ditto.

Ditto.

1844. | On the History of Arakan. 49

Date of Acces: Reign. /Relationship of each suc-

No. Name of Sovereign. sion. Yrs. Ms.| ceeding Sovereign.

A. D.|Ar. era

45. |Thu-ri-ya-the.tha, geiee | MOUS |. stots 22 O |Son.

46. |Thu.ri.ya.wi-ma-la, mainte | WO4O)|. \ciiete 8 0 |Ditto.

47.|Thu.ri.ya.re.nu, .. See Ai oy: | are e 22 0 |Brother.

48. |Thu ri.ya.geng.tha, Mee) GORD a's ce 16 O |Son.

49. |Thu.ri.ya.thek.ya, pletate | MSO a ole 8 0 |Paternal Uncle.

50.|Thu-ri.ya.thi.ri, .. bale ROMS Lele' sc 20 O |Son.

51.|Thu.ri.ya.ke.thi, .. steam | RODE TS. 9 0 |Ditto.

52. | Thu.ri.ya.kut.ta, .. mens NOP SONIA) Pelelere 23 0 | Ditto.

53. | Thu.ri.ya.ke.tu, .. Revie | SAG) ses 42 0 |Ditto.

Dynasty of the city We.tha.li.

1,|Ma.ha.taing.tsan.dra, ....| 788 150 22 O |Ditto.

2. |Thu.ri.ya.taing.tsan.dra, ..| 810 172 20 0 | Ditto.

3. |Mau.la.taing.tsan.dra, ....| 830 192 19 0 |Ditto.

4, |Pau.la.taing.tsan.dra, ....| 849 211 26 0 |Ditto.

5. |Ka.la.taing.tsan.dra, ....) 875 237 9 0 |Ditto.

6. |Du.la.taing.tsan.dra, ....| 884] 246 19 0 | Ditto.

7.|Uhi.ri-taing.tsan.drae ..--| 903 | 265 32 0 | Ditto.

8. |Thing.gha. tha.taing.tsan

ee niaee aman} | 9d 297 16 0 | Ditto.

9. |Tsu.la. taing.tsan.dra, ..../ 951 313 6 0 |Ditto.

10, |A.mya.thu, an ake | (OT 319 7 OA chief of the Myu tribe.

11. |Pai.phyu, sates con.| 964 326 30 0 |Nephew.

12, |Nga.meng.nga.tum, coos] 994 356 24 O |Son of Tsu.la.taing-tsan-

Dynasty of Ping.tsa City. ee

1. |Khet.ta.theng, .. -e.-| 1018 380 10 0 | Grand Nephew to Tsu.la-

taing.tsan.dra.

2.|Tsan.da.theng, .. eee} 1028 390 11 0 |Brother.

3. |Meng.reng.phyu,.. eeee| 1039 401 10 0 |Son.

4, |Na.ga. thu.ri, ya, «« eeee| 1049 411 3 0 | Ditto.

§.|Thu.ri.ya Ra.dza, eeee| 1052 414 2 0 |Ditto.

6. | Pun.na.ka, a eeoe| 1054 416 4 0 |Ditto.

7. |Meng. phyu. gyi, <. eoee) 1058 | 420 2 0 |Ditto.

8.|Tsi.tha.beng, «. eee} 1060 | 422 1 0 |Usurper.

9.|Meng.nan.thu, «. eee-| 1061 423 5 0 |Son of Meng.phyu.gyi.

10. |Meng.ia.de, ee e---| 1066 428 6 0O |Son.

11.|Meng.ku.la, ms eeee| 1072 434 3 0 |Ditto.

}2.|Meng-Bhilu, .. ~oav| LO7S 437 3 0 |Ditto.

13. Theng. kha.ya, .. «ee.| 1078 440 14 0 |Usurper.

14. |Meng.than, oe esas 1092 454 8 0 |Son.

15, Meng. -pa.di, ate veo. | 160 462 3 0 |Ditto. .

Dynasty of the city Pa-rin. :

1, | Let.ya.meng.nau, eves! 1103 465 6 e Grandson of Meng. Bhi. lu.

2. |Thi.ha.ba, woes eoee| 1109 471 1 QO |Son.

3.|Ra.dzagyi, .... eesel L110 472 2 0 ;Ditto.

4. |Tha.ki.weng.gyi,.. eooe| 1112 474 3 0 |Ditto.

5.|Tha.ki.weng.ngay, coos) 1115 477 18 0 | Ditto.

6. |Gau.li.ya, nities yaa LISS 495 20 0O |Ditto.

7.|Da.tha. Ra.dza,.... smate| ULDS old 12 0 | Ditto.

8. | A.nan.thi.ri, ms Keats! LIGD 527 2 O |Ditto.

Dynasty of the city Khyit. |

1 |Meng.Phun.tsa, .. 1167 | 529 7 0 |Brother.

2.|Pin.tsa.ka.wa, .. 1174 536 2 0 |Son.

3. |Gan.na.vu. bau, ee ee 1176 038 3 0 |Ditto.

4. 'Tsa.leng. ka. bo, .. sam! 1179 541 1 0 'Usurper.

CO COMI OT COD

10.

WOGCONID OS Ww

. |Mi.dzu.theng,

-|Nga.ran.man,

-|Nga.pug.gan,

On the Mistory of Arakan.

— ——— |

Second Dynasty of the city

Ping.tsa.

Nga.ra.khoing, «.

Nea.kyun, oe sees!

Nga.tshu, ee ee eee

aeeae)

-|Nga.tswai.theng, ..

-|Meng.khoung.gyi,

.'Meng.khoung.ngay,

|Kam.bha.loung.gyi,

-|Kam.bha.loung-ngay,

. |Let.ya.gyi, ee ie be

-|Let.ya.ngay, ate case

- 'Tha.na.beng, . a

.|Nga.na.thin, oe

eacee

-|Tsau.lu, ..

- Uts.tsa.na.gyi, ...

-|Tsau.mwun.gyi, ..

.|Nan.kya.gyi,

-|/Meng.Bhilu, .... tees

.|Tsi.tha.beng, «...

- Nga.na.lum, ve LM

Dynasty of the city Loung-

kyet.

-|H.lan.ma.phyu, ..

Ra.dza.thu.gyi,

- |Meng.di,

.|Uts.tsana.ngay, ..

ol Thi.wa.rit,.. sees seit

-|Thin.tse,.. esee ene

‘|\Rasdza.thn, »wesee biel gre

Tsi.tha.beng, ....

-|Myin.tsoing.kyi, .. me

Ra dza.thu, (restored,) ....

-|Thing.ga,thu, .... cee.

Dynasty of the city

« Myouk.w.

). |Meng.tsau.mwun, Ee

Interregnum, .. sees

Meng.tsau.mwun restored, ..

2. |Men.kha.ri, ie aimee

3. |Ba.tsau.phyu, sees

4,/Dau.lya, .. Py coe

5. |Ba.tsau.ngyo, «« ooee

6. |Ran.oung, oe tee.

7,|Tsa.leng. ga.thu, «+ ss ae

8. |Meng.ra.dza. A chee

9, |Ga.dza.ba.di, -

10. |Meng.tsau.o, ee

11. |Tha.tsa.ta, aid

12. Meng.beng,

13, |Dik.kha, ..

sion.

A. D.|Ar. era

1180 542

1191 593

1193 200

1195 007

1198 560

1201 965

1205 567

1206 068

1207 569

12C8 570

1209 571

1210 072

1218 580

1229 O91

1232 594

1234 096

1237 599

1243 605

1246 608

1251 613

1260 622

1268 630

1272 634

1276 638

1279 641

1385 747

1387 749

1390 192

1394 756

1395 757

1397 759

1397 709

1401 763

1404 766

sae 792

1434 796

1459 821

1482 844

1492 854

1494 856

1501 863

1523 885

1525 887

lool 893

1553 915

_—

WD WSO mR em eR RK BROWN

—

WRONERWNHAWARWOOUWS

qomooocococoecooooo eceocoocecocococes

oocaqoooocecsoceo

[No. 145.

Relationship of each suc-

ceeding Sovereign.

eee

Son of Pin.tsa.ka.wa.

Son.

Ditto.

Diito.

Ditto.

Ditio.

Ditto.

Usurper.

Son of Meng.bhi.lu.

Son.

Younger brother.

Ditto.

Son.

Usurper.

Ditto.

Brother.

Son of Ra.dza.thu.

Brother.

Son.

Ditto.

Uncle ason of Meng.khari.

Son of Dau.lya. ;

Uncle by the mother’s side.

Son.

Ditto.

Brother toTsa.leng.ga.thu.

Son of Dau.lya.

Son of Men. Ra.dza-

Son.

1844.]

On the History of Arakan.

Name of Sovereign.

Date of Succes-

sion.

—

rs |

| ee eee

. |Tsau.Iha, «. ae

Meng.I'sek.va, --

Meng. Tha. loung,

Meng. Ra.dza.gyi,

Meng. Kha.moung,

.|Thi.ri thu.dham.ma,

. |Meng.Tsa.ni, sts

Nara. ba. di. Zyl, ee

. |Tsan.da.thu. dham.ma,

.|Nau.ra.hta.dzan, ..

./Thi.ti.thu.ri.ya, -.

. |Wa.ra.dham.ma.ra. dza, .

.|Mu.ni-thu, é

Tsan.da.thu.ri.ya,

.|Ma.yup.pi.ya,

Ka.la.man.dat,

31. 'Na.ra.dhi. badi, i

32. Tsan.da.wi.ma.la,

33. Thu.ri.ya, oe

34. Tsan.da.wi.dza.ya,

SP MUTILva, <.-

36. Na. ra.dhi.ba.di, ..

37.,Na.ra.pa.wa.ra, ..

38. | Tsan.da.wi.dza.la,

39.|Ka.tya, .. ee

40.|Mad.darit, .. ..

4l. Na.ra.a.pa.ya, oe

.|Thi.ri.thu,

. |Pa.ra.ma.Ra,dza,

44,|Ma.ha.Ra.dza, «-

Pee DINAN, ac yl oe

46. |Tsan.da.wi.ma.la,

.|Tha.ma.da, ..

eee

.|Tha.di.tha.dhamma.yit, ...-

era.

A. D.jAyr.

1555 917

1564 926

1571 933

1593 955

1612 974

1622 984

1638 1000

1645 1007

1652 1014

1684 1046

1685 1047

1692 | 1054

1694 1056

1696 1058

1697 1059

1698 1060

1700 1062

1706 1068

1710 | 1072

1731 1093

1734 1096

1739 1097

1737 1099

1737 1092

1742 | 1104

1761 1123

176] 1123

1764 1196

L730) LESS

77 1139

1777 1139

1782 1144

gn. {Relationship of each suc-

ceeding Sovereign.

; coccoeo

Se cece .ccoc[d cc: ice

orRoOWOSO

(SS

> coceo

Son.

Brother.

Son of Meng.beng.

Son.

Ditto.

Son reigned only 28 days.

Great grandson of No. 11

Tha.tsa.ta.

Brother’s son.

Son.

Ditto.

Brother.

Ditto.

Son reigned eleven days.

Usurper.

Ditto.

A supposed son of No. 27.

Tsan.da.thu.ri.ya.

Son of Meng.rai. kyan-

tswa who was a son of

No. 22 ‘Tha.do.

son Rai.bhau.thi.ha,

who was a son of No. 23

Tsan.da.thu.dham.ma.

Usurper.

Son.in.law.

Son.

Usurper.

Cousin.

A foreigner reigned for

three days.

Brother to No. 38.

Uncle.

Son.

Brother.

Brother.in.law.

Ditto.

Usurper reigned forty days.

A chief from Ram.byi.

A chief, in whose reign the

Burmese conquered the

country.

Note.—In the above list of Arakanese Sovereigns several discrepancies will be ob-

served, if it be compared with Mr. Paton’s table, published in the 16th Vol. of the

Asiatic Researches, p. 380. Some of these discrepancies however are only apparent,

arising Ist from a difference of the mode of spelling.

Mr. Paton has adopted an or-

thography consistent with the pronunciation of the people of Arakan proper; where,

though the letters of the alphabet are precisely the same aS those current among the

whole Burman race, yet the powers of the letters, and the sounds of the inherent

vowels are sometimes different.

I have spelt, according to the Burmese pronuncia-

52 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

tion. 2d Discrepancies arise from evident misprints in Mr. Paton’s list. 3d Different

names are applied to the same individuals among the later Arakanese kings.

After the time of Meng Tsau-mwun when they became for a time tributary to Ben-

gal, and later still when they ruled over the present Chittagong district, they assumed

foreign names, and their Bengal subjects distinguished them by Indian names and tit-

les, which are now frequently applied to them, though the same Indian names are not

always applied to the same individual kings, even by the best informed among the

Arakanese. Hence arises confusion, the dates in Mr. Paton’s list refer to the death or

deposition of the sovereigns opposite to whose names they are placed, the dates in the -

foregoing list refer to the accession of each sovereign. As an illustration of these re-

marks, I here subjoin a comparison of a few of the names from the two tables.

Paton’s list. Same as. Remarks.

i es es ee ee Se ee,

74, Ju.mu. wai, ----|Meng.tsau.mwun, --|No. 1, of the dynasty of Myouk-au. In

this name Meng is an honorary pre-

fix. Tsau-mwun if written according

to the pronunciation of Arakan proper

would be Cho-ma-in or Cho-mwa-in,

for which Jumuwai is evidently in-

tended.

75. Mong Bhung Raja. |.. oe oe -./This is the name of the king of Ava who

deposed Tsau.mwun; and the period

of whose deposition I have marked as

an interregnum.

76. Alikhang, | ... |Meng.khari, .. ..!Ali kheng, is the foreign name given to

this king, khang is the Arakanese ~

pronuciation of kheng.

77. Kalashama, ....|Ba.tsau.phya, .. ..|Malamasha is the foreign name of this

king.

Dau.lya, ee e+|No. 4, of the above list, is omitted in

Mr. P’s. table.

78. Jaru, ee -oo.|Ba.tsau.ngyo, -.{L cannot satisfactorily account for the

difference in these names.

79. Manikra Bong, ....,;Ran.oung, .. -.|These names refer to the same indivi-

dual, Manik in Mr. P’s. list is a mis-

print for Meng the honorary title, 7a

is for Ran; Bong is an error in copy-

ing for oung, as the Burmese letters

are easily mistaken. There is no

ae pursuing this comparison fur-

ther.

Bhascare Achérye Siddhinta Shirémani sie dicti operis pars tertia,

Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam continens, Latine vertit notasque

adjecit E. Rorr.

Caput [.—Rationes Tremporis CoMPuUTANDI.

{. Unus ille Sol, ob permagnum in homines amorem radiis suis res,

ealigine obrutas, nec non summum verum (Bramham) devotorum, per-

petua veri contemplatione in mente purificatorum, manifestans, per

mundum imperat.

2. Eodem modo ob permagnum in pueros amorem in disciplin4, per

me confect&, definitiones verborum obscurorum ejus (Solis) favore ma-

nifestabo, ita ut tis, memoria in vero adipiscendo perpetuo exercita,

veri sensus perceptio obtingat.

3. Sphaerae ignarus scienti4, demonstratione stabilité, non fruitur ;

quam ob rem omnes notiones difficiles, ad sphaeram pertinentes, primo

definiendae sunt.

4. Unus ille Sol, diis venerandus, loti socius, qui caliginem destruens

omnia humilium crimina funditus abluit, quéque ad mundum servan-

dum orto, sacrificia incipiuntur, ccelicolaeque, Indra praecedente, in

coelo ludunt, verbum nostrum, bene conceptum, cito manifestet.

5. In astronomorum circulo doctus Jishnuis filius veluti frontis gem-

ma splendet ; splendent facundi Barahas, Mihiras aliique, qui praeclaras

propositiones in ipsorum scriptis astronomicis protulerunt.

6. Doctus Bhascaras, magistri pedes, loto similes, veneratione

adorans, indeque intellectus particulam hauriens, eo consilio, ut illu-

stribus astronomis gratus sit, scripit hoc Siddhantasirémani, quod,

sapientium mentem delectaturum, elegantibus metris preeditum, suavi-

bus dictis abundat, purificatum et haud difficile intellectu est.

7. Quanquam per priores (astronomos) opera, ingeniosorum dicto-

rum plena, composita sunt, tamen mihi, eorum dictis explanationes

uberiores prodituro, incipiendum erit: his (explan. uber.) passim pro

opportunitate exhibitis, astronomi benevolenti totum meum opus per-

legant oportet.

8. Boni xque ac pravi viri, illi, materias a me prolatas intelligentes,

hi non intelligendo me irridentes, gratificationem inibunt.

54 Bhascara Acharya’s Gunitadhydya, [No. 145.

9. In hac astronomicarum disciplinarum principe parte Siddhantae

nomine ea a sapientibus ornata est, quae metiendi temporis discrimina,

a Truti, sic dicta, usque ad mundi conflagrationem elapsi, gradatimque

coelestium corporum motus et duplicem calculum, dein quaestiones

et responsiones ac explanationem positionis terre, Jovis, planetarum,

instrumenta ete. definit.

10. Is etiam, qui novit versuum collectiones, nativitatis calculos

docentium, minimam sane sublimioris astronomiz partem, nullo modo

queestionibus, in argumentationibus astronomicis difficilioribus, recta

responsa reddere valet; quicunque Siddhantam, inumeris conclusioni-

bus progredientem, non intelligit, regi picto, seu tigri, e ligno bene

fabricate, similis est.

11. Ut regius exercitus, elephanti mugitu sive equis etc. privatus, ut

hortus Chuta arbore (Mango) orbatus, ut lacus, aqua vacuus, ut femina,

novo marito procul perigrinante, non splendet, ita sapientes astronomize

institutiones, Siddhantz orbatas, zstimarunt.

12. Omnes Vedz sacrificiorum caeremoniarum gratia institute sunt ;

hz autem tempori inserviunt, ideoque astronomiz disciplina, quippe

quee tempus definiat, Vedz pars dicenda est.

13. Literarum scientia, Vedz os, astronomia oculus, Niructa (ex-

planatio obscurorum Vedarum terminorum) aures, Calpa (qua ritus

religiosi describuntur) manus, Sicsha (qua vocalium pronuntiato ex-

planatur) Vedae nares, Chanda (ars metrica) pedes a prioribus sapien-

tibus dicta sunt.

14. Astronomia sane veluti Vedae oculus recordanda est, ideoque

ei princeps inter Angas (partes) locus assignatur; quid enim homo,

ceteris sensibus instructus, at oculi parte orbatus, efficere potest.

15. Quapropter summum illud verum, purum et secretum, Brahmanis

(bis natis) discendum est. Quicunque astronomiam bene noscit, is

omnino virtutis, divitiarum et desideriorum fructus, necnon gloriam

nanciscetur.

16. Bramha creator quum creavisset hanc spheram coelestim una

cum planetis, in Zodiaci initio* collocatis, quo perpetuo revolvantur,

duas stellas polares immobiles fixit.

* Zodiaci initium est in Asvinis.

1844. | or Astronomy. 55

17. Dein sphera ccelesti una cum planetis occidentem versus celera-

tiori motu progrediente, planetz tardiori motu suis orbitis alterioribus

et inferioribus orientem versus moventur.*

18. Super Lance urbem Sole ipsius die orto, uno temporis momento

origo mensis Chaitrae, primi diei nove Lune, dierum (solarium): men-

sium, annorum, Yugarum, etc. fuit.f

19. Nictationis oculi trigesima pars Tatpara, ejus (Tatp.) centesima

Truti dicta est; duodeviginti nictationes Cashta, 30 Cashtae Cala ab

astronomis dicuntur.

20. 30 Calae sunt hora (Ghatica) siderea, 30 horae sidereae dies ;

decem longae literae Ashu (expiratio et inspiratio,) sexaginta Ashues

Pala, 60 Palae Ghatica sunt.

21. 60 Ghaticae dies, 830 dies mensis, 12 mensis annus; eodem

modo Zodiacus in aequales partes, viz. in Rashi, Ansas, Calas, ete-

divisus est.t

22. Solis Zodiaci descriptio annus dicitur, idemque deorum et Asu-

rarum dies et nox. A conjunctione Solis et Lunae usque ad alteram

conjunctionem mensis lunaris, idemque dies atque nox majorum no-

strorum est.

23. Intervallum inter duos Solis ortus dies civilis unaque orbis ter-

rarum dies, Zodiaci revolutio dies sidereus est.

24. Annis solaribus 432000 gradatim per 4. 3. 2. 1. multiplicatis,

Yuge quatuor pedes invenies.§

* Commentator, quo, nos, ordine inferiores ac superiores planetas enumerans (scil-

Luna, Mercurius, Venus, Sol, Mars, Jupiter, Saturnus,) his omnibus altiorem ideo-

que eas comprehendentem spheram esse celestim, quam Latini universalem dixerunt,

autumnat. Hec vero sphera vento, Prabaha vocato, atque occidentem versus flante,

circumagitur.

+ In commentario de temporis origine uberior sermo est; asseritur, temporis limites

esse in infinito Brahma, in quo, quia Sol ceteraque corpora non sint, tempus definiri

non posse, hoc destructio dicta, seu non eterna destructio,

t Annus, .. -» == 12 Menses. Nimesha,.. -. = 30 Tatpare.

Mensis, .. -- = 30 Dies. ‘Tatparah, -» = 100 Truti.

Dies, .. .«- -» = 60 Ghaticae. Chacra(circulus,) = 12 Rashi.

Ghatica, .. -» = 60 Calae. Rashi, a¢i se Heh == coor Anshie:

BURR oe! in «» = 60 Cashtae. Ansha, «- eo == ' 60 Calae.

Cashta, .. -»- = 18 Nimese. Galay aie hk < -- = _. 60 Bicalae.

: : 1728000

§ Crita Yuga = 1728000. Crita Yugae Crepuscula = ceagin XK2 = 292000

12960

Treta.. ..= 1296000. Treta, .. -- «. = a9 X2 = 216000

Dwapara «>» = 864000. Dwapara, Me = eS Xe — 144000

ts a 432000

Cali, .. .. = 432000. Cali, ae pt o=—s— X2 = iene

Maha Yuga ..= 4320000.

56 Bhascara Achdrya’s Gunitdédhyaya, [No. 145.

25. Si Yugze pedibus ipsarum duodecimae partes initio et fine ad.

dantur, Yuga (43820000 anni) reperitur.

26. Manuis aetas 71 Yugas amplectitur, 14 Manuis aetatibus Bramhae

dies, eodemque tempore ejus nox metitur.

27. Manuum crepuscula in initio, medio et fine eadem sunt ac anni

Crita Yugae ;* mijlia Yugarum una cum illis (annis Critae) Bramhae

dies est, qui Calpa dicitur, ideoque (Bramhae) dies atque nox duae

Calpae sunt.

28. Qui centum annos degere in sacris libris dicitur, ejus Satanandae

(Bramhae) aetas a prioribus Mahacalpa nominata est ; hoc tempore initio

carente, equidem haud scio, quot Bramhae anni elapsi sint.

29. Alii presentis Bramhae aetatis dimidium, alii dimidium, additis

octo annis, elapsum esse, censent ;{ quod etiamsi demonstrari possit,

verumtamen inde fructus non hauritur; planetarum positio secundum

tempus praesentis (Bramhae) diei praeterlapsum determinanda est.

30. Bramhae diei initio illae creantur, ejusque fine destruuntur,

ideoque planetarum motus, dum praesentes sunt, computari possunt ;

viris autem magnanimis, qui earum motus, inmo dum non adsunt, com-

putari posse prae se ferunt, salutationem meam.

_ 31. Six Manues, 27 Yugae et Shacae rege mortuo Cali Yugae 3179

* Manuis aetas = 4320000 X 71 + 1728000 = 308448000

t+ 2. Calpae = 308448000 & 14 4+ 1728000 = 4320000000, viz.

4320000

Cali Yuga, «. = ia xl= 432000

Dwapara, «6 = =X 2= 864000

Treta, 1 Se KS =, T2B6000

Satya, Nes x 4 1725000

Ae tence atom ETE CEN

Multiplicetur per 71, ve at 3024

71 Yugae, Pk Poko es = 806720000

Sandhi=Satya, ae oe = 1728000

Manuis etas, .« “4 aie = 308448000

Multiplicetur per 14, an = 1233792000

~ 4318272000

Sandhi,.. ee ee ee —- 1728000

Calpa, .. ee 2° oe = 4320000000

1844. | or Astronomy. 57

anni, ideogue una cum Shacae regis annis Bramhae diei praesentis

1972947179 anni praeterlapsi sunt.*

32. Primus Manu Svayambhuba erat ; deinde Sudrochisa, Uttamaja,

Tamarasa Manues fuerunt; sextus Chaksusae nomine per mundum

celebratur ; post illos hac aetate Baibasvata Manuis locum tenet.

33. Sphaericorum scriptores Jovem in media Rashi (in uno Zodiaci

signo) per totum annum morari statuunt; homines tempora varie

computant, quippe vitae regulandae gratia quatuor methodis utuntur.

34. Anni, periodi aequinoctiales et anni tempora secundum tempus

solare, dies lunares secundum tempus lunare, ritus religiosi, omniaque

quae ad morbos curandos et dies enumerandos pertinent, secundum

tempus civile, horae etc. secundum tempus siderale computantur.

35. Novem igitur temporis metiendi rationes, scil. (Manuum, deorum,

Jovis, majorum nostrorum, siderum, Solis, Lunae, computationis civilis

et Bramhae) descriptae sunt; planetae vero sua ipsarum norma com-

putentur necesse est.

II].—PLaNnETARUM REVOLUTIONES.

1. Uno Bramhae die labente, Solis, Veneris et Mercurii 43200000000

revolutiones sunt, eundemque revolutionum Apsidum numerum astro-

nomi Saturno, Jovi Martique assignant.

2-4. Lunae 57753300000, Martis 2296828522, Mercurii 1793698984,

Jovis 364226455, Veneris 7022389492 revolutiones celeriores, Saturni

146567298 revolutiones esse affirmantur.

5-6. Solis apsidum revolutiones 450, Lunae 488105858, Martis

292, Mercurii 332, Jovis 855, Veneris 653, Saturni 41, Orientem

* | Sandhya, ate te are ae Be, oe ve 1728000

6 Manues, e Le oie ee we ni .» 1850688000

27 Maha Yuge,.. Ne * oe oe is -- 116640000

Shatya Yuga, ee ee oe os oe as oe 1728000

Dwapya Yuga, .. «- oe ee a oe oe ee 1296000

Treta Yuga, oe oe ats ee oe ee ee 864000

Cali Yuge, oe és oe 5% 20 oe ee 3179

1972947179

58 Bhascara Acharya’s Gunitadhyaya, [No. 145.

versus, revolutiones nodorum Lunae 23231168, Martis 267, Mercurii

521, Jovis 68, Veneris 893, Saturni 594 statuuntur.*

7-9. Bramhae die 158223645000 sphaerae revolutiones occidentem

versus, eodemque temporis spatio Solis 1555200000000, Lunae

1602999000000, et 1577916450000 dies civiles sunt.

10. Calpae spatio 1593300000 menses lunares intercalares, eodem-

que tempore 25082550000 dies lunares expungendi a sapientibus

statuuntur.{

11. 51840000000 mensibus solaribus a 53433300000 mensibus

lunaribus, subtractis numerus mensium intercalarium Calpae spatio

exhibetur.

12. E diebus solaribus una cum diebus intercalaribus numerus die-

rum lunarium, et e diebus lunaribus, diebus expungendis subtractis,

numerus dierum civilium invenitur.§

* In subjuncta tabula precedentes vaiores exhibentur.

Planete. Revolutiones. Rev. Apsidum. Rev. Nodorum.

eo ee | |

SOL es ae «ee.| 43200000000 450

Luna, as «ee-} 97753300000 488105858 232311165

Mercurius, .. ane 1793698984 292 263

Venus, aie seian 7022389492 332 O21

Mars,.. ar sees} 2296828522 855 63

Jupiter, 53 ceee 364226455. 653 893

Saturnus, .» ini 146567298 51 584

¢ Anni spatio Solis revolutiones diurne, = ae = 360. 15. 30. 22. 30.

1581223645000 __ 5

—_——_——. Sphere ———__—____ , = aaeone 366. 15. 30. 27. 20,

: : 1577916450000

Mensis lunaris,.. .. nie : = SeeaROOO = 27. 18. 46. 25.

{ Yuge spatio menses lunares, «- = 97753300000

— 4320000000

9343330000

—_—_—-——-— intercalares, oe =: 9343300000

— 51340000000

1593300000

§ Dies Solar. ee ee eo eo eo ee ee = 155520000000

Dies Lun. Intere. .. oe et is ah we = 4779900000

Dies Lun. ee ee ee eo eo ee eo = 1602999000000

_— 25082550000

Dies Civil. .. ee ee oe oe ee ee = 1577916450000

1844. | or Astronomy. 59

13. E differentia inter Solis et Lunae revolutiones numerum men-

sium lunarium reperies. Diebus sideralibus a numero dierum lunarium

subtractis, quot dies expungendi sint, videbis.*

14. Subtrahendo Solis revolutiones, per 13 multiplicatas, a Lunae re-

volutionibus, mensesi ntercalares reperiuntur. Differentia inter plane-

tarum apsidum revolutiones addita, revolutiones argumenti anomaliae

exhibet.

I1].—AwarGana.

1-3.—Annis solaribus, Calpz spatio preterlapsis, per 12 multiplicatis,

menses anni currentis addantur ; summa, per 30 multiplicata, additis die-

bus lunaribus, separatim ponatur; hoc numero, per 1593300000 menses

intercalres multiplicato, et per 1555200000000 dies solares diviso,

menses intercalcares Ahargane solaris inveniuntur ; dein his mensibus

intercalaribus, in dies conversis, ad numerum separatim positum (Ahar-

ganam solarem) additis, dierum Junarium numerus innotescet; hic sepa-

ratim ponatur, dein multiplicetur per 25082550000, dies lunares expun-

gendos, et dividatur per 160299900000, dies lunares, quo facto dies pe-

riodi expungendi inveniuntur ; his a numero dierum lunarium (separatim

posito) subtractis, numerus dierum mediorum solarium civilium datur.

Residuum mensium intercalarium et dierum lunarium expungendorum

in computanda Ahargané haud respicitur.f

4. Numero dierum (Ahargana) per planetz revolutines multiplicato,

et per dies civiles diviso, media in Zodiaco planete positio, gradibus,

* Revolut. Lune, a ole as ae oa ae == 5775300000

Revolut. Sol. .. oF At i ae ae ae = 432000000

Menses Lun. .. ar, ae ie te af ie = 53433300000

Dies Lunares, .. a -F sa me ae cs — 1602999000000

Dies Sideral.* at Oe = 158236450000

Dies Expung. ee eo ee ee ee ce = 20762550000

t 1. Methodus Ahargane Poids haec est:

Annis, Calpz spatio preterlapsis, in dies conversis, dies anni currentis addantur, quo

facto numerus dierum solarium (Ahargana solaris) datur. Numerus dierum interca-

larium addendus est; hac via regulatrium terminorum inveniuntur: Calpe spatio si x

menses intercalares erant, quot menses intercalares annis preterlapsis. His mensibus

intercalaribus Ahargane solari additis, Ahargana lunaris proditur, de qua dies expun-

gendi deducendi sunt. Hoe modo eos invenias: Si Calpe spatio x dies expungendi,

Ahargana solari quot.

His ab Ahargana solari subtractis, numerus dierum solarium civilium exhibetur.

Exempli gratia Ahargana 27me. Chaitre anni Shace regis 1764 (A. D. 8 vi. Apr.

1844) inveniatur, 1, Anni

60 Bhascara Acharya’s Gunitadhyaya, [No. 145.

etc. determinata, proditur, dum Sol medius in Lunce urbe Marti vici-

num locum tenet. )

5. Residuo* dierum expungendorum, per 131490000000 diviso,

gradus minuta, etc. dantur; cui dies lunares, per 12 multiplicati, si

addantur, Lune positio, si subtrabantur, Solis positio exhibetur.

6. Residuo dierum expungendorum, per 27110000000 diviso, Cale, etc.

producuntur, quod Solis Dhana (plus) nominatur ; idemque, per 13 multi-

plicatum, trigesima quint4 ipsius parte addité, Luna Sua dicitur. Dies

lunares, a Chaitra mensi etc. elapsi, per 13 multiplicati, Solis et Lune

Anse sunt. Numerus, qui e divisione reliquarum mensium intercala-

rium et mensium lunarium producitur, si subtrahatur, Sud, si addatur,

Dhana est.

7-8. Dies solares civiles per planetz dies civiles, Calpz spatio preter-

lapsos, multiplicentur, et per 181493037500 dividentur; quo facto Rashi

(Zodiaci signa) producuntur; inde signis, quae Sol tenet, deductis,

planetae positio in Zodiaco determinatur. Docti autem aliis quoque

methodis uti pollent.

I. Anni elapsi acreatione usque ad Shacam regem,.. ae ee 1972947179

——— a Shacarege ad 27 men. Chaitr. 1764, .... o's ar 1764

1972948943

multiplicentur per > saa v3

23675387316

addantur, .. 1]

2. Menses Solares, : we aa es 23675387327

multiplicentur per xX 30

710261619810

addantur,.. ». 27

3. Dies Solares,.... wis as cia bof oe

Addantur menses iments in aie conversi :

15552000,00000: 15933300000: 710261619037

Dies Calpe Sol. Mens. Calpe Interc.

15933300000 K 71261619837

- 710261619837

15552000,00000 = 721Gb BS a 702616 198a

Dies Intercalares = 7272661933 & 30 = vied aieere e» 21829857990

4. Dies Lunares, .. P oy ae Wants wdtits 732091477827

Deducentur dies expungendi.

1602949000000 : 25082550000 : 732091477827

Dies Calpe Lun. Dies Calpe Exp. Aharg. Lun.

25082550000 +4- 732091477827 fe

1602999000000 tr aan

I ivl j — 5229290

5- Dies Solares Civiles preterlapsi, = a

* Vid. versum tertium; residuum dierum expungendorum loco citato non receptum

erat.

¢ 1577916450000 : Residum, D. E. K 12 = Resid. D. E.

131490000000

}

1844. | or Astronomy. 61

9-10. Ut planetarum revolutiones e mensibus lunaribus, intercalari-

bus et expungendis, vicissim additis et subtractis, inveniuntur, ita

regula trium terminorum, e Solis diebus civilibus, subtractis et additis,

inveniuntur.

11. Differentia positionis planeta, duas revolutiones transgresse,

addatur, dein subtrahatur ; summa superiorem, differentia inferiorem

Apsidem indicat.

12. Differentia inter duas planetae revolutiones subtracta, Adruta,

sive inferior, eademque addita, superior Apsis est.

13. Planeta a Superiori Apside subtracta, ejus anomalia media (dis-

tantia Solis a superiori Apside) invenitur, anomalia media subtracta,

planetae positio datur.

14. Planetae revolutiones una cum gradibus, minutis, per dies ci-

viles multiplicentur, dein per ejus Calpae revolutiones dividantur, quo-

tus Ahargana est.

15-16. Dies civiles elapsi per dies expungendos multiplicentur, dein

per dies civiles* dividantur; quofacto dies expungendi praeterlapsi in-

veniuntur; his Ahargane additis, numerum dierum lunarium perspicias ;

hic numerus separatim ponatur, per menses intercalares multplicetur,

et per dies lunares dividatur; quotus menses intercalares elapsos praebet,

quos in dies conversos, si de diebus lunaribus deducas, numerus dierum

solarium invenitur; his, per 30 divisis, numerus mensium, et postremo,

per 12 divisis, annorum Calpae spatio invenitur.{

17. Dierum numerus a Cali Yugae initio praeterlapsorum, a die

Veneris computandus est; si planeta hoc dierum numero determinata,

ipsius positioni initii Cali Yugae addatur, planeta anni regens invenitur.

18-19. Initio Cali Yugae Martis ceterarumque planetarum locus

in Zodiaco, Solisque et Lunae superior apsis, et Lune nodus, Bicalis

determinata, talis erat 3370,1944, 4666,4406, 1016064, 844214,

744422.T

* Calpae spatio clapsos.

¢ Calculationis methodus est reversa No, 1-3 quos vide.

{ Hi valores de gradibus Zodiaci deducendi sunt: exampli gratia Martis locus

erat 3370 Bicalae=56' 10”

12. 30. 60. 60

96. 10

11 R. 30 As, 3 C. 50 Bs. Martis positio.

62 Bhascara Acharyu’s Gunitadhydya, [No. 145.

Mars. | Mere. | Jov. | Ven. | Sat. ‘S. A. S.|L. A. S.| L. N,

rs ee | es eee | ee

11 }] 11 Ul 11 2 4 oS)

29 27 29 28 28 17 i) 3

3 24 27 42 46 45 29 12

50 29 36 14 34 36 46 48

Carut ILV.—PLANETARUM ORBITAE.

1. Astronomiae periti globi ccelestis circumferentiam 18712069-

200000000 Yajanis circumscribi affirmant ; alii hanc Bramhez ovi cir-

cumferentiam esse, alii, Puranorum gnari, hanc distantiam inter clarum

et obscurum montem esse contendunt.

2. Quicunque circuli qualitates clare sciunt, sphaerae circumferen-

tiam, qua Solis radii obscuritatem destruunt, cognoverunt.

3. Num Bramhae ovum illius magnitudinis sit necne, non quaeri-

tur. Veteres quidem, quot Yajanos planetae Calpae spatio percurre-

rent, computando, Planetarum orbitas definiebant, haec nostra opinio.

4. E sphaerae circumferentia, per planetarum revolutiones (Calpae

tempore) divisé, earum orbitae inveniuntur; in sud ipsius orbita

planeta Yajanos, sphaerae circumferentia definitas, in perpetuum revol-

vitur.

5. Astronomi Solis orbitam 43313974, Lunae 324000, Zodiaci cir-

cumferentiam 259889850 Yajanos esse affirmant.*

6. Sphaere circumferentid, per Calpx dies civiles divisd, planetae

motus diurnus invenitur; planetae 118582 Yujanos, per suas orbitas

quotidie moventur.t

7. Ahargana, per 9921 multiplicata et per 25419 divisa, de Ahargana

per 11859 multiplicata deducatur, quo facto, Yajani planetae praeter-

lapsi remanent.

187120692000,000,00 __,.

Luna = 57753300000 324000

ee ea 2

Zodiacus = Senne 259889850

1871 ...

+ Planetarum Motus Diurnus = 157791645

= 118583

1844. | or Astronomy. 63

8. In planetarum orbitis computandis apsidem et nodum non res-

picies ; at Solis orbitam ejusdem magnitudinis esse censent ac Mercurii

et Veneris orbitas ; quare in iis computandis orbita apsidis et nodi se-

cundum Solis motum fundamento erit.

V.—PLANETA, ANNI REGENS,

1.—Numerus annorum, Calpae spatio elapsorum, separatim per 2, 4, 3

multiplicetur ; producta per 8 dividentur, quo facto dies, Dandae, etc.

inveniuntur; his annorum numero additis, Sole praecedente, planeta,

anni regens, reperitur.*

2. Ex annis Calpae praeterlapsis, separatim 4,120 et 9,600 divisis,

dies, Dandae, etc. fiunt.t

3. Anni (Calpae) una cum sua ipsorum sexagesima parte, addantur

annis, per 30 multiplicatis et per 160 divisis ; numerus, sic ortus, ab an-

nis elapsis subtrahatur ; quo facto dies expungendi inveniuntur.{

4. Dies, etc. per 3 multiplicentur, sua ipsorum 400ma. pars subtra-

hetur, quo facto 30mae. annorum parti addentur.§

* Annus sol. civ. = 360. 15. 30. 22. 30. — 0.15. 30. 22. 30 quodsi per 8 multiplice-

tur, 2 ds. 4 dae. 3 Anse producuntur, quare si Ahargana gradatim 2, 3, 4 multipli-

cetur, per 8 dividatur oportet ; dies remanentes, per7 divisi, anni regentem exhibent.

+ 15Dandae xX 4 = 1 dies > Dandae = 1 dies.

=16000 Calae = 9600 Calae = 1 dies.

t Calpae Annis. D. Expung. 4320000000 : 25088550000 : 1.

Anni D. E=5. 48. 22. 7. 30.—5 diebus neglectis, 48 dandis, etc. de unitate

deductis, remanet 0. 11. 27. 52. 30. quo per 160 multiplicato, 31 dies 1 danda pro-

ducuntur, quo facto haec proportio datur:

160 A: 3l dies. ldanda: A.E. 1 danda = wiles. His valoribus substi-

tutis. aie bse

DE. = A. B.—(A. C.X = X 30. =).

§ Unius anni dies ete. = 0. 15. 30. 22. 30.

———— dies expung.= 0. 48. 22. 7. 30.

Diebus etc. per 3 multiplicatis, de d. E. subtractis, remanet 10. 1. 52.

quadsi diebus etc. addatur, D. E. inveniuntur.

0. 1.52 K 1200 — 37.

Quo facto haec aequatio datur.

A. E.

Gao, X87 + 15. 30... X 3= DE.

sed 37 = 40—3.

40 1 3 1

1200 = 30 1200 400°

64 Bhascara Achdrya’s Gunitadhyaya, [ No. 145.

5. Annus, sud ipsius 60ma parte subtracta, per 160 dividatur; dein

ab anno sua ipsius quinta pars subtrahatur, utroque numero juncto, dies

expungendi inveniuntur.*

6. Dies, Dandae, etc. una cum diebus expungendis, addantur annis,

per 10 multiplicatis and per 30 divisis, quo facto menses intercalares in-

veniuntur; residuum, a quo dies interpungendi, Dandae, etc. subtrahan-

tur, Suddhi dicitur.f

7. Anni separatim per divisores 32 at 30 dividantur ; utroque nume-

ro juncto, anni, per 11 multiplicati et per 30 divisi, addantur, unde

menses intercalares producuntur ; residuum, subtractis diebus expun-

gendis, Dandis, etc. Suddhi dicitur.f

8. Differentia inter menses intercalares et annos elapsos, per 2 multi-

plicata, addatur diebus expungendis elapsis, per 7 divisis ; de quo Shud-

dhi deducta et per 7 diviso, quem tali modo invenies numerum, anni

regens, Soli praecedente, est.

9. Si reliquae mensium intercalarium Dandz, etc. de Dandis, etc. pri-

orum dierum deducuntur, Dandz, etc. reliquorum dierum expungendo-

rum inveniuntur.

* Unius AnniD, E. — 0.48 22. 7. 30.

48d. = (= ee =) da. (ies. )

remanet 0. 0. 22. 7. 30.

(0. 0. 22. 7. 30) K ste ga ai eee. ee

AE AE

D. H.=(A E. — 7"): 160 + (A-E.— %')

¢ Unius anni D. 360. 15. 30. 22. 30.

0. 48. 22. 7. 30.

o== 3/1. 7. 52. 30.

= ll. 3. 52. 30.

M. I. =

+ Unius anni D.E.= 11. 3. 952. 30.

= 11+0. 3. 52. 30.

(0. 3. 52. 30) K 480 = 3ld.

31 = 16 + I5.

480 480 __

a> 30. a 32.

His valoribus substitutis.

fuse A. E. A. E.

M1 = (== + “aE pe Beh x ll.)

fuss a ee

1844. | or Astronomy. 65

10. Si anni elapsi per planetarum revolutiones, Calpae spatio elapsas,

multiplicentur et per Calpae annos dividantur, revolutiones, etc. no-

dorum, apsidum et planetarum, fine revolutionis solaris determinantur.

11. Mensium intercalarium diebus reliquis, etc. per 12 multiplicatis,

Lunae locus in Zodiaco, signis, gradibus, minutis, etc. definita, deter-

_ minatur.

12. Diebus, ete. supra dictis, pro Cali Yugae annis elapsis computatis,

anni regens a die Veneris calculandus est, et planetarum loci fixi locis,

quos initio Cali Yugae tenebant, addendi sunt.

3 13. Dandis, etc. suae ipsarum 20mae parti junctis, dies in compu-

_tanda Ahargana addendi inveniuntur.

14. De diebus lunaribus, a Chaitra mensi ante Idus elapsis, Shuddes

deducantur, residui 702da pars addatur, et per 64 dividatur; quotus a

diebus expungendis subtrahatur, quo facto, Ahargana anni regentis inve-

_nitur. :

15. A quibus diebus lunaribus Siuddhi non subtracta est, eorum

Ahargana Chaitra mensi prior computanda est ; planetae, locis pricris

anni additis, secundum Shuddhim antea determinatam computentur

oportet.

16. 60ma parte de Ahargand deducta, Solis locus una cum gra-

dibus definitus est. Ahargand, per 3 multiplicata, et per 22 divisd, Calae,

Bicalae, etc. inveniuntur.*

17. Soli una cum gradibus, separatim posito, si dies lunares, per 12

multiplicati, addantur, Luna determinatur ; sin autem dies expungendi,

per 10 multiplicati, de Sole, 7maipsius parte addita, deducantur, Luna

unacum Calis invenitur.

18. Aharganae dimidium per 3 multiplicetur, 17ma ipsius pars subtra-

hatur; additaé Martis positione fixd una cum gradibus, minutis, ete.

Mars invenitur.

19. Ahargana, per 3 multiplicata, separatim ponatur ; quo facto per 7

multiplicetur et per 130 dividatur; summa et productum jungantur ;

* Motus planetarum diurnus in commentario hoc modo definitur.

Sol. Luna. Mars. Mercurius. Jupiter. Venus. Saturnus. L.A. S. L.N.

0 0 4 0 l 0 0 0

59 10 31 5) t 36 2 6 3

= 34 26 32 36 7 0 40 10

33 48

oe ‘ & / ‘ — =

a 03 28 ] 9 44 24 5G 20

33 0 3 28 9 39 0 ve ee

66 Bhiscara Achdrya’s Gunitddhydya, §c. [No. 145,

summa, addita positione fixa, Mercurii positionem una cum gradibus,

ete. exhibet.

20, Ahargana, per 12 X 71 divisa, fixus Jovis locus secundum plus

et minus graduum, et minutorum proditur.

21. Ahargana, per 10 et 88 divisa et Lunae loco fixo additaé, Lunae

apsis superior datur.

22. Ahargand per 30 multiplicata et per 566 divis4, minuta pro-

grediuntur; idem numerus, plus fixi Lunae loci Lunae nodus est,

quem alii astronomi Rahum vocant.

23-24. Ahargana, per 13 multiplicata, et gradatim per sequentes nu-

meros divisa (viz. 101461, 151787, 190833, 24436, 1208400, 62416,

2990000, 898000, 1886800,) gradus, minuta etc. Solis ceterarumque

planetarum produntur.

25. Numerus, Lunae gradus &c. definiens per 20 multiplicetur et

separatim ponatur ; fixae planetarum positiones si illis numeris addantur, —

Sole precedente, gradatim planetae una cum gradibus, minutis, etc. ex-_

hibentur.

27. Gradus, etc. ex Aharganae computatione progredientes, medios

esse monere velim.

28. Planetae semper per Yajanos supradictos moventur, quod signis

minutorum, ete. artificiali globo inscriptis apparet.

29. Quanquam planetarum orbitae, gradibus, minutis, ete. dividuntur,

verum tamen minoris circuli gradus etc. minores, majoris gradus majores

esse scias velim. Quare planetae a Luna ad Saturnum secundum or- 5

bitarum magnitudinem gradatim diminuta celeritate circumvolvuntur.

aed iin ¥ Olive

: oa

4.4005 ie

awe s See ee)

atany. \Vabwkie ba Sid

* \ ad

‘ tis ¥\ ayed, bbb

ER A ARTs

C Ary sotria . wmthe.

/. Scriropterus

B.H.H.

Setex

Habitat Central and Northern

ow the Hills.

teria

AY s

x -

& SS

1 Black, Astatec Lith: Press, 3HareS! Caltutle.

, < . 4 . *> 7 £0, ; : he

le? sate” Peeese? rey

; : ~ ad . ;

v4 fretras ta eetovad Larree Werkiengret

a ’ " Lite +4 u. ts ‘y ‘

Summary description of two new species of Flying Squirrel. By

B. H. Hopason, Esq. B. C. S. With a colored Plate.

The Editors of the Journal in publishing this brief article, and the plate which ac-

companies it, which is an exact fac-simile of the beautiful drawing made by Mr,

Hodgson’s Native artist, deem it an act of justice to that gentleman, to them-

selves as Editors and Officers of the Asiatic Society, and to their contributors,

to explain how it has happened, that though the drawing has been in their posses-

sion since July 1842, it only now appears. It was sent to them from Katmandoo

by Mr. Hodgson under the above date, with a request that the Society’s Zoological

Curator would add such remarks as he might think proper.

The paper was handed to Mr. Blyth, who also then saw the drawing, and as soon

as the first impressions could be coloured, they were placed by the Editors in his

hands. The colouring of the whole of the plates, (a very slow process in India, )

was finished in August 1843.

The Editors in May 1844, had the paper returned to them with the following

announcement from Mr. Blyth :—

‘* The truth is, both of them are species already described ; viz. the Pteromys nobilis

and the P. caniceps of Gray, and it would not be creditable to the Journal that they

should be published under Mr. Hodgson’s new names.’’ ‘

They do not feel competent to decide on a question of priority of discovery nor of

identity of species should any arise, and are herein only anxious to prove their

earnest wish to do justice, both by liberal care and by early publication, to the

labours of the correspondents of the Asiatic Society, and supporters of the Journal.

The extract pointed out to the Editors by Mr. Blyth will be found in the note.*

RODENTIA.

GENUS SCIUROPTERUS.

1. Sp. new. S. Chrysotrizx, mihi. General structure and size of Mag-

nificus. Above intense ochreous chesnut, mixed with black and divided

down the spine by a golden yellow line, and margined externally by

* Extract from the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for December 1842,

p. 262 und 263,

Sciuropterus nobilis. —Bright chestnut-brown, with yellow tips to some of the hairs,

pale rufous beneath ; the top of the head, the shoulders, and a narrow streak down

the middle of the upper part of the back pale fulvous ; parachute large.

Hab.—India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson, Mus. Ind. Comp.

Sciwropterus caniceps—Blackish brown, varied with red bay; hairs long, dark

blackish, with red bay tips ; out-side of the legs redder, beneath reddish yellow ;

head iron-gray with longer black interspersed hairs ; throat white ; chin Back

small lunate spot on the upper edge red, and roundish spot near the base of the bie

bright-red ; tail flattish, black with some redddish tipped hairs, fewer near the

end. Body and head, nine inches ; tail, eight and a half.

Hab.—-India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson, Mus. Ind, Comp.

68 Two new species of Flying Squirrel. [ No. 145.

the same hue, which also spreads over the shoulders and thighs. Below,

and the flying membrane with the lower limbs and tail, intense orange

red, deepening into ochreous on the margin of the membrane, and

on the limbs ophthalmic and mystacial regions defined by black; chin

dark, cheeks mixed, a pale golden spot on the nasal bridge. Two

inches of end of tail black. Ears outside concolorous with lower sur-

face. Tail longer than the animal and cylindric. Pelage thick and

soft, and glossy, woolly and hairy piles : average length of latter an inch

and one-third. Snout to rump fifteen inches. Head to occiput

(straight) three inches and three-eighths ; tail, seventeen inches and a

half ; less terminal hair, fifteen inches and a half, ears one inch and one-

third. Palma, less nails, one inch and seven-eighths. Planta, less nails,

two inches and seven-eighths. Habitat, hills generally, but chiefly the

central and northern regions. Sexes alike. Remark.—In colour much

like Magnificus, but invariably distinguished by the pale golden line

down the spine. 3

2. Sp. new. Senex, nob. General structure as above, but size

smaller, and fur longer. Entire head, pepper and salt mixture, or iron

grey: orbits and base of ears behind, intense burnt sienna. Entire

body above and the tail and flying membrane, a full clear mixture of

golden and black hues ; shoulders not paled. Limbs intense aurantine

ochreous. Margin of the parachute albescent, and neck below the same.

Body below with parachute there, orange red. Tip of tail black as

usual. Ears nearly or quite nude and tail subdistichous or flatter.

Pelage longer and scarcely so fine as in Magnijficus and in Chrysotrix.

Longest piles an inch and three-quarters, and less glossy. Snout to

rump fourteen inches, head two inches and seven-eighths, ears one

inch and a quarter. ‘Tail only fifteen inches, with hair sixteen inches

and a half. Palma one inch and eleven-sixteenths. Planta two inches

and a half.

Habitat as before.

Remark.— Differs from the two larger species of these hills, and ap-

proaches to the least, or Alboniger, by the less cylindric form of the tail

and under-ears. Its pelage is coarser and less glossy than in any of

the other three, but is fully as warm and thick.

July, 1842.

rn ye SNS

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

A Tentu Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the Mapras

and Masuuteparam Storm of 2\st to 23rd May, 1843. By

Henry Pippineron. With a Chart.

Between the 21st and 23rd May, 1843, a very severe hurricane was

experienced on the coast of Coromandel, which seems to have extended

from a short distance South of Madras to Masulipatam and Coringa.

Great mischief was occasioned by it on shore and along the coast, and

several vessels foundered at sea, or were driven on shore, among which

were the ships and brigs Amelia Thompson, Favorite, Inez, Union,

Braemar, Joseph and Victor, &c. with others more or less disabled.

It is to the always active zeal of Captain Biden of Madras, that

I am indebted for the greater part of the documents from which the

present Memoir is drawn up. I have as usual abridged them as far

as possible, but so as to preserve carefully all the essential facts. I

commence at Madras, with the logs of the ships farthest to the

Southward; I then take those to the Eastward to trace the storm in its

progress across the Bay, and finally, I give those to the North of Ma-

dras, as far as Calcutta. I then add, as usual, a summary shewing

the grounds on which I have laid down the track of the storm, and

embodying such other remarks as may have occurred to me.

Abridged Log of the Ship Bussoran Mercuant, Captain Farrirr,

from Bombay to Calcutta, reduced to civil time.

18th May 1843,—P. M. strong monsoon, W. N. W. and West, with

squalls and rain. 4 Pp. Mm. abreast of Point de Galle, distance 7 miles.

No, 146. No. 62, New Sxrizs. N

70 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

19th May.—Rounding Point de Galle, and at noon wind W. by S.

and fine; steering N. E., latitude 5° 52’ N. longitude account 82° 12’ E.

4 p.M. strong W. by S. breeze. Bar. 29.56,* increasing to a hard gale

W. by S. at midnight.

20th May.—Gale continuing W. by. S. latitude account 7° 20’ N.

Bar. 29.26. Pp. M. continued heavy gale W. S. W.; squalls, rain and

heavy sea; midnight Bar. 29.26.

21st May.—Day-light more moderate, wind S. W.; at noon Lat. 8°

30'N., longitude 86° 29’. P. M. strong gale South, with heavy squalls

continuing to midnight.

22d May.—a. M. finer, but gale continuing from the South to noon,

when latitude 12° 00’ N., longitude 87° 24’ KE. Bar. 29.36. Pp. M.

South and S. S. E. monsoon gale, to midnight.

23d May.—Noon latitude 14° 34’ N., longitude 86° 30’ E., wind

S. S. W., steady monsoon gale from midnight.

Extract from the Log of the Ship Rasastuan, Captain Arkin, from

Calcutta to Mauritius, reduced to civil time.

19th May.—a. M. brisk breeze EK. S. E. and S. E.; at 7 a. m. S. E.

by E.; at noon, ship standing to the S. S. W. Noon latitude observed

9° 1’ N., longitude 88° 16’ E. p. m. increasing with squalls, and Bar.

stated to be “ falling.”+ At midnight more moderate, wind S. E. by E.

to East and N. E.

20th May.—1 a. mM. wind N. E.; 4 a. m. wind shifted to the West;

day-light increasing ; 6h. 30m. hard gale from Westward; at 10 a. M.

wind marked West; noon, Bar. 29.20; from 30.00, at which it had

before stood, wind West. p.m. wind W. by 8. Ship running from 1

a. M. from 5 to 7 knots to the Eastward, strong gale W. to midnight.

2ist May.—a.m. the same; 5 a. M. hauled up to the S. E. by E.

Noon, gale had moderated to fresh gale and heavy sea, latitude 8° 12!

N. Bar. 29.70. To midnight hard gale S. S. W.

22d May.—a. M. the same to noon, when latitude 7° 48’ N., longitude

91° 45' E. Bar. 29.60. re. Mm. fresh gale, being on 23d and following

days the usual monsoon.

* Corrected by a comparison in Calcuttaa—H. P.

+ Its height not given at this time.

1844, | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 71

Abridged Log of the H. C. Steamer Tenasserim from Aden, bound to

Calcutta, civil time.

21st May 1843.—a. Mm. fresh breeze from W. N. W., variable

towards noon with squalls, and squally appearances all round from

E. S. E. to W. N. W. and a heavy sea. Latitude 6° 48’ N., longitude

chronometer 78° 3’. pv. m. wind S. and S. W. fresh and squally. Mid-

night brisk gale with heavy squalls and showers and a heavy sea. Bars. at

4a.M. 29,92 and .75. Noon 29.90 and .72. 4 p.m. 29.90 and .72.

22nd May.— Wind S. W., weather and sea the same. Latitude 5° 3’ N.,

longitude 80° 3’ K. p.m. wind W.S. W. and S. W. strong breezes

and sea. Barometer 4 p. m. 29.80 and .40. Noon 29.30 and .40.

23d May.—Winds W. to S. W. by W., weather and sea the same.

Noon, latitude 6° 49’ N., longitude 82° 58’ E. pv. m. to midnight the

same weather. Barometer at 4 Pp. m. 29.30 and .55.

23d May.—A4 P. Mm. went into Trincomalee harbour.

Abstract of Log of the Bark Cortnca Packet, from 13th to 22d May,

civil time. From Captain BIDEN.

18th May, fine weather. Barometer fell from 29.70 to 29.50. At8 Pp.

M. 29.45, the weather still looking fine, sent down royal yards, took one

reef in the top sails. Point Pedro bearing W. S. W., distance about

140 miles; midnight strong N. E. winds. Barometer 29.40.

19th.—2 a. M. a tremendous squall from E. S. E. attended with

heavy lightning, struck the ship, and hove her on her beam ends ; before

being able to shorten sail, the main sails and fore and maintopsail

were blown out of the bolt ropes. 4. M. blowing a fresh gale attend-

ed with heavy rain, bent another maintopsail, close reefed it, and set

it. Daylight blowing a tremendous gale from E. by S., the sea running

in pyramids, and the ship labouring very heavy. 8 a. M. Barometer

29.30. 10h. 30m. a. m. a very large water spout formed within about 2

cables length from the ship, passed across her stern, and hove the ship

round head to wind, the fall of water on board the ship was tremen-

dous. Observed the Barometer to rise immediately to 29.45. Noon

72 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

the sea abated, wind flew round to the N. W. in a tremendous squall, and

the weather began to look more favorable. Observed Flag Staff Point,

Trincomalle, bearing West, distance 10 miles. 3 P. M. wind from

Westward, a strong double reef topsail breeze with clear weather.

20th.—Moderate throughout. Barometer at 28.50. 8 P. mM. weather

looking very bad to the W. S. W. Midnight blowing a heavy gale.

21st.—3. a. m. the gale increasing, and the sea rising, hove the ship

to under close reefed maintopsail. Daylight blowing a terrific gale, the

sea running in all directions, the ship labouring very heavy, and at times

on her beam ends, the maintopsail blew out of the bolt rope. Barome-

ter 29.40. Noon, latitude 5° 30’ N., longitude 83° 40’ E. 4 P.M. the

sea and wind abated a little. 6 Pp. mM. moderating fast, made sail gra-

dually. 8 p. M. Barometer rising fast. Wind at West. Midnight fresh

breeze and fine. Barometer 29.65.

22nd.—Moderate and fine; during the gale of the 19th and 2Ist, the

ship has not suffered the least, and made no water.

Madras, 10th July, 1848. (Signed) T. B. Cnitcorr.

Abridged extract from the Log of the Ship Marquis or Hastines, Capt.

J. Brope, from Singapore bound to Calcutta, reduced to civil time.

Forwarded by Capt. Bren. |

20th May, 1848.—Noon latitude 11° 51’ N., longitude 95° 5’ E.

Moderate S. by W. to W. S. W. at midnight.

21st May.—S. 8. W. wind to noon. Daylight, Narcondam bearing

N. W. 1 N., breeze freshening to 6 knots with squally weather to

the Westward. 8 a. ™. heavy squall from S. W. Noon moderate. pr. M.

light and cloudy and squally to Westward; wind S. W. to midnight.

22nd May.— Weather squally ;S. W. by W. to S.S. E. wind ; a cross

sea from S. W., latitude 14° 52’, longitude 93° 57’ E. pv. m. Preparis

bearing West, distance 10 miles, light winds N. W., dark and squally.

midnight strong breezes N. W. and heavy sea.

23rd May.—a.™. the same strong breeze and heavy cross sea,

wind N. W. Noon latitude aceount 16° 42’, longitude 92° 4’ E. At 6

p. M. wind about West. At p. m. veering to S. W., and moderating to

the usual monsoon at midnight.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 73

24th May.—Noon latitude 17° 58’ N., longitude 90° 10' E. Light

Vessel, computed to bear N. W. 3 N. distance 200 miles.

Ship Bramin. Hatract forwarded by Capt. BrpEn.

- The ship Bramin from Singapore bound to Madras, had from 20th

May, between latitudes 8° and 8° 38’ N. heavy threatening weather

from S. by W., veering gradually to S. W., and reducing her to close

reefs till the 23rd, when the weather became finer. No Barometer or

longitudes are given in her log, but we may take it that she was far

to the Eastward, and that this was the usual weather at the setting

in of the monsoon.

Extract from the Log of the Barque Serincapratam, from Acheen Head

to Madras, reduced to civil time. Forwarded by Capt. BipEN.

From the time of leaving Acheen Head, we had a continuance of

gloomy unsettled weather to the— j

20th May.—Wind S. S. W. 4 P.M. increasing gales, heavy squalls

with rain, thunder and lightning, latitude 7° 30’, longitude 98° 50’.

21s¢ May.—At noon wind S. S. W., latitude 9° 10, longitude 88° 50’.

‘Commences with heavy squalls, with rain, thunder and lightning, a

heavy confused sea.

At 8 p. M. increasing gales, heavy squalls, gloomy weather close

reefed topsails, and reefed foresail.

Throughout these twenty-four hours, a continuance of heavy squalls

and gloomy weather.

22nd May.—Wind S. W. by &., latitude 10°, longitude 85° 30’.

Commences with heavy gales and squalls of rain, thunder and lightning,

a heavy confused sea, under close-reefed topsails; latter part more mo-

derate, made sail.

The remainder of the passage gloomy, unsettled weather, squally with

rain, thunder, and lightning, with a continuance of threatening appear-

ances, S. Foster, Mate.

74 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

Abstract of the Log of the Transport Barque Teazer, from Madras

to Penang with Troops on board, reduced to civil time. Forwarded

by Captain BipEN.

19th May, 1843.—At noon latitude 12° 00’ N., longitude 81° 28’

E. Barometer 29.72. Thermometer 86°. Weather very threatening, and

winds variable, hove to; the wind not marked, but apparently from S. W.

to S. S. W. At 3 Pp. M. made sail, winds to midnight marked

about S. EK.

20th May.—Shortened sail and hove to again at noon, in consequence

of the threatening weather and disturbed sea; wind marked as variable

from E. to N. N. E. Noon no observation, latitude account 11° 18’,

longitude account 82° 40’ E. Barometer 29.70. Thermometer 86°.

P. M. every appearance of bad weather, wind increasing to strong gale

from about N. W., violent squalls and rain. Wind not marked, but

from about 9 p. mM. “ running free,” course E. S. E., 8 knots, to mid-

night, under close reefed maintopsail, foresail, and foretopmast staysail ;

gale increasing fast.

21st May.—2 a. M. “ scudding almost before it,” course E. S. E., 9

and 10 knots (hence wind W. by N. or West? but not marked!) At 8

a very violent squall W. N. W. veering toS. W. 11h. 30m. foresail blew

from the yard, ship scudding 12 knots, broached to. Noon hove to, a

complete hurricane. Barometer 2 a. m. 29.70

6 ,, 29.40

Si, WAQIBO

Noon ,, 29.20

Noon, latitude account about 10° 43’ N., longitude 85° 4’ E.

p. M. gale continuing, wind not marked,

4p. mM. Barometer 29.20

» Midnight 29.45

22nd May.—At 7 a. M. gale a little moderated. Noon latitude in-

different observation 11° 25’ N., longitude 85° 10’ E. Barometer 29.60.

p. M. wind marked S. S. W. and at 5 p. Mm. South ; gale moderating to

midnight: making sail and repairing damages.

23rd May.—More moderate, wind still (apparently) South. Noon

latitude by account 11° 58’ N. longitude 86° 27’ E. Barometer 29.66.

Thermometer 86°, p. m. moderating, but still threatening.

1844, ] Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. vo

24th May.—Fine. Noon latitude 11° 10’ N., longitude 88° 37’ E.

Barometer 29.68. Thermometer 88°,

At Penang, the Meteorological Register kept there by order of Go-

vernment, gives at 9h. 40m. a. M. the following state of the Baro-

meter for—

17th May 1848, 29.954

18th ditto —.886

19th ditto —.888

20th ditto —.938

21st ditto —.926

22nd ditto —.944

23rd ditto —.930

There is nothing in the remarks of the weather, &c. to indicate any

extraordinary disturbance.

Observations at Calcutta. By H. Piwpine ton.

21st May, Sunday Eveniug, 1843.—8 Pp. M. stars particularly clear

and brilliant, The zodaical light like a comet ; to the South, stars visible

at 5° elevation.

22nd, Monday.—a. M. Barometer fallen from 29.8 on the 2Ist to

29.7, squally from S. S. W. with light rain, and in the evening a heavy

shower, East heavy nimbus. Barometer 29.76

23rd, Tuesday.—Dark gloomy weather, squalls and rain from S. W.

and South. Bar. 29.70.

24th Wednesday.—6 a.m. Barometer 29.775, dark gloomy nimbi

from East to Zenith. To the Westward clear with strata at intervals,

To the Southward, at times much smoky scud driving rapidly across

from the East, light breezes and puffs at.intervals, with drizzling rain

from the East.

At the Surveyor General's Office at Calcutta, at Noon, the Barometer

on these days stood as follows :—

May 21st Bar. 29.698

» 22nd ,, —.665

Beord iin. ~— 690

» 24th , —610

76 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. — [No. 164.

At Bombay the Standard Barometer corrected to Temp. 32°, was at

20th: eeiPitan) 2902

Zlst.. a8 -- Sunday.

OF nd. otis aoeetae

Z2ard a6) lee BOS

24th .. .- —=.434

25th ihe ts Shoe hi OB

from the Madras Atheneum.

Vizagapatam.—On the evening of the 2lst ultimo, the rain com-

menced pouring down in torrents, and continued so for the space of nearly

one week, accompanied by a strong wind, which set in from the North

East, veered round to the East and blew a furious hurricane from that

quarter ; during its continuance, a solitary Dhoney which was riding

at anchor in the roads, having been the previous evening deserted by

the greater portion of her crew, parted from her anchor, and was

driven to the shore with only three men on board; and she went to

_ pieces a very short time after. A native brig also ran ashore, (inten-

tionally as is generally supposed, ) and she now lies a total wreck about

a mile or two to the Northward of this place. Recent accounts from

the Northward mention the fact of wrecks of vessels being strewn along

the coast, and that about a dozen native craft have wrecked or foun-

dered between this and Ganjam.

Abridged Extract from the Log of the Brig Unton, Captain SPRINGER,

from Coringa bound to Pondicherry, reduced to civil time. For-

warded by Captain BIDEN.

The Union left Coringa on the 19th May 1848, on which day at

noon Coringa Light House bore West about 7 miles distant. rP. M.

light winds, and at midnight fresh breezes Eastward.

20th May.—Noon, wind E., latitude 15° 1’ N., longitude 82° 37’ E.

p. M. freshening from N. E, Evening and morning with heavy rain; made

preparations for bad weather. Midnight strong gales, apparently N. E.

Vessel very leaky, and heaving cargo overboard.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 77

21st May.—To noon gale increasing. No longitude or latitude

marked. vp. M. wind marked N. or N. by W. Vessel scudding, and gale

increasing to midnight.

22nd May.—Gale still continuing, but apparently veering to the

Westward, for it is marked at W. N. W. At 1 Pp. Mo. vessel scarcely

kept afloat and sinking, but always scudding.

23rd May.—1 a. mM. wind S. W. -At 7 a. M. saw the bark Helen,

Captain Driver, and succeeded in getting on board of her, the brig

going down shortly after. At noon on this-day, Helen’s latitude was

11° 50’ N., longitude 82° 30’ E.

Abridged Report of the Master Attendant of Coringa, forwarded by

Capt. BIDEN, civil time.

20th May.—a.m.N. EK. Wind 1 p.M. Easterly. 10 p.m. N. E. fresh

breeze, with thunder and cloudy weather to the Southward.

21st May.—Wind N. E. with heavy squalls throughout; latterly

constant showers of rain.

22d May.—a. mu. Wind N. E. At 5 pv. m. Easterly heavy gales,

and constant showers of rain throughout.

23rd May.—1 a. mM. wind marked S. E. 3 a.m. Southerly, moderat-

ing to fine weather at midnight.

Abridged Log of the Barque Candahar, Capt. Ripry, from Bombay

bound to Calcutta, civil time.

19th May, Friday.—Throughout light variable breezes E. N. E. to

E.S. E. Noon latitude 15° 26’ N., longitude 81° 30’ E.

20th May.—a.m. 5 knot breeze N. E. by E. to S. E. and N. E.

at noon, when latitude 16° 06’ N., longitude 82° 13’ KE. 4 rp. mM. Baro-

_ meter had fallen to 29.60, with threatening appearances ; made all snug

for a storm. At 10 Pp. m. wind N. E. by E. increasing rapidly to

_ midnight.

21st May.—a. M. wind N. E., storm increasing with violent squalls,

_ ship lying to. A barque to windward, sea very high, Barometer down

78 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

to 29.55. No observation, latitude account 15° 40’, longitude 82° 40’ E.

P.M. to midnight increasing storm, sea making a clear breach over

the vessel,

22nd May.—a.™M. heavy gale N. E. weather as before. At 10

A. M. wind marked at S. E. Barometer at 8 a. m. 29.35. Noon la-

titude by account 15° 30’ N., longitude account 83° 00’. 1 Pp. m. “blow-

ing a perfect hurricane at S. KE. witha terrific cross sea.” 1h. 30m. P. M.

Barometer at 28.83. At 2h. 30m, Pp. M. “hurricane at its highest, and

drawing round to the Southward; vessel making very bad weather.”

At 4h. 30m. p. m. Barometer inclining to rise a little, but no change

in the weather. ‘ Hurricane continuing to blow if possible with more

fury.” At 6p. mM. “hurricane having shifted to South, wore ship as we

were drifting fast in shore.” 8 Pp. M. Barometer 29.29, and wind more

moderate. Midnight a heavy gale with squalls at times.

23rd May.—a. M. hard gale §S. S. W., daylight abating, but sea

very heavy. Noon latitude 15° 38’, longitude 83° 20’ EK. Wind §. S.

W., strong gale to midnight.

24th May.—Strong monsoon from 8S. W. to W.S. W., latitude

17° 42', longitude 85° 00’. On the 25th, arrived in soundings, and on

26th at noon, Point Palmiras Light House bore N. E. by N. 4 or 5

leagues.

eo SS

Abridged Log of the Barque EuPHRarss, Capt. Witson, from London,

bound to Calcutta, reduced to civil time.

19th May, 1843.—To noon fine weather, wind from Kast to N. E.

by E., which had also been about its direction for the preceding 24

hours. Noon latitude 14° 51’ N., longitude 81° 28’ E. vp. m. to mid-

night the same winds and weather.

20th May.—Winds from N. E. to North, freshening from North at

noon, and from latitude 16° 2)’ N. longitude 81° 40' E. At 10a. ™M.

Masulipatam bore W. 4 N., 10 miles. rp. m. moderate breeze E. N. E.

increasing at 8 with thunder, lightning and rain, Midnight very threa-

tening appearance; wind E. N. E., making all snug and standing to

the S. Eastward.

21st May. —By 6 a. M. hard gale E. N. E. 10 4, M. variable. At

noon N. Easterly, hard gale and squalls, with heavy rain. Latitude

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 79

by observation 14° 40’ N., longitude 82° 52’. “ An Easterly current the

last 24 hours, the high Easterly swell preceded the wind about 4 hours,

and the sea got up very rapidly with the wind,”* Noon,}Barometer

28.90. Sympiesometer 28.80, At the commencement of the gale, Baro-

meter 29.80. Sympiesometer 29.60. vp. mM. hard gale N. E., high cross

sea. Midnight very hard gale. Wind at 9 r. m. Kasterly. Midnight

E. S. E.

22nd May.—5 a. M. blowing a hurricane. 7 a. Mm. wind S. E. by S.,

wind drawing S. E. and Southerly in the squalls. Noon wind S. S. E.,

hurricane still continuing. Latitude account 14° 08’ N., longitude

82° 29’ E. p. m. continued heavy hurricane at South. Aazl and rain at

l p.m. 6 P.M. Barometer rising rapidly, wore and bore up to the N.

E. by E. 7 P.M. wind 8.S. W. 8 p.m. Barometer 29.20. Midnight

hard gale and heavy squalls.

23rd May.—2 a.m. wind S.S, W. 6 a.m. to noon moderating,

and sail was gradually made, wind S. S. W. Latitude observation 16°

17’, longitude 83° 44’. “ A set of 62 miles South 69° E. in the last

48 hours.” To midnight variable, and squally from the South to

S. S. W.

Abridged Log of the Barque Lorp E.ruinstone, Captain CRAWFORD,

from Madras towards Vizagapatam ; civil time. Forwarded by

Captain BipEN.

21st May, Sunday, 1843.—First part cloudy weather with wind

from N. N. E. to N. E. Barometer falling from 29.98 to 29.55. At 3

Pp. M. dark gloomy appearance with sudden gusts of wind, prepared for

bad weather. At 11 pr. Mm. severe squalls. Midnight strong gales from

N.N. E. to N. E., veering between the two points. Barometer,

middle part 29.50 to 29.42, latter part and noon 29.20, Latitude

15° 45’ N., longitude 83° 15’ E. by dead reckoning.

22nd Monday.—Severe gales from N. E. to E. N. E. and East; at

10 a. mM. blowing very hard with a high sea; at 10-30 severe squalls

split the double reefed topsails; Barometer 29.8 hove the ship to with

* This remark is worth attention. The Hasterly set was probably the outpouring

of the Godavery.

80 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. — [No. 146.

a tarpauling on the weather mizen rigging, at noon terrific squalls, got

the anchors secured with extra lashings, ship behaving very well, Baro-

meter from 28.8 to 29.0, 28.90 and 28.80. At 1 P.M. a heavy sea struck

the back of the rudder, carried away some of the pintles and gudge-

ons, got a hawser passed over the stern to keep the rudder steady ; at

2 if possible, blowing harder, the lee side of the fore castle, and top-

gallant rail under water; wind veering from East to E. 8. E. and S. E.

blowing very severe.

23rd Tuesday.—Barometer at 2 a. M., 28.75 wind hauling to 8. 8.

K. the hawser securing the rudder cut through, the rudder now beat-

ing from side to side at a most fearful rate making all tremble; at

5 wind South, at 6 broke down the after cabins to get at the rudder,

all the pintles being gone with the exception of the upper one; suc-

ceeded in lifting it out, and letting it go clear of the ship. 8 P. m. wind

moderating at S, S. W. Midnight Ditto; Barometer 29.0 to 29.5 and 10.

24th Wednesday.—Ship making a great deal of water, observed the

counter stove in, and the rudder case all started in consequence of

the time it took to get clear of the rudder; all hands, with the passen-

gers, employed at the pumps ; at 2 getting more moderate, commenced

making a jury rudder with the spanker boom for a main piece and

20 fathoms of chain cable.

25th May.—Employed at the pumps and rudder, got it over and

made sail; latitude 16° 18’ longitude 83° 18’ 45’ E, deemed it proper to

haul up for Coringa to repair damages, at 4 Pp. M, sighted Coringa

Light. Noon, anchored in the Roads, the crew quite exhausted from

incessant labour.

This hurricane according to Col. Reid’s Theory of Storms, passed

from E, N. E. in a W. S. Westerly direction, and the centre of it

could have been no great distance from us to the southward, at least

not more than from 6 to 8 miles.

I have seen the Commander of the unfortunate Amelia Thompson,

he says this Hurricane commenced with him from N. Westward, ver-

ing to West and S. Westward, thereby shewing that the centre of this

turning wind or hurricane was to the Northward of him.

The Barometer is by Troughton and Sims, a most excellent instru-

ment, its average range in ordinary weather is from 29.90 to 30.10

and 30,12. (Signed, ) H. CRAWForD.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 81

Extract from the Log of the Barque Lynvocu from Madras towards

Vizagapatam, reduced to civil time. Forwarded by Capt. Bipen.

20th May Saturday, 1843.—1 Pp. M. of 19th, winds E. N. E. steady

breezes and fine weather; 4 P. M. ditto wind and weather; 6 steady

breezes and cloudy weather; 8 squally; 10 wind E. by S. midnight

squally with rain, wind E. by N. At 2 a. m. 20th increasing winds and

squally with lightning to the Kastward. Daylight decreasing winds and

cloudy weather. At 8 winds E. N. E. and ditto weather, at 10 squally.

Noon steady breezes and fine, watch employed bending mainsail. Lati-

tude by observation 18° 42’ North.

p. M. Winds E. N. E. fresh breezes and cloudy weather; at 4 in-

creasing breezes and cloudy. At 6-30 increasing wind, at 8 fresh

winds and cloudy with lightning. At 10-30 strong breezes and squal-

ly. At 12 strong breezes and squally.

21st May.—a. m. Wind N. E. by E.; at 2 increasing gales; at 3 and

at 10 strong gales. Wind E. N. E. squally weather at 11 severe

gales; noon, increasing gales and very severe squalls; sun obscured.

p.M. Wind E.N. E. strong gales and squally ; at 5-45 increasing gales

and severe squalls. At 8 severe gales and thick hazy weather; at 9

increasing gales and very severe squalls with rain, laid the ship to un-

der the close reefed trysail and double reefed spanker; at 12 strong

gales and very heavy squalls,

22d May.—At 4 increasing gales and severe squalls with rain, Day-

light heavy gales and very heavy squalls. At 8 blowing a tremendous

hurricane. Noon the same. P.M, wind N. E. by E. 30 wore ship; at

1 p. m. shift of wind from the westward, and the ship under bare poles;

at 3 wind W.S. W.; at 4 blowing a tremendous hurricane, and the ship

lurching very heavily, filled the larboard quarter boat, cut her away ;

at 4-30 ship lurching very heavy, greatly damaged starboard quarter

boat, carpenter prepared his axes to cut away masts if necessary.

At 5 carried away the spanker gaff; at 6 the hurricane abated a

little; at 8 very strong gales and severe squalls with thick hazy

weather, Midnight strong gales and severe squalls with thick hazy

weather,

23d May.—Daylight inclined to moderate with decreasing squalls.

At 10 more moderate ; at noon decreasing wind and cloudy, sun obscur-

ed. 7 a.m. wind S, 8S. W.;10S. W.

82 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. {(No. 146.

p.m. Wind 8. W. by S. At 7S. by W. p.M. strong gales heavy

squalls, rain, and a heavy swell running; at 5 more moderate; at 10

increasing gale, Midnight increasing squalls with rain.

24th May.—At 4 P.M. moderate with a fine clear sky; daylight

moderate; 10 wind S. by E.; 11 South; Noon moderate and fine; lati-

tude by observation 16° 24’ N.

To the foregoing Log, Captain Biden adds the following valuable

notes obtained by him from Captain Corney.

“JT have just got hold of Captain Corney of the Lord Lyndoch,

he says at 2 past Noon on Monday the 22d, the Barometer fell from

28.35 to 27.95—at 10 a.m. it was at 28.35—he says the strongest

gusts were about 1 r. mM. when there were intermitting severe gusts,

~ accompanied by great and terrible heat—and there were alternate gusts

of heat and cold after the hurricane veered to S. W.*

“The commencement of the Gale was from N. E. by N., just after

Midnight on the 20th—all the 21st the Easterly gale continued—

the change was preceded by a dead calm which lasted 3 of an hour.—,

and the shift was about one p. m. on Monday, when the Barometer

was at its minimum—a tremendous cross sea arose at this time, but

the swell from the S. W. soon subdued that which had got up from the

Eastward. Rain and drift of sea accompanied the hurricane, darken-

ing the atmosphere very much—sails were blown away from the yards,

though well secured with studding sail gear, &c.

Ship was nearly thrown on her beam ends. Poultry drowned on lee

side of the Poop.”

Abridged Log of the Ship Jutta, Capt. Jones, from Calcutta to the

Mauritius, reduced to Civil time.

18th May.—Noon in latitude 18° 29’ longitude 89° 38’, Calms and

light rains to midnight. ‘‘ Heavy clouds rising from S. E. quarter.

Barometer only 29.75, which is lower than it stands generally.” Mid-

night light S. W. breeze.

19th May.—2 a. . light S. E. breeze to noon when latitude 18° 05’

longitude 89° 06’ observation. 7 Pp. m. freshening, vivid lightning S. S. E.

to S. S. W.; midnight steady breeze S. E.

* The italics are mine.—H. P.

}

1844. ] Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 83

20th May.—1 a. m. Barometer 29.72. Noon, increasing breeze S. E.

by E. squally and heavy head sea; latitude 16° 09’ longitude 88° 13’

Barometer 29.75. v.m. hard squalls wind E. S, E, threatening ap-

pearance to the Eastward. 7 P. m. severe gusts with rain and lightning;

11 p.m. wind S. E. by E.; 1 p. uw. Barometer 29.55; at 6 Pp. mu. 29.50;

at 9, 29.50; midnight 29.50. Thermometer 86° throughout.

21st May.—S. EK. by E. gale, with increasing heavy cross sea; 2 a. M.

S. E. Noon strong gale; latitude account 13° 50’ longitude 86° 46’

Barometer 1 a.m. 29.50; 4 a. m. 29.50; 6 a. m. 29.49; 9 a.m. 29.48

Thermometer 86°. P. mM. wind S, E. to. 8. E. severe gale. 6 P.M.

severe gale with squalls at times “attended with a thick fog.” Mid-

night the same weather; 1 Pp. m. Barometer 29.48; 6 P. m. 29.48.

22d May.—To noon, wind S, HE. to 8. 8S. E. severe gale with

heavy cross sea; latitude account 13° 47’ longitude account 86° 05’ E,

Barometer 1 a. m. 29.50; 6 a. m. 29.50; 10 a.m. 29.50. Thermometer

86°. p.m. wind S. E. to South, strong gales and sea as before. 4 P. m.

moderating a little; 7 gale increasing again, midnight strong gale and

clear weather, wind about South. p.m. Barometer 29.45; 6 P.M.

29.45; ll ep. m. 29.40. Thermometer 86°.

. 23d May.—a. m. The same gale from South, Barometer 5 a. M.

29.40. 11 a.m. 29.40; Ther. 86. Noon latitude observation 15° 47’

longitude 85° 20’. The Log remarks that the Vessel had suffered

much by the heavy cross sea arising from a 8. E. and S. W. swell

for the last 24 hours. vp. mM. wind Southerly, more moderate; 5 P, M.

again increasing. Barometer 1 Pp. M. 29.55. 6 P.M. 29.55; Ther. 86°.

24th May.—a. M. becoming fine; wind South to Noon, when lati-

tude observation 15° 42’ N., longitude 85°51’ E. Barometer at 2 a. M.

29.60; 1l a. mM. the same. Thermometer 86°,

Extracts from the Log of the Transport CuamPion, Captain Bupp,

reduced to civil time. Forwarded by Captain Bipen.

18th May.—Light airs from E. N. EK. and hot, sultry weather ; strong

set to the Northward, and much swell from the Eastward, latitude

14° 6’. Barometer 29.9. |

84 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

19th, Friday.—Light airs from E. N. E. and sultry weather, latitude

15° 29’. Barometer 29.85. p.m. light breeze from the Eastward and

heavy wind.

20th Saturday.—a. m. Cloudy weather and much lightning with

heavy swell from the Eastward; latter parts squally with distant

thunder and vivid lightning and suspicious looking weather; saw the

land off Narsapour Point. Latitude 16° 9’. Barometer 29.85 to 29.75.

p. m. fresh increasing breeze from N. EK. and heavy swell, exchanged

signals with the “ Inez;” prepared for bad weather. Throughout the

night hard squalls from Eastward and E. N. E. with a heavy sea

getting up and much rain and lightning.

21st Sunday.—From daylight to noon blowing a strong gale with

occasional hard squalls and rain; under a close reef main topsail and

close reefed mizen. Latitude by account 15° 31’. Barometer 29.70,

Pp. M. heavy gale and increasing, with much sea, and ship labouring

greatly, wind drawing to E.S. E. Midnight, increasing in violence

with tremendous squalls and rain,

22d Monday.—Ship now labouring greatly with the heavy seas, lash-

ed one half of the new poop awning to the Gaff to assist in keep-

ing to. Barometer 29.60.

p. M. Wind drawing round to the Southward and inclining to lull;

suspecting a sudden shift round to the S. W. immediately wore ship,

which no sooner done, and, had the yards again secured, when it

commenced blowing a perfect hurricane from South, accompanied with

dark weather, and tremendous heavy rain and high sea, which threw

the vessel completely on her beam ends, staving in the quarter

boat. I now fully expected every instant to see the masts all

go by the board, as from the great and constant labouring of the

vessel the rigging had become quite slack, and the topmasts were

pressed over like a bow; fortunately we had taken the precaution

previous to have swifters on, as in righting again and rolling sud-

denly to windward, it would all have snapped during the tremen-

dous gusts, and after, it was impossible to distinguish any thing the

length of the vessel, from the violent rain and drift of the sea which

completely washed over all. From our position by reckoning, and great

drift which we have experienced whilst lying to from the commence-

ment, and heavy seas from the eastward and S. E. and which still in-

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 85

creased in force carrying the vessel right before them, I fully ex-

pected, should the wind not draw round to the S. W. that we should be

driven before night upon Narsapour Point, for the wind had hung so

constantly to the Eastward that with difficulty we could obtain an

offing ; immediately after the vessel righted I got below to my cabin

and found the Barometer had fallen suddenly from 29.60 to 29.20.* the

gale continued without intermission with hard squalls and rain with

tremendous cross sea until midnight.

23d Tuesday.—Midnight drawing round to S.S. W. and abating in

strength afterwards, when we made a little sail and kept away East.

During most part of the night the pumps were constantly at work.

From daylight to Noon decreasing, but still hard squalls ; by indift obsn.

Latitude 16° 0’ Longitude 83° 20’: found we had experienced a strong

lee current.

24th Wednesday.—r. m. decreasing with passing squalls and much

sea, wind S. S. W. Barometer 29.60.

25th Thursday.—The weather commenced moderating and sea sub-

siding, anchored at Vizagapatam, Barometer 29.60. to 29.90.

Vincent Bupp,

Commander.

eee eee

Report from the Bark Chatham, Capt. GirForD, forwarded by the

Marine Board.

In the Bay I experienced a severe gale from N. E. to S. E. com-

mencing on Saturday the 20th May at 10 P.M. and lasting to Mon-

day the 22d May noon, when it moderated. My Latitude was 16°

Longitude 84° in the height of the gale, by dead reckoning, and by

comparing logs with the Euphrates. I find it was more severe 30

miles S. W. of our position. Wo. GIFFoRD.

Report from Masulipatam by R. ALEXANDER, Esq. forwarded by

: Capt. Bien.

Masulipatam 23d May, 1848.

| From the weather we have experienced here I fear that you have

had a gale at Madras, and bad weather both to the Northward and

* The italics are mine, for this remarkable fall is a very curious phoenomenon.

+ The storm wave.—H. P.

86 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

Kastward, the weather has been unsettled here for some days, and

since the 20th the wind has been from the N. E. On the 21st we had

heavy squalls with rain, with the Barometer falling. From yester-

day morning the Barometer fell rapidly as you will observe by the

following memorandum.

22nd May at 4 P. M. Bar. 29,080

4.30 -050

5. gale, increasing and blowing in violent gusts.

Violent Gusts 6.24 Bar. 28.900

6.30 875

ris .820 much lightning to S. and

S. E. and thunder.

7.30 730

8. 760

8.30 730

9. .160

10. -160

10.30 760

P. M. 11. Bar. 28.774

11.30 .820

12. 940

23rd la. M. -980

2 29.050 4 p.m. 2 wind changing to

Kk. S. E. and then to S. and S. b W. blowing with great violence with

drizzling rain.

3 A. M. 29.100

4 .150

5 .175 Noon the Barometer is

now up to 29.300 blowing fresh from the Southward.

Two Brigs and one Sloop are on shore, and four Brigs have lost —

their main masts ; several of the cargo boats are driven inland, as well

as a sailing boat of my own missing, with large stores of firewood and

timber. Great damage has been done in consequence of the sea having

inundated the place; the inundation extended beyond the first range

of Garden Houses, and the Causeway is rendered useless, the sea

having flowed over it and breached the retaining walls in several

places, besides carrying away all the stone coating; the Bund leading

es eat ee AP

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 87

from the Fort to the Village of Gillumdindee is also breached. The

sea flowed into the Fort through the East and sea gates, one doney

is left close to the brick work of the pettah gate, a large boat is lying

against the Causeway, and part of a Lower mast lying on the causeway

half a mile from the Fort.

Trees in every direction have been blown up by the roots, windows

and doors of substantial houses blown in, and a number of Native

huts and buildings destroyed. From Noon of the 21st to 5 p. mM. 22nd,

we had 2.025 inches of rain. I have just received a report of one Brig

having foundered with all on board, with the exception of one Lascar

who saved himself on a plank.

Masulipatam, 15th Sept. 1843.

My praR Sir,—The greatest violence of the gale on the coast,

appears to have been felt here, although it was felt as far North as

Culingapatam. 1 have no information with regard to the distance it

extended to the Westward, and in the Guntoor and Patnaud Districts

the damage appears to have been caused by the torrents of rain, while

here all the rain that fell during the gale did not amount to 24

inches, there was thunder and lightning during the gale, but not

much. The gale commenced from N. E. and N. N. E. and ended

at S. W.

Report from the Acting Master Attendant at Pulicat. Forwarded by

Capt. BIDEN.

We had a strong gale here, accompanied with heavy rain, which

commenced on Sunday morning the 21st at about 11 o’clock—blowing

N. N. W., and abated the following day at noon, I am happy to add

that, with the exception of a few old buildings which fell down, no

other material injury was done at this place; no vessels were in these

roads on the day of the gale.

Abridged Reports from Madras, by Captain Bren.

The range of the Barometer at Madras during the late gale was

from 29,67 to 29.37—and at Ennore, about 8 miles to the Northward

88 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

of Madras it fell as low as 29.30 at 3 a.m. on the 22d instant.

Wind veering throughout the 21st from N. N. W. to W. N. W.—the

quantity of rain which has fallen in 48 hours is 104 inches. Fourteen

vessels put to sea from these Roads between 11-30 and 1 P. m. onthe

21st May.

CorpeL1a.— Went as far out as 82° 20’ E. Latitude 11° 30’ N. Ba-

rometer fell to 29.0 and continued as low as 29.20 two days. The

heaviest of the gale was from N. W. ending at S. W. on Tuesday.

During the gale the sea was very heavy and confused, more so than

commonly in such gales.

Braumin from Singapore to Madras, Sitenday 20th May, squalls at

4 p. m. midnight dark cloudy weather. Wind throughout veering from

S. W. to S. 8S. W. 6 a. m. heavy*squalls with much rain— Noon gale

increasing ; wind 8S. by W.

Sunday 21st.—-Strong gale and squalls with much rain. Wind S. by

W. Midnight ditto weather. 6 a. M. more moderate, noon clear, latitude

observation 8° 16’ N,

22d Monday.—Commenced with unsettled weather, heavy squalls

with much rain, throughout squalls and unsettled weather, wind veering

from 8S. W. to S. S. W.

Tuesday 23d.—Strong breezes and squalls, wind S.S. W. Midnight

dark cloudy weather. 4 a. m. more moderate and clear. Noon wind S.

W. clear weather, latitude observation 8° 38’.

The Barque Brarmar slipped from Madras Roads with the wind at

N.N. W., N. W. and finally W. N. W., She was laid on her beam ends

and righted only by cutting away her masts, the wreck of which carried

away her rudder. The Vessel became water-logged and nearly unma-

nageable and was driven by noon 23rd May to latitude by observation

12° 55’ N. Wind at 1 p.m. on 22d civil time, being W. S. W. and at

1 a.m. 28d S. W. by S. She was abseil driven on shore and wrecked

near False Point Divy.

Ship Henry.—Put to sea from Madras Roads, and had the wind

veering from N. N. KE. at 1 Pp. m. on the 21st May, to S. W. by W. at

noon on the 22d, when the Barometer was at 28.90. At midnight,

wind S. W. Barometer 29,20, the gale moderating towards daylight

on the 23rd; at noon of which day she was in latitude 13° 18’ and at

noon of the 24th in latitude 12° 26’ N. longitude 81° 57’ E

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 89

Brig Briton.—This vessel slipped and ran to sea with the wind

at N. W. at 1. 30. Pp. mw. on the 21st May civil time. At 7 the wind

was North, and at 10 N.N. E. Vessel steering EK. by S.

On the 22d at 5 a.m. the wind shifted to West in a hard squall.

At noon hard gale, latitude by indifferent observation 12° 15’ N; by

account 12° 35’: longitude account 82° 51’. Barometer 29.20, having

made by log 158 miles E. by S. and E. S. E. from Madras roads.

The wind marked S. W. fresh gales at midnight, moderating.

On the 23d at noon latitude observation 11° 36’ N. Account 12° 7’

Barometer 29° 40’, Chronometer 83.25. Account 83.52.

Ship BaBoo—had increasing gales as she proceeded to the East-

ward, and at 2 a. mw. on Monday 2Ist May, had it blowing very hard

from W.N. W. with continued sleet showers, thunder and lightning.

Two Barometers at their lowest 28.29. On Monday 22d at noon, latitude

obs. 12° 33’ N. and longitude per 2 chros. 82° 0° E. Since then

had the wind mostly from S. 8. W. to West. Baboo’s Barometer when

she slipped was at 29.20, and here it stood, then at 29.57; her Baro-

meter is therefore .37 below the true range.—N. B. See subsequently her

report.

Report of Capt. Stuart of the Barque BaxBoo, to Capt. Bien. For-

warded by that Officer.

On Sunday at 12-30 we slipped from 80 fathoms cable and went

to sea.

Had an increasing gale as we went to the Eastward, and at 2 a.m.

on Monday 21st May had it blowing very heavy from W.N. W. with

continued sleet showers and much thunder and lightning. My two

- Barometers at their lowest 28.29.

The Kyd was the last of the ships seen by us on Sunday evening,

and none of them were seen afterwards. I laid my ship to, having

_ broke part of the wheel and got the man steering maimed, otherwise

we had no casualties. |

90 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

On Monday at noon my latitude was per observation 12° 33’ N. and

longitude per two Chronometers 82.0 E., since then had mostly the

winds from S. S. W. to West.

Ship IsapeLua Watson, Capt. J. A. Macponaxp, from Madras to

Calcutta: report from her Commander, reduced to civil time.

19th May 18438, Friday.—The weather was close and sultry with

a heavy swell rolling in on the beach indicating the approach of a

storm. Thermometer at noon 83°43’, sympiesometer 29.36.

20th Saturday.—a. m. hove short and made sail from Covelong ;

7 a. ™M. came to anchor in Madras Roads, hard squalls from the N. W.

with heavy rain; observed the flag flying at the fort for all ships

to prepare for sea. Thermometer 48°, sympiesometer 29.26. P. Mm.

squally and variable from N. E. to North with heavy rain.

21st Sunday.—a. mM. made sail from Madras Roads, at 4 a. M.

hard squalls and rain from N. N. E.; 10 a. wm. blew very hard with

squalls and rain from N. E, to N. and a high turbulent sea running.

Under close reefed main top sail; noon blowing very hard with a

high cross sea and heavy rain. Thermometer 83°30’, sympiesometer

29.16. |

A continuance of the N. E. gale. At 2-30 ep. m. Thermometer 84°

sympiesometer 28.96. The ship labouring this time most fearfully,

8 ep. m. Thermometer 83° sympiesometer 28.84. 9 p. m. Thermometer |

83°, sympiesometer 28.0 a fearful sea running.

22nd May.—3 a. M. a heavy squall with hail and rain ; 8 a. m. the

gale blowing with greater violence with a turbulent cross sea, making

a fair breach over the ship, and straining her very much. Thermo-

meter 83°, sympiesometer 28.64. Noon ditto weather.

Madras bearing by account West and by North 70 miles.

2 p.m. Thermometer 83°30’, sympiesometer 28.70. 3 Pp. m. sympie-

someter 28.84, the weather more moderate, but a turbulent sea, the

wind flew suddenly from N.W. to West. At4 p.m. it came from S, W.

and continued so with dark weather and rain.

23rd May.—At noon Thermometer 84°30’, sympiesometer 29,11.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 91

Abridged Report from Capt. Onstow, of the Ship Grnerat Kyp,

to the Secretary to the Marine Board, Calcutta.

The ship General Kyd, of 1318 tons burthen, (old measurement)

left the Bengal passage, Acheen Head, on the evening of the 9th May,

civil time, with a pleasant breeze and very sultry weather from the N.

Eastward.

This continued for some days with squalls and variable weather at

times, and sudden sharp squalls and rain, and that throughout the pas-

sage from Acheen to Madras, to which place we were bound in

ballast from China. The weather continued so unsettled, although the

Barometer continued high, between 29.70 and 29.90 and the thermome-

ter never below 84°, and on one afternoon at 3 o’clock it stood at 96° in

my cabin that I was led to apprehend a gale of wind during the whole

passage of eight days. On the 19th May I anchored in Madras roads,

and immediately received a notice from the Master Attendant to be

prepared for bad weather. On the 20th May the weather was squally

and unsettled from the Northward, Barometer at 29.70. In the

evening the appearances becoming more favourable I did not leave the

shore, but on the morning of Sunday the 21st the sea which is a sure

forerunner of a gale on that coast, rose tremendously high, insomuch

that I was once capsized in trying to get through the surf, and was

very nearly one hour and a half in getting through the second time,

with the boat nearly full of water ; at noon got on board the ship, the

wind then from N. N. W. blowing fresh, shipped the cable and made

sail, stood E. byS. At 3. m. gradually increasing with thick rain at

times and most turbulent sea. At 7-30 P. m., much lightning to the

Eastward, but the sky gathering up thick in the Westward, and very

unsettled and squally, with a furious sea. At about 8-30 a tremendous

squall and a sudden shift to W. by N. Clued up and with difficulty

furled the main topsail and rounded to with head to the N. Eastward,

ship labouring awfully. Continued strong gale and tremendous sea

till about 2-30 a.m. on the 22d, when the wind in a tremendous

squall shifted suddenly to the S. W. by W. causing the sea to rise in

perfect mountains and in a most confused irregular manner,—the ship

then rolling and plunging that I sometimes thought she would not re-

cover herself. About 3-30 the mainmast went over the side followed

by every stick except the foremast, bowsprit and fore yard ; the ship then

92 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. _[No. 146.

rolled her gunnels under. The strength of this hurricane lasted till

about 8 a. m. when it become a little more moderate, but the sea run-

ning with unabated fury. Had no observation that day, but the rec-

koning at noon made us about 68 miles EK. 4S. from Madras. Soon after

sunset the wind and sea moderated a little, and by daylight on Tues-

day the 23d, we were enabled to get a foresail bent, and set as much

sail in various ways as we could, and at noon by observation

found ourselves in latitude 13° 47’ N. longitude 82° 3’ KE, Barometer

29.44, The breeze settled into a fresh monsoon from 8.W. to S.S.E.

which weather continued pretty steady till the 3lst May, when at

9-30 r. m. we made the Light Vessel at the Sandheads.

State of the Barometer on board the General Kyd, during the late

gale, corrected by comparison with that of the Surveyor General’s

Office, Calcutta. ‘

May 21st at Noon, 29.45

at 3° Br men 29:38

ohh; 29.28

in Gg 29.26

Digsksy 29.19

Lidag 29.17

We 29.11

2453 29.11

May 22d at noon, 29.18

Zeit. b W2QA9

prt 29.27

May 23d, noon, 29.42

Thermometer ranging from 82° to 88°.

Ship Protome.ia.—Slipped from Madras roads at noon 21st May ;

at 10 P.M. hove to.

22nd.—4 a.m. blowing a hurricane with heavy thunder, lightning

and rain, Barometer 28° noon latitude account 12° 49', longitude

81° 41’.

23d.—Barometer rising, latitude noon 12° 56’, longitude 82° 4’.

This vessel ran, and was driven to 82° 30’ East longitude; aud from

12° 49’ N. to 14° 8’ N. She returned safely to Madras.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 93

Brig Dora, report by Capt. Harvey, Commanding her, to Capt.

BIDEN.

On Sunday night I experienced a hard gale about N. West, attend-

ed with constant rain, hove to with head to the Northward. Monday, at

4 p. M. sudden change of wind from the S. West and more moderate ;

at noon latitude by observation 12° 50’ longitude 82° 25’ E. Tuesday

exchanged colours with the ship Henry, latitude 12° 56’. Wednesday

10 p.m. made Madras Light bearing S. West, but owing to the

night’s looking so dirty I stood off, and have been in latitude 14° 5’,

found the current setting strong to the N. Eastward ; during the whole

I have not lost or strained a rope yarn. Yours respectfully,

May 30th. Wn. Harvey.

No Barometer ; Sympiesometer injured with sea.—C. B.

Barque Coaxer, Capt. RipLEy.

The heaviest of the gale commenced about midnight on Sunday, when

we hove to under bare poles, 4 Pp. M. on Monday the gale moderated ;

when we made sail gradually ; our Barometer was as low as 29. during

the heaviest of the gale; we were as far to the Eastward. as 82°26’ by

Chronometer.

The Bark Orpheus at Anchor at Ennore, forwarded by Captain

BIDEN.

20th May.—Begins with light winds from S. S. W. and ends with

strong gales from W. N. W. Barometer at 29.305 and falling.

21st May.—Strong gales, heavy rain and thunder and lightning, wind

N. W. to W. N. W. throughout, but “ strong swell setting in from the

Lastward,”* is noted in the log at 2 p. M.; when heavy gales which

continued to midnight, Barometer 29.4.

* These and the other italics are mine. The “ strong swell from the Eastward set-

ting in on the Coast with a gale blowing directly off shore, is a remarkable phenome-

non, which can only I think be explained by the progressive motion of the Storm Wave.

—See Eighth Memoir, p- 398, Vol. XII, Jour. As. Soc.

94 Tenth Memovr on the Law of Storms in India. [ No. 146.

22nd May.—a. m. wind N. W. pv. mM. W. N. W. and West at

midnight ; strong gales throughout ; and heavy swell from the Eastward.

Barometer 29.3.

23d May.—Winds West, W.S. W., 8. W. and finally 8. S. W. mo-

derating at 6 a. m. to clear weather. Barometer a. m. 29.4 and P. m.

29.5. Strong swell from the Eastward a. m. which is noted as going

down about noon.

Coringa.—On the night of the 22d May, the French Barque Joseph

et Victor, Captain Honey, 360 tons, belonging to Messrs. La For-

que and Co. of Nantes; bound from Bourbon to Calcutta with a car-

go of 1000 bags of Cloves and a good deal of Specie, was driven on

shore to the Southward of the Coringa Light House. About 700 bags

of Cloves have been saved as well as the crew and passengers ; it was

believed that much more property would be rescued. On the same

day the Native Brig Hamsamalah of Chittagong, laden with a cargo

of salt, was driven ashore 12 miles to the Northward of Coringa, one

man lost. On the 26th the Lord Elphinstone, Capt. Crawford, bound

from Madras to Vizagapatam, put in at Coringa in distress—she

had lost topsail yards and all her sails in the gale which set in from

N. E., veering to EK. S. E. and blowing a furious hurricane from

S. 8. E.

The Amelia Thompson foundered at Sea about 80 miles E. by N. of

Madras on Tuesday morning the 23d ultimo at 6 a. m. Part of the

crew, consisting of the Captain and 15 men, have been saved, having

been in open boats from Tuesday morning until Friday morning, when

they were picked up by a native vessel, on board of which they were

treated with great kindness, and they ultimately landed at Coringa on

Monday last. The remaining portion of the crew, seven in number,

have met with a watery grave.

Effect of the Recent Gale in the Interior.—As we had feared would —

be the case, we regret to say that accounts are daily being received

from the interior of the loss of life and property from the recent gale

and heavy fall of rain with which it was accompanied—Villages had

been swept away and property destroyed to a very large amount, in

value, as well in building, as in cattle and grain, &c. &c. and in addi-

tion we regret much to add, the loss of human life.—The following

extract from the Spectator tells a serious tale of disasters.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 95

‘“‘ We regret to learn by a letter dated Poorshottapolium, 27th ult.,

that terrible destruction has been caused in the Guntoor. district in

consequence of the inundation attending the late storm; many villages

having been swept away or sustained great damage by the floods which

came down suddenly on the morning of the 23d. Swelled by the pre-

vious rains, four nullahs and stwteen tanks near Inacondah, overflowed

or swept away their banks, causing a lamentable loss of life and pro-.

perty, of which the following details are given.

“ Rajahpett.—Three hundred houses destroyed or injured, seven lives

lost. Poorshottapolium, 200 houses injured, seven lives lost. Chilkloor-

pett, 300 houses injured, éwo lives lost. Pusmorroo, 20 houses injured,

four lives lost. Annanarum and Toolapanee, 200 houses injured, and

~ seventeen lives lost. In addition to the above damage or destruction of

above a thousand houses, and the loss of thirty-seven lives, it is stated,

that 2,800 head of cattle and horses and 9,000 sheep perished, and that

2,700 candies of grain were more or less injured. The whole amount of

damage being estimated by our informant at above 100,000 Rupees.

The total destruction occasioned by the inundation was indeed hardly

ascertained, many villages having been damaged or swept away, of

which no perfect account had yet been received.

“From the notices now received from distant parts of the country it

is evident, that the gale and heavy rain felt here about a fortnight ago,

formed merely part of a great atmospheric disturbance ushering in the

’ South-West Monsoon, and traversing the entire peninsula from North

to South, marked throughout its course by considerable, though hap-

pily only locally, destructive violence. At Delhi on the 17th, unusual

weather prevailed. ‘High North-West and Easterly winds and occa-

sional storms of rain, the coolness of the atmosphere being, for the

time of the year, very extraordinary.’ At Hyderabad a few days later,

the Monsoon set in with great violence, and at Coringa, Masulipatam,

Guntoor and Pondicherry, in fact all along the coast in a North and

South line, heavy gales and torrents of rain simultaneously prevailed.”

We glean the following from the Bombay Times of May 24 :—

“ The Weather.—Since the evening of. Thursday, the sky has looked

so troubled, and the barometer fallen so steadily, that we supposed

the Monsoon to be at hand. The wind has got round nearly to South-

west, and the alternating land and sea breezes have ceased. Our sea

96 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

breeze, which blows with so much regularity from the North-west for

seven months in the year, has disappeared. On Sunday evening some

light showers fell, and the sky has ever since continued black and

cloudy. The most singular phenomenon of all is, the remarkable and

steady fall of the barometer, which has been gradually sinking for four

days, and has now got to a point rarely attained by it. The following

are the readings of the Observatory Standard since Thursday, when it

began to fall—they are given both as read from the scale, and as

corrected for temperatures, capillarity, &c. The hours are very —

those of daily maximum and minimum :—

4 a.M. 10 a.M. 4 P.M. 10 p.m.

Read. Cor.| Read. Cor.} Read. Cor.| Read. Cor.

Th. 18, 29.736 29.586|29.792 29.633)29.686 29.529/29.722 29.568

F.,. 19, 678 526 746 594} 462 488 710 Sa

Ss... 20, 688 038 768 086 632 475 710 555

My "22, Fyn 421 630 471 494 338 066 41l

Tarigs, 510 357 572 412 489 331

** As no tempest has presented itself here, such as these indications

would have inclined us to expect, we are led to infer that within the

last four days a hurricane has been raging within a few hundred

miles of us, the effect of which has only been manifested here on the

barometer. The influence of the Madras hurricane last October was

very conspicuous, but nothing like this.”

“For the following accounts from Cochin and Tellicherry, we are

indebted to the kindness of Capt. Biden, the Master Attendant :—

“* Cochin.—The Ship Hero of Malown, which left these Roads on

the 25th ultimo, was wrecked on the 26th or 27th near Alleppee—all

the crew with one exception were saved, and they have arrived here

this day.

“ Tellicherry.—During the night of the 31st, two Pattimars were

Griven on shore a little to the southward of the flag staff, and were

soon knocked to pieces by the heavy surf. On the Ist instant, another

Pattimar was driven on shore to the Southward of the flag staff, and

on the 2d, one was swamped at her anchors and went to pieces—the

above wrecks have been caused by a heavy rolling sea.”——Madras

Atheneum.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. . I

12th June.—Ship Julius Cesar, Wingate, from Aden 18th April,

and Mocha 11th May.

Remarks.—Julius Cesar in latitude 12° 51’ N., longitude 58° 28’ E.

experienced a heavy gale of wind from 8. E. to W. on the 25th May,

which continued till the 29th, in latitude 9° 56’ longitude 66° 30’ E.

Lost all our sails, and sprung the head of the main mast.—Saw the

Hindostan steam ship pass Mocha on the 7th May.

At Hyderabad, the storm commenced at N. EK. veered to N. W.

and S. W., and then at N. W. again with a greater fall of rain than

had been known at this season for many years, upwards of 9 inches

in 86 hours. Gale commenced on the 22d, and lasted all the 23d as

per letter.

Ship Hyderabad from Bombay.—The Hyderabed had bad weather

at Mangalore on 2lst, 22nd and 25rd, wind N. W. to West, much

rain. Barometer fell on 2lst to 29.41, rose on 21st.

Another report.—The ship Hyderabad, Captain Harrison, was at an-

chor at Mangalore at noon.

21st May.— Dark gloomy weather, and fresh sea breeze. Pp. m. N. W.,

cloudy and rain increasing towards midnight.

22nd May.—To noon fresh breeze (wind not marked.) Pp. M. strong

gales. 9 pr. M. heavy gales, hard squalls, and a very heavy sea.

23rd May.—6 a.m. unable to ride longer with safety, weighed at 8

A. M. with wncertain weather. 10 anchored again. p.m. fresh W.N.W.

gales and cloudy; stood to the S. S. W. and South 111 miles, with

heavy weather noon 25th, in latitude 6° 57’, having carried the same

W. by N. and W. by S. Monsoon to that parellel.

The following is from Captain NEwBoun, Assistant Resident at

Kurnool, Madras territory.

I am sorry to say, that my efforts to obtain information regarding

the storm of the 22d, 23d and 24th of May last have been unavailing,

I therefore lose no time in sending you my own observations made at

Yelgode, a village at the western base of the Eastern Ghauts, lying

between 78° and 79° E. longitude and 15° and 16° N. latitude, |

sheltered on the Hast and North by ranges of hills at from 7 and 10

. 98 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

miles distance, sufficiently high, (from 500 to 1500 feet above the

plain,) to influence the direction of ordinary aérial currents. These

observations only go to note the fact of the storm’s influence having

been severely felt in this latitude so far inland, its duration, and ge-

neral direction. I much regret the absence of a Barometer, particu-

larly on this occasion, where the atmospheric depression appears to

have been so remarkable, and so extensively and simultaneously felt

over the greater part of Peninsular India; the fall of the Barometer hav-

ing been noted at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. From what I can

glean from my correspondents, I find that its chief fury was experienced

between 15° and 19° N, latitude and from 76° to 84° E. longitude.

At Yelgode it was ushered in by two days of cold drizzly weather,

the atmosphere was charged with low clouds that came from the West-

ward and hung in wreaths on the Eastern Ghauts. The Thermo-

meter fell from 99° at 2 p. M, the hottest part of the day to 76°.

On the 22d at 8 Pp. m. it commenced to blow strongly from the N. and

N. W., increasing at 9 Pp. m. to a perfect gale, attended with rain, but

no thunder, which continued with little intermission during the whole

of the night. The next morning, at 10 a. m, a lull took place of an —

hour’s duration. At 11] A. m. it recommenced, rain and wind unattended

by thunder, as fiercely as before, never ceasing till the following morn-

ing, the 24th, when the sky cleared. The wind however continued

strong from the N. and N. W. during the day. 25th was cloudy, rainy

and stormy, strong gusts of wind from the W. In the night it rained

heavily with thunder and lightning. 26th settled rain, calm. 27th set-

tled rain, light winds variable. 28th clear in the afternoon, and wea-

ther gradually assumed its usual tone. Though the storm’s chief force

was expended on the Coromandel coast in the latitudes mentioned, yet

it was also felt on the Western coast so far Southas 11°. Near Telli-

cherry between the 2Ilst and 25th of May, about 15 Patimars were

wrecked along the coast.

From TeuuicHerry on the Malabar Coast, I have the following notice |

with a register of the weather at Cannanore, kindly forwarded by —

J. W. Fraser, Esq., Collector.

I do myself the pleasure to enclose some atmospheric observations

for the month of May last. You may have taken notice from the public |

SSeC(232.[]___x—_[c——_"~ °° °

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 99

prints, that we had unusual and very heavy weather during the month,

and much loss to the native craft on the coast in consequence, and

one English ship was lost to the Southward near Cochin. With us

the wind was not remarkable, May being always a boisterous month,

from the surf and swell rolling in; the tides were most remarkably

high; the bad weather also set in very early, and not from the usual

quarter. I chiefly, however, forward the enclosed to inform you, that

such statements are now monthly transmitted to Madras, and that I

should think copies could at all times be obtained from the authentic

sources should you deem such expedient.

P. S.—Many of the old inhabitants believe the bad weather they for

ten days experienced and suffered so much from, not to have been the

regular ‘“‘ Monsoon.”

Your’s truly,

Tellicherry, July \2th, 1848. W. H. Fraser.

LNo. 146.

Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India.

100

‘lopuny} ou Ayrenbs pue

JoM QUStu ‘tTNUINd o71yM YIM Ays antq no UNG ‘W

‘d ‘wea “no uns ‘Apnozo Ayfeuorseoo0 ‘oug Sutusoyy] 091 10" joz!t |s1/**| sor | 92 | 28] z% G'9LS'8L.5°S 08,5°28]Z89"° 62] z |08|ZE|PhL' 6z Sz

*purm ou ‘pyiut yystu £ Ays onTq Jo syeA1aquUI “4no |

UNS ‘SUI}eIapoU JeyIVaAA “Wd ‘ood ‘Suruyysry

pue Jopunyy YM Sutures ‘spnojo yrep Adavoy

yy AyTpesteAtun pue yseo2ao Ajasuep Surusoy| “AN |8S° |** |e"! gei°") OF: €£/¢8/% | G2] LLP (62 &8 lPzorEz 2 | 18lEglooZ' Ez Fz

‘Wed sIaMOYsS UIAMJIQ STeAIAJUI ‘Sulu |

“JQSI] pue Japuny} yIWA UT pasraysn styenbs ‘aTqista |

“Ul SanuIjUOD UNG ‘Wed ‘duep pure [ood ‘are ‘siaMmoys

pL | LL) % 64) 18 19°62) @ | 42/62/989° 62 /€%

WS] quenbos pue yseosoao Ayyesrastun Surusow|' ANNI’ [6e|**]9e/% | eg°e PL | t8/8&

*AU100[S pue jam yQsIu ‘ATyenbs pue Autres |

‘jse019A0 ATTesIaAIUN UOOUIaIyYy ‘dwep pue [009 11e

LL | 08 | € jZL! 08 | 92962) € |84) 18] 929°62 2

‘slaMmOYs JYSIT wWonbaiy pue “Yyseo1oAo ATTesIaALUN

SUIUIOW ay, ‘SiNoY ewWOs 10J purm YSry pue Suu

“JUST pue Jopunyy yy urer Aavoy Asoa yyStuysery| ‘0VITP| O" |ggi"* /ez|**| cet | 22] Ig | ¢

‘Auoo[s pue jom AOA Sutuadg § Suruqyysty pue sep

-uny} owos ‘ured ‘spno}d Aavay YyIM svdI10A0 ATTOYM

Ays ‘ur Suryjas sreadde uoosuoy oyy, ‘iW *d “sive Sur

“Ysoijo1 pUv [009 Spnoy yep YyTAL seeps OW ‘A°N'N| G [F |@ OF|""| cht] gzictis| 2 | 6Z} 18} ¢ gz! tglocorez! & losles! FPz'GzI IZ

Is Inq wyeo ‘sysru ‘punore qye Suruyearyy pue |C ‘ourp| O- joz/*"|**|"*] St {Gee} esi ¢ | 62) 28 | 9 les! egizeg:ez| ¢ los'cg! gez'ezloz

31ep UoZTIOY Buruaas 4svososo Aqyeneg ‘Wawa |C ‘oyrp] gt [ee |tt | 1t*| O 08} 68] T | 08 | 18 | ¢'e |pg}¢"28/089"62| ¢ |ZS' ze 0EZ'6z'61

‘joy pue jNo uns ‘T;NWNO oATsua}xX9 O}IYM SSUIUIOT Bas)

4) ae ee MUN SE) oO | 42/¢'68) 2 | 62 | 18] & its] 98/se9°6z] F | 18/¢8| 292 6z/SI

j HOS) O) Ss oe | eo ai cb olo| ale bis

eF |, SEEEESEE)/ 2/8/22 2/2 leeis}2| = leyiaia| FE

a teen Com | ewe | te =e B 126] 4s ote = 51h ey yS

e a ot So * . = ° < Ss/!\0 ax} ba Col|s/|s = |

SpNo[d Sut] reAoid pure 1ayyeo MA aD Fiala | Se eee fe B BPIBIB

pea ON ee ee ae ee ele |

“W'dG Jv Udye} *19) =i ‘ ‘

JeyomoMleUY] -eworantg| 5 e osOE OME WW Ww

snaaaqay —lsprewopo! § §| “HU Suuowisoy-sog oe alec ie gan

ee ae a ee ee ae NE pee ee

"EPSI ‘hop fo yruopy ay) sof asounuuvg yo doy suoynasasgg yoorbojouoajapy f0 sagsibaay

1844. ] Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 101

BomBay.—Ship news 4th June 1843.—Ship Caroline, J. Constable

Master from sea.

Intelligence.—Cut away main-mast in latitude 19° 30’ N. longitude

70° 45' W. Vessel struck by a heavy Hurricane, and on her beam-

ends for five minutes, until main-mast was cut away. On sounding

Pumps, found four feet water in the Hold.

I now arrange in the tabular form the logs of the different vessels

at sea and on the coast, so as to show at a glance the progress of the

gale, with the state of the weather at the same moment of time, as

far as our records extend.

[No. 146.

Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India.

102

"UOON a10joq 8°0 Tle “Aeg

"WV f 38 ISAM, 0} partys pura

‘apes Aavoy

‘926% ‘JYSUpIU ye sejeWOIeg

“yoroq

ey} UO UL SulT[or jjoms Aavoeyy

CL'67, jojoMOIeg—"T ae

ul spnoja AAvey pue wyed ‘y}g]

"A °S PULA JYSTUpro ye

[les epeul 'W “d £0} OAOFT ‘WV

"SUISIL ‘W ‘d OF'6Z

YSIUPTUA “0G'GZ 0} OL°6G WO

[[®} JeyewWoieg Jnqg ‘eulyq ‘yg]

"489 AA pue “Mh

"NAA WOOSUOTA Su0djs 43g] UO

ee ES

“sylewsy

*paqoordog x&

| ¢ 46 0S II

0S°64 le ee ae ee ee

ee ee ee ee 0Z'6% ee @ejles ee ee

aii ei ge 966% aon 02 Z

Bog 926% os eo erlee erlee ee es

C8°66 ee ee 66 Cl

ee eelee eo;ee ee ee 90 68 Go Sti

86 18 1¢ PL

OLES 92 SI

98 8 ZL'6G ts 81 00 ZI

OL’

4898 AA 99T

ee eejlee ee Ch'6% ee eo -]eWOIUMLY,

‘SUlleq 91 88 16

pala tea ee *99 66 ZI ¢8 GG G

0 1 0

Settee a a ian

SH oaees *layaWOIeg Sa suo'y “Nr 7B

“MS

"M01 'M Aq ‘Se ayedapop |‘ssunsepZy Jo stubsepy

"AA OS *M ayes Aavay

Ud YYSUpruUT [tj oJe1apopy | ***’ “axyoeg esulwog

eeee ee “MA pue °S kq

"M ‘W *d JSAAK O[eS preZy|

“8 A SAN pure *g Aq

eees ‘ueyyse fey

"M aes Aavaq ponunuod)* Yueyosepy yerossng

oe = *SUOTAAODD 38

Loyouy ye ‘A1j[Ns pue asoqg) **

‘rayjyeom Azey pue prem

-JSUH] BY} WOIJ aZeeI1q WYySIT °°

‘* — -azaeiq "ST *S Apeais

WSrupru ezaerq “| *S WS] | **

te gy Ag “ap Nomi iss

AN ‘ 02001q WYSrT| +s

oe = "1oyyeaM SUL

-Uazeolyy “AAS “S 0} "MA “SI t?

ee eo ‘SULeqgy "Nd

"M ON 0} peljiys uOON 'S

: ‘aye1apow yysiupiu

Je" *N “OUIsvaloUl ‘Wd

‘azaaiq Ysiaq “| Aq “q S|**

a0 "= "S Aq “Ay 3e apes

‘HOS}e AA PT[EGeS]

-* ‘yordmeyg

it °* “erne

°- ‘soyeaqdnay

oe os Ieyepuey

oan SaZeny:

q ‘gq e[es snopuamacy ‘wv |s*** Yax_oeg eSULIOD

eee. ‘ueyjsele yy [gh8I

“SP8I

‘OW 0Z

uooN

PW 6

‘yystupiu ‘oug pues Aq’ ay |? Queyoroyy Yesossng} uoon

‘drys

Big ae Wee ES 10 ddeTq jo omeN

‘CEST ‘hoy paezg 07 yng ay2 fo wong ay) fo maa wojnqv FT

‘ae

103

Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India.

1844. ]

“MS *S ofes preg yystupray)"* 8) ** 8°) 026% et) BES [** = ** MAL tg Ofte teary ss uempanfesy

‘yy S1upror 0} Surnutjuod ajeny “S| ae eolee eelees ee eclee eo 0g 6 e “TNOS ayes Suows "NW ¢*d . ‘CEST

“MAS ayelapoul a1oml ‘Wy | **queyoepy qesossng | ‘hep 1z

GOE"6S 96 08 5] Ae ee a Be a Berea OO

"NAA SoTes Suols "Ww vd

"MS °S Spulm 1USIT ‘WwW ivi +e ** “TYONNG VY

‘speoy stIpey] UI paaTue "WV J) P8 loz 6Z\"° “ see et are eels = ose am ate **fures Lavay

pue "“M ‘N sjfenbs piezy|** ‘uosye Aq PTTAqQes]

2s °* ‘selperl 3V

‘| pue ‘a stjenbs prey 34510

1¥ ‘jurod ar1odesie q Wo puey oy}

MBS SCR] 9Y} WOIy [Tams Aavazy jee wt }e* #1 C787 03 C8°Gz |*° ay G69L [°°' tey}VOM Suryooy snotds

-1dsns pue Aypenbs ‘sutayqary |*° ‘> ‘yordmeyy

"0S°6% 14510 |

SPI GE.6Gs We [plepeulore yy, 98 = -* 2 | Cr 6% St 88 6 OL ayes e

0} Sutsvatour “sf Aq ‘a *s

K pur ‘q's ‘q-°w ca Aqyenbs

"Gq Aq ‘a ‘Gg Sulsvatour woo |< = *-errne

ra) i ee *‘Suiseaiour

‘Nd “HN ‘A 01 °g Aq sacs ‘qaopuA‘q piory

“‘Suruajeaiy) A1oA yyStuptpy {ss ccf t ce fee oe *:! OF 18 eo] 1 “* *+ ‘Sutseaio

: “Ul 'N ‘W ‘d ‘YJION WOON | °° ** ‘soyeaqdng

“VQ Stuprur

0} woOU MOI, Sutsvaiour afegiss "*("* °°) Qoez ‘wa “Fl EI zg 90T 1° se Sen eer Aq" ty

‘N Suluajealy}y ‘wd “CNIS ** ‘yeqepueg

1 Z8 IG OL {°° 'azee1q Ysory Gy “NN “IW ‘a

OT 4[4ayseq *Wed ‘aN ‘W'vi** ‘VONIYOD IV

*pleMYINOS oY} 0} SGutsaajyg [ts sefes eles “A aX 1 cI *o° oF °N WHOL] Sutuaysery | °° * ‘uot

"M *N ayes Suons 2 0}

Satseosour pue Surusyveiy} ‘wd} gg [ss OL'6% op Silo $e) 08 ehe* sare Bo ANeONT Ite ai cGT

"N CN 03 ‘G Wlosy apqeiie A |** A ‘1aZeay,

: ‘Sula “CEST

~IYST] pue rapuny} ‘spends Aavapy [tee lse ee lee te **! OG Rg o¢ Z **eayes SuIsvaroUt "AA “S “S| ** ‘mejedesuiiag | ‘Ae 0%

‘Tit Je 6 uooN

‘syrewa yy ‘YL |dmig) siajemorg |'q:suo7q| ‘Nn ‘yeq "1aqVIAM pue spur, *diqg ‘ayeqd

Jo a0e[ gq jo aomry

SS -afeS aq} JoJueuaouewMM09 oy} 7V/** ** OBZ, | 06°86 | 698 OP PI “TS a WsSiupryy AT

SS +08°6Z *dWIg “Ww dj | : -1a}seq ‘Wd 6° *N ayes

; prey wea Apiajseq*NjuOON, |

° ‘ANG oles piepy ‘wev)'* °° Ssoyerqdny

Zz *diys oy) 1000

~~ Surywoiq vos Aavoy ‘07 Burkry/o+ sree + GG"6Z 0bZ8 | OPSE |{° ** “3ystuprem 0}

| SUISBALOUI o[eS aloAas "a *N\°* *- ‘yeyepueg

3 Ol 68 1G OI ee ee @e @e “jno

= -ysnoryy s[yenbs Aavay *q +N! *° ‘VONIYOO 1Y

on ‘PIVMYINOG 94} 0} Suruuny|*s sejee eet tejee wales sales -qystuprur 0} * AQ Aq

sS "NAO GON Sursvasoul ayey|** nie ** OI

5 eg ‘GP"6G

> ySTupror “09°6Z “M *d f ‘OVS

= UOON “08°62 ‘8 7 ‘OP'62Z ‘9 12

= OL6Z ‘NW ‘Vv Z lajeMoIeg { aued

S -Wing ajefdutoo ev £0} aAoy UOON Iss s*\s* * 0Z°6Z oe eelee ee/ee egueolIny UOON “A

a) °S 0} Sumaea “MA “NAA

Ss ‘pure 4sa AA 10 ~N Aq ‘AA purAA}** Se ae CYAN Bi

OS 88 OL 6 ee ee ee *1AYJLIOM |

S Awoojs pue sjjenbs Aavay

x ajes Sutsvaiouy “AA “*S ‘S|*° ‘mejedesuriag

** ezaaiq Sutusysely “A |

ns is ‘Ss pue piemjsaqy Arenbg|‘ssurjsepzy jo sinbiey)

ies "C9°6Z JUSIUpIU ye JoyetMOIeg)** "")** **| ODES OP $8 (Oe oor ae cee oun

BS 489 AA TY STUpiuSunesapoypy

ag ‘Wed “MM “SAA (OF ISOM

'$ woiy pesoddns ‘ayes oytnay{|** ‘“ayoeg esur0g

S “M *S 2128 Astaq WyStuprp) ss tyes 88) BL Us |

S 06°62 y | |

GL e«

s 05-625 = | |

< fies, Gee

= cece se gigs Oh:9- ee a oes aes |

2 et pue yNog ‘wd oTqeiaea | “SbSI

‘M °N *AA 9Z901G Ysorgq}'* *A ‘S Uasseuay| ‘Ae 1Z

UoON

“syle Uey "19, ‘dais ‘ayomOIeg «= jsqSuoTy! "N yeT "TOYJCI AA PUL SPUl AA ‘diyg | soyeq

io aoetd jo auiry |

104

105

Tenth Memoir on the Luw of Storms in India.

1844. ]

*PUIM dT} JO SULIODA 92

0} st Sursoi8v pue vyep Moy 4NQ Surproye Apsour syodoxr Jol1q 9 ! spvoy svapey] ULOIZ vas 0} ynd YorTM stossoa oY} Jo SOT oY} Jo Maj & A[UO oIAY po}osUI SALT x

*JUSIUpIu 0o} ‘ates MOOsUOT)]

‘preajseq ay} wos} vos AAvO TT

“MON

TAK 0} Peis pura en 4-06-38

eas 0} UeI pue poddijs uoou iV

eg 1a] MOTI

-19Y J, FR’ QZ1a}oWlosatdUlIg *W *d

Q 968% lejaWosatdatg “W vd $7

“ISOM 03° AAS °S purm

‘Wd “PIVMJSeG 94} 0} SuIseaIO

“UL QTV YIOZ *W “dA OE-ZI 32

Speol stipe WolJ vas 0} UeY

Ete NS NCOTE NE PO

‘SUI]eJ lojowoIeg

“doy pue stjenbs yyIM o]es

Q19A9S QH'GZ, 01 OG'GZ Ja}eMLOIEg

"N Aq ‘a ON 38 2YSTU

~prut toe uoos psdueWIm00 ele)

‘aourivedde Autos

qiep "Ww “d € ye £ GG"6Z 01 86°6Z

WoO1y SUITE} AsjowWOIeg “Ww *v

| ES ES

*syaemayy

ee eo, ee O11 O-O Be VZ L8

11°62

eo oe Ch'6% ee eejee ee

fe8 | 91°62 |"° eitee

= ecolee ms ae 8P'83 <a _, 968

9% 08

eof elee welee sel oon Gt Tl to)

0L'6% Sees

gg jet oc Ob°6% 9 98

ee | ed ee “0% uooNn cl €8

’ n°)

‘oy | duig) ‘ltajomoieq |"q‘suory| *N ‘yey

00 GI

9% EI

Té SI

OS €1

cP ST

¢ Ol

eeoe eoce "a ’S ‘Ss

pue yynog ‘wd *u00U je

yNog Woy ayes “1euy ‘Ww ‘Vv

*) © * -qQnoyonoly} “AA SN

“M 01 °AA ON SATeO Su0I]g

++ or yt prey Axo Surmorg

AA CN AA yes Aaroy Wy Z

eos ** vas 0} uel

"M ON OTS ‘Wed OST IV

“AACN pue YWION ‘Woy

I] }NoOge poduetWOd aley

ee . ° ‘ule

pue sijenbs Aavoy -q “N

"2 OTS ‘G 0} SUIMRIP “W

'd (¢ Ajiaqjseq) oes suong

‘ayes SuUOS A °S MOON

*‘aTes Suolys

‘Na 0} -@ 4d aN

*- ayes Suojs JySIU

“PIA “ON. Ov. ie NN

—— SS

"OYIVI AA PUL SPUT AA

** "Ysalj SUIMOTG "AA "N ‘NI!

“stst

‘ quedlafy Yerossng | ‘Ae 7%

uooN

w. **“TYONNG 1V

ts se *ppA yy [eloax

** “MOS}e AA BT[EQeS]

oe oe ‘ooqeg

e@ovese * ‘ula Sug

ee ** “SVUIVIN IV

ee °EvoItTNg 1V

**MVLVdITOSVIN 1

ee -> ‘uordmeyg

ae oe "> ‘erne

ee ‘qgoopuA] plo'y

“SFSI

++ ‘guoisurydya pioq| ‘Aew 1z

“digs "212d

Io gory{d jo omen

pn en ci a

[No. 146.

Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India.

106

“strenbs ayyey UdONy 8S eas 09'97

= 06°82,

0°62

8°66

rayes piey

IUSIUpIy “0Z'6Z ejewoieg

‘NW ‘ad Q ‘SUIS JajaMlomeg *w *d O|** sties feiss oe

“JYSIUptut oj Surjeiapour

676% JajawoIeg ‘W ‘d g “JsaySIy

ou} ye oueollin ey ‘NW ‘d og" re ee eelee oe £997,

“Buryeiapoul *W Vv / mor a bee 09°62

‘ayelopom aiowl Ayioyey|** see sc" aa

“AA °S WO’j Ras ssoIg|** °*/ °° voles e°

| 09

OS. Aah

| Oven d

| 08"62 UOON §

09°66

ee -syewla CUR dug. *JaVWOIe

00 €8

9148

OI S8

0€ ¢8

LE €6

9€ 08

cV 16

/ o

*r°ou0'y

0 ST

80 FI

1S 91

&@ Il

0 OI

6S TI

SPL

nS)

NC TeT

ale ge PEE es MEL Ob aoa

WOI} palaadA “Wd | ‘yseq pue

"ANS CO CN o7eS odasog | ** ‘ouoysurydy gy poy

ee ee ae “M °S

‘SQ °W ‘d / WNOg 3 ouRoW

-1NY *W 2 ‘a °S ‘SG UoOU “sg

Aq ‘7° oueoliny “Wey Gj‘

ae ee ee

“yINog 3e

aun ‘Wd "9 "AS

Iv suBITIINY “Wd [A'S

WF OL eyes Aavoy "a NI

*ynoysno1y}

uret pue sayes Aaeay AT

-19}seq “W “dd G°Q ON WV "t**

(ers *- areS ANAL

‘qIN0S C* AAS °S Pulm "W'd| **°

*SUINIY SIT pue Japungy ures

soyes Aaeay *S Aq °M “S\**

*Aqtjenbs

+ ‘xeyepurg

“VONIYOD 1V

seen ‘uoluy)

"19Ze2 J,

** Tueyedesulies

‘A's's 03 ‘MW Aq ‘MM “S| ‘sHulyseF] jo sinbae yf |

‘auy pue ajelepow | *°** “ayoed sel

ee atay\ “Ss pue “MS

"MCN d ayes YstIq “AAS

‘9123 uoosuoul * AA *S Yses7|*

—— an

“19YJeI AK PUL SPUTAA

"A °S Wllosseua

“drys

10 sdeTq jo auIvN

ee ee RR ees ee

"EESTI

eevee ‘ueyyseley ‘Kew Ze

uooN

"sojeq

107

ta.

Indi

f Storms

moir on the Law o

Tenth Me

1844.]

‘papMyseny wo1 vas Aavay |

pue yuoysnoiqy seyes Suongss ss/** °°

*SUI}RII POW “NW ed seApe [AT |

moll “S £Q sajim gg U0ON

pajseusip sem ogee “AQ Aq

"MS 0} poijigs pura “WY G

‘pez, Aq ayes uoosuoyy 0} Sut

-Je19pOUl * A “S ‘Pye pure 4sa Ad

0} “AA ‘CN Wolf punor mage

pulMm £ SUTJeIBPOU FQ"9z “W *d

€ ‘01°87, Jojowosordwudg "WN *d

z ‘OL “N 4q "AQ Junoaoe Aq

SIPC UOON ‘EQ 1a]9TMOUIIOY J,

'50°Q7, delpulosaidmi AG 7 -IW “VG cele Saas

ee ee ea ee

e@ejee @e

“iM. ‘Ss pum “WwW a

"UNOS Je suBbdlIny 0} peytys

"iM "Ss QO} Sutmeap pue ‘TOT *W “dic? sejee ee

"Wd T] 3@ OF'6G 9} CV'6Z “PG; 98 |°° °°

“Inoy ue Jo¥ Jo wyeo

ede “AA °S 0} padtosA aued

-1AINY UayM G6°/7Z, UOoU ysed |F

7B pUe CE"SZ “WV CQ] Jajauioued|**® sciee °°

"Syiewla yy

‘1ayy| ‘duis

L066 99 81°66

€°66

OF'6%

1¢ G8

91°86 9} 80°66 (°°

02°62 93 09°62

CP’6%

"1ayaWOIe

}

C0 98

C1 Gl

LU El

ms |

‘q ouo'y Ni ae

ee se ea ee

Sutye1ap

-OMl pue 4soA\ IYSIUpiur

‘else AN oN OTRS SNOLIN] "W '¥ g

“ISOM 0} parfiys PUIM "WV C

** ‘uoOU JNoqe Suljeqe a[ey

ara “a "NN pue

"AN SUISVOLOUI O[eS ‘IN *d G

2/30 vn ‘yyNog Woy

euvoTIINYy “Wo td "YS

ee ee ee ‘qanog

SUPT *S 'D "SW vd

a[eS d1VAVS "GY “SS OVS

acelee oe Ue “M ‘Ss

01 Wd 1 3e paytys “ay Aq

‘GEN Noge ouvoliiny uwooy

"19YJVOAA PUL SPUT A

1S AA’ NT "A ‘Ww dM “NT NY ee

"| ANNE 10 “AL “NU CAN PAIEQY | *°

** “AHONNG 1V

‘ppAxy [etauary |

** — uosye AA BITOQeS}

ee "Wag Sug

a ** ‘SVUadVW IV

“ ***LVOITOd IV

*“NVLVdITOSV I 1¥

ee *: ‘nordureyg |

ve = em 20 LN i

‘EPS

si ‘yoopudy paory | ‘ACI 2%

U0ON

“diqs Pi

10 90eT J Jo auIeNy

SSS SSS SSS

Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. (No. 146.

108

PP'6z | Lb eT

OP' 66 GG eR 9¢ Il ec ee ee ee eoltse ‘u19}}1g sug

se ***svudv iV

0€°6% 1 86°8% | IT 18 GOT | Apuezora Surmoyq "A Aq

‘S pue’g uoy} pue “Y ’S

‘rm 0} SuULIIaA PUIM “W'¥ Zl** ‘NVLVdITOSV IV

0Z €8 ota “uo0ou 0} Suryeqe

pue ‘A ‘S ‘Ss 0} Surmeiq)** -+ ‘ygordureyg

"CG°GZ 9} OF 6G JoJomoreg; 98 |°" °° OP'6Z 0% &8 Leal es *duTJe1apoul

‘W ‘d YNOG Woy ayes UOON | ** ° *¢ ‘ertne

"N FS o9T OPNIVET WIPZ wo

UOOSUOU SuUOI}s B 0} Suye1apopy|** “*i°* “1° a sais a ee "Tr MS FHOge PULA Voy

‘uoou 0} Sutyesepout ‘mw *vi** **‘qaopud-y psory

*LoOppnst oy} 4so'T 9 ee @eles ce ee apne eo eeler ee oo "Ss "S 4e Sutye1a pout

‘Wd Q ‘YINOS pUIAA ‘sv Cl** ‘gquoysuryd,q p10ry

TP E8 L191 ze ‘IW ‘d pue uoOU 03 :

Surjeiapour*AA 'S *S*Wsv gis: *> ‘saqzeaydng

0% €8 geSI |“ “MSS 8Te8 preps: ‘+ “veyepuedg

QT 28 [CORY ee i

-plud ye oUy 0} Sulyerspout

Ajlaynog € ye"| GS sn ‘Vv II*° ‘VONIYOO IV

*jods sty} 1vou ‘aoou

d10Joq 27731] eB pepunoj [9sse A ee eel|e@e eel;ee ee ee 0€ G8 OS If ee ee @o ee ee ee eee ‘uoluy

98 ee ee 99°63 se eel ete @eojee Sutyela pour qynos ynoqy oe ee *19Z89 |,

P26 Gpole in" HE 3.0, RODE

; "M 'S 0} SUIOOA "AN aN “‘sSuryse py jo sinbieyy

Cc A - eees 2eeee ee ‘aye

asaes ee ee astq “AA Aq “AN “SO} ISEAA|'* “A'S Whtosseuay,

0€ 98 A Oe ee ee ea ‘CSI

ise } o {Woosuomt Apeays “AA “S “S[* “JUeyoIoTY qetossng | ‘Avy ¢Z,

| uooN

"SyeUa yy |

sayy) ‘duig| ‘rajemoigq |'q-suoq| *N 37 "1OTJTIAA PUL SPULAA ‘drys -aueq

: | ao aoeyq Jo eweN

a a rr — — ———_ a

5 .

Viena rate

Bontpatary

2 y SS eae

—

The d “Coasts

mr rane.

= of 2142 4 Mey —

1843.

hy Hany Faddingten

Se A

Mar conan

MADRAS

Andaman Is.

ofarren 1.

Trang usbar

PS Calonere

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 109

SUMMARY.

I proceed now to consider in detail the evidence afforded by these

documents for laying down the track of this storm as I have traced tt.

The first log is that of the Bussorah Merchant, which I notice to re-

mark that she was evidently carrying a heavy monsoon from the 19th

May, on which day she reached ‘Point de Galle, to the 22nd and 23rd on

which last day she had reached 14° 34’ N., longitude 86° 30’ E. steer-

ing thus as it were from the South point of Ceylon towards the

middle of the Bay on those days, and before the monsoon. The next

document is the log of the Rajasthan, which ship being bound to the

Southward, was from the 19th at noon, when in latitude 9° 1’ N. longi-

tude 88° 16’ East, standing to the S. S. W. with the wind from S. E.

by E. to E. and N. E. At 9 a. M. on the 20th she had the wind at N. E.

which at 4 shifted to the Westward, and was a strong gale at West by

noon, the Barometer having fallen very considerably, the ship running

to the Eastward.

The fall of the Barometer is somewhat loosely given as being about

80, but it must have been a very remarkable one for those lati-

tudes, and I am thus inclined to suppose that this vessel had a storm

passing to the Northward of her at about noon on the 20th, when she

may have been in latitude 8° 35' N. longitude 88° 55’ E, She was

standing to the Eastward from 5 to 7 knots per hour, and the storm

travelling the other way, which will account for the suddenness of the

fall, as also that by noon of the 21st she had the storm moderating.

It was of small extent, for as seen by the chart the Seringapatam was

only bringing up a heavy monsoon, about 90 miles to the South of the

‘supposed centre for this day, which was most probably the date of the

beginning of the vortex.

Passing over the curious log of the Coringa Packet and that of the

Tenasserim, both of which I shall notice in another place, we have next

for these days, the 19th, and 20th the log of the transport Teazer, which

vessel hove to on the 19th May, on account of the threatening weather

in latitude 12° N. 81° 28'E.; her Barometer at 29.72 and having stood

on a little again, hove to on the 20th, on which day at noon I take her

to have been about in latitude 11° 18’ N. longitude 82° 40’ E. In the

afternoon of this day the storm had commenced with her in a gale from

110 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

N. W. and she scudded with it to the E.S.E. We shall return to her

log when discussing the place of the centre of the storm for the 21st, but

I may remark here, that we can barely suppose the storm of the Rajas-

than and that of Teazer to have been the same.

On the 21st, we have the Teazer with a gale from N.W. since the

afternoon of the N.W. and at noon on this day, after scudding with

a tremendous heavy gale from the Westward, broaching to in a hurri-

cane, with the Barometer at 29.20, and afterwards rising. This must

place her position on that day very close to the centre, and that centre

about due North of her.

The ships Lord Elphinstone, Lyndoch, Candahar, Champion

and Euphrates * were all on this day off the low land at the mouth

of the Godavery and Kistnah, and it will be noted that the trending

of the coast just to the South of their position, or in latitude 15°

North, from N. E. and S. W., becomes North and South, and the high

land recommences in about Lat. 15° to the Southward, leaving the

valley and delta of the Godavery to form a wide extent of low land.

The Euphrates, the outermost of these vessels, was at noon on the 21st

about 120 miles from False Point. They had all gales from E. N. E. to

N. E. with falling Barometers, and the Julia, which ship was far to the

N. Eastward, and about in the middle of the Bay, had the wind at S. E.

We shall thus, I conceive, not be far wrong if we consider the centre of

the storm at noon on the 21st to have been about in longitude 85° and

in latitude 11° 20’. There is perhaps a little anomaly in the wind |

marked in the log of the Bussorah Merchant, which is said to have been |

S.W. a. M. and South p. M. which would allow us to call the wind S. W. |

by S. at noon, while in strictness she should have the wind S. W. by W. |

or two points farther to the Westward. This is not of any great im- |

portance when we recollect that she was bringing up a heavy monsoon, |

and that the small storm of the Rajasthan on the 20th (if there was |

one) would necessarily occasion some irregularity hereabouts. |

On the other side of the circle also we have some slight anomalies |

of the same kind, in the winds marked in the logs of the Bittern, Baboo, |

&c. which were evidently, at this time, in part those deflected from the

* I have marked only the tracks of the Candahar, Euphrates, and Union to avoid |

confusing the chart with too many of them.

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 11}

shore and in part the monsoon. For the 22d we have first the logs of

the ships off the mouth of the Godavery as before, all of which had had

the storm commencing on the 2Ist at about N. E. and drawing gradual-

ly to E. N. E. and E. S. E. according to their positions.

They had it on this day, by noon, a hurricane at S. E. to S. 8S. E.

veering rapidly to South and S. 8. W. as it passed them. With

the Lord Lyndoch and Champion indeed it was a shift of wind, but we

have not unfortunately their positions to any accuracy; indeed those

positions which are given, though most creditable to the care and

attention of the commanders of the ships, must still be taken with

much allowance ; for, in the position they were, there was not only the

usual causes, drift, leeway and heave of the sea operating, but more-

over the “storm wave,” “storm current” and probably an outset

from the floods of the Godavery, all combining to affect the calculated

position of the vessels. As however the whole of the ships were, like

a dispersed fleet, within a circle of 120 miles in diameter, it will be seen

by the chart that in placing the centre for this day at noon in

latitude 15° 45’, longitude 82° 7’; we shall as nearly as possible give .

_ the ships the winds veering as they really did, as well as to the three

stations of Masulipatam and Coringa, at the first and Southermost of

which, Masulipatam, the storm was increasing at 5 Pp. mM. of the day

from the N. E. and N. N. E. shewing evidently that its track towards

the shore was to the South of that port.

On the 23rd we have the storm moderating, with all the ships in the

offing, to a regular monsoon gale, and on shore at Masulipatam veer-

ing also to the E. S. E. and subsequently to the S. and S. by W. We

do not learn where the centre passed inland, as there are no European

stations between Masulipatam and Ongole, a distance of 95 miles: it is

probable that the centre Janded somewhere between these two stations.

Ihave carried my strait line near to Ongole, but not meaning thereby to

indicate that we have any knowledge of the exact point at which the

centre struck the shore. It was I think more to the North, as the

storm would probably travel up the valley of the Kistnah.

At Madras and with the ships which put to sea from the roads of

that port, the storm was, as it should be, on the Southern quadrants of

a circular, one passing to the North East and North of that point, a gale

veering from N. N. W. to N. W. and West, and subsiding into the re-

112 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Stornis in India. (No. 146.

gular monsoon, which we must always allow for in considering the

effects of a storm at this season of the year.

For its track inland, all we can say is, that it was, as appears by

the newspaper report, most severely felt, both as a storm and in

the shape of inundations arising from excessive rains, through the

Guntoor and neighbouring districts, which are more or less in a line

between Ongole and Hydrabad, and that it must have passed to the

North of that city, being there first a gale from N. E. and veering to

WN. W. and at Yelgode, which is situated about 110 miles South of Hy-

drabad and thus on the Southern side of the track, it was always a

storm from North and N. W. _

The heavy surfs on the Malabar coast, alluded to in Mr. Fraser’s

letter, with the threatening weather at the ports of Mangalore and

Tellicherry, and the remarkable-depression of the Barometer at Bombay,

are all proofs that the storm was very widely felt as to its general

_atmospheric influence; but we cannot for want of a date connect the

dismasting of the Caroline or the storm of the Julius Cesar with our |

data, from distance, time, and the want of all intermediate evidence.

We may presume it not improbable that like the Calcutta storm of

June 1842, it was “lifted up” by the table land of the Deccan, and

perhaps descended again in the Arabian sea, but of this we have no evi-

dence ; such as we have, I have placed upon record, because it is of great

importance to have even the imperfect notion which it gives of these

curious passages of storms over the Ghauts.

Rate of Travelling.—We have only one day, 21st to 22nd, from which

we can take any safe data for its rate of travelling at sea. The distance

between these two centres is 240 miles, which gives exactly 10 miles an

hour, and from the centre of the 22nd instant to a supposed point

50 miles to the North of Hydrabad, where we may take the centre to

have been at some time on the 238d instant, is about 350 miles, which for

36 hours is also about the same rate. I need not add that this last

datum is of course almost guess work, but it serves to shew that the

storm probably had not, in this instance, experienced much retardation,

in its course up the valley of the Godavery, which it seems to have fol-.

lowed at least for some distance.

It is then an instance, and to these researches a new one, of a storm

apparently generated in the centre of the Bay at the change of the

1844. | Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 113

monsoon and travelling up on a N. Westerly course, the track from the

21st to the 22d is N. 48° W. towards the low lands of the Deltas of

the great coast rivers, and it forms thus a new track on our storm

charts, and an addition of much importance to our knowledge.

I must not close my remarks without adverting to the very curious

log of the Coringa Packet, which vessel evidently had on the 19th one

of those small hurricanes (for we may so term them) which though of

limited extent, are, during the short time they last, excessively severe.

My readers will probably recollect that of the Cashmere Merchant off

the Island of Preparis on the 21st November, 1839, which is described

and delineated on the Chart to my Second Memoir, Jour. As. Soc. Vol.

ix. pp. 107, 397. and that in the Sixth Memoir also there are instances of

their occurring in the China seas. These sort of hurricanes are not un-

common it would appear off Ceylon, for H. M. S. Centurion was totally

dismasted, and nearly foundered in one on the 4th December 1803, which

lasted only a few hours ; and I have other instances of the kind on re-

cord amongst my materials for a Memoir on ‘The Old Storms of the

Bay of Bengal.”

The rise of the Barometer when the water spout had passed under the

stern of the Coringa Packet, and the heavy rain which it brought with

it, are facts of much interest. The gale of the 21st I consider to have

been the usual monsoon one, as though severe it was accompanied by

a rise of the Barometer. The hot and cold blasts noted in the log of

the Lyndoch, and the fact that Masulipatam was inundated from the sea,

are also of much interest. The Lyndoch’s Latitude on the 30th has

been by mistake printed 18° 42’, it should have been 13° 42’.

An Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ninaro im

Cuina. By D. J. Maccowan, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo

Hospital. With a Plate.

We have lost no time in lithographing this curious inscription, so as to submit it to

the learned. We have, we think, recognised two of the characters in the Lama formu-

la of Om-Ma-Ni-Pup-m1-Om as written in the Uchen character, of which a plate

will appear in the next or following number, accompanying remarks by Lieut,

| Cunningham, B. E. on Moorcroft’s Travels, &c. We incline to the opinion that the

tablet will be found to be a mystic form of the Buddhist Lama’s ejaculation in which

114 Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo. [No. 146.

perhaps the elements of the letters have been subdivided ? or are writtenin their primitive

forms? To Dr McGowan’s closing paragraph we heartily respond, and our readers will

have seen that the Asiatic Society has not been wholly inattentive to the great field of

research which is opened in Chinas We trust that amongst the many Europeans of

learning and talent who are now resorting there, it will not be forgotten that our Jour-

nal and Researches offer a ready means of publication.—Ebs.

The tablet is of wood painted black, the characters are red. It is

about six inches square and is placed in a small frame. A light is

kept burning constantly before the Tablet, which is regarded with

great veneration.

At the margin is an inscription in Chinese, of which the following is

offered as a translation :—

‘A mysterious Tablet to dispel the evil influences of northern

realms.”

The priests in charge of the temple can give no further information

concerning the Tablet than that it has been in their Temple for more

than a century.

The priesthood, as well as all foreigners who have seen it, are anxious

to ascertain to what language the characters belong, and if possible to

obtain a translation. It has been shown to many philologists in China,

but none could throw any light upon it; some supposed it to be Thi-

betan, but Dr. Heberlin of this city informs me that he cannot re-

cognize in the inscription any one of the three form of characters

which have been or are now employed in Thibet.

With this explanation I take the liberty of presenting the accom-

panying copy of the inscription to the Asiatic Society, trusting that

some of its learned members may be able to decipher it.

The investigations of the members of that institution have been pur-

sued with so much zeal in India, and have been attended with so much

success, that there is abundant reason to hope that it will not be inat-

tentive to the great field for scientific research which has been opened —

in the neighbouring empire of China, perhaps at the present time the

most interesting part of Asia to orientalists.

Danu. J. Maccowan.

ee NE:

Ae Suscrpflion prom a Salad in a Buedhict

Monastery at Aingpo in China

Communicaled bey es Macgowan bg? MD

slo

115

A Description of the Country of Seisthan, By Lieutenant R. Lrecu,

Bombay Engineers, Assistant on a Mission to Cabool. From the

Political Secretariat of the Government of India.

The first published description of Seisthan appeared in Vol. ix. No. 103 of this Jour-

nal : it was by the late Lieut. E. Conolly, and was followed in No. 112, by a Journal of

his route. Our readers will find a comparison of this notice with Lieut. Conolly’s far

from uninteresting, as corroboration of the sound observations of both Lieut. Leech and

his predecessor in this isolated, and unknown tract.—Eps.

The ancient name of this country by the Hindoos was Shivasthan

(fwazqta) and it is said to have had many Kings

Description of Seis-

in of that Sect, of whom the most famous was Rajah

Saspal; the Mahomedans called it Zabulisthan, and boast that it pro-

duced the father of Rustom. The country has never recovered from

the waste to which it was laid by Tamerlane.

The Seistanees are divided into three tribes; viz. the Kaiyanees,

Tribes. the Sarbandees, and the Sarkees.

The boundaries of Seisthan, are Jalalabad, Nasirabad, Zerkoh

Boundary. Sekwa, Dashtak, Burj Alam Khan, Janabad, and Jalalabad.

The western boundary is the Koh-i-Khaja, on the top of which is the

‘ruin of a populous city said to have been captured from the infidel

Hindoos by the fabulous Rustom; the place is inhabited by a tribe

called Arbaba, in small families, having no chief. This is the

fort from which Nadir Shah was obliged to retire after a two years

siege. This hill fort is situated in the lake of Amoo, into which the

streams of the following valleys discharge themselves, viz. Arghastan

Zarnak, Arghandav, Helman, Khash Rodh, Zarnak Adraskan, Rod-i-

gaz. In the time of Norshirwan the Just ; Kila-i-beest was the northern

boundary.

The Seistanees are said to have torn the mandate of the Arabian pro-

phet, and to have been cursed that they should never reign themselves,

or enjoy peace under another reign.

The domestic animals of Seistan, are cattle in abundance, Dumba

Domestic Animals. Sheep and Goats: there are no Buffaloes, and Horses

116 Description of the Country of Seisthan. [No. 146.

and Camels do not live long, on account of swarms of white flies that

attack them.

The country is flat and sterile in general; rice, wheat, and barley

Produce, &c. are however produced in some parts.

Among the fruits, grapes are scarce, and Melons of both kinds

plentiful and good. 3

The wild animals are hogs and hares, of which there are a great abund-

Wild animals. ance, jackals, foxes and others (in lake Amoo.) In

the same lake, are also fish of a large kind, and wild fowls in great

number, among which is a large bird called Koo (3") 3* of which are

caught on an average a day. The down of this bird is much esteemed

for stuffing pillows, it is sold in Candahar for — Rupees the Tabreez

maund. About 300 others are also caught a-year, a large skin being

sold in Candabar for 8 Rupees; about 3000 other wild fowl are caught

a-day on the lake in the following manner :—

The lake for some distance from the shore is covered with reeds,

Method of catehing and each fowler has his own fowling ground ;

wild fowl. spaces are cleared in the reeds in which the

snares are set. The water of the lake being clear the fowl are able

to distinguish the small fish on which they feed in these small pools,

for which they dive, and thus are caught.

The inhabitants of Seisthan are for the most part Sheea Muselmans.

Creed, There are few Hindoos and a few Belochees (who are

Sunnee Mahomedans. ) nih

The language of Seisthan is broken Persian. In a vocabulary of

Language. tow hundred and fifty words I only failed to trace

the following to Persian, viz. gocha, a boy; kenja a girl; maka,

mother; khurroo, a cock; kara, kind; magas, a calf; toor murgh, a _ |

cooked egg; khaya, a raw egg; dokh, unburnt brick; kang, back ; kul,

breast; lambas, cheek; damakh, nose; galov, melon; katic, cooked

meat; koodh, deaf; kul, crooked; bapeer, grandfather; too in tabare ;

there, garang, heavy, paz; cook (imperative) baghan; make smooth,

(imperative) tertarata, nine (9); zyada, thirteen (13.)

Principal men. The principal men of Seistan are as follows viz. |

Jalaladeen Khan, of the tribe of Kanjane (the tribe of the former |

* Note.—So in MSS. , :

1844. | Description of the Country of Seisthan. 117

Royal family) he has a brother Hamza Khan, both are sons of Bahram

Khan, and grandsons of Suleman Khan, descendants of Malic Ma-

mood Seistanee, Shah of Meschid ; he holds the fort of Jalalabad con-

taining 500 houses, Bangar 400 houses, Shaitan 50 houses, and other

smaller forts ; he could collect 3000 men all armed with matchlocks.

He some time ago, gave the daughter of his deceased uncle, Nasir

Khan, in marriage to Shah Kamran, with whom he is on friendly

terms, and assists him with men, when required. About four years ago

Mahomed Razad Khan, Sarbandee Seistanee, and Aly Khan the son

of Khan Jan Saiyaranee Baloch, by Mahomed Razad Khan’s sister,

and Hasham Khan Sharkee, of Seistan, joined their forces, and ex-

‘pelled Jalaladeen from Jalalabad, Nasirabad, Kackhoon, &c. &c. forc-

ing him to take refuge in Joaeen, a place belonging partly to Seistanees

and partly to Polalzais. The Jalaladeen despatched his son Nasir

Khan to Kamran for succour, who granted it, invaded Seistan and re-

seated Jalaladeen in his possessions. The chief has lately adopted the

Sunnee creed.

Hamza Khan was formerly at enmity with his brother, the above-

Hamza Khan. mentioned Jalaladeen: but was reconciled to him by

Shah Kamran, and is now subject to him. He has married the sister

of Mahomed Razad Khan, but he and his brother are not on good terms

with the latter, neither are they so popular in Seisthan as he is.

Mahomed Razad Khan Larbandee Seistanee, has the districts of

Mahomed Razad ©¢kwa Husenabad, Pusht i Dasht Shiling, Warmal

Khan. _ Doulatabad, Chung i Murghan, Burji Hajie, &c. &c.

He could collect 5000 men, 100 of which would be cavalry. He is

on friendly terms with Aly Khan Sanjaranee Baloch, who has lately

taken the fort of Chalknasoor from Kamran, since the latter has been

besieged by the Persians. Lulf Aly Khan, the son of Mahomed Razad

Khan, was a hostage with Kamran, he was released with the sons of

the other Seistanee Chiefs in the Shah’s late campaign against Canda-

har; Kamran has given one of Mahomed Razad Khan’s daughters in

marriage to a son of vizir Yar Mahomed Khan, and has himself mar-

ried a sister of Aly Khan’s. Before Kamran invaded Seistan, Ma-

homed Razad Khan was on good terms with the Sirdars of Candahar,

and in the war between Kamran and Persia, is neutral.

Hasham Khan Sharkee, Seistanee, holds Dashtak, Palgee, Kimmak,

118 Description of the Country of Seisthani (No. 146.

Hasham Khan. Wasilan, &c. &c. He could collect 400 men, he is of

old a dependant of Shah Kamran, and gives succour of troops and not

tribute; he is on good terms with the Balochees, and has a superficial

friendly intercourse with the Sirdars of Candahar.

Ardab Husena was governor of Khash. Kamran took the place

four years ago and him prisoner; he afterwards set him at liberty and

gave his daughter in marriage to Ghulam Khan, son of Ata Mahomed

Khan, the Chief of the Alakszais. Arbab Husena was formerly tribu-

tary to Khan Jan Baloch, he has now a superficial intercourse with

Candahar.

Chalknasoor was formerly under Meer Alam Khan, Noorzai, the

brother-in-law of vizier Tottah Khan, he also held Khash and Kada,

he was afterwards killed at Jugdalik,: Vizier Futteh Khan then gave

Chalkhnasoor to Khan Jan, Baloch, for marrying a cast-off mistress,

called Bajie.

Ally Khan is on good terms with the Sirdars of Candahar ; he does

Ally Khan, not pay tribute or deference to them, one of his sisters

is the wife of Shah Pashand Khan, Governor of Lash, and another has

married Assadullah Khan of Kain, (a place famous for Saffron) the son

of Meer Alam Khan, Kainie.

Kada is almost desolate, it is held by Arab Husen Khan.

Three miles from Janabad are the ruins of several towns, called

Coins. | Boonak, where old Coins are found, as also at the ancient

seat of the Kairjanee kings, Jarakoo, four miles from Burj Alam Khan.

Dost Mahomed Narvooce, Baloch, could collect 400 men; he holds

Dost Mohamed Burj i Alam, &c. &c. He married the sister of Razad

Blanyooees. Khan, and gave his own sister to Aly Bhan, Baloch,

he is under Kamran. .

There is a road from Candahar to Seistan, through Greeskh, as

follows :—

Candahar.

Kishki Nakhud, 40 Miles. several Bessa Sets of Springs. |

of Noorzais. |

Greesk.

ment of Mahomed Lid- ‘ft Panchpaees. J

A strong fort, Govern- A large Town pelman River |

40 Miles :

deek Khan.

1844. | Description of the Country of Seisthan. 119

Chae, Dewala, .. 20 Miles. No houses, 1 well on the road.

Chae, Kurkee, .. 20 ditto. ditto, ditto, ditto.

Chae, Hasaddee, .. ditto. ditto, ditto, ditto.

Fort of Kash, .. -- 16 ditto. 400 houses of

é River of Kash.

Arbabzais.

Kadah, ig -- 46 ditto. 300 houses of '

Arbabeaiel \ ditto, ditto.

Chalknasoor, ... .-- 16 ditto. 500 houses of

Meer Tajacks.

400 houses] A large river, the

Janabad, Bis ... 16 Miles. of Baloch | different rivers of

and Seis- | Seistan having join-

f ditto, ditto.

tanee. J ed.

Here the road divides into two, the right is :—

Jalalabad oe -- 10 Miles. 400housesofSeis-\ A large ri-

tanee Kaiyanee. ver, ditto. .

A ford of Afzalabad,... 16 Miles. 200 houses of eh ditto, ditto.

babzais.

Hohi Khaja in the lake

by water.

There is another ad from Candahar to Seistan, through Garmser,

as follows :—

4 10 Miles.

Candahar.

Bandi Timur, ... .... 20 Miles. Several ot River of Arghan-

of Isadezais.) dav.

Kilai Sha Meer, ... 12 ditto. A small village al: ditto.

a. taining salt pans.

Gumbat, ee .-- 40 ditto. No houses, River of Helman.

Mazar Juft, ... ... 24 ditto. Scattered hamlets, ditto.

Myan Pushta, «.. .-- 12 ditto. 300 huts of Balochees, )

in the Spring. j aitte:

Bakkee,... ... ... 20 ditto. 400 huts, all the year,

1000 in the Spring ut ditto.

Balochees,

Sappa,... Ses --- 16 ditto. 200 huts of Kanozais, ditto.

Behadar,...... .- 12 ditto. 100 huts of Noorzais, ditto.

Be Nadir i Lateef, ... 8 ditto. Ditto, ditto.

120 Description of the Country of Seisthan. [No. 146.

Deeshoo, . 24 Miles. 400 huts of dif-) River of Hel-

ferent tribes, man.

Pa: Lalalk, seis 8 ditto. 100 huts of mh ditto,

Baretsees,

Hila i Islam Khan, ... 32 ditto. 100 houses of eT Free

zai Balochees,

One stage on the road,

Dak Delee, .. -- .~. 50 ditto. No houses, ditto.

Sakwa belonging to Ma-

homed Razad Kos, 24 ditto ditto. ditto.

Seistanee. «>.

(Signed. ) R. Lrecsu,

Assistant.

121

Routes from Candahar to Herat.

1844, ]

"suns AAvay Jo asessed ay} 9}e}1[19ej 0) pambas aq prnom SIQ9UOT|Y MOF” JO Noe] oy} pue ‘passor9 aq 0} aAvYy

SasIN09-19}8M [LIOYIV OM} 10 oO QepuLysry ey} puoteg ‘api spared OF INoge Uoseas sty} Je SI Weat}s aq],

‘araqmAroaa ysoue A[[e19UES a[qepioy sty] ‘aw ve OM} 10 Kep v UkY} ALOUI IOJ JYSTaY sty} ye surewar

JaAOU JOATL OY} JOY} “pazejs JOAQMOY SI }] “SdOT[9Ae1} 0} UOTJONAYSGo snotses e oACAd ‘AJLOOTOA eaIS s}I Jo

juN0de UO JsNUt FT “Jooj 99.1} Spaedxe Uteads sq} UT 1a}eM ay} Jo Yap ay} JOA.UEYM pure ‘poop jo sour

UJ ‘qepueysiy oy} Jo YUL WYSIL 91 UO UTeTd MoT ay) ssorOe sun asiey AQAuod 04 aWlOsa|qno4} 4 ap

“WOT YOU A “IT WosJ pal Ore sPouUeYO UONeSIIT [elaAes a1oyM JUIod 94} oAOQe IaATA ON} SUISSOSD sv palloy

-aid aq 0} st proy sty) ng “Geg] Ae Ur jurtod sty) ye AaAtA YN} passed Ssiapunod useqSte ay) pue ye sso19

0} SUNS JOJ Jsaq oy} se yno poyutod ATTe19UaS sx AOATA OY} UMOP JOMO] aTIU e JO slo}renb 9014} ynoqe poy y

"ABT JO pula 10332] OY} BOUTS SOYOUT XIs jnoge UoTTe} Suraey 41 ‘qidap ut joo} Fz povoxe you soop amity sty} ye

JaAlt ayy, ‘Asea qepueysiy oy} ‘aHe][IA

Ssoloe ploy oy, f suns Aavoy SI} Iva 9d10J Jsas1ey_ ey} Jo

Jog Ase Japuas 0} staau0tg A}10} jueuidueous aq} 10y woor ajduy

0} FIOM S.SUIUIOUL @ BAIS p[NOM | "atqeinsoad osye | *punoss Surdureoua om Jo ‘q +g

YOM IOATT oy} JO paq oy} OUT jeusooN'T pue esooyg ‘uosees juas |juUK\sIP [TUT au AOATL ey} ‘qep

quaasap yduiqe ue! poos Ajje1eues —-aad ay) ye ad10} ade] e JO sasloy j-UeySiy oY} Wo1 uUMeIp eur

ynq ‘saoeyd ovmos ul Au0js peor oyy,| pure spoues 04} 10; ader0y jUeTOW NS voNesti1 ue worl paanooid sae | CO ed as

“UONdadIp sit} UT sqingns oy} YSnoayy ssed Lew oSe3Seq pue sdooy Yorn

Aq ‘asourjou Jt ‘speo1om) ore alayy, ‘way BurSpraq ‘1ayjeq aq p[nom yey Jo ‘sasinoo-10}eM 9} Jo syueq

ay] UMOp Suldojs pue ‘peos ay} JO suonsod mosreu aq} SUIUOPIA JO} UOT}OOIIP sty} UI adI0F esie, Aue jo

YoreUt 9y} 0} snotasid apem aq

0 | O | GI | **‘pseasoz porreg

‘aarefung | ZG

plnoys sjuowtesueise { reyepuey

jo Aaljea ay} Sues soy qep

-UeqSIY ay} WolJ UMeIP s[eueD

[@19A9sS OY} Sosso1d peor oy} pue

‘Aj10 BY} JO Sqinqns pue suapies

pesopoue SuIpunoiims ay} YSnosyy

‘alay} pedueous mou Auuy

YSilig 9q} 0} o[es Joy reyepuey

OJUL poliied Useq Sutaey uorsod

Jayeais oy} ‘Ayyuenb yeas ou

ur ynq ‘etqeinooid ose ouson'y

pue (amveiys paddoya) esooyg “juep

‘uontsod Suo.js v ut esq dn

U9Ye} 0q YSU 9d.10J a]qesopisuoa

® jo juaudureoue ay} 10J punoin

‘1ayem Jo Ajddns yuepunge ue

ose Surystuins ‘jauueyo uones

“III Ue pue ‘peor YSty ay Jo spied

ssed peor JO sayiut aaiy) ysiy ay y|-unqe sseis pue yueyd BSSEMOL OUT /O0G UIGWIM je pueysiy Jaan ayy] O | oO L ‘UeIeHOy | 17%

a}eH) elo FY oy} 1eau dures

wo1y ‘aun 48[Z ey} Jo Sutuosad

oY} UO YIOII,0 4 4e aeyepuey yarT ‘1eyepuey | ‘oune

*SUOTJBAIOSGQ) [e1aUeD ‘sattddng pue aseiog *juour ; : ‘SIIN| ‘SeoerTq | *egRT

pue ‘s[[Ip] ‘siaAty ‘peoy jo anyen -dureaugq 10} punoig pue sayeqy | SPA) SUA ‘ysq| Jo someny

A —— | ——-——-- —_ ‘a}°q

SSS eee 2

*syIeWa yy]

*sooue}siqy

‘mipuy fo puawusaaoy ayy fo qorenjasaag 0907} 2Y2 WOLY “LVAAP] 02 UVHVANVD wouf ajnoay

Routes from Candahar [No. 146.

122

Joul punols oy} ur suoTye_Npun

JYSI]s eulos pue ‘aouR\sIp jAoys &

log jt uo Ajdaap say}ea salty pue

‘aAe] pue poos AjTetoues peos ayy,

‘UOTJIOITIP “AA “S pue

"AT ‘N @ UL sund osuel Jaysiy e

yorym puokaq ‘uonjeasla sulply

jo si[tq jo osuer e sayoeoidde

Ajasoya peor oy} Sueyy pnuppnyy

-I-ZNOF] WO] saTIU Ud} JO aduUeISIP

ay} zy ‘Ai[NOWIp 10 apoe}sqo yno

“YIM peor Appeavis ‘[oaoy ‘prey W |jnq ‘ed1vas ssers ‘[njQuald essemor}|-aareqy OM Wor} sottddns sxe AA Ce]

-TIA pue UOTeAT]]ND $ 901vOS ssvIs

pue passed Apeaiye aynoxr sq} uo

sooed Sunyey 1eqjo 94} Ye UeY}

quepunqe sset spewed 10J o0e10.7

*payeantno

T[94 2q 0} pres ‘aouej}sIp outos

ye suedo Aayjea & os[e uoljoer

‘Ip Worga ut ‘punois sutdmeoua

3} JO "NT 9} 0} sojtm us} ynoqe

sol] PUNE pe[ed aj0u owwos

jo asey[tA y ‘punois Sutdmeo

-ud oY} Jeau uUoOeAN[N. 271771,

“dU 94} epnpdaid 0} se [NJyus{d

OS JOU STII 4Nq ‘ad10J BTQeIapIsuod

e 10j AyQUeNd justoyNs Ul saazaer

“yey OM Woy a[qeinooid 1932 AA |8/T

‘dues adie] e 10} punois ojduy

“qoreul ay} uo

PASSOLD 21V BUNT} JAOYS ~& TOF SurTeI

Aaeay s0jye ydaoxe ‘Arp ozmnb

S9SINOD-19}eM [[VULS [V1IAAS JO Spaq

ey} YSnoy} peol oy} uo punoy

layem ON ‘“JUepuNqe pue poos

(‘sasinoo-1ayem [eloyiyie) ‘sez

£6 | P

[Yor]

ve)

‘juawjiedeq

S,[elauen) Jaysey] 1ojren ay} Jo ‘uoyeg ureyded Aq podoains ‘yxYstity 0} B]NOL e JO YOJoy¥s ay} Aq popre

‘ajyeulljsa UO Uaye} ole Ady} ‘1oyeTNQuIeag e JO JULM JOJ painsvaul jou sadUR}sIp Suloseloy oy ,—"q "N

“peor

aq} jo adUaT[e0Ke 9q} Jo yuNOD

-08 UO SUISSAISIP 12A9MOY JOU ST

Yoga ‘Wo1eul ysey ay} Suruaj1oys

‘Ajvenba a10u sasejs 94} eprArp

P[NoM ‘ase]]{IA 19};e] 9Y} JO peays

“UI JOULIOJ oY} Je Sunyey e107

@ pue ‘varefung wor sajim $7

‘ueMpng jo ase][t4 oy} puodaq

aduR\SIp JAOYS B PLOL 9Y} 0} ASOD

PUNO} si 19}eM faut] Ul 9AOTL JYSIUL

epesug e YoIym sso1oe ureyd

*paalesqo sjeos pue

daays jo syxo0y asiey outos § AytuLo

“IA 9Y} Ul UOTJeAT]TNI youu (ueses

‘ajdure pure [ade] ‘ad10F asuey

“OYY OJ pue) saseipiaA eiaaag|e Jo yuoutdureaua oy} JO; punoiy

*SOTIUI G JNOgGe JULISIP ‘IOATI

eq} JO UOI}IAIIP oy} UI paeMy}Nos

ay} 0} soylu May e nytQUeTd

quq ‘ad1vos szayjer dued ay} jo

AWUIOTA aJeIpawIMIT ay} ul sseis

*AIp MOU ILOATASAL 9}

JO YyNos aytu ve jJyey ynoqe Ayddns

juepunge ue spioye pue ‘qorew

SIG} JO VOYM JY} pros ay} 0} [a]

-jered Ayieau suni ‘aasafung ye

JeA9T prey & ssole sat] peor oyp.!faouepungqe ur spewed soy essemor!sayzem sarjddns yey) [eues autes ay] OQ | QO | FI

“poop ut

919M IOATL oy} Jt Aprepnonjzed ‘1911 9y} ssoro 0} Aure ue Surkuedwoose o8e83eq Aavoy pue Arolpus1y

94) 10 Lep & MOTTL 0} o[QeiIsap aq p[NomM 4I ‘saouLysuINoItO AeUIpIo JapuN ynq $yoelqo ue sem OWT} aay

‘aai0} [Jews e fq avo UL speut eq Aj[NOWIp YONUT ynoyyIM JYSIUL ‘padtjou eaoqe sayoreut om} YL—G'N| O | Oo | ZI

*quour

-dueoug Joj punorsy pure 1aye Ay

Se SSE See, GT Se GEE ee GEE Ss Ee Ge CE

*syewW yy

"SUOT}VAIOSqQ e1auaKy *sattddng pue osei0g

pue ‘sT[Ipy ‘suaary ‘peoy jo ainje yy

“STN

ee eee eee

*soourysiqy

OO ee es

‘SPX "SUA -ysq| yo soureny

eos

oepIeMIOF powreng

‘+ ‘uedeyqo! -

pes ets! &

‘poouye N

“I-¥ysooy | FZ

“I-znoy | €%

e* ‘pleMIO}

qysnoig

‘aune

*sa0e[g

“eyed

123

to Herat.

1844.

Inoj Jo spremdn woes pey J9Arl siyy ‘Avy STZ Bourg

JOMOT[LYS S194} 10 OM} Suraq a1} ‘sprvA Q/ YOuAG seprM oy} JO YIPIM

asva YIM JOATI

9Y} passolo sjamieo UapeTy ‘wIea.]s

ay] dn saysiy ‘aouejstp yroys e

UIY}IM SPIOJ LoIsva JaAIMOY 912

aay], “31 pessora Juaewyarejop

ay} a1oyM yulod oy} 4e eTqeploy

petieep aq jou prnod “1azeM ayy

uo efddia pue pum Suoys e YIM

pue‘s}UdUIIIjNODIe pUe SUI 1194}

Yo Surye, Ayueyuy 10; alqep.soy

Ajoreq st wea1js ayy, ‘Aitey yensn

ay} oaoge ayiu e Ayreou jurod

‘Imoy dod saytur ¢ JuarINd Jo AjIOOTaA f1aMOIIeU pue

‘soyoul 6 Ja0F E JNoqe sea Yydoep s}]

*soinseoul

SNOIOSIA 0} J40so1 @ poqfaduioa AyIssadou jr ‘suosves Axeurpio ut

{qrUTo1A stqy ut poandsoid aq prnoo ureid Jo satjddns e[qeieprsuos yey)

‘paiqnop oq JoAaMoy jouUed I] “AeYepuey Woy poinooid axe ‘ary pa

-dueoua mou Ayuejuy s,efnys yeyg jo 0c 10j satjddns ey} ynq ‘e[qe

-lapIsuoo aq 0} ples st punutljeyy

ayj Jo Aoyyea ay} Jo aonpoid ayy

ssajoyjleaou $ UOTJBATI[ND 979317

Ayaatyeaeduios ynq ‘puey, e]qeie

yonur pue sasei[ia yews Auey

-juepuNqe sou pue ‘}UsT[e0Ke

*sjods duiep pue sasinoa

-1ayem Aq vayorg yeyMoWOs “UETD

-yns juswdueoue ue IO} puNotn

*ys¥9-YINOG sy} 0} Ue}

-S1p 9]IUI @ JAATI oY} Syuepunqe

@ Je JQATY punwIfaF] oy) passorg|sosioy pue sjeutLd 10} YJOq eBvi0q |sjouuego UWorest1tt Woz 10}e MA

*sINOY IUIU UL TOIL SITY} opewl spavIed Uapey]

OOT Jo aury & § peplalp Sutaq yoreut SuoyT sty} JO MOT[e p[MOM YorYyM ‘asinod-19jeM 9 } uado-at 0} anoge

Lo I P oer lee I I iy

Yonu JO YIOM B oq ‘pres SI 4t JOU pyNOM 4]

-Sau ‘asinod-1oyeM JeLOYIe pue uapies & JO sUeWad OY} aie “UO JayAN

-dA0U 94} UO SUTJe[NITLd ul pauory

“Ud oq 0} JOU YNq ‘SlaT[oAeA] Moy

e 10} Juatongns ‘sayem jo Ajddns

Ayueos & yya {jam e@ st Lem Jey

jnoqe $sayoyed Apues 0M} 10 auO

pue ‘Sunernpun Ayqstys qaed ysay

ay} ‘paey pue poos Aj[e19ues peoy

*yoeul

ay} jo pua oy} spiemo} YyIM

eS ES EE TT SN |, ES SS LS LS LS

*SUOIJEAIASGG [e19uar)

pue ‘sT[iP{ ‘sieaTy ‘peoy jo ainjen

*pasArasqo sjuejiq

-eyur ou ‘ustIAII9J JO Sosey[IA 04}

Surjdaoxe pue ‘ssul[[aMp Mo} yng

pue ‘1aALI 9Y} APIs SIq} UO UOTwA

-1}]N9 aq}II] Adoa :sasioy pure sjaut

-e0 10j aseioy Jo Ajddns etdwe uy

*yoreUl 9}

UO padrasqo daays JO Syooy asaey

[elaaes pue ‘punois Surdueous

ay} JO YINog 9Y} O} SoTIM 99.14}

10 OM} OI] SUEPARS YIM sasey

*saltddng pur osvi0,g

*s1eaA MJ Se] OY} UINIIM Avdap 0} Te} 0} porayns pue poste,

*dd10J [[euUs B uaAd JO SJUSTE

-aaoqe ureyd Aip ay} uo 10

‘JOATI OY} AVIU PUT MOPBOU MOT

ay} UO JeyyTe ‘aTqeyireae uo dues

-Ud 0} BdIOJ JSAS1V] OY} JOF puno.wy

“IOATI OY} WO se sfauUeYS UOT}eS

-I11I WOJJ [JOM se ‘JUepUNge 19}e A

‘dured osie] @ Jo worjsodstp

ay} Sursuesise Ul punoy aq prnom

Aqnowgip ou ynq ‘repnsast yey

-aUl0S SI SuIduIedUA 10; punolas oy J,

“LOIN [od 10 ojseM UDA

-a1d 0} sprens) sutjsod jo AyIssao

‘yuow

-durvoug oJ punoryy pue 19jye AA

ey RE pee EES SEE EE ES ES EE SS

*SyIVWIY

CL \°* “plemiOy poTAeg

Icl | &

“[2— JO |

| “aaSSHeD | Ké

"47 punul

“12H Jo

yurg yer]

** ‘MIBMIOJ

WsSno1g ‘aun

*sa0el dg

sunyey

jo sauren

SPX] SU |.usq

*soouvysiq

‘ayeqd

[No. 146.

Routes from Candahar

124

*YN1997 0} Iay}Iey sopiut e Sutp9od0id 0} oduaIayoid ur ‘aroy} Wey YYSIUL 90103

abel e pue ‘yeepeeg ye 1ayem yo Ajddns yuepunge ue st asoyy, *YINIy oy) 0} UOTyewrIxXOoIdde Ue se poyIUL

-qns SI ucI}oes [eulsiem Surkuedwosse ayy, ‘ad10j aTIJsoY e WIJ sosioy pue o[)Ve9 yoa}01d 0} pepuejUt

Suraq JO} ay} Jo s[TeM oy} pure 41 UsaMyaq soeds ayy ‘spreA QOZXONE Ajxeeu Jo voeds & pasojaue YozIp 94}

: spied OF] KOBI wnoge ‘sapis oy} UO pu sojcue oY} 1% S19MO} PUNOL YIM ‘SuoTqo sem JAOJ BY} JO WIIOJ oT,

‘Ivedai poos Ul pattaes ssIMi9y}0 Ing £ paAoUTas sajes ay} pue pouopuURge sem JOJ OYJ, *payeAvoXa sI 41

YOM Ur yaavis prey A194 oy} pue ‘MoT}IaS s}I WoT aTqeprutsoy ‘Yop Arp e Aq papunosins ‘aaunyh aqyII]

peuueyd AjSuoss & aq 0} JoAdMOY sivedde 47 sa[qeiisep sem se AjTas0]9 os adv]d ay} OUIMeXA 0} 4Y[NOTFIp

SEM JI YSIT yoosradut ay} Aq pue ‘yysIupru ynoge yeepeeg Jo J10j ay} passed am { puey ye asopd st ynas

-297 [111 sedojs daojs OM} UIQITA

‘punois Sutje[npun 19A0 sassed *papusy

ulese peor ay} Geepees puodag j|-o1dde oq posu uey} poomary jo Aouatoyap rayeais @ Jo JUaAa 9}

‘poyseal st YSN WO soplut [UI pasn aq ATUO prnom Yory ‘soor Atiaq_NU aie aay} 19AaMOY {sass

gl ‘Jeepeeg jo yoy oy} T[y Aseo (ey) Ye “sow ye ‘azyqeandoad Jany AjUO ay} ysowye Sutaq ured ay} uO

pue ede] soumooeq 31 ‘possed st | punoy saysnq palsp eyj ‘eoivds sI ‘oynoL sy} UO sadejd SuNleYy 1sUIO]

peor ay} JO YON sny} Joy “oul, [aq Ye se ‘olay Jon ‘jUATIISaL

8} Sutsso19 ureyd jAesap ay} ureip |o[suts e 107 settddus astwoid 0} se *Juaudues

YOTYM s}UIII0] [e19Aes JO Spaq ay} |}Us}Xa Ue }eaIG Os 0} Jou Jnq‘AjIU = |-Ua Joy UIeTd Uado Ue fyuepuNqe

: Suljepnpun pue Auo}s a5v}s stg} | -1O1A VY} UI UOT}EATI[ND oWOs f[NJtIy |pue poos Adjem { soozao14yey

UO peol OY} JO SaTIwM XIs 4sIy oy J,'-Uad spews pue SesiOY AOJ OSeIOT|[eIoAVS WoO afqeinooid sazeay| C8 | ZL | 0%

“prem

“Y}ION OU} 0} SO[IUI [e19AVS IO} spuo}xa ‘41 aAOQe ureld yAosap Jsowye ue YWM ‘yueq ATjeAvIS YySy aie

‘Sosvad UOICAII[ND “AVAIL OY} WIJ BOURISIp JAOYS YY “UOTJONIJSUOD Patyo}eIM Jo sayes ay} pue ‘yeam aie

osje sAemojzes ogy, *AI[NOYJIp yNoy IM payouas [Tem oy} pus ‘SUIUIUT IO} poJOaTes YO}IP OU SI a10q} a1o[M

yods a[qeioary @ 10 ‘apeyeose Aq patiieo vovid ayy pue ‘Aressooou punoj Areuluoid sty} o19M ‘siapunod

-6 Aq Yo uaye} og yYSTU saduajap 94} ‘aoeTd JUeOYIUSISUI Ue SI YYSII Jo Woy ayy, ‘asodand ay} 10F UOTSTA

-oid qualoygns @ aq prnom (‘reqepuey ye afqeanooid aq pjnoo YOIYM Jo Ysour) ‘wLojjeTd ay} 0} 1va5 pur sault

197451, 94) yjIM) ‘sreds yno}s Moy @ puR ‘sxI0[q oTqaa) YIM ‘sador Yyour-¥¢ 10 Yyour-c Anoy { uotydt1osap

SIq} JO aspliq & Surjons}suod 10g AjI1[ed0] eTqesoaey e Suruasaad Assay ay} oAoqe AjayeIpawut syueg vy} Jo

UOT}EULIOJUOD BY} ‘ssO1Nv UMOLY} OQ P[NOYs sayj}sel} uo pajytoddns ‘sados Jo aSpiiq uorsuadsns e yey} pajsas

-SNS SI }T ‘POOP UI SI BATA OY} BUILT} 94} Ye Bd10} @ ssoro 07 Alessod9U ULeSe Sutaq }I Jo JUVAD oY] UI 4nq ‘siad

edeg Aq ssoloe paMOl 0.18M YOIYA ‘ssoy Wind Jo apeut sjyer Aq possold seM Weadjs oY} OWI} YY} YW “Joos

es a a ee ee

*SUOT}CAIOSGQ) [e1oUar)

pue ‘s[[IET ‘SIOATY ‘peoy Jo ainjeny

a ee ee es 8 a re i i ee es

*syIVW9 Y

“yuu

‘satiddng pue ese10g -dweoug 10} punory pure aye AA

es SR

cl | & GZ

— fj ——— |

"SPX su mle

——

*saouvjsig

** “ple MOF

pele |

** ‘yn1087

a4 ecianrt

qysnoig

*so0vTd

SuIy]e Ey

| jo awen

0€

‘aune

to Herat.

1844.]

JWoiS INOYIIM OS partapudas aq YY Stun yt yng ‘ALTIMA IoJ aTqeoyjavid jou st Jado amMed 9M YYed TTIY oY) ‘a1¥18

quasaid s}I UJ *SO[IMI CE SI adUe}SIP ay} PaMo][oJ 9M peor ay] A ssaTIUl /7 [eJO], “sop CG olaYyse AA 0} JuIOd

2AOGL OY} WOT] f 1a}eM ‘saTTUT g ‘alayse AA pUe poa][ng-I-ysooyy usamjoq Aem jrey jurod e 0} demsny wor

satu f demsny pajyed 1azem Jo yood 10 epeys e 0} WING Wor f19jeMm ‘sattm ZF wWNIAlQ 0} UeYY deny

UWLOIJ :19JVM SI 919Y} ALBYM ‘SaTIU Q ULKYY so11N yO} YXeYsSood, Wloly : sMoyT[OJ se st pue ‘deur oy} ur pa.saz

-ua st yno pajyutod sny} oynoLl oy, ‘19}eM Gita potjddns 19}y30q pue ‘saIsea ‘1931048 aq 0} poje}s ‘ponsind

aM yyed 94} JO preMjsam Oy} 0} ALT 2JNOI AOYJouUe yey} powUojUl o1aM 9AA ‘sdal} Yonfunyy Auew yeas

2 YYIM 19AO payjop a1oM s{[Iy ey} pue ‘saoeyd MOT[OY 94} UT papuNoge soYysnq Ystiewe} pue spaai yey,

‘QOVJINS OY} 0} SsauieoU S}I 10 ‘paq oy} UI Ja}VM Jo aouasaid JuaIe1 ay} JayIIa SuNeotpur 4ueunxny A190

SEM SOSINDI-19}8M JY} JO paq oy} UI UOTJeJaSAA “payOatas Useq aaey yYStu syjyed saises stqeqoad st 41 yy ST]

-Kep Aq ynq £sinoy Sey patdnuoso pue ‘sjatmes ay} 0} au0 Sutssonjstp Aaa e pasoid yoieul sy], ‘punois yn

“Igtp Yonut 10A0 Suissed ‘sasinod-1ajVM JO spaq oY} paMo[[oJ pur ‘saytalpop Suowme punom peor oy} ‘yoreut

2} JO pua ay} 0} j}uULI0d sty} Wo. pue ‘aseq ay} Wo] Sa[IU ¢ Jo BdULISIP & Je Poyovat sem ‘Yyeysood Jo [Ado]

OY} PAOGE 499} (OG INoge oq 0} pospul ‘sseg oy} JoyIMUNs JUoIedde oyJ, cape Sutaq Asinbut snotaaid

Aq pouin} eq YYSIM yoe1] Ua}eaq ay} ul soovtd y[NoWBIp yey} ‘uoTeoIpul ons A[qQeA9T0} BV Suipsoyye se pouony

-UdU SI SI} :advzAns ay} aAoqe s}efoid Yoor payeu ay} uoym‘ATeuotsedd0 Jdaoxe dnaiqe jou pue ‘Ayjoavas

“YJOOUS Opis 1ayj}I9 UO ST[IY oq} Jo 1aJ9eAeYO ay) £ Auoys pue Uayo1q peor ayy £ sadojs daa}s ou ‘yenpeas yusose

eyy ‘ssed Ayareq prnoo jaureo uapeyT e yey) ‘yonut os ‘sooeyd [eldAas UI pazoeIUOD aWIeIeq spleMAae AT

-J10Ys YOIYM 19A0 Surpeay yyed oy} ‘st[ry Jo asued & patojua salu [ey e pue JYSI Jo soue}sIp YY ‘poweu

yseT soerd og} wos sayiu So, Jo aouvysIp e ye ‘puNoIS Sunyey poos pity} e wWWA0J plnom sty} ‘an7y pue

qeepere ye SUT}TeY 2d10] & 0} pue "0} po}losat o1aM uoIs—nd

‘punois Sutdwueoua ino Woy satImM |-UtOd JI ‘atay pejoaT[oo oq yYySrUt

€ JO soue}sIp eye punoj ‘zaa1yeyx |sattddns jews owos yey} oIqIS

@ Wolf Jovem yuaTjaoxe fyeset |-sod stay ‘AqUIOIA oy} Ul sane "JSO AA OY} 0} DOURISTP JIOYS &

pue poos peor ay} Jo jied 4siyy ay y|-[IA [elaAes Sutoq aloy} ‘yYYsUID jaTqeiteae wool ojdme $oaS8eyq1A

"JI WIOIJ SATIMI | SUIAROT VDUIS UVES DALY aM ULY} |9N} 0} aSOTD Ae[NSat J9yeI Sur

G JO saueysIp @ Ye ‘r9yJOUR WO} | UOTVeATI[ND atom ‘sasioy oy} Joy |-dwteous s0J punois { sozoa1yry

plnom any ‘oovtd Suyyey e opeut jsseis ‘sawed ay} OJ VHeIOJ poor) |aa1y} 10 OM} WAZ JUEpUNQE Joqze AA

a1aM JeEpeeg JL pue ‘afqeanooid *poyoadxa oq pjnoo ‘ANT JO UMOY OY} WOLy

O1P AHLIOJ pue Loyem ‘yn1e07 wor |sattddns ou pue ‘payiasop atom |Surmop Jovem YIM zZaoilyey ve

SOTIW RIS “INT JO aseTIIA oy} YY |SoseT[IA 9} Jnq ‘AJIUIOIA OY} UL | passed “a[quITeAe ad10J OSA] v JO

"AOM | UOTPAT}[ND OUIOS puL saseT{IA OM} |jyUsUdUIeDU ay 10} punors yup

S[OYM oY} [AAI] pues pley peol ayy,j4o ouo £ [NjIUeTd sseis pue essemor|-unge £ poos sozoo1 yey Wo 1978 AA

— ————_ —___

*SUOTIVALISGQG [eR1aUEL)

*yuduI

pue ‘s][T py ‘slaary ‘proy jo ainjen

lis ates ace -dwivouq 10J punoiry pue 19}v AV

‘SYICW9Y

EQS SG")

_— ———--—!

peurg

eee |

CEI; Z| 1% | ‘pee_ues

“1 S003]

{

— O00 ee ——————— ee eee See

TS] °° Spreaioy

}

‘ayeq

92 | Z| GL |‘UxeYsoog

91 | ¢ | 96 |prenroyyg) Aue

i | *so0R

SPA) S04 “SIW) sane

— -——| Jo soulen

*so0ueysiqd

ea —— ee 0 Omar eee —_————

[No. 146.

Route from Candahar

126

[Ie 1e9q 1aADMOY SHUR S}]T “NOY

jad oyiur F] jo yuedind @ sey pue

‘daoap sayour Q] pue epim spied /¢

ST JI Uoseas sty} Je SSUOISedD0 Yous

uo skep [vlaaes suesesed Suture}

-op pue ‘spooy sulinp eT qepruri0oy

JOAIL B@ ‘peol YSeYY e4} papsog | -yns ynq ‘[Njnuey

*s]Iq Sutanoqysreu ay} wory pornooid oq sXep 90143

10 OM} UI YSU Yojs & ‘ajtstnbaa yYSnoy} Jt yng $ aoreds “oleyMes[e se

[ang ~jUeISIp sayTIUL May e seceT

-]IA WOIJ pauTe}go vsooyg *wWealjs

ay} JO pag oy} Ur eyqeanooid spood

pue sseis ‘eo10} [[eUs v 10j JUSTO

«AU0}S pUe IeTNSaAII

‘YSry Suloq wees [[ewWs Sty} Jo

syueq ey} ‘poos jou juewduteoue

‘s pue ‘q Apjueredde ureyo ay) Jo uoKde.1Ip [e1oues oy

S +n Jo “a OF IMoge syeod ysoyS1y oy} Jo Suttwog oy], ‘soptut AG sway ye Jo aouLySIP B 0} OIQISIA Iv Ayjoy

Asan ore Yor JO JURSIp JSOU oY} ‘sUre}UNOU Jo se

“‘peq pue doays peod yseyy 04} JO peg oy} OUT

quaosep ayy { AsaTTNAY 10} ofqeoijoesd jnq ‘poos jou peo. ‘asanoo-1ayeM Aap @ UMOP SpUTM pos oY} “Yoreu

OY} JO SoTIVA NO} ysel OUT = “STIL

MOT usemyoq Suthy AayeA mor

-1eU @ UMOP SeTTU xIS A[IvaU 10}

gsinod s}I peMoT[O} pue ‘qneisny

payjeo wieasjs [yews e JO asinoo

ey} UO oUIeD aI e JO aoUeSIP

ay} ye {uaaeun pue Auojs prod oy ,|oy) UO JUpUNge sjeued Ao} ase10 gq

pue suljyepnpun st 1 uey A

pur piey st peor ayy, ‘Alp ay1mb

Suloq Wo0}j0q oy} Je asinod-layem

ay, ‘sedojs ay} Jo septs oy} UMOp

UOI}IIIIp BNbITGoO ue Ul pe] sezoo1

-yey Aq posoyem “YU Ul suapies pa

-SO]OUS pue SeHeTIIs [EUS [e1eAes

qyim Aapjea @ UMOP SUN peor OY

‘lasop e JsouTe pue

‘Kuojs ‘AIp LOATL 9Y} Opis 1ay}19 UO

Aayunod oy} pue ‘WUSIs Ul sasey[IA

on ‘Aytpenb poos jo xeadde jou

|pip pue ‘[njnuetd jou qyIM you

SsQ1S OY], “AOA OY} Jo syueq

‘uol}IsOdsip 4Ua

-1UaAU0d ATUSTOWNs & SuryeuUt ur

qstxe prnom AyNoWIp [kei ou yng

‘repNSetit pue Auo}s ‘ueyoiq yonut

“20U}JOUII JO BTOv}SqO OU JaAQMOY SI a1oy} Sseoe{d amos ur AUO}s

‘Q1ayse AA JO OA) LO OTIUI e UIYIIA []1} AeM aTOYM ay} JUSOSEp ayjuasd ev YIM ‘poos

"a1ayseM ye

payoeTfoo aq WS ureas yo seemieyy Maj e ‘uoryeredaid pue juout

-aSueI1e SNOIAdId YIM pue ‘aiay o[qednooid poojsdapunN si jt ole S19]

-]aaei} Jo sated [yews 10} sorjd

-dns { suapieS peroaas pueasoyse a | ‘apqeuorjaefqo astmiayjo you ynq

jo Ayutora ay} ur soSvipra Auepy|‘repnsesst yuoudureoue 10} punoiy

‘[njtjuoTd ssvis pue essemor | ‘sozoeiyey WO 1eyemjo souepungy

*Aiojoejstyes o31nb

JOU SI peoy sIy} UO paure}qo UOTJeUACJUI Oy} YQ ‘sapoL}sqo Wo. ao.1j 0q 0} PYes SI peOL JOY}JO oY} “inogey

*sUOT}VAIASG(C) [e1oUaL)

pue ‘s[[I FT ‘sdaaty ‘peoy jo einjyen

—_—_————-

“yUSUI

-duieoug LoJ punolg, pue 191% AA

d A1aA Jou esseMoOrlesiey & 10J punosis uepunge Jaye AA

Suvi Jo uoissavons & sats styy Jo Aatyes ay} dn Suiyoory|

‘poos jou dures adie] e 10} punoinyy

*1OAIL OY} WIJ LOJeM JUI][90X GY

Lol!

881; 2] 9

| |

46) Gj Zl

GI@) 9 }6

49) G| Tél

—

‘spX| SU] "SIN

ee ee

perueg

st shor

wUIyeAg]

poorysey y

Pers ae!

‘aYSe AA

** “pIeMIO}

yWsno1g

"sede d

Suey

| Jo sauleN

Sirol “pre M10§ |

“Aru

‘ayeq

127

to Herat.

1844. ]

| | j

}

‘sattddns pioye - ZL} & | OBL) °° ‘prems0y

jou prnod Aijunoo ayy ‘dues ano —|—j—_| pete

Jaie@au auou ynq ‘AayyeA elleyg *peol ay} JO ysaM 94} 0) | |

94} UL UONVATI[ND ouIos sem aiay y judas (atqndutajuod [[e) srsyjo pue |

Ud} SPIEMO} BDUA *punols |/G1of [[eUIs e Ose st a10y) aay

peo. ay) ‘sn arojaq SutieMmo} sure} jsnodownu a4} wWosy pornooad Jang |oy} uo xayem passed ‘Q010J 9S1C]

-unou Ysry Ar9A 4PROWIp jou yng ‘juepunqe je Suiduteoua toy punorS yusromng

‘AGM OTOYM 9} STI Suowe peoysosioy pue spewed yJoq Loy ose10,q "Zaalyey & Woy Tayem pooy| C6 | ¢ | g | ‘ueuumns

“MY -t-700,7 | 6

| |

“pe am se Ayyenpers Sutpusose [Surduresue oy} «eau sqniys Ap |‘emaqg paleo aseyqtIA e@ ye peor |

‘sInoy / UI sjoured uspey Aq poystidutodoe sem

Gory “Yoreut 94} Jo pus oY) [[ punois uoyo1q pur J[NOMPIp AoyJeA 19A0 Juadsap 10 yUadSe Aay}I0 ‘sadoys |

jdnaqe Aue qnoyitm shay[ea uUTeJUNOUL Jo UOTssadoNs v poly} 0} ponuNuoD peor oy, ‘Woes a10M SOSPTIIA

1O spreyy Wor sjysty pue ‘Zaciyey e wor rayem jo Aqddns nyyuayd e sem osay} a1oyM ‘YSInusdeuNy

peyjeo “ods @ 0} saytu G soy AopyeA oy} poepusose pue ‘aS108 urejunour saqjoue our peuiny ulese

‘pooS pros fsoqru Se tof sqqty Ayoy pue snojtdroasd yo o8uere Sunatys urerd & Uo payonogap ue} ‘ature

JOJ s[[iy Suoue Ley yuowdureoua *Yo1eUl ay} uo passed *‘qualoyyns

jse] INO Suravey 1eye peol eyy, jawos ySnoy} Guewduesue ayy |uaudureous asiey @ 1O¥ punoiy)

"RLIDYO OY} paT[eo Wieasjs [Tews @ jAvau UOTeANTND opy17 AtOA § [NIN ‘yuepunqe pue

Jo ueq oy} uo st yuomdueous ay f|-uatd sasioy pue sjaues toy aSeiog |poos weo.ys Suruuna e wo. wyeAM! OT | F | SL f “TIMIIMN| g

*20URISIP JOIST & WOAJ aTQISTA ose (4 avapunjsy) ‘mopundg

pay[eo ureyunou asiey pue Ayo, Aiaa e Mozaq Ayoyetpomut st yuamdureoue yuesoad ay} pure ‘peol ay}

JO YInos oy} 03 41 IJoT aM ‘“Aep-0} passed sea sayoieUl 9ai4} yse] ay} Sulinp o[qista useq sey YoryM ureyuNoUE

paye[Nsul aoe] e ‘UepZ00g IqoY ey, *Yoreut ay} Jo tapureurer oy} Suranp Sutusour [Ty s0jvenb dAoge oq}

MO1J MOTG 0} penuUoS pue “uooU Jaye OM} 10 INoY Ue dn oS A[qeeAUL Jsoul[e Yep sty. Woy Yor

‘puIM “AA "N Suoys ev fq paseoioul yont Suraq «noqey stey} ‘ayyeo ay) oJ auo SurnSyey Ara v paaoid

Goleu oy y, *s}Uai10} ureyunour Jo speq Arp ey} Aq soaetd Aueut ul possoios pue 4[NoyFrp pue MosieU

saovyd amos ur Suteq yyed ayy ‘uolyeAaya ayerapour jo sity Jo oSuei v paraqua ureyd ay} Jo UOMVUIUIIG} 94} 42

Tay], “S}Ue110} e[qusapisuos om} Jo spaq Arp ay} puodeg odejsqo Aue ynoy}IM saTIUt outU ynoqge aoy uterd

[ede] prey eB ssoioe spay 31 jutod sty} puodeq peor ay} Jo YIA0U ay} 0} spied porpuny Maj e% punoy st Sutids

T[eUls & QoUeISTP YOIYM 7e ‘saTIUT ao14} JNOGe LOY ayeLOMO[5U09d Jo s{[Iy MOT Suowe asinos snonjio} v pans

-Ind peos oy} JaAt1 oy} puodag {4ueI10} snonjedut ue jo Ysn1 ay} uIejsns 0} soul} Je Sutavy jo syreut ey} | yz; Z| OZI\** “preartoy ‘Aqne

yySsno1ig

*SUOIIPAIISG() [e1IUay “Jud UI k : : *sa0etd

pue ‘sity caeaadh eget jo ainjen -dueoug ioj punoin pue raze M SPA |"SUa SLIN Suey | ‘eed

| ——| Jo sauieN

*SYIVULI IY | *saoueysiqy

ae Ee ee a EEE

‘sattddng pure asei04

[No. 146.

Route from Candahar

128

94} 0} SaTIUI [e1aAes Woes ale pure ‘aSueI oy} UT pepnpout oie ‘yysooSue-fung por[ed syed atqeyseutos 94}

‘YoreUT JO 9UTT INO 0} JoTTeIed suNA ‘URTLINSNY-1-700,J Je eUTD aM YOIYM Jo pus oy} UO sTIIY Jo UleYyo oy,

“PeOL YRAIN | OY} JO SYULG oy} OF SoTIUL /z% 10J spua}xe YoryM urerd Joao, prey oy} uodn siajua peor ot}

ATTUL YIJJOA\} OY] ye pure ‘Aj[MOTBIp JNoyIIM passoio st ‘Zoolyey Anqasiey] Woy soir Usssfo YM JOUr sy]IY

MOT JO aSWeA PUODas & S$ soTTUT OM} JNOGe LOY PUNO PROL OY} YOM YSnosyy ‘sypIYy Jo asus pesoni S10A Inq MOT

% paiajua vay) ‘punos8 Suyepnpun 19A0 Suissed peos Jo sojlW ANOJ ys1y oY], “ULYaP-I-YLYD peje 1o}yem Jo

Surads ay} avou 10 ye ‘Youre JO OUT] INO OJUL UIESe sT[e} pue ‘peqeyn[Nog Je peor Yen oY} sessoto

‘ueyaoyy Aq sassed a { yoivut

sty} uo Aqted ano Aq poydope yey} «sutzoy Aue uo saitddns . *9d10J OGLE] &

JO pAVMYWON ay} 0} st JelaPT |[[PS 0} SuryIm jou syuezqeyur jo yuowdurvoua oy} 10} ured Jaaary

01 aurt styy Aq SuroS syeyeo joy} yng ‘aeau uoNRsty] Nd pue sasey ‘yuouldweoue

Aq pejdope Ajuowmo0s prol au, [IA ‘[HyQuetd sseiS pue essemopr| ue IO} loyeM poos jo souepuNnqy

"Sse J OY} SUISSOLD UI PLO OY} JO Yay pue JYSII oY} 0} asta

‘997 NOOO] 18 pareut}sa Suteq vos oY} Jo ToAsT oY} EACGe JYSIoy aroy} ‘stry Ayo] Alaa Ssosimoo-teyeM ay}

aSuriy seysng Auew pure ‘sary yonfunyy yy peyyutids Ayyorg] ore s[pry eseyy ‘sade y[NoYIp e10ur oy}

sso10e Woy} Seip 0} poatnbas aq pnom Ajred Burysom Suoys ve stqeqoid st 41 usy) usde pur ‘uo pajiodar

pue peaosdurt useq pey peor oy} TIT} sseq T[LY siqy dn petszeo aq you pynoys Aayy ‘oynoa sryy Aq SUNS SUIIQ 0}

Aaessadeu a19M JJ “shep om] ul Apowes 10 oAOUIad Jou JYSIU s1sdU0Tg jo Aueduod v Jo noqey ey} Yory

peOt OY} UO BfIeISqo OU st a1ay} INq $a[quotjoRsd you st aye}syuesoid s}I UL peor oy} Lro][YAW AOJ Ssinoy /

ut wey} Aq poyst{dutosoe useq Suraey youeut oy} ‘paouatiedxe st AyMowgip opyqty yystpsep Aq “Quorueauoout

Araa yy Siu fq sseg sty} Suissois puy prnom sjeweo uepey *Auojs AroA sooetd oulos ur pue ‘s}Ua110} Jo speq

snosoumna Lq passord “uayo1q YONW sseq OY} 1040 peOl OYJ, “poyovar st zaoiyey panmosny [I Teaoy ATqe

-19]0} SANUIJUOS Pros OY} puL {seTIM F LO G 0} JNO sUapIA AaTTeA ay} o10y ‘soysna pue ‘soysnq ‘sseis Suoy Aq

umoisiaao ATajaTdu0o wWro.tjs v JO poq oY} UI PUNO} SI Joye odors aq} JO JOO} oY} Spiemo} puUe ‘spuddsop

uey} yjyed ey, ‘poures st punois Suiduieoue ysey ey} JNoge jae ONZL MF 24 O}F pesoddns st yorym

sseq aU Jo WWUMs oq] ‘UULINSNy-1-100,q wos sop Fo Jo aouL}sIpP ay} JY ‘opts Joy}I0 UO syvod possn. pur

Ayjoty Aq popunog ‘aptm saTIut Z *punois jueseid ino

0} oyIti e jo Fe wos Aapyea ule} | Jesu UVOT}VATI[ND amos st slat} ‘juoloyns Inq “1epNso1

-UNOUW B JO BSINOD ay} SMOTIOJ pue | sayojed peyoejop UL ‘poy eAvy | -dT JUoWdMLoUe ao1L] v OJ pUNOIN

PIOMISO AA OY} OF SUINY UAT} ‘SoTIUI | 0} [Te Vises sjUR}IqeyUT ay} ynq ‘yuepunge

OMI INOGe LoJ uOTWDaITp AJoYWON | ‘dues oy} wa sade|IA yeloAes | pue Pood ZaaIyeY oY} Wodj toyeM) 6S

eB sansind peor ay) ueuinsny | ole olay y, ‘a0TeOs JoyyeI sseis

-1-J00 J Sulsvayioipy ‘peoryfnoytp y| ‘sjeureo ay} 10j essemof jo Ajuay

—

——— nt eel

*‘SUOT}VAIOSGQG [e19Ud4) : *JUdUI

pue ‘s{[IF] ‘siaa1y ‘peoy jo oinyeny sorjddng pur ode104 -dureoug] lof punoin pue 19}e AA

——— ee EE CE ES

*SHAVUIA YY

pe ee

Cll; Gj SI

él FP | 06!

‘SPA ‘SUT | "STH

—_—_—_— << -

‘pre MOT

peed

yulayays ai

*Z9014e ¥

pana fieg

piemioy7q} “Ayne

"sodeL J

SuIye Ey

| JO sate Ny

‘ayeqd

*saoueysiqy

129

to Herat.

1844.)

*Aytind pue ssoutva]o }sajeo15 ay] Jo 1ayeM oy] f aysurys Jo peq ayy, ‘anoy sod soziurt Sy quarmnd ayy

Jo Aj190]aA 9y} £4903 Fz, Suteq yyda

quiod ay} 7% UOsvas sIy) 3e YIPeaiq

S}] ‘SyooM 10} ATTeUOISeI00 syueq

S}I UO paulejap Ssuteq sueAvied

$ptdea AJaULdI} XO 9q 0} pres st JUII

-1Nd 9} poop ur ueym pure ‘sjood

p }sajvais oy ‘spared CE paaddxe JOU pIp 41 passo1d JUaTIyOeJep ay} say

UVY} JUBLINXNT aloul Suleq sseis

"201898 [ONT ‘apts 19qj0

ay} uo Ayazyerpoututt sinjsed puy pue ‘asvo YIM IaAIL ay} POF pynod

a[yeo poop jo sauty ur ydaoxa yng ‘YYsIID Suravsy, aours uses Aue

—— , ——-| —| pomueg

9gI; 4 LEG) °° ‘pxemsoy

daap pure spider oyeuieye surmsioy jay} “uUepuNqe st 41 e104} pue “IQATI BY} GAOGe Yueq Ysty |

‘aejnseadit Alaa SI pag eyy, ‘ssed | ‘asanod sjI Joyred styj ye Yueg yotT joy} UO ayqeanooid od10J a5.uRT

0} AMI UR LOJ 9UO JNOYIP Jsour | ey} UO ST puNnois polsyem MOT oY, |e Jo JuaTIdMROUa 9} OJ puUNoID

2 aq poop jo seulIy Ul JsNUt | J9ATI OY} apIs sty} UO [NJtWUETd oq *1OATA

YOIYM JOA B ‘Ye, 94] poplog |JOU p[NOM ad10J ase] e AO aSeIOT\ aq} Wor Azund yeats Jo sisyeAy! cH | ¢E [peor

yesin J ey}

°0} pepntye go4ued zt él

quiod ayy puokeq surtd] se yuo |

pojurod st ‘ayqeiapisuod oq 0} pres

SI YOIYA Jo sonpoid ay} ‘acyy

uooyy-l-elinq popes Aalyjea YW ‘skep autos 10} paroyyes Ajaja{duioos uaaq

‘yoieut | peg jsaaiey oy] ‘uemooryg ye { pedeas usaq ysnf pey yeayM jo ploy e

INO JO YNOs oY} 0} sat] Ynrayeyg | Guaeyays yy “pajoezjoo oq yystu Aue ue 107 satyddns yensed ‘weans

pue eSe|[IA siq} useajoq jurod |styy Jo syueq oy} uo sjods yuatueauod ye paysi{qejso Aue ue Jo Youeu

eye ssem sunoofoid aqeyremas | oy} 0} A[snoraaid a19M sjodap Jt yey} ‘payqnop oq jouues yy“ [yTUaTd |

ALOA @ YIM ‘sy[IY Jo osuer ysry y| aaa pue deays sem yiniy *Ay]NOZTIp NoYWA o1ey parnooid o1aMm Aqied

“YIM yout AT}UaNbely o19M UOI}eA |INO Loy uTeIs Jo satddng ‘wees oy} UMOP soTIU OF ‘Yeung se ivy |

-1}[N19 pUk Sasinod-1o}eM syUeq sr |se aAljoNpord pure o{NaAay ATTenbe

0} JuIOd S1q} Wor pue “aATA ay} JO | st AoTTeA oy} ‘powAOJUT o1e OA ‘TOOL aTdMe WAY] UIOI, 9dUL}

[los [elany[e oy} uo owed om se | *juIOd sty} Je UOTFAT}[ND Yonw pue |-sIp [jews e ye yng ‘sase{[IA ayy

YIM JOU sem puUNoIS Suneyupun |sasejp1s WIM poop Apyoryy Area | .eau soansoyoue pur sosinod-19}eM

A}WYSI[s usy} ‘ured yaaa, prey e |‘aie 9M YOTYM UO peor YRaIng ayy Aq uayoig yusuidwmeoue I0oJ punoin

JaA0 passed peot oY} soIU Ua} IO JO syueGq oY], ‘asesoy yuepunqy “UOTJLSIAIL 1OJ speued snodowNN}| e71| Z | SI meee S| él

*poule}loose Suloq uorjisod aray} pojuedard ‘ut Sutsoyo yYSiu jnqg ‘oSuvs oy} Aapun Woes Os[e 919M SIATT]O OM} .

SANOG JO OSeTI[IA OY} pojenyis st YOIYM Jo oH108 oy} ur ‘payearns <[YSry aq 0} pres ‘Aoqea ve Surumoy prem | ggy| 1 123] °° (PABMIOy

-YJNOS 9} 0} SULI9I S[[TY ay} “WYsoosue-fung oY} JO Jsom OY} O} SO[TUL May BSind90 aSURI 9} UI Yeaiq W “JOT yonorg | “Aine

*suUOTJeAIASGC) [ele ; = ‘qua oN Sie a. *sa0Rlq

pur ‘sqprpy ‘sioary pay Riera sotjddng pur asriog -dureougy 107 punory pur x07 AV SPA SUd|"SIN| Sunrery | ‘aed

ne EA TE Se Dein echt ca PE a3 f= Pema sees ae Sen) pelle: Saket are Pe Nn Re ee 8 -| Jo samen |

“SY.IVWIIY *saouvISsICy

[ No. 146.

Route from Candahar

130

910} @ 0} Sod Suoljs v proyye uory

~1sod 1194} WO1J pfnom pue ‘peor

84} 0} esojo yoeoidde saoetd ur

yorym yng ‘uoIRsata yea1s ou Jo

SITY YSnoiyy spurm 41 Jo aed ye

‘J@A8] pue poos Ajye19uUa9 ‘peor ay], poosd sasioy pur sjawed 10 aSvi0,q|[e19Aes Wolf Ja}eM JO sduUepungy] cer] {| 0Z

-}sISUOD SaHeTIIA SUOTVATTND YSty jut peordara A[1tau1of ‘sazaareyy

Jo atqrdaosns Ajjueredde st pue |sno1tswnu oy} Jo a9yem Woy Ays

‘teyem yim pattddns Atdue st po |-aeut sayyes url] sty} ye st ureyd au}

-dureoue a1 9M yory uo ureyd ayy |pue ‘aydue yuamduteous IO} punoiy

"201808 [ONY ‘JUepunqe pue *SoZ20IN CY

891; 9

96%) °° “pleM10}

== |S pane9

‘peqezApy SI

‘SUIDTJOU YOM WOIJINIIsqo ou si 9.104} “19430 ay se YOOUIS Os Jou Ajjeiauas ySnoyy ‘yoryn

Uo ‘ajNod Jasuoy oy} SMoYs posozue yey) Yyey e pue aTtuL ev ynoge st aouLysIp UI ddUaIeyIp ayy { AloT [AV

YS] Joy oqqeorjoeid yb pasepuas aq yYSrur 11 juawtaaoidurr a[}41] @ YIM fsfaures uapey 10j I_MOMZIp oq

prnom yorym adojs daays ayy Aju Surjdeoxe ‘1ayjo oy} ueY} 10}}0q pue 1o}I0Y$ st We 2} 0) yey} ‘peurme

-X9 919M Sajnol Yo ‘sjauveo

uape] oy] Ay uaye} sem JUSTIA ay}

0} a0 ay} ‘sooqed uapey] pue usw

-asioy a4} Aq paMmoy[oj sem jueose

daajs yng yzoys vf ][IY e Jo aoRy

ay} dn Sutpeay yet ayy 0} 1ey)

‘punois Sunyeq 94} 0} Sulpeay

Speol OM} ale o1aq} ‘YaI00y¥

-l-qy wo soy So, yy *Auojs

pue

“Sutpusose Ayenpess peor youeut

24} JO Jsal oY} se punod STP]

"19}@M Jo [ood v sem ‘peoy Yyeting

24} WolJ souRjsip sayiu Sc] ye

Yorym ul ‘spaad Jo [[nj weeajs ure}

-UNOUL ¥ JO paq at} SaTIUL BUIOS OJ

peded} pue ST[IY MOT paseque us]

‘YURq IAAI 9Y} WOT] SayIut xIs 10J

UONVAN[ND pUe UOeSILIT L9WI0;

JO saoery, ‘ureyd jade] Auojs prey

*SUOIJBAIASGQ [elauax)

pue ‘sT[tpy ‘slaaly ‘peor jo ainjen

OS SS ES ES SS SS SS,

*poos jusuidueoua 10; punoig, ‘asinoo-10}eM

24} JO paq ay} ur A[snotacid sjjam Sursstp Aq paseasour oq yySrut

Ajddns ayy (‘yauuooy-1-qny ye ose) o1ezy ‘Aue ue Jo sjueM 9} JOy

ddFNs UEY) BOW JOU PyNOM aied Atosd YYIM Aydduns oy} doezd sty) 3e

pue ‘1ayem oy} Surynqjod pue pnw oq3 dn Suraarys wosy yurap 0} Sut0s

speutiue juadaid 0} ajIsInbai aie spaenr) *punoid yos ut sSurads WL

“1B9U UOIJLATI[NI 10 sesey[IA ,painooid st iayem arayM aseo

ou “juerinxny Aad asinod-t9}eM Jo | Aue UI paaput to ‘auo aSiey e YIM

peq ey} UI UOI}eJOS0A GuepuNnqe |4nq ‘ad10J |TeMIs v 10y afdue pue

YSuor JeyMowos peor ayy |sasioy pue sewed 10} YJoq eseiog|‘Sutds wos poos Apqesaoy sayeay| ZT | 2 | zt jess s‘ueyare

J = ED

‘repnsait A1ad punois)

*punois Surdutesue |*pajsem s19yeM 04} 10 ‘speutue Aq

OY} 1eaU UOTJVAN}[ Nd JO seSe]IA ON Usppo.r} Sutog sosinod-191eM ay} Jo

*sseis Jo Ajddns /paq yos ay} yuadasd 0} Aiessaoau

‘2 ploye prnom ‘asodind oy} J0f [eq pynom suoyneaard asinod Jo ynq

/Pearasad Jt YOIYM Jin} Jo Mopeomt |‘Aq1ed yews ano 10y pooyyns Ayd

[jews e uo paoeyd yuoudueous |-me Surids oy], ‘amOsaToyM jnq

@ SostoAel} peor OY} SATU FT 1OJoyT, “yUoroyyns spowred Loy ede10,q|‘poos X19 you Surids ev wiosy raze AQ | QC @€11z}°°°* ‘yeu

OOF-gny

981} £ | LEZ\°* {premsoy 91

qysnolg “Ase?

: *}ueur 5 : : "sa0Rl

sor[ddng pue efei04 -dwieoug 10j punory pure ssje yy | SPA'S9A)| ST sunjey | ‘aeq

— = — ———_—_—. —_——-—— |- —_—-—-- | Jo sowen

*SHIVULI AT *saoUeysT]

—_—_—_———nenenmnk ree eee

131

to Herat.

1844.]

aM uaya ‘peor Surpura e Aq sopttu Fo Surpusose

pay[aaei} 9M YIM AoAo “uaose oTJUes e YIM urerd Auo}s

-19A0 04} Wor AYsxeM sv YOTYM Jo YONuL ‘pur, poyesit oy} SurAve] Jayy “pojunoulins oq 0} sey

sseq [Ty ynowip @ Yyoreu ey} Jo uoryod yorym uo

p[NoMm jUeMlasuesle siyy f ayqeyeyedun you 31 punoy pue

saryedas oy} ynq ‘YysTyoVIq oq 0}

pres sem 1ayeMm oT, “salut J] Jo

Yoiewm e& Suryeu ‘ase1oj Jo souep

-unge st aieq} alaym ‘yremogil

-OYY peaaipaq st 41 pepjeo wree.)s

ay} ye Wey Usy} WYSIUL yy «= “soTTUL

f JNoge yore oy} us}oys pynom

yorym ‘premyytou oy} 0} ureyd

TEMZQNG ay} jo purl poezeorst

pue ‘UOTJeATII[ND 9Y} JO 9519A 9Y}

0} punois asueyo jYSIU 9d10J &

‘g1ay) poedureoua yt jt peqeiops FT

WoL “41 4du1a}7e plnoys eo10; ou

‘qoreUl J[NIWIp pue Sumsyey y

-UNX) pa][e@d asin0d-1e}VM Be JO paq oY} UT puNo} aie

yey} ‘aovejd azodoid 94} Ul padtjou ueeq jou sey 4]

ure}d ay} uo passed am wearjs Ap1ay}I0U Jsour oy} © P

Z901YeY SIY oy} Je Ussoyd sem puNoIs SuTyeYy nO

ue a[qeue plnom ‘AIIUTOTA S}t UL 10 ‘sovTd Sty} 4e P

OM JOY} OUI S[[eF YAP] 0} OJNOI UlayyNos IJ,

“qed FT WoIy

Suryoevoidde Aue we jsurese

sseq oy} puejap 0} Surystm

"sUOTJEALOSGQ) [e1OUED

pue ‘s][tP{ ‘stoary ‘peoy Jo ornjeny

es eS ED RS ES LS

yey} pue wemzqng jo Aatjea ay}

useMjoq Uses saseitIA Aue are

peopul Jou ‘I9ATA OY} Jeau sjUe}

-IqeyUl JO UOTJEANTND Jo susIS ON

yorya Suoure ‘soysng pue sMOT[IM

Aq poesuliy Suteq Jaa 94} jo

ponuruo0d pue ‘sTjIy pasajue uey} ‘so[lut xIs Joy | E61 0 | 6IE** ‘ple M10}

prey e UO oUeo ‘sazaalyey OY} JO Surmoy |—— ——|—— pelieg

‘TOAII 8} 0} soTIu Jazzenb e@ pue Wades dAvOIT |

‘meed}s oY} JO YUIp SleoTyo ay} jo oWOS puUe |

‘TE[NGIAIT Aayyel yng ‘4jueT

-dueous ue 10} punois yuaryjng |

"soptur $8] |

ye ulese JoyeM pure ‘peor UO soTIW |

‘"WIOFT JO iQ] ssegq oy} Jo doy ay} ye Sunds y |

*dd10} & 1OJ YUSTOWYNS ‘peq

-ezXfzyT JO avoURAPe UI SelM C] |

Wesijs B Je pUNOJ osye sem 191" AV |

“yoreut oy} uo peqezAFy |

‘pa |e juoudureoue imo Jo *NV sazIur

-yooT]0o oq Aew pooM Alp yonu |Fe Zeaiqey eye juepunqge punoj

Sem Jovem ‘pouotjuem Apealye sy

*Aytyenb

paq ay} “juepunge ony pue asei0q'yuaT[eoxe Jo JaAII oy} WoIy 19}eM| CZ, Z| GG **** “puny

‘-Snipy ayy

‘govid 19wW10J 94} Wory soprur $7, ye urese pue ‘sapiu F ye ULs|Np Jo yueg 7 1Z

joyem jo sjood ‘peqezAP] pue ueyor-1-yeyo uw2aeMjaq

‘yuouldweoue Jussaid Ano Jo adULAPe UT SoTIU Fe SI

JEMYINOS OY} Wooly SuroueApe uretd oy} UO YIM Jour

‘sattddng pue aseio.g

*SyAUIO IY

sureyd SIq} JO SOURAPE UT SOYDILUL BUTOSTIO} OY} SUIIA}

-unooua alojeq skep Maj @ 1OJ ATI}VI OY} JINDAL pue yey 0} LeYyepuey Wo Je1ofy Uo Suroues pe Aue |

aysi{qeyso sorpddns 10; yodep @ pue ‘aeazqng ye pensind |

*Ja\SIUIP, OWI oY} JO uos Jsapja oy} ‘AryUNOD oy} UI

JoMONFUt Jsiy ayy Jo uet e Aq pousoAos st ‘yons se pue Yerapy JO Wophury yuosaid ayy JO JOUsIp JSeqorI

ayy A[juaUIUMe Jou JI Ysayor1 ay} Jo auo poyndas st JeMzqng jo soutaold 94} [[Ys Sased oy} MOU SI ULI} JU9}x9

Joyeals Yon e 0} poyeatj[no pue ‘payepndod A;Wory) Useq sey ‘sop g yNoge JuRISIp “TeMZqng sev ivf se ured

a[OYM oy} pue ‘snoJamINU aie pa

-Yor}ye suapres PUNO YIM [Tea 2

£q papunosins sasnoy Moy ® Jo Sut

“o}SVM O} UNI 0}

pelayns useq SuIAeY uoTyeAT {ND BOT 9 | 96z|pxemsoy qq} “AINE

"udu } sour q|ssyqy | S20%ld

-dweoug 1oj punoin pue 1oye AA SPX ‘SUSU | Sunjeyq | ‘area

ee ——_——_| Jo soweny

*saoueisiq

a a a a ne SaENIEEE REE a a

[Ne. 146:

Route from Candahar

132

JO OPIS 1aY}O 9} UO UOTJVATO O[QeJapIsuod Jo si[Ty Jo asus ve SutddojsaA0 rey uses are AWUNOD Yornezeyy

dy} JO SUIeJUNOU JURIsIP ey} SY YeYsoo(-I-Yoy oy} payye ‘s][Ty Jo esues Sutuaastoqur ue Aq pareeduoo Jyasyt

8G1} G | Z29g|** “‘Preasoy

st {j10 ay} yng “Yeiozy Jo Aa] [eA 0Y} Jo aed yeots 19A0 sasuet aha 9Y} JUIOd siyy Wor ‘da pop st iayem |——|—~—|——] pate

yim yt patyddns Ajrowsoj yorya Zoaiqey ay} yng ‘pag YeYyg-1-Teleg ay} Woy saz [T oge ‘pooeq J90~|{

-I-18.19G BY} pof[ed ‘IelosuRARIO & ‘yseg ezoy |

passed a Aq *399} QQ0Z peinqoeluoo ey} Wolf sayiw g ‘poorq Jeaut

SI jl Surf[ey ‘yo1eut ey} Jo pue -I-INOFT 94} Ieou zaaiyey e OsTy

aq} 0} JUadsep panulju0d pue “punols Surjjey yseyT Ino Woy |

Iensai ynq jenpeis e paoueu *AyIO sopimt Sp aayem jo Sutids e passeg

-W109 usy} JI ‘punois Suidureoua |ey} wo soyim S wey} a1ou you "QD1OJ HALT B |

JSt— INO aAoge 4aeJ OOL JNoqe |pue Yesozy Jo AaTyTeA ay} Ul MOU |JOJ 19}eM 0} Ss9d0e YM ‘uapIes |

JO UOTBAoTA Uk SUIUIe}e ‘soTTUL jAIV AAA ‘saHeTTIA SNOAWINU WOIy jay} spiIsjno Wool Jo aouepuNqy |

‘peg Yeyg jo reseg oy} Sutave] uCisseis ‘qnjruoyd sjaureo 10} essemor'jo spauueyd yeloyie snoromnN] OIZ, O | 1% |°°°* “W8e:

“Yo1ewl Sq} Jo Jred 4siy oy} 0} TaTyexed sayrut g AjrvoU AoJ sun “yuauIduIedUA ye] INO o}1soddo yozoy ayy, g%

AjOyeIpowMU puNysNApY IY} OFUL sT[PJ YOryM ‘znxy-1-peoy sy J *AsoT[AY LoJ opqvonoead ajtnb yng “Y{Nouztp

seoetd autos ur pue ‘feuojs peor ayy, “AM V[OYA OY} S9OUL]SIp JUSTUBAUOD ye PUNO} se JoyeM pure ‘YIIeUT

eq} noysnoiqy Ajustd pedsasqo *a]NOJ sIy} UO ‘papueut

SEM 9SVIOT “VAS BY} VAOGE 4oaJ -W0D 918 S{{IY Suowe spunois

00G9 10 ‘punysnipy aq} pessoid om Suidmeoue oy} [Je peapuy *paem

aleyM jods ay} uey} JaysIy 40} -jseq oy} 0} TITY e Aq papueut

OOGL ITMJ eq 03 posoddns paurry ‘ajqeind |-moo pue ie[NsedIt Jaye st 41

-ye UOTVATa OY} ‘s{[Iy Suoure |-o1d uoydts9sap Aur jo sortddus oN |Quatoygns juauidmeoue J0J punoiy

quaose panutjuod auo SI prot ay} ‘juepunqe pur *Te19S-I-NY 9}

‘punysnipy oY} WO’, SIU G[ 10,J poos sasioy pue sjauIed JO} asvsOJ JO JUOA, UI Weajs e Wo J9yeA,| C6I| E | ZZ | ‘Pea Yeys

‘suns Adeay 10y Asva Ao}eIOpOUT JI 9HLUI 0} ANOJ 10 9a1Y} 1OJ pure ‘alqeoy -T-1R1ag a6

-oeid yr ayeu oj Aep & 10j sigauorg jo Aueduioo v Jo ANOge] oy) eAINbaI prnom pue ‘snonjz10} pue Ayx0I

‘daajs st punysnipy ey} jo AaTyea aj OJUL yUaoSap OY], “AEMLZQNG Jo [edo] ay} aaoge 199F KOC] paisep

-ISUOD SUIAg poyIVat UOTCAae aq} “Wuadse 4YST]s AaYIANJ & St a1oy} UayM ‘ssoioe satim $7, pur] a[qe} oy],

89S 8Y} JO [as9] 9Y} AAG" AYSIeY UI 490 YEO‘O] pee2xXe 0} pospnf oie YoryM Jo sjimuIns ay} ‘pivagseny

24} 0} aso syvad YSIp] “19}eM Jopun A][eUOIsed00 Sutaq jo adueieadde ay} Sutivaq pure ‘saysnq

pue speer yyIm peoids A[yory) soouauiwa moy fq pepuNodins ‘uIseq AoYIeA IO ‘pur, a[qe} e payoroa £61} O | BIE *s premio} f

yysnoig “(ue

*SUOTJLAIOSGGQ [eleuer ’ "yUaUt : : ang | S291

pue cai Manolis (pn0% senna sorddng pue eseiog -dweoug 1oj punoiy pure 1a} AA SPAN S"A)sTIN| Sanrepy | caieq

i a 2 Pe) ee) Se a i a | - —_ —_ —_-] Jo somey

“sy ew

*saourysicy

133

to Herat.

1844.]

jo syjea ay} ‘stepres posojoue

pue ‘pajlesop pue ssafool mou

aie YDIYM UL sasnoy sy} jo sour

JO [[e@ ‘SaseT]IA JO UOIssadons v

ysno1g} sassed peor ay} ‘Aj10 ay}

0} ‘1dAT1 OY} Ieau pue sMOpLoUT

oy}? uo jyueutdmvouea ino Wor lo[Mdoy st yeloZy punosr Aay[ea oy],

‘gyejosap pue ajseM Sut, punol

Ayjunod ay} ‘und & UeY) Ja}aq

apy st Ajto aq) mou Sdeayo pue

{njiyyueyd ysout aq 0} sAemye pasn

sivaA Axeulpio ul uade sattddns

‘payeaAly[N. ueyM aaAtJonpoid pue

ajqeurejqo st Ajddns oydue ue

asals JO BUI} UT *12A0 payoie UOT}

-ONA}SUOd pros Jo A1uUOseUT Jo SAIOA

-19SA1 HILT UI PIi0}s SY “YoIIp

aq} sso.uoe SUIUUNI sysno.1y Uapoom

yim ‘s}jonpenbe Aq 19att ay} WoIy

iayem YM porddns st 40 eyL) O8T; O | €

‘aSpliq 94} Jo pus 19q}I10

punol Summoy youeiq e ‘pamog ALaUIIOJ 4 YOIYM Ul poq oy} pajsesap Ay[eILed sey osye aeata ayy § UOT}

-eptde[ip years Jo ajv4s & UL SI a1NJONIJs afoyM oy} pue ‘parley JoyjesoI[e aAeY soyore oy} JO ooLy], “AOATA

ay} pouueds Aj1autioj azis Tenbeun jo sayoie snoleuinu Jo aspliq Aepusait plo ue $punwyazy oy} Jo yey} 0}

lorezut Apyeois suvodde 19aaMmoy 4I UI 1a}eM Jo Apog 9} ‘sso10 0} 4[NOWFIp A[Sutpaeoxe pue daap st radars

2} ‘poop jo uosees oy} UT “UOT

-eSli1it jo asodind ay} 10J uoseas

SIq} 78 YO uMeIp SI 1a}eM 9} Jo

uoljiod yeais e ‘inoy ied ayiu

FL jo Ajtooyaa ev Sutaey juesino

Sdaep sayout QT pue aprm spied

OF oq Aew jsosiey, oy} ‘sjauueyo

eyeredas [eiaAes UI SUNI JSATL

24} YOIyM 19A0 Spaq AySutqs

OpIm e ‘pooy WePT 9Y} paps0,j|-u0d Jo Mopeow ve f[njyUuatd ases0g|‘atdue yuowduieoue soy punory Of | 2% | P

‘sly Yoj}oog YIM pojuetd uaepres edo & sI YSeq Yozoy oy],

*AjID ay} JO SIVZEQ 9Y} JO YORI UIGIIA ‘Je1o ZZ. Uo] yUeISIP

sa]Iut ¢ ynq st Jods sty 7,

yeas @ quasaid YW “uolyeATy[NO Jo

ISIMIIG}IO IO adUasqe ayy UO ATTe

_|-tzayeur puedep prnom essemol so

Ayyuenb ayy, *sseas Ayddns prnom

yueq JaAlI ay} UO 2ZIs aTqeiapts

“UOIyeAYTND Japun aq urese “{y1m ATqeqoad

pue ‘ueeq sey Gory ‘ajseM 0} uN

0} pedeyns uaaq sey pury jo [eop

‘dureo asivy &

JO} JoyeMm Surystuiny ur yueruea

-u0d 9q p[NOM JaATI 9} Woy

SuIpeay uUoljyestiit 10J spauueyo

0 | OLE) *+ ‘premio;

—|——|——|_ pemueg

eevee ‘ayexy

reyepuey

aq} ‘yeaazy CZ

‘pooy te

joyurg "yl FZ

*poos 19ze AA

-Ajnevaq pue azis jeals Jo Mou

*I[LY 8Y3 JO Joo ayy wor AeM VTOYM oY}

poos st peor ayy, ‘aandaoap aq Avu aouvivadde siq} ‘ured ay} aaoqge pajeaata A[qeiepisuos st pooeq

J9IW-T-1B19g ay} Se ING ‘YSTY 99} QOO‘PT 10 ZL 9q 0} COULISIp sIq} WOL Aeadde surejunow asoyy, ‘Aa[Tea ayy

*suOTJeAIASGGC) [e1ate4)

pue ‘sT[r Py ‘staal ‘peoy jo ainjen

Cn eS ee

‘sattddng pue oseiog

"syIewls yy

ne ee

en | CO

"yUauI

-duvoug 10j punory pure raze Ay

SSI} S| Z9E|"* ‘paemusoy| “ApOr

Wsnoig

"908

“Spx S07 SIN sain ‘aye

jo some ny

ee ee

*saoueysiqy

[ No. 146.

‘soq—'ji ansind 0} 10 Apnys 0} wey} peay Aew aspayMouy jo aAoy 10 ‘Aynp 10 4seto}UI asoym ‘uew

DyHuElas ay} pue ‘ArezI[IUL 94} “JUeYyoLAUT ay} “1a][9AeI] OY 0} OYITe sesOJUL S}T UO YALMAA Jou paau am pue {yeunor ay) Jo pos *d ye ‘gor ‘oN

‘XI [0A ut doded s,Ayjou0g prempg "ynory Surduedmoooe dep oy} uo paoesy oq wed ajnoy a]qenyjeA sty} yey) ‘pug [IM siapear INQ—"ALON

‘slaoulsuq ‘ureydeg

‘SUHONVS GuvMagq (‘paubig)

"atquotjoead ynq ‘peq | sgt

Asa st pue “no u1om a}Inb st posed useq sey peos ay} ‘umMOIY) ae soSpiiq snolosuep 10 pleMyMe pue mor |——

-JVU ‘YOIYM JO aWOS 19A0 ‘sasInod ‘goueos S19A °O% ‘ULeIS

-19}eM snoiewnu Aq passoio osye | {yuepunqe si sasioyg puesfoured 10y

SI pvol ayy, *paAoijsap 10 pay[ty jaseiog ‘pouinjer aaey WOYM Jo

Ajjeiaues saat ay} pue ‘umop |ay ‘suetsiag oy} Aq sjueyqequt “a0eJANS 94} MOTI

umoiny Ayyenaed useq eavy yoryn jo jdams uaeq Sutaey Aoppea oy} |300) PL 0} ZT Woy Snp sjjam wor | gsi] go | OLE ** {pre s.toy : C7,

WSnoig ‘Ane

= So]LUL [eI],

Route from Candahar to Herat.

ee ee

“yuew ; : corn | _582P?Id

-dwieauny 10J punoiry pure 197k AA SPA |SUq | "STA Sune ‘awd

jo sowie Nn

*SuUOT}VAIASGG) [elauar)

pure ‘s[[I py ‘siaary ‘peoy jo ainjen

oD ‘Syieulay *sooueysiqy

ad Sh See Soe hn Re Pee Ss SOE ee et Oe RS OS eo wre eae ee aoe aC

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY.

Tables for determining the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the

Atmosphere and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Observations

of a dry and wet bulb Thermometer ; computed agreeably to Dr.

Apsoun’s Hygrometric formula, under the direction of Capt. J. T.

Borteau, of the Bengal Engineers, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Superin-

tendent of the Hon'ble E. I. Company's Magnetic Observatory at

Simla.

The formula of Dr. Apjohn, according to which the elastic force of

the aqueous vapour contained in the atmosphere is deduced from the

observed temperature of a dry and wet bulb Thermometer freely

exposed to evaporation, was first given in the Transactions of the R. I.

Academy for 1835, but as a more complete exposition of the theory

by which the general expression has been obtained is given in a

* Note on the value of the Numerical Co-efficient in the Hygrometric

formula applied to the observations of the dry and wet bulb Ther-

| -Mometer,” by Dr. Apjohn, published with some remarks by Professor

Lloyd in the Proceedings of the R. I. Academy for 1840, it will only

be necessary to notice the latter paper.

The following assumed data, form the basis of Dr. Apjohn’s investi-

gations :—

No. 147. No. 63, New Srrizs. v,

136 Introduction to Boileau’s [ No. 147.

1. That the specific heat of air, and the caloric of elasticity of aque-

ous vapour are constant, and represented within ordinary variations of

atmospheric temperature and pressure, the former by the number ‘267,

the latter by °11]5.

2. That where a dry and moist bulb Thermometer are exposed to

the influence of the same atmosphere, when the latter has obtained a

stationary temperature, the caloric which vaporizes the water is equal

to that which the surrounding gas evolves in descending through that

number of degrees at which the moist bulb stands below the dry, @. e.

from the proper temperature of the air to that of the moist bulb.

3. That the air so cooled by the successive contacts with the mois-

tened bulb is saturated with humidity.

If now a represent the specific heat of air,

e the latent heat of aqueous vapour,

i and ¢ the observed temperatures of a dry and wet bulb Thermo-

meter encompassed by atmospheric air

i" the observed temperature of the dew- point,

fand f” the elastic forces of aqueous vapour at ¢ and 7?’

p the existing pressure in inches and decimals,

20 a standard Barometer pressure in inches,

then the general expressions for the force of atmospheric vapour at

the temperature of the dew-point in terms of the force of vapour at 7’

and of the difference of the temperatures of the wet and dry Thermo-

meter are where ?’ is greater than 32° Faht.

fl=f' 48 a = , fase a} (1)

and where 7’ is less than 32 F.

43 a (t—7 —f'

Gi atin RO oe Pe Aah ID

in which by substituting for a, the value assumed above ‘267 and for |

e its value at 50° upon the hypothesis that ‘967 is the latent heat |

of vapour at 212° and that the sum of the sensible and latent heat is |

at every temperature a constant quantity. |

Equation (1) becomes

fro — 01185 (7) xB - - CID)

and Equation (I1) becomes %

f'=f' —-01017 (1) x=, - - (IV)

1844. | Hygrometric Tables. 137

In the above equations, however, the value of the co-efficient (2)

depends upon the assumed values of a and e which, Dr. Apjohn re-

marks, are in all probability not yet known with great precision, and

_ accordingly he proceeds to deduce values for the co-efficient () in

the general equation directly from experiment in three separate ways

as follows ; viz.

1. By observations in air, in reference to which ¢ and 7?’ had been

accurately noted, the temperature of which was afterwards raised and

the observations repeated ; the value of f” is here constant for both

observations.

2. By observations of ¢ and ¢' in perfectly dry air where the value

of f” is of course = 0.

3. By observations in air saturated with moisture, where /” is ob-

tained from a simple observation of the temperature, and in which

after its temperature has been raised, the values ¢ and ¢’ were observed.

From the above experiments, using Anderson’s Table of the elastic

force of vapour, Edinburgh Encyclopedia, Art. “ Hygrometer,” three

separate values of (2) are obtained ; viz.

Ist Series, 11 observations m= 01451

2nd Ditto, 19 ditto 701150

3rd Ditto, 24 ditto °01140

The Arithmetical mean of whichis .. .. oe ‘or “01147

The most probable value of the final mean, as deduced by Professor

Lloyd, according to the calculus of probabilities, from the means of all

three values of 7 is ‘01145, but since in the second series the result is

affected by the full tabular error in the value of f, whereas in the Ist

and 3rd series as m is expressed in terms of the difference of two

values of f, the tabular error will not sensibly affect the result. Pro-

_ fessor Lloyd considers that the secorfd series should be omitted, and

)

_ combining the results of the lst and 3rd series by the same method,

obtains for the value of 7 ‘01145.

As my object in the construction of the accompanying Tables has

been solely to enable observers to apply Dr. Apjohn’s formula, without

138 Introduction to Boileau’s [No. I

being obliged to go through the labour of computing the value of S for

each observation, I have, for the information of those who may not

have had an opportunity of perusing his papers on the Dew-point,

given in the above a brief sketch of the steps by which the Hygro-

metric formula has been obtained, and shall now proceed to explain

the manner in which the same has been applied to the computa-

tion of the accompanying tables.

The equation which I have adopted is

Ff =f'— 047 () >

in which as the co-efficient employed is the arithmetical mean of the

three values of 2 given above, and not the most probable value, as

computed by Professor Lloyd, a reason will be expected for the adop-

tion of this number.

The Table of the elastic force of vapour which I have used for

giving the values of /’ that enter into the computation of the second

term in the right hand member of the equation, has been computed

specially for this purpose by Biot’s formula, “‘ Traite de Physique,

1816, Tome 1, p. 278.”* |

This Table differs so little from that employed by Dr. Apjohn, com-

puted by Anderson from the experiments of Dalton and Ure, that

as this latter has been shewn by Professor Lloyd to be more probably

accurate, within the ordinary limits of observation, than either the

table of Kaintz, or that adopted by the Royal Society in the report of

their Physical Committee, the employment of the Table which I have

computed, will not materially affect the reel ue values of the Dew.

point tension or temperature.

By means of this Table, and with the three series of experiments

* This formula, which is deduced from experiments by Dalton, is as follows :—

Log Ff =Log 30+af+bf?+cf

The numerical values of the co-efficients are

a= —-00854121972 Log. 3.9315199

b= —.00002081091 we 5,3182910

c= -+.00000000580 es '9.7634280

f being the number of degrees of Fahrenheit reckoned from 212° positively below, and |

negatively above that point. \

1844, | Hygrometric Tables. 139

given in Dr. Apjohn’s “ Note,” I have computed the following values

of the co-efficient m ; viz.

Ist Series, 11 observations, s m =°01155

2nd Ditto, 19 ditto, : » °O1156

3rd _ Ditto,. 24 ditto, p » °011438

and adopting the same method as was Stee by Professor Lloyd, re-

ferred to above, the most probable value of the final mean obtained by

combining all three of the values of 7 is ae we, (O1150

The same value by Anderson’s tables, (see above,) ... °01145

The mean of which, being the co-efficient adopted, is 01147

Combining the means of the Ist and 3rd series, the

most probable value of 7 is : H as 01120

The following table will serve to shrew! ei the tabular error is not

nearly constant within the ordinary limits of the temperature of ob-

servation when the computed values of the tension are carried out

to more than three places of decimals, and it is on this account that

the value of m deduced by the second series of experiments has not

been omitted, or rather that the final value of the co-efficient as ob-

tained by a combination of all three values of 7 has been adopted.

Table of the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour, according to the expe-

rements of Dalton, and as computed by Biot's formula.

Tension of Vapour.

‘, eee ti Computed value

egrees ton’ lot’ .

Peirenheit. Eamerment hms Saal ok

32° 0:200 | 0°19917 | — 00083

43°25 0:297 0°29562 — 00018

54°50 0:435 0°45481 | -—"00019

65°75 0°630 063239 | -+:00239

21 0-910 091001 +0000]

88°25 1:290 1°29551 | 00551

1 al 1-820 1°82433 | -+°00433

b10°7 5). 2540 2°54097 | -+°00097

122° | 3°500 350003 =| + "00003

—_———______ — ——— ~

If the numerical values in the right hand member of the equation

were computed as it is written, it is evident that the values of /"

140 Introduction to Boileaw’s [No. 147.

would be obtained by the simple subtraction of two tabular numbers ;

but since p and /’ are both variable, and the possible number of dif-

ferent readings of each within the limits of observation is very great,

the former being recorded in inches and thousandths, the latter in

degrees and tenths of Fahrenheit’s scale, the adoption of such an ar-

rangement would not only have very much enhanced the labour of

computation, but would have swelled the table to a very inconvenient

size. Accordingly as regards this term, the table has been separated

into two parts; the first part (Table 1) contains the values of .01147

(t—t’) X 5 which have been computed for all values of (¢—') to

tenths of a degree of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer between 0° and 30°

and for a range of pressure between 20 and 31 inches, the full numeri-

cal values being given for whole inches of pressure, and the propor-

tional parts (which can be taken out to ‘001 of an inch) in separate

columns: the second part (Table II) contains the corrections necessary

on account of the quantity —/’ omitted in the above computations, and

which being comparatively small, are given only for single degrees

for values of <—?' between 1° and 30°, and for a range of ¢’ between

10° and 129° the numbers in this table were computed for depressions

of 1° Fahrenheit and for all the values of ¢’ corresponding thereto, and

the numbers for higher depressions being simple multiples of the

value of t—z' = 1° have been obtained in this manner, z. e. by mul-

tiplication. Table III contains the elastic force of aqueous vapour or

values of f' for every degree and tenth part between 03-9 and 145-9

of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, and in this table each number has been

computed directly by the formula above-mentioned.

It may at first sight appear, that the tables have been extended un-

necessarily, both as regards their range and the numerical value of the

entries, but the depressions at this station have compelled their exten-

sion to values of (¢—z')=30° Faht. and if the computed numbers

had been carried out in Table I, to less than 5 places of decimals, they

would not have exhibited, with sufficient precision, the variations of

the elastic force of vapour due either to the tenth part of a degree

of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, or to several thousandths of an inch of

pressure ; this number of figures in the decimal places has therefore

necessarily been retained: the range of temperature has been taken

to include all possible contingencies.

1844. | Hygrometric Tables. 141

A single example will suffice to render the use of the Tables fa-

miliar.

Example.—Required the elastic force of vapour in the atmosphere

and the temperature of dew-point, the observed temperature of a dry

bulb Thermometer being 49° 58 F. of a wet bulb Thermometer 36° 65,

F. and the height of the Barometer 23:27 inches.

Here (t—?’) = 49°58—36°65 = 12°93

Enter Table I, and under the nearest depression 12°9 take out the

numbers corresponding to the height of the Barometer ; viz.

for 23:000 ins. 0°113544

"200 ,, 99

070 _,, 34

008 _,, 4

ere EE Ce

which gives the value of 01147 (¢—t')x=.= for 23°278 ins.=0'11481

Correction for f Table II, for 12°9 and 36° “ ws aa negative)—115

(a) ove OMAR) xe .- diff. 0°11366

th); /' Pi table III for 36°6 0:23444

ee 7-0 (tx 2... diff. 012078

which gives for ¢” the temperature of dew-point 18° 17, F

By Anderson’s Table, going through the computations for this

example, we should have obtained 7” = 0:12106

and i a 18°20 Fahrt.

When however the wet bulb Thermometer stands below 32° Fahrt.

the quantity a@ in the, foregoing example requires to be corrected for

the difference of the co-efficient above and below the freezing point ;

it will suffice for all peaches! purposes, to subtract from the number a,

obtained as above, its 10.--th part, the remainder taken from the

tabular value of /’ will give the tension of atmospheric vapour and

_ deduced temperature of the dew-point as before: to prevent misappre-

hension an example is given.

Example 2nd.—Required the tension of the atmospheric vapour

and the deduced temperature of the dew-point for the following ob-

servations of a dry Thermometer 28°5 F. wet bulb do. 23°7, Fahrt.

and Barometer 23°104 inches.

142 Introduction to Boileaw’s Hygrometric Tables. [No. 147.

Here (¢—t') = 4°.8; enter Table I, under this head, and take out

numbers as follows, for 23°000 ins. 04221

100 18

004 "l -

01147, (t—v’) x & for, 23-104 “04240

Correction for f’ (Table II) for 4°.8 and 23°.7 ‘27

(a) = 01147 (1) x2 04218

a/\0 ne -- 00421

BiB00 Via zi. --, 00014 Sum 435

(a) Corrected for reading of wet bulb below 32°=diff. 03778

f' (fable III) for 23°.7 14779

f'= 11001

t= . 15°.7

The computed value of f” using the co-efficient for values of ¢' be-

low 32° F. would have been °11003, and the difference in the tempe-

rature of the dew-point from the approximate value obtained above,

is not equal to the 200th of a degree of Fahrenheit.

J. T. BorLeEavu.

—_

OdOUHR MBE ww

COONAN wm WeEUROBWww =

CONOR & DO

OOBNOU WN

No. 147.

Taste 1—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.

(t.—t.! )=U0°.

A . =

(t—t’)p Pa 8 || (t—t’) p-}s

Se Ee

87.18 30 80,5 |/87.18 30

—

00 0.°5

-00382

00401

00420

-00440

00459

.00479

.00497

.00516

.00535

00554

-00574

.00593

0.°L 0.°6

00076 .00459

00080 0 00482

00084 1 00505

Q0U88 I 00528

00092 7 00551

00096 ) 00573

00099 2 00596

00103 3 00619

00107 3 00642

OO111 3 00665

00115 00688

00118 00711

0.°2 0.°7

00153 00535

OU16I 1 00562

00168 2 00589

00176 2 00616

00183 3 00642

00]9) 4 00669

00199 5 00696

00206 5 00723

00214 6 00749

00222 7 00776

C0229 00803

00237 00830

0.93 0.°8

00229 00612

00241 l 00642

00252 9 00673

00264 3 00703

00275 5 00734

00287 6 00765

00298 7 00795

00310 8 00826

00321 i! le 00856

00333 10 00887

00344 00918

00356 00948

G.4 0.°9

00306 |. 00688

QU321 2 00723

00336 3 00757

00352 7 00791

00367 6 00826

00382 8 00860

00398 9 00895

00413 1] 00929

00428 hes 00963

00443 14 00998

00459 01032

00474 )} Q1067

New Seriss 63.

(t—t’) 01°.

—_————-

01285

01346

01407

01468

01529

01591

01652

01713

01774

01835

01896

}.°%

01300

01365

01430

01495

01560

01625

01690

01753

01820

01885

01950

02015

1.°8

01376 -

01445

01514

01583

01652

01721

01789

01858

01927

01996

02065

02133

01453

01526

01598

01671

01743

01816

01889

01961

02034

02107

02179

02252

CONOR Bw

WCONRUOB wpe

ODN OBR W bd

CONOUR WN —

CONMHOP WWE WOONOUSWN= WOON WN OONHAUF WH =

WONATRUPWN-

Taste I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

i, a os

(t—t!') p-

-—_x—

87.18 30

2.°0

-01529

01606

.01682

-01759

.01835

01912

.01988

.02065

-02141

.02218

.02294

02371

Ped |

.01606

-01686

.01766

.01847

.01927

.02007

-02088

.02168

.02248

02328

-02409

.02489

2.92

01682

-01766

01851

.01935

-02019

02103

-02187

.02271

.02355

.02439

.02523

.02608

2.93

.01759

.01847

01935

02023

02110

02198

02286

02374

02462

-02550

.02638

.02726

2.94

01835

.01927

.02019

} .O2111

-02202

.02294

02386

| .02478

02569

.02661

02753

.02847

( li —t.!)=02°.

| Parts for

Decls.

Inches.

| Parts for

Decls.

Inches

-03640

.03770

-03900

-04030

(t.—t. (03°.

OONIANIPWNr OONAUTSWHN OOBONIMKMTIFWON—

COoOnQurWwN

104

117

COONAUPWN

CON OO BG We

OOBNOUP WY — CONNOR WN —

WOONOUP WH —

WOnNoOoO PWN —

Tasie I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

150

169

(t.—t./)=049,

= e

(t—t') p.|2 4 8] (t—t’) p.

eee oi)

87.18 30) 3Q,8/|87.18 30

4.°0 4.95

03059 03441

03212 | 15 03613

03365 | 31 02785

03518 | 46 03957

03671 | 61 04129

03823 | 76 04301

03976 | 92 04473

V4129 | 107 04646

04282 | 122 04818

04435 | 138 04990

04588 05162

04741 05334

4.°] 4.6

03135 03518

03292 | 16 03693

03449 | 31 03869

03606 | 47 04045

03762 | 63 04221

03919 | 78 (4397

04076 | 94 04573

04233 | 110 04749

04389 | 195 04925

04546 | 141 05101

04703 05276

04860 05452

4.°2 4.97

03212 03556

03372 | 16 03734

03533 | 32 03911

03693 | 48 04089

03854 | 64 04267

04015 | 80 04445

04175 | 96 04623

04336 | 112 04800

04496 | 128 04978

04657 | 145 05156

(04818 05334

04978 05512

4,93 4,°8

03288 03671

03453 | 16 03854

03617 | 33 04038

03781 | 49 04221

03946 | 66 04405

04110 | 92 04588

04275 | 99 04772

04439 | 115 04955

04603 | 132 05139

04768 | 148 05322

04932 05506

05097 05689

4,°4 4.99

03365 03747 |

03533 | 17 03934

03701 34 04122 |

03869 | 50 04309

04038 | 67 04496

04206 | 84 04684

04374 | lol (04871

04542 | 118 05058

04711 | 135 05246

04879 | 151 05433

05047 | 05620

05215 05808

—=—

5.00 ¢

03823

04015

04206

04397

04588

04779

04970

05162

05353

05544

05735

(05926

5.°]

03900

04095

04290

04485

04680

04875

05070

05265

05460

05655

05850

05945

0.02

03976

04175

04374 |

04573 |

04772

0497 1

05169

05368

05567

05766

05969

06163

5.°3

04053

04256

04458

04661

04863

05066

* 05269

05471

05674 |

05877

06079

06282

0.°4

04129

04336

04542

04749

04955

05162

05368

05575

05781

05988

06194

06400

(t.—t./)=05°.

5 ar.) (t t! )

Sys mela

3 "0 || —x—

S| |87.18: 30

9.°0

04206

19 04416

38 04626

57 04837

76 05047

96 05257

115 05468

134 05678

153 05888

172 06098

06309

06519

0.°6

04282

20 04496

39 04711

29 04925

78 05139

99 05353

117 05367

137 05781

156 05995

176 06209

06423

06638

O07,

04359

20 04577

40 04795

60 05013

80 05230

99 05448

119 05666

139 05884

159 06102

179 06320

06538

06756

§.°8

04435

20 04657

4l 04879

61 05101

81 05322

101 05544

122 05766

142 05988

162 06209

182 06431

06653

06875

5°99

04512

21 04737

41 04963

62 05188

83 05414

103 05640

124 05865

145 06091

165 06316

186 06542

06768

06993

OONOOURWN WOON WH OONnwr Ss WwNw— OONOOUP WN =

Corns wn —

OCONHKHVAWH = CONDOR WN COON Orb WN = SoONIno pwn

OONAOBWN

Taste I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometic Tables.—(Continued.)

(t.—t.’ )==U6°.

iol I 4

(t—t’) p./2 4 8 (tt) p.j2 a &

oS ene ae 43s

BAe Bad

7.18 90 FAS |[s7-18 30/8 J

6.°0 6.°5

.04588 04971

04818 | 23 05219 | 25

05047 | 46 05468 | 50

05276 | 69 05716 | 75

.05506 | 921 05965 | 99

.05735 | 115 06213 | 124

05965 | 138 06462 | 149

06194 | 161 06710 | 174

06423 | 184 06959 | 199

06653 | 206 07207 | 224

.06882 07456

07112 07704

6.°] 6-°6

04665 05047

04898 | 923 05299 | 25

05131 | 47 05552 | 50

05364 | 70 05804 | 7

05598 | 93 06056 | 101

05831 | 117 06309 | 126

06064 | 140 06561 | 151

06297 | 163 06813 | 177

06530 ; 187 07066 | 202

06764 | 210 07318 | 297

06997 07570

07230 07823

6.92 6.°7

04741 05213

04978 | 24 05380 | 26

005215 | 47 05636 | 51

05452 | 71 05892 | 77

05689 | 95 06148 | 102

05926 | 119 06404 | 128

06163 | 142 06660 | 154

06400 | 166 06917 | 179

06638 | 190 07173 | 205

06875 | 213 07429 | 231

07112 07685

07349 07941

6.°3 6.°8

04818 05200

05058 | 24 05460 | 26

05299 | 48 05720 | 52

05840 | 72 05980 | 78

05781 | 96 06240 | 104

06022 | 120 06500 | 130

.06263 | 145 06760 | 156

.06504 | 169 07020 | 182

06745 | 193 07280 | 208

06985 | 217 07540 | 234

.07226 07800

07467 08060

6.°4 6.°9

04894 05276

05139 | 24 05540 | 26

05383 | 49 05804 | 53

05628 | 73 06068 | 79

05873 | 98 06332 | 106

06118 | 122 06595 | 132

06362 | 147 06859 | 158

06607 | 171 07123 | 185

06852 | 196 07387 | 211

07096 | 220 07651 | 137

07341 07915

07586 08178

(t—t! )—07°.

(t—t') p.'2 ag 8} (t—t’) p

CK |e Se ee

87.18 30] 34,5 | (87.18 30

7.°0 7.5

05353 05735

05620 | 27 06022

05888 04 06309

06156 80 06595

06423 | 107 06882

06691 | 134 07169

06959 | 161 07456

07226 | 187 07743

07494 | 214 08029

07762 | 241 08316

08029 08603

08297 08890

C28 7.°6

05429 05812

05701 27 06102

05972 | 54 06393

06244 81 06683

06515 | 109 06974

06787 | 136 07265

07058 | 163 07555

07330 | 190 07846

(7601 | 217 08136

U7873 | 244 08427

08144 08718

08415 09008

(ioe - t eas

05506 05888

05781 28 06183

06056 Hs) 06477

06332 83 06771

06607 | 110 07066

06882 | 138 07360

07158 | 165 07655

07433 | 193 07949

07708 | 220 08243

07903 | 248 08638

08259 08832

08534 09127

7.23 7.°8

05582 05965

05861 28 06263

06140 56 06561

06420 84 06859

06699 | 112 07158

06978 | 140 07456

07257 | 167 07754

07536 | 195 08052

07815 | 223 08350

08094 | 251 08649

08373 08947

08653 09245

7.04 7.09

05659 06041

05942 28 06343

06225 7 06645

06508 85 06947

06790 | 113 07249

07073 | 141 07501

07356 | 170 07853

07639 | 198 08155

07922 | 226 08458

08205 |} 255 08760

08488 09062

08771 09364

OCONOURWN COnNOankwWN OONIDOP WN — COONOOB WH =

WCOONOUS WN

Tasxe I1,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Barom. (t-—t.! )=08°. (t.—t./)=09°. 4, Barom. |

a |. | |(t—t’) p.| 2: {| (tt!) p.|S_s F]i(t—t’) p-|2_s 3 | | (tt!) p. |S BI] 3

2 \e2 eee s nee aaklalsele am SE 2°

8.°0 8.°5 9.90 9.95

20 06118 06500 06882 07265

211 .1}| 06423 | 31 06825 | 33 07226 | 34 07625 | 36 1

92 | .2 || 06729 | 61 07150 | 65 07670 | 69 07991 | 73 2

231 .3 || 07035 | 92 07475 | 98 07915 | 103 08354 | 109 3

24} .4|| 07341 | 122 07800 | 130 08259 | 138 08718 | 145 4

95 | .5 || 07647 | 153 08125 | 163 08603 | 172 09081 | 182 5

26; .6 || 07953 | 184 08450 | 195 08947 | 206 09444 | 218 6

97 | .7 || 08259 | 214 08775 | 228 09291 | 241 09807 | 254 7

98 | .8 || 08565 | 245 09100 | 260 09635 | 275 10170 | 291 8

29 | .9 || 08870 | 275 09425 | 293 09979 | 310 10534 | 327 9

30 09176 09750 10223 10897

31 09482 10075 10667 11260

8.9] 8.°6 9.°] 9.°6

20 06194 06576 06959 07341

21 | 1 || 06504] 31 06905 | 33 07307 | 35 07708 | 37 |} 1

22 | 21|| 06813 | 62 07234 | 66 07655 | 70 08075 | 73 || 2

23 | 3 || 07123 | 93 07563 | 99 08003 | 104 08442 | 110 || 3

94 | 4/| 07433 | 124 07892 | 132 08350 | 139 08809 | 147 || 4

2 | 5 || 07743 | 155 08220 | 164 08608 | 174 09176 | 184 || 5

26 | 6 || 08052 | 186 08549 | 197 09046 | 209 09543 | 220 || 6

97 | 7 || 08362 | 217 08878 | 230 09394 | 244 09910 | 257 || 7

298 | 8 || 08672 | 248 09207 | 253 09742 | 278 10278 | 294 || 8

29 | 9 || 08981 | 279 09536 | 296 10090 | 313 10645 | 330 || 9

30 09291 09865 10438 11012

31 09591 10193 » 10786 11379

‘ 8.02 8,°7 9.92 9.97

06270 06653 07035 07418

1 || 06584 | 31 06985 | 33 07387 | 35 07788 | 37 11

2 || 06898 | 63 07318 | 67 07739 | 70 08159 | 74 || 2

3 || O7211 | 94 07651 | 99 08090 | 106 08530 | 111 || 3

4 || 07525 | 125 07983 | 133 08442 | 141 08901 | 148 || 4

5 || 07838 | 157 08316 | 166 08794 | 176 09272 | 185 || 5

6 || 08152 | 188 08649 | 200 09146 | 211 09643 | 223 || 6 | 26 |

7 || 08465 | 219 08981 | 233 09498 | 246 10014 | 260 || 7 | 27

8 || 08779 | 251 09314 | 266 09849 | 281 10385 | 297 || 8 | 28

9 || 09092 | 282 09647 | 299 10291 | 317 10755 | 334 {|| 9 | 29

09406 09979 10553 | 352 11126 30

09719 10312 10995 11497 31

8,03 8.08 9.93 9.98 |

06347 06729 07112 07494 20 |

1 || 06664 | 32 07066 | 34 07467 | 36 OSI yak. at. 12. |

2 || 06982 | 63 07402 | 67 07823 | 71 OR iwe. a) | 22

3 |) 07299 | 95 07739 | 101 08178 | 107 08618 | 112 || 3 | 23 |

4 || 07616 | 127 08075 | 135 08534 | 142 08993 | 150 || 4 | 24

5 || 07934 | 159 08412 | 168 08890 | 178 09368 | 187 || 5 | 25

6 || 08251 | i90 08748 | 2u2 09249 | 213 09742 | 225 || 6 | 26 |

7 ||. 08568 | 222 09085 | 236 09691 | 249 OL 962 | 7, || 27

8 || 08886 | 254 09421 | 269 09956 | 284 10492 | 300 || 8 | 28 |

9 || 09203 | 286 09758 | 303 10312 | 320 10866 | 337 || 9 | 29 |

09520 10094 10668 11241 30

09838 10430 11023 11616 | 31

8.04 8,09 9.04 9.09

06423 06806 07188 07570 20

1 || 06745 | 32 07146 | 34 07548 | 36 07949 | 38 |} 1 | 2L

2\|| 07066 | 64 07486 | 68 07907 | 72 08328 | 76 || 2 | 22

3 || 07387 | 96 07827 | 102 08266 | 108 08706 | 114 |] 3 | 23

4 || 07708 | 128 08167 | 136 08626 | 144 09085 | 151 || 4 | 24

5 || 08029 | 161 08507 | 170 08985 | 180 09463 | 189 || 5 | 25

6 || 08350 | 193 08848 | 204 09345 | 216 09842 | 227 || 6 | 26

7 || 08672 | 295 09188 | 238 09704 | 252 10220 | 265 || 7 | 27

8 || 03993 | 257 09528 | 272 10063 | 288 10599 | 303 || 8 | 28

9 || 09314 | 289 09968 | 306 10423 | 323 10977 | 341 || 9 | 29

30 09635 10209 10782 11356 30

09956 10549 | 11142 11734 31

No. 147. New Szrizs 63. 5

$A Rc RR SS SR SR Ek a A SE CR SE NS SRS EE A A A A ss

er)

iS)

DWUABU BW

toto Dini bei

WOUHRMUB Whe

WHNROoOAwWWwH

Tasre I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—( Continued.)

(t—t/)=10°.

go ae sy t t! 5 A

t—t eo —_— Gat

oe le E S| Ea

i=) Ss

87.18 °30| 5A, ||87.18 30] 39.

10.90 10.95

.07647 -08029

-08029 38 08431 40

08412 76 -08832 80

08794 } 115 .09234 | 120

09176 | 153 09635 | 161

09559 | 191 10037 | 201

09941 | 229 -10438 | 241

10323 | 268 -10840 | 281

10706 | 306 .11241 | 321

-Ll088 | 344 11643 | 361

11470 -12044

11853 . 12445

10.°1 10.°6

.07723 .08106

-08110 39 -08511 4]

-08496 77 08916 81

08882 | 116 09322 | 122

09268 | 154 09727 | 162

09654 | 193 10132 | 203

10040 | 232 10538 | 243

10427 | 270 -10943 | 284

10813 | 309 11348 | 324

-11199 | 348 11753 | 365

11585 12159

.11979 12564

10:93 10.°7

-07800 .08182

08190 39 08591 4l

-08580 78 09000 82

08970 | 117 09410 | 123

09360 | 156 09819 | 164

09750 | 195 10228 | 205

10140 | 234 10637 | 245

10530 | 273 11046 | 286

10920 | 312 11455 | 327

-11310 | 351 -11864 | 368

11700 12273

- 12090 . 12683

10.93 10.°8

.07876 .08259

08270 29 -08672 41

08664 79 09685 83

09058 } 118 09494 | 124

09452 } 158 09910 | 165

09845 | 197 -10323 | 206

10239 | 236 -10736 | 248

-10633 | 276 -11493 | 289

11027 | 315 11562 | 330

1142] | 354 ,11975 | 372

11815 12388

12208 12801

10.°4 |. 10.99

07953 -08335

-08350 40 .08752 42

08748 80 ,09169 83

09146 | 119 09585 | 125

09543 | 159 -10002 | 167

09941 | 199 -10409 | 208

10339 | 239 10836 | 250

10736 | 278 -11253 | 292

11134 | 318 -11669 | 333

11532 | 358 -12086 | 375

11929 . 12503

12327 . 12920

(t.—t.! )=11°.

(ey p[Sa ¢|leeyp. Sag

— oil Seige) oe —t') p-;a A os

font at ee eas: bee

: 3 a F 3 s

87.18 30) s £|{87.18 30) s &

11.°0 11.95

-08412 08794

.08832 42 09234 44

.09253 84. 09673 88

.09673 | 126 10113 | 132

10094 | 168 10553 | 176

.10515 | 210 -10993 | 220

.10935 | 252 114382 | 264

-11356 | 294 11872 | 308

11776 | 336 slizoli? Haas

-12097 | 379 12751 | 396

12618 13191

-13038 13631

11.°1 11.°6

.08488 08870

08913 42 09314 44

09337 85 09758 89

09761 | 127 10201 | 133

10186 | 170 10645 | 177

10610 | 212 11088 | 222

11035 | 255 11532 | 266

11459 | 297 11975 | 310

11883 | 240 12419 | 355

12308 | 382 -12862 | 399

12732 «13306

13157 . 13750

11.92 11.°7

-08565 -08947

08993 43 09394 45

09421 86 09842 89

09849 | 128 10289 | 134

10278 | 171 10736 | 179

10706 | 214 11184 | 224

eL L134 | 257 11631 | 268

11562 | 300 12078 | 313

11990 | 343 12526 | 358

12419 | 385 12973 | 403

012847 13420

13275 13868

11.°3 11.°8

08641 09023

09073 43 .09475 45

09505 86 09926 90

09937 | 130 10337 | 135

10369 | 173 10828 | 180

10801 | 216 011279 | 226

11233 | 259 11730 | 271

11665 | 302 .12182 | 316.

-12098 | 346 .12633 | 361

12530 | 389 13084 | 406

12962 13525

13394 13986

11.94 11.99

08718 09100

09153 44 09555 46

09589 87 10010 91

10025 | 131 10465 | 137

10461 | 174 -10920 | 182

10897 | 218 11375 | 228

11333 | 262 11830 | 273

11769 | 305 12285 | 319

12205 | 349 12740 | 364

12640 | 392 13195 | 410

.13076 13650

~aoke 14105

bo)

Decl.

nches

I 1

OoOWHORwWHe

HONRHUBRWH

OUR tip Ob

io to NO trian bio S

Tasxe 1,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Barom (t—t./)= 12°. (t'-—t.! )—13°. Barom.

oe =—f! (Ss —t') p.; 8&4 3} / (tt! E34 —t)p.j2asllad| a

ee eee | ees ors esllea| =

S |2°21187.78 30| 8A S| 187.18 30/ 89.21 (87-18 30) $Q $//87.18 30/80 4||28| 2

R= As 7.1 ao 7 falda ~ oo 3 QA = ay ed

12,°0 12.°5 13..°0 13.°5

20 09176 09559 09941 .10323 20

Dy ie | 09635 | 46 .10037 | 48 10438 | 50 .10840 | 52 1 | 9)

2 | 2 10094 | 92 010515 | 95 10935 | 99 11356 | 103 2 | 99

93| ,3 10553 | 138 10993 | 143 114382 | 149 11872 | 155 3 | 23

94) .4 11012 | 184 11470 | 191 .11928 | }99 12388 | 206 4 | 94

25 | .5 11470 | 229 11948 | 239 12426 | 949 12904 | 258 0 | 25

26 | .6 11927 | 275 12426 | 287 -12923 | 998 13420 | 310 6 | 26

a7 | 7 12388 | 321 12904 | 335 13420 | 348 .13937 | 361 7 it OF

98 | .8 12847 | 367 .13382 | 382 .13818 | 398 14453 | 413 8 | 98

29} .9 13306 | 414 || .13860 | 430 -14415 | 447 .14969 | 463 .9 | 29

30 13765 14338 14912 015485 30 |

31 14223 14816 15409 16001 3]

12.°] 12.96 13.°] 13.°6

20 | 09253 .09635 100186 10400 20

“i ee 09715 | 46 10117 | 48 105181! 50 .10920 | 52 1 | 9)

92 | .2 10178 | 93 -10599 | 96 -11019 | 100 -11440 | 104 2 | 29

231 .3 10641 | 139 -11080 | 145 11520 | 150 11960 | 156 3 | 23

94 | .4 11103 | 185 11562 | 193 12021 | 200 12480 | 208 41 94

95 | .5 11566 | 231 12044 | 241 12522 | 950 13000 | 260 5 | 95

2 | 6 12029 | 278 12526 | 289 13023 | 301 .13520 | 312 6 | 26

yt i 7 12492 | 324 -13008 | 337 .13524 | 351 .14040 | 364 7 | 97

28 | ,8 12954 | 370 13489 | 385 -14025 © 401 14560 | 416 6) 28

29 | .9 13417 | 416 13971 | 434 -14525 45) 15080 | 468 9 | 99

30 13879 14453 | 15026 | 15600 30

31 14342 14935 015527 16120 3]

12.°2 12.°7 13.92 13-97

20 09329 .09712 10094 10476 20

ye 09796 | 47 10197 | 49 .10599 | 50 11000 | 52 | 9

a2 i 42 10252 | 93 .10683 | 97 1/103 | 101 11524 | 105 2) 99

3 i 3 10719 | 140 11168 | 146 11608 | 15] 12048 | 157 3] 93

| 4 11185 | 187 11654 | 194 12113 | 202 12572 | 210 4194

op | .o 11652 | 233. |] .12140 | 243 -12618 | 252 13095 ; 262 0 | 25

26 | .6 12128 | 280 12625 | 291 13122 | 303 13619 | 314 6 | 96

a7 | 47 12595 | 325 13111 | 340 .13627 | 353 .14143 | 367 7 | 97

28 | .8 13061 | 373 .13596 | 388 .14132 | 404 .14667 | 419 8 | 98

29 | .9 13528 | 420 .14082 | 437 -14636 | 454 15191 | 471 9 | 29

30 13994 14568 15141 15715 33

31 14460 15053 15646 16238 31

12.93 12.°8 13.93 13,98

20 09406 .09788 10170 10553 20

ml 09876 | 47 10278 | 49 .10679 | 5] 11080 | 53 a a eta

mi .2 10346 | 94 .10767 | 98 11188 | 102 .11608 | 106 .2'| 99

23 | ..3 10817 | 141 11256 | 147 .11696 | 153 12136 | 158 3 | 23

| 24] .4 11287 | 188 .11746 | 196 12205 | 203 12663 | 211 4 | 24

|) 5 11757 | 235 12235 | 245 12713 | 254 13191 | 264 5 | 25

26 .6 12228 | 282 .12725 | -294 13222 | 305 .13719 | 317 .6 | 26

27:| .7-|} 12698 | 329 13214 | 343 13730 | 356 14246 | 369 7 | 27

2%] .8 13168 | 376 13703 | 392 14239 | 407 14774 | 422 8 | 28

291 .9 13638 | 423 .14193 | 440 .14747 | 458 .15302 | 475 9 | 29

30 14109 14682 15256 15839 30

—3l 14579 15172 15764 16357 3)

12.94 12.09 13.°4 13.29

20 09482 .09865 10247 10629 20)

) =) 1 09564 | 47. .10358 | 49 10759 | 51 11161 | 53 ‘1 | 21

imi 2 10430 | 95. 108351 | 99 11272 | 102 11692 | 106 1. 1-29

12] .3 10905 | 142. .11344 | 148 11784 | 154 19294 jedao |} 23 | 93

mi 44 11379 |} 190. 11838 | 197 12296 | 205 12755 | 213 4 | 24 |

2%] .5 11853 | 237. 12331 | 247 .12809 | 256 .13287 | 266 5 | 25

261 .6 12327 | 284. 12824 | 296 13321 | 307 13818 | 319 Pena |

a) .7 12801 | 332. .13317 | 345 13833 | 359 14350 | 372 "7 | 97 |

/28) .8 13275 | 379. 13810 | 395 14346 | 410 .14881 | 425 8 | 28

}29 | .9 13749 | 427. .14304 | 444 .14858 | 46) 15412 | 478 9 | 29

| 30 14293 14797 15370 15944 30 |

31 14698 *15290 15883 16475 31

ee ee EtEEEEE SEEDER REEEEEReE

——

on ip Go to

Hole BX tant

aie a Oe te CONRHUBWNe WCONONB WH

DoNad bw

Tasie 1.—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

(t—t’ )—=14.°

t=) sles = |] et" Soe

Sie lees ele ES

87.18 30| 89 ¢|/87.18 30) 3Q 6

a aes

14.°0 14.°5

10706 , 11088

11241 | 54 11643 | 55

oh 1776 | 107 sLQ197 (4-114

12312 | 161 -12751 | 166

12847 | 214 .13306 | 222

13382 | 268 .13860 | 277

13918 | 321 14415 | 333

14453 | 375 .14969 | 388

14988 | 428 15523 | 444

doze || 482 .16078 | 499

16059 16632

.16594 .17169

14.°1 14.96

10783 11165

11322 | 54 11723 | 56

11861 | 108 12981 |} 192

12400 | 162 .12839 | 167

12939 | 216 13398 | 223

13479 | 270 .13956 | 279

1418 | 323 14514 |} 335

14557 | 377 .15072 | 391

15096 ; 431 .15630 | 447

15635 | 485 16189 | 502

16174 .16747

16713 17305

14,92 14.°7

10859 11241

11402 |} 54 .11803 | 56

11945 | 109 12365 | 112

12488 | 163 .12927 | 169

13030 | 217 13489 | 225

13573 | 271 14051 | 281

14116 | 326 14613 | 337

14659 | 380 615175 | 393

15202 | 434 15737 | 450

-15745 | 489 .16300 | 506

16288 16862

16831 17424

14.93 14.°8

. 10935 .11318

11482 | 55 .11833 | 57

12029 | 109 12449 | 113

12575 | 164 .13015 | 170

13122 } 219 .13581 | 226

-13669 | 273 .14147 | 283

14216 | 328 .14713 | 340

14763 | 383 .15279 | 396

15309 | 437 15845 | 453

015856 | 492 .16410 | 509

-16403 -16976

16950 17542

14.°4 |* 14.°9

11012 11394

11562 | 55 11964 | 57

429113) 1 410 12533 | 114

12663 | 165 13103 | 171

13214 | 220 13673 | 228

13765 | 275 14243 | 285

14314 | 330 14812 | 342

14866 | 385 15382 | 399

15416 | 440 15952 | 456

15969 | 496 {6521 } 513

16517 17091

17068 | 17661

(t—t’)=15°.

ath) pyle nae Wittext!

am or 334 oe

87.18 30 gas 87.18 30

15.°0 15.°5

.11470 11853

12044 | 57 12445

22618 | 115 .13038

13191 | 172 13631

.13765 | 229 14223

14338 | 287 14816

14912 | 344 £15409

15485 | 401 .16001

16059 | 459 16594

16632 | 516 .17187

.17206 17779

.17789 18372

15.°] 15.°6

11547 11929

12124 | 58 12526

12702 | 115 13122

13279 | 173 .13719

13856 | 231 14315

14434 | 289 14912

15011 | 346 .15508

15588 | 404 16105

16166 | 462 .16701

16743 | 520 .17297

.17320 .17894

.17898 .18490

15.°2 15.°7

11623 12006

12205 | 58 .12606

12786 | 116 13206

.13367 | 174 .13807

.13948 | 232 14407

14529 | 291 615007

15110 | 349 «15607

15692 | 407 16208

16273 | 465 .16808

16854 | 523 .17408

17435 .18009

18016 .18609

15.°3 15.°8

.11700 12082

12285 | 59 .12686

.12870 | 117 13290

13455 | 176 13895

14040 | 234 14499

14625 | 293 15103

15210 | 351 15707

15795 | 410 16311

16380 | 468 16915

16965 | 527 17519

17550 18123

18135 .18727

15.94 15.°9

11776 12159

12365 | 59 12767

12954 | 118 13375

13543 | 177 13983

14132 | 236 14590

14720 | 294 15198

15309 | 353 .15806

15898 | 412 16414

16487 | 471 17022

17076 | 530 «17630

17665 18238

18253

two oiR ie

oN dia it

to ONO Op tot

WOUARUB WOH

TasxE 1,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Barom (t.—t.’)=149. (t—t’)—15°. Barom.

P= ‘a iad ° bol . .

° Mati (te 4e Og an palak west, Lu ® ary / Sen ~ A °

Se | eae rid | Ces s [Chee |/gs|

| aS TS) —X eo = = 0 9 S ¢ g

=£ las 87.18 30 5Q.5 ||87.18 87.18 30) 20.8 87.18 30) 9,5 ||0.8 E

16.°0 16.95 17.°0 17.°5

20 12235 12618 13000 13882 20

aL} 3 12847 | 61 13248 .13650 | 65 14051 | 67 Lh 20

22 | .2 13459 | 122 1387 14300 | 130 .14720 | 134 ON iy?

ae | as 14070 | 184 14510 .14950 | 195 15390 | 20) 3 | 23

BA | 44 14682 | 245 15141 15600 | 260 .16059 | 268 14} 24

By fe 15294 } 306 15772 .16250 | 325 16728 | 330 i |, 20

261 6 15906 | 367 16403 .16900 | 390 17397 | 401 .6 | 26

a7 | 7 16517 | 428 17034 17550 | 455 18066 | 468 A ees

Be | og 17129 | 489 17665 018200 | 520 18735 | 535 is. 1 28

29 | 9 17741 | 55) 18295 .18850 | 585 .19404 | 602 9 | 29

30 18353 18926 .19500 20073 30

31 18965 19557 20150 20742 31]

16.°1 @voere 16.°6 17.°1 eerees 17.°6

20 12312 12694 13072 13459 20

ay} 12927 | 62 13329 13726 | 65 14132 | 67, at OL

221 9 13543 | 123 13963 14380 | 131 .14805 | 135 2 |) 22

a | 3 14158 | 185 14598 15033 | 196 15475 | 202 331) .23

24 | 14774 | 246 15233 »15687 | 262 .16150 | 269 4 | 24

2 | .5 15390 | 308 15867 16340 | 327 .16823 | 336 a9) |) 25

26 | .6 || -16005 | 369 16502 16994 | 392 .17496 | 404 6 | 26

a | 7 16621 | 431 17137 17648 | 458 18169 | 471 | Oe

Ba | 28 17236 | 492 17772 18301 | 523 18842 | 538 8 | 28

29 | .9 || .17852 | 554 18406 618955 | 588 || .19515 | 606 9 | 29

30 .18467 19041 -19609 -20188 30

31 19083 19676 . 20262 20861 31

| 16.07) |aceps.|) 16.97 17.92 |eeecee|| 17.97

20 12388 12770 13153 13535 .20

al | 13008 | 62 13407 -13810 | _66 .14212 | 68 2 |.21 +

~22:| «42 || .13627 | 184 || .14048 14468 | 132 || .14839 | 135 || .2 | -22

-23'/ 13 |] .14246 | 186 14686 15126 | 197 .15565 | 203 3 |/.28

24) 14 || «14866 | 248 15325 15783 | 263 .16246 | 271 4 | .24

230 | 45 15485 | 310 .15963 1644] | 329 .16919 | 338 & |ie20

26 | .6 16105 | 372 16602 17099 | 395 .17596 | 406 6 | 26

| 16724 } 434 17240 17756 | 460 18272 | 474 taney”)

28 | .8 |} .17343 | 496 17879 18414 | 526 18949 | 541 8 |.28

29 | .9 17963 | 557 18517 19072 | 592 19626 | 609 9 |).29

30 18582 19156 .19729 20303 .30

31 19202 19794 20387 20980 31 |

16.°3 soeeve 16.°8 17.93 “Leeeces 17.28

20 12465 12847 .13229 13612 20

a} 1 || .13088 | 62 13493 13891 | 66 14292 | 68 x he

m+ 2 13711 | 125 14132 14552 | 132 .14973 | 136 2) 28

23 | .3 14334 | 187 14774 15214 | 198 15653 | 204 3 | 23

24 | 14 14958 | 249 15416 15875 | 269 16334 | 272 A,|

2 | 5 15581 | 312 16059 16537 | 331 17015 | 340 5 | 25

(26) 6 || .16204 | 374 16701 17198 | 397 .17695 | 408 6 | 26

me) 7 16827 | 436 17343 .17860 | 463 .18376 | 476 i die ie

28] 18 17450 | 499 17986 18521 | 529 .19056 | 544 8 | 28

29) 9 18074 | 561 18628 19182 | 995 19737 | 613 9 | 29

30 18697 19270 .19843 .20417 30

3l 19320 19913 20504 21091 3]

16.94 |eceeeel| 16,99 17.04 |eoeeee|| 17.99

20 12541 12923 13306 .13688 | 20

21} 2 13168 | 63 13570 13971 67 .14373 | 68 ye 21

22; .2 13795 | 125 14216 14636 | 133 015057 | 137 |) 20

23) 3 14422 | 188 14862 .15302 | 200 015741 | 205 8 (28

24] 4 15049 | 231 15508 .15967 | 266 16426 | 274 .4 | 24

2 | 25 15676 | 314 16154 16632 | 333 17110 | 342 5b | 25

26) .6 16303 | 376 16800 17297 | 399 17795: | 411 6 | 26

2A} .7 16930 | 439 17447 .17963 | 466 .18479 | 479 ey

28] .8 || .17557 | 502 18093 . 18628 | 532 .19163 | 548 8 | 28

25 | .9 18185 | 564 18739 .19293 | 599 19848 | 616 9 | 29

(30 .18812 .19385 19959 .20532 | 30

l 19439 \} .20031 20624 ~21217 31

rrr nanan

No. 147. New Sertss 63, 9

Tasie I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

— —_—_———_—_=— cs ee RS Oo es em ee

Decls.

Inches.

DDONIRUABwWN Se

OONAMNBWH

CLDNRUBWNHH

OONROA Wie

COURT wWHe

"18292

"18995

19699

_ .20402

| 21106

-21809

(t—t.)=18°.

aoe ei

BO ,= (187.18 30

al —

18.95

£14147

69 || .14854

138 15562

906 || 16269

275 16976

344 || .17684

413 18391

482 19098

551 19806

619 || .20513

£21220

21998

eeesoeve 18.°6

14223

69 14935

138 15646

208 16357

977. || .17068

346 i7779

415 || .18490

484 19202

564 19913

623 || .20624

21335

22046

eeoeve 18.°7

14300

70 15015

139 || .15730

209 16445

978 || .17160

348 || .17875

418 || .18590

487 19305

557 20020

626 20735

21450

22165

eesoeve 18.98

14376

70 15095

140 || .15814

210 16533

280 17252

350 17970

420 18689

490 19408

560 20127

630 20846

21564

29983

eoeoee 18.°9

14453

70 15175

141 15898

211 -16621

281 17343

352 || 218066

422 || .18789

492 19511

563 20234

633 20957

21679

22402

| Parts for

Decls

Inches.

142

213

284

306

427

498

569

640

143

215

286

398

429

501

572

644

19.°0

14529

15256

15982

16709

.17435

18162

18888

19615

20341

.21067

»21794

.22520

19.°1

14606

15336

16066

16797

017527

18257

-18987

19718

20448

21178

.21909

22639

19.°2

14682

15416

. 16050

16885

17619

18353

.19087

19821

20555

21289

22023

22757

19.3

14759

15497

16235

.16972

17710

18448

19186

.19924

20662

.21400

.22138

.22876

19.04

14835

15577

16319

.17060

17802

18544

19286

.20027

.20769

21511

22953

.22995

(t.—t.! )=199.

sn a er ee

WOIBRIPWNHH

NOAUBWHH

£00

OnDNSARwWNH

DOUKY RWIS

WONURYRWHS

ENS ace oe

— aS

Stes se

pee ONES so, Be

TasxLe 1,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

—_

87.18 30

20.°0

15294

16059

.16823

-17588

18353

19117

19882

20447

-21412

22941

23707

aoe)

15370

16139

-16907

17676

«18445

19213

«19982

»20750

-21519

22287

23006

23824

20.°2

15447

16219

2 .16992

3 17764

18536

3) .19309

.6 -20081

Mi 20853

-21626

22398

23170

23943

20.93

015523

.16300

-17076

17852

- 18628

19404

-20180

-20997

»21733

+22509

23285

24061

20.°4

-15600

- 16380

2 17160

3 .17940

4 -18720

0 -19500

-20280

21060

WoOUHE Up wWroe

te}

° ° e

WMOUBUBWHe

-22176

(t.—t.) =20°.

. Ad é cae

[SSH Goreme a Ga

8Q,£|/87.18 30

fas 87.18

20.°5

15676

76 - 16460

153 17244

229 18028

306 18812

382 19595

459 20379

530 21163

612 «21947

688 22731

23014

. 24298

eeeee 90.°6

15753

Th 16540

154 017328

231 18116

307 18903

384 19691

461] 20479

538 +21266

615 22054

692 22842

23629

24417

cocces 20.97

15829

77 16621

154 17412

232 18204

309 18995

386 19787

463 ~20578

041 21370

618 22161

695 022952

023044

esveacebe 20.°8

15906

78 16701

153 17496

233 18292

310 19087

388 - 19882

466 20677

543 21473

621 22268

699 23063

23899

24654

eeeees 20.°9

15982

78 16781

156 17580

234 -18380

312 19179

390 19978

468 20777

046 21576

624 22375

702 23174

23973

24772

21174

»22092

22910

23729

24547

25365

(t.—-t./ )=21°.

Sihieuth t

ead [eco

3Q,=||87.18 30

EAS ||87.

21.95

16441

80 17263

161 .18085

24] 18907

321 .19729

401 20551

482 21373

562 22195

642 .23017

723 «23840

24662

25434

ee ee 21.°6

16517

81 17343

161 18169

242 .18995

323 19821

403 .20646

484 21473

565 «22299

645 23125

726 .23950

.24776

.25602

@oese 91,°7

16594

81 17424

162 .18253

243 .19083

324 19513

405 20742

486 621572

567 22402

648 23232

730 .24061

.24891

£25721

e@eee 91.28

16670

81 17504

163 18337

244 19171

326 .20005

407 .20838

489 21672

570 £22505

652 23339

733 24172

-25006

£25839

Sere 21.29

16747

82 17584

164 18422

245 19259

327 -20096

400 20934

49] 21771

573 .22608

655 23446

736 24283 |

25120

25958

WOIBOTB WHE

COURd whe CoOUStaAwWNH

WCOURMBwW

COVEN EBWHE

—— a 8 eae oe eee Orrorrewese———— ee

}

+ ee ee ee Se in ee —-—-—

who iinwiod

WONUART BE Whe

io UD ini boi

ob UR A bin

WON Dwi

Taste 1,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

(itt) or

PE (t—t’) p. Bice:

re aN hee cS)

As 87.18 30] 5A,

92.95

.17206

84 18066 | 86

168 18926 | 172

252 19787 | 258

336 20647 | 344

42] 21507 | 430

505 22367 | 516

589 93228 | 602

673 24088 | 688

757 24948 | 774

25809

26669

®@eee0 92-°6 eeeate

17282

85 18146 | 86

170 19010 | 173

254 19875 | 259

338 20739 | 346

423 91603 | 422

507 29467 | 518

592. || .93331 | 605

675 24195 | 691

761 25059 | 778

25923

26787

eeeee QOEOT, eee

17359

85 18227 | 86

170 .19095 | 174

255 19962 | 260

340 .20830 | 347

424 21698 | 434

509 22566 | 521

594 23434 | 608

678 24302 | 694

764 25170 | 781

26038

26906

eerteee 93.28 eeeen

17435

85 18307 87

171 19179 } 174

256 20050 | 262

341 20922 | 349

426 21794 | 436

512 22666 | 523

597 23537 | 610

682 24409 | 697

767 25281 | 789

26153

27024

eee ee 29,29 e e

17512

86 18387 | 88

171 19263 | 175

257 20138 | 263

343 21014 | 350

428 21890 | 438

514 22765 | 525

600 23641 | 613

685 24516 | 700

771 25392 | 788

26267

| ©27143

(t—t’) = 23°.

| Parts for

(Sy)

Decl.

Inches.

aE ry ees Decl.

OCONOULRWNS Inches

WONG we WONRHORWH

DMUREMBwWwd

WONAMBDOD HY

a ae

Taste I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Barom. (t—t.!) 24°. (t.—t.!)==25°. Barom

: H](t—t)p. [Sa 2 lft) p. [Sa 3 lice p.|S gllatrpplSadllad) ¢

§ eee eee eee aE e8s||— xe lees |/25

> |%o BAS sas 20;8Q 56 =) =e a|

2 [A 2| 87.18 30 gAs $7.18 30) $9 = |/87.18 30) 39,8 | 187.18 30/sA,6|/F8| 2

24.90 24.°5 25.90 25.95

20 .18353 .18735 917 19500 20

91 | .1 || -19270| 92 || .19672| 94 |} .20073| 96 || .20475} 98 |] .1 | 21

92 | .2 || .20188 | 184 || .20609 | 187 |} .21029 | t91 || 21450] 195 |} .2 | 22

93 | (3 || .21106 | 275 || .21545 | 281 || 21985 | 987 || .22425 | 993 || .3 | 23

94 | 4 || .22023 | 367 || .22482 | 375 || .22941 | 382 || .23400 | 390 || .4 | 24

25 | 5 |} .22941 | 460 || .23420 | 468 || .23897 | 478 || .24375 | 488 || .5 | 25

96 | .6 || .23859 | 551 || .24356 | 562 || .24853 | 574 || .25350 | 585 || -6 | 26

97 | :7 || .24776 | 642 || .25292 | 656 || .25809 | 669 || .26325 | 683 || .7 | 27

98 | 18 || 25694 | 734 26229 | 749 || .26764 | 765 || .27300 | 780 |} .8 | 28

99 | .9 || .26612 | 826 27166 | 843 || .27720 | s60 || .28275 | 878 || .9 | 29

30 £27529 28103 £28676 .29250 30

31 «28447 29039 29632 30225 31

94.°1 eee e 94.°6 eoee 95.°l @eeses 95.°6

| 20 .18429 18812 .19194 .19576 20

Jor | .1 |} .19351 | 92 |} .19752| 94 || .20154 | 96 || .20555 | 98 || .1 | 21

| 99 | ‘2 || 120972 | 184 || .20693 | 188 || [21113 | 192 |} 121534} 196 || .2 | 22

93 | 3 || .21194 | 276 21633 | 282 || .22073 | 288 || .22513 | 994 || .3 | 23

94 | .4 || .22115 | 369 29574 | 376 || .23033 | 384 || .23492 | 392 || .4 | 24

25 | .5 || .23037 | 461 93515 | 470 || .24992 | 490 || .24470 | 489 || .5 | 25

96 | .6 || .23958 | 553 94455 | 564 || .24952 | 576 || .25449 | 587 || .6 | 26

97 | .7 || .24879 | 645 25396 | 658 || .25912 | 672 || .26428 | 685 || .7 | 27

1 98 | .8 || .25801 | 737 26336 | 753 || .26872 | 768 || .27407 | 783 || .8 | 28

| 29 | .9 || .26722 | 829 27277 | 847 || .27831 | 864 || .28386 | 881 .9 | 29

| 30 27644 28217 98791 .29364 30

| 31 £28565 £29158 .29751 .30343 31

94.92 @eeeetve 24.°7 eeeseve DARCY) @e2ee008 95.°7

| 920 18506 18888 .19270 .19653 20

a1 | 1 |} .19431 | 93 || :19832 | 94 |! [90934] 96 || :90685! 98 || .1 | 21

} 992 | .2 || .20356 |, 185 20777 | 189 || .21197 | 193 || .21618 | 197 || .2 | 22

i 93 | .3 |] .21282 | 278 21721 | 283 || .22161 | 289 || .22600 | 295 {| .3 | 23

1} 94 | .4 || .22207 | 370 92666 | 378 || .23124.| 385 || .23583 | 393 || .4 | 24

‘195 | .5 || .23132 | 463 93610 | 472 || .24088 | 482 || .24566 | 491 5 |. 25

| 96 | .6 || .24057 | 555 94555 | 566 || .25052 | 578 || .25549 | 590 || .6 | 26

97 | .7 || .24983 | 648 95499 | 661 || .26015 | 675 || .26529 | 688 || .7 | 27

| 98 | .8 || .25908 | 740 26443 | 756 || .26979 | 771 .27514 | 786 || 8 | 28

/} 99 | <9 || .26833 | 833 27388 | 851 || .27942 | 867 || .28497 | gga || .9 | 29

30 27759 28332 .28906 .29479 30

|) 31 -28684 .29277 £29869 30462 31

24.93 eenece 24.98 eevee: 95.93 eeeee 95.°8 |

| 20 28582 18965 .19347 .19729 20

on | .1 || .29511 | 93 || .19913 | 95 || .20314 | 97 |} .20716 | 99 |] .1 | 21

22 | .2 || .20440 | 186 0861 | 190 || .21982 | 194 || .21702 | 197 || .2 | 22

93 | .3 || -21370 | 279 21809 | 285 || .22249 | 290 || .22689 | 996 || .3 | 23

24 | .4 || .22299 | 372 99757 | 379 || .23216 | 387 || .23675 | 395 || .4 | 24

195 | .5 || .23228 | 465 93707 | 474 || .24184 | 484 || .24662 | 493 || .5 | 25

| 96 | .6 || .24157 | 558 || .24654 | 569 || .95151 | 580 || .25648 | 592 || .6 | 26

| 97 | .7 || .25086 | 650 25602 | 664 || .26118 | 677 || .26634 | 691 || .7 | 27

| 98 | .8 || .26015 | 743 96550 | 759 || .27086 | 774 || .27621 | 789 || .8 | 28

} 99} .9 || .26944 | 836 || .27499 | 853 || .28053 | 871 || .28607 | 888 |} .9 | 29

| 30 27873 28447 29020 £29594 30

31 .28802 £29359 :29988 .30580 31

24.°4 e@eee 94.99 @eee 25.°4 eee 25.99

| 20 18659 19041 19423 .19806 20

} 21 | .1 {| .19592 | 95 19993 | 95 || .20394| 97 || .20796 | 99 |] .1 | 21

| 26 | .2 |} -20524 | 189 20945 | 190 || .21366 | 194 || .23179 | 198 || .2 | 22

23 | .3 || .21457 | 284 21897 | 286 || .29337 | 291 £22777 | 997. || .3 | 23

24 | .4 || .22390 | 379 92849 | 381 || .23308 | 389 || .23767 | 396 || .4 | 24

% | .5 || .23323 | 473 || .23801 | 470 || .24279 | 486 || .24757 | 495 || .5 | 25

2% | .6 || .24956 | 568 24753 | 571 || .25950 | 583 || .25747 | 594 || .6 | 26

7} 47 || .25189 | 662 25705 | 660 || .26222 | 680 || .26738 | 693. || .7 | 27

8] .8 || .26122 | 757 96657 | 762 || .27193 | 777 27728 | 792. || .8 | 28

29] .9 || -27055 | 852 27609 | 857 || .28164 | 874 || .28718 | 891 || .9 | 29

| 30 27988 28562 29135 29709 30

| 31 28921 29514 30106 .30699 31

No. 147. New Serizs 63.

—

| Inches.

Decl.

nches

OOUREUb ww H

COIR BW

DoOYRURwWH

TaBLeE I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

ee ee

(t—t') p-

87.18 30

96.05

20264

21278

.22298

23304

24317

25331

°31884

(t—t’) p.

87°18 30

27.°0

20647

21679

22712

23744

.24776

20809

-26841

27873

(t'-—t.! )—=279.

Sa 3 ||(t—t!) p

8 9-5 ||——x—

one 87.18 30

27.°D

-21029

103 22081

907 23132

310 24184

413 25235

516 26287

619 »27338

723 -28389

826 29441

929 30492

031545

-32595

Sate 27.°6

-21106

104 022162

207 23217

oie 24272

415 20328

518 -26383

622 27438

725 28494

829 29549

933 30604

.31660

32715

e*eo0e 27-97

.21182

104 22241

208 23300

312 24359

416 25419

920 -26478

624 27537

728 28596

832 29655

936 .30714

.31773

32832

ee oe@e 27.28

21259

104 22322

209 23384

313 24447

418 25510

522 26573

626 27636

731 -28699

835 29762

939 30825

-31880

32951

@eeeoeocee 97.°9

.21335

105 22402

210 23469

314 24535

419 25601

524 26669

629 -27736

733 28802

838 29869

943 30936

32003

33069

is)

Decl. !

nehes. |

| 1

WOHURVBWHe

WOAUSOPRwWe

SmMUROBRwWD—

WOURO RW Ee

WOURTPT BE wre

WOUND Bie

DoONOO pW

Tass I,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

133652

Parts for

(t-—t./) =28°0.

—_——_— Ch FC - Orr

—

Decl.

34955 |

(t.—t./)=29°.

Ss d({(t—t) p. |S: ¥

2 84||—x—|2 34

ake 87.18 30 2S

29.95

22559

lll 23687 113

999 || .24814 | 226

300 25942 338

444 || .27070 | 451

554 || .28198 | 564

665 29326 677

776 || .30454 | 790

887 || .31582 | 902

998 32710 | 1015

33838

34965

alae 29.°6

22635

111 {| .23767 | 113

993 || .24899 | 226

334 26030 340

445 || .27162 | 453

056 28294 066

668 || .29426 | 679

779 || .30559 | 792

890 31689 905

1001 32821 | 1919

133953

35084

@eeooane 29.°7

22712

112 || .23847 | 114

993 || .24983 | 997

335 || .26118 | 341

447 || .27954 | 454

558 || .28389 | 568

670 || -29525 | 681

782 30661 795

893 || .31796 | 909

1006 || .32932 | 1022

34067

35203

@eaeee 29.°8

22788

112 23927 114

294 || .25067 | 228

336 -26206 342

448 |} .27346 | 456

560 || .28485 | 570

672 29624 684

784 || :30764 | 798

896 31903 912

1008 |} .33043 | 1026

34182

d0021

cesce 29,99

22864

112 24008 114

225 || .25151 | 229

337 26294 343

450 27437 457

562 || .28581 | 572

675 29724 686

787 || .30867 | 800

899 || .32010 | 915

1012 || .33154 | 1029

35440

. G2 OND OND WORD CONROE Wi WoONUAOBWHH

COUR BW

WONAM Aw

Wet

Bulb.

TaB eE Il,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.

Depression of Bulb below Dry Thermometer in degrees, Fahrenheit.

12 2° 3° 4° 5° Bb? i bad GP

4 ih ll 14 18 21 29 28

A Z 11 14 18 22 25 29

4 7 11 15 19 22 26 30

4 8 11 15 19 23 27 30

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32

4 8 12 16 21 25 29 33

4 9 13 17 22 26 30 34

A 9 13 18 22 26 31 39

9) 9 14 18 23 28 32 37

3) 10 14 19 24 29 34 38

5 10 15 20 25 29 34 39

9) 10 15 20 26 31 36 4]

5 ll 16 21 27 32 37 42

6 11 Ly, 22 28 33 39 44

6 11 17 23 29 34 40 46

6 12 18 24 30 39 4l 47

6 12 19 25 3l 37 43 OU

6 13 19 26 32 38 49 51

7 13 20 26 33 40 46 53

7 14 21 28 30 4l 48 59

7 14 21 28 36 43 50 57

7 15 22 30 37 44 o2 59

8 15 23 31 39 46 54 62

8 16 24 32 4l 49 57 65

8 ra 25 33 42 OU 58 66

9 17 26 34 43 ay | 60 68

9 18 26 35 44 53 62 70

9 18 27 36 46 50 64 73

] lg 28 38 47 56 66 79

10 20 29 39 49 59 69 78

10 20 30 40 ol 61 71 81

11 21 32 42 53 63 74 84

ll 22 32 43 54 69 7€ 86

1} 22 34 45 06 67 78 90

12 23 35 46 58 70 81 93

12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

12 25 37 50 62 74 87 99

Me) 26 39 D2 65 77 90 103

13 | 40 53 67 80 93 106

14 28 4] D0 69 83 a7, 110

14 De, 43 o7 72 86 100 114

15 29 44 59 74 88 103 118

15 3l 46 61 v7 92 107 122

16 32 47 63 79 95 lll 126

16 33 49 66 82 98 115 131

17 34 SL 68 85 101 118 135

17 30 53 70 88 105 123 140

18 36 54 72 91 109 127 145

19 37 56 75 94 112 131 150

19 39 58 77 SV 116 135 154

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

21 42 62 83 104 125 146 166

21 43 64 86 107 128 150 171

22 44 66 88 lil 133 155 177

23 46 68 91 114 137 160 182

24 48 71 95 119 143 167 190

24 49 73 98 122 146 171 195

25 50 76 101 126 151 177 202

26 52 78 104 130 156 182 208

27 54 81 108 135 161 188 215

28 56 82 111 139 167 195 222

Taste I],—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables. —(Continued.)

te Depression of Wet Bulb below Dry Thermometer, in d i tae

y egrees Fahrenheit. Bulb

g° 10° rye =

10 32 39 39 12 48 19 33 56

11 32 36 40 43 47 50 34 38 i

12 33 37 4] cba 48 36 39 E

13 34 38 42 46 49 33 37 él 13

14 36 40 44 48 52 36 60 6 Id

15 37 4] 45 49 53 > 62 66 15

16 39 43 47 52 56 é0 65 69 || 16

hg 40 44 48 53 57 6 66 70 17

18 41 46 di 50 60 o 69 44 18

19 43 48 53 58 62 e7 "2 “ 19

20 44 49 54 09 64 69 14 rs 20

21 46 D1 06 61 66 7 82 21

29 48 53 58 64 69 4 50 85 23

23 50 50 61 66 72 if 83 88 23

24 51 o7 63 68 74 a 3 ol 24

25 53 o9 65 71 77 $3 89 a4 25

26 56 62 68 74 81 o 93 99 26

27 58 64 71 77 83 90 96 a2 27

28 09 66 73 79 86 02 99 106 :

29 62 69 76 83 90 7 04 110 29

30 64 71 78 85 2 39 107 Td 30

31 67 74 8] 89 ; 04 mH i13 31

a A = oo se a 104 411 118 31

es a 3] a a 10 108 116 123 32

o e 3g a Kon a 113 122 130 33

39 77 85 94 102 Mi 118 138 136 35

2 BG 33 oa ie 119 128 136 35

37 82 91 100 109 11s 197 137 146 37

38 85 si | ios | ite | is | ise | ia | iso || 38

5 a - Wee ae 132 141 150 38

40 91 101 }11 12) 131 ai 159 162 40

4l 99 105 116 126 137 47 138 168 41

42 97 108 119 130 140 151 162 173 rb

43 101 112 123 134 146 159 168 17 43

44 104 116 128 139 151 169 174 188 id

45 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 5

46 112 124 136 149 J61 74 186 198 re

47 116 129 142 155 168 181 194 206 17

48 120 133 146 160 173 186 200 213 i8

49 124 138 152 166 179 193 207 Dai 19

30 129 143 157 172 186 300 215 239 50

5] 132 147 162 176 191 506 01 335 3

52 138 153 168 184 199 14 230 ae 32

03 142 158 174 190 205 oT 237 253 33

54 148 164 180 197 213 330 246 362 Ba

a) 152 169 186 203 220 337 25 270 35

56 158 7 193 210 228 ois 263 280 36

07 163 181 199 217 235 353 279 290 37

58 168 187 206 224 243 262 381 299 58

59 174 193 212 232 251 370 290 309 59

60 180 | 200 | 220 230 | 260 | 980 | 300 | 320 || 60

7 208 229 250 270 ;

62 193 214 235 257 y 300 321 342 59

63 199 221 243 265 287 309 339 354 a3

64 205 228 251 274 296 319 312 365 6a

4 aa Le oH ct 296 319 342 365 64

“4 ah vy ae re 309 333 357 381 65

4 it a oe a 317 342 366 390 66

= ol ae s 2 328 393 378 403 67

SS a ae

250 278 306 334 361 389 417 445 70

No. 147. New Serizs 63. 7 J a.

Tasie I],—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

1° 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° g°

70 28 56 83 lil 139 167 195 222

71 29 57 86 115 144 172 201 230

72 30 59 89 118 148 178 207 237

73 31 61 92 123 154 184 215 246

74 32 63 95 127 159 190 222 254

75 33 65 98 131 164 196 229 262

; 34 67 101 135 169 200 236 270

77 35 69 104 139 174 208 243 978

78 36 72 108 144 180 214 951 287

79 37 74 111 148 186 223 260 297

80 38 77 115 153 192 230 268 306

81 40 79 119 158 198 237 277 316

82 4l 81 122 162 203 244 284 325

83 42 84 126 168 211 253 295 337

84 43 87 130 174 217 260 304 347

85 45 90 134 179 224 269 314 358

86 46 92 139 185 231 277 323 370

87 48 95 143 191 239 286 334 382

88 49 98 148 197 246 295 344 394

89 51 101 152 203 954 304 355 406

90 52 105 157 209 262 314 366 418

ol 54 108 162 216 270 323 377 431

92 56 111 167 222 278 334 391 446

93 57 115 172 229 287 344 401 458

94 59 118 177 236 296 356 414 473

95 61 122 183 244 305 365 426 487

96 63 126 188 251 314 377 440 502

97 65 129 194 259 324 388 453 518

98 67 133 200 267 334 400 467 536

99 69 137 206 275 344 412 481 550

100 71 143 |. 919 283 254 425 496 566

101 73 146 219 292 365 438 511 584

102 75 150 226 301 375 45| 526 602

103 77 154 232 310 387 466 542 619

104 80 160 239 319 399 479 559 638

105 82 164 246 328 411 493 575 657

16 85 169 954 338 423 508 592 677

107 87 174 260 347 434 521 608 694

108 90 179 269 359 449 538 628 718

109 92 185 ris 370 462 554 647 739

110 95 190 285 380 476 571 666 761

in 98 196 293 391 490 587 684 780

112 !ol 201 301 403 504 604 705 806

113 104 207 311 AlD 519 622 726 830

114 107 213 320 427 534 640 747 854

115 110 220 329 439 549 659 769 878

116 113 226 339 452 565 678 791 904

117 116 232 349 465 581 697 813 930

118 120 239 359 478 598 718 837 957

119 193 247 370 494 617 740 864 987

120 127 253 379 506 633 759 896 1012

121 130 260 390 520 651 781 911 1041

122 134 268 401 535 669 803 937 1071

123 138 275 413 550 688 826 963 1101

124 142 283 425 566 708 849 981 1122

125 146 291 437 582 728 873 1018 1164

126 150 299 449 598 748 898 1047 1197

127 154 307 461 615 769 922 1076 1230

128 158 316 474 632 790 947 1105 1263

129 162 325 487 650 812 974 1137 1299

130 167 334 501 668 835 100i 1168 1335

. 20

Tasue II,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

get Depression of Wet Bulb below Dry Thermometer, in degrees Fahrenheit.

Bulb.

70 250

71 258

40 266

73 276

74 285

75 294

76 303

77 312

78 323

79 334

80 345

81 356

82 365

83 379

84 391

85 403

86 416

87 429

88 443

89 456

90 461

91 475

92 508

93 516

94 532

95 548

96 565

97 582

98 600

99 618

100 637

101 657

102 677

103 697

104 718

105 739

106 761

107 781

108 807

109 832

110 856

lit 880

112 906

113 933

114 960

115 988

116 1017

117 1046

118 1076

119 1111

120 1139

121 1171

122 1204

123 1238

124 1264

125 1310

126 1346

127 1383

128 1421

129 1462

130 1502

— ——— a ——

——— _—-—. ——

1455

1496

1537

1079

1624

1699

1836

No. 147. New Senriss 63.

Taste II,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables. —(Continued.)

Wet

Bulb.

Tas eE I1,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Depression of Wet Bulb below Dry Thermometer, in degrees Fahrenheit.

a i nn i

25° 269 Zao 28° 29° 30° 00 00

695 723 751 778 806 834

718 746 779 804 832 861

Wet

Bulb

19)

TasxeE II],—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.

Degrees of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.

Ther. | Tension. || Ther. | Tension. || ther. | Tension. || Ther. | Tension Ther. | Tension.

° |In. decls. S In. decls. ° |In. decls. o In. decls. © |{In. decls.

04.0 | 0.05246 02.0 | 0.06598 08.0 | 0.08277 14.0 | 0.10354 20.0 |} 0.12915

03.9 | 0.05266 1 | 0.06623 1 | 0.08308 1 | 0.10393 1} 0.12962 }

8 | 0.05286 2 | 0.06648 2 | 0.08340 2] 0.10431 2 | 0.13010

7 | 0.05307 3 | 0.06674 3 | 0.08371 3 | 0.10470 3 | 0.13057

6 | 0.05326 4 | 0.06699 4 | 0.08402 4 | 0.10599 4 | 0.13105 |

5 | 0.05346 5 | 0.06725 5 | 0.08434 5 | 0.10548 5 | 0.13153 |

41 0.05367 6 | 0.06750 6 | 0.08466 6 | 0.10587 6 | 0.13201

3 | 0.05388 7 | 0.06776 7 | 0.08498 7 | 0.10626 7 | 0.13249 |

2 | 0.05408 8 | 0.06802 8 | 0.08529 8 | 0.10665 8 | 0.13298 |

___1 | 0.05429 || 02.9 | 0.06828 || 08.9 | 0.08561 |} 14.9 | 0.10705 || 20°9 | 0.13347

03.0 | 0.05450 || 03.0 | 0.06853 || 09.0 | 0.08594 || 15.0 | 0.10745 || 21.0 | 0:13395

02.9 | 0.05471 1 | 0.06880 1 | 0.08626 1 | 0.10784 1 | 0.13444 |

8 | 0.05492 2 | 0.06906 2 | 0.08658 2 | 0.10824 2 | 0.13494 | -

7 | 0.05513 3 | 0.06932 3 | 0.0869] 3 | 0.10864 3 | 0.13543 |

6 | 0.05535 4 | 0.06958 4 | 0.08723 4 | 0.10905 4 | 0.18592 |

5 | 0.05556 5 | 0.06985 5 | 0.08756 5 | 0.10945 5 | 0.13642 | ~

4 | 0.05577 6 | 0.07011 6 | 0.08789 6. | 0.10986 6 | 0.13692 |

3 | 0.05599 7 | 0.07038 7 | 0.08822 7 | 0.11026 7 | 0.13742 |

2 | 0.05620 8 | 0.07065 8 | 0.08855 8 | 0.11067 8 | 0.13792 |

__1 | 0.05642 || 03.9 | 0.07091 || 09.9 | 0.08888 || 15.9 | 0.11108 |} 21.9 | 0.13843 |

02.0 | 0.05663 || 04.0 | 0.07118 || 10.0 | 0.08921 |) 16.0 | 0.11149 || 22.0 | 0.13893 |

01-9 | 0.05685 1 | 0.07145 1 | 0.08955 1 | 0.11190 1 | 0.13944 | -

8 | 0.05707 2 | 0.07172 2 | 0.08988 2 | 0.11232 2 | 0.13995

7 | 0.05729 3 | 0.07200 3 | 0.09022 3 | 0.11273 3 | 0.14046

6 | 0.05751 4 | 0.07227 4 | 0.09056 4 | 0.11315 4 | 0.14097 | |

5 | 0.05773 5 | 0.07254 5 | 0.09090 5 | 0.11357 5 | 0.14148 |

4 | 0.05795 6 | 0.07282 6 | 0.09124 6 | 0.11399 6 | 0.14200 |

3 | 0.05818 7 | 0.07309 7 | 0.09158 7 | 0.11441 7 | 0.14252 | |

2 | 0.05840 8 | 0.07337 8 | 0.09192 8 | 0.11483 8 | 0.14304 | |

___1 | 0.05862 |] 04.9 | 0.07365 10.9 | 0.09226 || 16.9 | 0.11525 |] 22.9 | 0.14356 | |

01.0 | 0.05885 |} 05.0 | 0.07393 |} 11.0 | 0.09261 || 17.0 | 0.11568 |} 23.0 | 0.14408 |

00.9 | 0.05907 1 | 0.07421 1 | 0.09296 1 | 0.11610 1 | 0.14460

8 | 0.05930 2 | 0.07449 2 | 0.0933u 21 0.11653 2 | 0.14513

7 | 0.05952 3 | 0.07477 3 | 0.09365 3 | 0.11696 3 | 0.14566 | |

6 | 0.08975 41 0.07505 4 | 0.09400 4/{ 0.11739 4 | 0.14619

5 | 0.05998 5 | 0.07533 5 | 0.09435 5 | 0.11783 5 | 0.14672

4 | 0.06021 6 | 0.07562 6 | 0.09470 6 | 0.11826 6 | 0.14725

3 | 0.06044 7 | 0.07590 7 | 0.09506 7 | 0.11870 7 ( 0.14779

2 | U.06067 8 | 0.07619 8 ; 0.09541 8 | 0.11913 8 | 0.14833 | |

___1 | 09,06091 || 05.9 | 0.07648 || 11.9 | 0.09577 || 17.9 | 0.11957 || 23-9 | 0.14887 ||

00.0 | 0.06114 || 06.0 | 0.07677 |} 12.0 | 0.09612 |} 18.0 | 0.12001 || 24.0 | 0.14941 }|

+.1 | 0.06137 1 | 0.07706 1 | 0.09648 1 | 0.12046 1 | 0.14995 |!

2| 0.06161 21 0.07735 2 | 0.09684 2 | 0.12090 2 | 0.15050 |)

3 | 0.06184 3 | 0.07764 3 | 0.09721 3 | 0.12135 3 | 0.15105

4 | 0.06208 4 | 0.07794 4 | 0.09757 4 | v.12179 4 | 0.15160 |)

5 | 0.06232 2 | 0.07823 5 | 0.09793 5 | 0.12224 5 | 0.15215 |)

6 | 0.06255 6 | 007853 6 | 0.09830 6 | 0.12269 6 | 0.15269 |)

7 | 0.06279 7 | 0.07882 7 | 9.09866 7 | 0.12314 7 | 0.10324

8 | 0.06303 8 | 0.07912. 8 | 0.099C3 8 | 0.12359 8 | 0.15380 |)

00.9 | 0.06327 ||} 06.9 | 0.07942 || 12.9 | 0.09940 || 18.9 | 0.12405 || 24.9 | 0.15436

0.10 | 0.06352 || 07.0 | 0.07972 || 13.0 | 0.09977 || 19.0 | 0.12450 || 25.0 | 0.15492

| 1 | 0.06376 1 | 0.08002 1 } 9.10014 1 | 0.12496 1 | 0.15548

2 | 0.06400 2 | 0.08032 2 | 0.10051 2 | 0:12542 2 | 0.15604 |

3 | 0.06425 3 | 0.08062 3 | 9.10089 3 | 0.12588 3 | 0.15661 |

4 | 0.06449 4 | 0.08093 4} 0.10126 4} 0.12634 4 | 0.15718 |

5 | 0.06474 5 | 0.08123 5 | 0.10164 5 | 0.12680 5 | 0.15778 |

| 6 | 0.06498 6 | 0.08154 6 | 0-10202 6 | 0.12727 6 | 0.15832 |

7 | 0.06523 7 | 0.08185 7 | 0.10240 7 | 0.12774 7 | 0.15889 |

8 | 0.06548 8 | 0.08215 8 | 0.10277 8 | 0.12820 8 | 0.15947 |

01.9 | 0.06573 || 07.9 | 0.08246 || 13.9 | 0.10316 || 19.9 | 0.12867 || 25.9 | 0.76004 |

—

TasxE III,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Degrees of Farenheit’s Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.

Ther. | Tension. |} Ther. | Tension.

te} °

26 O | 0 16062 || 32 0 | 0 19918

1 | 0 16120 1 | 0 19989

2 | 0 16178 2 | 0 20061

3 | 0 16237 3 | 0 20132

4 | 0 16296 4 | 0 20204

5 | 0 16355 5 | 0 20276

6 | 0 16414 6 | 0 20348

7 | 0 16473 +7 | 0 20421

8 | 0 16532 8 | 0 20494

26 9 | 0 16592 || 32 9 | 0 20567

27 0 | O 16652 || 33 0 | 0 20640

1 | 0 16712 1 | 0 20713

2 | 0 16772 2 | 0 20787

3 | 0 16833 3 | 0 20861

4 | 0 16894 4 | 0 20935

5 | 0 16954 5 | 0 21010

6 | 0 17016 6 | 0 21084

oa @ 17077 7 | 0 21159

8 | 0 17138 8 | 0 21234

27 9 | 0 17200 || 33 9 | 0 21310

28 0 | 0 17262 || 34 0 | 0 21386

1 | 0 17324 1 | 0 21462

2 | 0 17387 21) 0.21538

3 | 0 17449 3 | 0 216la4

4 | 0 17512 4 | 0 2169]

5 | 0 17575 5 | 0 21768

6 | 0 17638 6 | 0 21854

7 | 0 17702 7 | 0 21923

8 | 0 17765 8 | 0 22000

28 9 | 0 17829 || 349 } O 22078

29 0 | O 17893 || 35 0 | 0 22157

1 | 0 17957 1 | 0 22935

2 | 0 18022 2 | 0 22314

3 | 0 18087 3 | 0 22393

4} 0 18151 4 | 0 22479

5 | O 18217 5 | 0 22552

6 | 0 18282 6 | 0 22632

7 | 0 18348 7 | 0 22712

8 | 0 18413 8 | 0 22792

29 9 | 0 18480 || 35 9 | 0 29873

30 0 | 9 18546 || 360 | 0 22953

1 | 0 18612 1 | 0 23035

2 | 0 18679 2 | 0 23116

3 | 0 18746 3 | 0 23198

4 | 0 18813 4 | 0 23280

5 | 0 18880 5 | 0 23362

6 | 0 18948 6 | 0 23444

7 | 0 19016 7 | 0 23597

8 | 0 19084 8 | O 23610

30 9 | 0 19152 || 36 9 | U 23694

3L 0 | O 19221 || 37 0 | 0 23777

1 | 9 19289 1 | 0 23861

| 2] 0 19358 2 | 0 23945

} 3 | 0 19427 3 | 0 24029

| 4] 0 19497 4 | 0 24114

i 5 | O 19567 5 | 0 24199

| 6 | 0 19637 6 | 0 24284

ie 2 | O 19707 7 | 0 24370

8 | 0 19777 8 | 0 24456

31 9 | 0 19848 || 37 9 | 0 24542

No. 147. New Seriss 63.

Go 09

66 GO

PS tH GO

i=) ow

—

AG ;

SONMAMEWNH—COODNMRAIUPWN HK$ CODNAUNHWNWrHOCCMOIMNUSPWNHKHCHOONMSU PWN CODUIMRULWNES O

Tension.

0 24628

0 24715

U 24802

Q 24889

0 24978

0 25064

0 25152

0 25241

U 25329

0 25418

0 25508

0 25597

0 25687

0 25777

0 25868

0 25958

0 26049

0 26141

0 26232

0 26324

0 26416

0 26509

0 26602

0 26695

0 26788

0 26882

0 26976

0 27070

0 97165

0 27260

0 27355

0 2745)

0 27547

0 27643

0 97739

0 97836

0 27933

0 28031

0 98129

0 28227

0 28325

0 28424

0 98523

0 28622

0 98722

0 98822

0 28922

0 29023

0 29124

0 29225

0 29327

0 29429

U0 29531

U0 29634

0 29737

0 29840

0 29944

0 30048

0 30152

0 30257

Ol be

CONRUE WN —CODYRMUEPWNH—COMNRNBPWNHNHOCODNIRUBWNHHCHODYNRUBPWNHCHODNIMUYAWNHS O

“NO

= &

oom!

> Bb

Tens

0 32423

0 32534

0 32647

0 32760

0 32873

0 32986

0 33100

0 33214

0 33328

0 33443

0 33559

U0 33674

0 33790

0 33906

0 34023

0 34140

0 34258

0 34376

0 34494

0 34613

0 34731

0 34851

0 34971

0 35091

0 35211

0 35332

0 35453

0 35575

0 35697

U0 35820

0 35943

0 36066

0 36190

0 36313

U 36438

0 36563

0 36688

0 36814

0 36940

0 37066

0 37193

SS)

w—

Ovo

(SUT No}

CONIA PWONW—TCOD*IMIEWNKH CHOON AWNHCODIRUYPWNWHCODBDNMUT PWN COODNAUABWNHrKEO O

Tension.

0 37320

0 37447

0 37576

0 37704

0 37833

0 37962

0 38092

0 38222

0 38352

0 38483

0 38614

0 38746

0 38878

0 39011

0 39144

0 39277

0 39411

0 39545

0 39680

0 39815

0 39951

0 40087

0 40223

0 40360

0 40497

0 40635

0 40773

0 40911

0 41050

0 41190

0 41330

0 41470

0 41611

0 41752

0 41893

0 42035

0 42178

0 42321

0 42464

0 42608

0 42753

0 42898

0 43043

0 43188

0 43334

0 43481

0 43628

0 43775

0 43923

0 44072

0 44221

0 44370

0 44520

0 44671

0 44821

0 4497

0 4512

0 4527

0 454

0 41

cron

oor

* Tasxe IIl,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.— (Continued)

Degrees of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.

Tension. Tension. Tension. Tension. Tension.

.0 | 0.45736 ‘ 0.55881 0.68072 0.82671 80.0 | 1.00094 |

.L | .0.45890 -l | 0.56067 0.68295 0.82937 -l | 1.00421 |”

2 | .0.46045 .2 | 0.56253 0.68518 d 0.83204 .2 | 1.00729 {a

.3 | .0.46200 .3 | 0.56440 .3 | 0.68742 ; 0.83472 .3 | 1.01048 |

.4 | .0.46355 .4 | 0.56627 .4 | 0.68966 f 0.83740 4 | 1.01368)

5 | .0.46511 5 | 0.56815 5 | 0.69191 i 0.84009 -5 | 1.01688 |

.6 | .0.46668 6 | 0.57003 .6 | 0.69417 0.84279 .6 | 1.02010:|

.7 | .0.46825 7 | 0.57192 -7 | 0.69644 0.84550 .7 | 1.02333 |

.8 | .0.46982 8 | 0.57381 8 | 0.69871 0.84821 8 | 1.02656 |

6.9 | .0.47140 || 62.9 | 0.57572 || 68.9 | 0.70099 || 7 0.85094 || 80.9 | 1.02980 |

7.0 | .0.47299 63.0 | 0.57762 || 69.0 | 0.70328 ” 0.85367 81.0 | 1.03306 |

1 | .0.47458 1 | 0.57954 2 0.70557 0.85640 -1 | 1.03632 |

.2 | .0.47617 .2.| 0.58145 -2 | 0.70787 0.85915 2 | 1.03959 |

18: 1 0:47777 3. | 0.58338 .3 | 0.71017 0.86191 .3 | 1.04287 |

.4 | .0.47937 -4 | 0.58531 .4 | 0.71249 0.86467 4} 1.04616 |

35 | .0.48098 5 | 0.58724 | 0.71481 0.86744 5 | 1.04946 |

.6 | .0.48260 .6 | 0.58918 6 | 0.71713 0.87022 .6 | 1.05277

.7 | 0.48422 7 | 0.59113 «7 | 0.71947 0 8730i 7 | 1.0560990m

.8 | .0.48584 .8 | 0.59308 8 | 0.72181 0.87581 8 | 1.05942 19

7.9 | .0.48747 63.9 | 0.59504 || 69.9 | 0.72416 0.87861 81.9 | 1.46276 |

8.0 | .0.48911 64.0 | 0.59701 70.0 | 0.72651 0.88143 |} 82.0 | 1.06611 |

ol | .0.49075 -1 | 0.59898 .L | 0.72888 0.88425 1 | 1.06946 |

.2 | .0.49239 2 | 0.60096 «2 | 0.73125 0.88708 .2 | 1.07283 |

3 | .0.49404 3 | 0.60295 23 | 0.73362 0.88992 -3 | 1.07621 |

.4 | .0.49570 41 0.60493 .4 | 0.73601 0.89276 4 he

.») | .0.49736 5 | 0,60693 -O | 0.73840 0.89562 7)

6 | .0.49902 .6 | 0.60893 -6 | 0.74079 0.89848 6

.7 | .0.50070 7 | 0.68093 «7 | 0.74320 0.90135 ot

8 | .0.50237 .S | 0.61295 8 | 0.74561 0.90423 8

58.9 | .0.50405 64.9 | 0.61497 70-9 | 0.74803 0.90712 || 82.9

59.0 | .0.50574 65.0 | 0.61700 || 71-0 | 0.75046 0.91001 83-0

1 | .0.50743 .L | 0.61903 -L | 0.75289 .1 | 0.93292 1

2 | .0.50912 2 | 0.62107 -2 | 0.75533 2 | 0.91583 02

3 | .0.51083 3 | 0.62311 -3 | 0.75778 .3 | 0°91875 3

4 | 0.51253 .4 | 0.62516 4 | 0.76024 .4 | 0.92168 4

5 | 0.51425 5 | 0.62722 0 | 0.76270 5 | 0.92462 x9)

.6 | .0.51596 .6 | 0.62928 6 | 0.76517 6 | 0.92757 6

7 | 0.51769 .7 | 0.63135 7 | 0.76765 7 | 0.93053 oh

.8 | .0.51942 8 | 0.63343 .8 | 0.77013 .8 | 0.93349 8

59.9 | .0.52115 65.9 | 0.63551 71.9 | 0.77262 || 77.9 | 0.93647 || 83.9

60.0 | -0.52289 66.0 | 0.63760 || 72.0 | 0.77572 78.0 | 0.93945 || 84.0

ol | 0.52463 .| | 0.63970 -l | 0.77763 -l | 0.94244 ol

.2 | .0.52638 .2 | 0.64180 .2 | 0.78015 .2 | 0.94544 2

3 | 0.52814 3 | 0.64390 .3 | 0.78267 3 | 0.94845 3

.4 | .0.52990 .4 | 0.64702 4 | 0.78520 .4 | 0.95146 4

5 | .0.53166 5 | 0.64814 5) | 0.78774 5 | 0.95449 x9)

.6 | 0.53343 .6 | 0.65026 .6 | 0.79028 .6 | 0.95752 6

7 | 0.53521 .7 | 0.65240 .7 | 0.79283 .7 | 0.96057 A

60.8 | .0.53699 .8 | 0.65454 8 | 0.79539 8 | 0.96362 8

60.9 | .0.53878 || 66.9 | 0.65668 || 72.9 | 0.79796 || 78.9 | 0.96668 || 84.9

61.0 | .0.54058 67.0 | 0.65884 || 73.0 | 0.80054 || 79.0 | 0.96975 || 85.0

1 | .0.54238 .l | 0.66099 -l | 0.80312 .1 | 0.97283 1

.2 | 0.54418 2 | 0.66316 .2 | 0.80571 -2 | 0.97592 02

.3 | .0.54599 .3 | 0.66534 .3 | 0.80831 .3 | 0.97902 3

4 | -0.54781 .4| 0.66751 4 | 0.81091 .4 | 0.98212 4

5 | .0.54963 .5 | 0.66970 5 | 0.81353 5 | 0.98523 5

.6 | .0.55145 .6 | 0.67189 .6 | 0.81615 .6 | 0.98836 6

7 | .0.55328 -7 | 0.67409 .7 | 0.81878 .7 | 0.99149 a

8 | .0.55512 .8 | 0.67629 8 | 0.82141 8 | 0.99463 8

61.9 | .0.55697 67.9 | 0.67850 73.9 | 0.82406 || 79.9 | 0.99778 || 85.9

Ther.

Taste II],—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Degrees of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.

Tension.

1 44498

1 4494]

Ther.

Tension.

Ther.

SOONOUPWNHO

elite)

~© Go

WH OODNAME WHR SCODIRMRUIBWNHHKOHONMNIRORwWNe

100

10]

101

102

103

COONIONMGWNW—OCCAURP Up Cw

Tension,

1 74404

1 74929

] 75456

1 75984

1 76513

1 77044

1 77577

1 78111

] 78646

1 79182

1 79721

1 80260

1 80801

1 81344

] 81888

1 82433

1 82980

1 83529

1 84079

1 84630

1] 85183

1 85738

1 86294

1 86851

1 87410

1 87970

1 88532

1 89095

1 89660

1 90227

1 90795

1 91364

191985

1 92508

1 93082

1 93658

] 94235

1 94814

] 95394

1 95976

1 96560

1 97145

1 97732

1 98320

1 98909

1 99501

2 00094

2 00688

2 01284

2 01882

2 02482

2 03083

2 03685

2 04289

2 04895

2 05902

2 06111

2 06772

2 07334

2 07948

Ther. | Tension.

0 | 2 08563

1 | 2 09180

2 | 2 09799

3 | 2 10419

4 | 2 11041

5 | 2 11665

6} 2 12291

7 | 2 12918

8 | 2 12546

9 | 2 14177

0 | 2 14809

1 | 2 15442

2 | 2 16078

3 | 2 16715

4 | 2 17354

5 | 2 17994

6 | 2 18636

7 | 2 19280

8 | 2 19926

9 | 2 20573

0} 2 21222

1 | 2 21873

2 | 2 22525

3 | 2 23179

4 | 2 23835

5 | 2 24493

6 | 2 20152

7 | 2 25813

8 | 2 26476

9 | 2 27141

U | 2 27807

1 | 2 28475

2 | 2 29145

3 | 2 29817

4 | 2 30490

® | 2 31165

6 | 2 31842

7 | 2 32521

8 | 2 33201

9 | 2 33883

0 | 2 34567

1 | 2 35253

2 | 2 3094)

3 | 2 3663]

4 | 2 37322

5 | 2 38015

6 | 2 38710

7 | 2 39406

8 | 2 40105

9 | 2 40805

0 | 2 41507

1 | 2 42211

2 | 2 42917

3 | 2 43625

4 | 2 44335

d | 2 45046

6 | 2 45759

7 | 2 46474

8 | 2 47192

9 | 2 47909

aa |

Ther. | Tension.

2 48630

2 49353

2 50078

2 50805

2 51533

2 52363

2 52995

2 53729

2 54465

2 55202

2 90942

2 56684

2 97427

2 58173

2 58920

2 5669

2 60421

2 61174

2 61929

2 62686

2 63445

2 64206

2 64969

2 65734

2 66501

2 67270

2 68041

2 68814

2 69589

2 70365

2 71144

2 71925

2 72708

2 73493

2 74280

2 75069

2 75860

2 76653

2 77448

2 78245

2 70944

2 79845

2 80648

2 81453

2 82261

2 83070

2 83882

2 84695

2 85511

2 86329

2 87148

2 87970

2 88794

2 89621

2 90449

2 91279

2 92111

2 92946

2 93783

2 94622

—

i=)

111

112

DIRT WNHSOONHUBRWNHEHCODYNRUA WIE

W pod

— —_

— a

em OO

CANAAN WH—SCOIRMURWNHEOWOUOU RW

114

115

TasxeE ILI,—Apjohn’s Hygrometric Tables.—(Continued.)

Degrees of Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, and Tension of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.

‘Ther. | Tension.

° |In. decls.

116. 2.95462

2.96306

2.9713!

2.97998

2.98848

2.99699

3.00553

3.01409

3.02267

3.03128

3.03990

3.04855

3.05722

3.06591

3.07463

3.08336

3.09212

3.10090

3.10970

wn ©

117

118. 3.12737

3.13624

3.14513

3.15404

3.16297

3.17193

3.18091

3.18992

3.19894

3.20799

3.21706

3.22616

3.23527

3.24441

3.259358

3.26276

3.27197

3.28120

3.29046

3.29974

3.30904

3.31836

3.32771

3.33708

3.34648

3.39590

3.36934

3.37480

3.38429

3.39381

3.40334

3.41290

3.42249

3.43210

3.44173

3.45139

3.46107

3.47077

3 48950

3.43025

118

119

DONO UD WNWHKOODIAMAUPWNHH COBIAN WNHH CODNAUE

CONIAUNAWNHKOCODNSEOUYPWWwHC

3.11852 *

Ther. | Tension.

—| —— ~ —_-

In decls.

3.50003

3.50983

3.51965

3.92950

3.03938

3.54928

3.55920

3.56915

3.57912

3.58911

3.59913

3.60918

3.61926

3.62935

3.63947

3.64962

3.65979

3.66999

3.68021

3.69045

3.70072

3.71102

3.72134

3.73179

3.74206

3.75247

3.76289

3.77334

3.78382

3.79431

3.80484

3.81539

3.82597

3.83608

3.84721

3.85787

3.86895

3.87926

3.88999

3.90076

3.91154

1 | 3.92236

2 | 3.93320

3 | 3.94406

4 | 3.95496

2 | 3.96588

6 | 3.97682

7 | 3.98780

8 | 3.99880

' 4.00982

4.02087

1 | 4.03196

2 | 4.04306

3 | 4.05420

4 | 4.06536

5 | 4:07635

6 | 4.08776

—

122

123

DON AUBRWNHOODNMTIARWH

— —

ia)

wm OO

OT L

SIODONIATARWNHKOCOBDNOUTPwWN

4.09901

4.11028

4.12157

Ther.

SO ONAUBRWNHKOS O

<> 0

—o

131

132.

TOON OUR WN CODUYRAUIBWNHKOCHOBDINAUAWNHKCODNIMRABWNE

—

is)

te}

133.0

| 133,

Tension.

In. decls.

4.13290

4.14425

4.15563

4.16704

4.17847

4.18993

4.20142

4.21294

4.22449

4.23606

4.24766

4.25929

4.27095

4.28264

4.29435

4.30609

4.31786

4.32966

4.34149

4.35334

4.36522

4.37713

4.38908

4.40105

4.41305

4.42507

4.43713

4.44921

4.46133

4.47347

4.48564

4.49784

4.51007

4.52233

4.53462

4.54694

4.55928

4:57 166

4.58407

4.59650

4.60896

4.62146

4.63399

4.64654

4.69912

4.67174

4.68438

4.69706

4.70976

4.72249

4.73526

4.74805

4.76088

4.77373

4.78662

4.79954

4.81248

4.82546

4.83847

4.85151

—

—&

135

—

ARWNHKSOONREUPWNHKCODNMRUBWNHHKCOAGND

——

oo OO

—_——

oO OO

SO GO

Lye)

134.

“SI OD

—

Go WwW

com

WONVHUIBRWN— CODY BWNHHOHOWOID

Ther.

On Yo bo

Tension.

5.69232

Ther.

Tension.

140.0

DMONIHVBwWNHH

——

w—

mers ee

os oS oe ;

OUNBWNE=CODNMAUVPWNHCHODNMVAPWNHKHCODNOTFWN™S

—

PSS

WCONIRMUBwWNWNHKOWOWON

145.

6B Cruz

BEB Gries

CM Micaccous Schist

DWM Chioritic Schict

BETWEEN THE RIVERS

3 ane Eo Argllacous Schist

SUTLI Jao KALE E

Ya 7 Limestone

CAP Par 3.D. HERBERT. G Hornblence Schiet

Lu, A Ln! Ln Ly ty ay tt mralaiye. How MAIS pS ee

reo Dilural Beds

{ Ky las Moustasns

Shecang

Published to accompany (aptain Herbert's Report

\ \ »Shangree

Jeurnal of the Asiatic Sonety 842NOV,X1. AEPENDIX , \ . \ \

oKookoom

Bees LOZ

AO) NamasHouee

NUS a Seles;

te Munsuvrava’

wna Bit) a

hwun ua, n “

+ Tuklahot

14800

I A \ poe Be

ares) Bars \ \ : \7

Wao Yosser 3 ? Rescios

Wise. igsrsi¥

* 25580 foet «XIV

\Seraby

c r Bishen peor

Hawreciner x ~ \

if WRactidee

elie) adeshon

Pun items uti

Prepulketoe

et : ee ;

Ae. _

Miailalie Dynthqr ce Fart

afta rnhue

ited

sLeolan Gurhee

* Bonga

REMARKS

The Straight liner indicate the drestinre of ’

the Strata. The Arrowheads the quarter of the Tip

The figures anraxed the \rclirention

“Frinkad by PS DRexaris 8G

171

Geological Map of Carrain Hersert’s Himalaya Survey.

With the present number the Editors of the Journal have the ex-

treme satisfaction of presenting to its readers, and to the scientific

world in general, Captain Herbert’s Geological Map of his Survey, of

which the Report was published by the late Editor and Proprietor,

gratis to subscribers, as a supplementary number to Vol. XI of the

Journal.* The introductory notice to that report will fully explain

under what circumstances it was obtained and published. It is to

the attentive recommendation of the Government of India, and the ever

ready assistance of the Court of Directors, that the Asiatic Society and

the scientific world are indebted for this noble proof of what has been

done in former days by the Government for the advancement of this

branch of science ; and if it be considered that the Map and Memoir now

date nearly TWENTY YEARS back, (the Survey was of course previous to

it,) and that it is still the only connected geological sketch we have of

this great and interesting tract of country, where so many magnificent

geological problems yet lie unsolved, and perhaps even unthought of,

its importance as a preliminary draft for more detailed and accurate

delineation, may, as we have elsewhere stated,+ be best appreciated by

those who can remember or refer to the geological labours of Smith and

the earlier Continental geologists, not many years before its date. We

should not also forget that the Report itself was but a first one, and

therefore, like the Map, but a sketch of what more detailed and minute

examination are wanting to render perfect.—Eps.

* A large margin has been purposely made on the left hand margin of the plate, so

that it can be taken out of this number, and pasted into the volume, in its place at the

- end of the Report, by those who have it bound up.

¢ Proceedings Asiatic Society for March, Report Curator Geological and Minera-

logical Departments.

Notes on Mooreroft's Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard’s Account of

Kundawar, ineluding a general description of the latter district. By

Lieutenant J. D. Cunnineuam, of the Engineers, 1843. Com-

municated by the Government of India. ;

GENERAL ACCOUNT OF KUNAWAR.

Situation, §c.—The Sutlej rises in central Tibet among the ravines

of the holy hill of Grangi, and after a north-westerly course of 150

miles, it is enabled to turn at right angles, and to thread its way among

the steeps of the Himalayas to the plains of India. The Himalayas are

about fifty leagues in breadth, and the upper but smaller half of the

basin of the river within them, may be considered as the district of

Kunawar. When about to quit Tibet, the Sutlej receives a considerable

accession of water from the north-west, but on its way through the

mountains, it has no tributary of a greater length than thirty-five miles,

and Kunawar may be said to be about seventy miles long by forty

and twenty broad at its northern and southern extremities respec-

tively.

The hydrographical basin of the Sutlej no where opens into a

broad plain, and Kunawar consists of a series of rocky and precipitous

ravines descending rapidly to the bed of the principal river. The

greater part of the district lies to the north of the main ridge of the

mountains, and the moderate rains which aid in covering their

southern and central off-shoots with forests, are unfelt towards the

Tibet border. Vegetation thus loses its great encourager, and the

natural disintegration of the granite, gneiss, slate and other ancient

rocks scarcely anywhere affords a sufficient substratum of soil. Trees

which are numerous in Lower Kunawar, disappear towards the north ;

and where the district bounds with Ladakh and Garo, scarcely one is

to be seen that has not been planted by the hand of man.

Scenery, &c.—The scenery is indeed grand, but its vastness and

barrenness in Upper Kunawar are fatiguing. Steep rises above steep,

and the lofty summits of the hill, the fancied abode of spirits, are lost

in clouds ; while far below the broad and foaming river is only distin-

guishable as a silver-like line. Torrents dash swiftly from rock to

rock, turning and writhing in yawning gulphs amid the ruins of

1844. | Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, &c. i732

hills, or leaping from high impending cliffs, they are dissipated in

spray. So vast indeed are these mountains, and to such heights do they

at once attain, that gloomy forests of the tallest pines appear but as

grass, and give a colour, rather than a feature, to the precipitous sides.

Among the northernmost Himalayas, scenes of such naked grandeur

are frequent, but I do not remember any pleasing from their variety,

or such as we would term picturesque from their contrasts; and the

admirer of nature adorned, should not perhaps go beyond Nachar, and

certainly not beyond Chini, where he may revel amid scenes of sur-

passing luxuriance and beauty.

Culturable Spots.—It used to be an opinion, that the world was at

first made as we now find it, and that the channels of rivers were at

once created of the depth and breadth we now see them ; but geologi-

cal research has proved, that nature is usually slow in her operations ;

that the Himalayas may have been raised from the bottom of an ocean ;

and that the Sutlej certainly was, at a time subsequent to the last

great movements, a series of lakes of various sizes. Time has enabled the

river to wear away all its impediments, sometimes four hundred feet

perpendicular through rock, and it now forms one stream of rapid but

equable descent throughout its mountain course. The existence of the

* lakes in the Sutlej and its tributaries is still attested by horizontal

deposits of alluvium at various heights above their present channels,

and the beds of these pools still form almost the only cultivated land

in Upper Kunawar, for they yield a good soil, and admit of a stream of

water from one torrent or another being brought to bear on their in-

clined and non-terraced surfaces. In Middle and Lower Kunawar,

moderate rain and decaying vegetation give more aid to the husband-

man, and hanging gardens, vineyards, and fields of many colours add

variety and richness to the landscape.

Climate, Seasons, §c.—When the Sutlej turns to cross the Hima-

layas its channel is about eight thousand five hundred feet above the

sea, and in its direct course of seventy miles to the limits of Kunawar,

it descends to half that elevation. The villages are usually much

higher than this base line, and fields of grain are produced almost two

miles and a half above the level of the sea. In Middle Kunawar, the

cultivated spots have an average altitude of about seven thousand

feet, and it is here in a genial climate, and remote from the heavy rains

174 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 147.

of the south, that grapes are produced in abundance. Here during the

summer and autumn, the air is cool and the scenery pleasing. The

winters too are comparatively mild, and had nature expanded the basis

of the Sutlej, so as to allow of plains and brooks, instead of steeps and

torrents, the district would have rivalled the most favoured valleys

of the Himalayas.

In all countries the spring and summer are welcome, but in this

land of snow the reviving vegetation, the tender shoots of each well-

known tree, and the coming buds of each simple flower impart to man

some of the cheerfulness of the birds which flutter and twitter around

him. The scanty and laborious cultivation of each solitary hamlet

appears as a gem of price amid the wilderness of hills and rocks, the

slight and occasional tinge of green gives a beauty to the desert; it is

the evidence of renewed life, and the heart of the peasant expands with

joy. He may well remember the season gone by, for in Upper

Kunawar and in Tibet, the winter is long and rigorous. Snow may be

expected by the middle of November, and it continues to fall until the

end of February, accompanied by a strong and piercing wind ; the

mercury descends below zero, ‘‘ the air burns frore,” and man almost

envies the torpidity of the less perfect animals. Hills of snow are

heaped high upon hills, range retires far beyond range, and naught re- ~

lieves the drear and hoary waste or interferes with the awful stillness of

the scene, save perhaps a dark and frowning precipice, or the voice of

the blue river below, struggling with its fetters of rocks and ice. In

contemplating these vast solitudes, illumined by the setting sun, the

mind of man is for a moment raised, and he feels and admires their

sublimity. He stands majestic, the sole living being on the circum-

ference of a world, but of a world half-formed or in ruin, or not fitted

for him. The broad expanse of desolation wearies and appals; the

fatal cold and the waning day recal other thoughts, and he turns silent

and subdued to seek relief and sympathy among his fellow-mortals,

and in the ordinary occupations of life.

In Kunawar, thunder and lightning are rare; but they sometimes

occur at short intervals during the summer months. In these lofty —

regions, however, the flash is dim, and the sound is unheeded by the

beasts of the field. Light showers occur in April, June, and Septem- .

ber, and sometimes in other months; but they are not sufficient for

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 175

the purposes of agriculture. The wind is usually or nearly always

from the S. or S. W., and in winter it blows with great violence.

Geology Metals.—Kunawar is an interesting field to the venturous

geologist. The accumulation of ages in the dark recesses of a dis-

placed ocean are now in middle air, and their structure, chemical or

mechanical, stands revealed in sections, broad, high, and precipitous.

The vast extent of the strata in breadth and depth, their tortuousness,

their great dip, and their occasional approach to perpendicularity, all

declare, that they have been raised from the deep by forces surpass-

ing far the subterraneous efforts of Italy and Iceland ; while torrents

of molten mineral have been urged with volcanic fury through the

heavy and rending bed of the ocean, and now appear as veins of

granite and quartz, ramifying from the base towards the summit of

mountains of gneiss and slate. The granite is always. seen, (and

sometimes in large masses which might elsewhere be termed hills,) but

it does not constitute the bulk of a mountain, or everywhere compose

the crest of a range, as we are usually told of this “ first of rocks.”

The limits of the primeval floods of middle Asia, and the successive

geological conditions of the tract are yet to be ascertained, but about the

junction of the Petti and Sutlej, the gneiss would seem to yield by

degrees to limestone, slate, gypsum and crystalline sandstone, (see

also Captain Hutton’s Report.) Shining shallows and shingly beaches

may here have been found investing some ancient promontory, or

forming the coast of an inland sea, for multitudes of ammonites and

other shells give proof of organic life and of the means of sustaining it,

while abundance of pebbles and rounded rocks, various in size and in

kind, scattered about the highest Passes, give some evidence of tidal

action.

Veins of copper occur in one place in Kunawar, and some grains of

‘gold have been found in the beds of its streams. There is a lead

mine in the adjoining district of Pétti. Other metals are perhaps to

be met with, but difficulty of access would render all unproductive as

merchandize, save those of the precious or rarer kinds.

Animals.—Kunawar has no animals peculiar to itself. In the

lower districts, several of the deer kind are found, including the one

which produces musk. Bears and leopards, jackalls, foxes, and

horses are not uncommon,’and the wolf or gaunt, wild dog occasion-

176 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, — [No. 147,

ally appears in search of food. The feathered tribes are numerous, but

the soaring eagle, the Piara of the pheasant kinds, and the king of

birds as he is called, need only be particularly mentioned. Nu-

merous flowers enable the industrious bee to Jay in a goodly store of

honey.

In Upper Kunawar, the animal kingdom is less rich and varied, but

the ibex and wild sheep baffle the impatient and wearied sportsman,

and the hair of a blueish tinge betokens an arctic climate. The bur-

rowing rat, a few jackalls, and perhaps foxes, an occasional leopard

of a pale colour, and the brighter spotted, lynx-like, cat, complete the -

list of resident animals. Packs of wild dogs sometimes show them-

selves, but the Kéang, or wild ass of the rocky desert, is found only to

the northward of the British possessions. The birds are almost con-

fined to crows and ravens, the sparrows, and two beautiful varieties of

the red-breast, to pale blue and white pigeons, to the gigantic partridge

dwelling near the snow, and the red-legged francoline of delicious

flavour. Occasionally, a black plumed eagle may be seem swooping

on his prey, a few hawks show themselves, and the ripening crops

bring to each village some of the pigeons and doves of India; while

the wild-duck is sometimes met winging its way from that country to

the lakes of Tibet. A few snakes, lizards, and scorpions almost com-

prise the reptile kingdom. The insects are more various ; but beetles,

moths and butterflies, grasshoppers, spiders, and a diminutive gnat or

musquito, added to the ubiquitous house fly, the indefatigable ants, and

the numerous parasites, need only be alluded to. Of fish it may be

said, speaking generally, that there are none in the remotest parts of

Kunawar, and yet a few must exist, as an otter is sometimes met with.

The mysterious gangball, or snow fish, with four short legs and a

human face, may be in fact as in description, a fabled animal ; but it is

talked of, and it is said to dwell only about the limits of the snow.

Of domestic animals, it is sufficient to mention the shawl-wool goat,

and the yak or grunting ox. The under-clothing of the goat, how-

ever, is much inferior to the ‘‘ pushm’ of more northerly tracts, and

the hybrid produce of the yak is of more value, both for transport and

the dairy than the genuine animal itself. The people have horses,

asses, black cattle, sheep, dogs and cats; but there are no domestic

fowls in these districts.

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. iti

Trees, §c..—In Lower Kunawar, forests of oaks and pines cover the

sides of the hills, and various other trees, shrubs and plants are found

in every direction ; but in the northern parts of the district, spontaneous

vegetation almost disappears. An occasional juniper, a few scattered

pines, and now and then, in the highest places, a clump of dwarf birches

or of the mountain ash, relieve the eye of the traveller. Among the

few shrubs, the spreading juniper, and the bush producing a leaf of a

tea-like quality, are of most interest. In the adjacent Bhotee districts,

these become more rare, and a few poplars and willows, and perhapsa

few apricot trees are all that can readily be found, and they shew not the

luxuriance of nature but the industry of man. The patches of furze,

the scanty grass, a currant, a gooseberry or a rose bush, the broad leaf of

either kind of rhubarb, a few hardy creepers, some pleasing flowers and

a variety of shrubs and herbs which appear of no value, give a tinge

only to the side of. the lofty hills—green things, and even flowers, there

are many if we begin to ennumerate them, but to man who wants food

and shelter and clothing, they all seem profitless, and to the casual

observer the barrenness seems entire.

Grains and Fruits.—Most kinds of grain, excepting rice, are culti-

vated throughout Kunawar. In the north, the varieties of the cockscomb

or amaranthus are not found, but every available spot is cut into steps

and covered with wheat, barley, peas, beans, buck-wheat, and millet.

The millet and buck-wheat are the second crop of a few favoured

places, and peas and beans are grown in small quantities as a pleasing

addition to the daily food. Here are several kinds of barley, but the

beardless variety yields perhaps the best crop. Turnips are sown when

the wheat and barley have been reaped, and they are eaten fresh or

partially dried, and laid by as store for early winter. A kind of onion

is cultivated, and where there are no apricot trees, the people endeavour

to raise the surson or mustard plant for the purpose of obtaining oil.

Abundance of grapes and apricots, some walnuts, apples and peaches

are produced in Upper and Middle Kunawar, and the Chilghoza pine is

_ here met with as a principal tree of the forest. Towards the Tibet

frontier the fruits decrease in quantity, and in the adjoining districts

of Ladkh and Géro they disappear altogether.’ The apricot does not

produce at a greater elevation than 10,500 feet, and the grapes are in-

ferior at 9,000.

178 Notes on Moorcroft’'s Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 147.

Race, &§c.—The Kunawarees are of the Caucasian race, that is, they

are not characterized by the broad features of the Tibetans, and may be

of Hindoo origin, as they claim to be; but Brahminism has not yet ob-

tained a mastery among them, and they are more tinged with the man-

ners and religion of Tibet than with those of India. They know little

or nothing of their own history, but they are most likely colonists, and

they have still among them a separate race regarded as inferior. The

people though possessed of sume spirit are not warlike, they are peaceful

agriculturists, and not a race of robbers. Crimes of great atrocity are

rare, nor can it be said, that those which affect property are common.

Compared with the people of the plains of India, they may be termed a

simple race, without supposing them unimbued with the ordinary evil

passions of our nature, as might be inferred from descriptions of some

travellers.

Government.—Kunawar is the largest subdivision of the Bissehir

principality. The chief is absolute, but here as elsewhere, he must be

guided by immemorial usage. The district is managed by hereditary

superintendents or viziers, who collect the revenues which are fixed,

and levied chiefly in cash, but partly in kind. Each village has its

head man responsible for its good behaviour. The lands are divided

among a certain number of families, and each house, besides the taxes,

provides the Raja with a soldier, and also with a servant or porter

when required.

The Bisséhir principality had for ages subsisted as independent,

carrying on occasional wars with the adjacent states of Kilt, Ladakh,

Chaprang and Garhwal ; but it yielded to the Gorkhas, and on the con-

clusion of our war with the Nepalese, it became a British dependency.

It pays to the Indian Government a tribute of rupees 15,000 annually ;

the revenues of the principality have been recently estimated at —

1,40,000 rupees.

Religion.—In northern Kunawar, Buddhistic Lamaism is preva-

lent, but in the middle and south, the people are left to their local

gods, and to the oracular priests of these divinities. Every hill is sup-

posed to be the abode of a dedtd, who owns the undefined power of

some mighty Being above all. ‘

Social relations—The Kunawarees are all Polyandrists, 2. e. one

house or family has usually but one wife only, and she is considered

ee ke Sk ae eee? ory ee ee

)

}

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 179

as more particularly the wife of the eldest brother. This institution

is necessary to limit population, where it is impossible to extend agri-

culture, where mineral wealth has not been developed, and where the

people have scarcely begun to carry on an extensive and profitable trade.

Trade, &§c.—The want of organized priesthood, and the institution

of Polyandry are the only circumstances connected with the social

condition of this people that need be separately mentioned. ‘They are

mostly agriculturists, but do not on the whole produce as much as

they consume ; all have some flocks and herds, and the people of the

north have of late become enterprizing traders. They proceed to Leh

to buy the drug called charas, and to Goro, and almost to the foot

of the Karakorum range to procure shawl-wool. For these, they give

in exchange money, cloths, and spices, and were the dangerous and

difficult roads improved and kept in repair, the Kunawarees might

soon become the principal carriers of the trade between middle Tarta-

ry and Upper India. At present, the paths are scarcely practicable for

loaded mules, and the merchandize is chiefly carried on the backs

of sheep and goats. All the people trade in a petty way, for they

exchange woollens and fruits for grain and salt.

Food, Clothing, and Houses.—The Kunawarees live chiefly on corn,

but meat is occasionally used by those in fair circumstances, and the lat-

ter also occasionally indulge in tea procured from Lassa. The people

dress in woollens of their own manufacture at all seasons of the year,

and towards the north, they add a skeepskin cloak during the winter.

The women have a profusion of brass ornaments, and of shell or other

beads. The men carry a flint and steel at their waist, and both sexes

love to adorn themselves with gaudy flowers, the one most sought

after being the French marigold. In the neighbourhood of the forests,

their houses are built of wood and stone, and their temples are pretty

in themselves, and picturesque in connection with the surrounding

scenery. In the extreme north, the scarcity of wood makes the people

content with mere hovels of mud and unhewn stone.

Norrs oN Moorcrorr’s TrRAvEts tN LADAKH AND ON GERARD’S

P ACCOUNT OF KuNAWAR.

Religion of the Kunawarees,—Caste or Race in Kunawar and Tv-

bet.—The religion of the mass of inhabitants (of Kunawar,) is Hin-

180 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, _[No. 147.

dooism, but they have no minute distinctions of caste. They rather burn

or bury the dead at some distance from the villages where they erect

gravestones ; some of them profess the Lama religion, but that properly

belongs to the Tartars. The goddess in greatest repute is Kalee

in her most horrid form, to whom human sacrifices were offered

at no distant period. I have heard of their taking place not more

than twelve years ago, (1806-10?), and they existed at the famous

temple of Bheema Kalee at Sooran, where the Bussehur Raja resides

in summer at a later time, and were not finally abolished until the

British Government got possession of the hill states in 1815.—Gerard,

p. 83-86.

The Kunawarees proper, rich and poor, call themselves Kawits, a

class which in the hills appears to take rank next to Rajpoots. They

consider themselves of Indian origin, but they have no Brahmins

among them, and the hopes and fears of the Kunawarees are chiefly

placed on their local gods. In Upper Kunawar Bhuddhism has

taken deep root, but it has not yet overcome the reverence of the peo-

ple for the deotas or spirits of the hills. In all Kunawar there are

but three temples dedicated to a divinity of the Brahmins. One of

these is in the Bhotee district belonging to Bisseher, and is maintain-

ed by the Rajah in his frontier fort. The other two are at Ropeh near

Sungnam, and at Kotee near Chini on the right bank of the Sutlej.

(Captain Gerard, I observe, also places one in his map on the left bank

of the river a few miles above Chini). None of these three temples are

ministered by Brahmins, nor are human sacrifices offered to the form

of Kali (Chundiha,) there worshipped. Sarahan, which contains the

temple of Bheemakalz is not in Kunawar. There are, as I have said, no

Brahmins in Kunawar, and Lamaism prevails in the upper-third of

the district only. In the other two-thirds the people are without a

priesthood, and each village worships one or more equal gods. These

districts are under a prince of the Brahminical faith, but such a con-

dition of society offers a fairer field to a Christian Missionary than

the plains of India, where he has to encounter an organised priest-

hood, and the prejudices of a people satisfied with their present chance

of salvation.

Caste, or at least distinction of race, is not unknown in Kunawar,

and one, if not two separate tribes appear to have escaped Captain

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kungwar. 181

Gerard’s observation. These are the Kohlis, Chumars, or Chamangs ;

and the mechanics subdivided into smiths and carpenters. The

Kohlis are so called by the people of the lower hills; in the plains by

the people about Rampoor they are called Chumars; and by them-

selves and by the Kunawarees, Chumangs.

The Kohlis are regarded as out-casts; and no Kawzé will inter-

marry with them, or eat with them, or even allow them to cross his

threshold. They are in every way a distinct race in Kunawar, and

have a Janguage of their own, essentially Hindi, although mixed with

some Arabic and Persian terms for which it may be difficult to ac-

count. To the southward, their language merges in that of the hill

tribes generally. A specimen of their vocabulary is given under the

heading ‘‘ Language.” It is not known whether they entered Kuna-

war as refugees, or have been left in it as a remnant; but they are

most likely of the ancient Sudra stock of India. Their complex-

ion is usually darker than that of the Kauwits, and some are said to

have woolly hair, as is the case with the tribes of the Vindhya

hills.

Family Polyandryism is established among the Kohlis. Some few

hold lands directly of the Government, and are otherwise on the same

footing as Kauzts, except that they are the first pressed as porters, a

mode of rendering service to the chief usual in the Himalayas. They

are commonly labourers and weavers. ‘There are some families of

Kohlis in almost every Kunawaree village; but they are not found

in the adjoining Bhotee districts. They are the musicians of the

villages.

The smiths or lohars are called domang in Kunawaree, and the

carpenters are termed oras. In the eyes of the Kauzts, they are out-

casts equally with the Kohlis, neither do the artisans and Kohlis

intermarry or eat with one another. There are two or more families

of mechanics in each village. Polyandry is established. The language

is the Kunawaree of the district in which they reside. They are

pressed as labourers before the Kawits.

In the Bhotee districts adjoining Kunawar, the same person is both

smith and carpenter, but he is usually styled smith or /oh. He is

regarded as unclean by the Bhotee cultivators, and they do not eat or

intermarry with his family. His language is Bhotee, and Polyan-

182 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

dryism obtains.—In practice his sons and daughters do not become

Lamas and Nuns, but the priesthood is not formally barred against

them.

I heard that about Lassa and other considerable places, the potters

(kumhars,) were regarded as outcasts, and as separate from the

artisans.

In Kunawar where wood is plentiful, every one, however poor, is

burnt, unless he die of a certain disease called rimz, (of the nature of

which I made no note, but I remember it was not leprosy.) No one

save Lamas have tombs or grave-stones in Kunawar ; but the heirs of

aman of substance, may, in the Buddist districts, build a temple jointly

to his memory and to the glory of an emanation of Sakya.

Tribes—The Kampas, the Zjakpas.—Near our encampment, a

Champa or shepherd and his family had encamped, and several other

tents were near.—Moorcroft, II, 47.

There is a sect of wandering Tartars called Kampa, who are in

some respects similar to the Jogees of Hindoosthan. They visit the sa-

cred places, and many of them subsist wholly by begging. Some are

very humourous fellows, they put on a mask, &c. &c.— Gerard,

p- 117. :

Now, (1842) the Kampas may be said to resemble the Kotchis of

Affghanistan, rather than the Jogees of India, and Gerard’s compari-

son may be particular rather than general. The Kampas are wander-

ing shepherd traders. “They are the chief carriers of borax. In

winter they graze their flocks in the southern Himalayas, and in

summer they proceed to Rohtak, Hanleb, &c. to procure borax and

some other articles. They are Tibetans, and intermarry with Bhotees

and with Kunawarees, see also Captain Hutton’s Tour, (Jour. As. Soc.

III, 17.) I am not certain whether the jugglers or maskers of Tibet

are Kampas or not, but I think they are. I saw but one party only,

and they considered Pitti to be their home, but wandered over a

great extent of country.

I may here mention another tribe of men found in Tibet. These

are the Zjakpas, a race of mounted plunderers, who infest the country

between Leh and Lassa, but whose chief strongholds appear to be

in the neighbourhood of the Mansarawar Lake. The Government

oceasionally finds it advisable to employ these men in the service

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. (183

of the state, and during the late war with the Sikhs, a band of them

accompanied the Lassa force under a leader named Pan Aghim. In

Zjakpa we may find the same root as in Kazzak, a robber, and as in

Uchakka, a thief.

Tribes—the Kalmaks and the people of Hor.—A considerable por-

tion of the population of Khoten consisted formerly of Kalmak Tar-

tars, but it is said that when the Chinese subjugated the province

they deported the Kalmaks to the cities, which collectively constitute

the modern city of Ila on the river of the same name, and to the ad-

jacent districts.— Moorcroft, 1, 381.

The people of Tibet whom I saw always, spoke of the Kalmaks or

Sokos as a people dwelling in the countries beyond the Kavakorum

range, and whose principal place was ‘Eli..—They described them as

of the Gelukpa sect of Lamaism, and said, their present chief was a

Lama named Jipchun Tampa, with the title Kaka, (7. e. Khakan or

Chagan. Tampa may have some relation to the horse, Ta.)

In Sokpo we have no doubt the ancient Sace, for po is equally with

#, a termination. Our last maps place the Sace between Imans and

Emodus or in western Tibet, but I doubt whether that country could

ever have maintained hordes of horsemen, and the tracts north of

Imans are perhaps their original, as they are their present, seats. I

have indeed heard of a few Sokpos about Garo, but they are, so far as

I could ascertain, emigrants, or the families of a paid soldiery.

The country about Yarkand and Eli, or Ila, is known in western

Tibet, under the name of Hor, and the permanent conquest of Ladakh,

or frequent inroads into it by these northern tribes, is still preserved

in the memories of the Tibetans by the continued exaction of a tax

named Hortal or the Hor tax. This tax is levied at the present day

in for instance the district of Pitti; but I have not heard that the

Chinese Government of Yarkand receives it from Ladakh as the peo-

ple of Hor did of old ; nor was I able to ascertain whether the imposi-

tion of the tax in question, was antecedent, or subsequent, to the

_Kalmak conquest of Ladakh, about the end of the 17th century.

In our maps, we place the mountains of Khor or Hor, and in our

geographies, a Mongol tribe of the same name, to the north-east of the

Mansarawar lake. There can be little doubt of the identity of this

tribe of our histories, and of the people now known in Tibet under

184 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

the name of Hor, but the well-watered tracts about Yarkand seem

better able to rear and to maintain a race of conquerors, than the

sterile and rugged district near the heads of the Indus and Burram-

pooter. The present position of the Hor or Khor race also agrees well

with that ascribed to the Chawranei of the ancients, and I think we

may presume them to be the same.—Csoma-de-Koros’ Gram. 6-19-6,

identified the Hors with the Turks, and it may be worth enquiry

whether Khorassan, Khwarizm, &c. be not connected with this race,

and even whether the Gorkhas are not a colony of the same people,

notwithstanding their alleged Indian descent. There are such co-

lonies of distant Tartars in the Himalayas, as for instance the Lepchas

near Darjeeling.

Religion,—Lamaism.—The Lamas wear red or yellow according to _

their order. The dress of the grand Lama at Lassa is yellow, but that

of the chief Lamas in Ladahk is red-— Moorcroft, I1, 323.

The religion of Ladakh, like that of Tibet and China, is the

worship of Buddha under a peculiar Hierarchy. Every family in

which there is more than one son, furnishes a Lama or Gehem, who is

at once a Canobite, and a family priest, attached to a monastic in-

stitution under a Lama or Abbot, ordinarily living amongst the peo-

ple, and conducting the rites of their daily worship in their own

houses, in which a chamber is usually appropriated to an image and

attendant priest. The chief Lamas are appointed from Lassa, and

continue to acknowledge the supremacy of the pontiff of that city-

They all profess poverty and celibacy, but a man who has been mar-

ried, is admissible into their order. There are also establishments of

religious females called Chumas Anis. The Lamas, Gelums and Anis,

or priests, monks, and nuns, are divided into two sects; the red, or old,

and new or yellow priesthood.— Moorcroft, I1, 339-40. |

The religion is Lama. The Lamas in Kunawar are of three sects

Geeloopa, Dookpa, and Neengma, but I could not hear of that called

Shammar by Captain Turner. The Geloopas or Gelookpas are reck-

oned the highest, since the heads of their religion at Teshoo, Loom-

boo and Lahassa are of the same sect. They wear yellow cloth gar-

ments, and caps of the same of various shapes. The Dookpas are

dressed indifferently but have red caps, and the Neengmas wear the

same, or go bare-headed ; the two former do not marry, but there is no

}

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar, 185

restriction on the Neengmas. The Lamas admit proselytés at all

ages, and any one can become a Dookpa, Geloopa, or Neengma; the

chief Gelong of Kamun said he would admit me. There are two

other sects peculiar to Chinese Tartary, Sakeea who wear red, and

Degooma, yellow caps. In Tibet, the chief of a monastery is called

Lama, and the inferior orders are styled Gelong. Here, (Kunawur,)

most of the clergy are named Lama, and the heads of the convents of

Kamun, Labrung and Shealkur, are denominated Gelong and Ge-

roo. Neither Gelongs nor nuns smoke tobacco, although the Lamas

do; neither of them drink spirituous liquors. The Grand Lama of

Lahassa, called Gealong Rimboche, who resides at Potala, is the

chief pontiff of all the Lamas. The next in succession to the Grand

: Lama of Lahassa is Panchin Rimboche, of Teshoo Loomboo. The

‘third in order is Lochawa Rimboche, these three personages are all of

the Geloopa sect.— Gerard, p. 117-21.

(All that Moorcroft and Gerard say, should be read, as well as the

above extracts. )

I am imperfectly acquainted with the results of the enquiries of the

late Csoma-de-Koros, but we do not, I think, yet possess a full and

accurate knowledge of Buddhism as it exists in Tibet, and all our

accounts perhaps contain, like the above extracts, some error and

confusion. Mr. Hodgson indeed, and others have thrown much

light on Buddhism as a speculative religion, but it may be as difficult

for us to explain the variety of sects at present existing from the study

of Sanscrit or Tibetan books, as it would be for a learned stranger

to infer Popery and Protestantism from a simple perusal of our own

Scriptures. A complete knowledge of the present sects might enable

our scholars to trace in many instances the peculiar tenets of different

orders to their sources, and so give us much curious information re-

garding the progress of error from philosophical refinement to gross su-

perstition ; but this knowledge. however desirable, is still to be acquired.

I heard of four principal sects of Lamas, Ist Gelukpa, 2nd Dukpa,

3rd Ningma, and 4th Sakhia, to which may be added the peculiar

sects of the Banbos and Pitchobas or Nangbatchos. Turner (Embassy,

314) mentions the Shammars, and says they include all the red sects.

The word is, I presume, connected with the Shamanism of the an-

cients. Gerard alludes to ‘‘ Deegromas,” but of this sect I did not learn,

186 Notes on Mooreroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

any thing and neither it, nor three of those I have mentioned are in-

cluded by Csoma-de-Koros among his nine prénczpal sects, (Grammar,

p. 175.) Afterwards indeed (p. 194) that scholar says, there are four di-

visions comprehending eighteen sects, and it may be that these divisions

correspond with Mr. Hodgson’s four systems of speculative Buddhism.

(Lit. and Rel. of the Buddists, p. 33.)

Notwithstanding its wide diffusion and great authority, I would de-

fine Buddhism to be the religion of a priesthood rather than of a

people. In the abstract it does not diligently seek for proselytes, and

it has but little active interest in the welfare of mankind. Its precepts

appear to be silent about reclaiming the unbeliever, and about com-

forting the lowly and those who pass their days in toil. Its exhorta-

tions are towards asceticism, and it insists on a solitary communing

with oneself and with God, as the surest road to a happy immortality,

or to a speedy incorporation with the deity. This passive excellence

produces indeed an indirect effect on the people, who believe their

priests to be the chosen of Heaven, and who see that they avoid much

of the fraud and violence usual in the world. It is also true, that the

people are told of the punishment awaiting evil deeds, but the priest is

always more intent on his own salvation than on exhorting the people

to be good. He does not consider himself to be a teacher from God, or

that Ae should seek to explain to others the means of attaining to ex-

cellence. The poor are without pastors, and can only be specta-

tors of the religious service of the brotherhood of monks, nor perhaps

do the devotions of the rich bring them nearer to God, although they

have their private chapels, and attend while the priests offer their

supplications to the Almighty. The indifference of the Lamas to the

belief or practice of the people is well exhibited in Kunawar; temples

erected to the spirits of the hills appear close to Buddhistic monuments,

and the priest of a hierarchy share the veneration of the villagers with

the creations of ignorance and fancy.

The votaries of Buddhism being taught that in order to attain

to divinity, or to a speedy salvation, they must wholly abstract

themselves from the affairs of the world; it forms a curious en-

quiry how this inactive and self-denying system became mixed

with other faiths, and took a hold upon the mind of millions.

If the persecuted Buddhists entered Tibet, and found a race without a

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 187

regular priesthood, the necessity of mixing with others, and the am-

bition natural to the human mind, may have led the successors of the

more enthusiastic anchorites to take advantage of the ignorance of the

people, and by degrees to institute a sort of hierarchy ; not however,

complete or rigorous, for persevering asceticism, or direct inspiration,

will even now elevate the peor and the ignorant above the wealthy

and the learned. On the other hand, we know but little of the state

of Tibet when it was entered by the votaries of Buddha, and they

may have met with a waning ministry of congenial speculatists.

A subsequent union with the missionaries of another faith may have

taken place, and may have encouraged the progress towards a regular

hierarchy ; and if the Nestorian Christians have produced any lasting

effects on the belief or practices of Chinese Tartary, the impress will

probably be found among the Gelukpa, a sect of Lamas, notwithstand-

ing their celibacy, and the allowance of marriage by the Greek

church. With the Gelukpas, priestcraft has, I think advanced further

than with the others, and they may bear some marks of the training

or system brought about by the heresies of the Church, after it had

obtained authority and place in the empire. I am, however, very

doubtful whether any certain trace of a corrupted Christianity can be

found in Tibet itself, and I am not aware that auricular confession,

or the worship of relics, obtains in the sense of the eastern and the

western Churches.

All the three sects, Gelukpa, Ningma, and Dukpa, with which I have

fallen in, insist upon the doctrines of transmigration and of absorption,

and maintain a gradation of animals ending in man, through which

the soul must pass before its final emancipation. During certain

ceremonies, (corrupted ones indeed,) Lamas are seemingly possessed

with the divinity. I have seen one who has been considered from his

_ childhood as a “ preseus Divus,” and the ready faith of the people

_ lays the mind prostrate in either case. All Lamas refuse to take

animal life, and some of superior sanctity observe their doctrine, and

| also refuse to take vegetable life; that is, they will not themselves cut

_ down trees until they wither, or gather fruits or grains until they

ripen. Wine is forbidden to all Lamas. Of the three sects above-

_ mentioned, celibacy is incumbent on the Gelukpa only, but all prac-

| tice it who wish to attain to superior sanctity. All Lamas fast in the

| 2F

188 Notes on Moorcrofts Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 147.

Hindoo month Flagon, (February-March,) on the 15th day of the

moon. This day is called nenas; and the great feast of the general

prayers of the Gelukpa sect in the beginning of the year may be con-

nected with it. (Csoma de Koros’ Grammar, p. 197). All good Lamas

also fast twice in each month, but on these days they may eat raw

fruits. The bodies of Lamas are usually burnt, and in general if not

always, tombs called dungkang are erected over their ashes; but the

bodies of priests of great holiness are sometimes cut in pieces, and dis-

persed on the top ofa hill, or the surface of a barren plain, as food for

birds ; and all sects, who are admitted to be of great purity and excel-

lence, are privileged to eat and drink out of the skulls of those whose

bodies have been scattered to the winds, or they may have beads made

of portions of the skulls of these good men. (Malte Brun, II, 628,

quotes Rubinquis as saying, that in Tibet the people drank out of the

skulls of their ancestors ; this story may be an exaggeration of the pre-

sent practice of the holiest Lamas.)

The doctrines and observances above-mentioned, are applicable to

all orders of Lamas, so far as I have learnt. I have not fallen in with

any of the Sukkias or Banboo, or Pitchoba sects, but I have always

heard that the Sakkias greatly resemble the Ningmas. I will now

mention some particulars of each class.

Of the Gelukpas, there are six orders: the Ist (or highest) Ghehsheh,

2d Chogzirkpa, 8d Katchin, 4th Gelong, 5th Gichul, and the 6th or

lowest, Chunba. The following table shews the lower ranks or orders,

and the books they read in villages and provincial establishments

before attaining to each :—

Order. aie Subject. Remarks.

Chunba,_ ../Dohna,.. .-|Forms of prayers for|Do not wear a robe, but a yellow

procuring bless-| frock, (or chola or chapkan,) a

INGS eo ce --{ conical yellow cap without lap-

pets, head shaved.

Dukar,.. ..| the nothingness

Sharrah, Ningho On abstraction and

| of this world.

1844.] and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 189

Order, ~ a a Subject. Remarks.

Gichul, ..|Saugdu, .-|Prayers to the five Vest red, robe or ‘‘ chader”’ com-

gods to forgive} posed of two cloths, the inside

sin. a --| one yellow, the outside one red.

Zhjikchid, -»|On abstraction as

keeping away evil

andprolonginglife. ;

Ganbo, -»|Forms of prayers to| Yellow string round the waist, co-

avert evil, procure] nical yellow cap with short lap-

advantages, anda} pets, heads shaved.

general exhorta-

tion to holiness,..

Chargil, --| Similar tothe above.

Gelong, ../Lamo, .. ..{Similar in its con-|Cap, termed Panju, conical with

tents to Ganbo. lappets reaching to the breast,

yellow cloth or silk lappets,some-

times have Aummani padme

hom on them. Under dress, red.

Zhjaljiba,. --|Similar in its con-|Robe.—Consists of two sheets or

tents to Ganbo, on} robes, both yellow, the inside

observances and} one called chehgo of woollen or

prohibitions. ..] serge, the outside one called

namber of silk.

Dua, (and some-/On the necessity of|The Gelongs and superior ranks

times) Cham-| submission to the} must always have the chehgo or

shing, .. +»; will of Cham-} inner robe with them, they must

shing, i.e. God. | not sleep without it. Both robes

are worn as one, right arm free,

fastened over the left shoulder,

head shaved.

Katchin, ../Rangtangli, Subject not ascer-

Chaumadupelu,! tained, but I un-

Gunsumli and] derstood that to

Zintonli, --| becomeaKatchin,

it was necessary

to repeat the four

books by heart be-

fore the Grand

Lama, or the su-

perior of one of|

the four monas-|

teries near Lassa.

To become a Gelong, it does not appear necessary that the aspirant

should submit to an examination by priests chosen by the Grand

Lama, or that they should have been educated at a monastery. Any

Gelong can ascertain the acquirements of a person who wishes to

be admitted to the rank, and if he is satisfied, the Gichul takes upon

himself the dress and functions of a Gelong. This indeed may be the

190 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 147.

practice in remote districts rather than near Lassa. Concerning the

degree of learning required of a Chogzukpa, I did not inquire: there

is only one of that rank in Kunawar, and I did not meet him. I am

also equally ignorant of the knowledge required of a Ghehsheh, there

is but one in the Chinese districts west of Mansarawar ; viz. the kanbo

or superior of the Teshigang monastery.

The names of the books given in the tabular statement, are those by

which they are known in the Teshigang monastery ; but the powers

of the English letters only give an approximation to the pronunciation

of the words. I may not be correct with regard to the contents of the

books. My informants, (Gesongs,) though probably as well acquainted

as others of that rank usually are in villages, with their holy books,

evidently knew but little of them besides the names. I have never-

theless thought it as well to give what I learnt on the subject.

No Gelukpa should use tobacco as a Chimba ; he must not take life,

and as a Gichul, he must in addition not know woman; these two

ranks may be considered as initiatory. A Gelong is a qualified priest,

so to speak ; most reach that rank, and few get above it. |

Of the Ningmas and Dukpas, I procured but little information.

They first learn to read and to repeat certain prayers. They then

attend in a temple for three years ; they never leave the place during

that time, nor are allowed to speak to any one save their fellow-

students and their teacher. At the end of the three years, they are

qualified priests or Lamas, their dress is red. ‘The doctrines of the

two sects somewhat differ, and their great Superiors or Incarnations of

Sakyamuni are different. They do not cut or shave their hair like

the Gelukpas, and marriage is allowed to both sects.

The Sakkias I believe resemble the Ningmas in their doctrines,

marriage is not prohibited, they wear a red dress. There are none in

Kunawar ; but in Pitti there is one temple belonging to them.

The Banbos are a sect of whom I could learn but little; they have

no temples, that I could hear of, west of the lakes, but are said to

exist in considerable numbers at Kamp, a place about a month’s jour-

ney N. or N. E. of Lassa. They perform the circuit of Gangri hill

and of Mansarawar lake in an opposite direction to that followed by

other pilgrims. This at least in the eyes of the vulgar constitute their

chief peculiarity. They apparently represent the “ Bons,” and the

SEOs Sen fad eng Ae eee

1844, ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar, 191]

Bonpo faith of the Tibetans before the ascendancy of Buddhism.

(Csoma de Koros’ Grammar, 177-178). The Sanscrit Bandya, a per-

son entitled to reverence, is, Mr. Hodgson says, the real and significant

form of the Chinese Bonze. (Lit. and Rel. p. 40, Note).

The Pitchobas, (or Pitehos and Nangbatchos, or Nangtchos,) are, I

apprehend, fakirs or ascetics of different countries and religions, who

frequent the great monasteries for the sake of the alms regularly dis-

tributed. I sometimes heard they were Mahometans, and sometimes

people of China Proper ; but yzpa means any foreigner ; nanga, (i. e.

nihang, pure,) means a Hindoo or man of India equally with a

Buddhist ; while ¢cho is religion, and we thus have foreign religionists

or holy men of India and other countries.

The Grand Lamas, or Supreme Pontiffs of the Gelukpa sect, are two

in number, and reside at Lassa and Teshi Lonbo. They would seem

to be of equal rank, or rather priority of incarnation decides their

relative superiority, and the younger becomes the spiritual adviser of

the elder. Their functions in the state are perhaps different ; the one

whose residence is in Lassa may be the temporal lord of the country ;

while the Lama of Teshi Lonbo, may be the religious superior of the

sect ; but this point is by no means clear to me. The Lassa Lama

is termed Gheawang Rimbotcheh. Gheawa is said to be equivalent to

Sakya, and Ghewang to the emanation from, or incarnation or pro-

phet of, Sakya; but the word seems identical with the “ rgyelva,”

(the victorious, or a Buddha or emanation,) of Csoma de Koros, (Gram.

148.198,) although it is not understood by the people I have met, as

simply equivalent to rgyelpo or king. (Tib. Gram. 157.) The power of

a termination, however, may be too subtle for the apprehensions of the

vulgar. The people understand Rinbotcheh to be expressive of great-

_Ness, and Csoma de Koros gives it as equal to precious or holy.

(Gram. 191, &c.)

The Teshi Lonbo Lama is called Panchin Rimbocheh. Panchin is

no doubt, the Panchhew of Csoma de Koros, (Gram. p. 202,) and

both are perhaps the Phanchajnyana, (or he of the five sorts of wis-

dom) of Hodgson, (Lit. and Rel. p. 40); and whether the application

of the term be general or particular, it is not impossible that Presbyter

or Pastor John may be a joint corruption of the same words by orien-

tal sectaries and western travellers. |The Bhootees have some notion

192 Notes on Moorcroft’'s Travels in Ladakh, | [No. 147.

of the import of Panchim Rinbotcheh, as they say it means the great

one of the five jewels, but these five jewels they conceive to relate to

this world only, and to be pearls and coral, gold, silver and copper !

Tesho or Teshi means goodness, and Lonbo, (or Chunpo, Tib. Gram.

198,) is a title of eminence or authority, as the Lé Lonbo or Lonpo, or

Lompa, that is, the governor of Leh. (see Moorcroft, I, 334.) Tesho or

Teshi, occurs again in Teshigang ; teshz as before, being goodness, and

gang equivalent to full of; and perhaps also in the Tassisudon of

Turner, Teshi Lonbo is one of the four great monasteries of the Geluk-

pas. The three others are Dapung and Gaddan (or Galdan respective-

ly, one and two days distant from, and Sehra close to, Lassa, (see Malte

Brun. II, 625, for sera thence seres, &c.) but the monastery appears to

be of recent foundation, (a. p. 1417,) Csoma de Koros’ Gram. p. 187.

Each of the four is ruled over by a Kanho ( Nukanpo or principal, (Ti-

betan Gram. p. 198.) Our books and maps give Patala as the great

monastery or temple near Lassa, and it has also been considered as the

name of a sacred hill, but from the way in which it is mentioned by

Purangir Gosayen, (Turner’s Embassy, pp. 459, 467,) it seems clear,

that the word is only equivalent to a monastery or a temple, and not

that it isthe name of a particular establishment or of a holy mountain,

or of the residence of the Grand: Lama as Csoma de Koros says it

is, and further derives its name from the Patala or Tatta of the

Greeks, (Gram. p. 198.)

The chief Lamas of the Ningmas, Dukpas, and Sakkias, reside

at different places, and pass under different names, but the particu-

Jars I ascertained are not so satisfactory to myself as to be worth re-

peating.

The Gelukpas admit, that Sakya or Sakyatna, (i. e. Sakyat’hub-

pa, the sage Sakya,) as he is commonly called in the villages, had five

principal emanations, or made five great divinities : Sharibu, Meyung-

hal, Rahjoo, Kung’ghas, and Phakpa Datchumba, or simply Datch-

umba, (Phakpa is, I believe, equivalent to Nath, in Hindi), but I

could learn no particulars. The five may be the same as the creations

of the Supreme Buddha, (Hodgson’s Lit. and Rel. p. 40,) but from

other circumstances I would infer, that among the vulgar, the five

divinities mean the middle, and the four quarters, of the world, and

are simply expressive of the greatness of the Supreme God.

1844. and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 193

I must again repeat, that I communicate what I have learnt with

some hesitation, and I shall not be greatly surprized if my errors

or misapprehensions are frequent and considerable. It is difficult to

obtain a complete and accurate description even of ordinary things

from the ignorant, and although I spoke with some men of good local

repute, it was plain they knew nothing of the philosophy of the

system they professed, or of the origin or meaning of the practices they

daily followed ; much of this may indeed have been my own fault

as, for instance, two Lamas in the Hangrang district calculated eclip-

ses, and although suspicious of their ability to do so, I was unable

to detect them in mere plagiarism, yet they were ignorant of the

lunar cycle, and had the most preposterous notions of the relative sizes

and distances of the sun, moon, and planets.

It may nevertheless be gathered from what I have said, that Moor-

croft does not fully discriminate between the sects, although he says

there are two of them; and that Gerard, while aware of their exist-

ence, was not so careful in his enquiries as he might have been.

Lama is a general appellation, and does not mean either Gelong, a

monk of a particular order, or Abbot, the superior of a monastery.

Lama indeed should be confined to men of reputed sanctity, and

superiors seldom or never address their inferiors as Lamas, while the

lower grades always apply the title to those above them. Celibacy is

not incumbent on all Lamas, neither are all called ‘‘ Gelongs,” nor are

they necessarily attached to a monastery. Anz, simply means woman ;

while jamo or jhomo, or chimma, is the proper equivalent of nun.

Mr. Vigne Travels, II, 340, infers a difference between red and yel-

low Lamas, but Turner appears to confound the individuals of the

sects, (Embassy, pp. 86, 103, 170, 242, 250 and 261,) although he

tells us of the existence of the two, and of a characteristic difference

in their discipline, (p. 314-15).

The Gooroo of Gerard is a Hindu term, while the Labbrang monas-

tery, belonging to the Dukpa sect, cannot have Gelongs or Gelukpas

among them. Gerard’s description of the dress is not accurate ; he

has given what he saw on poor Lamas at their every-day work. I have

. Seen a Lama in black.

Lamaism is perhaps extending itself in the Himalayas, and it has

within the memory of the Kunawarees progressed some miles down

194 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

the Sutlej. It is now as low as Panggi near Chini; its introduction

even at Sungram is still remembered ; and among a people who prac-

tice Polyandrism, and who have no regular priesthood, it is more

likely to extend itself than some other religions. In Kunawar there

are no Brahmins, and half of the district is without other priests than

the oracular ministers of the local divinities.

At p. 118, Captain Gerard says, the Lamas wear necklaces of two

sorts of beads, raksha and thu, the seed of some plant, and that these

necklaces contain 108 beads, which is reckoned a sacred number.

There are said to be 108 sacred books of the Buddhists, containing all

the knowledge which it is desirable to possess, and that the number

of the beads is connected with the number of the volumes.

The number is equally important in the eyes of the Hindoos, and

with them, as perhaps with the Buddhists, it is the numerical sum of

the attributes of the divinity. .

Raksha is most likely a corruption of rudraksh ; at all events it

is the same seed or berry, and it is brought from India. The necklace

should be composed of the rudraksh. |

The ‘“ beads” in our monkish sense, are commonly of wood, and the

string may contain seven or nine, or any odd number, but I am un-

certain whether this includes, as in India, the larger middle one. —

The Kunawaree name of this swmram or remembrancer is lak-—

chikor. |

In the annexed plate is the sentence dum Mani Padme Hom, in the

Ranga character, as it appears on the cap of a Gelong bought at Lassa, —

and also in variations of that character and in the Uchhen, disposed

circularly, as I had it written by two Lamas. It will be observed, that

this circular form contains the word shiz, as well as the mystic sentence ©

itself. The Lamas ordinarily know nothing of the import of the

formulary, but say it means God, while each syllable is considered as a —

spell, or as efficacious in averting different kinds of evil.

Emanations—Lotchawa and Kushuk.—The Kushuk Lama presided

and was seated above the other priests.— Moorcroft, 1. 342.

The Lotchawa resides at Teshoo Loomboo, and for many years past —

he has appeared in Kunawar, he then appeared in Nako, and two ~

children had the same marks by which he is said to be recog-

nized.— Gerard, p. 121. | :

AUM MANI PADME HOM

wilh wr one case addiliun a SAv

am the

RANIA or LANTSA

CHARACTER,

1844.] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 195

Kashuk or Kushuk means I believe the all-knowing, and is a name

usually given to pious Lamas; it may be equivalent to your holiness, ©

in which sense however, Moorcroft hardly uses it. Lotcha has a simi-

lar meaning. One of the Lotcha, as mentioned by Gerard is com-

monly called Kushuk; he is the one finally decided upon as the true

Lotchawa, but the other person continues to have respect paid to him

by the villagers. The true Lotchawa never rose to the rank of

Gelong ; but he nevertheless became the reader or household priest of

one of the eight dappans, or military commanders of Lassa ; and who

was engaged in the war with the Sikhs in 1841-42. Afterwards, the

Lotchawa married, and in consequence lost in reality al] his efficacy,

although still considered as the vesture of a divinity. While I was

in Hangrang, he also committed adultery ; but so great is the supersti-

tion of the people, that these lapses did not greatly reduce his sanctity

in their eyes; and I have seen strangers prostrate themselves before

him, touch the earth with their foreheads, and crave his blessing,

which he bestowed by putting his hand on their uncovered heads.

This same word (Kushuk) appears in Turner, (Embassy, 232-459,

&c.), but it is correctly a title and not a proper name.

Religion—Deotas or Local Gods.—The temples of the deotas are

magnificent and adorned with a profusion of costly ornaments. There

are two or three in every village ; each god has generally three distinct

houses, one for himself and the third in which he is placed on grand

festivals. Gerard, at p. 85-6.

Deotas, or spirits of the hills, are worshipped every where along the

Sutlej. These districts fall more particularly within the sphere of my

enquiries, but they are no doubt more extensively reverenced ; and in

the southern Himalayas, the local divinities seem to have been includ-

ed by the Brahmins in their Pantheon, and changed into Devi, one of

the forms of the wife of Siva. This adoption of various superstitions

and deifications by an organized and ambitious priesthood has also

taken place in India, (see particularly Elphinstone’s Hist. I, 179 ;) but

in a portion of Kunawar, the many and equal gods of the first inha-

bitants, still maintain their ancient but limited sway, not much affect-

ed by Buddhism on one side, or Brahminism on the other.

The people, however, have the idea of one great god, or rather per-

haps of several divinities, to whom the deotas are subordinate; and

196 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 147.

from the Ist to the 15th of the Hindoo month Magh, they are suppos-

ed to be absent in the upper sky, soliciting these divinities to confirm

or to grant blessings. The people also talk of demons of power greater

than the deotas. This system seems to correspond with the present

Shamanism of Arctic Asia.

Deotas can reward and punish in this world, but not in the next,

or more correctly during this life only ; for in Upper Kunawar at least,

they have borrowed the Buddhistic transmigration of souls.

Deotas are propitiated by sacrifices, and it is usual for the villagers

collectively, to offer a goat or a sheep when the crops appear above

ground. When the grain is cut, each house or family makes a similar

offering. In some places, an offering is also made at this season of

rejoicing on account of the birth, then.or previously, of a male child.

Offerings are made at any time by individuals to avert a particular

evil, or procure a special blessing. The deotas themselves also oc-

casionally desire that a sacrifice may be made through them to the

greater gods, to propitiate or appease these higher powers.

The will of a deota is sought and declared by his priest or minister.

Fortunate days, as for marriages, are similarly ascertained ; and gene-

rally, people endeavour to learn whether they will be fortunate or not,

by resorting to the priest at the temple, and receiving from him a few

grains of wheat or barley. An odd number implies good fortune, an

even one, the reverse.

The priest may be of any tribe of the country. In Chini in Kuna-

war, the present minister is a chwmar or out-caste. The will of the

deota in the selection of his priest is generally ascertained as follows:

On a particular day, the period of one of the great Hindoo festivals is

preferred, the majority of the villagers bathe, and putting some water —

only in the drinking cup of the deota, they invoke him in his temple

by words and gestures. He who is chosen, is miraculously rapt, or

inspired by the god; and taking up the cup he is able to distribute

grain from it, (although it contained nothing but water.) The deota

may also declare his pleasure in this matter, by imbuing one of his

votaries with the power of thrusting unharmed and unmarked, an

iron rod through some portion of his flesh. It is the custom in one

village I know of to ask the deota from time to time after the death

of his priest, whether he wishes a successor to be appointed. The

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 197

image is raised upon the shoulders of the people, and if the god press-

es heavily to the left, he wishes the election to be postponed ; if he

presses to the right, he wishes that it may take place without delay.

Strictly speaking, the will of the deota can only be ascertained

through his priest, but an irregular election is sometimes made, and an

opinion forced, as it were, from the reluctant god.

The priest gets the skin and one-fourth of the flesh of the animal

sacrificed. After being chosen for the office, he does not give up his

daily occupation as a husbandman or mechanic. The priesthood

alone would not subsist him.

The deotas are masculine, and the people do not talk of local female

divinities ; yet in Lower Kunawar, a certain deota, Mansharash, has a

wife named Durga, and one of the Hindoo Devis of Kunawar is his

sister. The relationship and gender, however, are Brahminical innova-

tions, introduced by the people of the neighbourhood doing service

about the person of the Raja. The Devi in question is the one at Koti,

mentioned under the head of Religion.

In two villages, Kanam and Shasso, of Upper Kunawar, a deota

named Dala is worshipped. He is considered as the companion of, or

as dwelling with, the Supreme God. No sacrifices are offered to him,

and Lamas will endeavour to ascertain Azs pleasure by consulting

their books. In another village Shalkar, of Upper Kunawar, a Lama

is supposed to be possessed by a deota on certain occasions, as is relat-

ed under the head of Festivals. These are instances of Buddhism strug-

gling with local superstition.

In Bhotee, the term for deota is Lah. In Kunawar, the same term

is used as also Sath and Shu, z. e. Shib. In Bhotee, the priest is term-

ed Labdak, and in Kunawaree, Grukchu. The Kunawarees give as

the Hindoostanee equivalent ch’hernawala, or teazer or trouble-

giver.

This system of local gods may be deserving of more research. In

Lah, we appear to have not only the equivalent, but the sound of

the Roman Lares, and of the Arabian Jilah. The deota has also

some features in common with the Grecian oracle. Lah is evidently

the root of lagang and labrang, the present Tibetan terms for a Bud-

dhist temple, as also of /apcha, the only altar the Bhotees continue

to raise to their ancient deities. Lahis also a term for a pass in the

198 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

mountains, which is still considered as under the care of, and as the

place, of the lah or deota, or god.

Temples, 5c-—There are many kinds of buildings and temples pe-

culiar to the Lamas, the most common are tumuli, called mane, con-

sisting of a dyke of loose stones, and upon their tops, are numerous

pieces of slate covered with sentences in the Oochen or sacred charac-

ter. Oom mane, Sc. is the most frequent inscription. There is

often a pole or two in the middle, and sometimes a flag attached to it.

Chosten or Chokten, is found in the vicinity of every Lama habita-

tion, and on the surrounding heights. It is an enclosure formed of

three walls and a roof ; inside are one or more buildings of clay, shaped

like urns or pyramids of different colours : yellow, light blue and .

white.

Douktens, are pyramids in steps, with a kind of urn above larger

than the chostens ; rarely inclosed, never covered.

Labrang, is applied to two kinds of buildings, one is a square pile of

stones six or eight feet high, and one and a half or two feet in diame-

ter. They are erected in the fields to propitiate the deities for an

abundant harvest. The other sort is a place of worship of various

sizes.

Lagang, is a square flat-roofed house, containing a temple of Mahadeo

according to the Kunawarees, but it is called Mahamoonee by the

Tartars.

Lapcha—On the tops of many of the houses, are square piles of

stones adorned with juniper branches, and on the road sides, are heaps

of stones with poles, rags, or flags inscribed with mystic words.

Darchut.—At the corners of almost all the Tartar houses, is a pole

to which a flag painted with Oom Mané pad mee oom is attached,

with a tuft of black yak’s hair above.

Cylinders, called mane, are common; they are nothing more than

hollow wooden barrels, inside of which are sacred sentences painted

on paper or cloth ; they are always turned from the north towards the

east. There is a smaller sort with a projecting piece of wood below,

these are carried about by the wandering Tartars called saa ee a

Gerard, p. 123-127.

I do not know what has determined the form of the monuments —

called mani, and I have but little to add to Captain Gerard’s descrip- _

AUM MAN! PADME TOM’

(weet She omscribed )

we the

UCHHEN CHARACTER

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 199

tion. From the centre of the mani, a dungten frequently rises over

the ashes of a Lama. The mystic sentence, Aum Mani padmé hém,

occurs in varieties of the Oochen and Ranjé characters, and is some-

times disposed circularly with the word shi in the centre. I do not

think that the inscriptions usually contain any thing beyond a repeti-

tion of the sentence, excepting on each declaring when and by whom

the mani wasmade. As Captain Gerard has observed, the people are

careful to leave a mani on their right hand as they pass it.

The chosten or chokten, or choksten, may be considered an altar to

the glory of God. They are not always enclosed or covered, and usually

consist of a pyramid surmounted by a large urn. They are of three

colors : red or yellow, lonku ; blue or grey, twlku ; white, choku. It will

be observed, that the termination ku is the word for image. Inside the

chokten, the Lamas place grain, pieces of metal, formularies or spells,

and I have also noticed images in such as were ruinous. The dung-

kang or dungten is the tomb of a Lama or rather the monu-

ment erected over his ashes, or on the spot on which he was

burnt. The Gelukpas appear to be the most regular in erect-

ing such tombs. ‘They place in them, formularies and three kinds of

grain. They occur by themselves or arise from the centre of a mani,

or from either end.— Moorcroft, II. 245. Such as I have seen are

square and flat-topped, and always of a white colour, but Moorcroft,

ITI. 367, when he infers that the “ topes” of Afghanistan are tombs,

does so, because they resemble the tombs of the Rajahs of Ladakh and

great Lamas. What Gerard describes as a dungkang, appears to be a

large uncovered chokten, but Moorcroft could scarcely be in error.

Labrang means simply a temple containing the image of God, and

the one described as a square pile of stones by Gerard, must be a dung-

ten, or Lama’s tomb. '

Lagang is of precisely the same import as Labrang ; viz. the temple

of the God.

The lapcha is not Buddhist, it is erected to the spirits of the hills

or passes, or on the tops of the houses, and pernaps by the road side;

but I do not remember any so situated, except on salient points, where

the road turns and descends.—See also Turner’s Embassy, p. 197-8.

The darchah is merely a flag or sign, and the word may have the

Same root as the Hindi dhajja of similar import. These flags may

200 Notes on Moorcroft’s' Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

also have some connection with the former condition of the people, as

marauders and dwellers in tents. The flag surmounted by the long

hair of the horse or yak forms the usual standard, and adorns the

formidable spear of the Nomade warriors of this age.

The small cylinder called mani is carried by any one thought

worthy to do so by the Lamas. Captain Gerard was misinformed

regarding the Rampas, (see under that head). I have heard that

these cylinders are made to revolve, in order, that motion may be com-

municated to the contained supplications as it is supposed, and that no

prayer can reach God unless an impulse be given to it by the tongue

or otherwise. Mani seems to have a meaning in connection with this

explanation, but the same term is applied to the fixed pile of stones ; it

does not seem sufficient, unless indeed it be a custom of the Lamas to

beseech the Almighty by encircling the pile, and it appears that the

mani at that time only, deserves the name.

To recapitulate the shagri, (see under that head,) has no connec-

tion with any religious faith.

The lapcha or lapchas is in honor of the deities of the hills.

The darchah, lagung, labrang, dungkang, chokten and mani are

Buddhistic.

TEMPLES.

Shagris or Piles of Stones or Eminences.—At all the elevated piles,

there are a number of square piles of stones called shughar, upon

which passengers usually place a piece of quartz, or attach rags to

poles which are fixed in the middle. There are also several shugars

on the neighbouring heights, sacred to the deotas or spirits of the

mountains. The shughars ‘at the passes are erected by travellers, but

those on the higher peaks, are commonly made at the expence of some

wealthy pilgrim, not much accustomed to the mountains.—Gerard,

p. 59.

In this description, two different things seem to be confounded. The

shughar, (or rather shagri in Kunawaree, and toyur in Bhotee,) is

built by shepherds generally, but by any one, to amuse themselves or

to commemorate an exploit. They are usually placed on peaks, or on

salient points.

1844. | and on Geérard’s Account of Kunawar. 201

The pile of stones with quartz, rags, &c. is termed lapchas in

Kunawaree, and in Bhotee Japcha, and is afterwards referred to by

Gerard at p. 126.

Monastaries—Convents.—The religious service of the Lamas, which

is performed daily at the gom-pas or temples attached te monasteries. —

Moorcroft, II, 344.

The Lamas and Gelongs who profess celibacy reside in a monastery,

called ghonpa or goomba, and the nuns in a convent called chomol-

ing.— Gerard, p. 119.

As Gerard states, gom-pa or gunba is the monastery, and not the

temple. Labrang is the word for temple.

Chomoling simply means the nuns sides. Chomo or jomo or zhjomo

being “nun,” and ling, ‘‘ séde.” I have not observed that the convents,

so to call them, are separate buildings. Gunba comprehends I think

monastery and convents; different parts of the same building being

appropriated to each. |

Festivals.—The grandest festival (in Kunawar) is called mentiko ;

it is held in the beginning of September, but I could get no account of

its origin. All the people who are able to move, leave their villages

and ascend the nearest hill; they proceed slowly making a circuit of

several days, and this is the time of the greatest festivity ; they adorn

themselves with garlands and flowers, and sing and dance to the sounds

of music ; they run horse and foot races ; perform feats of agility, feast

and drink.— Gerard, p. 81.

In Kunawar, this festival commences on the 19th or 20th of the

month Bhador, that is, as Gerard says, early in September, and it usual-

ly lasts five days. It takes place after the first crop has been gathered

in, and is held in honor of the spirits of the surrounding hills, who are

thanked for past blessings and propitiated for the future.

The Bhotees have a similar festival, and it is called by them nam-

gham. It is not, however, the same as that witnessed by Mr. Trebeck.

( Moorcroft, II. 75, §c.) If the description given by that gentleman is

complete, for it was held in August, and had apparently no connection

with religion.

As Buddhism has not every where, if any where, superseded the

worship of the local divinities, 2¢ has in part yielded to the super-

Stitions of the people ; and at Shalkar, for instance, they suppose that a

202 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, — [No. 147.

certain mountain spirit is an emanation of Shakyamuni, and that he

came from Lassa, some generations ago with a Lama of great sanctity.

This emanation is called Durjeh Chimno, and is further supposed to be

the patron of agriculture. The Lamas endeavour to turn the adora-

tion of the people towards this hill god alone; and in imitation of the

deota system, one of their number is supposed to be the chosen priest

of the divinity, and on proper occasions is duly rapt or possessed.

They do not, however, care to give any emanation of their supreme

being a local habitation and an authority with geographical limits,

and when the people proceed to a particular pass or eminence to sup-

plicate one lord among many equals, the Lamas take no share in

the ceremony.

The greatest festival of the Kunawarees is, that called sherkan

by them. It is held on the 10th day of the moon in the month

of Asonj, (September-October,) and corresponds with the Hindoo

Dasehra.

Polyandry—Marriage.—They (the Ladakhees) have some singular

domestic institutions. When an eldest son marries, the property

of his father descends to him, and he is charged with the maintenance

of his parents. They may continue to live with him if he and his

wife please, if not he provides them with a separate dwelling. A

younger son is usually made a Lama. Should there be more brothers,

and they agree to the arrangement, juniors become inferior husbands

to the wife of the elder. All the children, however, are considered as —

belonging to the head of the family. The young brothers have no autho-

rity ; they wait upon the elder as his servants, and can be turned out

of doors at his pleasure, without its being incumbent on him to provide

for them. On the death of the eldest brother, his property, authority

and widow, devolve upon his next brother.— Moorcroft, LI. 321-2.

In this account, there are several things which I did not observe

near the junction of the Sutlej and Pitti, and some of the customs are

not I think reconcileable to reason or to necessity.

Polyandryism appears to be essential in a country in which the

quantity of culturable land is limited, and in which pastures are

not extensive ; in which there are but few facilities for carrying on

commerce, and in which there is no mineral wealth readily made

available. This is the case in Tibet, and in many portions of the

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 2038

Himalayas ; and as the people are not of a warlike character, nor of a

more ingenious turn of mind than neighbouring races, they have but

few resources, and are almost entirely dependent on a scanty and labo-

rious cultivation for their means of subsistence. It is therefore neces-

sary to limit the population, and this is most simply done by allowing

one wife only to each house or family. Necessity gives rise to the

Jaw, and custom renders it more binding; but a change in the circum-

stances of the people, produced by whatever means, may render the

custom partial in its application. Thus the people of Upper Kunawar,

owing to the recent demands for shawl-wool and charas, (a drug,)

in India, are now engaged in a rapidly extending carrying trade ;

they accumulate money; and can maintain themselves in comfort

in their villages by importing articles of food. Two or three

brothers may thus each become rich, and seek to found a family

dependent on trading enterprize, and not on agriculture, for its

livelihood.

Polyandrism as I have observed it in Upper Kunawar, and in the

neighbouring Bhotee districts, is not exactly the same as described by

Moorcroft. The lands of a village are divided unequaliy among a

certain number of houses, and these are assessed in a fixed sum by

the state. Each house has usually one wife only, but sometimes

two or three. The master or father of the family, that is, the eldest

son or brother, retains the authority as long as he retains his faculties,

although 4zs son may have been married for sometime. On the death

of the father, the eldest son, if arrived at manhood, succeeds to the mas-.

tership ; but if he isa minor, the father’s brother succeeds. This I should

say is the vale, but as the civil relations of the people are not com-

plicated, the right to the mastership has not been very strictly defined,

and nephew and uncle, so to speak, act indifferently as superior ; the

most talented being usually put forward as the representative of the

family or house.

If 2 woman survives her husband, she continues to live with her

son ; it is her right todo so, and she cannot be put away with a main-

tenance at his pleasure. A young brother can establish himself sepa-

rately if he desires to do so ; his share of the land and of the moveable

property, as also his proportion of the state assessment, being deter-

mined by a sort of jury, subject to the approval of the Chief or

204 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, (No. 147.

Government. I know instances of such a separation, but they are not

numerous.

Should a wife prove barren, a second can be chosen, or should she

have daughters only, a second can be chosen similarly ; custom allows

three or more wives. I know of a man who took a third wife, having

been disappointed of a male heir by his first and second. A man also

sometimes takes a second wife with the consent of the first, although

she may have brought him male heirs. Custom allows this, and in

practice, a man will take a second or a third wife, if he is disposed to

do so, against the consent of his first one; he is amenable to opinion

only, and not to a well-defined law strictly administered. _

Divorce takes place on the wife committing adultery, or by the

mutual consent of the parties.

Chastity is not held in high esteem ; that is, the loss of it is not con-

sidered a great disgrace in the eyes of the common people. In the

case of an unmarried woman, the man must support her and the child,

unless he can arrange for her return to her family by the payment of

a sum of money, (from five rupees or so upwards, according to circum-

stances.) If the woman is a nun, a similar fine is also paid to the

temple to which she was attached. A man who commits adultery is

fined for the benefit of the state, and he must also maintain the

woman, unless he can arrange by the payment of a sum of money for

her return to her husband, or to her own family.

I am not aware that the Buddhist books declare aught concerning

marriage, or the social relations, and in the absence of a law, the prac-

tice of a rude people will necessarily vary.

Marriages usually take place at the age of 15 or 16; but one or both

parties are sometimes betrothed at an earlier age. Young men and

women are left to the exercise of their own choice in a greater degree

than is the custom in India, but they are not absolutely free. The

usual dower is generally withheld when the girl marries without the

consent of her parents, custom requires that the parents of the young

man should go three several times to the house of the girl’s father, and

offer a piece of silk and some wine; if they are accepted a first and a

second time, the marriage is understood to be agreeable to the parents

of the girl ; and if accepted the third time, the betrothal is complete,

and is considered binding. Lamas fix an auspicious day for the mar-

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundawar. 205

riage, and on the evening previous an entertainment is given in the

house of the bride ; the Lamas are invited to this feast, they read cer-

tain prayers, or at least invoke a blessing on the union, and their pre-

sence is also considered necessary at the feast given by the bridegroom’s

parents after the ceremony.

The above is the custom among the Bhootees. Among the Kuna-

warees, the practice is similar, but not precisely so, and gradually ap-

proximates to that of India. In Lower Kunawar, there are neither

Brahmins nor Lamas, but the priests of the spirits of the hills take

their place in such ceremonies.

Polyandry-—Population—Bastardy.—The women of Ladakh in

consequence of their great proportionate number, find it difficult to

obtain subsistence.— Moorcroft, I1, 322.

But the mean (number of inhabitants to a house) in various parts

of Kunawar gives six, which will not appear too many, since Polyan-

dry, or a plurality of husbands, prevails.— Gerard, p. 3.

Besides this drawback on the increase of population, there is

another peculiar to Chinese Tartary and the adjoining countries, that

is celibacy, which is professed by numbers of the inhabitants.—

Gerard, p. 3, Note. 3

Moorcroft’s remark does not appear to have been made with his

usual discernment. Polyandry cannot affect the proportion of males and

females born, and no system of emigration on the part of the men re-

duces the relative numbers of the sexes. The women have no diffi-

culty in obtaining a subsistence, for they are a robust race; they are

equal to most kinds of out-door work, and the care of the fields is

chiefly in their hands ; socially the condition of unmarried sisters and

of younger brothers is the same; both must be maintained by the

head of the house, who has a right to their labor.

Family Polyandry should inerease the number of souls per house,

instead of decreasing it as Gerard observes ; for besides the husband

(eldest brother) and wife and their children, as in a house in Europe,

there are, or may be, younger brothers and unmarried sisters ; there

may be uncles (so to call them) and aunts; there may be more than

one wife ; and finally, there may bea mother and also a step-mother.

The celibacy of one or more brothers cannot affect the population

_ where family Polyandry is established. Every house has a wife, and

206 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

it is only when there are several brothers, that the younger ones be-

come monks. If there is but one son, he will not, (as the rule,) become

a Lama, so that the house or family is still maintained ; besides which,

celibacy is only enjoined on one out of the four orders of Lamas which

prevail west of the Mansarawar Lake. I took the census of the Hang-

rang district of Bhotees subject to Bisseher. The total population in

1842 was 760, of whom 373 were males, and 387 were females, an

excess of Jess than four in the hundred. Another census taken less car-

‘fully, and in which indeed I had but little reason to place confidence,

gave nine more females than males.

Polyandry in spite of the seclusion of the people of the hills and

a general simplicity of manners, has a marked effect in increasing

bastardy. Of the 760 people of Hangrang, 26 are bastards, which

is one in about 29, and as a comparatively few grown-up people

only were admitted to be illegitimate, I apprehend there may be more

than 26.

In 1835, the population of England and Wales was about 14,750,000,

and the number of bastards affiliated, (before the New Poor Law came

into operation,) was 65,475, which gives one in about 226 ; even if the

number born should double those affiliated, the proportion would still

speak strongly against Polyandry in regard to female purity. ( Wade's

British History, p. 1041 and 1055.) It is not clear whether the num-

ber of bastards is given for England only, or for England and Wales,

but this circumstance would not greatly affect the result.

Gerard, p. 3, estimates the population of Hangrang at 1056. This

was upwards of twenty years ago, and although it may have been

somewhat greater than now, I do not believe it could differ one-third

of his total, or one-half of mine.

Characters of the Kunawarees and Bhotees.—Thieves and robbers

are unknown (in Kunawar,) and a person’s word may be implicitly

relied on in any thing regarding money matters. They have not the

Jeast distrust or suspicion. (Captain Gerard then quotes two instances,

in which a few rupees were advanced to him by Kunawarees.)

The Kunawarees pride themselves on their country, and well

know how superior they are to the other mountaineers.— Gerard,

p- 76-77]. I did not like them (the Bhotees) so well at first as the

Kunawarees, but they improved on further acquaintance with them

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 207

and their language, and I now think them by far the finest race of

people in the hills, and much superior to the inhabitants of the plains

of India.— Gerard, p. 102.

Cheating, lying, and thieving are unknown; they have the nicest

notions of honesty of any people in the world.—Gerard, p. 106, see

also p. 108.

That Captain Gerard was not himself robbed, and that his good

faith was trusted is not surprising; he was an officer of known rank

and position ; he was accompanied by agents on the part of the Raja,

and a courteous and wealthy stranger is usually welcome among a

secluded agricultural people, but had he made more careful inquiries

than he seems to have done, he would have found that the Kunawarees

can lie, cheat, steal, and commit murder. During the last 15 or 18

years, two men of Kunawar (of proscribed races indeed, dohars and

chumars,) have been hanged, and Kunawarees Proper are almost

monthly punished for different crimes by the loss of a hand, or in a

less severe manner. Similar remarks apply to the Bhotees. A Bhotee

boy very dexterously carried off a powder flask of mine, and half of my

servants as well as amore respectable man, the Lahore Vakeel with

me, had a mixed metal palmed off upon them as pure gold by vari-

ous Bhotees. In this metal there was some gold, which was obtained

by stealing the books in monasteries and temples, and then burning

them for the sake of the gold leaf used in ‘‘ illuminating” the margins,

&e.— See also Captain Hutton’s Tour, III, 2.—Jour. As. Soc.

The Bhotees and Kunawarees have some of the usual virtues of

other secluded races, but their evil passions are latent, and only want

development. The Bhotees are I think a people without the spirits

of men, and like other cowards they are cruel. Still I don’t think

them beyond redemption, and if their country continues distracted,

their energies may be roused. Of the Kunawarees I have a higher

opinion. They have some pride of race, due perhaps to their Indian

origin, and they have also some intelligence and enterprize, which

have latterly been turned towards trade, and a few men in Upper

Kunawar are possessed of some wealth.

This trade received a considerable impulse on the emigration of

many thousand Cashmere weavers to the plains about 1818 and 1820,

and by the late increasing demand in the plains for the charas of

208 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

Yarkand. The Kunawarees gradually became large carriers of shaw]-

wool, and of the drug in question; but want of capital obliged

many to borrow money, and want of experience in such affairs, with a

general ignorance of the world, rendered them no match for the Hin-

doo mahajans of Rampur, and the Cashmeree dealers of Leh, and

most of them have in consequence run into debt. Latterly, they have

become direct purchasers from the Government farmers and the

Yarkand traders, and are emancipating themselves by degrees, while

some have realized fortunes so to speak.

This increase of trade has had one bad effect: the profits induced

every one to become buyers and sellers, and while the better sort bor-

rowed hundreds in Rampur, they lent tens to their poor village neigh-

bours on the mortgage of the produce of their lands. Every village in

Upper Kunawar is in debt, and its crops belong as fully to a few

monied men as the harvest of India belongs to the bankers of zfs-towns.

What Captain Gerard observes at p. 108, regarding the hospitality

and liberality of the Tartars, he might have found occasion to alter,

had he lived longer among them. He was then at Shipke, a Chinese

village, and the people were desirous that he should get into the

British territory again as speedily as possible. It is besides the custom

to supply the ordinary wants of great men when travelling, that is,

to bring a nazzur of gram, a sheep, &c. levied by force from the

villagers by the local authority. After the first novelty of his ap-

pearance or visit had worn off, he would have found, that they could

use short weights, adulterate flour, and drive hard bargains in every

sense of the word.

In making these remarks, I would not have it inferred, that I

consider the Kunawarees and the Tartars as essentially dishonest,

or as usually grasping, but simply as not deserving the great commen-

dation bestowed on them.

Employment of the Kunawarees.—The Kunawarees are all traders,

and their chief riches consist in large flocks of sheep and goats. In

November, many come to Rampur with wool, and a few go to the

plains to purchase merchandize for the markets of Garo and Leh, and

they likewise visit the fair at Hurdwar; most of them go to Leh or

Garoo. In the summer months, the people who stay at home look after

their vineyards, and attend to their flocks ; the shepherds live in small

1844.) and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar. 209

houses called dogree or shumung, where they employ themselves in

making butter.—Gerard, p. 79-80.

The Kunawarees are rather all agriculturists than all traders, and

a strict Polyandry at once implies, that the people have a limited sup-

ply of food at home, and scarcely any from abroad. The people of

Lower Kunawar are not traders in the sense meant by Gerard ; even

now very few of them go to Garoo and Leh, and their traffic consists

in exchanging woollens and fruits, or gram and butter. The flocks of

sheep and goats do not furnish much, if any, butter, and the greater

portion of that article, used in southern Tibet, is taken across the hills

vid Rampur and other places.

A mere sheep-fold is called shzrnang, but where a little cultivation

is attached to it, the term is dogree.

Trade of Kunawar.—Al]most all the trade (of Kunawar) is con-

ducted by barter.— Gerard, p. 181.

This was more particularly the case when Gerard wrote than at

present. The increasing trade in shawl-wool and charas render the

export of coin necessary, but it is probable that whfle the opium trade

lasted, the value of exports and imports was nearly the same.

The trade in charas has arisen, and that in shawl-wool has greatly

increased, within the last few years.

The accompanying table will give some information regarding the

exports from Tibet to Rampur.

[No. 147.

Notes on Moorcrofts Travels in Ladakh,

210

‘Al[e1euas yoqry, Wosy satAMOYO pure { pedany utory Areope7

esse] UWOI] S¥[Is pue a7,

"yyepey Woy seurmysed osieoo pue ‘inydins ‘xesoq autos ‘wysed io1weUuy

*YRIPOY PUL OLLX) JO SJOIIstp Ssouly) 9Y} Wo.rJ XeI0G OT} Te AyIvou pue juouIdio 4y7es ‘pos ‘saruod ‘suaTjoom ‘foom wrysed ysaq ay 7

; “pueyle A Woaj yYSnoiq ose ‘aydeys y10ys Jo wysed solajur ue pur ‘re}eyy UeIpeg ‘s}]ay ‘Je109 ‘1aqIea] VISSNY asivoo ‘seivyg

‘qetund

4} JO sT[ty ay} Ut ‘poiq ore 6/96T | OOS 4096 "oP

3]208 pue daays 0q} pue ‘pains! /OQ60L | 00% fF6EZ |-oP

-oid st yes ay} yng fandmey| CEEIG | 00GG FZaI01 | op

91 499 |*Op*sY9Q"sISET|ZZ_ gy L8E [OP *SIS9BG 4 996 |OPES [EZ f0089T /OPS0T'00% | IFST

LG fFOIST | OP S42 9 *SISELGOS J 1268 | ‘OP “S48 Z OLGT) ESP |OP BF {IST f00968 |'op 8 (00F1 | OFst

Slate et

Seen as

gays Jo JaquINU 9[qeiapIsuod : ee © ae o

e pue 47es jo Ayuenb asiey 5 ae ® Ne 3 Sy A & 2 woe ® pee |

"so nb a]qQeieA UT [Te 3 eee : ws, aor

91 918 SopoI}Ie ShosUeT[eosIU Fe ms rH ro or ae |

24} JO JaAoaioM May e ATU 2 oF a & | af # 2 © 22

*sorjijuenb [yews ul yng ( ‘o1j7e01|———— , — — | | — | —— — Jj — | — — | —_|_—_ ——— |__| | ——

-O1e ue) ‘Iejyeyy UeIpeg pue = ra ra = ral

uamidio ‘say ‘fe1oo ‘anyd e 2 2 = =

-[Ns ‘1ay}eo]T VIssny asreod ‘AL = mE af ry =e =

-eopez pappe eq Au yoTYy 0} . os a s aes le he

st OOT ee ‘sol1mouyg B aes < Fe < ee < aa < =

Cie se Sa SES sey = sol - sel ae 2 8

> 006% <2 SSeS = 2 ey & 2 2] & So SS

fee fos ea | ce | Bele S| PAe ee: me Pol og | 2 IFS] ¢ | w |@e = | 2 Pal <

** 0G2 Burg “Satis a S 5 x Pi 2 * 2 Ss = % S | a = et =

“ HOP ‘asieod ‘suaT[OO AA © ee a : @ 3 @ ot s ® og © of & : $ | =

“ezg ‘esreoo ‘eurmyseg ; 5 = ahs af ay ws a a |

"SY ONG enyea *qoid ‘sa1u0g a @ oe e ——| 6 f- 8 $ —j 3

apnyour S ” oi- al oe ae oF >)

Aayy, *e7qeinooad sdeyiod you S F E 5 = | 2

ele pue paysiuiny uaeq oaey 5 5 5 =f I

s]USTIA}e}S palejep ou sao = =e = = | =

“IW snoauR{[aosiw 9y} JO | = ees Rew “< a

oe NS as ah a |) eee | - Games Le fr ee ee ce me | er ce res ee cece» ets fe es es ee Se | nce | —_—

ome | Cos ‘org OUT] AA

*sylemay rai A e190 *“serey (apnio) ‘xe10g *[OOAA |

"anisnjaur 409 ‘TH-LEST “ah ay, buewnp ‘lazing ay, uo andwoy 072 yoquy, fo apouy, juoduy ayz fo quamajnjzg «njngny,

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar, 211

REVENUES OF PITTI.

Statistics of a Bhotee Village—The whole revenue of Pitti is

collected in grain, by a measure called kal, equal to eight pakka seers,

and of the value of thirteen annas. The revenue is levied upon but 267

houses, the total will be 2,937 khals, or in value 2,386 rupees.—

Moorcroft, II, p. 70-7}.

“‘ Estimated” should perhaps have been used by Mr. Trebeck in-

stead of “‘ collected,” see also Gerard p. 147. In 1841-42, there were in

Pitti about 250 paying houses, and of that number, the revenues of

fifty-two or fifty-three were appropriated to the five monasteries of the

district, agreeably to an arrangement made by Lassa on the transfer of

Pitti to Ladakh, (see Chanthan, history of.) The sum demanded

from the 197 or 198 houses was 398 rupees, and about 30 pieces of

woollen. This tax is denominated mattal ; besides the above, the Rajah

of Ladakh levied from all Pitti a tax named Hortal, and a second

mattal, amounting to 36 and 18 rupees respectively. Hortal means the

tax of Hor, the country about Yarkand. Maztal means the real or

principal or original tax. Mah being the same as mu/in Hindee. I

am unable to explain the application of the term to the small tax of

rupees 18.

The Rajah of Ladakh further demands a quantity of iron, cotton

goods, paper, madder, &c. from the whole of the district, for which he

gives 50 rupees, taking however 200 rupees’ worth of goods.

Besides the revenues appropriated to the monasteries, the division of

Pitti, called Pin, pays to the Abbot of Teshingang on the Indus,

a quantity of grain. The Abbot also sends a quantity of tea to the

houses or families of the valley, for which he asks and gets double

price. Teshigang belongs to the Chinese.

This same division Pin, pays to Bissehir, a British dependency, 32

pieces of woollen and one sheep; the sheep and two of the pieces of

cloth being the perquisite of the Bisséhir authorities sent to collect the

tax.

Kulu, (a Lahore dependency,) demands from the whole of Pitti in-

cluding the houses attached to monasteries, one ju or jao of gold, equal

to 8 or 9 rupees, and also 4 pieces of woollen.

2 I

212 Notes on Mooreroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

As my statement of the revenues differs greatly from the estimate

of Mr. Trebeck, I may be wrong; that is, my informants may have

purposely misled me. From what I have seen however of these parts,

I incline to the smaller sums as the more probable one. In Pitti and

the adjoining districts, I would say that eight seers of wheat are now

worth eight annas, instead of thirteen, and that eight seers of barley are

worth five or six annas only.

The various claims on the people of Pitti are a good specimen of the

complicated relations of the different districts along the Snowy Range,

notwithstanding the approximation of the large and consolidated em-

pires of England and China.

T annex a table exhibiting the number of people, and the agricultural

means of Changgo on the Pitti river ; together with some other parti-

culars which may be curious, if not of much value. Changgo pro-

duces somewhat more grain than it consumes, and several of its inha-

bitants are traders. The village is in Hangrang, the Bhotee district

subject to Bisséhir.

With reference to the Hangrang district, I may here say, that in-

stead of five spots, and some narrow strips capable of cultivation,

as Gerard says, p. 15, there are seven separate villages, one temple

with lands attached, and at least three detached pieces of land belong-

ing to one or other of the villages.

, $$ ——

————

———

1844. ]

and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 213

Statistics of Changgo in Hangrang on the Pitta River, a Bhotee dis-

trict subject to Bisséhir.

Houses which pay Revenue.

paying

ouses.

Non-

Grand

Total.

apap:

Sales

Di318

sels

slald

Zi \= |

j Ded i aA

ARES

3y) Se

ep 3

Se Qute 2

6| 3] 1

A422} 4

8| 3| 2

9; L| 1

10; 2| 1

Pee

[PAN hae |

[Seal 2

ee a

fay hE

16} 2} 2

34/23

De AZ

2 2.2

Sr ie?

4) die}

1 ae 4 a 4

Males under 12.

Females ditto.

Ce ll eed Bee et

137 Souls.

68 Males, 69 Fems.

Man Servant.

Maid ditto.

lac ie ice

mR | 2 ie 3

> al ees |e

a | O |%s 3 Remarks.

dal f (le ial |

#4) tle lel | ee

2\alg\e}3| & 18/8]

Bleis/5|8) 2 a|2| &

RIN RP IOIN| wm |. |<] -

0} 0} 0} 1] 0} O | O} O| 23) Annual Demands of Go-

0; 0} Oo} 1) 0; 31 O10 4 vernment,

OTOL UO eek hh pune SERRE 5)

OOrrerr Be ar Or Ul. 2 <a eae 144 hats

1} O| cb), 2).0b Bol O00) 23° palikistine wook:

(erin is ty oo | ice ee

1} 2} O} 2) O| 4 | 0} 0} 12

2) 3) 2) 3) 1) 21 | 3) 31) 7 | Productions of the Village.

1 1 Fruits.—Apricots. i

- l fi : ra 7 O| 2 Vegetables.—Turnips, Oni-

QO} 1) 2) 2} 0) 15 | O| 0} 3k pine; iu

pal Grains, §¢.

1} 1) 0; 2} 0; 3 | 0) O} 23! Wheat, barley, jammar,

Oru 2) OT a>, Ol Ula and lona (kinds of barley)

1) 1) O| 2|.0] 11 | 0) O| 8 ghineb, chastang(beans, )

1] 2! O| 2! O| 15 OO) Sz ao or fabra, and per-

0! 0} o| 11.0 0! 0 31 pare oceasionally some

others,

a Re | Del eres lier | Pv Note.—A few stalks of

10) 14) 9/27) 1/135 | 6] 41 483) oats, péd, in Kunawaree,

and Kassam in Bhotee,

are found in every field,

bat the grain is nowhere

cultivated.

Illegitimate,...... 7

1 Man.

4 Males, ... 3 Boys

3 Females, ... Girls.

Lamas,... 16) Ningmas,

Nuns, (none,} § ared sect.

LQ‘14' 9127" 11185 | 6) 4) 482

Pirrr AUTHORITIES.

The house belonged to the éaoche, or head of the carriers, and he

with Khaza Khan, the manager of the district, and the paon or scribe,

paid me every civility in the absence of the chief of Pitti, Sultan Beg,

whom I had left at Leh.— Moorcroft, 1. 60.

214 Notes on Moorcrofts Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

The taoche, or togotcheh, or dogotcheh, is simply the deputy of the

resident manager of the Pitti district; he is however particularly

charged with the collection of the revenue under the karrpan or

griot, chief or manager; and he also collects the porters and beasts

of burden for the use of the Rajah, and proceeds in person with them

if many are required. s

Khaza Khan was the father of the present karrpan, or manager of

Pitti ; he was a Buddhist and not a Mahometan as might be supposed,

if we looked upon Khan with our Indian experience only ; his real

name was Teshi (or Tashi) Dandup.

Paon is not known as the word for scribe in Pitti or its neighbour-

hood, but the individual alluded to by Mr. Trebeck, is still remember-

ed as a skilful carver, &c. He was the eldest son of Khaza Khan,

above-mentioned. The Bhotee for scribe is dunghz.

Sultan Begh was of a family of Shia Mahometans settled near Leh ;

his grand-daughter or great-grand-daughter married Gholam Khan,

subsequently made chief of Pitti, an active partisan of the Sikhs;

and who was put to death by the Chinese after their victory in De-

cember 1841, near the Mansarawar Lake.

Food.—All classes of Tibetans eat three meals a day: the first con-

sists of tea; the second of tea or of meal porridge, if that cannot be

afforded ; the third of meat, rice, vegetables and bread by the upper,

and soup porridge and bread by the lower classes. The Tibetans

never drink plain water if they can afford it ; the poorer drink a bever-

age called chang.— Moorcroft, 1], 328-331.

The food of the people (of Kunawar) is bannocks of different kinds

of grain, kitchen vegetables, and a great proportion of meat ; their most

usual drink is tea, and they occasionally take a dram of spirituous

liquor, and at their festivals they indulge pretty freely.— Gerard, p. 77.

The food of the people, (2. e. of the Hangrang Bhotees,) is almost

wholly flesh, for even a part of the little grain produced is exported, and

most of the rest made into an intoxicating liquor named chong. They

take their dram of spirits in the cold mornings.—Gerard, p. 113-114.

Flesh of all kinds forms the principal part of the food of the Lada-

khees.—Gerard, p. 154.

I think the above observations are applicable only to the better

classes, and not to the poor people; that is, to nearly all the people. |

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 215

Indeed a family of the better sort in Kunawar will only kill a sheep

or a goat once in a month. In the adjoining Bhotee districts, the

people may do so once in 18 or 20 days, their flocks being larger and

more easily fed.‘ Tea is not regularly drunk by more than ten

families in all Kunawar ; some drink it occasionally, some rarely, and

some perhaps never. Chong is drunk by the poor people on par-

ticular occasions only ; but there are dissipated people every where,

and some men may take a dram every morning. Grain is too valu-

able to admit of its consumption in the manufacture of spirits.

I think that the poorer people in Upper Kunawar and in Tibet, live

chiefly on the meal of parched grain mixed with water. They don’t

often or regularly bake cakes, although those in better circumstances

may frequently do so. In times of scarcity, they eat chestnuts in

Lower Kunawar, and in Upper Kunawar and the adjoining districts,

they use apricot kernels; that is, if they have them, for apricots do not

bear at a greater elevation than 10,500 feet.

Drink of the Kunawarees—Sore Eyes.—For although the Kuna-

warees can get nothing but snow for some months in the year, they

are not so subject to gottre as the people that live in the damp

grounds. In winter, the eyes are frequently inflamed by the reflection

of the snow, and the people travelling at this time, protect them with

large leaves, generally of the rhubarb.— Gerard, p. 82.

It may be safely said, that the Kunawarees are never reduced to

drink snow water for more than a few days in a year, and a few small

villages only are necessitated to do that ; every village is near a stream

or spring, and both streams and springs flow in winter, notwithstand-

ing snow and frost.

_ The rhubarb is not green in winter, and if it had leaves at that season,

they could not easily be got at ; being buried at great heights under

snow. Hair spectacles, juniper twigs, &c. are used to protect the eyes.

Customs as to Food.—The present did not include some hares, for

no other reason as far as I could learn, than that the length of their

ears assimilated them to asses.— Moorcroft, I, 424-5.

The Bhotees do not eat hares, nor birds of any kind, nor fish. To-

wards our borders, however, they are somewhat lax ; but towards

Rohtak, our hill traders are good humouredly reviled, when they eat

the fish of the lakes of that neighbourhood.

216 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, — (_No. 147.

I did not learn the origin of these customs, but they may be the

result of an effort of Buddhism, to spare life in whatever shape it

appears.

Scarcity of Grain—The Potatoe.—The crops (in Kunawar) for the

most part are poor, and a great want of grain pervades the whole

country. In times of scarcity, horse chestnuts, after being steeped

for two or three days to take away their bitterness, are dried and

ground into flour, and apricots and walnuts also form part of the food

of the people.— Gerard, p. 64-5.

I have seen wheat flour as cheap as sixty pounds fora rupee, but the

average price in Kunawar is from thirty to forty, and in October and

November, it is scarcely to be procured for any money.—Gerard,

p. 65.

Kunawar has a few villages which produce more grain than their

inhabitants require, but considered as a whole, the district imports a

portion of its food. The people never willingly part with their grain,

and during my residence in Upper Kunawar and the adjacent Bhotee

districts, I got it compulsorily at the rate of 84 and 10 seers, (17 and

20 Ibs.) the rupee, and what I required for the few people with me,

was sometimes brought from a distance of 60 miles.

Scarcities are occasioned by a want of rain in April, but sometimes

by a destructive insect which eats the stalk. I heard also that about

25 years ago, (1817-18,) a flight of locusts appeared. The kernels of

apricot stones, treated the same way as Gerard says of horse chest-

nuts, are likewise used to economize grain, and the people dig up roots,

and make use of the wild pea named charek, which I have met with

in Hangrang.

Gerard laments (p. 65,) that the potatoe was not so extensive by culti-

vated as it ought to be, considering that his brother had at different

times distributed upwards of 2,000 lbs. weight of that vegetable

among the people. It is now scarcely if at all cultivated, and the

reason may be simple; as a first crop, it is not so productive as gram,

and as a second it cannot perhaps be matured.

Yea.—The next article of importance in the trade of Ladakh, is tea

brought in square masses or lumps, packed (in Lassa) in the raw

skins of yaks, the hair inwards. Each block called dom by the Kash-

miris, and Ponkah by the Lassans, weighs about 4 Delhi seers, less

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kundgwar. 217

than 8 Ibs. avoirdupois ; the green sold wholesale at three rupees per

seer, and the black at less than two rupees, and the retail price is

nearly double.— Moorcroft, II, 350-1).

There are three kinds of tea brought from Lassa, called severally

zangcha, chungchu and kopinjeh. 'The former two may be called

black teas, the kopinjeh green. At the Garo fair, a block of the black

may be bought for six rupees, and of the green for 18 rupees.—See

also Mr. Vigne’s Travels, II, 345.

Chadam is the name given to the block in Ladakh ; and about Garo,

parka is I heard the Lassan name, and ponkah may be a misprint.

Chabbas—Tea Merchants.—In the course of October, a caravan of

chabbas, as they are called, traders from Lassa, arrived with many

yaks laden with tea.— Moorcroft, II, 252.

Chabbas means literally tea-ees, z. e. tea merchants, cha or z/ya

being the Bhotee for tea. The caravan arrives annually from Lassa,

returning however the next year; and the investment is chiefly the

property of the principal men in the place, z. e. in this case of the

public authorities. An officer of the Government, called yung-chung,

comes in charge of the caravan. I have heard that about a lac and a

half of rupees worth, Leh price, was formerly required annually for

the Cashmir market, but that of late, the Sikh authorities in Ladakh,

in emulation of the functionaries of Lassa, monopolized the trade; so

as in the first instance, to diminish the consumption of the article, and

afterwards the value of the trade in it.

Bisséhir Tea.—It appeared that a considerable importation of a

vegetable product used as tea, took place from the British dependency

of Bisahar. According to information obtained from two intelligent

natives of that province, the tea of Bisahar is of two kinds, green and

black. The green grows in greatest abundance about Jaghul, between

Rampur and Sarai, (Sarahan).— Moorcroft, I1, 352.

I understand that the Bisahar tea was produced chiefly about

_ Lippa, that of Jukhul being a greenish variety. The tea or bush is

ealled pangcha. The leaves are exposed in the sun for two days.

They are then mixed with a gum called changéa or jatta, which oozes

_ from a tree called ¢riz found near Lippa. This, it is said, is done to

_ give it a colour. The bark of a tree called sangcha, (found about

Rampur,) is used instead of cinnamon.

218 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

The Bissehir tea is drank by those who cannot procure Chinese tea,

or it is mixed with the superior kind. At Garo when Chinese tea

is scarce, that of Bissehir will sell for three seers katcha (or 2 tbs.

good) the Rupee.

Bissehir Cups.—Each man has his own cup, either of China porce-

lain, or which is more common, made out of the Knot of the horse

chestnut, edged or lined with silver, or plain. About five thousand

of these are annually exported from Bissehir to Gardokh, and sold at

the rate of six for the rupee.— Moorcroft, I, 329-30.

Inferior cups only are made of the chestnut ; they are also made of

the apricot tree and of other woods, but the best kinds are made of

the knot or excrescence of a tree called in Kunawar, hkauzal, and about

Rampur, /dor. The cup itself is called puriveh.—Gerard, p. 1812,

calls the vessels porwa, and says, they are made of juniper wood, but

on this point he is certainly mistaken, if he means that they are made

of the juniper only. ‘

Pashm Tus.—Although thie fleece of the sheep affords a material

similar to that of the goat, it is not in sufficient proportion, nor of

adequate length, to be considered fit for the manufacture of shawls.

Besides the fleece of the domesticated goat, that of the wild goat un-

der the denomination of asalz tus is exported in smaller quantities to

Kashmir.—Moorcroft, I, 348-9.

The dogs are of a large ferocious breed ; they are covered with black

wool.—Gerard, p. 73.

Of the shawl-wool of the sheep I serait never learn, or at least learn

of it as an article of trade. It may exist in nature, and yet I appre-

hend that such animals only as have coats of hair are provided with

an under-coating of what deserves to be called shawl-wool.—Thus the —

dogs of Tibet which are covered with black hair, and not wool as

Gerard perhaps inadvertently says, have an under-coating of inferior

shawl-wool.

Asali tus is a Kashmiree, 2. e. Persian or rather Arabic, expression,

for the wool of the wild goat. Zusi means simply a kind of brown

color. In the Punjab tus is applied to any kind of broad cloths re-

taining the natural color of the wool, which may be called tus. Pat is

the term given to the wool of the goats of Afghanistan and Turkistan,

and the cloth made from it is called pattw ; similarly, barak is

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 219

the name given to the cloth made of the wool of the camel of Central

Asia.

The cloth made of the wool of wild goat of Tibet, which I have

seen, had always a strong smell.

Gold.—The province (Chanthan) also produces gold in consider-

able quantities, but the search after it is discouraged by local super-

stition, and by the Chinese authorities.—Moorcroft, II, 364.

The search for gold seems to be discouraged by a tax only, for the

local superstition simply says, that pieces of extraordinary size belong

to the genii of the spot, and should not be removed. The gold is

found deep in the ground, and the well-sinkers all come from Lassa,

and are employed chiefly by merchants of that place. The tax on

each pit or well, or party of diggers, is a strzyao or jao of gold, the jao

weighing about 74 mashas, and being worth about & rupees on the spot,

and about 9 rupees in Rampur.

The tax is collected by a special authority named the sirrpan, or

gold manager.

Sirr appears to be the term for gold throughout Central Asia and in

Tibet ; as in Persia it is the root of the term for yellow.

Natural Tinder.—At first I used a flint and match paper, but I

afterwards exchanged it for the flower of a plant that grows near the

snow.—Gerard, p. 110.

The plant is called bachow-chi, that is bachow-grass. It grows at

low levels as well as near the snow. The tinder is called bacha in

Kunawar, and kufri towards Rampur, and is the leaf not the flower

of the plant. There are three plants similar in kind which produce

this tinder.

Animals— Wool— Hybrids.—There are some white bears, and hogs,

hares, and deer of many sorts are plentiful ; there is one species of deer

called sar that seems to be the wild goat. ‘There are animals about

the size of a dog called chungkoo and mangsa, the former are

white, the latter are red. The common and musk deer.—Gerard,

p- 7A.

The birds are pheasants, hawks, eagles, crows, kites, pigeons, and

chukors. The most beautiful bird I have seen in the hills is named

peeara, the natives call it the king of the birds. Fish are not abun-

dant, and I have seen only one kind.— Gerard, p. 75.

220 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

I never saw the bears mentioned by Gerard, but I have usually

heard them described as of a reddish colour, with a white crescent

on the breast. The ordinary deer, the musk deer, and that termed

sar, are not found in Upper Kunawar. Chanku is the Bhotee, and

mangsa the’ Kunawaree term for the wild dog; the animals are

therefore one and the same, (see also Captain Hutton, II, 16, Jour. As.

Soc.) In Upper Kunawar, they are said to be of a brownish or red-

dish color, and are but seldom seen. They are considered as coming

from the neighbourhood of the Indus, and it is natural that their chief

haunts should lie near the large flocks of sheep and goats kept be-

tween Garo and Rohtak. |

The ordinary wild animals in Upper Kunawar are the hare, the

jackall, (and perhaps the fox,) the wild sheep, (war male, and xamo

female,) the wild goat or ibex, (47m male, and danmo female,) the

leopard and the leopard-cat. The wild sheep subsists chiefly on grass,

and the wild goat as much as it can on the leaves and tender branches

of trees and shrubs ; it prefers the mountain ash. Of the wild goats

‘there are not many, and they are difficult to get at witha gun. The

wild sheep is more accessible. The bear is not to be found beyond the

limits of the forest, but the grapes of the villages near the junction

of the Sutlej and Pitti, attract it towards the fall of the year. A few

others are to be met with in some of the ravines. I have not noticed

the rat alluded to by Gerard, but its existence in particular localities

has been also well ascertained by others. The wild ass ranges about

the Churnoril lake, and towards the sources of the Sutlej. —

The gigantic chakor is frequently met with in Upper Kunawar, but

it keeps close to the snow. — The ordinary chakors are found in great

numbers, but they retreat to the heights during the breeding season.

During the harvest, pigeons appear from the southward, but a few of

a particular kind with light plumage remain throughout the year. The

common dove of India, and a small sparrow appear in the summer,

and also a few eagles; but crows of different kinds and several va- .

rieties of small birds are more numerous about the villages in the |

winter than at another period.

In Upper Kunawar, large fish are only to be met with in the Sutlej,

considerably below its junction with the Pitti. A few of the size of

minnows may be found in pools, and perhaps in the smaller streams.

—

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 221

The ordinary domestic animals are ponies, asses, a few mules, ordi-

nary hill bulls, yaks, sheep, and goats. To these may be added dogs

and cats. The ponies are small but hardy; a better kind comes from

the valley of the Indus, and a better still from beyond the Karakorum

range. The asses are small. The yaks are as numerous as the com-

mon black cattle of the lower hills, but they are chiefly imported ; and

the most valuable animals for draught and dairy produce are the

male and female hybrids of the yak and cow. There is nothing pe-

culiar to a casual observer in the ordinary sheep and goats; but the

sheep of the highlands near the Indus on either side is not uncommon,

and is famous for its long silky wool. The Government agency (about

1820) failed, however, to bring this wool to Kotghar, (six marches above

Simlah,) at such a price as to render it a profitable export to England.

For this there may be two reasons: Ist, the dirty state of the wool ; and

Qnd, the very large prices necessarily given, by suddenly increasing

ad libitum, the demand for the article. Captain Gerard himself con-

firms this, when he says, (p. 19,) the Kunawarees found it more pro-

fitable to take their wool to Rampur (or Kotghar) than to Gurhwal,

see also. Captain Hutton’s Tour, II, 12, Journal Asiatic Society. The

pashm of the goat of this quarter (Hangrang, &c.) is short and in-

ferior. ‘The dogs are of the kind known as the Tibet mastiff, but

somewhat smaller. The cat does not appear to differ from the domes-

tic animal of India. | ‘

I annex a statement of the hybrids common in Upper Kunawar

and the adjacent Bhotee districts :—

Yaxk—Cow. BuLLt—Zomo, Yak—Zomo.

ata ee Nd

é ;

Zho (male), Zomo (female.)) Trolpo, Trolmeh, Gano. Gareh.

_ Superior Milk better| (male.) (female.) | (male.) ~ (female.)

for carriage. and more Good for car- Milk equal, Dieina year or two. I

abundant, ?iage, but to that of\add this as indirectly cor-

than that\| slow. _ the common|robor ative of the incapa-

of the Cow. icity of Hybrids to con-

bl tinue their mived race.

‘ow.

Butt—Troimen.

—

Produce scarce-

ly distinguish-

able from that

of the common|

Bulland Cow.

222 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, $c. [No. 147.

The female of the yak is called brimo in Kunawaree, and dimo in

Bhotee. It is not used for hybrid produce, and as it is said not to live

in Upper Kunawar, very few are to be seen.

Yarkand Ass.—Yarkand Mare. Hill Ass —Hill Mare.

er | hi aerate Sa ee

Ghéareh. Deh.

Bring from 160 to 200 Rs. in Garo. Worth about 50 Rs. in Garo.

The female in either case superior to the male.

The mules are chiefly purchased by the Lassa traders. It is not

considered proper by the Tibetans of Lassa to breed mules, and if by

chance one is born among their herds, some purifying ceremonies are

gone through by the owner.

The subjoined table shows the ordinary price of animals of a fair qua-

lity in Upper Kunawar, together with the loads they usually carry :—

Animals. Price. | Load.

Ram, = ails Pas 3 0 16 to 20lbs.

He-Goat, a ete Pees aes 4 5 16 to 20lbs.

MSS) tad Be ale a Seale dist 10 16 64lbs.

M ule, ese eevn cove 50 80 128lbs.

Poney, rah cela eves 50-60 '128lbs.

VAT: ate a Sane eee 16°47 \125lbs.

A man carries 64lbs. as a fair average burden.

Wild Animals— The Ass.—In these elevated regions wild horses,

keang ; asses, goorkhar ; and yaks, dong; besides innumerable hares

and deer, are plentiful.—Gerard, p. 117.

The keang is, I think, the only animal of the kind found along the

Upper Indus, or indeed in Tibet generally, and it is an ass, not a horse.

Turner (204-5) and Moorcroft, (II, 295 and 443,) evidently saw but

one animal, notwithstanding the different designations used by the latter

in his account of his journey in 1812. The descriptions given by

Moorcroft seem to be accurate, excepting that the tail is terminated by

a tuft of long hair, and that there is one stripe only along the back,

and none across the shoulders. I procured two skins of the keang, and

sent them to Dr. Jameson, Officiating Superintendent of the Botanical

Gardens at Seharanpore.

There are wild yaks north and east of Garo, but none in the dis-

tricts visited by Captain Gerard, and I doubt the existence of deer, |

properly so called, and of the numbers innumerable of wild goats and |

sheep, which do however exist in small herds in these parts.

To be continued.

JOQURNA L

“ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, and on Gerard’s Account of

Kundwar, including a general description of the latter district. By

Lieutenant J. D. Cunnincuam, of the Engineers, 1848.

[Concluded from page 222.]

LANGUAGE.

There are five different dialects spoken in Kunawar, the words are

monosyllabic or dissyllabic.

_ Ist. The Milchan, or common ; the chief characteristics are the ter-

minations ang, ing, ung.

_ The infinitives of the verbs end in mzg and nzgq.

2nd. The Theburskud spoken at Soongnum, is very different from

the Milchan, and the infinitives terminate in hung and pung.

3rd. The dialect used in Lubrung and Kannur, in which the infini-

tives of verbs end in ma and na.

Ath. That spoken at Leedung, where the terminations of the infini-

tives are ens.

5th. The Bhoteea or Tartar.

- The Milchan and Bhoteea are distinct tongues, and the same may

be almost said of the Theburskud ; the other two are dialects of the

~ No. 148. No. 64, New Series. fie? -b

224 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

Milechan, and differ principally in the tenses of verbs and cases of

nouns.— Gerard, p. 87, 88.

Captain Gerard might have added a sixth language or dialect ; viz.

that of the Kohlis or Chumars, noticed under the head of Religion and

Caste. This differs as much from the Kunawaree, as that does from

the Bhotee.

The different dialects of Kunawar show how various the speech of a

rude people may be; and the localities of each kind of infinitive may

prove, that the traet of country was occupied by one race in the first

instance, and that in the three fertile, but secluded valleys of the N.E.,

a difference of speech arose. Lappa, Kandm and Sungnam are the

principal places in these valleys, and each has its own tongue, the two

former differing chiefly in the modifications of the nouns and verbs,

while the dialect of Sungnam owes much to the neighbouring language

of Tibet. Shadsso, however, is in the same valley as Sungnam and near

to it, and as the Kanam dialect prevails there, a comparatively recent

migration to that place may be inferred.

In what is now called Upper K unawar, there are five villages on the

left bank of the Sutlej, half of the inhabitants of four of which are

Bhotees, while of the fifth, all are of that race. The Bhotees have also

a village on the right bank in what is called Kunawar Proper, (2. e. six

instead of seven in all, as Gerard says, p. 101,) and I think it likely

that they formerly occupied the Sutlej valley as low down as Cihni,

but gave way before the Kunawarees.

This would explain the Bhotee derivatives of the Upper Kunawar

dialects.

Milchan is the Rampur term for the common Kunawaree ; in that

Janguage the term is Milchanang. 1 would say that the infinitives

end in mth’ and nih’, rather than in mig and nig.

Theburskud, or correctly Tibberkad, is also called Sungnam-pa-kad,

but is frequently applied to all the dialects differing from the common.

Kad, not skad, is a Kunawaree term for speech, language.

The infinitives of the Lidung or Lippa verbs, I would write as ent

or enh’, rather than ens.

The annexed table gives a specimen of the dialects of Kunawar,

(including those of the Bhotees and Kohlis,) while the note appended

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 225

to it shows their different localities. I add to this a specimen of the

infinitives of verbs :—

English,— Zo speak.

Common Kunawaree,.......-Lonhmih’,

Lippa dialect, ...........-..-Lodenh’, or lodent,

Kanam ditto, .............-.Logma,

Sunenam ditto, ...........-Lopang,

IPNOLEE, oey2 sie bys s diove sn ioe ele 5 eA CN A,

Comparative Table of Words of Kunawar and the adjoining Bhotee

Districts, (see also Mr. Hodgson’s Literature and Religion of the

Buddhists.)

KUNAWAREE.

ee RE SS ES SS SS NS ES gp SCE

Tibberkad,

or particular,

English. poke 2 a ae Chamangee, orthat} Bhotee of Pitti,

Miichang, ox When it dif-) Oe ine Kohlis or |Hangrang, Rung-

common. fers from the Ch h oe g

common as. vies chung, XC.

specified. |

eens eens Secs | ES SS SE | Sa mn Rm | ee SE

ee eee | 2.

Diinia, 07+. ss) 3%

Dés zjameh insa,

The World,.|;Dinia, .. «2 .s}ece oe thatis, .. ..|¢ Mimang.

Dés, jameh insan.

God, ee ee Isar, eo ee se] eewe aces * Ishar, Mahadeo, ee Kontche.

Man, ote ee Mi, ee we es ceo} eecs e@ece Mantsh,.. ee ee Mi.

Chasmi, |

Woman,..¢ |Chachatch, a young ( so eses.|/Déin, «2 «- +-|Najting.

WOMAN, ‘9's wos

Quadruped, .|Poshi, .. .. ../Seantchan S.|Saktamtchtk,.. ..|Semtchan.

Bird 0 a errs ie § Choreh, or cho- Ii

wd, ** ) | Piatch, asmallbird,| §°* ae reh, chotting, .. $ Me

Yting, winged,

Ong, not winged, §

Worm,.. .. Kahong,.. es adie sete ».+.-|Kahong, kira,.. ..

Fire, ee ..| Meh, eevee aocwleeto eee AQ, oo 2° oe oe Meh.

Egil

eo:re ees Maki, kir, patung, Bi, not winged.

SS es sieiapa|ietere' © -»+» Baghur,.. .. «-|Lungpo.

Earth, .. .. Matang, ee e@esor|eeee eee Matt, ee ee ee Sa.

Water,.. oo TY, eons eaae ees e@ecoe Pant, ee ee ee Chi.

Note.—In Kunawar there are three principal dialects. Ist. The Milchanang or ordinary dia-

lect, which prevails chiefly in Lower Kundwar, and on the left bank of the Sutlej in Upper Kuna-

war. 2nd. The Tibberkad, which is applied chiefly to that of Sungnam and the adjacent villages,

Taling and Rushklang, but which includes, ist, the dialect of Kanam of Labrang and Pilo, lower

down onthe same stream, and of Shasso in the Sungnam valley ; 2nd, the dialect of Lippa of Asrang

above, and of Janghi and Akpa below Lippa; the 8rd dialect is that of the Chumars or Kohilis, a

Separate race.

In this Table 8. signifies Sungnam, K. Kanam, and L, Lippa.

The g is always hard, and ch is always sounded as in choose, or as /ch in thatch.

226 Notes on Moorcrofts Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 148.

KUNAWAREE.

Tibberkad, or

particular, when

Chamangee, or! Bhotee of Pitti,

English. sachediiedy desea differs from the| that of the Kohlis} Hangrang,

Hell tg common as speci-;or Chumars, Rungchung,&c.

fied.

Stine. eae | Yumehs ib; |. .0.] cans doesn, 94* | DeWs; dewz, of «.)Quma.

Moon, .. +) Goltchang, es | mone |MOt, ZO, os awlevowan

Stars, .. «.|Kar, a8 we Karma, La < Ss. Tareh, taro, ..| Karma.

Mountain, -.-/Dokang, «. .«. Dungkang, LKS. Dowksce,,, 00) ca maie

River, ..- «»|Samundrang, .+|..e- seecleeee coos coee|Sangpo.

Father, .. .-/Babaé, .. apa L. K. Ss. Baba, «- .. »|Aqu.

Mother, ee eo Ama, €or)” ) welt seve, eecee eoee Ama, oe es ee Ma.

Grandfather, Tehteh, mehmeh, deetiiweies \ seve Ghteh,, stele) Rienmelhs

Grandmother, |'Tehgo, api, aiei] ahve uy eterno») mip! CONCISE, i oumit te einen

Child, ee ee Chang, chanh, eof ecoe apeoe Cheldo, ee ee

ul qniaechane, Piishii,cheldo,

2 Poshrichang,S. z.e. male child,

3s § Chihchang, Déin, cheldo, F

Girl,.. eo ee ¢chimeh, be ; Chameh, L.K. S. Li exemalecnaie } Bimo.

Uneletaners)

brother, ) .. Gato, Bab4, ../Chipa, L. K.S. | Baba,.. .. ..|Aqu, chungga.

Aunt, .. ..(Néneh, .. ..(Aneh, L. K.S. | {Mama kant } Muajing.

rr oe nA Zaow or Rzaow-

Haass Lace Rabang déaro, L. . wiser, de € chatps

is warm season.| K.S. «oe ee hot season, pa

. Liaskii dearo Wats : elo-ra dearo,

Winter, « i. e. cold season f | =2tidearo, LES.) V cold seasonak } Dangmo.

Grain, ee oe Choa, 26 ee eo a, L. Ke Ss. ee Naj, eo ee ee Du.

ice, ie Ral-ralh, 6: se easeo sd sese “seen FubOWl) ~...)° Avene

Wheat, .. 9° Zot Rozat., occ lus aielele Ghéow, Nasal,..; D6.

Barley, ee ee; Takh, eo @e Ta, ite K: Zat S. Zho or zhaw, eo Soa.

Samcha, L. Nam-

Boy,e. +o ++|Chongchang, .«.

Summer,.. -

RIP

Marriage, ee Tem, ee ee Zjanetch ranekh, Bangma.

Birth of man d sha, K. S ’

miinmi, «+ | Zarmia Zo sue] Eeehj:.

or animals, ¢ Zarmianmi, ZarmianmaLKS§.|Zoramnow, .. hj

Death, ae es Groh, ee ee ee eoece e@eoee eeeoe Groh, ee ee ee

House, ++ «/Kim, kewm, «cfsooe se0- ~-../Ghor, .. «. «.|Kangba.

Stone, wieah) sneak,” ft Abide Hees Bae ar Gal- Zani, zan, »» «.|Déa.

Brick, ee ee It, ee ee ee eeoe sa eeee eee08 eoove @eee ya ae

} brick. )

Temple,.. .+|Labrang, .. ..|ecer oe aE une Labrang.

Image, .. ++|Murat, .. ..|Kinda, L. K. S.;Kunda, mtik’h,..| Ku.

Cham, jampa, of Jampa of wood Jampa ofwood

Bridge, $ wood, tran to- tran torang, Sanggo, zang- chazam_ of

Q rang, of rope, ae of rope, e. cham, zhotto, rope or chain.

Tree, eo . |Bhotang, ee e|eees esce cove Bhot, ee 08 ee Pang.

Leaf, .. .-|Patlang, patilang wiphie ibe nininiel) teers Eatane, pateh,| Loma. |

Flower, .. Lap eis Share Ments, L. K. S.| Phu; oe, a2 | Leno. |

FRf soa ae Phalang, je ets Peay Ta RNS Jeol .. «+|Dhidbo.

Horse, +» ..|Rang, «. .-|Shang, L. K.S. Ghoro, oe Cie

Bull, (js, pe) DEES, og ye | POM, Dus Ie.) LAM, 6.) wee. wis mas e

C mY Rad, L. K. ba- Glonrtcak B nee

ow, 90 06 ang, eo ee hang, Gat ye : Oru, SNOW, +. a.

Buffalo, se co Mosh, moesh, eeee e@oee eevee Moysh, ee o | Maheh

Dog, ee eo Kwi, ee ee oe \Kabi eo . veers ee «| Asse

Cat)... |Pighi.. le. Lee Bishi SecuhPisht, 2a eb ema

Jackal, oo oc (OMAN KY ie ne gq ep ATADEK 5. Bat ee ncn sertened ee es Hazeh, hajeh.

1844.]

KUNAWAREE.

pr iucmvaaior, Te) Noreen

English. Milchéng, particular, when| Chamangee, or| Bhotee of Pitti,

or it differs from the that of the Kohlis Hangrang

common. ‘common as speci-, or Chumars. Rungchung, &e.

fied.

Sister, .. ../|Rings, shing, iatees' Were meet na werd ae Coe “ Shingmo.

Brother, ee ee Bhaia, eo eo Beteh, L. K. S. 5 ae deer ) eNo,

Own Family,..|Pehrang, Pe Seas eee as ae } Jingkang.

Kinsfolk, ites Ang, pehrang, eel seen onece e@ou:r | pore eoee eves Narang, grea.

Strange folk, ie Hehdeh, pardesi,|-++. se. oe» é e+ eoe+|Miyulna.

The Head, ..|Bal,.... eoee|P isha, L.-K. S. Mitkan, mund,..|Go.

Hair, MOMs EMATTAS ©: i) ereiwse)| on iars Bh aye \Maaiatee edt Lal

Mace titdett ss) Loh, .. evs Mamih, bk. Ss) BUH, ¢ ; Gea lids Gondong.

Eye, epee GK, ies oe ee Ba; ReeSie ds Akhi, (nasal, ).. Mik, mih.

Nose, ee ee Takus, e@eoce Murh, L. Ke Diels N ak, eo oe ee Na.

Mouth, .. --|Kaggang, ..../Agat, L. K. ae Sia) Wcauhils:, stepson mab Ka.

Shin, fet o's Chipkang, over OSKEO,” Lia Ks Choth, nha s

Ear, «. «-/Kanang, ote .|Rippang, Lis & S Kanh,..+/s2*..|Namjok,

Forehead, Melttiah, ee vilieiniswe? .osisies « eect Maka... Me mde ile tals

nek ve aigada”’ aprang,|..s. Saeet snare Ha oo ways 6 eran

rm, ee ee u eoee|sece ecee eeoe a 5 oe ee ee a pa,

Leg, ee eo Bang, .. e@ere|2e0e eves eoee Kiundi, eo ee Kangba,

Right,.. eo Zahong, e@eee/se08 @se0 eceer Aieyete ee ee be

Left, ee ee) Dehlan oveo|teer s225 S006 AON, eee. anpa.

Month, -»|Gol, = cece |s4,.L. K.S. — ..|Masdro, maswaro, Dah.

Means. --|Borshang, .-..|Boshang, L. K.S.| Boras, borash, .. ie a

a > ee ee Dair, eo e @oee eee 1aY. ee ee ee a or ju .

Niaht, ..|Ratting, -.--|Gung4, L. K. S. Rat, rateh, wre at Ghanmo;

ne, ee ee Id, eee eeesd th, Ss. e ee e ee ee ee Chik.

Two, a) ee Nish, ee eoee Nishi, Ss eoes Doi, ao ee ee Ni,

Three, e Sum, ee ee e Hum, L, K ee Tron, ee s eo Sum

Four, .. ve|PU, oes wees Pdi, L. K. pi, 8.)Char, .. 6... | Zji.

Five, .. «- (Gua, Gnai, .... ae Ss. ie anch, .. ..|Gna, (nasal. )

: tih, ‘ ;

Six, ae ee Tuk, ee e@oee ; tuggi, S. Bes Choh, ee e Dik.

Re Teh. ig eye eh sath, || Den.

Eight, nai cf. oe. “ihe ee Nas, 2. Ghent.

Nine, .. Ol, oUt, .. ose 1G, ds. Bis - | Now, nese, Jo Gu.

Ten, .. PISA A ee (34, L. a Chui S. OScri void Chit,

Eleven, Sicilia <isee POAT, Lacie. CHUL 9! |» vee Nae | Chukshik.

| Twelve, +»/Sonish, Ariki { oe Li. Ke Slt ae se be HO MUNE.

| Thirteen, ..|Sorim, 7 _ ¢eahom be = mia -»+-|Chuksum.

| Fourteen, ../Sapi, .. Ve aede ip rie »+-| Chubji.

| . 4 angona, ° s

| Fifteen, --|Songha, Pad \chowang, S. : =v. »»-|Chonggd,

| Sixteen, ../Sorikh, ee ld ve ee | Chtira.

. Seventeen, ..|Sastish, ee arent K e»++| Chubdan.

Eighteen, ../Sarai, .. aes nip las 5, seve eeee|Chubghent.

Nineteen, »|Sasgur, a ais Co yu oe sees ooo |Chirgt.

Twenty, ° Niza, ee | Nisa, -* ee ee Bis, ee ae ee Nishti.

Thirty, « Deéornisa, A ol wih le eere eeeelesce eeee @enee Sumchiu,

and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar.

228 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

KUNAWAREE.

Tibberkad, or ay.

| Milchang, particular, when| Chamangee, or B hates of Pittt

English. or it differs from the|that of the Kohlis| p ine

Common. [common as speci- {or Chumars. RPS une Se.

fied.

Forty,.. eo Ninjsa, -»../Nishnisa, Ss. seve l]eeoe see veee Zjipcha,

Fifty, .. .»| Dhainisa, seitees eeee eeee/Do-b s-o-dos, ../Gnapchi.

One hundred, A kh’ ha, ghea, eeece;} eevee eevee eevee Ra panch bis, ee Ghe4.

One thousand, .! Hazar, conaleces cone seve (Hdazr, «2 cess] Tong.

Ten thousand, a Sai hazar, eceelsvee ecee ecvel@ re eooe eee Tongcht.

One hundred nL? ie

thousand,.. Lak’h, eserleevee sece ecteloees eooe eoos Bum.

One million, .. Sai lak’h, e@erel|/ tees eeeve @eteleeen eote e@eeoe Bimchu.

Monday, ee Suarang, ee ~|/*eoe Sere @eeelscee eoere eene Dowa.

Tuesday, ete Manglarang,.... 5 chee Movant, Metatererel lee teis cote sees) Mingmar.

Wednesday, ee Budarang, @oee seee eree @eeelseree sece e@ve60 Lakpa.

Thursday, ..|Brespati, RNR pee ~hterecl), skis Y iow aeq, 99 0m :iikgiatdl Ie MEDI.

Friday, os (ShGkarang, , x aisl| wes oth Weide ili sages oo tose cove, Paksang,

Saturday, ../Sanishras, (acs.|.0s0) das \eelisfrcwe! oad eleame enna,

Sunday, oe] XEWARAIG,. lacie vwoatl inthe pil letelolen} colsiny o's efah aeereysial Comet

Jan., (Magh,) |Mahang, seeelsces seve soeel ace cere eove| Dowachungniba

Feb., (Fagun, ) Fauang, stereos) beter 28s ervee|uces eaee eevee Dowa, dungbo.

March, (Cheit)|Chetrang, .22.|..-. «eee eevelooce cece esse] Dowa niba.

April, Baisakh,|Baisagang, ....J.ee. see eeeclesee ceee eee) Dowa simbé,

May, (Jet’h,) jdeshtang, « scsiecen seve: cevelecce coos encel Dowa Zjiba.

June, (Assar,)/Asharang, ...-|seee seve coecleeee seve ceve|Dowa girapa.

July, (Sawan)/Shownang, ..sejees. cose ceeelecee coer eeee|Dowa dukpa.

August, Bador,|Badrang, = .eeelec ee ceee ce ee levee cove «eee| Dowa dinpa.

Sept. (Asowj)/Indromang, ..../eee. coe. covelesee cove cove] Dowa ghetpa.

Oct., (Katik,)|Katung, del eclne tie mde LGOWel ewe. 9900) Kiem MWe COPA,

Nov. (Maggar)|Mokshirang, ....|.+.. ssee. cseelesee ever ceee| Dowa chupa.

Dec., (Poh,).. Poshang, ecrteolcece Cece eesrliecoe ° eoen eee ae chik-

chikpa.

TipetT, NAME OF.

Cashmir— Europeans.—Gnaree is the country between Busehur and

Mansarawar, and the people call themselves Keao. Tartar or Tatar is

unknown here, and so is Tibet. Captain Turner says, the Tibetans call

their own country Pue-kocham, and Bootan is named by them Dukba.

Tibet is understood by very few people, but the Cashmeerians apply it

to Ladakh.— Gerard, p. 10).

Tibet is the English form of a Persian term. Tenboot is quoted by

Malte Brun, II, 618, as equivalent to the kingdom of Boot, and thence

perhaps, he says Tibet. Zen or ¢an now signifies ryots, subjects, or

rather perhaps servants and followers, but the derivation seems never-

theless a good one. Mr. Vigne, I see, derives Tibet from éebba, (or

tepe in ‘Turki,) a peak, and bod.— Travels, 17, 248.

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 229

I never heard of the term Pue Koachim, nor could I get a meaning

to Pue asa single word. The Keao of Gerard seems to be connected

with Koachim, and both may be so with Ghea or Gheaneh, by which

is understood China, or the country of the Emperor.

Gnaree, (Gnari,) is of greater extent than is allowed by Gerard,

(see under the head chanthan, name.) It is called Beang by the

Kunawarees, and hence beanghee, applied to wool.— Gerard, p. 115.

Dukpa is the term applied to shepherd tribes generally, and it must

have been erroneously identified with Bootan.

I may here add a word regarding Cashmir. It is called by the

Bhotees and Kunawarees, Katch or Katchi simply, or Katch-yul,

z. e. the country of Katch. Mr. Vigne (Travels II, 44-46) enlarges

on the frequent occurrence of the word Kash; but without giving it

the many geographical positions which he does, and even he omits

some, it is probable that a tribe of the name once possessed the whole

course of the Indus, if indeed the word has not a more general mean-

ing and a wider application. otch is the common Persian term for

migration, moving about, &c. Richardson says, there is a wandering

tribe of Arabs so called, and to the present day there is in Afghanis-

tan, a race of wandering Mahometans termed Kotchi. Katch,

however, might at one time have been applied to Cashmir, to Cutch

Bhooj, to Cutch Gandwa, and to the greater part of Chachar in its

signification of a swamp or low country, and this would leave Kotchi

unencumbered, and meaning simply wanderer.

It appears till within the last 70 or 80 years, the Cashmirees traded

through Kunawar, and in several villages there are still to be found

the graves of these carriers or dealers. In Kanam, a temple sacred to

a deota or hill spirit, has been erected on the site of a house which

belonged to the Cashmirees, and up to the present time, the villagers

sacrifice a goat to the god of their former guests, in imitation, they say,

of their practice.

Throughout Tibet, Europeans are called filing, (feeling, see also Mr.

Vigne, IT, 326). The origin of this appellation is worthy of some

inquiry, as I have been informed, by a man of knowledge and

research, that it is used by the Chinese writers before the conquests of

the Mahometans could have made Fwang, familiar to the ears of

orientals; and that it may have a more direct connection with the

230 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 148.

Varangians, well known to us as the guards of the Byzantine Em-

perors, than with the Franks of Charlemagne or of Godfrey, through

a Persian medium.

KunawarR, NAME OF.

At Le this is called man, tea ; maun being one of their names for

Bishahar.— Moorcroft, JI, 353.

Kunawar called also Koorpa.— Gerard, p. 1.

Maun, I have usually heard pronounced Man (maun). Kunu is the

ordinary Bhotee for Kunawar, and Kunupa or Kunpa means Kuna-

waree, or a man or thing of Kunawar.

Kurha is the Kunawaree for pus?, a kind of bread fried in oil.

Chanthan, i. e. Zjangtang—Name.—Along the eastern frontier of

Ladakh in an almost semicircular line is the province of Chanthan,

(Moorcroft, II, 360-1), or snow country, known to the Bhotias as

Hundes, and tothe Tibetans as Nari.— Ditto, Note.

Chanthan is properly Zjangtang, and is a descriptive, not a geogra-

phical, division of Tibet. Zang means north, and éang means a plain

or open hill or broad valley, and the tracts between Gano and the

Karakoram range, are denominated Zjangtang, or the northern plains,

from their comparative flatness, and from their position relative to

Garo. The shepherd tribes of Tibet are called in Bhotee zjangpa

and dukpa, and Changtang or Zjangtang would thus become equiva-

lent to the shepherds of the plains, but I prefer the derivation of the

northern plains, (see also Changpa, Mr. Vigne’s Travels, II, 343).

The Sikhs have corrupted Zjangpa into Champa, and give their Chan-

than a very wide signification.

Nari includes these plains, as also the limited Chang of the Bhotees,

and indeed all Tibet between Ladakh and Zunga, eight days’ journey

down the Burampooter. This place may be the Chang-hai Kanagher

of the maps, which is about eight days’ journey for a horseman from the

sources of the river, and Zjang or Chang is no doubt the Dzang, &c.

of our maps, by which term the Chinese seem to understand Tibet

generally; but towards Garo and Lassa, Chang and Zjang mean

two subdivisions only.

The goats which graze on the plains of Zjangtang produce the

finest shawl-wool, |

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 231

Chanthan, i. e. Zjangtang, History of.—Chanthan was formerly

subject to independent princes, but their authority gradually merged

into the supremacy of the chief pontiff at Lassa.—Moorcroft, II.

364.

These independent princes were Hindoos, and claimed a Rajpoot

descent, (see also As. Res. XII. 434.) Their chief place was Chap-

rang on the Sutlej, and they ruled over the districts around the

Mansarawar lake, and westward as far as Ladakh. The Pitti valley

was also their’s. In a war with the Ladakhees, the Raja was hard-

pressed, and he asked aid from Lassa; but before assistance arrived,

he was accidentally killed, or as one story has it, he was put to death

by the Ladakhees while in the act of offering tribute. The Lassa

foree advanced and expelled the Ladakhees, but as the Chaprang

family was extinct, the Lassa authorities retained the country in their

own hands. A treaty was formed with the Ladakh Raja, and he married

a daughter of the Lassa commander. The district of Pitti was given

to Ladakh as the bride’s dower, and 20 houses in the neighbourhood

of Menser or Misser were added to it. A Raja named Kehar Singh,

of Bissehir, was at this time on a pilgrimage to the Mansarawar lake ;

he formed a friendship with the Lassa leader, and perhaps gave his

countenance to the usurpation of Chapran; for at this time two vil-

lages on the left bank of the Pitti river are said to have fallen under

Bisseher.

The whole of the above is the common story only, and the events

are said to have taken place towards the beginning of the last century

with regard to the possession of Pitti. Another account states, that it

was given to Ladakh, on the occasion of one of the sons of the Raja

becoming the Grand Lama.

At p. 101, Gerard says, that certain villages of Tartars on the

Sutlej, after many contentions between the Kunawarees and Chinese,

were given up by the Grand Lama of Lassa for the support of the

Teshigang temple, and adds in a note, that this temple although in

Kunawar, is still partly supported by the Grand Lama. It is not

80 at present, for the temple is maintained from the produce of the

lands attached to it, aided by its neighbouring village Namghed and

the contributions of the pious; nor would the Grand Lama, who is

of the yellow sect, give assistance in his religious capacity to the

232 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

temple of a red sect. He may, however, have interfered in the dispute

mentioned.

Garo, Name of.—Gardokh, called also Gartokh, Ghertope or Garo,

itself is little else than an encampment, &c.—Moorcroft, II, 363.

Garoo, Gartop, Gur, Yoogar, Zhoogar or Gurtokh, is a collection of

black tents inhabited by pastoral tribes for six months. In winter,

the Tartars retire to Eegoong, two stages down the stream, and the

Chinese governors reside at the fort of Tuzheegong, where they have

houses. Gerard, p. 144.

There are ¢wo Garos, one an encampment where the fair is held, on

the right bank of the Eegong or Higong river; this is called Garyersa

by the Bhotees or Ram Garo, ( Yerram.) The other on the left bank of

the Higong, and two marches lower down, is a permanent place, and

the winter residence of the governors. It is called Gar-gunsa, or snow

Garo by the Bhotees, (gun, snow.)

Gardokh, Gartokh, Ghertope, Gartop, &c. are variations of Gartohs

(the A being aspirated.) Toh, denotes place, and is equivalent to

abad in Persian, and thus we have Gartoh, Rohtoh, (not Rohtuk

or Rohdokh,) and perhaps other towns or places. The name Gartoh is

chiefly used by the traders of Kemaon and Gurhwal as I have heard,

Garo is thé term usually given by the Kunawarees.

Yoogar, Zhoogar or Jugher means, par excellence, the residence of

the governors. Jugh indeed implies the residence of any great man,

but its simple meaning is to sit, to remain, as I have heard.

Eegong or Higong is a river, not a town, (see Eekong-choo, p. 6 and

23, Gerard,) and I have not heard that there is a fort at Tazheegung or

Teshigang, which is a monastery.

Ucuane, Lassa.

The court of Ouchong or Lahassa, have sent the most particular in-

structions.—Gerard, p. 105. |

Uchang, (or Utsang, Tib. Gr. p. 197,) is a term of frequent applica- |

tion, and it includes both Lassa and Teshi Lonbo. U, is the province or |

district containing Lassa, and Chang (Dzang, Dshan, &c. &c.) is the |

name of the one containing Teshi Lonbo ; and Uchang may be used as

a short mode of expressing the union of the civil and spiritual powers. |

1844, ] and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar. 233

The Yul-sung of Mr. Vigne, Travels, IJ, 249, is I imagine another

form of Uchang, although yu/ means country, and also village.

The four Rivers, (i. e. the Indus, Burrampooter, Sc. §c.,) and the

Mansarawar Lake.—The river that may be regarded as the most strik-

ing and important feature in the geography of Ladakh, is the great

eastern branch of the Indus or Sinh Khabab, the river that rises from

the Lion’s mouth, in reference to the Tibetan notion, borrowed perhaps

from the Hindus, of the origin of four great rivers from the mouths of

as many animals; as the Indus from the lion’s mouth ; the Ganges,

Mab-cha Kha-bab, from that of the peacock ; the Sutlej, Lang chin

Khabab, from that of the elephant ; and the Ster-chuk Khabab, or

river of Tibet, from the mouth of the horse.—Moorcroft, 11. 261.

Major Rennel says, the river that runs from Lanken, that is,

Lanka, lake of Du Halde, is named Lantshon, or by Dr. Gilchrist’s

way of spelling, Lankchoo or Langchoo, for & and gare interchan-

ged. Now this is little different from what the Sutlej is called in

Chinese Tartary, that is, Lang Zhingchoo, or Langhing Kampa. I

could not ascertain the meaning of Zhing, but it appears to have

nothing to do with the name of the river, for the Indus is named

Singhechoo or Singzhingchoo, as well as Singzing Kamper, and

the last word means river.— Gerard, p. 23, 24.

The usual name of this river (the Indus) has been mentioned, but

it is likewise called Kampa-choo and Sampoo, or Sangpo, all of which

words in the Tartar language signify river.

The third river is said to be larger than the Indus, and is called

Tamjoo, Damchoo or Erechumbo ; that is, the Brahmapootra. The

first word is recognized in the Tzango or Tzancire of Father Georgi,

_ who crossed it on his way to Lhassa, and Captain Turner mentions

the last at Teshoo Loomboo.

The fourth river is the Gogra.— Gerard, p. 133, 134.

The four rivers are the Indus, the Sutlej, the Kali or Gogra, and

the Burrampooter ; and the names are as follows: the Indus, Singchin

Kabab or Kampa ; the Sutlej, Langchin Kabab or Kampa; the Gogra,

Mamchin Kabab or Kampa; and the Berampooter, Tacho or Tamjood

Kabab or Kampa.

Sing is lion, lang is bull, (not elephant, although the Tibetan for

elephant simply means, as I hear, great bull). Mam, is peacock ;

234 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

tacho may be interpreted holy horse; ¢a being the Tibetan for horse,

and cho being religion or the religious books. Chin, (the zhing of

Gerard) is great, and khabab or kabab, and khampa or kampa are

the same word, and mean “ out of the mouth of.” Ka or ka is mouth,

and “bab” is “out of,” or “issuing from ;”

got by pronouncing ‘‘ kabab” short, and adding the usual termination,

“pa,” thus kababpa or kampa. Kampa is therefore a vulgarism, nor

could I ever hear that it means a river, as Gerard says.

The common legend, connected with these rivers are, that the

Indus is named of the lion, from the bravery of the people who dwell

along its banks. The Sutlej is named of the bull, from the violence

of its stream, which roars and foams over rocks. The Gogra of the

peacock, from the beauty of the women of the country through which it

runs; while the Burrampooter is designated of the horse, from the

excellence of the horses which pasture on its banks. The Sutlej in-

deed still rushes along with much of its ancient fury. Peacocks are

still to be found on the banks of the Gogra, and its women may still

be beautiful ; but the people along the Upper Indus are no longer

a valiant race, and the men of the Burrampooter eagerly purchase

the horses of Yarkand and other places, as superior to their own.

The name of the Burrampooter may require more examination. Ta

meaning, as I hear, a certain horse known to tradition or history, as

well as horse in general. The designation is rendered more parti-

cular by the addition of cho or religious, and it may have some con-

nection with a settlement or conquest of the country by the horsemen

of the northern plains.

Concerning the sources of the four rivers, a few words should suf-

fice, as we have but few certain foundations to build upon, but the

following extracts from Gerard may be quoted.

Mr. Moorcroft subsequently found out, that the stream which

issues from Rawun Rudd is the Sutlej, p. 23. All accounts agree

that the largest stream issues from the western corner of Rawan

Rudd, or Langa, p. 27. Mr. Moorcroft could discover no outlet to

this lake, (the Mansarawar,) although he formerly heard that a com-

munication existed between Mapang and Lanka. My information

is positive, that about twenty years ago, a stream which was rapid

and crossed by bridges, ran from it into the Rawun Rudd, but is

and khampa or kampa is

| in the Mansarawar lakes, 7. e. on the southern slopes of Gangri.

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 235

since dried up, and the Lamas who reside on the banks, have an idea,

that a subterraneous communication exists. The water of this lake,

(the Mansarawar,) is said by Mr. Moorcroft and all my informants,

to be quite fresh and well-tasted, while according to the Quarterly

Reviewers, every lake without an outlet must be salt. Without sup-

posing an outlet, it is difficult to account for the rise and fall of the

lake, which are mentioned by every one, p. 138-9, (other extracts

of a similar tenor might be made.) The natives, speaking generally,

say, the sources of the above three rivers, and also of the Gogra, are at

Mansarawar, by which nothing more is meant than in the vicinity

of that place.—Gerard, p. 135.

The Tibetans call the Mansarawar lake, Mapang, and the Rawan

Hrad, Langa. The name of the latter lake, if unconnected with

Lanka and Rama's expedition, is perhaps the strongest argument we

yet have for its being the source of the Sutlej, that river being term-

ed by the Tibetans of the dang or bull. After many inquiries, I

could not satisfy myself that the two lakes communicated, the one or

the other, although traditions were mentioned to me to that effect,

and my present belief is, that they are separated by a ridge of some

elevation, an impression to which I think the perusal of Moorcroft’s

Journal, (As. Res. Vol. XII,) would likewise lead. I also feel persuad-

ed, after many inquiries made with care, that the Rawan Hrad gives

rise to no river. At the same time I confess, that my informants had

never paid any attention to the point, they being quite satisfied with

the legends which made the rivers rise in the holy lake under-

gound, or in some way.

Captain Gerard observes, that the natives, speaking generally, place

the sources of the four great rivers at Mansarawar. He may mean that

the holy hill of Gangri, which is the north of the lakes, and to make

_the circuit of which is a religious merit, gives rise to the four rivers.

‘Such is agreeable to the majority of the descriptions or legends I have

heard, and such is moreover literally true of the Indus which rises

to the north of the mountain of the Sutlej, which has one source at

least among its western ravines, and perhaps also of the Burrampooter,

which takes its rise in all probability among its eastern off-shoots, while I

have heard the story made good by the assertion, that the Gogra arose

236 Notes on Moorcrofts Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 148.

Captain Gerard remarks, that the existence of an outlet to these

lakes is evident, because their waters rise and fall. This argument,

however, would rather prove there was no outlet; the tendency of

such an opening being to reduce the rise and fall, while in the present

case, if the outlet were very free, it might reduce the variation of

heights to almost nothing, for the feeders of the lakes are not large, and

the slow melting of snow does not, like heavy rains, cause a sudden

influx of water. Now Moorcroft in August, (1812,) considered the rise

and fall to amount to four feet, and as the lakes are not I would

say, (judging from the analogy of such of the streams north of the

Himalayas as I have seen,) at their lowest until the middle of Novem-

ber, the rise and fall of the Mansarawar may be estimated at six

or seven feet, a difference which in my opinion precludes the probabili-

ty of a free egress for its waters, although it does not absolutely prove

there is no such egress. The rise and fall however of Rawan Hrad

are not known, and this argument does not affect the rise of the Sutlej

in zt. My belief, however, at present is, that the river has no con-

nection with the lake, and Gerard, when he says, that the Sutlej has

its origin in the lake, (pp. 27 and 137,) and adds, that Moorcroft

found such to be the case, (p. 23,) asserts more than Moorcroft’s narra-

tive warrants. He distinctly says, he left the point unsettled, and

does not appear to argue either way. (See As. Res. XII. 473.)

The main eastern branch of the Indus rises to the north of the Gangri

hill, and is joined by the Higong (Heegong) or Garo branch at Teshi-

gang. This eastern branch of the Indus, even when joined by the Garo

branch, is not a broad, a deep, or a rapid stream, and is generally

fordable until within a few marches of Leh. The Shayuk, or the

branch rising in the Karakoram hills, is described as a more turbulent,

and perhaps as a larger stream.

The Feeders of the Pitti River.—This river, (the Pitti,) has five»

branches. First the Para, issuing from Chumorcreel lake; it run .

about sixty miles, and is then joined by the Zang-cham, a large

and rapid stream ; six or eight miles lower down it receives the Speetee,

formed of two principal branches. Little further down, the united

stream is joined by the Chaladokpo.— Gerard, p. 30, 31.

There is no separate feeder of the Para, termed the Zangcham,

but Zangcham is a place on the right bank of the Para, about 3

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 237

or 4 miles above its junction with the Pitti, where there are sulphurous

hot springs on both sides of the river, (temperature about 120.) The

Chaladokpo is an inconsiderable rivulet, and docpo is indeed the word

for a brook or torrent.

The Lee or Pitti, is composed of three principal branches only ; Ist,

the Lossar or Pitti Proper ; 2nd, the Pin; and 3rd, the Para, which is

nearly equal in volume to the united stream of the other two where it

joins them. The three streams are laid down with, I think, consider-

able accuracy in the map accompanying Moorcroft’s Travels.

Ti or Tee—( Water ).—From a valley to the south descended

the Gnuinthichu, a deep and rapid river.— Moorcroft, I. 209.—The

other (river,) the Kakthi.— Ditto, p. 214, which (river) then takes

the name of Sar or Lingtii—Ditio, p. 221, (and also in other

places. )

In Kunawaree @ is water, and from the way in which the word is

used in the above quotations, it is probable it has the same meaning

in Kulu, (in which district Moorcroft was at the time.) Gnzun, p. 209,

is the name of a species of wild goat; not however the skin or kin

of p. 311, vol. I.

Lingti or Falung Dinda.—It (an insulated rock) is called Lingti

by the people of Kulu, and by those of Ludakh, Falung Dinda.—

Moorcroft, I, 220.

Lingti is perhaps wrongly applied here; it is probably the Sar or

Lingti, p. 221.

Lingti may be, water of separation—thus Ling seems to be used in

composition in Upper Kunawar, and the adjacent Bhotee districts

are equivalent to ‘‘ side” in English: as “the north side,” or “ this

side ;” and in the same tract, the four cardinal points are called Ling7z.

77 is most likely water ; see observations on the word.

Falung means simply a large block, and dinda means, “ even with,”

‘so the term may be “ the block even with boundary,” or “the block

on the boundary.”

Climate.—F rost with snow and sleet commences early in September,

and continues with little intermission to the beginning of May. From

the middle of January to the beginning of February, we found the

thermometer out of doors at night seldom above 15°, and on the Ist

February, it was as low as 94°, &c. &e.— Moorcroft, 11. 267, &e.

238 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

The winter (in Kunawar) is often rigorous. The winds blow

with the greatest violence in October, and later in the year. Their

direction is of-course influenced by the valleys, but on peaks upwards

of 20,000, and at heights of 16,000, the winds were always W. or S.

W.— Gerard, p. 62.

In the Hungrung, district (of Kunawar,) with the exception of

March and April, in which months there are a few showers, the uni-

form report of the inhabitants represents the rest of the year to be al-

most perpetual sunshine, the few clouds hang about the highest moun-

tains, and a heavy fall of snow or rain is almost unknown. The depth

of snow is usually a foot, and two are very rare.— Gerard, p. 95.

At Changgo in Hangrang, about 10,000 feet above the sea, the ther-

mometer at day-break on the 15th December 1841, was 6° below

zero. At Churet on the Para, 16 miles above Changgo, and above

12,000 feet above the sea, the thermometer was 13° below zero on the

17th December at day-break, and it never fell lower during my resi-

dence there, that is, until the 11th February 1842. It was, however,

very often below zero, as for instance, at day-break, on December 25th

1841, it was minus 12°, and on February 6th 1842, it was minus 6°.

At Churet during January, the thermometer, so suspended that the

sun’s rays played freely on the bulb, varied from 50° to 58° when

highest. Churet is at the bottom of a deep and narrow valley.

In the Hangrang and surrounding districts, in 1841, snow com-

menced regularly on the 27th November. From that date until the

end of February 1842, it snowed more or less heavily, and nearly all

day and night, for 39 days; it was cloudy or hazy, and snowing on the

heights for 34 days, leaving 21 fine clear days only out of 94. The

days of heavy snow were days of comparative warmth, the thermome-

ter being 20° or 25° at day-break. The snow where not drifted, did

not any where exceed 23 feet.

At Shalkan on the Pitti river, about 10,500 feet above the sea, the

thermometer in June, July, and August 1842, may be said to have

ranged at sun-rise from 45° to 55°, and at sun-set from 60° to 70°.

The temperature of the air when warmest was in the shade about

85°. On two or three occasions particular circumstances raised the

mercury above, or depressed it below, the mean figures I have

given,

1844. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 239

During 1841-42, the winds in the districts above-mentioned, blew

almost constantly from the South or South-west, as noticed by Ge-

rard. A northerly wind was of rare occurrence. During the winter

months, the wind was such as would be termed high or strong, and it

was frequently varied by gusts of great violence. During the summer,

the wind usually arose about noon, blew with moderate force, and

subsided when night had fairly set in. The constancy of the wind

from one quarter deserved some attention.

Of the seasons towards the junction of the Sutlej and Pitti rivers it

may be said, that there is frequent snow from the middle of Novem-

ber to the middle of March ; occasional light snow or rain according

to the elevation, till the end of April; but May is fine, and a very

pleasing month after the dreariness of winter. In June and early in

September, there are some light showers. In July, August, and dur-

ing half of October, showers are rare, but the sky is frequently cloudy

or overcast. The occasional showers of the lower spots are falls of

snow in the higher hills ; and the ranges may be seen all hoary down

toa certain level, the division being horizontal and well defined, while

in early spring, the valleys remain filled with snow while the ridges

are clear. Towards the middle of October, snow begins to fall on the

lower peaks from time to time, and towards the end of November, it

may be looked for every where; years however have been known in

which no snow fell, or at least none to speak of.

Rain and Snow— Mud Walls.—As a proof of the absence of rain and

snow, (in the Bhotee districts adjoining Kunawar,) I may mention,

that the houses in Spitti are half-built of stones, with the upper —

story of unburnt bricks. —Gerard, p. 95, Note.

Snow falls frequently or almost constantly in these districts in the

months of December, January and February. Walls of unburnt

_ bricks are besides no argument for the absence of snow and rain. In

“India, the walls of houses are of mud, and in the N. W. Provinces

the roofs are also of the same material. In the Bhotee districts in

question, as elsewhere, the people clear the roofs of their houses of

snow after each fall. The rain is seldom if ever so heavy as to have

any effect.

Snow Glaciers.—Divided by precipitous mountains of amazing

height most usually veiled in everlasting snow, Gerard, p. 5; vast

240 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

impending cliffs fringed with dark forest and topped with mountains

of indestructible snow, appear on every side.— Ditto, p. 12. Thesnow

beds that occurred on the road to the Pass must have been the accu-

mulation of ages.— Ditto, p. 159.

It is to be regretted that the Gerards did not employ the same

accuracy in general description, which they brought to bear with so

much success, in ascertaining positions and in measuring the heights

of mountains. Were snow everlasting or indestructible, or did it con-

tinually accumulate, the hills would always, and not usually, be

covered. They would also increase in height, which they do not. The

hills are indeed perpetually covered, but this is owing to the annual

fali, and not to the indestructibility of snow.

Snow is blown from the tops of hills, or it falls in avalanches, and

melts, or it becomes a mass of half-ice and half-snow, gradually melt-

ing above and below, owing to the superior heat of the atmosphere and

of the earth on either side of it. On the slopes of hills, the water so

produced, sinks and re-appears in springs at lower levels; in ravines,

where there is always an accumulation of frozen snow, of some, but

not of a perpetual/y increasing thickness, the superior warmth of

the rocks aided by springs, melts the frozen mass, and forms a stream

below it; while the atmosphere melts and forms a stream on the

upper surface of the congealed snow.

In the steep, narrow, and irregular sided ravines of Upper Kuna-

war, I cannot say that I have seen any glaciers properly so called ;

but the masses of frozen snow at the bottoms of these ravines, are

glaciers in every respect save in motion ; the smallness of their bulk,

and the varying width of the ravines do not admit of gravity over-

coming friction, and the mass is unable to descend. In the higher

parts of the hills, there are no doubt glaciers on a small scale.

Winter Travelling.—The people say, that the highest Passes might

be traversed even in the middle of winter, were it not for the severe

frost that prevails in these serene regions, which is made more keenly

sensible from the great scarcity of fire-wood. The road from Shealkar

(in Kunawar) to Ladakh is travelled throughout the year, and indeed

January and February are the usual months in which the Kunawa-

rees visit Leh, the capital—Gerard p. 96. The road to Ladakh is

never shut by snow.—Gerard, p. 111.

1844, | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar, 241

The highest Passes could be traversed in the depth of winter in spite

of cold, were it not for the violent winds and uncertainty of the

weather. The drifting snow conceals the track or road, and over-

whelms the bewildered traveller, already benumbed by the piercing

wind. If, however, a calm day be chosen, and a number of cattle

be driven before to tread down the soft snow, any Pass may be crossed

with comparative safety.

After the falls of snow and the strong winds cease, that is in March,

April, and May, the surface of the snow on the hills becomes harden-

ed, and admits of travelling with ease.

No people go from Kunawar to Leh in January and February,

who can avoid doing so. The Kunawarees set out on their journies in

April and May, and return in August, September and October ; some

remain at Leh over the winter. Travellers in the winter should

always be accompanied by villagers of correct local knowledge, as

otherwise, a person may attempt to cross a deep ravine or gully,

and become lost in the deep soft snow.

The Sutlej, Se. arrested by frost.—In winter, most of the streams

that join it are arrested by frost, and the Sutlej itself is even frozen

for 200 miles during two months at least.— Gerard, p. 27. Andthe

people proceeding between these places, (Buseher and Chuprung,) in the

cold season, travel upon the Sutlej, which is entirely frozen for two

months at least.— Ditto, p. 146.

The surface of every small stream is frozen over during the winter,

or rather frozen spray forms an irregular archway, beneath which

there is a stream. The streams are never arrested so far as I have

observed, nor is it probable they should be. The surface of the Sutlej

is, 1 am sure, never continuously frozen ; its edges are, and form the

road alluded to by Gerard ; and its whole breadth is frozen here and

there where the water is comparatively still. The Sutlej is either too

rapid to admit of surface ice, or too broad to allow the spray to form

an arch over its stream.

Rapidity of Rivers, Theory of.—The rapidity of the large rivers,

such as the Sutlej and the Para, cannot be expected to increase

like that of the Teedong and Taglakhar, since the country through

which they flow is not of so rugged a nature.—Gerard, p. 97,

Note.

242 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 148.

The ruggedness can scarcely bear on this point. The truth seems to

be, that all the streams in question have their origin at nearly the

same height, but the large ones have long, and the small ones have

short courses, in which to find the same level. Thus the Taglakhar

and Darbung torrents rise in the neighbourhood of Passes 18,000 feet

high, as high perhaps as the remoter sources of the Pitti river, and yet

they have to find the level of that river continued in the Sutlej. This

sample of equal descent in unequal distances, seems generally applicable.

Former Lakes.—The people have a vague tradition that this valley

(of the Buspa,) was once a sheet of water.— Gerard, p. 18.

There can be no reasonable doubt of the former existence of a series

of lakes along the present courses of the Sutlej and its principal

feeders in the hills. The Sutlej has now indeed attained an equili-

brium, and forms one continued rapid from its source to the plains ;

but the traces of sheets of standing water are everywhere apparent,

ip parallel and horizontal deposits of pebbles, earth, and debris gene-

rally, which a narrow gorge, or a cleft at one end of these deposits,

shew where the obstruction existed. These lakes gradually diminish-

ed in size until the lowermost barrier was burst or worn through by

the continued action of water, and the bottom of these old pools now

form the richest and almost the only cultivated lands in the northern

hills. In these hills, the natural disintegration of the rocks scarcely

anywhere affords a stratum of soil; and although I have in some

places, near the flat tops of hills, found two feet or more of vegetable

earth, yet as no stream of water can be brought to bear on it, this

fine mould is useless to the people generally ; some of the more in-

dustrious, however, carry a little of it away as a manure to their low-

situated fields.

The want of available water is the greatest bar to an extension of

cultivation in these cold dry countries, but on this subject, Gerard, pe

4, Note, and Moorcroft, Vol. I, p. 270, may be consulted. Captain

Hutton’s Tour (Jour. As. Soc.) may also be referred to. ;

The annexed cut will explain the present evidence of the former |

existence of lakes in the ravine of the Sutlej and its tributaries.

s¥

TITLEs.

Garpan, 5¢c.—The garpan of Gardokh.—Moorcroft, IT, 251.

Ntustrative Sectiow =

of the Ravine of the ee ae

RIVER

PITTI

taczsee 24 tbh itdvere te dLthieort

AAA CfA

ts hater arr blew Corse ovr

OV I taal 2MCVEOr Ot.

haninne od thee taghest lgrrcer crt

? /,

cratcesice Cito

2 Uf,

ACAC/he

sie prick destroyed gover

path

fine Leen A

ze = rg. Oy

AGA Gl tecorta. boatiser but ntan

tr flo thee fotace of Cechoove

af.

Gc Y eslfwetes S Sper Id we His

L Glin ALY

) y,

he Manice cut thy sug tock

buf We acho of Mie Wier?

¢ fire Z Otcaatic

Py eed \

a ie \

Dv ilcivh sey ieee des ted

ees re Sea praagyren ty, Vien tf

MDA. poe aid. Ly peer ph the Aviv

_aseatt) ard sof timecordy. Atprostedl -

LHe Debris fablan orwostecd from Me 4g

a foortions of tae tell, Ve om nfearte Af tar

Hs bales off. D

LEE of Pi rey Chigert at

debus wo mrodefe shout’ aA erat bay thas

fluchuaion ofthe Leh owe Mase Ge

LS of Hea hater te a. .

for fore Gilipele: ere dit fuer LOK Z

Mens dining the Velromiconw vt

Voke atl Shalhar the height J oe uppermost

above the lowest Gmay le atout “YO fect

Eek LA dyes

Prverid at bee Tettine oe Foe

eh ere dash (OS

“Zo ty ai a the,

y "

Siac Ss a a 2 Nk. Sy ica EES: oa

ra 4 Shes SOS ee a ike oe

, | SOE AK pres

ee EES eS Ce tet Ns

’ ’ " an Ws v be :

1. ~. Dias — ° ee 2 Mf 7 vn ; i

~ Aas “His, a SR” iN? Sy ae +h ‘eos ers | ‘ . ji

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 243

From Lhassa two officers, natives of the country, are sent to Gar-

dokh as garpans.—Moorcroft, II, 365. The subordinate manage-

ment of the districts is entrusted to two officers, called the deba and

vazir.—Moorcrofi, Il, 365. And two amhans sent from Pekin,

now permanently resident at Lhassa, and engross the political admin-

istration of the state.— Woorcroft, p. 364-5.

The Chinese Tartars have officers of various designations: Ist, wmeba,

superior to the rest; there are several at Yarkand and Lassa; 2d,

garpan, military commander, of whom there are two at Garoo; ad,

deva, governor of a town; 4th, zougpun, governor of a fort; 5th,

poupon, in charge of a district; 6th, dassa, chief of one or more vil-

lages.—Gerard’s Kunawar, p. 145. A garpun or governor stays

here (Speetee) on the part of, &c.— Ditto, 147.

The zougspun of Rodokh.— Moorcroft, LI, p. 436. Their governor,

the goba of Mirak.— Moorcroft, p. 437. I applied therefore for as-

sistance to the karphan— Moorcroft, p. 448. The chief man or gar-

pan.— Moorcroft, II. p. 16. The karpun or local governor.— Moor-

croft, II, 42.

Garpan means the “ holder” or “ doer” of Garo. Pan is exactly

equivalent to the Persian dar, and the governors of Garo only are

called garpans. he term does not mean any governor, as is implied

in some of the above quotations.

The garpans as mentioned by Mr. Traill, As. Res. XVII, 46, are

also called wrgu-ma and urgu-la, which I understand to mean the

persons right and left of the great one; z. e. the honored and confi-

dential servants of the Raja or Emperor. The words would be more

correctly written wku-ma and wku-la. Ku is the Bhotee for image ;

la is given as right and ma as left, while ~ is considered as equivalent

to, on the head of.

Pan as equivalent to dar in Persian enters into other words, as

zungpan, equal to killada. Zung being fort in Chinese, or in the

Tibetan of Lassa ; also karrpan has the same meaning, karr being fort

in Tibetan, as dankarr in Pitti, shalkarr in Upper Kunawar, tak-

lakarr near the Mansarawar lake.

There are two ambans (the 7 is scarcely sounded) in Lassa. They

are usually relieved every three years. They are nominally the com-

mandants of the guard of honor of the Gheawang Rinbotcheh, com-

244 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

posed of Chinese or Mantchu soldiers; but they are really the depu-

ties of the Emperor, although orders do not run in their names.

Deba or deva is a rank only, and the possessor may or may not be

the governor of a town or district. It is I suspect a term applied by the

people of India only.

Paupon, or as I have heard it paupo, appears to be applied to the

manager of one district only about Garo; viz. that of Chumurti.

Lassa is the deputy of the head-man of a village. The head-man

is called goba or gatpo, but the signification of goba appears to be

extended occasionally, and the head-man of the Rupshu district of

Ladakh is called goba.

The karpaun, Moorcroft, vol. I, p. 448; garpun, vol. II, p. 16; and

kapun, vol. II, p. 42, appears to mean karrpan or khilladar, as above

explained.

The zungpani are placed over large districts, the hkaspan over

small. The different designations however of petty local authorities

seem to be very numerous.

I may here add, what I have heard of the different authorities

at Lassa, as my information somewhat differs from that given by

Hamilton in his Gazetteer, almost the only book my position has al-

lowed me to refer to.

Under the Gheawang Rinbotcheh, comes the hot ghelpo or Raja,

or King of Bhot. He is usually an incarnation, but if any delay takes

place in the spirit of the deceased finding a habitation, the Gheawang

Rinbotcheh selects a person from one of the four great monasteries.

Whether he is deposed on the re-appearance of the divinity ina human _

form, I cannot say.

Under the ghelpo are four kolons or sawangs, 2. e. vazirs. These

four men form the executive government of the country.

Under the kolons or sawangs, are eight dappans or military com- |

manders.

There are six changzuds or treasurers.

The subdivisions of the country are managed by zungpans over |

the large, and karrpans over the smaller.

Nuna.—Oneof whom was the nuna or deputy khalun, Moorcroft, 1,248. |

The business of the government is administered by the kAalun or prime |

minister, assisted by the nuna khalun or deputy.— Moorcroft, I], 334.

18-44. ] and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 245

Nuna or nonu does not mean deputy, but is simply a title of respect,

and as such, is applied very generally.

Banka, Narpa.—The banka or master of the horse. The magistracy

is discharged by officers called narpas.— Moorcroft, I, 334-5.

Banka is a village and not a rank; but at the time of Moorcroft’s

visit, the banka-ha or wala, or master of Banka, was the master of the

horse in Ladakh. This bankaha’s name was tanzin, with the respectful

prefix zonw.

Narpa or nirrpa is rather I think a sort of treasurer or steward than

a Magistrate. I would say that karrpan or zungpa, that is, killahdar,

is the proper equivalent of thanahdar or magistrate.

Khaga, Tanzin.—And the khaga tanzin.—Moorcroft, II, 230.

The administration is entrusted to inferior khaluns, tanzins, or Rajas.

—Do. I, 335. And he with khaga khan.—Do. IT, 60.

Khaga or gaga is a title of respect. The Tibetans also call the

chief of the Kalmuks gaga, and it may have some connection with

the chagan of the Avars, for all are no doubt modifications of the

terms khakan. In Ladakh, &c. khaga or gaga is a title very com-

monly bestowed.

Tanzin, at p. 335, vol. J, is given as the name of an office, but at

p. 230, 408, &c. it appears rather as a proper name. It is indeed in

common use as a proper name, and although Hamilton in his Gazetteer,

Art. “Tibet,” applies it to an appointment or station, and gives its

meaning as equal to a great man, yet after some enquiry I could not

hear of the word being applied to an office, either in Lassa or in

: Laudakh. ‘‘ Yin” indeed may be échzn, 2. e. “ great,” and tan, means

a subject (ryot) or rather a personal dependent.

| BRIDGES.

| The different sorts of (bridges) are first sango, or wooden bridge,

| of which there is a print given by Captain Turner; 2nd, the jhoola,

_or rope bridge ; 3rd, swzwm is formed of twigs very indifferently twisted ;

| 4th, chukhzum or chain bridge. There is one over the Sutlej under

| Tholing. The above are used over large rivers.— Gerard, p. 33-35.

_ Ist. Sango is not the Kunawaree or Bhotee term for a wooden

‘bridge. It is used in the Southern Himalayas for I think any perma-

/nent bridge, and it is derived I presume from a Sanscrit word of simi-

246 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 148.

Jar import. A bridge of the kind alluded to, is called in Kunawaree

and in Bhotee, jampa or jambah.

2nd. Jhoola is not a Kunawaree term, and the sort of bridge is not

known or used in the Bhotee district in question. The Kunawaree

term is forang.

ord. Sazam or chazam, is the Bhotee term for a bridge of twisted

twigs. In Kunawaree such a bridge is called éran.

4th. Chakzam means, as Captain Gerard remarks, iron bridge,

but although I never saw the particular bridge alluded to by him,

I have every reason to suppose it is an ordinary wooden one with an

iron hand-rail. It is, however, familiarly called the iron bridge.

eee

CusToms.

Ears of Grain suspended, &c.—The top of which (pillars of wood)

is in the houses of the peasantry encircled by a band of straw and

ears of wheat. It is the custom, I was told, to consecrate the two or

three first handsful of the Jast year’s crop to a spirit which presides

over agriculture, and these bands are thus deposited.—Moorcroft, If,

317-18.

The Tartar husbandmen have a custom similar to those of some

of the Scotch farmers who, &c. &c. The Tartars use three ears of

barley, which they paste outside over the door.— Gerard, p. 98.

This superstition apparently takes various forms along the lower

course of the Pitti. I could not hear of the exact custom mentioned

by Gerard as prevailing at Nissang on the Sutlej ; nor could I hear

of that mentioned by Moorcroft. I saw, however, in temples, bunches

of ears of barley, (always an odd number in each bunch,) hung up

before images, and I understood that in Pitti itself, bunches were simi-

larly hung up in the houses. |

Presentation of Silk Scarfs—This person who was styled Lafa,

visited me twice, and we exchanged scarfs, which is an invariable cus-

tom.— Gerard, p. 104.

Lafa is the title in Tibet of the deputy of the head-man of the

village, and he is a very small functionary indeed ; but Captain Gerard

seems to have seen things in these countries through an illusive me-

dium. Elegant houses, magnificent temples, and honest men !

1844. | and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar. 247

Equals exchange scarfs or smaller pieces of silk; inferiors present

them as they approach ; and superiors bestow them when they dismiss.

See also Captain Turner, 72, 233, and Captain Hutton’s Tour, III, 17,

Journal of the Asiatic Society. A scarf (or kattak in Bhotee) is in-

variably sent with a letter, and under the same cover with it.

Prefixing the s in Bhotee and Kunawaree —The principal pergun-

nas or divisions are and Spitti or Pittii— Moorcroft, I, 315.

The male (ibex) is called skin, and the female /’danmo.— Moor-

croft, I, 311.

The Tartars often add 4, for instance, ropa is called by them

ropak, and they have a way of prefixing s to some words as pooee,

spooee ; peetee, speetee; and tango, stango.— Gerard, p. 99, Note.

The pronunciation of the Tibetan language admits of a slightly

hissing or aspirated commencement to many words, but I would say

that the custom of prefixing a clear and distinct s is prevalent rather

about Rampur on the Sutlej than in Tibet. The habit has, however, .

been largely followed by our travellers through Kunawar, as they are

generally accompanied by some people of the Bissehir Rajas, who by

long residence about Rampur, (if they are not natives of that quarter, )

have adopted the custom. Pitti and not Spitti, is the correct term,

as is likewise ken (or kin) and not skin. But although I could

not ascertain that the prefixing of the s is a custom in the Bhotee

districts adjacent to Upper Kunawar, it may obtain in other parts of

Tibet, as Moorcroft and also Mr. Vigne, write skin for kin. The

former moreover uses zongspun instead of zungpan, a killahdar, (II,

436,) and says Pitti is called Spitti. In the writings of respectable

people, I always found Pitti.

The custom mentioned by Gerard of adding a & is occasional, I

think, rather than general, and the addition is rather an aspirated

h than a full 4; such irregularities or uncertainties of pronunciation

are common among illiterate people, and in trying to ascertain the

true pronunciation of words, I have been perplexed by the different

ways in which the same person often pronounced the same word.

The village Pooee or Spooee, quoted by Gerard as a proof of the pre-

fixing of the s being a custom of the Bhotee, is an unfortunate in-

Stance ; the Bhotees, 2. e. the inhabitants, call their village pura, or

puba, the Kunawarees and others lower down pueh and spueh.

248 Notes on Mooreroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

Cuptain IT. Hutton’s Tour.—1 have more than once referred to

Captain Hutton’s Tour in Kunawar, performed under the auspices of

the Asiatic Society ; and while 1 am about to conclude this paper

by correcting or modifying some of his statements, I must in the first

instance bear witness to the general accuracy of the impressions he

conveys.

Rampur.—Rampur is a considerable entrepdt as well as a manu-

facturing town, vol. I, p. 4, as is also evident from what is subsequently

said of the fair, p. 5. Among the Tibet exports to Rampur, p. 5,

Charas should have a permanent place, instead of being omitted or in-

cluded in an et cetera.

Raja of Bissehir, sc.—The Rajah of Bissehir has a legitimate son,

as well as an illegitimate one, vol. II, p. 6 ; he has also four chief vizeers

instead of three, the fourth being a Kunawaree placed over the Tartar

district, and now changed from time to time. The only inferior

officer called vizeer by courtesy, may be the person placed over

Rampur.

Charias.—The charias, vol. I, p. 6, were originally chosen from the

wealthiest families, but several have now fallen to decay. There

are, that is, ought to be, upwards of 80 of them, as 50 are required

from Kunawar Proper, and about 40 from Dassow. In Kunawar the

revenue is fixed, and in that district the assessment cannot therefore

depend on the report of a charza.

Revenues— British Tribute.— All houses which pay revenue supply

a hazri, vol. I, p. 7, same as those which furnish a charta each. They

muster about 300 in all.

In Kunawar, no house pays I think less than 8 annas on account

of the British tribute, vol. J, p. 7,and none more than 9 rupees. The

vizeers pay nine, and these are the limits instead of twelve rupees for

vizeers, and from ten rupees to four annas for other people, as Captain

Hutton was informed. I may here mention, that the Raja when we

imposed a tribute on him, did not lessen his own expences in order to

meet it, but levied an additional tax on his subjects for the purpose.

Our rule is therefore felt as a grievance by the people, and not by the

Raja.

Captain Hutton says, the whole revenues of Bissehir may be

estimated at 50 or 55,000 annually. In 1817, they were estimated at

1844. | and on Gerard’s Account of Kundwar. 249

67,000, and that guas: official authority, the “‘ Bengal and Agra Gazet-

teer” for 1841, gives them at 1,40,000.

No wool or meozas are levied as revenue, vol. /, p. 7, neither are

raisins demanded, but the lands attached to forts supply the wants of the

Raja. In stating this, I do not mean that the Raja does not make his

people supply him with fruits, but merely that the taxes, proper and

understood, do not include them.

Punishment.—For crimes and misdemeanours, people are hanged,

mutilated and imprisoned, as well as fined, vol. I, p. 7-8.

Sarahan.—Sarahan, vol. J, p. 10, is not in Kunawar, but in Dassow.

The boundary of the two districts is the Murad Ghat, above Sarahan.

The Juniper.—The juniper, vol. I, p. 29, is called lewr about Ram-

pur, shur in Kunawar, and shukpa in Bhot; and not lewr and shur

in the last named districts respectively.

The Gigantic Chakor.—The gigantic chakor, vol. I, p. 37, is not

called bhetr in Kunawaree. It is so called about Rampur. In Lower

Kunawar, it is called ipaia; in Upper Kunawar, kuleh; and in

Bhotee, gungmo or komo.

Apricots.—Leeo is not the last village towards Pitti where apricots

occur, vol. J, p. 41. At Shalkar there are abundance of fair apricots,

and alsu some trees at Sumra, twenty miles above Lio; but there the

fruit scarcely comes to maturity.

Changgo, declining.—The picture of Changgo, vol. J, p. 41, is over-

drawn. There are now 121 souls in it, that is, 21 more than when Cap-

tain Hutton said it was so populous. Its decline is xo¢ continuous, but

may have been demporary, 7. e. some poor families may have gone

away for a season or two. It now produces more than its people eat.

A rotation of crops zs practised in Changgo, and the inhabitants have

a very fair proportion of cattle, which they graze towards their out-

village of Changrezing. The fields of bare and hardened sand are

still occasionally cultivated, but one crop exhausts them, or their pro-

duce is weakly, and of no value.

The Para.—The Para river, vol. J, p. 45, does not in all probability

come from the Chumorenil lake, see As. Res. XVIII, Pet. LL. 259,

and Moorcroft, LT, 52.

Frost Rivers.—The severity of frost can scarcely affect the supply of

water to a river, as Capt. Hutton supposes with reference to the Pitti,

250 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, [ No. 148.

vol. II, p. 47, unless indeed a spring or a stream be dispersed over a flat

surface, and turned into ice; but I have never seen any stream so ar-

rested, and I have seen many small ones flowing when the thermome-

ter was below zero. A comparison between the Pitti and Sutlej is not

easily made, but where Captain Hutton saw the two rivers, the Pitti

was the broader, and therefore the larger /ooking; but I think that dur-

ing the winter, the Sutlej is really the larger. Dr. Gerard must, I sup-

pose, be quoted with reference to the Sutlej in the lower hills, where he

says its least breadth is 211 feet. Captain Gerard (Account of Kunawar,

p. 26,) gives the breadth at Namptu, a little below the junction of the

Pittias 106 feet, and at Wangto as 92 only. Near Dubling, the united

streams rush between rocks scarcely twenty feet apart.

I do not agree with Captain Hutton, in what he says, vol. IZ, pp. 2-3,

regarding the rise of the rivers of the plains in June, &c. or their fall

in January. The melting of snow is a slow operation, but the descent

of rain is rapid, and the streams so formed, soon reach the larger rivers

and swell their volumes. I am clearly of opinion, that four-fifths of the

water in the Sutlej, when in fud/ flood, is the produce of rain, and not of

snow; and that no severe frosts in any Himalayan regions could

in the month of January affect the river Indus in Sindh; but while

snow fell on the tops of hills and was slowly melted, rain fell on their

sides and in the valleys, and was quickly carried into the main

streams.

Shawl-wool Goats.-—The shawl-wool goats are not often four or five

horned, vol. IZ, p. 4, but occasionally so only, as a man is sometimes

found with six fingers.

Lamas.—There may not be any really good Lamas in Hangrang or

Pitti, as Captain Hutton says, vol. L/, p. 23, although I presume his in-

formants simply meant, none of eminence or sufficiently versed in their

scriptures ; but it is no¢ the custom to make any wealthy family man

a priest, and marriage is allowed to certain sects of Lamas.

Pargyul Mountain.—I could not learn that Pargyul meant conical,

vol. II. p. 24, but connected with this high and holy hill there is a

saying, that goats whose horns meet at top, salaam or make obeisance

to it. This story and the joining of his informant’s hands in imitation

of the goat’s horns, may have been in Captain Hutton’s head when he

wrote.

1844. | and on Gerard's Account of Kunawar. 251

Ripening of Crops.—The crops of Changgo and Lio are usually ready

for the sickle in all July, vol. LI, p. 25; but those of Hanggo certainly

are noé until a month or six weeks afterwards, see also vol. JIT, p. 19.

The crops of Hanggo were green in 1842, while those of Sungeram and

&e. were being cut. Captain Gerard, p. 66, leads I think to a wrong

inference regarding Namghea and Shipkeh. He says, that in August

the crops of Namghea (9,300 feet) were green, while those of Shipkeh,

1,400 feet higher, were being cut. Captain Gerard perhaps found the

second crop at Namghea well advanced, as on the 15th July 1842,

the first crop was nearly all cut.

Bhotees Bathing.—Captain Hutton was fortunate in seeing what I

never beheld ; viz. Bhotees bathing, vol. LJ, p. 6; that he saw them,

I know, as he has himself told me so, but this was the exception to the

rule, and they themselves confess, that it is not ¢hezr custom to bathe,

and that their more respectable people only put on new clothes when

their old ones are much worn and very dirty.

The Snow Fish.—Captain Hutton somewhere mentions the snow

fish, but I cannot at present refer to what he says regarding it. It is

called ganghal in Bhotee and Kunawaree ; it is said to live at the

lower limits of the snow only ; to be seldom if ever found alive (a slip

of snow occasionally carries one down with it); and so far as the peo-

ple know, one only has been found in Kunawar.

They say it has a face resembling that of a man, four legs, and

no marked tail, (as a lizard has.) Its flesh is considered efficacious in

certain diseases, and such as are found, are usually taken to the holiest

Lamas, who distribute pieces of it as specifics. The skin is said to be

used for some ornamental purposes.

ADDENDA.

Hassan Abdal, the Indus at Attock.—Before leaving Moorcroft’s

valuable book, I will go somewhat further than I at first intended,

and point out the errors into which he, and even Elphinstone, whose

volumes I always take up with respect, have fallen regarding two

places well known to those who have crossed the Punjab. Moorcroft,

IT, 319, and Elphinstone, LI, 99, say, that the tomb of Baba Waliis in

a square enclosure at the foot of the hill which rises above Hassan

Abdal. The tomb of the saint is on the top of the hill, and not at the

252 Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh, &c. | No. 148.

bottom ; it is kept in repair, and owing to its white color, forms a con-

spicuous object at a distance. The tomb below is I believe that of a

lady of rank, but there is no inscription. It is, allowed to fall to decay.

Elphinstone was probably unacquainted with the legend which

Moorcroft gives. He does not relate it, and this increases the reason-

ableness of a modification of Moorcroft’s suspicion ; viz. that the story

is of recent Sikh adoption, and that the stone bearing the impress of a

hand, has been lately produced to satisfy the superstition of believers.

There is a Mahometan legend, that Abdal the fakir came to the

place and asked Hassan, the cowherd, for a draught of milk; Hassan

said he would gladly give him one, but that his cows were dry. The

fakir pleased with the disposition of Hassan, placed his hands on one

of the cows, and desired him to milk the animal; he did so, and gave

Abdal a good draught. Abdal then asked the cowherd what he would

chose as his reward, Hassan said they were much straitened for water

in his neighbourhood, and that a supply of that necessary element would

be valuable to himself and to others. The saint struck the hills where

he had been refreshed, and also at Wah-wah, and water gushed forth.

This legend may have existed before the rise of the Sikhs as a sect ;

but as they extended their power, they desired to increase the fame of

their apostle. They found a miracle to appropriate, and they did so at

the expense of the Mahometans, their predecessors. The saint of the

new faith performs the o/d miracle, and shews to his rival the superi-

ority of his power.

The granth or shrines of the Sikh scriptures was established at

Hassan Abdal about 1813. I do not agree with Moorcroft in his

reasons for his suspicions about the legend. He says, a few years

only have elapsed since the place was in the possession of the Affghans,

whose fierce Mahometanism would have tolerated no Sikh pilgrims

or shrines within their boundary. In Affghanistan itself, there are

places visited by the Hindoos; the fierce spirit of the Mohametans

shews itself upon rare occasions only; and in populous tracts, the Mus-

sulmans everywhere admit, and sometimes participate in, the super-

stitions of the vulgar. As an instance, I may quote the Ziarat at

Jellalabad, which is visited by both Hindoos and Mahometans, and

also the Hindoo temple of that town, said to produce 40,000 rupees

annually, (see Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, CXXII, 128.)

1844. } and on Gerard’s Account of Kunawar. 253

At p. 325, vol. II, Moorcroft says, “ On the right bank (of the At-

tock,) at the place where it turns, is the rock of JelaJia, and opposite

to it that of Kamalia, between which is said to be a dangerous

whirlpool.”

Elphinstone, If, 96, says, ‘‘ In the midst are the famous rocks

Jelalia and Kamalia, but the whirlpool of which we had heard so

much, did not rage at the season when we passed.” These rocks

are not in the middle of the river as stated by Elphinstone, nor on

opposite sides as mentioned by Moorcroft ; but both are in the right

bank ; nor, excepting in a sort of bay, could a whirlpool be formed in

a narrow and rapid river. The danger consists in crossing the stream

when flooded, for to be dashed against the projecting rocks would be

certain destruction, and the odject is to direct the boat free of the up-

per rock, and into the bay above the lower one, so as to effect a land-

ing where the water is comparatively quiet, that is, just below and

under shelter of Kamalia. There is no whirlpool properly so called,

that is, the rocks and rapid stream are to be feared, and not the in-

gulping powers of the eddy.

Report on the Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. By Captain

Grauam, Bengal N. I. of the Mission to Abyssinia.

‘* Natura beatis

Omnibus esse dedit, si quis cognoveret uti.’”’

1. The different modes of tilling the ground practised among the

various nations of the earth, are well worthy of observation and re-

mark, as the progress of agriculture exhibits the progress of the

population in comfort and civilization, and thus forms one of the

most important chapters in the history of national manners; and

indeed the tracing its gradations through the various customs of dif-

ferent people, from the first glimmering bestowed upon the located

savage, to the full development of the science of husbandry in the

most civilized society, is a curious as well as a profitable task, for its

present state may be taken as a tolerable criterion, whereby to judge

of the relative position which the people hold in the scale of nations.

254 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [ No. 148.

2. In a populous country where there are no wild animals to fill .

up the deficiency, and but few spontaneous fruits to mitigate the pangs

of hunger; and where the search for wild roots would prove but an

unprofitable labour, the pursuit of agriculture must necessarily be

deemed of high importance, and carried to that point which places

the nation in a state of comparative plenty ; but there isa wide gap

to be filled up between this period and the time when those causes

are developed, which render agriculture purely commercial, and Abys-

sinia remains at present in this lethargic position.

‘3. Still she has emerged considerably from that state of society

which is denominated barbarian, and elevated far above the hunting

or savage, by the power of taming and subjecting the lower animals,

and by practising a species of agriculture, to which the fertility of the

soil has hitherto granted an abundant return. The extent of cultivation _

also is very considerable throughout the kingdom, and this important

branch of industry has progressed far beyond any art hitherto disco-

vered amongst the nations on the western coast.

4. Private property in the land is everywhere sanctioned, allow-

ed and established ; there are few forests or wastes, excepting those

impracticable for pasture or cultivation. Farm-steadings and indivi-

dual dwelling houses embellish the aspect of the landscape, reposing

secure from predatory bands, or hostile neighbours ; and although a

great part of the population is collected in towns and large villages,

yet the country is also abundantly inhabited. The processes of pre-

paring the ground are somewhat complex ; the plough is in use to the

exclusion of the African hoe, and considerable industry is evinced in

collecting and distributing the waters in artificial irrigation. The

grains which on the other coast are coarse and small, rather like

seeds than grain, and fitted less for bread than pottage, are here of

a large and full pickle, and in every variety. ‘The people are possess-

ed of a written language, and the king of the country inhabits stone

houses, which rise two stories above his fortifications.

5. Unburdened by an over-population, and possessed of a fertile

soil and favourable seasons, in the absence of all luxuries a sufficient

abundance is produced for the mere maintenance of life. Yet still

the science of husbandry is little understood, the implements of culture

are few, and of the rudest construction ; the various methods of assist-

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 255

ing nature are entirely unknown, the capabilities of the country are

not taken due advantage of, and unless some European power inter-

feres for good with the strong hand, a great length of time must in-

evitably elapse before the habits and prejudices of this uncivilized

nation be overcome for its own benefit.

6. The climate of the Abyssinian mountains and table land is alto-

gether favorable for cultivation; here there is no winter,

‘*Such as when birds die

In the deep forests, and the fishes lie

Stiffened in the translucent ice.”’

Neither does the sun blaze in malignant light on the head of the

husbandman, nor do burning blasts unseasonably wither the crops ;

but the coolness of the mountain breeze is pleasant and refreshing,

and the timely cessation of the rain allows a healthful rest to vegeta-

tion, while its periodical return, soon produces the usual displays of

young shoots and budding flowers.

7- The seasons are regular, and the atmospheric changes so distinct-

ly marked, that the inhabitants are enabled to calculate when the

rains will commence and when they will cease, and are thus fully

acquainted with the amount of labour to be performed, before the

arrival of the stated period. The rain of “bounty,” and the rain of

*‘eovenant,” are each in their turn taken advantage of by the hus-

bandman, and immediately after these down-pourings, nature who

had remained bound up in the rigidity of the preceding drought,

bursts forth into a thousand interesting forms; the pastures and

meadows are clothed in cheering green, the hills and dales adorned

with myriads of beautiful flowers, and the sides of the mountains

appear one sheet of the most luxuriant cultivation.

8. The soil is fertile, and without artificial manures or any great

expenditure of bodily fatigue and exertion produces a plentiful sup-

ply of food for man and beast; but notwithstanding all these local

advantages the ignorant Abyssinian has hardly emerged from the

first rudiments of the art of husbandry, and although nature has been

so prodigal, the prejudiced inhabitant has taken little thought to

benefit his condition by a proper use of her gifts and favours.

9. Every thing in the climate of Africa is in extremes, but bar-

renness and fertility of soil border upon each other with a degree of

rs)

256 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

suddenness, of which the inhabitants of temperate climes can form

little conception. Passing in an instant from the burning plains of

the Adaiel to a rich landscape in which flocks and towns and vil-

lages abound, the strange sight is afforded of regularly marked fields,

mounting in terraces from the very base of the Abyssinian mountains,

throughout a steep ascent of five thousand feet which leads the tra-

veller to an unlimited table land, where the eye is perfectly satiated

with the endless succession of waving crop and rich green meadow.

10. And although the soil on the mountain side requires artificial

support to preserve the earth from being washed away, and in many

places reposes in an angle where it seems hardly possible for the

plough to pass, yet wheat and barley delight in a dry stony ground, and

with a fair proportion of the “ former’ and the “latter” rains, will

yield an abundant return to those who feel their industry called forth,

to emulate the prosperity of their more happily located neighbours.

11. Situated in the middle of the torrid zone, and surrounded by

trackless regions, or by tribes whose cruelty and bigotry are more

dangerous to the intruder than the poisonous blast and the burning

desert, secluded Abyssinia has remained almost a sealed book to the

arts and sciences of the civilized world ; and composed of groups and

ranges of very high mountains overlooking wide plains and deep

vallies, and being under the complete influence of the tropical rains,

the difference of the climate in her relative parts is of the most varied

description.

12. The high table land which is clothed with moderate vegetation,

destitute of wood and freely ventilated, is at all times cool and heal-

thy, and often extremely cold ; whilst the low wooded vallies are

close, unwholesome, and insufferably hot. During the cold season

the thermometer on the summit of the range stands about 30°, and

a thin coating of ice covers the pools, and the country appears white

under a mantle of hoar and frost ; whilst in the vallies, the quicksilver

mounts to 90°, and the total absence of breeze renders the heat still

further oppressive. At the termination of the rains, fever with all

her attendant horrors spreads her pestilential wing over those beauti-

ful locations, and during the month of September, even the wild birds

forsake for a time the poisoned atmosphere, and betake themselves

to the more genial climate of the upper regions.

1844. ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 257

13. The amazing fertility of these vales is beyond all conception,

every species of crop attaining the most gigantic proportions ; the rich

soil, and the nurturing shelter, the abundant supply of water,

and the ardent rays of the sun, all combining to crown the hopes of

the husbandman ; and these situations would have stood prominent as

perfect in the creation, had nature blessed them with a climate cor-

responding in character to their lovely appearance.

“ But putrefaction into life ferments, and breeds destructive my-

riads,” and like the apples of the Asphaltus, the inviting beauty of

the exterior forms but a gossamer covering to the seeds of death

which lurk within.

14. On the sides of the mountains, the vegetation seems to be

somewhat inferior in luxuriance, and may be accounted for from the

reason, that the angle at which the sun’s rays strike the ground, and

consequently their power of imparting caloric, varies with the ex-

posure of the soil relatively to the luminary. ‘The eastern face of the

mountains rising almost perpendicularly, can only for half the day

receive the rays running even parallel to its surface, their effect must

therefore be trifling, and for many hours in the warmest part of the

afternoon, the surface is entirely obscured in shadow.

15. The aspect of the country is as varied as the climate. On the

elevated plateau, a succession of gentle undulations of pasture and

arable lands, intersected by green swampy meadows with bare banked

rills streaming through the centre, rise in endless continuation to the

view ; not a tree disturbs the wide prospect, although the individual

farm-steadings proclaim a country which has long enjoyed the bless-

ings of peace. The craggy mountains rise in the centre in magni-

ficent ranges, and are divided by a thousand chasms, in whose depths

run clear gushing water, and tangled bushes and evergreen shrubs

diversify the cliffs, many of which are covered with magnificent

woods. In every nook and coigne of vantage, are to be seen and scent-

ed the eglantine and the jessamine, and an inexhaustible store of

sweet-smelling flowers; the strips of intervening slope, the most de-

sirable sites for residence, are clothed in luxuriant crop and herbage,

fed by the oozing streams of the mountain ; and the rich and smiling

vallies repose at the foot of the range, hid in all the exuberance of

foliage from the gigantic ticus, whose stem is upwards of forty feet in

258 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

circumference, to the light elegant acacias which distil the much-

prized gum. r

16. The absolute necessity of taking due advantage of the appointed

season of rain, rather than any fixed purpose of economizing time

and labour, enforces some faint attempts at arrangement and division

of employment for the various months ; seed-time and harvest, however,

form the two great periods of exertion, and there are but few other

agricultural operations to ‘mark the remaining seasons of the year.

Whilst not actually employed upon the ground, or when not compel-

led to attend the king on his military expeditions, the Abyssinian pea-

sant drives a wandering trade throughout the country, disposing of his

farm produce, horses, mules, asses, &c., or leads an idle life, with-

out holiday, or much amusement at home.

17. The following table will serve as a register of work and wea-

ther in general accordance with Abyssinian custom and observance :—

1841.

Teok.— January.

Fine cold dry weather, sow barley for the February rain, make

heaps of top parings, burn and plough in the ashes, gather in the

September crop of cotton. Great Military expedition.

Yekhateet.— February.

Rain of “ bounty” from the 5th to 2d March; sow barley, peas,

beans, grain and wheat.

Mugabeet.— March.

Fine weather from the 2d to 16th, heavy rain on the 17th, 23d,

24th and 25th ; sow barley and red wheat.

Maazia.— April.

Light shower during the month; 23d, two slight shocks of earth-

quake ; sow cotton ; gather in September crop of cotton.

Ginebate.— May.

Wind N. E. very strong and cold, rain towards the end of the

month ; sow juwaree and other grains in the valley.

Sunnee.—June,

Occasional heavy storms of rain, hail and wind till the 25th, when

the rain of “‘ covenant” regularly sets in. Gather the January crops

of barley, &c. ; sow teff, barley, wheat, juwaree, peas and beans ; shear

sheep, extract honey from the hives. Military expedition,

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 259

Amlee.—July.

Heavy rain and fog, sun seldom seen, weed crops, and make trench-

es in the fields, plant tobacco, goomun, gourds, chillies, onions and oil

plant.

Naasie.—August.

Heavy rain and fog, chiefly at night, with occasional sunshine during

the day ; weed crops.

Muscaram,— September.

Heavy rain till the 15th, plough, sow cotton. Grand annual review

of ‘Troops.

Tecumpt.— October,

Clear, cold weather with piercing wind from E., hoar frost dur-

ing the nights, cut grass for winter hay. Commence gathering in the

early June crops. Commence ploughing. Great Military expedition.

Hedar.— November.

Heavy rain on the 12th, gather in remains of July crops, also

the April cotton crop. Shear sheep, continue ploughing, extract honey

from the hives.

Tessas.— December.

A dry cold month with strong easterly winds, a slight covering

of ice appearing on the pools, continue ploughing for February rains.

18. There does not exist any land measurement in the country,

nor any returns whatever of produce or population ; but from a careful

observation during many journeys in every direction, I have calculat-

ed that one-fifth of the whole surface of Shoa may be fairly considered

to be under cultivation, whilst two-fifths are preserved as good mea-

dow land, and the remaining two-fifths may be stated to be very indif-

ferent soil, forest or impracticable rock.

19. The Christian population of Shoa and its dependencies, has

in a former despatch been roughly estimated at a million of souls, and

the Moslem and Galla tributaries at a million and a half. As this po-

pulation derives its entire subsistence from the produce of the soil,

even allowing two (2) pounds of grain per diem to each individu-

al, (and any Abyssinian will devour double the quantity,) the amount

annually consumed, would be 1,825,000,000 Ibs., and giving one-

fourth more for beasts of labour and burden, the amount would be

2,281,250,000 ibs. In countries where the art of husbandry has

260 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. LNo. 148.

made the highest advances, six (6) pounds of grain is reckoned a high

weight of crop per ninety-nine (99) square feet, and granting to

the imperfect cultivation of Abyssinia one-half of this produce, the ex-

tent of ground required to realize the above amount of grain would be

2,700 square miles, and as calculating that the Shoan population is

scattered over an area of about 159 miles in length by about 90 in

breadth, it would appear from this rough calculation, as well as from

actual observation, that about one-fifth of the ccuntry is under the

plough. The surplus of product annually imported into the country

of the Adaiel and elsewhere, together with the seed corn, will be suf-

ficiently accounted for, by the produce of the supplementary har-

vest, which is always taken advantage of by the more industrious

farmer.

_20. The ground belongs partly to the king, partly to the temporary

resident governors of the districts, and partly to the inhabitants them-

selves. Where there is no previous right existing, a field can be pur-

chased by a private individual on payment to the governor of a regu-

lated present of honey, cloth or pieces of salt, and subject to an

annual taxation of produce; but all the more favored spots of the

country already appertain to his majesty, whether in pasture or ara-

ble land, and the royal magazines for grain and farm produce, are

profusely studded over every portion of the kingdom. The price of

a field of course varies according to its size and locality, bearing a no-

minal value in the district from three to twenty-five German crowns;

but neither money nor value in kind is ever in the first instance paid

down by the purchaser, the present is alone made to the governor of

the village as an entrance fee, and the holder is made accountable for

rent, according to the will and pleasure of the Government authority.

Neither can a man part with his field to any individual without the

express consent of the governor, who must be first propitiated by a

present, and in the event of compliance, the half of the annual rent is

assigned to the original proprietor as the payment of his land.

21. The king’s fields are cultivated either by his numerous slaves

who receive but a scanty pittance of food for their labour by the vo-

Juntary working of the whole district ez masse, or by free peasants

who receive as compensation a portion of rent-free ground for their

subsistence and expenses ; a third of their labour being demanded by

1844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 261

the king, they are allowed to work two days on their own lots of land,

whilst the labour of the third day is appropriated to his majesty’s

property. The produce of the different allotments, is however quite

sufficient for their subsistence, and for the establishment which they

are obliged to entertain. The possession ofa donkey, a pair of bullocks,

a slave, and a woman to grind grain being absolutely indispensable,

as all the various offices of farmer and miller, from the preparation of the

ground, to the sacking of the flour, are performed by this class. A king’s

scribe is alone retained in each district, to enter into his books the

amount received into the royal magazines under his charge.

22. The governors armed with the omnipotent authority of the

despot, each play the autocrat in their own domains, and fashion their

habits and privileges after those of their royal master. Their fields

are cultivated in the same manner as those of his majesty, with the

additional facility of enforcing the oppressed inhabitants to grant, for

a very inadequate compensation in grain, many days labour in each

of the great agricultural operations of ploughing, sowing, reaping, win-

nowing, &c. &e.

23. All other persons possessing ground, are obliged to pay a certain

fluctuating tribute to the governor, according to the will and option

of that great officer of the state, in grain, honey, farm-stock, cloth, or

salt pieces; and as his majesty besides taking from his governor

as an inauguration fee from four to six hundred crowns, is (unless

presents are frequently and voluntarily made) continually sending

for cattle, and honey, and sheep, in quantities, these offerings fall

hard upon all classes; for should the governor give entirely from his

own means, he would find himself soon totally impoverished ; and

should he tax the people too roughly in the preparation of this gift,

complaints would invariably reach the royal ear, which are certain to

strip the offender of his government and remaining property.

24. The fields are not measured, but merely divided by means of small

ditches and stones, and on the face of the mountains are generally

of so diminutive a size, that it has been found necessary to enact an

ordinance regarding the accidental falling of seed upon a neigh-

bour’s field, and it has been decreed by the king, that such being the

will of Providence, no squabbling, nor disturbance shall henceforward

take place, but that each shall enjoy in peace what is found in his own

262 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

field. Hedges are unknown, except in a few of the greatest thorough-

fares to enclose and render more impassable the muddy lanes; and

the boundaries in pasture Jand are simply marked by large stones

erected apart at great intervals.

25. In consequence of this want of enslosure animals are continu-

ally trespassing among the grain, and the regulations on this point

are clearly defined and stricly adhered to. If the stray animal be a

horse or a mule, the bridle is the forfeit ; if a donkey, a dowla of grain

must be paid ; and if a goat or sheep, one of the legs being tied up,

the animal is carried before the governor, who ascertains the damage,

and the proprietor is compelled to pay the exact amount of destruc-

tion, called affelama, being moreover obliged to swear by the king’s

life, that the animal shall in future be kept in due restraint.

26. The process of paring and burning is in general practice,

without reference to the quantity or quality of the soil, a portion of

which by this operation, becomes reduced to ashes. The ashes in some

situations, and in the absence of extended means of conveyance, have

certainly the effect of acting favorably as a manure, and _ besides

obtaining in some degree the object of fertilizing the soil the process

is also advantageous in destroying the weeds and rubbish. This their

only attempt to fatten the soil, is mentioned as being in use in the

most ancient recorded system of agriculture,

‘¢ Sepe etiam steriles incendere profuit agros,

Cotque levem stipulam crepitantitrio urere flammis,”’

But the system in modern husbandry has been very nearly exploded

as erroneous and inefficacious, except in obstinate bog lands. Shovels

and spades are unknown in this land, and the heaps are after-

wards scattered over the surface of the ground, by the hands of

the village urchins, who may be seen scratching and scraping at the

earth like dogs, their utter nakedness being but little concealed by the

enveloping cloud of red dust.

27. In all the districts of Shoa, a regular system of cropping has been

established, and these rotations of crops are scarcely ever departed from,

founded on the principle of preserving the soil from becoming utterly

impoverished, and depending also upon the qualities and the diversity

of the situations ; but altogether indicating the very small advancement

made by the Abyssinian in the art of agriculture.

1844. ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 263

28. In the valleys, teff, jewarree, cotton, oil and wheat follow in

succession. On the high country, barley and wheat in alternate seasons,

and in the cold moors of the table land, the ground is left fallow for

one year to recover itself, before a fresh crop be taken from the exhaust-

ed material. Every quality of soil, however, is not adapted to the

growth of wheat, nor would the crop arrive at maturity in every situa-

tion, owing to the bleakness of the elevation and the tempestuous blasts,

fogs, and vapours which cover the crest of these high mountains ; and

in these districts, peas, beans, and barley form the successive crops.

29. On the table land, the best soil is of a rich brown color, which is

found on the sheltered sides of the hills, and the loamy alluvial deposit

running along the banks of the river. Black soil is rarely met with

on this mountains, and may probably be the decomposition of those

forests, which tradition gives as once existing in ancient days, but

of which now no other vestige remains. Stones are plentifully spread

over the surface of the field to break the fall of the heavy rains, and

compact walls are built on every slope, to prevent the soil from being

carried away by the impetuous rush of the water.

30. In the valleys, and more especially in the governments of Ged-

dem and Geshe, the richest black soil prevails throughout, and with the

aid of a plentiful supply of water, and a mild genial climate, the val-

leys appear one continuous scene of the most luxurious cultivation of

all the produce known in Abyssinia. On the mountain sides the soil

is light, loose, and gravelly, and well adapted for the growth of coffee

and tea; besides granting a fair return of the various grains which

are deposited. Manure is difficult of conveyance, without the con-

venience of wheel carriages, which are entirely unknown in Shoa, and

with the exception of the ashes of the top paring, is seldom applied in

common cultivation, as it is fully believed that the cattle and sheep,

during their daily pasturage, afford a sufficiency of manure for all prac-

tical purposes.

31. Artificial irrigation is resorted to in every situation where a

supply of water can be obtained without much trouble, and crops of

onions, chillies and gourds are grown in patches by the river sides,

where the water can be easily diverted from its bed. The king’s

farms are in general, from their choice localities, well watered and

clearly cultivated; the slopes of the hills are admirably adapted for the

264 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. LNo. 148.

dispersion of the numerous rills which trickle down the mountain

side. ‘The valleys in the low country are completely intersected with

tiny canals, and the extent of ground, which by a judicious opening

of artificial trenches, is watered by these small runnels is surpris-

ing.

32. But the divisions of the field are neither neatly made, nor care-

fully kept in order; there is no levelling of the ground, and no raised

banks to enclose the smaller plots, in the preservation of which con-

sists the perfection of this system, and in consequence the water flows

very irregularly, entirely floating some of the lower parts of the

field, whilst the more elevated are left destitute of the requisite

moisture.

33. At all convenient spots where the banks are level with the ©

stream, a few rocks are rudely placed in the water, jutting out a few

paces from the bank, and by this simple contrivance, a sufficiency of —

fluid is diverted from the overflowing stream.

The water-course, which in Amharic is denominated ‘‘ the water

ladder,” is elaborately built with loose stones and much and carefully

supported in difficult places by wooden buttresses. ‘These canals are

built and kept in repair by the united efforts of all who desire benefit

to their lands ; but the tribute paid to the governor being taken ac-

cording to the value of the ground, the superior location to the mid-—

dle class is of no advantage whatever, but merely entails a greater

portion of labour.

34. A moderately dry season is reckoned the most favorable for a

superabundant crop of wheat and barley, but beans and jewarree, cotton,

grain and oil require a plentiful rain. A return from the field of twenty-

one times the quantity of deposited seed on the high land, and of thir-

ty-four in the valley, is considered a most excellent crop for wheat,

barley and all other grains, with the exception of jewarree ; whilst a bad

season reduces the produce to ten or twelve in the former, and fifteen

or twenty in the latter situation. .

35. Abyssinia, however, is happy in a most copious supply of water,

(the rains descending twice during the year,) in the flooding of all the |

rivers and streams, and the complete breaking of the entire earth. The |

“rain of bounty” commences in February and lasts for one month, |

and the “rain cf covenant,” commencing in June, pours down with |

1 844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 265

extreme violence during July, August, and September, thus affording

during twelve months an abundant moisture for two harvests, which

the succeeding sun soon brings to maturity.

36. The ground according to universal custom, is ploughed at four

different times of the season, and when the sky is cloudy and over-

cast; the seed is committed to the earth, without the ceremony of har-

rowing, or otherwise pulverizing the large clods ; where the steepness of

the mountains prevents the use of bullocks, the ground is broken up

with the pick-axe by the hand of the husbandman, but the instru-

ments of culture are of an exceedingly primitive fashion, and the im-

pression made upon the hard baked soil, is of a very imperfect and

evanescent nature.

37. The oldest forms of the plough of which we have any descrip-

tion in ancient authors, are very simple indeed ; a mere wedge with

crooked handle to guide it, and a short beam by which it was drawn,

forming the component parts of the entire instrument, and the plough

now used in Abyssinia seems to differ very slightly from the old model.

38. This machine, called airsea, is extremely rude in its con-

struction, and so slight, that a child might carry it in his arms; the

share is of wood and slightly armed with a tiny bit of iron, and it has

only one handle or shaft for the guiding hand of the driver ; with such

an instrument, the peasant is under the necessity of bending almost

double, and loading it with his own weight, in order to make any im-

pression whatever upon the soil, otherwise it would glide innocuous

over the surface.

39. From the imperfect construction of this quaint and primitive

plough, a clean furrow cannot be cut up and turned over, a rugged

rut being the utmost effect of the rude instrument: the soil can there-

fore only be broken by frequent crossing and recrossing the field, and

it is evident, that however often traversed by a machine of this sort,

the wild roots of any tenacity can never be entirely removed, so

that this mode of culture must be always very imperfect, and the

necessity of working so many crossings a very great waste of labour

indeed. It is no uncommon sight to see on the king’s or governor’s

extensive domains, fifty or a hundred ploughs at work together, and as

the fields are never divided into ridges, and neither order nor regu-

266 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

larity preserved, the feeble scratching is carried on in every direction

wherever the animals can find the requisite room to turn.

40. The pick-axe, called ‘“‘domah,” is fashioned from the tough —

wood of the ‘“‘ Lobinsa,” having a crooked head inclining at an angle

of 45° towards the shaft, which is straight, and from two to three feet

in length ; the head of the crook is armed with a heavy piece of shar-

pened iron, which can be fixed either perpendicularly or horizontally,

and transformed at pleasure into a hatchet or a hoe.

41. The sickle, called ‘‘ maachet,’ is short, slightly curved, with

the edge indented, or cut into teeth ; it is employed in reaping every

description of crop, cutting grass and hay, and even at times used for

lopping away branches and bushes.

42. The seed is covered in by one of the light scratchy performances

of the plough, which for this purpose is driven rapidly over the field,

and during the prevalence of the monsoon, the farmer is employed

in ploughing trenches through the wheat fields, to carry off the super-

-abundant moisture. The women and children are fully occupied in hoe-

ing the crops, and keeping them clear of weeds; and whilst the grain is

ripening on the ground, a basket-work is erected upon a high tripod

in every field, and the ingenious youth of the district are posted

on these stages with slings and whips to frighten away the birds dur-

ing the day-time. When the fields in the vallies are situated near the |

haunts of elephants, the largest trees are selected, and rude ladders

bound along the trunks leading to a place of refuge amongst the bran-

ches for the labourer, during the inroads made on the crops by

the huge monarch of the forest, who in this country is not easily

turned by fires and shouting, and whose displeasure at being distur-

bed at his meals, is generally manifested by the sacrifice of the

intruders.

43. On the crop arriving at maturity, a bundle of grain is cut,

and fastened up in an elaborate and handsome form. ‘This is called

‘‘ animete,” and is presented as a token of joy to the governor, or

to some near relation; the reaping thus commences with every avail-

able hand on the farm, female as well as male, and the grain is

cut high up in the stalk, the half of which is left attached to the

root for the use of the cattle, and the remainder with the ear stored

1844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 267

in piles on the field, for the purpose of being thoroughly dried

and hardened in the sun.

44. The threshing out of the wheat, barley and jewarree, is per-

formed in the field by the tramp of muzzled oxen, and the other pro-

duce is also cleaned in the open air by means of long crooked sticks

wielded by the arms of the sturdy peasants, in as short a time as pos-

sible ; bread and beer being prepared in great quantities. The farmer

hires his immediate neighbours according to his means ; hundreds

assemble on the spot, the process commences with an uproarious song

of exultation, and a most animated scene of noise, labour and confusion

ensues, until the grain is entirely separated from the straw. It is

strange, that the Jews on their emigration did not introduce into

Abyssinia, among their other improvements, the rollers and wheels of

wood, and the more perfect system in use at the time in their own

country, to facilitate the operations of threshing; but here, as in the

earliest days of patriarchal simplicity, the same pristine fashion is

preserved.

*¢ And round and round, with never- wearied pain,

The trampling steer breaks out the unnumbered grain.”’

45. After the grain is trodden out, it is winnowed, by throwing it

up against the breeze with a wooden ladle, the operation being con-

tinued until the pure wheat is entirely separated from the chaff. It

is then gathered into a heap, and carried in skins to the dwelling of

_ the owners, to be stored up within the walls of the domicile in wicker

baskets and large earthen jars; for a detached barn is nowhere to be

seen in Abyssinia belonging to a private individual. The treading floor

is usually an open area, well levelled and consolidated with white

earth and cow-dung ; but notwithstanding this operation, some particles

of the earth are often mixed with the grain, which makes the bread

gritty and disagreeable.

46. After the wheat is well cleared, it is exposed to the sun on a

white skin, for the purpose of completely hardening the pickles, and

pounded in a deep narrow wooden mortar, to remove the husk, this

Operation being performed by two women, who alternately ply their

long wooden pestles to the notes of a most monotonous song. The pro-

eess of grinding the grain is also allotted to the females, as well as

that of preparing the bread.

268 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [ No. 148.

47. The grinding mill is in shape like the shoe worn in the days

of Queen Elizabeth. The frame-work, about two feet in height, is

composed of wood, straw, and mud, and supports a large smooth slab of

stone, inclining at a considerable angle from the heel to the toe. The

female stands at the heel of this gigantic slipper, and with a loose

fragment of hard rock, held between both her hands, contrives by dint

of great personal exertion, and by rocking herself to and fro in a

truly uncomfortable position, to bruise the grain into a form some-

what resembling flour, which descends in scanty streams over the toe |

of the machine, into the vessel placed for its reception.

48. The flour is then mixed with water and yeast, (sour dough

macerated in hot-water,) and worked up into large thick cakes, a foot

and a half in diameter, which are very carefully covered with the

leaves of the plantain. Each cake is then individually enclosed

between two earthen pans, a strong fire of charcoal and cow-dung is

next heaped about the locomotive oven, and in half an hour the crushed

matter is considered ready for use, which a well-fed Indian elephant

would most probably reject, with some hint to his keeper, of better

baking in future.

49. The foregoing is the most superior bread used by the wealthy

classes, and is denominated ‘“ daboo ;” but there are numerous other

methods of preparing grain for food, from the mere roasting the pickles,

and mixing the different sorts according to the palate of the proprietor,

to this grand attempt in the art of bakery, running through ali

the grades of “‘heliot,” ‘‘ anababroo,” ‘‘ anabroot,” ‘ deffoo,” ame-

sa,” “ debeema,’ *‘ deemookta” and ‘‘ kilta,”’ the first four of these

being composed of wheaten flour, and the remainder of teff, gram,

jewarree, barley, and peas.

50. The various flours used in the preparation of all these cakes

being mixed up with water until they form a batter of moderate consis-

tency are poured upon the griddle, somewhat like pancakes, and ex-

cepting those made from pea and gram flour, are all spungy and full

of eyes, and considerably sour. The natives, however, are not very par-

ticular in these preparations, and the grain in a raw state, more especi-

ally gram, beans, and barley, appear to satisfy their cravings equally

as the most refined method in use.

51. The following table gives the generic English and Amharic

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 269

names of forty-three species of grain and useful products at present

cultivated in Shoa. Besides supplying their own immediate wants,

and those of a herd of clerical drones, who devour the fruits of the

working classes, there is still a considerable surplus, which is bartered

to the lazy Adaiel for the product of his salt lake, which yields her

crop without ploughing or sowing ; and were the despotic restrictions

but removed from the subject, and a small portion of European know-

ledge instilled into the minds of the cultivators, the kingdom of Shoa

might be made one inexhaustible granary for all the fruits of the earth.

52. Table of useful products, cultivated in Shoa:—

Genera. ae English. Amharic.

Seev umm si) cays Vetch pirwis J's 32 oo Missur.

Cicer arietinum, .. .. Gram, .. .. .. ».- Shumbra.

Pisum sativum, .. .. Pea, GRD 00 Os aes

Coriandrum sativum, -. Coriander, .. .. .. Dimbilal.

Sinapis nigra, .- «+ Mustard; 9... «. ©2. Senna’fetch.

1. Triticum, sah Wheat, sete. oe aw Sendbiazazee!

2. u oi. ie eat Bond) sort woes jo.4:% 2 Abeolsee:

3. c ee ioe: PiSrd sorte. 2s | s Zoheongumber:

1. Hordeum hexastichon, Barley, .. .. .. ... Gebs.

2. é ~. “2nd sort, .. .. .» Zujulkupsoo.

3. i osu GOnd sorted 20d. ot. aMlooga!

Eevena: pullens’? ©... Oats, wowere. su... 1. 2Gerama.

Poa Abyssinica, .. .. ¥ mre “+ os eet Refs

Mrcia faba,:) 2 .. 3 Beans, 6. ss @ 2. ou Bakkela.

Nicotiana tabaccum, .. Tobacco, ONS e The. Pumbace

1. Zea Mais, vot So owartee dh. yvitat cen... Mashillai

mic €° FO EPBIN os < ou? uate an Wapagre:

- -- «- «+ White large fruit,.. .. Gorondjo.

mes -- e+ «+ Very long stalk, .. .. Yakkun ehliel.

meaty“ eM. 1.29 Perfectly white, <.: ¢ 1! Tehara kit:

Beef «- «- ++ Mixed red and white, .. Kultatoo.

pects .- +» «+ Red used for making beer, Zungada.

ah -. .. + Short-stalk large fruit, .. Atchara.

Bin.“ -. «+ «+ Red used for making beer, Koliey.

10. « -. -- ee Fruit hanging on se Tattare.

rate threads, os

270 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

1l. Zea Mais, -. «+. Black, very sweet, -. Tikureta.

19.23% Sistah GAL Oke? Eff ailash.

Linum usitatissimum, .. Lint, oer “20nd. 4 eal

Carthamus tinctoria, .. Safflower, Osi 2e" nual

és sVaDiliPlanty) dade; ot ot ogg:

ef S ODIOe wi akod 28 aly Sales

Musa paradisiaica, .. Banana, eee ee

Capsicum, -» Red Pepper, .. se... Berberri-

6s bia tg ie 6. cg Pameeghe

as -- ee Clee |. cGeviega.

se i. as ok oe ye Dakerdad:

¢¢ . Small beans,.. «. ... Affdaugooriz.

Citrus medica, aw. ria - MGLEFONG. ys. 18 ead ers | 5) ee:

Citrus, varsietAlos ce .. inte 2) Seo ie on

Cucurbita pepo, .. .... Pumkin, we) wet oul Velbumkeel,

Saccharum officinarum, Larger cane,.. .. .. Shumgool.

Cucurbita dagenaria, «... Gourd, ...2i6c7%, 1s. "06 (huh

cs .- Used instead of Hops, .. Gesho.

Coffea Arabica, .. .. Coffee, .. ... .. Boon.

Gossypium Poa — soalGotton,s:. soigeA pee) nla

53. The sugar cane is planted at any time of the year where

water is obtainable, but more particularly in the month of June, be-

fore the commencement of the monsoon ; the slips are set in the ground |

about a foot apart, and are suffered to root and grow up like a bunch

of wild seeds. The cane is ripe in the second year, when it is cut over |

near the ground, and new shoots allowed to spring up from the old

stick, which come to maturity after a lapse of two or three seasons. —

The cane is tall, scraggy, and thin, the joints being closely set to each

other, and containing little saccharine juice, owing to the want of

skill in cultivation, and to a proper attention to the soil. The cane

is used in its natural state, as the manufacture of sugar is entirely

unknown in Shoa. It is, however, highly prized, and among the great

men, the gift of a very small bundle of sugar-cane is esteemed a great

token of love.

54. Tradition gives to the country of Enarca and Caffa the indi-

genous residence of the coffee plant, spread by the Civet cat over

the various localities occupied by the Illoo and Aroose Galla; it

1844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 271

has flourished for ages in wild profusion over all the mountains, and

was thence transported, five hundred years ago, by an enterprising

trader to the coast of Arabia. In Shoa Proper, the cultivation is

directly interdicted, as savouring too strongly of the abhorred Maho-

medan ; and although the plant grows strong and healthy in the

proper situations, the Christian inhabitant is debarred from this re-

freshing and valuable produce. In the bordering districts, however,

subject to the despot, the restriction is not enforced ; the plantations are

numerous, and among all the Galla tribes, there is a never-failing sup-

ply of the sober berry.

55. Planted before the rains, the seed soon appears above ground,

and when six months old, the seedling is transferred to take the place

of some old and decayed tree. Water and the manure of sheep are

plentifully supplied, and the crop, which from a full bearing tree is

generally from thirty to forty pounds, is gathered in March and April.

The shrub averages from eight to ten feet in height, the foliage is dark

and shining, and the branches are thickly studded with fruit. It

takes six years to arrive at full maturity, although producing a slight

crop in the second season ; it grows luxuriantly in any sheltered situa-

tion in the vallies, delighting in the soil which has been gradually

washed down from the adjacent heights, produced by a decomposition

of the trap rock.

56. The berries are in the first instance of a dark green, which

becomes red before pulling, and at the same time, a whitish milky-

looking pulp called ‘‘ gudlabroo,” fills up the place between the cuti-

cle and seed ; after the crop is shaken and gathered from the branches,

it is spread out in the sun until the pulp dries upon the berry;

the seeds are kept one month in the sun, before being extracted from

the pulp, and during the drying operation are never placed in the

house, but kept freely ventilated outside ; they are afterwards packed in

dry leather bags, and carried to the market. The seeds intended for

the plantation are retained enclosed in the dry pulp, and are planted

by the hand-full in a small plot, which is carefully manured and well-

watered. The “ gullaba” is sold separately from the bean, and is often

used mixed with the decoction of the “ chaat.”

57. The ruler of Hurrur does not suffer any importation of coffee

into his own dominions ; neither from Shoa nor from the country of

‘ 2R

272 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

the Gallas. For the better security of his own monopoly in this article

at the ports of Zayla and Berberri, the plant is successfully and ex-

tensively cultivated ; but the price given at Hurrur is high in compa-

rison with what is paid in Abyssinia, and the average prices demand-

ed for the commodity by the Hurrur merchants at Zayla and Berber-

ri, seem to be exactly those customary at Maysawa in the Red Sea,

varying from five pence to seven pence a pound.

58. The impracticable state of the tedious road to the sea coast,

the lazy indifferent character of the Danatiel camel owners, who, re-

gardless of the value of time, spend months upon the journey, and

the fitful caprice continually displayed by the various chieftains

throughout the whole tract which the caravans are necessitated to

pass, all form great obstacles to the conveyance of the cheaper produce

from Abyssinia, which might, however, be overcome by British power

and British perseverance.

59. But according to all collected native reports, in Caffu and

Enarea the coffee grows like a weed over the rich surface of the coun-

try ; the beverage is in universal use among the inhabitants, the price

paid is almost nominal, and the conveyance of water carriage, which

may be afforded by means of the great river Gochof, is alone requisite

to transport the product to any quantity to every portion of the globe,

to the great profit of the speculator, and to the honor of the Govern-

ment which should carried this beneficial measure into effect.

60. Cotton grows in the sheltered nooks, on the eastern face of the

mountains, and in the vallies at the extreme foot of the range; but

from the superior luxuriance of the plant, and the amount of crop

which is produced in the valley ground, the natural climate seems to

be in those sheltered spots which much resemble, in atmosphere, the —

more favored parts of Kandeesh and Guzarat. The plant is a shrub

which varies in size according to the locality and supply of water, from

three feet in height to upwards of seven; it assumes generally the

shape of a pyramid, the lowermost branches extending in width to

nearly the entire height of the bush, the leaves are of a large size, the

stalk appears more soft and yielding, and the whole appearance of the

plant in every situation is more healthy and luxuriant than any of

the species I ever saw in India, with the exception of the Bourbon

cotton, to which the Abyssinian cotton bears a considerable external

1844. ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 273

resemblance. In some spots the plant is gigantic, measuring seven,

eight, and nine inches in circumference ; and the advantages of a very

productive crop twice during the year, and the existence of the plant

during five seasons, together with the heavy crop of particularly fine

wool, even during the first season, give this species a most deserved

pre-eminence.

61. The cotton seed is placed for a time in wood ashes, and then

well rubbed with red earth before planting, and when the locality is

favorable for irrigation, water is invariably given to the plant. There

are two kinds, the Gondar species which grows in a spreading dwarfy

fashion, and the other that of Efat, which rises tall and straight from

the ground, but the seeds of both are planted together in the same

field, though the produce is separated in gathering in the crop. The

Gondar species is reckoned the superior of the two, the wool being

finer and the cloth produced softer and more elastic ; but the plant en-

joys a shorter existence, as the Efat species remains productive in the

ground for four and five years, whilst that of Gondar is exhausted

after the third ; it is also customary to cut the Efat plant over on

the fifth year, close to the ground, which is ploughed up and sown

with wheat or other grain, and on the removal of the crop, the young

cotton shoots have appeared well above the ground, and produce for two

further seasons.

62. ‘The pod when ripe is cut with a knife, the husk immediately

taken off, and the wool forthwith deposited in a bag. No dirt is any

where discernible, as the pod is cut directly from the tree and great

care taken in conveying the cotton wool into the sack. One full bear-

ing bush produces between four and five pounds of raw stuff, twice

during the twelve months. The processes of cleaning, teasing, bowing

and twisting are entirely performed by the women, who extract the

seeds in a house by means of a smooth stone and an iron spindle, which

is merely rolled over small portions at a time, the strength of the

female arm being sufficient to expel the seeds, without bruising them,

or in any way injuring the fibre. A common bow is then used in the

process of teasing this wool, and as spinning wheels are unknown in this

country, the thread is twisted by means of the ancient spindle, which

is the same now in use among the Indian hammauis and brinjarris ;

the spinning motion being given by a rapid pressure between the left

274 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

palm and naked thigh, whilst the right hand is carried high in the

air, for the operation of roving.

63. Where time is not of value, and where the labour of women is

held exceedingly cheap, the want of machinery is in a manner supplied

by these enduring and hard-working creatures ; and although the

utmost efforts of a female can but prepare the small quantity of three

or four pounds during the day, still the crop is all cleaned in due

season, and the manufacture of cloth, though coarse, is exceedingly

durable, and at present forms the great staple of exportation from

Shoa. At this present juncture when the Government are expend-

ing so much treasure to enable the East India merchant to compete

with the American in the British market, an extended experiment

of the qualities and properties of the Abyssinian cotton might be ad- —

vantageously made, and it is natural to be supposed, that the result

will prove satisfactory, when we consider the greater attention paid to

preparing and manuring the soil, the great assimilation of climate,

and the mode of gathering in and cleaning the crop at present practis-

ed in India.

64. The following is the description of the two cotton plants found

in Abyssinia, Gossypium Gondarense, seeds sprinkled with short

hairs, cotton white; capsules three-celled, three-valved ; flowers large,

yellow, leaves three-five lobed ; lobes commonly obtuse. ‘‘ Efatense,”

seeds completely covered with a close down; cotton white, capsules

three-celled, three-valved ; flowers, small with a red fundus. Leaves

three-five lobed. Lobes accuminated.

65. There are two prime sorts of wheat, the white called “ azazee,”

and the red ‘‘ zohoon goombar” (elephant tusk,) which is also the

denomination of a species common in Syria; the white is the more

prized of the two, possessing the ingredients of a finer flour, easier of

digestion, and from its color, being entirely used in the bread of the

more wealthy classes.

The red species, however, possesses an exceeding sweet flavor, is the

more hardy plant, and grows generally in situations where the white

wheat cannot thrive. A third, but inferior species, called ‘“ abolsee’ is

cultivated only by the poorer classes of people ; of barley also there exists

three kinds, but this grain, together with oats, is raised rather for the

use of the slaves and farm stock, than as food for the farmer, all other

1844. | Agricultural and Laud produce of Shoa. 275

grain being preferred to this, which when employed for family use, is

added in very minute quantities to a large proportion of some other

species.*

66. There is no perceptible difference between either the Abyssinian

or the various oi] plants, and those common in India; the gram is re-

served exclusively for the food of man, and used either parched or

ground into flour. The seed of the ‘ /oof’ or safflower, besides supply-

ing a fine clear oil, is also prepared for food, and being mixed with

the roasted pickles of gram and red wheat, and seasoned with salt,

forms the common subsistence called ‘ kolo,’ which is always taken by

the Amhara on his journeys and military expeditions. In the ab-

sence of all machinery, the oil is extracted in a very simple manner,

although the process is tedious and unprofitable, and of course attend-

ed with considerable bodily exertion. The seeds are in the first in-

stance slightly roasted over a slow fire, then pounded in a wooden

mortar, and afterwards ground into a pulp on the hand-mill. This

consistency is mixed with a modicum of water and boiled in an earth-

en pot, until the water be entirely absorbed in the operation. The

oil remains at the bottom of the vessel, and is refined by repeated

strainings through a series of cloths.

67. Tef bears much resemblance in its external appearance to rice,

and like that plant, delights in low moist hot situations. The color

and size of the stalk also, in all its forms and seasons, and the pecu-

liar aspect of the light waving ear further increases the deception ;

but the grain is. very minute indeed in size, oblong in shape, and pos-

sesses a pleasant sweet flavor, and as it is one of the most expensive

articles of food, it is seldom used individually in the preparation of

bread, but mixed with some cheap grain.

68. The juwarree, of which twelve sorts are distinguished, reaches

the enormous height of 15 and 18 feet, the head is gigantic, and often

weighs many pounds, and the natives are fond of chewing the green

stalk, the juice of which is agreeably sweet and refreshing. Some of the

varieties are used for food, whilst others, and more especially the

* Secale nostrate carent Habessini, panem ex isto factum quum olfacerit Grego-

rius verum tefum esse, et ipsissimum tefi odorem olere ajebat. Avenam satione

indignam censebat, et a suis sperni dicebat. Hordeum enim, vel gramina plicata,

equorum ibi pabulum est.—Sobi Ludolfi Hist. Atth. Lib. \, Ch. 3 and 4.

276 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

“‘ zungada” and the ‘‘kolye,” are employed solely in the manufac-

ture of beer. The expected produce during a good season, is calcu-

lated at eight hundred times the quantity of seed committed to the

ground, and a bad season produces half of the above enormous return ;

but the plant will not grow on the elevated plateaus, and is entirely

confined to the vallies below.

69. Beans are eaten raw in the green state, or stored up for use

during fast time. They are very inferior in size to the European ve-

getable, and are invariably of a dusky white color. The plants

themselves grow erect to about the height of two feet ; the flowers of

a white color have dark spots in the centre, and the pods grow up-

wards in bunches. Peas are used in the same manner as beans.

They are sown broad-cast on the field, and are suffered to creep tan-

gled over the surface, without any artificial support whatever.

79. Tobacco thrives well and Juxuriantly over all the country, and

is cultivated among the enclosures and gardens to a considerable extent,

notwithstanding the anathemas of the priests, who having falsely inter-

preted the words of Jesus Christ, “ That which cometh out of the mouth

of a man defileth him,” have interdicted the use of this narcotic, under

the penalty of exclusion from the churches. There is a considerable

demand, however, among the Moslem part of the population, who are

freely addicted to its use, and many of the Christians are even willing

to pay the penalty of inhaling the seductive leaf. The seed in Abys-

sinia is planted during the month of July, and the leaves are ripe

for plucking in December. Whilst yet in the green.and moist state,

they are pounded in a wooden mortar to a perfect paste, and af-

terwards worked up into small thin squares, like indigo cakes, which

are well dried in the sun, amongst a sprinkling of wood ashes ; but the

tobacco grown at Hurrur, and among the mountains of the I]to Galla,

is cured in the leaf with saltpetre, is of a bright yellow colour,

of a remarkably good flavor, resembling the finer sorts raised in

Arabia and Persia, and is a great article of import into Shoa. Cara-

vans continually arriving at Alio Amba, laden with this produce

from Humur and Churchur,

71. The leaves of the “ gromum,” a gigantic species of very coarse

low cabbage, which grows to the height of eight or ten feet, as well

as onions, chillies, and a kind of tasteless gourd, are used as articles

1844. ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 277

of sustenance during the long weary fastings which are strictly im-

posed on the Abyssinian subject, but are rarely on other occasions

produced as adjuncts to the dinner board. The seeds of the goomum

are thrown about the enclosure before the commencement of the rainy

season, and soon afford a supply of green food in the accumulation of

filth which encircles every hut, whilst the onions, chillies, and gourds

are invariably raised in the immediate vicinity of running streams.

72. The ‘‘chaat’ is a shrub very extensively cultivated in Shoa

and the adjacent countries, and is much used by all the inhabitants

as a substitute for tea, which it resembles in all its properties and

qualities. The affinity in the name with the Hindoostanee term used

for the China plant, is passing strange, though many words of the Am-

haric and Ethiopic, and more particularly the Galla language, seem to

possess a common origin. ‘This plant is said to have been originally

brought from the western mountains, the elevation of which agree with

that of the Chinese tea districts, being from five to eight thousand feet

above the level of the sea. The leaves are alone used, either chewed

plain, or boiled in milk or water, and sweetened with honey; the

qualities and properties are bitter and stimulative, like those of the

tea plant, and if used in excess, prevent sleep entirely during the

night. The shrub is cultivated in plantations, where the average heat

of the year may be about 60° in the shade; although the rays of the

sun are very powerful; it thrives best in a light gravelly soil, and

grows to the height of twelve feet from the ground. Planted during

the month of June, the leaves are plucked during the dry season, and

simply exposed on a skin, until well dried in the sun ; one pound

weight costing from one-penny to two-pence in the bazaar.

73. The diminished import of tea into England has introduced the

“ yerba mate’ from Brazil and Paraguay. The virtues of the “‘ chaat”

are equally to be appreciated ; the beverage produced from it by infu-

sion has a pleasant flavour, not unlike some of the eastern teas, and as

the plant is said to be indigenous in the countries watered by the

* Gochob,” it might be found convenient as a medium of exchange

for British manufactures. From the following description of the plant

it will be seen, that it is of the same family as that used by the lower

orders of the Chinese, and that the climate in which the one is

produced, is most suitable for the cultivation of the higher flavored,

278 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [ No. 148.

and more delicate species so prized for foreign exportation. “ Chaat,”

the Abyssinian tea plant, isa shrubby plant known already under

the appellation “ Celastrus eudules,” and belongs to Pentandria mono-

gynia, Linn. and to the natural family of ‘‘ Celastrinez,” or to that

sub-family ‘‘ Rhamnea” which have in the flower the stamens alternat-

ing with the petals. The family Rhamneae ; viz the genus Rhamnus,

itself supplies a substitute for tea to poor people in China, and is

known under the name of Rhamnus theozans. Our plant may be cha-

racterized as follows: frutex inermis, foliis oppositis, petiolatis oblon-

gis, servato dentatis glabris. Calys minimus, persistens. Petala, 5

Stamina 5, Petalis alternantia. Fructus superns, oblonga, bacca, 8 —

locularis, polyspermus vel abortive monospermus. Inflorescentia axil-

laris-cymosa, cymiredina stipulati. The plant supplying the Paraguay

tea is a species of Ilex, and belongs to the same family, Celastrinae,

sub order Aquifoliacee.

74. The Lime tree grows wild in the forests, and seems to form a

favorite morsel for the elephant. It is also cultivated in the gardens,

and used by the inhabitants for many culinary purposes, as well as in

the preparation of leather, and the cleaning of metals. <A species of

plantain, resembling in size the horse plantain of India, produces a

large description of luscious fruit in great abundance among the val-

lies, and from the wild species, a stout light cordage is manufactur-

ed from the exterior coarse fibres of the stem which rises to the height

of eight feet; but the inner fibres are of a very fine texture indeed,

and might be used with advantage in the fabrication of stuff for

clothing. The Abyssinian flax, however, is of a good quality, although

at present only cultivated on the face of the mountains for the sake of

the seed, which is large and well filled ; the stalk is very short, as no

importance whatever is attached to the growth of the plant for other

purposes than that of extracting the oil. In a moist spot, the reverse

would take place, and from the fine appearance of the seeds it may

be presumed, that a lengthy fibre could be very easily produced in the

country. Peaches do not attain any size in their present localities ;

and the vine is only to be met with in some of the gardens belonging

to the Abyssinian epicures. There are three kinds, a large red, a very

small currant, and a small yellow grape. But the fruit is harsh and

sour, it ripens in April, and as no care is taken of the plant in any of

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 279

the delicate operations which long experience has proved in all coun-

tries to be imperative, the result of the crop is one which might be

expected.

75. The grub, called tempash, is very destructive to the crops, eating

up the roots of the young plants before they have acquired strength

and consistency. Baboons exist in numerous colonies, and inflict in-

finite damage on the surrounding fields; troops of two and three

hundred descend upon the grain during the night, and leave but

a small remnant for the proprietor. Locusts temporarily wing their

flight to these elevated regions, and devour every green herb; and

a mildew called “ wramasioo,” blights the hopes of the husbandman,

when there happens to be a scarcity of rain. The Galla fly also,

which is as large as a bee, abounds ;—a great pest to the cattle, sting-

ing them to the effusion of much blood, and causing great pain and

bleeding from the puncture ; but considering the very indifferent instru-

ments used in the cultivation of the ground, the small advance made

in assisting the soil, and the drawbacks just mentioned, the return

given is one which could hardly be anticipated.

76. Indeed, the seasons of Abyssinia, as well as the system of culti-

vation, are truly anomalous. Two monsoons annually pour down

their copious floods upon the earth ; a plentiful exhalation of dew dis-

tils from the moist ground during the night for months after the sup-

_ply of water has been drained from the skies, and under this vivifying

influence, the plants shoot up with amazing luxuriance, refreshed

alike by the pure coolness of the morning breeze, and strengthened by

the strong heat of the mid-day sun. ‘Two harvests are yearly garnered

in by the provident husbandman from the fat land, without its utter

exhaustion and impoverishment. Whilst the ripe grain is being reaped

from one field, the seed is but just deposited in the next adjacent one ;

the cattle employed in ploughing up the fertile soil in one location,

whilst the muzzled oxen are trampling out its lately yielded treasures

in the next; and all the various processes of husbandry, from the

breaking up of the ground, to the winnowing of the grain, may be

Witnessed in one small locality simultaneously.

** Hic ver assiduum, atque alienis mensibus estas,”’

** Bis gravide pecudes, bis pomis utilis arbos.”’

77. Although the keeping bees may not, strictly speaking, come

280 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

within the range of agricultural pursuits, yet it appertains in general

to rural occupation, and in a country where vinous and spirituous li-

quors are not in use, much honey is expended in the fabrication of

hydromel, and forms a large item in the profits of the farmer. The

same customs prevail in ‘this country which have been generally prac-

tised since the days of Virgil ; the whimsical one of making a confused

clamour to induce the swarm to settle, and that of rubbing the inte-

rior of the hive with sweet-scented herbs to induce the bees to remain.

78. When the juwarree is ripe in November, long stout seeds cover-

ed with the leaves of the sweet smelling kuskus, mingled with the

bruised stocks of other savory herbs, are set in the fields near the ha-

bitations of the wild insect, and when the young swarms take their

flight from the parent nest, a loud shouting and noise is kept up until

a lodgment is made upon one of the lures. The swarm is then shak-

en into a hive, which is fashioned of long grass in the form of a cylin-

der, carried to the residency, and suspended from the eaves of the

house. | : er

———— ‘‘ Huc tu jussos asperge sapores, an hk.” mA 5

Trita melisphylla, et cerinthae ignobile gramen. a? ‘s

Tinnitusque cie, et Matris quate cymbala circum, ie

Ips consident medicatis sedibus.”” —

79. The hives are robbed of their treasures twice during the year,

once in June and again in November ; but the queen bee is invariably

in the first instance extracted from her dominions, and carefully secur-

ed in a reed, and after the remnant of the family has been expelled by

means of smoke and the honeycomb despoiled, the hives are plentifull _?

besmeared with sweet herbs, and the queen being restored to her

dwelling place, her liege subjects never fail on the following day to re- —

turn to their plundered homes.

60. Mead formed the nectar of the northern nations, and was —

celebrated in song by all their bards. It was the drink they expected ‘

to quaff in heaven, out of the skulls of their enemies, and was liber-

ally patronized upon earth. In Shoa, it is considered as much too sump-

tuous for the lip of the common people, and his majesty alone possesses

the right and privilege of preparing the highly-prized liquor. Unless —

brewed with the greatest care and attention, it has a sweet mawkish —

flavour, particularly disagreeable to the palate, and few strangers can, |

1844, ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 281

in the first instance, relish the composition ; but the great reeoommenda-

tion to the native is its power of intoxication, which does not seem

to be attended by those after-feelings of disgust concomitant on the

free use of other potent liquors, no Amhara of the upper classes

ever goes sober to bed, if the means of intoxication be placed within

his reach.

81. The branches of the ‘‘gesho” plant are dried, pounded, and

boiled with water, until a strong bitter decoction is produced, which

is thus placed in another vessel to cool. Equal quantities of honey

and water are then added, and fermentation takes place in three days.

Chillies and pepper are next thrown in, and the mixture is shut up

in earthen vessels, well closed with mud and cow-dung. The strength

increases with the age, and his majesty’s cellars are well stocked with

jars filled in the days of his father, Hoosun Suggud, thirty years ago,

which is little inferior in potency to brandy, and which furnishes the

materials for the nightly orgies in the royal palace. In northern

Abyssinia, the bitter ingredient is made from the root of the plant

“‘azade,” from whence is derived the name of the liquor ‘‘7ziddy.” It

is much more powerful than that made in Shoa, but is not used in

such disgusting quantities.

82. The “boussa,” or beer of the country, also possesses a slight

intoxicating quality, and being taken in enormous quantities, produces

in the end the desired effect. The leaves and branches of the

“gesho” are pounded and mixed with water, and the barley or juwa-

ree, being buried for a few days under-ground, until the grain begins

to sprout, is bruised and added to the bitter decoction. After fer-

mentation, which takes place in four days, the liquor is closed up in

_ earthen vessels, and is ready for use, according to the temperature of

the heat, in ten or fifteen days. The capacity of an Abyssinian to

swallow this sour, disagreeable mixture is truly wonderful. Gallons

are consumed every evening in every house, and serious rioting, and

often-times bloodshed, are the general result of the evening festivity.

e 83. The Abyssinian breed of horses would be considered in England

_ tirely kept for the saddle, the want of roads militating against the use of

somewhat undersized, and deficient in make and bone; they are en-

' waggons, and established custom forbids their employment in agricul-

tural purposes. With long shaggy coats from exposure to the seasons,

282 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

geldings are alone employed in journey or the foray; the mares

and stallions being kept at home exclusively for the sake of breeding.

The animals are hardy, enduring, and sure-footed, and from their ex-

cessive cheapness, might be exported with advantage to some of our

Eastern colonies. ‘Those reared among the Galla tribes are deserved-

ly considered the most superior, the reckless character of those wild

riders impelling the colts over the most difficult ground in their

youth, and thus during their education, imparting to the animal a

degree of boldness and confidence, which is not to be found among the

Amhara steeds.

84. The animal intended for the saddle, is castrated on reaching

his second year. The opening is made with a sharp knife, and after

the operation, actual cautery is freely applied to stop the effusion of

blood. Although the practice appears rough, yet very few horses are

lost from subsequent disease; and indeed from long use and expe-

rience the art of castration has made considerable advance as a

science in Abyssinia, every available animal being operated upon by

these amateurs, from the hapless Galla prisoner taken in the foray, to

the domestic fow] which creeps moping about the farm yard.

85. Horses are never shod, nor is any attention paid to cutting

or fashioning the hoof, which being exceedingly hard, for a time bids

defiance to all rocks and inequality of ground; but at the end of a

Jong expedition, many of the animals suffer considerably from the

want of the farrier. The bridle is particularly severe, and possesses

even greater power than the most potent Mahratta bit, long cheek

pieces being fixed to an indented bit, which is inserted into the mouth,

and secured round the lower jaw by means of an iron ring, which like

a tightened curb, acts to the complete restraint of the most violent

animal. The saddle is of the Tartar form and fashion, two light

boards connected by a high wooden pommel and cantel, leaving an open

space for the back bone, and all tightly sown together; a skin covers

the construction, and the stirrup irons are very minute indeed, as the

toe of the horseman is alone placed in rest during the exercise. |

86. The horse is considered a very inferior anima! to the mule,

whose soft, agreeable pace suits better with the general lazy habits of -

the Abyssinians, and whose patience and surety of step among the

steep rocky mountains are sufficiently appreciated ; the prices given

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 283

for a mule are consequently higher, and the care taken of the animal

proportionally greater. Whilst the horse is allowed to run in his

pasture ground during all the seasons of the year, and scantily sup-

plied with old straw, on the failure of the herbage, the mule is fed

upon barley and the best ‘ef’ fodder; is a continual inmate of the

master’s dwelling, sheltered from the cold bleak wind, and living on

most familiar terms with the other members of the family.

87. Horses and mules are afflicted with few diseases in these Alpine

regions; strangles called ‘‘ faroo,’ and worms in the ear called

«« dhadick,’”’ being the only local diseases to be feared. The former is

cured by fumigating the nostrils with dung, pea straw and the bark

of the “ kolynal,” (“ Euphorbia heptagona,”’) and the latter by the

application of oil and the fruit of the ‘‘ césso,” which is a most pow-

erful purgative medicine in general use among the natives for the

expulsion of the worms which their raw meat diet so freely engenders.

88. The common breed of cattle which cover the plains in great

droves, is chiefly of a black colour, with long thick horns, short stout

legs, and deep carcases, weighing probably from 250 (two hundred

and fifty) to 400 (four hundred) pounds. The “ sanza,” so justly

celebrated for his immense horns, is a native of the Galla countries

to the northward, and is rarely met with in Shoa, except as curio-

sities among the royal herds. I have occasionally seen them among

the ‘‘ Kureio Galla,” a monastic tribe dwelling in the plains to the

south-eastward of Efat. The horns are truly magnificent, stretching

up four feet in height, and spreading to a like distance in width be-

tween the tips. The animal is of a fine large breed, and has a wild

and noble appearance, carrying his well-defended head in a free posi-

tion, like the stag proud of his twelve tynes.

89. During the rains and spring season, the catile pick up a plenti-

ful support among the green hills and meadows; but the verdure

of Abyssinia is very fleeting ; during the dry season the grass becomes

completely withered up and destroyed, and many cattle die from the

lean herd from sheer lack of pasture, as the grass and straw from the

. winter fodder is scantily dealt out to the bullocks, and no shelter

whatever allowed them from the inclemencies of the weather.

90. The cows, however, are fed on cotton seed, barley, salt and grass,

as their milk is a great article of food, and the butter is a valuable

284 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

object of traffic. The cream is allowed to settle in an earthen pot,

and is stirred up with a stick split at the end into several points, to

which a quick rotatory motion is given, between the palms of the

hands, and the butter-milk being strained through a cloth, tied over

the neck of the vessel, the particles of butter are collected and packed

up in a gourd. Being prepared with no attention to cleanliness,

soon acquires a rancid smell, which, according to the taste of the

inhabitants greatly enhances its value. Besides being used in their

culinary purposes, they employ it as pomatum for the hair, and without

a plentiful supply of the glistening grease upon their heads, they con-

sider that there is something particularly deficient in their personal

appearance and external decorations.

91. The cattle disease is called “‘ abba sanga,” the legs swell, the

appetite entirely fails, and becoming thinner and thinner, the animal

dies. This disease is either infectious or epidemic, and no remedy has

been discovered to cure it; but the Amhara soon recruits his droves —

at the expense of his Galla neighbour. The last military expedition

procured an addition of twelve thousand beeves to his majesty’s

wealth in kine, and a proportional benefit also accrued to his robbes

subjects. | #

92. There is some slight attention paid to the comfort of the sheep,

which also exist in numerous flocks throughout the country ; they are of 3

a small size, without the ponderous tail of fat, and in general are of

a black and white colour. In the dry season, they are during the night _

enclosed in an open pen, but during the prevalence of the rainy wea-—

ther, they are admitted to the shelter of a roof; for although the hoar

frost nightly covers the surface of the land during the months of

October, November and December, yet ice is seldom seen. There is

plenty of food upon the ground, and the cold does not seem to be so

injurious to the flock, as exposure to a continuation of rainy weather.

The pregnant ewes are always kept in the house until eight days after

the lamb is produced, when they are again permitted to join be

flock. mo,

93. The Abyssinian sheep is found in all parts of the country ; the

ewes are very prolific indeed, lambing twice a year, and having often

two or more lambs at a time; and a tolerable supply of grass and |

salt is stored up for their sustenance, during the season of drought. |

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 285

The flock is regularly washed in a river once a week for two months

previous to shearing, an operation which is performed twice during

the year, in June and November, and whilst in this state of prepar-

ation, the sheep are kept in a cleanly littered pen. The wool varies

considerably in texture, that of some being very coarse, whilst that of

others is extremely fine. No care, however, is taken of the quality,

but nature is left in this respect, as in all others in this country, to

take her own course. The animals are much afflicted with an in-

‘curable disease called “‘koakoot,” which particularly in the dry sea-

son carries off large numbers. The throat swells to an enormous size,

and becoming filled with water, the victim expires in a few hours.

94. The long-haired sheep, called ‘“‘daala lovisa,” inhabits the

high cold countries of Maus, Lako, and the Wolle Galla. The hair .

is so lengthy, that it reaches the ground on every side, and gives the

animal the form and appearance of a large baboon. It is carefully

‘kept in a clean pen, and frequently washed. As the value of this

animal is comparatively high, in the event of confinement produc-

ing great corpulence one of the legs is broken to reduce the gross-

ness of habit, which is supposed to injure the hair; this coat is of a

‘reddish hue, but afterwards blackened in an artificial manner,

and from it the handsome cloaks are fabricated, which are worn by

the more wealthy inhabitants of Shoa. Other breeds also of superior

ize and fleece exist among the Galla tribes, which are highly esteem-

dat the royal table; but the Abyssinian is not fond of altering

“the faith or the custom of his forefathers, and the necessity for any

improvement in the present small scraggy flock, has not as yet enter-

ed the current of his ideas.

95. Goats are considered a very inferior farm stock to sheep; they

are subjected to more diseases, and the flesh is supposed (by many of

the inhabitants,) to possess the most baneful properties, in proudcing in

the human frame the venereal disease. The hides, however, are held in

esteem, and the milk is reckoned of utility as an internal remedy during

- the prevalence of small-pox ; whilst at the same time, the eyes of the

sufferer are constantly washed and fomented by a warm application.

Atall other times it is reckoned highly disgraceful to touch the milk of

either goats or ewes, or abstract the food from the young animal.

The prepared goat skin is soft and pliable, and impervious to water, it

286 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148,

is used for the conveyance of all articles, and its peculiar softness may

be attributed to the astringent qualities of the plant ‘‘ keemit,” with

which it is tanned.

96. On account of the steepness and ruggedness of the ground, the

patient ass is chiefly employed in carrying burdens, which are invari-

ably packed up in skins, and roughly tied with thongs on the bare

back, producing sores and ulcers during the very first stage. The ass

is small, hardy, and very frequently of a piebald color. His lot is

the same here as in more favored spots of the globe, having to perform —

the greatest quantum of labour on the least supply of food possible, _

and the animal must remain in bondage and dreary work among the

mountains, until Amhara courage be sufficiently pitched to attempt

the subjection of the elephant, whose strength and docility would

point him out to any butsuch a race, as the animal of burden, reared .

by nature in these parts for the express purpose of transport. The re-

mainder of the farm stock consists of a few fowls, which are allowed to *

nestle in the interior of the domicile. Although guinea fowls run

wild in every copse, no attempt has ever been made to domesticate this

useful breed, and pigs and ducks being held impure by these Jew-

Christians, are nowhere to be seen in their reclaimed state. f

97. The hay is cut with a sickle in October, before the grass be-

comes withered, and after being well dried is heaped in stacks on 4

the fields; but although clover, trefoil, and many other nutritious |

grasses grown wild in many situations, and the natives are rally

aware of their nourishing qualities, and confess that it would be most —

desirable to obtain a permanent supply, yet the coarse meadow grass hi

is allowed to remain in the state, in which nature originally covered —

the field, affording another striking proof of the slowness with which —

uncivilized man admits of any improvement when contrary to ancient —

habit and custom.

98. There is little known or attended to in fattening of cattle for

slaughter ; those intended for the royal table alone have a portion of

salt mixed with their fodder, as also the large breed of Galla sheep

kept for the like purpose are for a short time fed on roasted barley ; but

otherwise, the meanness of the national character is fully displayed in

choosing the leanest of the herd for consumption, and the craving of

the savage is satisfied by the quantity of raw flesh without any refer-

1844. Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 287

ence to the qualities of the meat, which, however, may be mainly de-

veloped in the different methods of civilized preparations.

99. The following table contains the names of plants and trees

which flourish wild in the forests and meadows, but which are gradu-

ally disappearing before the axe of the wood-cutter, and the plough of

the undiscerning farmer. The endote, the cope, the edible fruits and

savoury herbs which now grow unreclaimed in the waste, might,

by cultivation, be increased in value and specific quality, and many in

their improved state, would serve as a pleasant addition to the Abyssi-

nian diet. But in the absence of precept and example, prejudice and

disinclination to alter the customs of his ancestors deters the native

from progressing in the arts of civil life, and his social state of existence

appears even to have retrograded from ancient times, and more especi-

ally in the habit, or necessity, which first induced the use of raw meat as

the grand aliment of life. On this point he is truly patriotic, and enter-

tains the most sovereign contempt towards all those who reject uncooked

animal food. It is, however, remarkable, how little mankind in gene-

ralare agreed in the matter of food ; for the very Abyssinian devourer

of raw flesh would allow the quivering morsel to drop in horror from

his lips at the sight of a roasted duck, or a well-cooked piece of pork.

100. Table of useful wild plants :—

Amharic. Generic.

mere t.0) pou) os /)-Purgative, -» «+» Hygenia Abyssinica.

Endote, .. .. .. Usedassoap, .. .. Glinno, Nov. Spec.

Wanzey, 26h) ee dtruitedible; x2 -» Cordia Abyssinica.

meron, CAviean ti.'n ss. Ditto ditto,, »).. -- Rubrus pinnatus.

Roshim, -- «+ Dittoditto, .. .. Flacourtia Shoa.

Ajam, .. .. .. Dittoditto, .. .. Corissa Shoa.

Lozi, Paw) °. cDiptotdittioy 4% ey

Pee weiss .. Purgative, -- «+ Rhammus Shoa.

Cuscusso, ... °* Sweet herb, >

Ensete, .. .. «. Plantain, -- «+ Musa paradisiaca.

Tete, ca oa .. Timber tree, .. .. Juniperus excelsa.

aC e:«Ctéi‘ t;:*SCe #CDd ito ditto, «=.. ... Taseus elongata.

Sais) 5.02), ee Ditto ditto; 6.0

ee .. 6 Clover, Yn ly Phynie.

a eres a ee te oe te PeLONTY

288 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

101. There are few edible sorts to be found wild among the fields ;

and as in other countries possessing a moist and cold climate, the scanty

forests produce no abundance of spontaneous fruits. A variety of grasses,

however, and many of a superior quality, vegetate on the meadow

land. The root of the ensete is held in high esteem among the neigh-

bouring countries, and more especially in Garague, being scraped and

preserved in large quantities in excavations under ground; the bread

made from this substance is said to be very sweet and nourishing*

The bramble berry, the corinda, and a species of the pear flourish on

the eastern face of the mountains; but the remaining varieties of wild

fruit may be considered, in their present state, more properly the food

of the monkey and other denizens of the wilderness, being insipid and

unfit for the sustenance of man. Clover and trefoil, balm and mint,

Juxuriate wild in all the meadows.

102. The houses are larger than savages in general take the trouble

to build, but the low and damp condition of the floor, appears re- .

markable in a country so liable to cold and rheumatism as the upper

parts of Shoa. Instead of their being raised above the level of the sur-

rounding surface, the rocks are invariably scooped away, and the descent

of a foot from the outside, leads into the interior of the hovel. The

house of the husbandman is composed of wattle and dab, and covered

by a grass thatch. It is always fashioned in a circular form, having

a closed verandah of from four to eight feet all round ; there are four

apertures into this from the inside; two which lead out of the house,

and two into the dark alcoves which are used as dormitories by the

heads of the family. The slaves and inferiors repose in a heap on the

floor of the inside apartment, where the fire and the few requisite

utensils for kitchen and farm purposes, together with the mule and

the hens and chickens, form a very lively group. There is no chim-

ney, and the household furniture must be described negatively ; no bed,

no table, no chair; these the Abyssinian does not reckon among the —

necessaries of life, as he can make the earth serve him for all three; |

*Sed non sine admiratione dicenda est arbor Ensete, Indicae ficui similis duarum |

oryziarum crassitie. Nam truncata enumeris tot vicibus sponte renascitur: que omnes |

inessunt ut arbor hic alium fructum proferre opus non habeat: tota enim prodere |

est. Nam consisa abcocta viliorum hominum famem sedat, qui ut folia conclusa cum |

farina depsunt, ac pullis inserere dant: —Sobi Ludolfe Hist Aetheop.

1844. | Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 289

and altogether, the inhabitant of countries where wholesome air and

freedom from vermin are ranked a mong conveniences, must object

highly to the want of either, under the roof of the Shoan farmer.

103. There is a dreary look of desertion also in the external ap-

pearance of all the lone farm-steadings which are scattered over the

country, and the absence of all tidiness and comfort in the arrange-

ment of the yards, as well in the interior of the houses further en-

hances the picture of desolation. The cattle, the farm stock, and the

inhabitants, all reside under the shelter of one roof, not particularly to

the comfort or cleanliness of any party. The unseemly dunghill,

which in other countries is carried far away to improve the soil and

the means of the proprietor, is here suffered to accumulate and rot

adjoining the entrance to the dwelling, poisoning the atmosphere

with its baneful exhalations, until carried by the descending torrents

a few yards from the door, to feed the rank weeds which batten in

the filth. There is no attempt at the small trim garden or the

neat rustic porch; but bare mud walls and slovenly thatch rise from

the midst of a straggling wattle stockade, which completely surround-

ing the premises, is intended to preserve the inmates from the night

attacks of the prowling hyena, but which imparts an idea of utter

confinement and misery. There are few trees to break the monotony

of this rural scene; no busy hum of glad labour ; and the want of bus-

tle and noise among the elders, and the sounds of merry games and

amusements among the children, appears to the European visitor,

strange, savage, and unnatural.

104. Rough-clad and devoid of every finer art and elegance of life,

the original proprietor of the sheep still wears but the raw skin of the

animal, which is shifted over the shoulders according to the vicis-

situdes of the weather ; a pair of coarse cotton trowsers, barely reach-

ing to the knees, and a scanty cotton waistcloth summing up the

remaining articles of the wardrobe ; which, however, is perfectly suffi-

eient for the purpose required as the dearly-beloved coat of rancid

fat seems to form a most effectual preventive against the extremes

of either heat or cold. If but a small portion of this grease, which

is so plentifully besmeared over their Christian persons, was more

usefully employed in the fabrication of candles, the long, idle even-

ings might be passed in a more pleasant and profitable manner,

290 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [ No. 148.

than in the swilling of beer, like hogs, and in those brawling conten-

tions which at present stigmatize their nocturnal meetings.

105. All sleep stark naked, stretched upon bullock hides, and hud-

dled close together for mutual warmth, covered with coarse black

cumlies; and as the use of the candle is but imperfectly known, and

the use of oil a royal prerogative, when not carousing at a neighbour’s

house, they hurry soon to repose, and start with the first call of the

cock to lounge idly about the premises. Their fear of wild beasts and

evil spirits in some measure tends to restrain individuals after night-

fall within their own walls. They will on no account touch food in a

dark hut, and unless a fire be lighted, refrain for hours from satisfying

their hunger, under the strange superstition, that the devil would

otherwise enter in the dark, and that there would be no blessing upon

the meal.

106. It is the province of the men to plough, sow, and reap, split the

wood, and cut the grass; whilst to the women, all the other heavy

work is accorded:— making butter and bread, fetching wood, water,

and grass, spinning, pounding, and grinding. When released from

his immediate avocations the peasant lounges about the village, sits

in conversation at a neighbour’s house, and amuses himself with a game

called ‘‘ gebeta ;” and at other times, attends the markets, which are

held weekly in various parts of the kingdom, the funeral feasts, and

the groupes which assemble in the public square to narrate scandalous

stories.

107. He is obliged to follow to the field his immediate governor in

all Military expeditions, under a forfeit of eight pieces of salt (20d.)

which is strictly enforced. Leave of absence is, however, sometimes ob-

tainable by means of a small bribe in cloth or honey; but unless un-

avoidably detained, the peasant is at all times ready and willing for

the foray, although obliged to furnish arms, conveyance and provision?

without payment whatever from the State; yet there always exists the

chance of being able to capture a slave or a flock of sheep, of obtaining

honour in the sight of the king, or of satisfying his brutal, inherent,

lust for blood of the heathen Galla.

108. The usual food of the Amhara farmer consists of sour bread

made from tef, barley, and wheat, and eaten with a strong decoction

of onions, pepper and salt ; milk, eggs and butter are much in use, but |

1844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 291

meat is seldom provided for family use, though constantly to be had

gratis at the “ ‘¢escars,’ or public funeral feasts, where cattle are

slaughtered and devoured in honour of the deceased, and where any

one who choose may be a partaker.

109. There is but little relaxation or amusement for the Abyssini-

an peasant. ‘ Seed cake,’ and “twice a week roast” form no joyous burden

to his song, and as yet no discerning poet has addressed himself to the

feelings to render more fortunate the lot of the husbandman. Instead

of holiday and feasting, saints’ days and fasting are the high festivals

in Christian Shoa, half the year being strictly reserved for utter

idleness, and sternly marked by an exclusion of all meat diet under

the fearful penalty of excommunication. Eggs and butter are especially

forbidden, and also milk, which is called the “‘cow’s son.” There is

nothing whatever eaten on these numerous occasions between sun-

rise and sun-set; and even at the appointed time a scanty mess of

boiled wheat, dried peas, or the leaves of the cow cabbage, with a

little vegetable oil, is alone permitted by the bigotted priesthood.

110. Besides Wednesdays and Fridays throughout the year,

which are observed as holydays, the fast of the Apostles continues

eighteen days, that of the Holy Virgin sixteen, Christmas seven,

Nineveh four, and the fast of Lent fifty-six; during which, working-

men are strictly prohibited from all employment, and are obliged to

live like anchorites, (to the great diminution of their bodily strength,)

if they desire their souls to be saved from eternal damnation. En-

couraged and tolerated by the king, there is no system so baneful as

that of devoting so many precious and full days of the year to idleness

and vice, and none forming a more fatal obstacle to the amelio-

ration of the people. When such an awful waste of time is sanctified

by the name of religion, how deeply laid must be the foundation of

mental indolence! One-half of the year devoted to listless idleness,

is indeed an enormous source of evil. The last generation has not

added one particle of knowledge to the ignorance of the former ; the

same gross superstitions exist, the same prejudices against introducing

any improvement or novelty, the same eternal reference to ancestral

custom; and thus the Abyssinian peasants live and die without

adding one jot to their small portion of wealth, or one item to their

narrow stock of knowledge.

292 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

111. But although not that earthly paradise which Jesuitical fancy

had pourtrayed the country to be, and although the majestic palaces, the

pillars of porphyry and the Corinthian domes exist only in the imagi-

nation, yet still Abyssinia possesses the fresh vegetation of a northern

climate, the vivifying ardor of a tropical sun, and the cloudless azure

of a southern sky. The palaces and fanes, the gardens and gushing

fountains have departed with Prester John and his glories, yet there

still remains a fertile country, with most amazing capabilities, a

healthful climate, and a race of beings who, having stopped at the satis.

fying point ‘‘ of barren bare necessity,” are at least less sensible to that

desire for filching so peculiarly evinced by the inhabitants of rich and

luxurious cities; and though poor as to the state of the country and

arts, the inhabitants remain uncivilized without experiencing much

comfort even in their highest enjoyment, and possessing no antidote for

sorrow in their debased condition; still the contrast between their

existence under an absolute and complete despotism is striking, when

compared with that of their neighbours, the Adaiel, who pride them-

selves on being the free citizens of independent tribes. The Abyssinians

are, comparatively speaking, numerous, powerful, and somewhat ad-

vanced in the arts and improvements of life; whilst the others are

barbarous, idle, improvident, and licentious ; and bad therefore as ab-

solute power is in itself, there appears something salutary in any do-

minion over uncivilized minds, which tends so considerably to the

ultimate improvement of the savage.

112. But it cannot be expected that Abyssinia should, for a

length of time, take rank among those countries which are peculiarly

happy, wealthy or abundant, as all the prevailing customs and prac-

tices are at utter variance with the laws for the production, consump-

tion and distribution of wealth. A heavy taxation is enforced on

the produce of the field; monastic and clerical establishments are

fostered to the ruin of the people; the venal judges are paid by fees

on the causes which they decide ; and popular superstition and impos-

ture have the royal sanction for abuse; whilst, on the other, not

a vestige of aught that might be useful is ever taken into considera-

tion. Here are no roads constructed for the conveyance of produce

and traffic ; no schools founded for the benefit of the rising generation ;

and fear and prejudice alike prevent the inhabitants from travelling

1844. ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 293

to foreign countries to enlighten their ignorant minds by modern in-

vention, or to improve their benighted country by a transfer of modern

art and science.

APPENDIX, No. 1.

Table of prices for farm produce and farm stock in the kingdom

of Shoa :—

Quantity. Names of Articles. Price.

sOWbas! ~... ai -- Wheat, .. 24d. Sterling.

mea Tae. - -- Barley, .- 24d. ditto.

60 Ibs. bs - .. Oats,

a0ilbs. 9)... a welts ek:

-- Qhd. ditto.

.. 2dd. ditto.

4D Whar): 3 « Juwarree,.. oe .. 24d. ditto.

30 lbs... or ace MG h\g's ie .. 2dd. ditto.

BO Missi st). ded -. Peas, -. 2d. ditto.

oJ Ibs. #9) 1). ee. Beans, .. oe -- 23d. ditto.

1 lb. at “- Coffee, .. oe -- 24d. ditto.

1 Ib. is ie o's Cobtoniyrrun2 oe .. 24d. ditto.

1 Ib. ae oe sie Cone yy) 9) ons -- 2dd. ditto.

1 Ib. we Tobacco, .. eo .- 2dd. ditto.

pO iblope: ix (0 Mustard, .. .- 24d. ditto.

1 Ib. ° - Coriander, .. 24d. ditto.

5 Ibs. Linseed, .. .- 22d. ditto.

10 Ibs. -- Safflower,.. -- 24d. ditto.

Oo o. ee Red Pepper, .. 2id. ditto.

1 Ib. ° oe Onions, -- dd. ditto.

10 stalks. .. . Sugar-cane, -. 23d. ditto.

20 -- Plantains,.. .. 24d. ditto.

4 we » Citrons, .. -. 24d. ditto.

200 ° - Limes, -. 24d. ditto.

4 lbs. Milley cr) 4 -. 23d. ditto.

1 Ib. os enButtery: wis -. 24d. ditto.

1 Ib. “3 -- Ghee, is -- 23d. ditto.

1 sa we -- Bullock Hide, ... Z4d. ditto.

1 ‘ Goat or Sheep Skin, -- 13d. ditto.

294 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

Slaves and Farm Stock.

1 Male Slave, 5 a M, -. 34 to 64 Shillings.

1 Female Slave, ik he a -- 48 to 100 ditto.

1 Mule, oo Le, ee is -. 20 to 60 ditto.

i Horse, ne ys re . -- 4to 40° ditto.

I Ags; 3% : a. ee ay -- 4to 8 ditto.

Ow. ab a a as -°4 toh?) ditto;

1 Cow, ok 3H ia ut 2) Suto nb Qeddtto:

i Sheep, is os Se oa .. od. to 1 ditto.

1 Goat, by xv bu aan -- 6d. to Is. 6d.

10 Fowls, oe a _ -. 2s.to 2s. Sterg.

1 Set of Agricultural Implements, he va Dsl:

APPENDIX, No. 2.

Extract on the Agriculture of Abyssinia, translated from the works of

Ludolf, Hist. Aetheop.

The fertility of the soil in Abyssinia is remarkable, for wherever the

ground is fit for culture, it brings forth all manner of fruits. The

summer of so long duration being exceedingly conducive to vegetation,

sowing and reaping are performed together in one spot, and two, and

even three harvests are reaped during the year. The Abyssinians have

grain and leguminous plants, not only such as are known with us, but

others, such as tef, very useful in making bread, which is unknown in

Germany. The seed is very minute, even smaller than that of the

poppy, but oblong. They do not seem to possess our corn, for when

Gregorius first smelt the bread made from it, he said “ this is real tef,

and has the like flavour.” He thought oats unworthy of cultivation, and

said, “it is like darnel, despised by my countrymen,” for there barley

and grass form the food of the horses. ‘The Abyssinians do not sow for

the express food of the domestic animals ; as in all the more temperate

situations grass is very abundant, on account of the perpetual warmth,

and the continual moisture running under ground from the mountains.

The solid rock does not absorb the rain water, which sinking under their

fertile soi] wonderfully refreshes the plants ; on the contrary, when the

moisture subsides into a rock full of holes, the hills remain sterile.

The meadows are evergreen and redolent of flowers ; there is plenty

of food for the bees, and for this reason an abundance of honey. With

1844. ] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. 295

such a plentiful supply of fruits, they neither spare nor keep aught for

the following year, probably because they are confident in the fertility

of their soil, or because, as yet they have no sheds for its protection.

Nor are they in the habit of bringing in their hay, although this

is highly necessary on many occasions on account of the locusts, for

that pest eating up fodder and seed, destroys men and beasts with

hunger. Herbs of every kind grow there ; not only the sweet smelling

and medicinal ones of Europe, but others besides of remarkable pro-

perties peculiar to the country. Amadangda, as Tully says, heals broken

or dislocated bones, the contrary of the ossifraga of Norway, which

breaks the bones of the cattle treading upon it. But all curiosities in

the shape of plants are naught when compared to the assaffzoe, which

is so efficacious against snake poison, that the most noxious serpents

touched with this herb are set at rest, and lay as though they were

dead, and even more than this, the shade of the plants stupifies vipers,

so that you are able to lift them without harm from the ground;

and whoever has eaten of the root of this herb, can walk without fear

among hydras, and will for many years be secured from their bites.

The Abyssinians are well acquainted with the saffron; grains of it

were shewn to us by Gregorius as a curiosity. He said, the expressed

oil was useful in hypochondria and obstructions of the milk. They-have

no hops, but brew beer without this addition. The vines and grapes

are excellent, although they make no wine, partly because the grapes

ripen in summer when fermentation is hastened by the intense heat,

and the must is destroyed. They have plenty of sugar, but no pepper,

ginger or other aromatic herbs. Plantains grow there, and I strongly

suppose this tree to be the madragora of Reuben. Another tree is

mentioned by N. Godynius, which is very useful against intestinal

worms, for these abound from the habit of eating raw meat; but

the Abyssinians purge the belly with the fruit of this tree every month,

and in that way destroy the worms.

APPENDIX No. 3.

List of plants used as medicines in Abyssinia :—

Names of Plants. Diseases.

Ashkak Goomun, .. .. Epilepsy.

Weynagooft,. . BY, .. Ringworm.

Kurrut, ds er -- Procuring abortion.

296 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

Hoolgub,_ .. ¥ -. Sore throats.

Tulfinehy, / 2" i .+ 'Styptie:

Baskimmes, .. 2. .. Purgative.

Toolt, e, ol .- Procuring abortion.

Yih vuglat, .. x .. Fever.

Deet, dt at -» Fomentation.

Darakoos, .. i -. Fever.

Indehalaloo,.. a -- Diseased lungs.

Ekoolkussy, . . a -- Boils.

Luluffee, .. aid -- Ulcers.

Esadefteru, .. A, -» Cracked skin.

Cosha shella,

Teeoor tullinch; \ Rheumatism.

Ahia endote, .- Venereal.

Yemendy roomboy,

weanie. er t Venereal.

Khut khulla, a

Chitiy sc byewne, \ Ringworm,

Serabuzzoo, . }

ews dian Sh cgrtiedioS ADDER

Te \ Epilepsy.

Kuklunggemaro,

Toolulut,

Chickogole, .. t Fever.

Misreth,

Kunchul,

Kolkqual, i Venereal.

Amararul, ..

Tuccazzee, .. \ HaneGe:

Issagoe, Ly dé .. Serpent Bite.

Ahmadmadoo, ae .. Sores.

Tucksoe, .. Ee

Kuffericho, .. \ Eovet;

Yehzemmerkoos, )

Chifferey, f Aphrodisiacs.

Dague, oP ee

Fula Fedi, .. .% .. Cattle Medicine.

Cosso, ae Zh .. Purgative.

Report on the Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore, by Major FP.

Macxeson, C. B., B. N. L£. Officiating Superintendent Bhutty

Territory. Communicated by the Government of India.

From Major F. Macxeson, C. B. Officiating Superintendent Bhutty

Territory, to R. N. C. Hamiuton, Esq. late Agent to the Gover-

nor General, on special Mission to Seersa and Bahawulpore.

Str,—I have the honor to submit a map of the route surveyed by

aibotae, me from Seersa to Bahawulpore, with an abstract

Submits survey of statement of the different stages. From an impres-

road through the de- 1p ‘

sert, with list of sion that your mission would be accompanied by a

yon Surveyor, I took no measures to provide myself

with instruments for taking observations for latitude and longitude,

the survey has therefore been Jaid down from bearings with a survey-

ing compass, on distances measured by a perambulator, but no care has

been spared on my part to make it as correct as the instruments at my

command would admit of.

2. In submitting this survey I beg to offer a few remarks; first, on

the general features of the country traversed; secondly, on the nature

and capabilities of the road that has been opened, and on the effect

its opening is calculated to have on different channels of commerce.

3. The tract of country traversed from Seersa to Bahawulpore,

General feature of the Measures in extent, from east by north to west by

country—its Inhabitants south, two hundred and twenty-seven miles. The

one first forty-three miles are through British territo-

ry, the next eighty-seven miles are through the N. E. portion of

the Hindoo state of Bikaneer, and the last ninety-seven miles are

through the Mussulman principality of Bahawulpore. This tract is not,

as has been thought, a desert of deep sand: the heavy sand bears no

proportion to the hard soil. From Seersa to Bhatner, though void of

large trees, the country near the road is covered with underwood of

jhand, karil and ban: beyond Bhatner, the stunted underwood is

partial, while bare shifting sand hills on a substrata of hard soil are the

common feature. The population is scanty. In the British territory

the inhabitants met with, are Bhattis, (Mussulmans,) and Bagri Jats,

298% Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. [ No. 148.

(Hindoos). In Bikanir, the zemindars are Mussulmans from the Nai,

and Bagris from Bagar-des. In Bahawulpore, the prevailing caste is

Mussulman. The small towns on the road are inhabited by Hindoo

' merchants. The chief places are Raneeah in the British territory, a

Thana and tahseil station, Bhatner and Sooratgurh in Bikanir, and

Maroth in Bahawulpore. Sooratgurh and Maroth are the marts to

which the scattered inhabitants of the desert resort to dispose of their

produce, chiefly ghee, and to purchase in return the necessaries of life.

The principal food of the inhabitants of the desert is bajra.

4. Between Seersa and Sooratgurh, the country bears traces of hav-

Tract fo Gere, tas "omce been well inhabited. At no very distant

to Sooratgurh des- period, the waters of the Guggur river reached as far

cribed—lIts capabili-

ties and prospects of as Souratgurh, and old wells are numerous as far

TBR west as Bhatner. A large belt of-meadow land, four

miles in breadth, extends from Seersa to Sooratgurh, which when flood-

ed by the Guggur, is capable of producing crops of wheat, barley, gram

and oats, and after the rainy season, rich crops of rice; while the Rohi

or high lands, north and south of it, yield excellent crops of bajra, moot

and til. The progress of improvement in this district has been much

retarded since it came under British sway, by the unjust system that

has prevailed in the Putteala and Kaithat states, of bunding the upper

course of the Guggur river, notwithstanding remonstrances from the

British authorities running through a twelve years’ correspondence.

Villages that enjoyed the benefit of the Guggur inundation when under

Patteala, have within the last six years, since their transfer to us, been

nearly ruined for the want of it; yet it is maintained that no new bunds

have been constructed. The above tract has, it is seen, great natural

advantages if not unjustly deprived of them, and only requires the intro-

duction of capital, and a more industrious race of cultivators to render it

exceedingly valuable. It has suffered much from the disorders following

the cessation of regular Government, and from the misrule of its late

masters, the predatory Bhattis, who lived by plundering their neigh-

bours. The Bhattis checked in their predatory habits by the strong

arm of the British Government, are now slowly, but gradually, being

displaced by the more industrious Seikh Jaths and Bagris, and they

must either bend to necessity, and become cultivators, or retire with

their herds of cattle further into the desert and across the Sutlej.

1844. ] Route from Seersa to Bahawutpore. 299

5. As regards the barren waste extending West from the Suratgurh

to Bahawulpore, the prospects of reclaiming it are

Tract from the Su- WK aes

ratgurh to Bahawul- not very promising ; not that it is altogether unpro-

pore described—lIts . : : oa) a

prospects of improve- ductive, for luxuriant crops of bajra, moot and til

Bree Pmnoe: are raised on the portions of light sandy soil that

occur here and there spread over a substrata of hard

clay, but these crops depending entirely on the monsoon, which is

uncertain, are subject to frequent failures, and the water to be found

in wells is at too great a depth, and too brackish in most places, to

be of use either for drinking or agricultural purposes. The measure

best calculated to change the face of a large portion of this coun-

try would be, the digging a canal from the river Sutlej near Roo-

pur, which should pass South of Bhatinda and Farid Koth, and fall

into the forsaken bed of an old river called the Slakro near Bhatner.

The line of country this canal would pass through is clear of all the rain

torrents from the Himalaya range, and the slope continues favorable to

within two marches of Bahawulpore, while the rich soil it would pass

through in its upper course, should amply repay the outlay.

6. There remains to be noticed one remarkable feature in the coun-

Remarkable feature try traversed to Bahawulpore, which is ‘the traces

in the country travers- Rte Bd Bi é

ed—The deserted bed that exist in it of the course of some former river:

ma dosmer Byes called snd as it is to the forsaken bed of this river that

we are indebted for the opening to us of a road through the desert, I

shall venture to give a more particular description of it than it would

otherwise deserve. On looking at a map of the desert, we find many

scattered hamlets and ponds and wells marked on it, which the people

dwelling north and south of the desert may have founded and dug

either for watering their cattle at graze, or for the convenience of inter-

communication and traffic; but in no part of the desert, save to the

road from Seersa to Eahawulpore, shall we observe a continuous line

of villages traversing its whole extent from E, by N. to W. by S.,

and their existence on this road must, I think, be attributed to the

facilities afforded for settling by the desert bed of the river before-

mentioned. All the villages and koths, or forts on the road, which

since Maroth, have been constructed within the last thirty years, stand

either in or close to this deserted channel, and for the reason that wells

dug in it are generally found to have sweet water, while the water

300 Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. [No. 148.

of wells dug at a distance from it either North or South, is usually

brackish.

7. The deserted bed of the river alluded to in the foregoing para-

Partighlse” deecHh graph is known as far East as Seersa by the name

tion of the channel of of Slakro Ban, and is pointed out by old inhabi-

the Slakro Ban. ah.

tants as distinct from the smaller channels in it,

confined within which, the Guggur river now flows. The distinction

continues to a few miles West of Raneea, whence to Sooratgurh the

whole breadth of Slakro is distinctly marked by numerous elevated

sites of villages on its banks, although the banks themselves now ap-

pear low and ill-defined. At Bannee, the Slakro is joined by the dry bed

of the War nali, and at. Manak, four miles east of Sooratgurh, by the dry

bed of the Chittang river, From Sooratgurh to Anopgurh its course

is well defined by strongly marked lines of high sand hills; those on the

south bank being more conspicuous and uninterrupted than those on

the north. After leaving Sooratgurh it bears but the one name of Slakro

Ban; the names of its feeders, the Guggur and Chittang, being un-

known. From Anopgurh to Chapao and Kalepahar, its banks and

course are less easily traced; its bed spreads considerably, and divides

into branches, exhibiting large expanses of flat hard soil entirely bare,

called by the natives of the country, Chitrang or Duhar, and which, after

the sun has risen high above the horizon, have the appearance of sheets of

water, displaying all the deceptive and varying images of the Mzrage.

The breadth to which the bed of the Slakro attains at this part of its

course is such as to favor the idea that it was a larger river than

the Sutlej, which it may have resembled in the lowness of its banks,

and in its winding and slow current; opposed to the conclusion of

its having ever been a permanent stream, is the fact of its principal

known feeders, the Guggur and Chittang, having been ascertained

to be merely rain streams, taking their sources from within the lower

range of the Himalaya. A glance at the map of the Upper Provinces

will, however, shew the numerous streams by which the whole country

between the Sutlej and the Jumna is drained off into the bed of

the Slakro, and it is possible that some of these streams formerly pos-

sessed a more permanent character, and that their sources may not yet

have been traced. Even if not permanent, the body of water accumulat-

ed in these streams in former years may have been sufficient to have

1844. | Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. 301

worked for itself a well-defined channel through the desert, the traces

of which still remain. Ages have elapsed since this river ceased to

flow, and I shall leave to those who care to prosecute the inquiry,

to establish the permanency or otherwise of its character, merely

observing here, that from excursions made north and south in the

desert to a distance of fifteen miles from the river bed, and a compari-

son of the face of the country met with, with that in the bed itself,

I traced to my entire satisfaction the deserted course of a large river

as far as the Kalipahar wells. From that point its course was report-

ed to me to continue on the same W. by S. direction, passing Delawur

and other forts in the desert, built on its channel; perhaps joining

in the end some forsaken bed of the ever-changing Indus, near where

that river empties itself in the ocean.

8. The road from Seersa to the wells at Kalipahar, within two

marches of Bahawulpore follows the dry bed of the

Description of the ; : Pa | ‘ ‘ ;

road from Seersato Slakro, conforming to its windings. Its direction is

ae ese West by South; it sometimes runs in the bed,

sometimes crosses it, and sometimes runs parallel with it on the right

or left bank, never deviating from one or the other of its banks more

than four miles. On a comparison with the average run of marches, it

is less heavy for wheel carriages than the road from Kurnaul to Fe-

rozepore, and it would continue good at all seasons. It runs through

an open country with little or no cultivation, and may be increased to

any breadth; camels may march by it fifty abreast on either side of a

column of troops.

9. The present supply of water from wells would suffice for the pas-

sage of a kafila of three hundred camels, and we

ee uply. of water. have only to increase the number of wells on the

road to admit of large bodies of troops moving by it; with the excep.

tion of the stage of Bila-chian the water is every where drinkable and

generally good.

10. There would be no difficulty as to supplies of all kinds on due

notice being given. Such as are not procurable

eet oie. a on the road, can be brought to any point on it in

two days or less from the Ghara river. Gram for

horses is not procurable beyond Raneeah, but barley and moot, or bajra

may be substituted. Forage for camels,.and grass for bullocks and

302 Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. [ No. 148.

horses, may be said to be plentiful throughout the march, unless in sea-

sons of unusual drought. The grass is of a kind that requires to be

cut with a sickle, and notice should be given to have it cut and stored,

if required for troops. Barley-bhoosa and moot-bhoosa are plentiful

as far as Anopgurh, but scarce beyond that stage.

11. Koss-minars are now being erected at every two miles, to shew

Sl lL the direction of the road by day: for troops march-

ry in marching troops ing at night, it would be well to take the precau-

by this road. : ‘ ; ,

tion of having fires lighted at intervals of four

miles, for the road once lost in the desert is not easily recovered. In

the march of troops, the strictest orders should be issued and enforced

to secure the few people inhabiting along the road from molestation,

and all persons employed as guides, for whom at first a great demand

will be made, should be liberally paid and encouraged by kind treat-

ment.

12. Whether viewed with reference to the march of troops, or to

Mirae nt ene the dispatch of military stores from the heart of

rect road from Delhi to our Upper Provinces at Delhi to Scindh, or toa

ree ee pectye direct line of dak from Delhi to Sukkur, the ad-

Naa Tere capone vantages of the new road are too obvious to re-

tes; quire to be dwelt on. The saving of time in march-

ing troops by this road instead of by Ferozepore would be ten days, to

say nothing of the vast expense which has hitherto attended the drag-

ging of fleets of boats up to Ferozepore from Bahawulpore and Sukkur

being avoided, The time saved in the conveyance of the dak would be up-

wards of three days. The advantages of the road as a channel of com-

merce will be separately noticed ; meanwhile I may observe, that if it be

an object with Government to make the road a thoroughfare, much still

requires to be done to improve its resources. A greater number of

wells must be dug than will barely suffice to supply the wants of tra-

vellers and kafilas, and encouragement must be held out to people to

settle near them. The practice hitherto in force with the zemindars on

the road, of exacting payment at discretion from travellers and Aafilas

for watering cattle at their wells, must be put a stop to. The zemin-

dars should receive an allowance on the duties levied from their own

Governments; for without remuneration they cannot be expected to

draw water from a great depth for other people’s cattle which they re-

1844. | Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. 303

quire for their own, while if their exactions continue, the road will not

be travelled by merchants.*

13. I have now to remark on the effect which the opening of the direct

The effect the open- .

ea ths cee road road from Delhi through Seersa to Bahawulpore

will have upon com- will have upon commerce. This effect can only

merce, and first on

the commerce between be fully developed when steam boats plying be-

Bombay, Delhi & Am-

ritsi¥, tween Bombay and the Mouth of the Indus, and

hence to Bhawulpore, shall have rendered the transport of European

manufactures and other articles of commerce by that channel both

safe and expeditious. We may then expect, from a comparison with

the various routes by which the products and manufactures of Europe

reach the great marts in the Upper Provinces and in the Punjaub,

that the route from Bombay to Bahawulpore by water, and thence by

land through Seersa to Delhi, will have the advantage over all others

in rapidity of communication and in other respects. . In point of safety,

it is nbw much to be preferred to the long land route traversed by

kafilas from Bombay via Pali to Bhiana and Amritsir, which is seldom

free from the apprehension of plunderers. The trade from Bombay

by the river route to Bahawulpore, and to the countries North-east of

that mart, has hitherto been trifling in amount, a circumstance that may

be accounted for by the unsettled state of the countries West of the

Indus, since that river was opened in 1832, and by the natural difficul-

ties of the upward navigation of the rivers with the unskilful en-

* Several kajfilas returning from Delhi within the last month, have gone from

Seersa round by Abohar, and along the left bank of the Sutlej to Bahawulpore, alleg-

ing as their reason for not taking the direct road through the desert, their fear of exactions

from zemindars for watering their cattle. The chief advantage of the desert road for

kafilas is its directness. The duty levied on it is 8 annas per camel more than by the

circuitous route on which the Bikanir territory is avoided. Add to this, that forage

though not scarce in the desert road, is more abundant in the circuitous road, as is wa-

ter ; and when we consider how little it requires in the shape of exaction or obstruction

to turn trade off its direct channel, it is obvious that the road through the desert must be

cleared from all obstacles of this nature before it can successfully contend with roads pos-

sessing greater natural advantages, even when all has been done forit, that can be done.

Part of the traffic from Afghanistan that would otherwise have come by it, may now

since our acquisition of territory at Asafwalla on the Ghara, cross to that place direct

from Multan by Pukputtan ; thus avoiding the duties to be paid in the Bahawulpore and

Bikanir states. At present, however, the duties between Multan and Pukputtan are

much heavier than they are between Multan and Seersa by Bahawulpore.

304 Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. [No. 148.

terprize of native merchants unused to the risks of water-carriage.

Early in 1836, a firm of our merchants established at Bahawulpore,

opened a commercial intercourse with Bombay by the river route ; but

meeting with some loss from the sinking of a cargo on the outset, they

for a time suspended their transactions. For the last three years, how-

ever, this firm has annually got up an investment of three boat-loads of

goods from Bombay, consisting of Europe long cloths, (suphedi,) bars

and sheets of iron, spices, cocoanuts, &c.; but they shew a great want of

enterprize in selecting for their voyage the season when the river is at

its lowest, where there is less risk, and they can load their boats heavi-

ly. The consequence is, that their voyage from Bombay to Bahawulpore

occupies seven months. They lose the advantage of being first in

the market, and much of their profit is eaten up by the wages of boat-

men. Goomsai Ram Seth of Luchmungurh, who has branch firms at

Seersa and at Bombay, has now sent for an experimental cargo from

Bombay, in order to prove in how short a time goods shipped at Bom-

bay, and brought up the river in boats lightly laden, and taking advan«

tage of the season of favorable winds, can be landed at Bahawulpore, and

conveyed thence to the markets at Bhiana and Delhi. Should the result

of his venture be favorable, his example will no doubt have many fol-

lowers, and we shall in course of time see this channel of commerce vie

with that from Calcutta to Delhi, and in a great measure supersede the

long and expensive land route from Bombay via Pali.

14. Of the traffic created between the marts of Bahawulpore and

Seersa by the opening of the new road, I have little

ely Onthe Gom- to say. In the outset, the Seersa merchants antici-

ehieuinees and pated a great demand for the groceries which they

bring from near Shamli, and export Westwards.

_ Their anticipations have not been realized. The consumption at

Bahawulpore itself is not very great, and that place is already well sup-

plied by the channel of the Sutlej, from Lodiana and the Jalindar Dooab;

and when our merchants would have sent on their investments to Suk-

kur where a demand for them existed, they discovered that the heavy

duties they would have to pay in clearing out of Bahawulpore, would

leave them little or no profit on the investments. To avoid these

ruinous duties, they are now put to the inconvenience of sending their

goods outside of Bahawulpore to the river side, and there keeping them

1844.] Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. 305

until they can hire a boat to take them on to Sukkur ; and yet in spite

of this drawback my impression is, that when bullock carts come to be

used instead of camels on the new road, it may successfully compete

with the river route in supplying Upper Scindh with the groceries and

drugs in demand there, which can be procured cheaper, and of better

quality from the eastward of Seersa, than from the neighbourhood of

Loodhiana and Jalindar. The Seersa merchants will also have the

advantage of bringing back a return cargo, thus making two profits

when the river-going trade only yields one. In addition to sugar,

molasses, cotton, and other groceries, the Seersa merchants should be

able to export to Bahawulpore the indigo grown about Hansi, which is

of superior quality to that now purchased by the Lohani merchants at

Bahawulpore and Shudabad for export to the western markets.

15. Another branch of trade that will be more immediately affected

BT On the Gon. by the opening of the new route, is that from Aff-

merce between Af- ghanistan to India carried on by the Lohanis. This

ghanistanand India. , i ea

is so well known, that a detailed account of it is not

requisite. The number of camels laden with merchandize that annu-

ally pass through Dera Ismael Khan towards India, led by these enter-

prizing traders, has been estimated at 7,000. Those who bring horses,

are compelled by the Sikh government to take the road to Lahore;

very few of them come by Multan and Bahawulpore. Those who bring

green and dried fruits, madder, assafcetida, and other merchandize, find

their way to our frontier from numerous directions, driven by exactions

into circuitous routes, and travelling any distance, and undergoing any

hardships, rather than pay duties. Besides the Lohani kajilas engaged

_ in this trade, there are kafilas belonging to Mooltan Affghans, amount-

ing to about 700 camels, that go annually to Candahar, and as far as

Lucknow and Cawnpore in our provinces. There are also merchants

at Bahawulpore and at Sawulghur in the desert, whose camels, 300 in

number, ply between Dera Ismael Khan, Jang Mani, Multan and our

provinces, making journies later in the season, and purchasing the goods

they import from the Lohanis. The reduction of the duties in the

Bahawulpore and Bikanir states, followed up by the removal of all dif-

ficulties in the supply of water to caravans, should have the effect of

concentrating in the new road a great part of the trade above des-

cribed ; and the Lohanis freed in a great measure from former exactions,

306 Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. [No. 148.

should be able considerably to increase the amount of their imports

and exports.

16. It has been suggested, that the opening of the direct road across

the desert, would enable the Lohanis to make two

With the reference | f ee

to the wants of Com- journies to India instead of one. The time saved

merce on the channels

above described, sug- affords no ground for such an expectation, nor

gests the establishment . . : , -

of a mart or annual fair is it possible in their present mode of travelling ;

onthe Ponder. for they can only cross the Suliman range with

their families previous to, or after, the heavy falls of snow, and they

must leave their families to spend the depth of winter in Damoun, that

is on this side the Passes; but if it has not effected what was imprac-

ticable, as a measure facilitating the access of the Lohanis to our

marts and the supply of their wants, the opening of a direct road, toge-

ther with the reduction of duties through two of the three foreign

states intervening between Affghanistan and India, must be admitted

to have effected much for commerce between those countries. Much

eventual benefit will I am persuaded also arise from this measure

to the trade between Bombay and the marts of Upper India and the

Punjab; and if I might be permitted to suggest a further measure

by which commerce by these two channels might be promoted, it

should be the revival of an old proposition for the establishment of

a mart or annual fair at a convenient position on the frontier, at which

the merchants from Affghanistan, from Hindoostan, and from Bombay,

might meet and exchange their goods free from the vexatious exactions

practised by native governments.

The inconvenience suffered by our merchants trading between

Seersa and Upper Scinde, from the want of an intermediate mart

at which they might store or dispose of their goods free of exorbitant

duties has been already noticed, and this inconvenience would be more

severely felt should the Bombay trade with Delhi and Amritsir follow

the new channel. As regards the effect of a mart or fair in the Lohani

trade, it may be remarked, that though generally the Lohanis are indif-

ferent to the distance they have to travel to supply their wants, there

are many of them, even now, who find it their interest to dispose of

their goods at marts nearer home, where they have to pay heavy duties,

and their wants are but indifferently supplied. Many of them who

cross the Suliman range with the last hajila of the season, may wish to

1844. ] Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. 307

return with the first, and will dispose of their goods at Deera Ismael

Khan, at Multan and at Bahawulpore, as has been observed, to the mer-

chants of those places, rather than undertake a long march into Hin-

doostan. Others again, whose wants are supplied at Jang Miani, Mul-

tan, Shujabad and Bahawulpore, never come beyond those marts. At

Jang Miani, after disposing of their own goods, they purchase large

quantities of a particularly strong coarse cloth, resembling dosooti,

which, dyed in indigo, is the common wear of the Affghan peasantry.

At Shujabad, they purchase indigo, and at Multan and Bahawulpore

indigo and coarse chintz, which are exported to Bokhara. It is there-

fore obvious, that were a mart once established in a convenient locality

on the frontier, where no duties should be levied, the number of Lohanis

who would dispose of their goods there instead of coming on to India,

would be much increased, indeed that the number might be expected

to increase in proportion to the ability of our merchants to supply their

wants.

17. Should the foregoing remarks dispose you to view the establish-

Proposes Bahawul- ment of a mart as a practical object deserving of en-

Lee the best couragement, it will not be difficult to determine its

mart. position. The town of Bahawulpore, or a site in its

immediate neighbourhood, would unite advantages that could not be

found in any other place. It is situated both on the high road of

the trade from Affghanistan to India, and on what promises at no distant

period, and with due encouragement, to become the high road of trade

from Bombay to Delhi, or from Europe to the marts in Upper India. It

is moreover easily accessible from the capitals of Rajpootana, from Delhi,

and from Amritsir, and is near to Multan, itself a great mart.

18. In conclusion, as connected with the subjects adverted to in this

Submits a short etter, I beg to draw your attention to the annexed

tabular statement. tabular statement obtained from the Government

Native Agent at Bahawulpore, shewing the increase of trade in the

traffic on the rivers ; :

Sutlej and Indus rivers early in 1833. It will be seen, that in the first

above Sukkur,from :

1833 to 1843. year the number of boats that descended the river

was four, laden with 2700 maunds of merchandize, which, I may ob-

serve by the way, was sold at a dead loss, owing to the obstacles op-

posed to our merchants by the jealous fears of the Ameers of Scindh. In

308 Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. [No. 148.

the last year, 1843, the number of boats is stated at 1125, and the

quantity of merchandize at 2,14,416 maunds. All the 1125 boats,

save the three alluded to in a former part of this letter as bringing

cargoes from Bombay up the Indus, are downward-going boats, en-

gaged in carrying groceries and drugs from near Ferozepore and

Lodiana, and grain from near Sutpore and Mithankote to Scindh. It

must be admitted, that the greater portion of the 2,14,416 maunds of

merchandize so-called is grain, the demand for which in Scindh arises

from the presence there of a large body of our troops; that the trade

up the rivers from Bombay is at present trifling; that the population

on the rivers is too scanty and too poor to be able for many years to

come to purchase any quantity of our Europe manufactures ; but I would

still draw your attention to the general progress of traffic on the rivers.

In 1833, on the course of the Sutlej and Ghara from Loodiana to

near Bahawulpore, there were no boats but one or two at each of the

ferries, ten or twelve miles apart, used for crossing the river. The use

of oars and masts and sails was unknown, and a voyage down or up the

river to any distance unheard of. We now see the boatmen of the upper

course of the Gharra and Sutlej become expert sailors, and making

a voyage to Sukkur and back is a common occurrence, while the actual

number of boats between Loodiana and Sukkur has increased from 250

to upwards of 750. These are results which appear to me to justify

our entertaining sanguine hopes of one day seeing the neglected rivers

to the N. W. of the Indian Continent vie with those to the East, as

channels of commerce and civilization.

I have, &c.

(Signed) F. MackEson,

Pol. Dept. Supt. Office, Off. Supt. Bhutteeana.

Bhuttee Territory, Seersa, \5th April, 1844.

309

Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore.

1844.]

fe *sasnoy CT ‘yur

| [ ‘{[oM eQonyY [ ‘voueiuny

H “sosnioy OL ‘1api1O JO Jno

4 eyonyz ‘Tan eqond I ‘eyalag

*sasnoy Oz ‘yue} eyony

LT ‘Tea eyond [ seuessn py

*JOOMS 13}8 AA

PAA

soUeysIp ‘VaaIMIeY199g SIA SIY} WO

a1aUNYG 0} peod prey e st o10q J,

*S991} JO

2A0IS ‘sasnoy 0Z ‘{UP} | ‘laps10 Jo yno

auo ‘sjjam exyond Z% ‘e[[eMa.100g

"JOOMS 1I}C AK

*sasnoy

CI ‘sT]om eYoONY Z ‘qeTjedin fun sj

“s}IQND QQ 19yeM ‘YUe} | ‘s[jam

‘y @ ‘sesnoy Op ‘Yeloi[nuisne

"ystyorig A[YSI[S S[[AM JO 1oJe AA

‘jeoyl

aie] ‘InSSnQ oq} Vo JoOCWEY”]

*JOOMS LOTC AA

a ee ee re ee ee

‘SOSETITA OIPOUlIO}UT

asn |

uI au -yred

‘dc | ‘syuez egony |**{ys1gy Apues) ce

"Kavoy

Taney Z **\1ayyel‘poos| QOT| Z%

‘d¢@ | ‘yuez osiey [| *poos

ae eee ae en Te :

ONG "Syue <| *peoy

‘~eyONY ® eyong

“STI? AA

eeee

** ‘gaqaay,

**‘sauung

lal

007 =<\*-_ es peSUaay |

uMo} ®)°°**

so] Senta |)

‘S99C]G JO SouIeN |

*soTpId

-omny [AT

*ALOPAII J, |

"eslaag je ALOJWIaT, 9o}INY “uepucjutiadng

Nn pe RE NE SY er Se eee cas mad

‘ystag

-aLodjnmpyng 0} nssaag wouf ajnoy

[No. 148.

Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore.

310

“eueypoo'y

pue esung sayey 0} 9due0q} pur

‘aaiqeq 0} aleujnyg Wo pos sty}

JC} SOULIJOWOS soaIeYL) “yuUL} e pue

‘1layeM B[QeyUlIp Jo sjjam eyond ¢

put sasnoy Cc] sey ‘peoi sty} Moss JURY

-SIp SoTIUl F Noge pue “inysAqyn,7 JO

qji0U sleujNYy_ wos sSuoping g pue

SOTIU Q VOLTTIA & ‘aaTqeq —'aj0N

*[[TA B JO O}IS “JoaMs 1O}eM ‘SUINI UT

[]®M *Y T ‘sasnoy g ‘esung seley

"TOJOM JIMS ‘[TAM VYINY T

‘pajytqequi sasnoy z, ‘“ansunjoryyng

"yue} eyony [| ‘pa

-yIqeyur sesnoy F ‘ye1oodeafqng

‘s}iqno|] *sasnoy Z ‘qeuesulyq

OOL 7@ teyem “YZ “‘atedat Jo yno

jem cd] ‘sasnoyg cz, ‘inqsdAyn gy

*yue} [ ‘[[jam eyony | ‘sesnoy QO]

"S 0} peor Jo ssuopiny Z ‘1oswey

‘ays Yeujsnm “Id

(-po}iasap) ‘asey]iA Jo oyIg

‘JOOMS LoJeM ‘suOTseq ZG “WOl Y

sea k |

aq} yNoysno.iy}

Jayea sure}

-a1 ‘UMOP PeOL

8y} UO 4sdoIe]

oy} “quel, |

‘asn ‘poos |

ul G ‘SUI}Ie}S | uedo

9 O01 4| “4 2g I sefye Apueg | Qgt|9 | OF | OOL | 00% j-*** ‘areumnyg! J

ee ANN)

me | so &

*STT2 AA. ES Sis Be) 4

jo ‘ON *syue, =| ‘peo = [a} oy] Ss a

suydeq 2 ee S ae Be eter ld eel ie z ‘saSeyg jo somen] 5

————— : ———_| # | 3, 8

eee ge ore te %

(‘panuzjuoj)—‘asodjnmpyng 07 nsuaag wouf aznoay

————

— ae

-alouly

ye vuvjoodfey ul Juasy s.[e1auaK IOUIBAOYD

-omNY [LAID

rt)

Loar]

er)

‘£1071 J, |

311

Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. :

1844. ]

* ALO} |

-10} otodjnameyeg jo Aiepunog

‘aDET[IA B JO azIS |

“poos rayem (8 | gg

“anyey

“sosnoy fp.

aj}e] 04} ‘cnseudooy pur tedqng

*peol ay} UO SaseqIIA Z

‘pues a4} {AAO PRO JYSIe1}S OY} UT

‘AyQuenb ur yua1yep

pue ystyoeiq AtoA JoyeM TPA | SE 1g

“poos 1378 AA °* | 08

‘paylesap YeuoyaN

‘sasnoy cy ‘yeroodoayg

‘Tnyuetd sayem pure adie] STTOAA | G | 9R

“g0eJINS TOI} S}IQno

06 ‘teyem poos Jo Tom exond | ‘yuey

ISIR] B sey ‘sasnoy YZ “eueYypoo'T

“JOOMS [TAM UT Joye A ee UE ZOT

es)

< x Es

So) eo

Pele

“s]To MA

syidoq

“SOSLTILA a}eIpswiezU]

| “d t eeos

‘yf I { ee

"dy “AZ I s

rreak

dTOYA oy} Jaye

‘dG |surejal ory

jo auo ‘syue} Z/°°

"YT [AMES [SMe Tes

2 eae

‘ON “S3[ U8], |

‘eyony 2 eyong

“AAvoY

(°° | qsey ‘poos

*poos

*“poos

*poos

00% € | ZI

0@ |Z | 6I

Ob |S | 6

Ov1}4 | FI

081)9 ; 91

Les!

s|z| =

= has ae

& | 2 n

‘g0ue}sIq]

uado

(‘panurjuog )—‘asodjnmnyvg 07 ns1aag wouf aynoy

02@ «|*t'’ ‘anysdoouy

Ll ress “egayooleg

Ip [tts ‘anysueparg

OOST |*°°* “anysyns00g

L ** “esung va[00q

‘saseyg jo soweN

.[etouar 10N192A05)

ye vuejoodfexy ul juesy

*ALOPAI J, |

*SOT}IA

“OWN [AID

ALO} T, S$ Jaaunyorg jo efey

Mn cs _-. eC ener ee ee eee SO ne

[No. 148.

Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore.

312

quapuajuecadng burvi0ugyo

‘QORJANS 9} MOTEG S}IQnd Z]

ye 1ayeM 4a90Ms ‘eyond ¢ eyony Z|

‘sijam GC] ‘sesnoy Op ‘eeynuUN

“OV Ip ‘1ayeM JIMS

“qeme pn ou} Aq [ING ‘op ‘oq

"qeae NO} Aq Sutpying

Taam eyond ev ‘ystyoviq APYSITS

‘[NJWUaTd pue poos j9ye MA

"UMBIDP suleq you

Woy YsIyoeaq pue peq reyes {Jom

e pue yur} ve ‘pojiosap “inysuer

‘arqeyutip A19A 1078 AA

‘IayeM pooy

"ISETIIA B JO 9}IS 10 nsueyy Yeqry,

*poos 10ze A

a ee

‘NOSaMOVIT “7 (peusig )

on ae a es ee “poos og ;1¢ )&1

“seq

qsey sayrur

c |e |x ¢ aves "* itn Aavapy) og | p | SI

*ATao

-189$ a19T}

7 ze ‘ye dy] cece **!| pue a10F7 | OPI] Z | SI

¢ OF ‘I ¢ Sees : *poos 001; 9 | 6

9 | & ‘d ¢] ones ‘| ‘poos | 9Z1/ 9 | IT

b | oc [apd] peas bel POR HP) Fah x | GT

“pues

qyim dn pally “Ayes |

r | oz ‘d p [Ajavou syuey z/°*|-2U05 poos' gg) 9 | II

y | ou <4 ae ote Bi) HeOe USS = HIST

“SHQuO |

in EST SE | GEES ee Saag 5c. ei Ceci | Pa ae g Ee

STTO AN e s|e| =

jo | ‘ON “"SyUR < *peory ale a e F

‘syydoqy = a Ss

‘eyony pue eyong a0ueysiq

“STIS AN |

(‘papnjau0))—‘asodjnmpyng 07 vssaag Worf ajnoy

001

*sasno

eee

‘+ ‘glodjumeyed|)

e+ “eTpemaleMe |

sees “soodaaT[ey

eoeeee ‘ooddeyg) |

seeeeees Gore TY

sees CMY SIIa TV

"ALOT, S DAOdTNMEY, JO qeMeN

e@oee “elajoyug

ae ‘mysiep

“Mg JO InT[NAJ

CLES

"KAO J,

“oun [IAI

1844. ] Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore. 313

Statement of number of Boats laden with Merchandise and with quantity of ditto,

which have passed down and up the rivers Sutlej and Indus, from Loodeeana,

Ferozxepore, Bahawulpore, Mithenkote to Sukkur and back, and in each year

from a. pv. 1833 to 1843.

No. of Quantity of

Year. Boats. | Merchandise.

M. S.C.

From January to December, 1838, ...... « Pe Se: 2,700 0 g

From January to December, 1834, ...... sesso 3 2,200 0 0

From January to December, 1835, ....... seeeee 7 5,800 0 0

From January to December, 1836, ...... cesess 9 6,800 0 0

From January to December, 1837, ....... — seeeee 1 8,700 0 O

From January to December, 1838, ....... cesses 20 11,000 0 0O

From January to December, 1839, ..... ge et a aa 390. | 1,97,525..0 0

From January to December, 1840, ...... — eeaees 500 | 1,99,764 0 O

From January to December, 1841, ...... ceeeae 650 | 2,40,476 0 0O

From January to December, 1842, ...... —seaeee 495 | 2,17,385 6 0O

From January to December, 1843, ..... iaileat Ss 1125 | 2,44,416 O O

(Signed) F, Mackeson,

Officiating Superintendent.

Note on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a

few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunker, and on the supposed

decrease of Thermal Temperature in India. By Capt. Newxoup,

M,N. I. Assistant Resident, Kurnool, Madras Territory.

The geographical locality of this deposit is in the Kurnool territory,

about a mile easterly from the village of Lunjabunda, in about latitude

N. 15° 30’ and longitude E. 78° 3’.

It lies in a jungly defile, or transverse valley, crossing the range of

hills which, running nearly N. by E. and S. by W. divides Kurnool

into two portions. This range commences about five miles S. of the city,

and after traversing the whole length of the Kurnool territory, passes

below the Zurairoo valley, to the EK. of Gooty, where it is connected

with the Cuddapah chains, which, curving easterly, terminate near the

coast in the Naggery ranges.

These ranges consist principally of the diamond-sandstone and

limestone, and comprise within their area the diamond mines of Con-

dapetta, Chinnoor, Ovalumpully, Munimudgoo, Banganpilly, Ramulacota,

and others of less note. The fossil deposit rests on this sandstone

conglomerate, which at no great distance is seen reposipg on granite,

with a dip of 10° to the S. of E,

314 Recent Fossil Fresh-water deposit, §c. [No. 148.

A little to the E. of this, the diamond limestone intervenes between

the granite and sandstone, underlying the latter in conformable dip and

stratification. .

A spring rising from the foot of a mound of conglomerate, composed

of fragments of the sandstone rocks cemented by kunker, marks the

site of the fossil bed, which lies in a slight depression above this mound,

and considerably out of the reach of the spring in its present state.

It is only a few yards in extent, and has evidently been deposited

by the spring under former conditions, to which I shall allude present-

ly. The imbedding matter is also’a kunker, but one of a much harder,

compact, and siliceous nature than that at present seen around the

margin of the spring, and below the mud at the bottom. Portions of it

are sometimes so siliceous, as to give fire with steel and scratch glass ;

other portions of the rock contain more lime, are less compact, and

effervesce freely with acids. The colour is a light brownish-grey ;

fracture varying from flat-conchoidal to earthy.

The shells imbedded are fresh-water, principally melania, with a

few small planorbes, and are all of existing genera. The number of

the former is so proportionally great, as to excite surprise in persons

who have not studied the segregarious habits of the inhabitants of fresh-

water and terrestrial shells. Besides the shells there are impressicns

and casts of the stems of grasses, reeds, &c. perfectly fossilized by car-

bonate of lime.

The shells afford instructive examples of the various stages of

fossilization. Some of their coats have been completely converted into

sparry carbonate of lime; others have been filled with the imbedding

paste, which, when the shell is broken off, exhibit a cast with a

highly polished exterior. Others again are lined with drusy crystals

of quartz; in some, this siliceous crystallization is just beginning to

roughen the surface of the interior, and is hardly perceptible without

the aid of a lens; thus exhibiting interesting examples of the processes

by which fissures in rocks are lined and filled up with minerals which

we look in vain for in the enclosing walls; geodes of calcedony and

agate, with calc spar and crystals of quartz and zeolite in the midst

of cale spar. I have seen a solitary and beautiful pyramidal hexagon of

rock crystal, glittering like a diamond in the whitest snow, in a mass of

the saccharine marble of Carrara.

None of the shells have lost their carbonic acid, although they have

1844. | Recent Fossil Fresh-water deposit, &c. 315

parted with most of their colour ; and some are quite empty as if imbed-

ded but yesterday ; most have been evidently entombed in a dead state.

As no trap or other volcanic rock was at hand to account for the

silicification of this fresh-water limestone, I proceeded to examine the

present deposit of the spring a few yards West of the fossil bed. Its

water I discovered to be slightly thermal, having a temperature of

85° 3’ Farht. which is afew degrees above the mean temperature of the

spot, isothermally calculated ; the height above the sea as roughly ap-

proximated by the boiling point of water, is about 1250 feet, and the

average temperature of the ordinary wells about 80° Farht.

The present deposit of these waters is a brownish-grey calcareous

mud, about six inches thick, mingled with sand, imbedding similar fresh-

water shells and a minute specimen of paludina. Stems of grasses and

leaves were also found in it; some of the latter apparently just decay-

ed, while others are blackened by carbonization ; none were fossilized.

Below the mud lay a deposit of nodular kunker, quite distinct

in character from that of the fossil bed, being white and earthy, externally

pulverulent or chalky, but internally compact and hard. I did not

observe any shells or plants in it. The depth of this layer could not

be ascertained for want of leisure, and better instruments for digging

under water than a geological hammer.

The water of the spring is tasteless, inodorous, and free from gaseous

bubbles; and, instead of any free carbonic acid gas, is slightly alka-

line, turning reddened litmus paper into a faint greenish blue; oxalate

of ammonia, and muriate of baryta produced a considerable white

precipitate. That from the muriate of baryta effervesced with dilute

nitric acid, shewing the precipitate to be carbonate of lime. A thin

slice of gall nut suspended in the water, detected a trace of iron. A

minute portion of silica remained after evaporation.

The present layer of mud then, as we have just seen, is more of a

mechanical deposit than the subjacent white kunker, which is evidently

a chemical precipitate, and concretionary in character, while that which

has fossilized the shells and plants, is far more siliceous : so much so in-

deed, as to resemble in some parts the siliceous tufa deposited by the hot

springs of Iceland, more than the common calcareous kunker of India.

The natives declare, that both the volume and heat of these thermal

springs, (of which I have within the last two years discovered several in

the diamond formation,) are on the decrease. There is no question

316 Recent Fossil Fresh-water deposit, Sc. [No. 148.

that the spring under description is fast drying up, for the Reddy of

the village pointed out to me land, now waste, which, within the last

forty years, had been irrigated by it. It now yields but a scant supply

to the cattle and the beasts of the forest. The traditionary accounts of

diminishing temperature are by no means so satisfactory, since the

Hindoos had no means of measuring warmth or cold.

However, the examination of the deposits in and around the mouth

of this spring goes to support what the natives say, assuming that

the more siliceous deposit containing the fossils is of an older date

than the two at the bottom of the spring, and formed when the spring

was more abundant, and its water hot enough to hold a considerable

quantity of silica as well as lime in solution, possibly combined. As the

heat decreased, the water would lose most of its silica, but still retain —

the lime; at this period it may be inferred, that the kunker was preci-

pitated as the water cooled on the earth’s surface. As the heat still

diminished, the portion of lime brought up in solution decreased to the

state in which we now see it. That such is the fact appears from

the circumstance of the water of two other and warmer springs, which

I have since discovered in the same formation, holding considerably |

more lime in solution than this.

The waters of two other thermal springs in the same formation still

deposit lime as a kunkrous incrustation on their sides and on the rocks

in their course.

These had a higher temperature ; viz. 90° and 91° 3’; the minerals

held in solution are similar, but the proportion of lime is greater. One

fact is worthy of note, that they were all slightly alkaline, and contain-

ed no perceptible free carbonic acid.

In order to ascertain the interesting problem, as indicated by the tra-

ditions of natives, and the difference between the quantity and quality

of the present and ancient deposits ; viz. that the heat of this part of

the interior of the globe is decreasing, it would be desirable to keep a —

hotter fountains that gush from the great Southern line of dislocation of

the Himalayan strata, and the trap hills of Central and Western India.

The heat of the springs might be annually or triennially noted —

with compared thermometers. After many experiments, I find ex-

isting meteorological causes generally affect the temperature of such |

springs in a sensible degree ; and great care should be taken, in

;

1844. | Recent Fossil Fresh-water deposit, c. 317

making successive experiments, that the meteorological conditions be as

far as possible similar. The time of the year should be the dry season ;

and the time of day, sun-set and sun-rise.

The plains and valleys of India are often covered with sheets of kun-

ker, sometimes upwards of 70 feet deep, overspreading places where

it could never have been deposited by rivers or rivulets; and where

now, not a spring or drop of water is to be seen. Along the edges of

trap dykes, we occasionally observe mounds of kunker precisely resem-

bling those around the mouths of existing et ee

but we look in vain for the springs that deposited the former.

Still these dwindled remains of springs are generally to be found

where kunker prevails at no great depth from the surface, deprived

of their heat and of the greater part of their mineral character, which

renders the water better adapted for the use of man and animals.

Most of the native diggers in boring for a well, consider kunker as

almost a sure sign of the vicinity of water. If there can be any

doubt after what has been said of the certainty of the vast sheets of

kunker at present seen covering waterless plains, and the arid summits

of hills of S. India having been formed by springs, many of which are

now dried up or diverted, it will be removed on an inspection of a

vertical section of the rocks which underlie it. These, whether trap,

granite, the hypogene schists, sandstone or limestone, will be found

invariably to be penetrated by nearly vertical fissures, through which the

kunker appears to rise like trap in a dyke and to overflow the surround-

ing surface, and like trap, to introduce itself into any horizontal or

other seams, imparting the appearance of beds of kunker alternating

with gneiss, &c. Ona more minute inspection it will be found, that

the kunker has in reality been precipitated chemically from the water

of springs that now, or formerly, found vent to the surface through

these fissures. The thermal waters holding the lime in solution as they

_ cooled in approaching the surface deposited the lime as they ascended.

I had an opportunity in 1840, of studying the formation of travertine

_ in the old volcanic area around Rome, and found it to assimilate that of

_ the Indian kunker in all the leading facts. The calcareous conglomerates

_ at present forming along the shores of the Red Sea and Mediterranean,

are little different from the present kunkrous conglomerates of India.

It may also be added, that the surface soils of S. India, whether of the

_ red alluvial, or the black regur, are frequently so strongly impregnated

318 Recent Fossil Fresh-water deposit, §c. LNo. 148.

with muriate and carbonate of soda, as to be utterly unfit for the pur-

poses of agriculture. Many of the springs in such situations are still

brackish, holding a portion of these salts in solution ; but are quite in-

adequate to have caused their diffusion in the superincumbent soil to

the present immense amount.

It is difficult to classify a formation still going on, and to fix the

period, geologically, when it commenced, as it is seen in all rocks

from the granite to alluvium. We have sufficient evidence, however,

to divide it into two periods; viz. that immediately prior to the depo-

sition of the regur, which it often underlies in thick beds, and the pre-

sent formation, going on. The kunker characterized by the remains

of the mastodon at Hingoli, and the kunker conglomerate imbedding

the mammoth near Nursingapore, like the travertin of Rome, which

imbeds the remains of this animal and of existing species of fresh-water

shells, may be referred to the post pleiocene period.

Since the discovery of the first fossil bed I have found another near the

temple of Hoodelaity on the same range, of considerably greater extent,

being more than ten feet thick, resting on the ledge of a precipice thirty

feet above the present level of a stream formed by a thermal spring.

But not a vestige of the spring that deposited this bed is to be seen.

The stems and plants it fossilizes are in a much more distinct and per-

fect form, and in addition to Melania and Planorbis, I found fragments

of Unio, and a shell having the suborbicular shape of Cyrena with the

thinness of Cyclas; two forms of fresh-water Conchifer that often pass

into each other; the hinge was not visible. A very perfect impression

of a leaf, and a number of curious cylindrical bulbiform and reni-

form bodies, probably vegetable forms, were found. The vertical sur-

face of this cliff presents in its layers all the curved and geodic forms

seen in oriental agate, and imbeds solid fragments of a more ancient

kunker. The height of the sandstone cliffs forming the sides of the

fissure, (probably a fault,) I found, by a trigonometrical observation, to

be 75 feet from the bed of the stream.

Specimens of some of the fossil shells, and supposed petrified vege-

table forms have been forwarded to the Museum of the Asiatic Society.

I have little doubt of the longer and thinner cylindrical bodies being stems |

of grasses. They are seen in the rock fossilized in clusters upright as |

they grew, with fresh-water shells half entangled about their roots.

oe »

reg githe

W TORRENS. 6g" ace

My LE Sartatar he

Py SE AE ea

tp ae ae xB

males

Elwation of the frone of the Stlver Ink Stand, ——. .

Presented by the Asatic Socety of Bengal to H Torrens Esq

Sra April 104-4.

ne bu T Bennett and

Oriartnd Lath Prove

Ty Siteem by Mestre Datty Brothers VC

Deresned Sy H Fidaingtes

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees. By Lieut. C. J. CRurTENDEN,

Assistant Political Agent, at Aden.

The Mijjertheyn Somalees inhabit the tract of country extending

from the small port of Bunder Tegadah on the Northern coast of Seef

Taweel, a flat belt of land in latitude 6° 30’ N. and longitude 48° 4’

KE. (Owen,) on the Eastern side of Africa, where they are bounded by

the Hameea tribe. The province of Murregham forms their limit to

the South, and the warlike tribes of the Dulbahante and Wursungeli,

mark their Western boundary.

The country, generally speaking, is composed of continuous limestone

ranges, mostly running E. S. KE. and W. N. W., and varying in altitude

from 1, 500 to 6,000 feet. In some parts, especially at Bunder Murayah,

the mountains near their summits are almost entirely composed of pure

white marble; they form naked sheets on which may be seen the ‘“‘duban”

or frankincense tree, growing without any visible means of nourish-

ment, or any apparent fissure in the rock to support its roots.

No. 149. No 65, New Srrizs. 22

320 Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

The valleys between these ranges are uniformly well wooded with

mimosas and acacias, and exhibit in the rugged water-courses that in-

tersect them, strong proofs of occasional heavy torrents from the hills.

An ample supply of pasturage for the flocks is afforded by these valleys

during the N. KE. monsoon, but during the hot months they are alike

destitute of water and grass.

On the extreme Eastern point of Africa, a tract of sandy country

extends about nine miles to the North of the range of Jerd Hafoon,

(commonly Guardafui,) forming the promontory of Ras Asseyr, which is

a limestone cliff perpendicular in its Northern face, and gradually

sloping away to the Southward. A few stunted bushes scattered over

the sand hills somewhat relieve the eye, and after a few showers of

rain, sufficient grass springs up to support a few half-starved goats and

sheep. During an excursion that I made up the Jerd Hafoon range,

I found the frankincense and gum arabic growing at a very trifling

elevation above the sea, certainly not more than 400 feet. At 1,500

feet the dragon’s blood tree was found, exactly similar to that of So-

cotra, and on the summit of the table land, aloes in abundance, with the

gum tragacanth, &c.

The tribe apparently know little or nothing of their origin; their

traditions indeed give their descent from the noble Arab family of

Hasheur, whose grand-son, Jabarti bin Ismail, being obliged to flee

from his own country, was wrecked on this coast, and falling in with a

fisherman of the Haweea tribe, married his daughter, who with her

father embraced the religion of Islam. Their descendants gradually

expelled the original tenants of the country, and eventually became

masters of the soil.

In speaking of their country, they frequently give it the name of

‘* Darroad,” which was one of the names of Jabarti bin Ismail, and some

two or three houses still exist in Mecca, which the Mijjertheyn affect

to consider as peculiarly belonging to the pilgrims from their tribe, on

account of their having been erected by their great Arab forefathers.

They repel with scorn the supposition that they were probably at

one time a branch of the Galla, but always speak with great compla-

cency of their Arab descent, especially dwelling upon their early ac-

ceptance of the tenets of Islam.

1844.] Note on the Mijyertheyn Somalees. 321

This is the only Somalee tribe that I have met with who acknow-

ledge the name of Sultan; and though some years have elapsed since

the days when one man governed the entire country, still the title has

descended in the direct line of the eldest son, down to its present pos-

sessor, a lad of eleven years of age.

As in Arabia, so in this country, the people may be divided into two

classes; viz. those who reside at the different Bunders, and employ

themselves in trade with India, and the Red Sea; and the Bedouin part

of the population, whose only wealth consists in their horses, camels,

sheep, &c., and the gums which their mountains produce so abundantly.

Regarding the town’s-people, they are precisely the same as the

town-Arabs :—the worst specimens of the tribe. Intolerant (from

ignorance) in their religion, avaricious to excess, and (if possible)

equalling the Dunkali tribe at Tajoora in duplicity and falsehood,

they lead a life of utter indolence; their only care being to get a good

price for their gums, which the more industrious Bedouin brings from

the mountains, and which are carried for them to the Red Sea and

Indian markets in bugalas, navigated chiefly by Arabs.

We had many opportunities of seeing and judging of this class

during our protracted stay on this coast at the wreck of the Memnon, and

by every one, I think I can safely say, we were more or less deceived.

Though many of them are men of considerable property, they live

in the coarsest manner possible; a little zowarz bread, and a few dates

form their common food, varied occasionally by a dish of Mangalore

rice and a piece of salt shark. Meat is too valuable amongst them to

form a common article of food, but a sheep is generally slaughtered

in honor of a guest who may be reasonably supposed to be able and

willing to pay for the same by a return present. In the N. E. mon-

soon they have a tolerable supply of milk, which forms an agreeable

addition to their daily fare. They never smoke, but many chew to-

bacco to excess, and some of them adopt the Dunkali custom of mixing

a small quantity of wood ashes with the leaf to increase its pungency.

The Bedouin portion of the tribe are strictly a race of shepherds,

with no fixed habitation ; and carrying all their worldly goods with

them, they much resemble the Arabs of Nejd. The number of their

flocks is immense, and they form a large moving population, rarely re-

322 Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

maining more than three weeks in one place, and regulating their change

of pasture so as to leave the table lands untouched until the end of the

N. E. monsoon, or about the middle of February, by which time the

grass there has become abundant, and if a moderate quantity of rain

has fallen, sufficient to last them during the hot season, or about the

end of November. They are on an average a mean looking race of

men, not to be compared with the Somalees to the Westward, nor have

their women much pretension to beauty. The men, generally speaking,

are undersized, of slight but compact make, and the fatigue and pri-

vation that they will endure without repining is almost incredible.

Nominally Mohammedans, hardly one in thirty can correctly repeat

the prescribed formula of daily prayer, and the lucky man who has

been taught to read and write, steals from hut to hut with a well-

thumbed copy of the Koran slung over his shoulders in a leather bag,

a huge wooden ink bottle dangling at his girdle, and a dressed goat’s

skin to do duty as a prayer carpet. One of these learned individuals

whom we met at Tohén, was dignified with the title of ‘‘ Doctor,” but

with what reason I could not discover.

The Bedouins live almost entirely upon milk, and prefer it to any

thing else; so long as they can procure a moderate supply of this

article from their flocks they rarely touch any thing else, save when

they visit the coast. Rice, jowari and dates are imported in large quan-

tities from India and Arabia, but they rarely use them until the dry

season diminishes the quantity of milk. For the same reason, except

during the hot season, they are unwilling to part with their flocks, and

though we experienced but little difficulty in procuring a sufficient

and regular supply of fresh meat, our success I imagine ought to be

attributed to the magic influence of dollars instead of rice and coarse

dungaree cloth, which form the common articles of barter on this

coast. As the season advanced, however, even money began to fail to

induce the people to sell their fat sheep and goats, and at the time

that Iam writing this, we have been compelled to send a man three days’

journey to procure them.

The Bedouins rarely drink coffee, and their reasons are rather

good. ‘If we drink coffee once,” say they, “we shall want it again,

and where are we to get it from.”

1844. | Note on the Migertheyn Somatlees. 323

This abstemiousness amongst them when dependent solely upon

their own resources, vanishes as soon as a hearty meal is offered

at the expense of any one else, when they will consume an immense

quantity of meat, rice and ghee, on the prudent principle of profiting

by the opportunity ; and the man who sells a sheep to a traveller on

a journey, always considers himself fully entitled to a share of the

same.

We made frequent short excursions inland during the operations on

the wreck, and we were never molested by any of these people, though

I should not feel disposed to place entire confidence in them. That

they are all arrant thieves we found out, certainly to our cost at our

camp, where a regular system of plunder went on for a short time.

They were all so miserably poor, that any thing like hospitality could

hardly be looked for; but we always experienced civility from them

if we approached their huts, and entered into conversation with them.

A few spoonfuls of sugar to the children generally had the effect of

bringing out the females of the ghurrea, (a place where the shepherd

resides,) and in a few minutes we were the best friends in the world.

On one occasion, a girl was brought who had lost her foot and ancle

by the bite of a snake, and who was hopping about with the help

of two sticks. On Captain Powell proposing that she should have

a wooden leg, and offering to get one made, the crowd of listeners

at first were lost in wonder, but when the principle and the advantages

of the said wooden leg were explained, they were beyond measure

delighted, and declaring that so astonishing a conception never would

have entered their thick heads, they begged that the carpenter, might

be set to work directly ; a handsome wooden leg was accordingly

made, and under the superintendence of the surgeon, strapped on

properly ; but what afterwards became of the young lady I never heard.

Ignorant and simple as these people are, it is not surprising that

their jealousy should occasionally have been awakened when they

saw a strange people, so superior in every way to themselves, wander-

ing about their country without any apparent reason for so doing.

Contented as they were with their stony mountains, they naturally felt

alarmed at the preference we appeared to shew for them, and the idea

that we were about to take the country, was seriously discussed.

324 Note on the Mujertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

I had returned from the Jerd Hafoon range after two or three days’

stay there, and where, owing to the heavy rain, I had been compelled

to take a tent, and in company with Captain Powell, was on my way

to an assemblage of the chiefs at a considerable distance from our

camp, when we were overtaken by a party of Bedouins, of whom one,

by name Noor, was a chief of some importance at Murayah. Leaning

upon his two spears, he in the first place peremptorily ordered us to

halt where we were and proceed no farther, which, in-as-much-as

all our baggage had gone on, we thought proper to decline. With his

eyes flashing and in a towering rage, he then said, “ 1f you are men, we

also are men, and therefore it is wajib that we should understand each

other, and now I wish to be informed by what right you have built

three forts on Jerd Hafoon, and what you mean by wandering over the

country as if you were the owners of it.” We told him that any thing

he might have to say, we should be glad to hear at the end of our

day’s march, and requested him to follow us, to which, after some

demur, he consented. On the road, however, he made some inquiries

from one of our followers, which apparently made him heartily ashamed

of himself, and on our arrival at the halting place, he came into our tent

at once, and said, that the Bedouins had seen my tent pitched on

the Jerd Hafoon range at three different points, and taking it for a

chunamed building, had reported it as such to him. We laughed at

him for his folly, and became good friends again. |

Though the town’s-people affect to despise the Bedouins, and speak

of them as a treacherous race, they form the only fighting men in the

event of war. Their elders, moreover, are descended from the Sultan, and

their voice has sufficient weight at a great national meeting to drown the

clamours of the arrogant chiefs who reside on the coast. The name

of the Sultan among the Bedouins is highly venerated, and certain cus-

toms handed down from time immemorial still exist to remind them

of the respect due to the family.

A short account of the division of the country will serve to shew

whence these Bedouins derive their power.

Sultan Mohamed, the last chief who governed the entire country, and

whose death took place some 300 years ago, at his death divided the

country equally between his three eldest sons, Othman, Esa and Omar.

1844. | Note on the Mijertheyn Somalees. 325

To Othman was allotted the Northern portion, extending from Bunder

Ghassim to Ras Hafoon. To Esa, the part between the country of

Othman and the Wadi Nogal; and to Oman, the belt of country

from Wadi Nogal to the province of Murreyhan.

From Esa and Omar sprung the Bedouin chiefs, whose influence I

have just mentioned, whilst the posterity of Othman enjoyed the

Bunders and the trade with the opposite coast. From Othman we

pass through four generations, which brings us to another, Sultan

Mohamed, who died 25 years ago.

The chief had had six wives and 17 sons, of whom 12 are now

living. Prior to his death, he portioned out his territory amongst his

children, allotting a separate village to the sons by each wife, but

enjoining them to pay obedience to the authority of his eldest son,

who would be his successor. Bunder Murayah became the residence

of the Sultan Othman on the death of his father, and the villages of

Aloolla, Feeluk, Geyseli, Gursah and Wurbah were divided between

his brothers. Sultan Othman, in conjunction with a Somah merchant

named Fatha Abdi, built seven or eight fortified houses at Murayah,

and considerably increased the trade of the port.

He died at about the age of 50, and was succeeded by his eldest

son Yusuf, who after a turbulent reign of two years, was treacherously

slain by an individual of the Ali Seliman branch of the Mijjertheyn,

inhabiting Bunder Khor. His only son, a boy of four or five years of age,

being too young to be considered of much importance, was dignified

with the name of Sultan, which, when he attains to manhood, his great

uncles probably will not permit him to enjoy. He is under the

guardianship of Noor Othman, his uncle, who has also married his

mother, and who in striving to maintain the importauce due to the

Sultan, has succeeded in causing a bitter and irreconcileable feud with

the other branches of the house of Othman.

To account for the large number of children that are frequently

found in one family, it must be borne in mind, that polygamy, which

to the extent of four wives is tolerated by the Mahomedan law, is here

in a powerful chief considered indispensable. Four wives are there-

fore married as soon as possible after he arrives at manhood; any wife

proving barren, or who has given over bearing, is at once divorced,

326 Note on the Mijeritheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

and another substituted. In some cases, especially when a chief has

lost several children in battle, a much greater licence is allowed, and

the number of wives is unlimited.

I have mentioned that Sultan Mohamed had 17 sons; but if my

information is correct, he had also 19 daughters, who in accordance

with eastern custom, do not “count” as part of the family.

When the Steam frigate Memnon was wrecked on this coast on

the Ist of August last, the chiefs of Feeluk, Aloolla, and Geyseli, and

from their vicinity to the scene of the disaster, were the people who

profited most by plunder, &c., of which the inhabitants of Bunder

Murayah could not partake, owing to their being at a greater distance.

Unable to induce their greedy brethren to give them a share, they

affected a virtuous spirit, and thanked God they were not robbers of

strangers who had been cast away on their coast, and that had they

only been there, not even a copper bolt would have been stolen, but

most carefully preserved until the English came for it. The less

scrupulous chiefs of Aloolla and the other villages, perfectly content

with their rich booty, laughed to scorn the disinterested remonstrances

of their brothers at Bunder Murayah; but to their great astonishment

and chagrin, at the annual meeting that took place at Ghoraal on the

Jerd Hafoon range in January last, they were severally fined by the

assembled elders and chiefs of the tribe for daring to appropriate to

themselves property cast on the shore by the sea, without the consent

of the ‘‘Sultan’s house,” and this fine, which consisted of one horse

each, they were obliged to pay.

The Mijjertheyn pride themselves upon being a peaceful nation, and

are fond of speaking of their country as “ Urdel Aman,” a title which

when compared with the Edoor Hebrawul and Esa Somalis, they in

some measure deserve. Murder is uncommon, and the ‘“reesh,” or

ostrich feather in the hair,* which to the westward denotes that the

wearer has killed a man, is by this tribe considered both unholy

(haram) and unmanly. The fine for murder, if considered unpro-

voked, is a hundred she-camels with young, or a corresponding sum

of money. Blood feuds are unfrequent; commutation by fine ge-

*NotE :—This coincidence in custom with the Abyssinians is one of the most strik-

ing of the many proofs of the Arab origin of the latter.—Eps.

1844. | | Note on the Mijertheyn Somatees. 327

nerally being preferred, and are carefully avoided if possible. During

their debates, quarrels almost invariably arise, daggers are bran-

dished, spears poised, and a stranger would expect an immediate con-

flict, but the old men generally step in and prevent the parties from

injuring each other, by taking away their arms, which after a decent

show of reluctance are given up with much secret satisfaction, as the

necessity for fighting “ @ l’outrance” is thus avoided ; their arms are two

light spears, and a shield of rhinoceros or bull’s hide, with a long

straight double-edged dagger. Numbers of the lower class of Bedouins

carry a bow and quiver of poisoned arrows, and some few are to be

seen with marvellously ill-looking swords. Matchlocks being beyond

their reach, they affect to despise, as cowardly, weapons that kill from

a distance ; that very quality, however, considerably enhanced the res-

pect paid to our rifles and double-barrelled pistols; and one of the chiefs

was so captivated with a revolving 6-barrelled pistol belonging to an

* officer of the Constance, that he offered him a horse in exchange.

Their arrows are tipped with an iron head, just below the barb of

which they fasten a black glutinous substance made of the pounded

bark of a tree and the white milky juice of one of the Cactus tribe,

which forms a deadly poison. I made many fruitless efforts to procure

a specimen of this tree, which grows chiefly in the lofty ranges of the

Jibel Wursungeli.

Armed with these tiny weapons, like the Bushman of South Africa,

the Bedouin posts himself in a thick bush near the haunts of the large

antelope, called here the gurnook. A companion with a camel

takes a wide circuit, looking out carefully for game, which when he

sees, he contrives to drive up by degrees towards the ambush, always

taking care to keep under the lee of the camel. The antelope disliking

a camel, gradually retreats without being alarmed until within 20 feet

of the bush, when the spin of the unerring arrow through the shoulder

brings down the quarry, which dies in three minutes. In this way the

Bedouins frequently provide themselves with an abundant. supply of

fresh meat; many of these antelopes weighing 70 and 80 pounds.

The effect of this poison on a man is the dropping off of his hair

and nails, and his speedy death. The deep excisions and sears from

burning that are so common on the limbs of the men, sufficiently

attest the dread in which they hold this deadly poison. The instant a

328 Note on the Mijertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

man is wounded by an arrow, the part injured is cut out with a dagger,

and fire applied to the wound as soon as possible; and yet when an

antelope is killed with one of these arrows, they content themselves

with merely cutting away that part of the flesh to which the arrow

adheres, and which on the specimen that Captain Powell and I saw,

had a deep purple appearance. Marriage with the men takes place

at about eighteen or twenty, and with the women at fourteen to sixteen.

A young man of property wishing to marry, and not finding a wife

to suit him in his neighbourhood, sends a trusty messenger to another

tribe, who selects a fitting maiden, and demands her in marriage in the

name of his master. If the terms are accepted, the young lady is sent

to her future husband’s encampment, under the escort of the messen-

ger, and on her arrival there, is treated with all respect by the family,

and her friends and relations are invited to celebrate the marriage

feast, which generally lasts seven days. The sum paid to the father of

the bride, frequently amounts to 150 dollars, given partly in money,

and partly in kind. The bride is required to provide mats for the

hut and bed, with a few wicker bowls gaily ornamented with white

couries for milk. Her wedding finery, consisting of a few beads, is —

contributed by her friends. In the absence of the cazee, any person who

can read the koran, officiates; and frequently to spare the modesty of —

the bride, her brother or some near male relation acts for her during

the ceremony, as wakeel or proxy.

In the event of the husband dying, his brother is expected to marry —

the widow, and by many the obligation is considered so imperative,

that one of their own wives is divorced to make room for the new

comer, and yet strange to say, marriage between cousins is strictly for-

bidden amongst these people. Divorces are common, and not considered

disgraceful. The triple oath sworn in the presence of two witnesses is

sufficient, and at the expiration of three months the woman is at liberty

to marry again. On the birth of a child, the mother is compelled to

seclude herself for a period of seven days, after which she resumes her —

ordinary daily employment. Circumcision takes place at seven years,

and they affirm, that it was practised before the Hejzra, which is most

improbable. The duties of the women consist in watching their flocks

of sheep and goats, fetching wood and water and doing all the drudgery.

The she-camels are under the care of the men entirely, whose only

1844. | Note on the Mijertheyn Somalees. 329

other employment is gathering gums in the hot weather. Great care

is required in tending the sheep and goats, on account of the number

of cheetas that prowl about in the neighbourhood. On one of the

savage animals being seen, the alarm is instantly given, and the men

sally forth well armed to dislodge the intruder. A desperate fight

takes place which ends in the death of the tiger, after he has fearfully

clawed one or two of his assailants.

Some of the principal Bedouin chiefs possess upwards of a thousand

she-camels, which may be valued at two or three dollars each, located

in different pastures many days distant from each other, and under the

care of one of the wives, and a few followers belonging to the family.

They are generally found in droves of 50 to 80. The sheep and goats

are divided in the same manner, a man rarely keeping more than 500

in one place, and thus the life of the chief is spent in continually wan-

dering from ghurreea to ghurreea, visiting his different folds as well as

his different wives. The number of sheep and goats exported from this

coast, though not one-tenth so great as from Kurreem and Berbura, is

still enormous, and not less than 15,000 head per annum; but the

sheep for export generally come from the Wadi Mogul, and the fertile

plains bordering on the province of Murreyhan.

They have large droves of horned cattle, the milk of which is almost

entirely used for the purpose of making ghee. They are fine animals,

and one that we purchased at Ras Assey weighed above 300 pounds.

Horses are abundant amongst them, and highly valued. The best

description frequently selling for 150 dollars, (in kind.) They are of

a small breed, and so villainously treated, that whatever beauty they

may have when very young, completely disappears by the time they are

five years old. To ride violently to your tent three or four times be-

fore finally dismounting is considered a great compliment, and the same

ceremony is observed on leaving. Springing into his saddle, (if he has

one) with his spears and shield, the Somali cavalier first endeavours

to infuse a little spirit into his half-starved hack, by persuading him to

accomplish a few plunges and capers, and then his heels raining a hur-

ricane of blows against the animal’s ribs, and occasionally using his

spear point as a spur, away he gallops, and after a short circuit in

which he endeavours to shew himself off to the best advantage, returns

to his starting point at full speed, when the heavy Arab bit ‘ brings up”

330 Note on the Miyertheyn Somalees [No. 149,

the blown horse with a shock that half breaks his jaw, and fills his

mouth with blood.

The affection of the true Arab for his horse is proverbial ; the cruelty

of the Somali to his, may, 1 think, be considered equally so.

During the hot season, the men and boys are daily employed in

collecting gums, which process is carried on as follows :—

About the end of February, or the beginning of March, the Bedouins

visit all the trees in succession and make a deep incision in each,

peeling off a narrow strip of bark for about five inches below the wound.

This is left for a month, when a fresh incision is made in the same

place, but deeper. A third month elapses, and the operation is again

repeated, after which the gum is supposed to have attained a proper

degree of consistency.

The mountain sides are immediately covered with parties of men and

boys, who scrape off the large clear globules into one basket, whilst the

inferior quality, that has ran down the tree, is packed separately.

‘The gum when first taken from the tree is very soft, but hardens

quickly. The flame is clear and brilliant, and the traveller is frequent-

ly amused by seeing a miserable Bedouin family cowering under a

wretched hovel, or hole in the rocks, eating their scanty meal by the

light of half a dozen frankincense torches. Every fortnight the

mountains are visited in this manner, the trees producing large quanti-

ties as the season advances, until the middle of September, when the

first shower of rain puts a close to the gathering that year.

On my first arrival here, I made many inquiries regarding the quan-

tity of gums annually shipped from this coast for the Red Sea and

Indian markets, but the accounts I received were so surprising, that I

placed no confidence in them. As I became more acquainted with the

merchants here, I was able to make more minute inquiries. I first as-

certained the number of boats belonging to the tribe, and their owners,

I then, by visiting the different ports, found out how many boats had

taken cargoes of gums at the opening of the fair season, and by com-

paring their statement with different accounts that I got afterwards

from the shippers, I was enabled to form a tolerably just estimate,

in round numbers, of the large quantity annually exported from this

coast, and which export trade is almost entirely in the hands of those

never-failing speculators, the banians of Porebunder and Bombay.

1844. ] Note on the Mijertheyn Somalees. 301

At the close of the N. E. monsoon, a party of these banians arrive

on the coast, and settle at Feeluk, Geyseli, Bunder Murayah, Wurbah,

and Bunder Khor. The Bedouins from the interior immediately visit

them, and as there is no one to compete with them, they manage to

engross the greater part of the trade. As the season draws on, the

Bedouin finds that his gums are finished, and he is fain to purchase food

to last him through the hot weather, before the setting in of the grass, on

credit, and thus a running account is carried on from year to year, which

of course the wary creditor takes care never to settle. The people are

perfectly aware how much they are pillaged, and earnestly hope that

some of the ships that they so frequently see passing along their coast,

might be induced to come in and trade with them. A small vessel

might easily do this; but to ensure her cargo being ready for her, an

agent must be established on shore. The articles that should be

brought for the purpose of barter are rice, both coarse Mangalore

and Bengal, in gunnies ; dates from the gulf; Surat tobacco; double

dungaree, and coarse white American sheeting cloth, with a few Surat

blue striped turbans and loongees, and a small quantity of the iron

called hindiwan. Money should also be forthcoming if preferred.

German crowns (without holes in them) are the only coin; though

during our stay, rupees were often accepted. A vessel arriving at

Bunder Murayah about the end of September, would be enabled to fill

up a cargo of gums in three or four days, if the agent had been mode-

rately diligent during the hot weather.

I annex a list of the boats employed, and the quantity actually

shipped in each; and I now offer a rough estimate of the quantity

shipped this year, taking the weight of the bahar at 10 to the ton.

Between the Ist September 1843 to the Ist March 1844, the quantity

of gums exported was as follows :—

To Bombay, .. ~» 938410 bahars.

», the Red Sea, F shi 2, ROO wise

2 athe Amal C oastgiy ts. 5) 1,200% 7 4

Total, -- 7,820 bahars which

at 10 to the ton, gives .. 732 tons.

332 Note on the Mijertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

The season of 1843 was considered as very unfavorable, owing to

the drought, and the crop of gums not more than half the average

quantity, and I was assured that three years ago the export exceeded

20,000 bahars; but taking every thing into consideration, I think

from 900 to 1,000 tons may be set down as a fair estimate.

The trees that produce the /wban, or frankincense, are of two kinds;

viz. the duban meyeti, and luban bedoui, of these, the meyett which

grows out of the naked rock, is the most valuable, and when clean,

picked, and of good quality, it is sold by the merchants on the coast

for 1 dollar per frasila of 20 pounds. The dluban bedoui of

the best quality, is sold for 1 dollar per frasila of both kinds ; the

palest colour is preferred. The trees vary greatly in height, but I

never saw one above 20 feet, with a stem of nine inches diameter.

Their form is very graceful, and when springing from a mass of

marble on the brink of a precipice, their appearance is especially

picturesque.

The gum arabic, or swmmuk, is of three kinds; viz. the ad-ad, wadi

and aukokib, of which the aukokib is considered the best. It sells

at Bunder Murayah for 14 dollar per frasila of 20 pounds. The tree

is found on the mountain sides, ina good red soil, and varies in

height from 10 to 20 feet.

The inferior qualities of gums of course are sold at a much lower

rate, but when it is remembered that the merchant who resides at the

Bunder, purchases two pounds of frankincense for one pound of dates,

and one pound of swmmuk for two pounds of dates, the profits may be

easily imagined ; for instance, a man purchases a bag of Muscat dates

weighing 120 pounds for } dollar, with this he purchases 12 frasi-

las of lduban, which he sells to the traders, who sell for it at the rate

of one frasila per 14 dollar.

Myrrh is brought from Wadi Nogal, and from Murreyhan and

Agahora; some few trees are found on the mountains at the back of

Bunder Murayah, about 50 miles from the Levant. It is sold at Bunder

Murayah, when well picked and clean, at 4 pounds for a dollar. I sent

inland when at Bunder Murayah, and succeeded in getting two speci-

mens of the tree, which is I believe, but slightly known.

The quantity of the ghee that is brought down for sale is too

trifling to merit any remark. It is, however, singularly clear and good,

1844. ] Note on the Mijertheyn Somalees. 333

perfectly free from the disagreeable smell that distinguishes the ghee

from Kurachee, though the major part of that originally comes from

Berbura. The banians from Pore Bunder, who regularly attend the

Berbura fair, carry back immense supplies of ghee for the Indian mar-

ket, and as the Somahs are celebrated for melting down sheep’s tails

and mixing the fat with the ghee to increase the quantity, the dis-

agreeable odour that attends “‘ ghee, Kurachee Ist sort,” may perhaps

be accounted for.

Of the countries to the Southand West of the Mijjertheyn tribe, no-

thing is as yet known, and as what little information I have been able

to pick up would only swell the mass of hearsay evidence that already

exists without establishing any fact, I refrain from making any remark

on the rivers, &c. that have afforded such field for discussion. Of the

practicability of exploring the course of these rivers, I have no doubt,

Since this was writ- Nor should I apprehend any hostility on the part

ee ae! Mape ot of the natives, if the traveller was only duly at-

Zanzibar, who has re- tended by a Mijjertheyn chief. Repeated offers

cently sailed above 200 iia

miles up the Jub, and were made to me to visit the stream generally called

ings ite iba the ‘ Wabi,” (Wabi or Webbi in the Somal language

means a river,) and I only regretted that I was unable to do so.

A most interesting journey might be made from a few miles South-

west of Hafoon, along the Wadi Nagalto Kurrum on the Berbura coast.

In this valley the best kinds of myrrh grow, and as the inhabitants are

of the Mijjertheyn tribe, no danger need be apprehended.

My principal reason for offering this brief memoir to Government

is to point out the advantageous trade that might be carried on with

this hitherto imperfectly known country, and I much regret that I was

unable from other duties to visit the interior. I would wish to make one

concluding remark. Though the general character of the Somalis is

by no means good, I much doubt if a vessel were wrecked on any

other coast inhabited by perfect savages, such as the Mijjertheyn,

whether the crew would have fared as well as that of the steam frigate

Memnon. During a residence of six months amongst them we experi-

enced no opposition, and were finally allowed to quit the coast on our

own terms, and in perfect friendship with all.

(Signed ) C. J. Crurrenpen, Lieutenant,

Assistant Political Agent, Aden.

334 Note on the Myjertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

Number of boats laden with gums during the season of 1843, and

their owners.

To Bombay.

Robea bin Salem, ® ise sh re 0

Lore) nee nie ae “ey mem) OD

Mahri, ... Hy Pe a8 oer QUU

Kyeti, ... ae at a 2 BBO

Alli Myjee, ae va abi ie) 600

Ayal Rocknah,... 9 et .+» 300

Shea Khan, ... gat Nas OU

Aial Tarba Hersee,_... ee Sere

One name unknown, ... Nae ws 29200

3,770

To the Red Sea.

Shermakhi, My J ne -- 800

Bon Saloom, .. az ae is Bae

Adthiya bin Ahmed, .. - we Ce

Doongoorna, .. a a «gee

Several small Vessels, .. =a - 0 FOO

To the Arab Coast.

Vessels owners residing at Shahr

and Maculla, ws \ siibee

Grand Total, .... 7,320 bahars, which

at 10 toa ton,.. 732 tons of gums.

List of Boats owned by the Mijertheyn trebe.

Aloolla, ex -- 2 Boats, 1 Alli Yoosuf, 1 Esa Tyah.

Geyseli, Bae ais hase Esa Dohel.

Gursah, Yes Shermarkhi Fyah.

Marrayah, hege Tatha Abdi.

Bundi Khor,... l . Tarha Kersee.

Bunder Baad,. l S Abdulla Farha.

Bunder Ghassim, ... 1 “ Abmed Shabhah.

a Shermarkhi.

beAL. Abdialli.

ay ae Mahammed Woorsuma.

i Nahleyah Bon Beker.

(Signed) C. J. CRUTTENDEN.

Bunder Zeyadal, 2

335

"p2[00n) g pouty “Weasayg “100 “ITY “seta

“uapp ‘quaby ‘70g JUNI Sissy

‘NUGNALLANQ ‘pf -Q (pousic)

"peop SI UOS SIQ} JY} ‘suRaT CJ —*AZ0AT

‘MOOJe FY JO FINO oy} 0} Yepusez Jepung Worl A1jUNOD 9} JO USTAIBAOg [NJIqSII 9y} SI OU ‘pyjo stead T] ‘pameyory

| | | | |

AM ‘TejN AQ Jusn gq “YecotyeN ‘yerepy “popooy “Wy YILeUIsYy ‘s1ayjnMUING ‘ITeeIYY “ess “TeUTG “UL

‘ynsn x

qd ad qd

ity @)

| | | | | |

I er Ae rp a ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee

Note on the Miyertheyn Somalees.

— sguos 21 Suravay ‘oBe sree cz parp oma “paumureyoT

a k

aang

-pawieyowy

‘ynsn x

‘ud0je Ey ple

jo qjnog s]yIq "ITY 9asia zy

aq} uo Surpis |

-31 ‘esi aewUg ‘ITY ueusg

a ae ee

*1OUN 1apung

“uooje Ty plore

ye Surptsai Mou

uo Mou qoursq

‘UOOIeAYEMES “ueUI]aS TV ‘URMLITIg pauloye fy

| C—_—___—___.,- —_ ——

“utassn Ey “UBSSE ET

L——_—— ——.,- —— *JOIpT ur

“SSTOTYON ‘qopneumy

“qeay

“TTRSUNAIIN AA

84] UO Japi0g

“SSHPT. “qooug “piper Japung

SS epede7Z lapung ye opisar

‘URTISC) Dee Ag ‘uewsg Ipso qeyeurg -uewsc pnuyy

ee. - ee Se ee eee =

Speule V. TRY?

a a eed

“LIRMPEYIOO

eM IOUy “yeamMoppny “yemieping “yemypesnq ‘eaaveqoAy

| | | |

aS ee SS ee eee ee SS ee ee ee en)

‘udsogqolltpy

1844, ]

“NOAVITOAS

336

Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone from the junction of the

Diamond Limestone and Sandstone at Nurnoor in the Kurnool Ter-

ritory, Southern India. Received for the Museum of Economic Geo-

logy, from Capt. Newxsoiy, M. N. I. Assistant Commissioner,

Kurnool. By Henry Pippincron, Curator Museum of Economic

Geology of India and of Geological and Mineralogical Depart-

ments, Asiatic Society Museum.

It is with many good writers, and I think with justice, a subject of

regret that the chemistry of geology is so little attended to. One of

the reasons for this may perhaps be, that the results are often unsatis-

factory, or at least offer nothing striking, and we are thus much tempted

when we have bestowed our labour in researches of this kind to put

them aside, being unwilling to obtrude them on the notice of the

scientific world, which has indeed so many more brilliant and at first

sight more interesting things to occupy its attention.

It may however be doubted whether in so doing we do rightly and

well ; for although our results may be always, as results, of little moment,

(and this is not always certain,) yet if we consider that by recording

our own work, even when obtaining mere negative results, we may save

work to others we might perhaps oftener do so, and this with that

amount of benefit to science which arises from sparing the labours of

our brother workmen, and informing them where our researches quan-

tum valeant, may have failed to elicit any thing striking, though ap-

pearances might lead us to suspect that a rock did contain more re-

markable constituents. It is from this motive then that I have thought

it right to place upon record my examination of this remarkable sand-

stone, which would certainly attract the attention of any geologist or

mineralogist, who might meet with it 2m sztu. Its geological position,

in the diamond tracts, also adds something to the interest of the

specimen.

Capt. Newbold thus describes it, and I quote his description as one

conveying very faithfully, as far as it goes, the appearance of the rock :

‘‘ Examining it hastily, the rock appears to be composed of a dark red

earthy and sometimes spongy-looking mineral, veined and streaked

with a dark green chert, and imbedding curious crystals of a flesh-like-

looking mineral with a fracture resembling that of rock crystal.”

I should further add, as to appearance,

1844. ] Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone. 337

It appears ‘“ peppered” over with minute black grains, which by the

magnifier are seen to be little nests of protoxide of iron, and exteriorly

it is covered with a red, and in some places a black varnish, which is

often somewhat shining. Where the stone is weathered, below this

varnish, it is a reddish grey sandstone, evidently shewing traces of la-

mination in the line of the chert laminee and veins.

The foregoing are its most remarkable appearances as to sight. I

proceed now to describe it more regularly.

Its fresh fracture has but a little fresher colour than the internal part

of the hand specimen. It gives out a peculiar faint odour when brok-

en, which resembles that of iodine (or seaweed ?) more nearly than any

thing which occurs either to Capt. Newbold or myself; the fracture is

somewhat splintery and angular rather than cubical. It has no dis-

position to break in laminz.

It is opaque, the streak a dirty yellowish, or orange, white. It does

not soil: hardness about that of Fluor. It is not tough, except about

the cherty veins, and is easily powdered. It does not adhere to the

tongue. It feels meagre but greasy on the external varnish.

It specific gravity is 2.64 at Temp: 84°

Its smell I have described above.

Its taste to the tongue is very earthy, and it gives an earthy odour,

though not strong, when breathed upon.

It is pounded with tolerable ease, scarcely shewing the hardness of

silex, except in a few grains at the last.

In washing off, the first water is of a dull brick red, like the usual fer-

ruginous mineral washings, the residuum is a dull greyish and denser

powder, which by long rubbing also diffuses in the water, but is, espe-

cially the last portions, of a very bright (almost vermillion) red.

This powder however gives nothing but oxide of iron.

The whole washings being mixed and allowed to settle.

Blowpipe.

Open tube.—Very little or no smell, and that rather turfy and peaty

than iodic ; no sublimate.

Bulb tube.—Water abundant. Litmus paper discolored; turmeric

paper not affected ; smell that of peat, but not strong; silver leaf is dis-

coloured, shewing the presence of sulphur, probably from some oy

mixture with it when deposited.

338 Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone. [| No. 149.

In the forceps—F uses into a metallic looking slag at the edges.

With Soda on Charcoal.—F uses with considerable ebullition, and a

part is reduced, giving bright white, and soft, metallic grains and streaks

in the mortar ; these dissolve quickly in nitric acid, but give no precipi-

tate with mur: acid. With prussiate of potass, dark blue precipitate

and are therefore iron.

The powder of the washing before the Blowpipe, with Soda on Pla-

tinum Wire.—Fuses with effervescence into an opaque and dirty olive

green wrinkled bead, which in the reducing flame becomes. speckled

with dark spots. With more soda the same. In the reducing flame

greyish. The bead allowed to deliquesce takes a bright olive (or grass)

green, and in the mortar gives metallic traces as before.

Via humida.—Powder boiled in mur: acid, the red colour changes

to a dull yellow or dirty orange, with a white powder at bottom.

When cool and settled, the acid is of a clear yellow orange; tested by

prussiate potass. Dark blue.

Tinct. Galls.—A clear brown which by the addition of lime water,

becomes purple and black.

Hydrosulph. Potass.—A dirty black brown.

Hydrosulph. Ammonia.—The same.

The solution filtered left a greyish white powder which was silex.

The solution was evaporated, re-dissolved and precipitated by ben-

zoate of ammonia. The precipitate was of a light buff colour and the

solution left clear. This solution and the precipitate gave no trace of

titanium, but a little iron was found in it; the benzoate of ammonia

not having, apparently, precipitated the whole of the oxide.

For Iodine.—The powder heated gradually with concentrated sul-

phuric acid evolved no vapour, and before the blowpipe with microcosmic

salt and oxide of copper gave also no trace of Iodine.

The sulphuric acid solution gave no trace but of iron.

The cherty-looking Veins. —A vein giving both with the soft iron of a

knife and a steel edge-tool, a greenish metallic streak, was selected.

A small triangular fragment fuses into a black slag at the apex,

the assay becoming black and iron-like. Fused with soda an olive colour-

ed bead, with borax clear pale-green glass, shewing only silica and iron.

fesult.—The rock is a red ferruginous sandstone, with pure silica in

grains, and protoxide of iron (Hzmatitic ?) in little black specks and

1844. ] Examination of a remarkable Red Sandstone. 339

nests, and chert, (hydrate of silica,) in veins and spots. It is slightly

impregnated with peaty matter, and its smell is probably owing to this

and to the minute proportion of sulphur which peat contains, and which

in the specimen just discolours silver foil in the neck of the bulb tube.

H. Pippineron.

Report of a Journey from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cabool and

the Punjaub, undertaken in the year 1838, by order of His Excel-

lency Joan McNEix1, Esq. H. B. M. Envoy Extraordinary and

Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of Persia. By Mason Topp,

Acting Secretary of Legation.

The circumstances under which this journey was undertaken, the

short time (sixty days) which it occupied, and the disturbed state of

some of the districts on my route, prevented my taking more than a

hasty survey of the countries through which I passed, or obtaining any

information beyond what chance threw in my way.

The following rough notes were mostly jotted down either on horse-

back, or after being in the saddle from twelve to fifteen hours out of

the twenty-four.

I left the Persian camp before Herat, on the 22nd May, and arriv-

ed at Simla on the 20th of July.

The city and valley of Herat have been minutely described by suc-

cessive travellers. It may, however, be required, that I should say a

few words on the defences of a place which, garrisoned by a small

band of determined men, had up to the date of our latest authentic in-

telligence, successfully resisted the whole concentrated power of Persia

for upwards of seven months.

The strength of the besieging army may be estimated at from 12 to

15,000 regular infantry, 7 or 8,000 irregular horse, and about 50

pieces of brass ordnance, 24, 18, 14, 12, 6 and 4-pounders, about half

being of the two last mentioned calibres, with half a dozen 53-inch

mortars. I do not think that the besieged mustered more than 2,500

fighting men, actually under arms. They had no artillery, and their

horsemen had been sent away to Korook, Subzawaur, and other places

soon after the commencement of the siege.

340 Journey from Herat to Simla, [No. 149.

The city of Herat is of an oblong shape, about 1,600 yards in length

and 13 or 14,000 yards in breadth. The place is encircled by an artifi-

cial mound of earth, varying from 40 to 60 feet in height, on the sum-

mit of which stands the wall of the town. There are about thirty

bastions on each face, circular and built of unburnt brick ; those at the

angles of the place being much larger and higher than the intermedi-

ate ones. The height of the bastions, and walls about the mound,

varies from 25 to 35 feet.

The following rude section of the defences will illustrate my des-

cription of them :—

a. The artificial mound mentioned above, which forms the real

circle of defence.

b. The walls of the place.

c. c. Trenches cut in the mound, or what may be called the ex-

terior slope of the rampart, about 65 or 7 feet deep, and running

entirely round the place. These are called the upper and lower Sheer

Hajee, or Sheerazah, and in them are stationed nearly the whole of

the garrison. The Sheer Hajees communicate with one another and

with the town by subterranean passages, and since the commenee-

ment of the siege, they have been partly traversed.

d. The ditch.

e. The town.

I saw the ditch only at two points, at the S. E. angle of the place

it was about nine yards broad, with water in it, but not filled. The

Affghans had established a covered way, or place of arms on the coun-

terscarp, communicating with the scarp by means of a plank thrown

across the ditch. The Persians had worked up to within ten or

twelve yards of this work, and both parties were incessantly engaged

in mining and countermining. I also saw the ditch between the S. W.

angle and the Candahar gate, which is situated in the centre of the

southern face. It was dry at this point, and about twelve yards

broad.. The Persians had here advanced a covered gallery half way

across the ditch.

The exterior slope of the artificial mound or rampart is at an angle

of from 35 to 45, forming in most places too steep an ascent for men

encumbered with arms, in face of a determined enemy. ‘The breadth

of this mass of earth, at its base, may be from 90 to 100 feet. There

1844. | via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 341

are some places where the ascent is not so steep, and at one of these,

the Persians, in a late attempt at assault, clambered up to the upper

Sheer Hajee, of which they kept possession for some time.

The citadel of Herat is built upon a mound at the northern end of

the town, surrounded by a wet ditch, said to be of considerable depth,

and about 36 feet wide, and flanked by large massive towers of burnt

brick, 60 or 70 feet high. The position is a strong one, and might be

held for some days, or even weeks, after the fall of the town. The

only entrance to the citadel is on its Southern face, over a bridge,

which might be destroyed in a few minutes.

On the northern face of the town, an outwork has of late years been

constructed, called the Ark-i-no, or new citadel. ‘This covers the cita-

del, and one of the gates of the town.

From the above rough sketch of the defences of Herat, some idea

may be formed of its strength. It would be very difficult, if not im-

possible to breach it with artillery, and the immense quantity of

powder which would be necessary in order to establish such a mine

as would effect a practicable breach, may be estimated from the dimen-

sions of the rampart above given. From the size of the place, it would

require an army of 25 or 30,000 men to invest it effectually.

Herat is not, however, without its weak points. The ruined walls

of houses and gardens surround the place, and afford shelter to the be-

siegers, almost up to the edge of the ditch. On the northern side of the

town is an immense mound called the Tull-i-bunjee, which was

thrown up I believe by Nadir Shah, about 4 or 500 yards from the

walls, and behind which a couple of regiments might be encamped,

completely screened from the fire of the town. ‘The very size of Herat

is also a weakness: it would require a garrison of at least 10,000 men

to defend it against an active and enterprizing enemy.

The Sheer Hajees are not traversed throughout their whole extent,

and might therefore by an enfilading ricochet fire be rendered in some

places, untenable.

Nearly all the weak points above-mentioned, might, however, be

remedied by a skilful engineer, and if time were allowed for this,

the place supplied with guns, and a sufficiency of ammunition, and

the works defended with common bravery, the capture of Herat even

with European troops, would be a tedious and difficult enterprize.

342 Journey from Herat to Simla, [CNo. 149.

Names of

: REMARKS.

Stations, &e.

Distance in)

Miles.

Direction

ee a eer | eS ST ST Ee ems Sn

El era tine es dos se as On leaving the town, the road to Canda-

har leads due south, through a succession

of gardens and fields, intersected by nu-

merous water-courses. About three miles

from the town, the Herirood or Pul-i-Ma-

larun river is crossed. Formerly a fine

bridge of burnt brick spanned the stream

at this point, but the river has formed for

itself a new channel, and now flows round

one end of the bridge. The breadth of the ri-

ver, at the place where I crossed, was about

150 yards, the stream was exceedingly ra-

pid, and water reached to our saddle flaps :

several fatal accidents had lately occurred

to persons who had attempted to ford the

stream, when it had been swollen by a

fall of rain in the adjacent mountains.

To the south of the river is a fine tract of

pasture land, thickly studded with villages

and gardens.

Houz, .....) 14

(reservoir of

water, )

MeerDaoud,| 4 S. Caravanserai in good repair, with a fine

stream of clear water from a kahreez or

succession of wells, connected by an under-

ground passage, which conducts the stream

from its source.

S. Situated in an opening of the range of

hills, to the south of the town.

Shah Beg,.. 12

S. Ruined caravanserai; abundance of water.

Meer Allah, | 12 S. Ruined caravanserai, 54 miles beyond

Shah Beg a spring of sweet water on the

left of the road. The caravanserai of Meer

Allah surrounded by cultivation, and a

fine stream of water runs under the

walls.

Rood-i-Guz,| 6 S. A rapid stream 15 or 20 yards broad.

Rood-i-Ad- | 5 S. Stream one mile beyond Rood-i-Adrus-

ruscund, cund, a rocky pass with springs of fresh

S. | water.

Khajeh Ou-| 6 S. A Ziaret-gih, or place of pilgrimage.

rieh. A ruin perched on the summit of a rocky

1844.]

Names of

Stations, &c.

Khajeh Ou-

rieh.

(continued.)

Mauesin<. .

Subzawaur,

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 343

‘= mee er ee

ey eae

Stake cela fl REMARKS.

os >) |

col

A A

6 S. hill, at the foot which runs a stream

slightly brackish.

Road turns off to Subzawaur, leaving

that which leads direct to Candahar on the

left.

7 | S.W.| Reservoir of water ruined.

10 |SS. W.| A small mud fort, 200 or 250 yards

‘square, with seven circular bastions, on

| each face one gate. On the Southern face

scarcely any ditch, the walls in a state of

dilapidation. A small ark or citadel, the

residence of the Prince governor in the

centre of the place. Subzawaur is a place

of no strength, and might be taken with

little loss by a coup de main. It is situated

in the midst of a richly cultivated tract of

country studded with innumerable villages,

which are inhabited by Noorzyes. Each

village is about sixty yards square, sur-

rounded by a mud wall, with towers at

the angles. A range of hills of inconsider-

able elevation to the south of the town, dis-

tant about two miles. The road between

Herat and Subzawaur is good and level,

and passable for wheel carriages of every

description.

Abundance of fresh water in every part

of this route ; but provisions are not pro-

curable at any point between Herat and

Subzawaur. Shahzadeh Iskunder, a son

of Shah Kamran was nominally the go.

| vernor of this district. When I passed

through it, he possessed, however, little

| weight or influence anywhere, and none

beyond the walls of his fort; he seemed to

be a half-witted and imbecile person. He

had made no attempt to succour his father,

or even to divert the attention of the Per-

sians. ‘The surrounding country was in a

| istate of utter disorder. Bands of plunder-

‘ergs were roving about in every direction,

344 Journey from Herat to Simla, [ No. 149.

A |

Names of | 3 3 s

Stations, &e. E = F

a a

Subzawaur,| 10 |SS.W

(continued.)

Kharuck,..| 30 |S. KE.

Summit of 3 S.

Pass.

Dowlutabad,} 15 | S. E.

SSeS eee a

REMARKS.

.{and those men were described as acknow-

ledging neither God nor king.

At this point, the road from Subzawaur

joins the main road between Herat and

Candahar. The range of hills to the south

of Subzawaur terminates four miles from

the town in a long spur, upon which the

remains of an extensive fort are visible.

This is called the Kulla-i-Dookhter, or

maiden’s castle, and at a short distance from

it, on a mound in the plain, are the ruins

of another castle called Kulla-i-Pisr, or

the youth’s fort ; the plain is thickly stud-

ded with villages and khad/ls (encampment)

of Noorzyes. Abundance of water, road per-

fectly level.

A grove of Ahunjuck trees, with a fine

stream of water situated under a range of

hills running W. S. W. and E. N. E.

| Wells or springs at every six or eight miles,

‘but no provisions procurable. For the last

‘4 or 5 miles, the road hilly and difficult

for wheel carriages ; but a road which is

described as being good and level, strikes

off to the right three miles before Kha-

ruck, and after turning the Kharuck range

crosses the plain to Dowlutabad, where it

again joins the road which I followed,

Encampments of Noorzyes are occasional-

ly formed in the vicinity of Kharuck, but

these cannot be depended on for furnish-

ing supplies even to a small force.

Road or rather pathway impassable for

wheel carriages.

A ruined fort on the right bank of the

‘-Furrah, and several large encampments in

the vicinity. The valley of the Furrah

lroad runs from N. E. to S. W., and is said

to be richly cultivated in the vicinity of

the town of Furrah, about 40 miles below

Dowlutabad. Supplies to almost any extent

and every description might be drawn

1844. |

Names of

Stations, &c.

ees ee eer | eee

Dowlutabad

(continued.)

Checkaub,

Largebur

Kahreez,

Carwan

Cazee,

Toot-i-Gus-

serman,

Gunnee-

murgh,

Ibrahim-joee

River.

Tull-i-Ku-

man.

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 345

= |

aun &

as| 8

a as

15 | S.E.

922 |S. E

by E

Sul: iE.

4|S.E

Was

By iso

6-h:. EB.

7 S.S.E

7,|NvE

REMARKS.

lfrom the district of Furrah. A son of Kam-

ran, with the title of Saadut-ool-Moolk,

resides at Furrah, and is the governor of

the district. He, like the Subzawaur prince,

has not attempted to aid his father.

On the 29th of May, the river was ford-

. able at a point where it was divided into

five streams about 300 yards above a large

solitary tree which stands on the water’s

edge, and is remarkable as being the only

tree near Dowlutabad.

Checkaub is the name given to a fine

spring of water, near whichwas an encamp-

ment of Noorzyes. The road from Dowlut-

abad passable for wheel carriages. No

water between the Furrah road and

Checkaub, except a few brackish streams.

Abundance of water, and a good deal of

cultivation, wheat and barley, in the im-

mediate vicinity of Checkaub.

Gardens 4 mile to the right of the road,

with abundance of water. Some encamp-

ments of Atchikzyes in the vicinity.

Water.

Several encampments near some mul-

berry trees, which are said to mark the half

way distance between Herat and Candahar.

Abundance of water and cultivation. Road

from Largebur Kahreez hilly and stony,

difficult for wheel carriages.

Gardens and encampments of Atchikzyes

near a fine stream ; country hilly, but road

good.

We turned off the main road at this

point, and ascended the right bank of the

stream.

Mud fort belonging to Meru Khan,

'a chief of Noorzyes, on the left bank of the

stream. There are about thirty other forts

higher up the stream inhabited by the

346 Journey from Herat to Simla, (No. 149.

|.8

Names of |$ 5

Stations, &c.| & = 3 REMARKS.

a a

Tull-i-Ku- 7 E. | Baderzyes branch of the Noorzyes. There

man. are two branches of the Noorzyes, the

(continued.)| 'Chulakzyes and the Baderzyes. The head

of the former is Mahomed Haleem Khan,

| (at present in the Persian camp _ before

Herat; he was with Sheer Mahomed Khan

when Ghorian was given up to Mahomed

Shah,) and Hassan Khan, at present in

Herat, is the head of the latter. It is said

that the two branches of this tribe muster

from 600 to 700 families. There is no

such fort as Killa Suffeed, as mentioned

by Lieutenant Conolly, and inserted in

Arrowsmith’s map; but I was told that

the Tull-i-Kuman was built upon the site

of what has once been the Killa Suffeed,

which like all the other Killa Suffeeds, is

lassigned to the days of Rustam and the

ioe demon.

The Tull-i-Kuman is surrounded by

| | lencampments, and is used as a keep for

the flocks and herds of the chief and his

| |people. In times of danger, these people re-

itire to caves and hiding places in the ad-

jacent hills.

| The Tull-i-Kuman and its dependent

| forts are nominally under the authority of

the Syfool Moolk, (a son of Shah Kamran,)

who resides at Ghore, said to be about 35

miles north of Toot-i-Gusserman, but he

has not been able for a long time past to

extract any thing from them in the shape

of revenue or taxes, and they enjoy their

fields and their flocks, without paying

any regard to the constituted authority,

which is too weak to enforce its demands.

9 |E.S. & Came again upon the high road ; abun-

| S. j|dance of water on the road between the

| Tull-i-Kuman and this point; passed se-

| | veral gardens and encampments.

Khaushrood| 6 |E.S.E.| <A fine stream 20 or 30 yards broad run-

River, | ning from the north, fordable ; this is the

1844. ] via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 347

Names, of

Stations, &e.

Distance in

Direction.

REMARKS.

(ry cs eee | cree me ee

Khaushrood| 6 |E.S.E.

River,

(continued. )

Washeer, -.| 14 |E.b Ss.

Byabanck, .; 24 E.

Dooshaukh, | 5 | E.

Lur, 4, 34 E

Girishk, ..| 21 | S. E.

— Ts,

boundary between Kamran’s territory and

‘that of the Candahar sirdars.

Four forts situated on a fine stream, and

surrounded by rich cultivation and gar-

dens.

Village with a stream from a kahreez.

‘The road in some places rugged, but pass-

‘able for wheel carriages. No fresh water

during the first 10 or 12 miles. This road

is to the south of that followed by Conolly,

\which leads through the villages of Poo-

‘sand and Numzand.

| Village surrounded by a mud-wall and

‘towers.

| Deserted fort with a stream from kah-

reez ; No encampments in the vicinity.

Stream near a deserted fort, and some

encampments of Barukzyes. Road perfect-

ly level. F

Fort small, but strong and in good repair.

This fort was built by Futteh Khan Ba-

rukzye for his mother, who is said to have

held a petty court here. Abundance of

water.

The fort of Girishk is built upon a mound

about two miles from the right bank of the

Helmund. Girishk isa place of considerable

strength, and if properly garrisoned, would

require a force of three or four thousand

men, with a small train of artillery, (4 iron

guns and 2 or 3 mortars would be suffici-

ent,) to ensure its capture. There are

four or five old guns in the fort, but

they appeared to be in an unserviceable

State.

Between the river and the fort is a fine

chummun, (pasture land,) intersected by

water-courses, and dotted with gardens,

and graves, and villages. The country

‘round the fort might be easily flooded, and

‘the approach to it thus rendered exceeding-

Names of

Stations, &e.

Girishk, ..

(continued.)

Rood-i-Hel-

mund, ..

(River, )

Journey from Herat to Simla, [No. 149.

Direction.

S. E.

REMARKS.

ee eee ee

ly difficult to a besieging force. Mahomed

Siddick Khan, a clever intelligent young

man, one of the sons of Sirdar Kohundil

Khan, (the eldest of the Candahar bro-

thers,) rules at Girishk, and is the gover-

| nor of the frontier district. He is attempt-

ing to form a corps of infantry, to be drilled

and disciplined after the European man-

ner. I saw about a hundred of his re-

cruits, armed with sticks in lieu of mus-

kets, being drilled by a fellow who looked

very much like a runaway sepoy dressed

in a gay English uniform. When I passed

through Girishk, Mahomed Omar Khan

and Mahomed Osman Khan, two sons of

Kohundil Khan, were encamped in the

Vicinity, with about two hundred followers,

on the way to join the Persian army be-

fore Herat. The measure was most un-

popular, and it was given out that after a

sufficient foree had been collected, the

young chiefs would in the first instance

undertake a plundering expedition against

Furrah and Subzawaur.

The Etymander of the ancients. Broad

and exceedingly rapid river not fordable

at this season. The distance between the

banks is about a thousand yards, but in

spring it is said to spread itself over the

low ground on its right bank, and some-

times to approach within a few hundred

yards of the walls of Girishk. The Hel-

mund takes its rise in the mountains to

the west of Cabool, and after a course of

600 miles, during which it is joined by

several considerable streams, the principal of

which are the Turnuk, the Urghundab, the

Shah Bund and the Khaushrood, it falls

into the Jake of Tumah.

There is usually a small boat at this

place, by which travellers cross the river

when the stream is not fordable ; but this

Names ae. |

Stations, &e.

Rood-i- Hel-

mund,

(River, )

(continued.)

Khak-i-

Chanpan,

Kooshk-i-

Nakhood,

Houz i-Mud.|

dud Khan. |

Candahar,

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 8349

i: oe ef

r=: REMARKS.

ssi

2 =

=) =

2 E. had been destroyed a short time before our

arrival, and we crossed the river on an

elephant, the water being in some places

E. S.E.

E.b S.

about seven feet deep, 3d June.

A grove of mulberry trees with a small

stream; there is no water between the

Helmund and this place.

A great deal of rich cultivation, and

several fine groves and gardens in the

vicinity. Abundance of water. Theruins of

an ancient fort called the Killa-i- Nadir,

which must have been a place of consider-

able strength in its day, about 2 miles to

the west of Koosh-i-Nakhood.

A large tank on the right of road.

The Urghundab, a fine stream about half

a mile to the right of road, the banks of the

river thickly studded with gardens and

villages. The Urghandab after passing Can-

dahar, takes a westerly course as far as the

Houz-i-Muddud Khan, and then turns to

the South, not as it is laid down in Arrow-

smith’s map. The road from the Houz to

Candahar passes through a succession of

fields, and gardens, and villages, which cover

this fertile and delightful valley, the breadth

of which varies from 3 to 9 miles. Nearly

the whole of the water of the Urghundab is

taken off by canals, for the purpose of irriga-

tion.

The route by which I travelled from

Herat to Candahar, was nearly the same

as that followed in 1828 by Lieutenant

Conolly, to the accuracy of whose state-

ments and descriptions, I can bear ample

testimony. I calculated the distance to be

3804 miles by the average rate of a fast-

walking horse, which I found to be 4 miles

an hour on level ground.

The journey is performed by horsemen

in ten and sometimes in nine days, but ca-

350 Journey from Herat to Simia, [No. 149.

ow =

Names of 2 2 =

Stations, &e.;eS| §

Me =

a 2

Candahar, 26 E.

(continued.)

| |

REMARKS.

ravans of Jaden mules are usually from

sixteen or eighteen days between Herat

and Candahar. The country is occupied

by pastoral tribes, chiefly of the Noorzye,

Atchikzye and Barukzye branches of the

Dooranee Afighans. They are possessed of

numerous flocks and herds, and in the vi-

cinity of their khac/s or encampments, they

raise a sufficiency of grain for their own con-

sumption. These khats, which generally

consist of from fifteen to fifty tents, are

scattered over the face of the country, and

as they are usually at some distance from

the road, it is impossible for a mere traveller

even to make a rough guess at the extent

of population, or the amount of the re-

‘sources of the country.

To the South of the route above describ-

ed, isanother which passes through Bakwa,

and which was followed by Forster in 1783,

since which time I believe no European

has travelled it. The Southern, or Dilaram

road, as it is usually called, is described as

being perfectly level, and not more than

forty or fifty miles longer than the North-

ern or more direct one; but there is a

scarcity of water on it, some of the halting

places being upwards of thirty miles apart.

It is however travelled by caravans and

horsemen, and for an army it would have

the advantage of passing within a short

distance of Furrah and Subzawaur, from

which places supplies almost to any extent

are procurable.

The city of Candahar is of an oblong shape, the length, North and

South, being about 2,000, and the breadth 1,600 yards. The city is

enclosed by a mud wall with circular bastions at regular intervals.

The height of the walls may be about thirty feet, the ditch is dry, and

from ten to sixteen feet deep, and fifteen broad, in some places less. A

1844. ] via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 351

wall loopholed for musquetry, about six feet high, runs round the scarp

of the ditch, between which and the main wall, is a level place or

Jausse braye, eight or ten feet in breadth; the works are in tolerable

repair.

Candahar is surrounded by gardens and enclosed fields, which would

afford cover to a besieging force almost up to the edge of the ditch.

About a hundred yards from the S. W. angle, is a large walled gar-

den, which was taken possession of by Shah Shooja in his attempt

upon Candahar in 1834, and which formed a strong advanced post for

his troops.

Candahar is a place of no strength, and might be taken by escalade ;

but should this be deemed a hazardous experiment, four iron guns 12

or 18-pounders, would effect a practicable breach in the course of a

day’s firing.

Three or four mortars (8 and 54 inches) should be added.

Supplies almost to any extent may be drawn from the surrounding

country.

Lot ctrl aa rsa Paice :

Names of 3 8 s R

Stations, &. SS 8 cman

a Fs Ps

A a

Kulla-i-kha-| 13 |E. and! <A half ruined village. Road for the

lek-dad E.N.E.|first two or three miles led through gar-

Khan, | dens and cultivation, after which we tra-

velled over an open uncultivated plain.

Good level road free from stones; water

| only amongst the gardens and cultivation.

Kulla-i-A- 3 EbN.| A small fort in tolerable repair, with a

zim Khan, stream of clear water.

| 8 Eb N.| Opening in a low range of hills.

Khail-i-Ak-| 7 |E.N.E.| Road good, but stony.

hoond, or, .. |N.E.b| A few houses built round the tomb of

**Dominie’s” E. [a sainted school-master, situated on the

Khail, 4 right bank of the river Turnuk. The course

of the Turnah, (N. E. and S. W.) is

| marked by a green line of tamarisk trees.

‘A good deal of cultivation round the

‘village.

352 Journey from Herat to Simla, [No. 149.

She

ie e

oD wn =

ee ri ate 5 REMARKS.

ations, &e.) § 5 e

a A

Bivouac on| 20 | N. E. Road excellent. Cultivation the whole

the right way, but no villages or khaz/s to be seen,

bank of the the people having retired from the vicinity

Turnuk, of the highway, to avoid the extortions of

the great men who frequent the road.

Teer Andaz,| 4 |N.E.| A minaret about 40 feet high on the

right of the road, said to mark the spot

where an arrow of Ahmed Shah’s fell,

when that monarch was shooting from an

eminence, which is pointed out on the

left of the road.

K hower 16 | N. E.| No habitation to be seen. Bivouac

Taneh, on the right bank of the Turnuk, in the

district of Khower Taneh, two or three

| miles beyond the minar, at a place called

| ‘* Jalloogeer,” or ‘‘the bridle full,” the

| road bad and stony; for a short distance

with this exception, the road perfectly level

and good, following the right bank of the

Turnuk. The valley of the Turnuk is

now, (12th June,) a sheet of waving corn

ripe for the sickle.

Julduk, ..| 4 >N.E.| A village surrounded by gardens, about

a mile to the left of the road.

Ford, ....-| 8 |N.E.}| Crossed the Turnuk near a mill, which

marks the boundary between the country

of the Dooranees, and that of the Ghil-

ees.

Here we diverged from the direct road,

| which leads along the right bank of the

| | Turnuk, and passes Kelat-i-Ghiljee, but

which is now seldom taken by travellers,

in consequence of its being infested by

robbers, or lawless Ghiljee chiefs, who

either send their followers to attack car-

avans, or levy contributions themselves,

| under various pretences. The principal

| | of these are, the sons of one Shaabadeen

| Khan, and are considered as the chiefs of

this part of the country. They are upwards

of twenty in number, and are seldom

‘mentioned by their own names, being gene-

1844.)

Names of

Stations, &c.

Ford, ‘

(continued. )|

Kulla-i- Ra- |

mazan |

Khan, «:

Koorrum,..

Kulla-i-

Jaafferee,

Ford,

Gadh or

Ghar,

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 353

S . |

: Sy

Oo 5 |

Se Bes | REMARKS.

Seb so eee |

8 | N. E. jrally called ‘‘ Buchachaee Shaabadeen,”

the sons of Shaabadeen. ‘They reside at

Kelat-i-Ghiljee and in the forts of this

district, between the territories of the

Ameer and the Sirdars, and are uncon-

trolled by either, although nominally their

country is under the rule of the latter.

b N.| A small fort. Our route from the river

E.N.E.|lay amongst low hills—road stony, but

passable for wheel carriages.

Black mail was levied of us at this

place by Shaabadeen’s men, who had

heard of our being in the vicinity.

_N.E.| Small garden and Ahareez in the dis-

| trict of Koorrum. Passed several forts

and khazls with slips of cultivation. At

the 14th mile Deewalik, a ruined fort,

which is said to have been once a con-

siderable place. As far as Deewalik the

country is inhabited by the Hotukee

oranch of the tribe of Ghiljees—the district

of Koorrum is inhabited by Zakhees. The

river Turnuk two and three miles distant

behind some low hills to the westward.

30 N.E.! Several forts; the road from Koorum

] }

over undulating ground, passable for wheel

carriages. hails and forts on either

hand, but at some distance from the road.

At the 8th mile, Gloondee, said to be a

large village. We passed it in the dark,

the residence of one of the sons of Shaaba-

deen.

At the Kulla-i-Jaafferee, we again en-

tered the valley of the Zurnuk. Forts

and khails are seen in every direction—

rich fertile tract of country on the banks

| of the stream.

| N.-E. Crossed the Turnuk, water reaching to

WNE. |horses’ knees.

The first fort of the district of Mookoor,

which forms a part of the government of

‘Cabool.

Pay

i=)

Jigs

Names of 22

Stations, &c. oe

Turnuk, .

Kareezin the 14

district of |

Obeh or

Oba,

Chardeh,

Khareez, ..| 6

Khareez, ..| 2

Water Mills,| 16

Chehl Bu- 8

chagan,

Ghuznee,.-.; 4

Direction.

ces nr

Source of the| 16 NNE. |

NNE.

REMARKS.

Several fine springs under a range of

hills; road for the last ten miles lay

through fields of waving corn, (wheat and

barley,) clover and madder. Forts thickly

spread over the country, and abundance of

‘water at every step. ‘These forts form the

‘district of Mookoor. Road level and free

‘from stones.

-| Road sandy. Obeh isa pastoral district,

the whole plain covered with flocks of

sheep and goats, and droves of camels,

but few forts are to be seen. Some khails

under the hills, on either side of the road,

at the distance of 6 or 8 miles.

One of the thousand forts of the fertile

district of Karabagh, which is chiefly peo-

pled by Hazarehs.

The whole country as far as the eye can

reach, one large field of wheat. The har-

|vest is gathered in, early in July.

Good level road.

Road execrable, sandy and large round

stones.

In the district of Nanee. Between this

district and Karrabagh is that of Moorakee,

which is said to be very populous, and to

contain many forts, but I saw nothing of

it, as I passed it in the dark.

Fine grove ; a place of pilgrimage, road

good, numerous villages chiefly on the right,

inhabited by the Underee division of the

Ghiljees; the whole plain covered with

green wheat and fine clumps of trees. Abun-

dance of water.

The present town of Ghuznee is a small

‘place, not more than 400 yards square,

said to have been the citadel of a former

town. It was built by the Jagatars 400

years ago, and is situated on the Southern

slope of a hill, to the S. W. of two minars,

‘which are said to mark the spot upon

‘which, or near which, stood the bazar of

1844. | via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 355

i a tag

= .

a le

Names of |2 3) & Ry :

Stations, &e.;s 5} 2 | ee

wa m4

Bo eB |

Ghuznee,..| 4 |NNE. |Sultan Mahmood’s city. The walls of mo-

(continued. ) dern Ghuznee are lofty, and stand upona

khahreez or fausse braye, of consider-

able elevation, but the ditch is narrow, and

of no depth, and the whole of the works are

commanded by some hills to the N. E. and

| N. of the place. At the Northern and

| upper end of the town is a hill, upon which

| has been constructed a small citadel, form-

| ing the palace of the governor, (Gholam

| Hyder Khan,) a son of Ameer Dost Maho-

| med. I saw one large unmanageable gun

and four smaller ones, as I passed from the

gate of the town to the citadel. I had no

opportunity, however, of examining their

state. The approach to Ghuznee from the

South is highly picturesque, and the cita-

del, from its great height, looks formidable.

The river of Ghuznee flows from the North

under the Western face of the town; it

supplies the place and the surrounding

country with an abundance of water.

Ghuznee may contain 900 to 1000 families

of Taujiks, Dooranees, and Hindoo shop-

keepers and merchants. As Ghuznee

| commands the high road between Canda-

har and Cabool, it would be necessary that

| 'a force advancing from the former upon

| the latter place, should take possession of

it; but this could be easily accomplished,

as the works are of no strength, and are

| commanded as above-mentioned.

TombofSul-- 2 |N.E.j| This celebrated place of pilgrimage is

tan Maho. | situated in the midst of a large village,

med, | | surrounded by fine gardens with several

running streams.

6 | N. E.| Narrow defile, called the Tung-i-Sheer,

a very strong position, but I believe it may

be turned.

11) N. E.| End of Pass.

Shushgao,..| 223! N. E. | Village, water, and cultivation.

Sydabad, . 1931) Ww. Village. The country between Shushgao

356 Journey from Herat to Simla, [No. 149.

Gey

ssa

Names of.| 224 2 a

Stations, we. FS 3 | REMARKS.

Sydabad, ..| 23 | W. (and Sydabad highly cultivated, a fine

(continued. ) valley between low hills, villages at every

step, abundance of water. Road good, but -

stony in some places.

LogurRiver,, 4) .. Bridge called the Pull-i-Shaikhabad. The

| Logur river runs here from N. W.toS. E.

crossing the valley, and entering some hills

to the Eastward.

Top, Ea Ls} Village.

River of Ca-| 12 Ford. Rapid stream, about 20 yards

bool, 4.4 broad, water at this season (June) stirrup

deep. The Cabool river comes from a

| break in the hills to the N. W. of this

point, and runs in a South Easterly direc-

tion, through a similar break called the

Tung-i-“ Lullunder,” in the Eastern range.

A collection of villages to the left of the

road, rich cultivation, abundance of water.

The country between Ghuznee and Mydan

is chiefly inhabited by Wurdeks, who

claim descent from the Imaum Zeinala-

badeen ; they number about 12,000 fami-

lies, and pay 90,000 rupees to govern-

ment; they are divided into three

branches.

1. Malyar Chief,.. ....Koorum Khan.

2. Noaree ditto... .. ..Tein Khan.

| 3. Meer Khail ditto ..Jan Mahomed

| Khan.

Urghundee, 94/EN.E.| Several fine villages forming the dis-

| trict of Urghundee, about a mile to the

North of the high road.

Caboo], ..| 14 E. Half way from Urghundee, the village

of Kulla-i-Hajee. From this place to the

city, the road passes through a succession

of gardens and fields ; the whole country

intersected by water-courses, brought from

the river of Cabool ; road excellent, villages

and gardens as far as the eye can reach.

The approach to Cabool from the West,

is through a narrow defile, which forms as

it were the Western gate of the city ; and

Mydan,

tole

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 357

1844. ]

re =

Names of $3

Stations, &e.| #5

Babeul, bau! 4

(continued.)

Caboo! Bool,| 12

Khak ‘Tee-| 25

Zee, ae

Direction.

E.bN.

S.E. &

ee ee

REMARKS.

——

through this defile, runs the river of Ca-

bool, which afterwards flows through the

centre of the city. The hills on both sides

have been fortified with lines of wall,

flanked at regular intervals by massive

towers ; but the works which have fallen

to decay, are too extensive to be properly

defended, and the height may be easily

turned.

The citadel or Bala Hissar, situated at

the Eastern extremity of the city, is a

place of no strength, being commanded by

heights in the vicinity.

There are about 40 guns in Cabool, most

of which are in a serviceable state.

| The route between Candahar and Ca-

‘bool above described, is generally blocked

up by snow during four months of winter,

‘but at the other seasons good, and passable

for all descriptions of wheel carriages.

‘Water is abundant, and supplies are pro-

curable at any season, for an army of

20 or 30,000 men. A caravan travels be-

tween Candahar and Cabool in fifteen days,

but horsemen perform the journey in 8

lei and couriers in 6.

I estimated the distance at 317 miles,

but the direct route via Kelat-i-Ghiljee is

shorter by about ten or fifteen miles.

Village—road good, through gardens

and fields.

Ditto, situated on the skirt of a range of

lofty hills. At the 4th mile, entered a de-

file called Tung-i-Khoord Cabool, about 3

‘miles in length. Ascended a small stream,

\which is crossed by the road every 50

yards. After passing the defile, the road

enters an open country, the village of

Khoord Cabool two miles to the right.

Twelve miles beyond Bootchak, another

defile. Road hilly and stony; in some

places impassable for guns.

358

Names of

Stations, &e.

Journey from Herat to Simla, [No. 149:

Distance of

Miles

Direction.

REMARKS.

—_————

ee ee

Khak Tee-| 25 |S. E.&| Between the second defile and Teezee,

zee, ss

(continued. )

Hissaruk,

( Pissaruck

of Arrow-)

smith’s

map?)

Ishpan,----

Mookoor

Khail,

Wurzeh, ..

the road passes over the Huft Kothul,

or seven Passes. Khood Buksh Khan is

the chief of this district.

17 |E.b S.| Cluster of villages on the Soorkhrood

4 |E.S.E.

12 |E.b S.

| 14 |B.S.E.

stream. After leaving Teezee, steep ascent

for about 5 miles, mountains covered with

pine and holly oak, magnificent scenery,

road impassable for guns, abrupt descent

for.about two miles ; the road or pathway

in the bed of a mountain stream.

The Soorkhrood flows from a%break in

the mountains to the East of Hissaruk.

The skirt of these mountains, covered with

gardens and villages.

Village on the left of the road. Between

Cabool and this place the country is inha-

bited by Ghiljees, but we here enter the

districts peopled by Ahogianees. Forded

the Soorkhrood, clear rapid stream near

Hissaruk, water at this season (June)

stirrup deep, and about 20 yards broad.

The Soorkhrood after being fed by

numberless mountain streams, which come

down from the ranges called Suffeed Koh,

joins the Cabool river near Jellalabad.

Large village. Abundance of water;

fine cultivation, road stony, but passable

for wheel carriages, crossed several moun-

tain streams, running from South to North.

Village in a valley running down from

the Suffeed Koh. Abundance of water,

gardens and cultivation. After leaving

Nookoor Khail, the road descends into a

valley with a mountain stream flowing

through it. Road stony and bad ; villages

and gardens on the Southern side of the

valley. At the 6th mile passed the cele-

brated garden of Neemla, about a mile to

the left; at the 10th mile, villages and

gardens on the skirts of the Suffeed Koh

jrange.

1844. } via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub. 359

S .

dpa esi s REMARKS.

Stations, &@/ eS) §

= =

Q Q

Agaum, 7 |E.S.E.|} Village, situated in a valley similar

& S. E.\to that of Wurzeh. Fine stream, gardens,

and rich cultivation. Villages as far as

the eye can reach.

Road stony, but passable for guns. Sir-

dar Mahomed Akbar Khan, ason of Ameer

Dost Mahomed Khan, was encamped with

his troops in the valley of Agaum. This

| young man although not the eldest, is said

| to be possessed of more power and influ-

ence than any of the other sons. He has

acquired a high character for courage, and

he certainly displayed this quality in the

affair of Jumrood. The government of

Jellalabad has been entrusted to him, and

if he is not greatly respected by the people,

he is certainly the least unpopular of the

family. His immediate dependents are

| said to be devoted to him. His troops

were scattered in the different villages

near Agaum, when I passed through that

place, but I believe he has twelve guns,

chiefly 6-pounders, in a serviceable condi-

tion ; a corps of about 1500, Jazayurchees,

a fine body of men armed with long heavy

guns which are fired from a rest, and will

earry a ball four hundred yards with pre-

| cision, and two or three thousand good

horses.

NNE.| Village. The road or rather pathway

[for the first six miles led through gardens

land rice fields, the whole country flooded

| for the purpose of irrigation, impassable

| ‘for guns. There is, however, a gun road,

| iwhich makes a circuit of some miles be-

Jellalabad, | 24

tween Agaum and Jellalabad, the remain-

der of the road passable for wheel carriages.

Jellalabad is situated on the right bank of the Cabool river, which

is here a stream of considerable volume, and about half a mile broad.

Round Jellalabad are the remains of a wall of considerable extent,

but the place is now reduced to a mere village, surrounded by exten-

sive ruins.

3 F

360 Journey from Herat to Simla, &c. [No. 149.

The various routes between Jellalabad and Peshawur have been

already minutely described. At this season of the year (June,) the

river route is generally followed, as being the safest and most expedi-

tious. Rafts are formed of splinters of wood, which hold together

from twenty to a hundred inflated bullock skins, and an accident —

rarely happens during the months of May, June and July, when the

water is of sufficient depth to cover the rocks, which are dangerous at

other seasons. Near Jellalabad, the river runs in a broad bed with

low banks on each side; distant hills with snow on their sum-

mits on either hand. The space between the foot of these hills and

the river, covered with villages and green fields.. Fine groves of trees

scattered along the banks. The stream, when I passed down, was

running at the rate of six or seven miles an hour. A few miles below

Jellalabad, the Cabool river is joined by a broad and rapid stream of

considerable volume, called Durya-i-Koower. The distance between

Jellalabad and Peshawur by the river route, is about 90 miles. This

distance is performed on a raft of 25 skins, impelled by two large oars,

in about twelve hours. Half way is the large village of Lalpoor,

situated on the left bank of the river, the residence of Saadut Khan,

chief of the Momund tribe, which is said to number 4,000 families.

After passing Lalpoor, the river flows for about thirty miles in a deep

narrow channel, walled in by precipitous rocky mountains of great

height. In this part of the river are most of the whirlpools and dan-

gerous places. One called the Shuts Gurdun, or camel’s neck, 26 or

27 miles below Lalpoor, is particularly dreaded by the raftsmen, and

is considered even in the best season a place of peril. Two or three

miles below Shutr Gurdun, the river debouches from the mountains,

and enters an open cultivated country. At the village of Muchnee,

on the left bank, tolls are levied on rafts passing down the river. From

Muttee, a small village on the right bank of the river, seven or eight

miles below Shutr Gurdun, Peshawur is distant about 14 miles. The

country was overflowed for the purpose of irrigation, and the road

which passed through a succession of rice fields, was scarcely passable

to laden ponies.

I need say nothing of the present state of Peshawur, or of the route

through the Punjaub from that place to Loodhiana, both having been

minutely described by others.

361

Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report for December Meeting, \842.

[Continued from vol. XII, p. 1011.]

Mynahs.—In Vol. XI, p. 178 (bts), I thought it necessary to describe

the two Hill Mynahs of India (genus Gracula, v. Eulabes, Cuv.), and

I have now approximated to these my Am~peliceps coronatus (vide XI,

986): perhaps an enumeration of the other Indian Mynahs will not

be unacceptable. These vary considerably in form and habit, and may

be resolved into different minor groups. The genus Pastor, Tem-

minck, apud G. R. Gray, is typified by P. roseus ; and Acridotheres,

Vieillot, by Acr. ¢restis. I shall begin with the more bulky, heavy-

formed species, which seek their food chiefly or wholly on the ground.

Of these, the two first are distinguished by having a large naked space

under and beyond the eye.

1. Acr. tristis, (Gm.) Vieillot; Pastor tristoides, Hodgson, men-

tioned in J. A. S., V. note to p. 773. (Common Mynau.) Every-

where abundant throughout India in the vicinity of human abodes and

cultivation, and remarkable for its familiarity. It rarely nidificates

except in the cavities of buildings.

2. Acr. ginginianus ; Turdus ginginianus, Latham ; Gracula gri-

sea, Daudin ; Cossyphus griseus, Dumeril. (BanK Mynau.) Common

in Bengal (though not in the immediate neighbourhood of Calcutta),

Nepal, Assam, and in the Tenasserim provinces ; but has never been

observed by Mr. Jerdon in the Indian peninsula. It frequents the vici-

nity of water, at least during the breeding season, when it builds in

holes in river-banks. The frontal feathers are erectile, forming a slight

crest less developed than in the two next species, and those on the

sides of the head are directed towards the median line. The young

are plain greyish-brown, much as in the immature Sturnus vulgaris,

but exhibit a whitish wing-spot and tips to the tail-feathers, and the

plumage of the sides of the crown is disposed as usual. This species

may generally be obtained of the Calcutta dealers.

The two next retain the bulky form of the preceding, but have no

naked space on the face, and the frontal feathers stand up, forming a

short and laterally compressed crest.

362 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No, 149.

3. Acr. cristatellus ; Gracula cristatella, Lin. ; Pastor griseus, Hors-

field; P. cristalloides, Hodgson, J. A. S., V, note to p. 773. (Sus-

CRESTED Mynau.) Common in Bengal, Nepal, and eastward to the

Chusan Archipelago, also in the Burmese and Malay countries ; but

replaced in Southern India by the next species. Always nidificates in

the hollows of trees.

4. Acr. fuscus ; Pastor fuscus, Temminck, apud Griffith’s work ; P.

Mahrattensis, Sykes. (Dusky Mynan.) Closely allied to the last,

but smaller, with the upper-parts inclining to brown instead of ashy,

and the irides greyish-white instead of bright yellow. Southern India.

Acr. fuliginosus, Nobis. In a collection of bird-skins procured in

the vicinity of Macao, are two specimens of a Mynah allied to Acr.

cristatellus, but obviously distinct in species, though being in a transi-

tional state of feather from the immature to the adult garb, the latter

cannot be fully described at present. Length about ten inches, of

wing five and a quarter, and tail three inches; bill to gape an

inch and a quarter, and tarse an inch anda half. The new feathers

of the upper-parts were coming dusky-cinereous, of the breast and

flanks a purer dark cinereous, resembling in hue the fore.neck and

breast of Acr. cristatellus: the belly and vent are uniformly coloured

with the rest of the under-parts, and the lower tail-coverts are

blackish, whereas in both the preceding species these are nearly or

quite white at all ages: the nestling plumage of the head is blackish,

and the form of the feathers indicates that these would be slender and

elongated in the adult, which has probably a slight frontal crest less

developed than in Aer. cristatellus ; the new feathers of the wings are

bronzed black, except the base of the primaries and the coverts im-

pending them, which are white: tail wholly blackish: the beak is less

compressed than in Acr. cristatellus, and the tip of the upper mandible

is more distinctly incurved and emarginated ; the colour of both

mandibles would seem to have been orange at base, and white for the

terminal half: the legs apparently have been yellow. There is no naked

skin upon the face; and its superior size, with the total absence of

white upon the tail and its under-coverts, distinguishes this species

readily from Acr. cristatellus of any age.

The next are smaller and lighter-formed, more allied to Sturnus,

but having a shorter and more compressed bill. Their habits are much

1844. ] for December Meeting, \842. 363

more arboreal, as they seek their food upon trees, and are very rarely

seen on the ground. They constitute the Stwrnia of Lesson.

1. St. pagodarum ; Turdus pagodarum, Lin. (BRAHMINEE Mynau.)

Body greyish, the ear-coverts, neck, and under-parts, bright buff, with

mesial streaks to the feathers of different texture ; the cap black, and

bearing a long pendent crest of slender pointed feathers ; thighs, lower

tail-coverts, and tips of the outer tail-feathers, white. Female rather

less deeply coloured, with the crest not quite so long: and young

yellowish-grey, inclining to pale buff on the throat and breast ; the cap

at first concolorous or nearly so, afterwards dusky-black and not crest-

ed. An abundant species in the Carnatic, and occasionally observed

in other parts of Southern India: in Lower Bengal it is chiefly met

with towards the close of the cool season, frequenting the arboreal cotton

then in blossom. It may often be obtained of the Calcutta birddealers.

2. St. Malabarica: Turdus Malabaricus, Gm., but not Pastor

Malabaricus, apud Jerdon, Madr Jl. XI, 22, which refers to the next

species.* (GrEY Mynau.) Upper-parts grey, the forehead and throat

whitish, the former occasionally pure white; and entire under-parts

from the fore-neck ferruginous-buff, deep and bright-coloured in old

males, and comparatively very faint in the younger females; primaries

slightly green-glossed black and tipped with grey, and the middle tail-

feathers greyish, the rest dusky, successively more broadly tipped with

deep ferruginous. The wings and tail, and in fact the plumage gene-

rally, are quite those of a typical Stwrnus. Young pale greyish, light-

er underneath, with rufous tips to the outer tail-feathers. There are

few birds which abrade their plumage so much by the time the moult-

ing season comes round: the colours fade, and even make a near ap-

proach to uniformity. It is very common in Bengal, Nepal, and

Assam, but apparently rare or perhaps local in the peninsula of India.

3. St. dominicana (?); olim P. malabaricus apud Jerdon.t

(WHITE-HEADED Mynau.) Closely allied to the preceding, but dis-

*According to Mr. Jerdon, the Pastor nanus vel Gracula cinerea of Lesson’s Traité

appears to refer to this species.

+ No doubt the Pastor dominicanus apud Lesson, Voy. de Bélanger, stated to be

tolerably common on the Continent of India; but its identity with the Philippine

species so named, remains I suspect to be ascertained. In a letter just received from

Mr. Jerdon, that naturalist remarks that ‘‘Pastor dominicanus, as described by Lesson

[in his Zratté ?] can never be my malabaricus.”’

364 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

tinguished structurally by its longer tail, and in colour by having the

whole head, neck, throat and breast, silky-white, the back of a more

albescent grey, and the primaries plain black ; the flanks, belly, lower

tail-coverts, and a portion of the tail, being alone rufous. Inhabits

Southern India, and especially the lofty jungles of the Malabar coast, so

that the name malabaricus is better applicable to this species than to

the preceding one. Gmelin, it may be remarked, in his long and

heterogeneous list of species assigned to the genus T'u7dus, has des-

cribed two very different species by the appellation 7. malabaricus,

namely, the preceding bird and the Phyllornis (v. Chloropsis) mo-

dernly so named (XI, 957).

St. elegans ; Pastor elegans, Lesson, Voy. de Bélanger, p. 266. This

is a beautiful species of the present group, inhabiting Cochin China

and the Malay peninsula. Colour glistening grey, the forehead, lores,

and throat, medial part of wing, rump, tail-tip, with the belly, flanks,

and lower tail-coverts, bright golden-ferruginous; fore-part of wing

white, and the hinder half, brightly bronzed black ; base of tail also

black ; bill lead-coloured, and tarsi yellow. According to M. Lesson,

“this species was named P. Chinensis, by Temminck, in Kuhl’s

Catalogue of Daubenton’s Planches Coloriées ; it is both Ovzolus Si-

nensis, sp. 44, and Sturnus sericeus, sp. 8, of Latham ; and Daubenton’s

figure, pl. pcxvit, where it is termed Kins of China, is so bad as to

give a false idea.” More or less of this is certainly erroneous. I have

now before me specimens of both sexes of the true Sturnus sericeus,

Latham, received from Chusan, being evidently that described as such

by Shaw and in the Dict. Class. It is a larger bird than any of the

preceding members of this group, with a stronger bill less laterally

compressed at tip, and may be thus distinguished :—

St. sericea. Length nearly nine inches, of wing four and three-

quarters, and tail two inches and five-eighths; bill to gape an

inch and one-eighth, and tarsi an inch. Upper parts of male fine

glistening ashy, the wings and tail bronzed green-black, excepting the

coverts of the primaries which are white; entire head, throat, and

fore-neck, a silky subdued white, the feathers of the crown slender

and elongate: rest of under-parts somewhat paler ashy than the back,

the middle of the belly, under tail-coverts, and fore-part of the under

surface of the wing, white: bill coral-red with a black tip; and legs

1844. | for December Meeting, 1842. 365

bright yellow. Female rather smaller, having the ash-colour of the

male replaced by brown, pale on rump, and the head and throat dingy

whitish, passing into ashy-brown on the occiput. A handsome species,

with delicate silky plumage.*

St. cana, Nobis. I can only describe this species from an imper-

fectly moulted specimen received from Macao. Length about seven

inches, of wing three inches and seven-eighths, and tail two inches and

three-eighths ; bill to gape an inch, and tarse seven-eighths of an inch.

Colour of the new feathers of the crown and back plain brownish-ash,

and of those of the breast and flanks the same but much paler and de-

licately tinted, all being rounded as in the nestling plumage, not

slender and elongate as usual in this group; throat and belly al-

bescent: the unshed nestling feathers are uniformly of a paler or

browner grey above, and lighter-coloured below: wings and tail darker,

the primaries and middle tail-feathers glossy nigrescent: some of the

larger coverts upon each wing towards the scapularies are white in the

specimen, which however I conceive to be partial albinism, and not to

be a constant character ; but the coverts of the primaries are also white

for the greater part of their outer web, which is more probably normal :’

tertiaries brownish and pale-edged, and the outer tail-feathers whitish

towards their tips: bill yellowish, mixed with dusky ; and legs appear

to have been sullied yellow. This is obviously a distinct species from

any of the foregoing.

The Pastor tricolor, Horsfield, Lin. Trans. x111, 155, v. P. mela-

nopterus, Wagler, is probably another species of this group inhabiting

Java.

According to Mr. G. R. Gray (List of the Genera of Birds, 2nd

edit.), the type of the genus Pastor is P. roseus, (Lin.) Tem., which is

very common in many parts of India, but visits the neighbourhood

of Calcutta only towards the end of the cool season, when flocks of

this species and of Sturnia pagodarum are not unfrequently observed

upon the arboreal cotton then in blossom. Nearly related to this,

according to M. Lesson, is a Peguan species, P. peguanus, Lesson,

* In Mr. Strickland’s catalogue of some Chinese birds exhibited in London (Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1843, p.221), the above species is termed Acridotheres

sericeus, with the remark, that it ‘‘ is quite distinct from A. dauricus, Pall., with

which it is united by Wagler.’? To which of the minor groups this A. dauricus

should be referred, it is not easy to divine from the description of it.

366 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

having “les plumes capistrales courtes eé serres,”: it would seem to

connect the present form with Stwrnta. Mr. Eyton has described

a Mynah from the Malay peninsula as Pastor Malayensis, P. Z. S.

1839, p. 108; and the Turdus ocrocephalus, Gm. (Tem., pl. col.

136), said to inhabit Ceylon and Java, is referred to the group of

Mynahs by Stephens.*

The ordinary Indian Starling, Stwrnus contra and capensis, Auct.,

Pastor jalia, Horsfield, and apparently P. auricularis of the Dict.

Class., constitutes Mr. Hodgson’s division Sturnopastor: and the

Himalayan Starling, considered to be identical with S¢. vulgaris by

most authors, certainly differs considerably from the European bird in

the form of its beak, which is longer and more compressed at tip,

being drawn out to a much finer point, besides that this organ never

turns yellow as in the European Starling: considerable numbers are

sometimes sold alive in Calcutta, brought from the hilly regions of

Bengal (as Monghyr, &c.), observation of which has led me to con-

clude that the distinctions above-mentioned are permanent, and there-

fore to follow Mr. Hodgson in styling this oriental analogue of the

common European Starling S¢. zndicus,

Finally, there remain two oriental species of Sturnid@, which,

though by no means nearly allied, have both been referred to the

genus Lamprotornis. One is Calornis cantor, (Latham) G. R. Gray,

v. Turdus chalybeus, and T. strigalus, Horsfield, which the Society has

received from Arracan and the Tenasserim provinces, where it would

seem to be very common. What are probably once-moulted females, ra-

ther than the young of the year, have the under-parts yellowish-white,

with green-black central streaks to the feathers; and in one specimen be-

fore me are some mingled under tail-coverts, of an uniform glossy green-

black as usual. The other species is L. spilopterus, Vigors, figured in

Gould’s Century, an inhabitant of Nepal and the hill ranges of Assam,

upon which Mr. Hodgson founds his genus Saroglossa, referring it to

the Meliphagide, and which he characterises as follows :—

* In Griffith’s edition of the Régne Animal, V1, 422, is described P. temporalis,

Tem. ‘‘ Cheeks naked, red; head and streak over eyes pure white; collar black ;

another near the back white; scapularies and wings black-brown; chest and belly

white; wing-coverts white-edged ; tail-ends white. Length eleven inches. Bengal,”

undoubtedly, however, from some other locality.

1844. | for December Meeting, 1842. 367

“Genus Saroglossa, H. Bill Chloropsian, but stouter. Tongue

cartilaginous, flat, furnished with a full brush forwards. Wings con-

siderably acuminated and firm, Ist quill bastard, 3rd longest, 2nd and

4th equal, and rather Jess than the third. Tail firm, stoutish, sub-

furcate. Legs and feet strong, arboreal, and subrepatory. Tarsus

(to sole) exceeding the mid-toe and claw: heavily scaled to the front ;

smooth to sides, and cultrated behind. Toes medial, unequal; the

hind one large and depressed. Nails acute, well curved, suited for

creeping or clinging.

“ Type, Lamprotornis spilopterus, Vigors.

*‘ Habits monticolous and arboreal, feeding like Chloropszs, to

which genus and to Hypsipetes, Brachypus, &c., it has most affinity,

both of structure and manners, seeming to represent the Sturnine birds

in its own group.” I still prefer to retain it among the Sturnide. |

Another group requiring elucidation, and which has strangely been

referred by several authors to that of the Mynahs, is the genus of

Doomrees (Matacocercus, Swainson), and its various allies. This

genus was founded on a Ceylon species, identified by Mr. Swainson

with the Graciila striata of the Paris Museum (or Cossyphus striatus,

Dumeril), and figured by him in his ‘ Zoological] Illustrations’ as—

1. Malacocercus striatus. It closely resembles one from Southern

India, and another from Bengal, Nepal, and Assam; but is distin-

guished from the first by the absence of the pale longitudinal markings

of the feathers of the back and breast, and from the second by the obvi-

ous striation of its tertiaries and tail. A Cingalese specimen presented to

the Society by Willis Earle, Esq., corresponds exactly with Swainson’s

figure ; the cross-strize being much more conspicuous than in its Bengal

representative, and consisting of rays of a deeper colour seen at all an-

gles of reflection: the under-parts also are more deeply tinged with

rufous. Length about nine inches and a half, of wing ten inches, and

middle tail-feathers four and a quarter, the outermost an inch and one-

eighth less: tarse an inch and one-eighth : the bill to gape an inch only.

2. M. terricolor, Hodgson ; mentioned as Pastor terricolor, H., in

J. A. S., V, 771, and also classed by Dr. Pearson among the Mynahs

in X, 650. Resembles the preceding species, excepting that all its

colours are less brought out, the cross-rays on the tail being faint

and inconspicuous, and barely discernible on the tertiaries; a very

368 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

weak tinge of fulvous on the abdominal region. Bill an inch and

one-eighth to gape. This is one of the most common birds of Bengal,

and it is only after examining a considerable number of specimens,

that I consider it may be safely separated from M. striatus. It extends

into Nepal and Assam.*

3. M. Somerville: ; Timatia Somervillei, Sykes, P. Z. S., 1832, p.

89. The general colour of this species is somewhat darker, with dis-

tinct pale mesial streaks on the feathers of the back and breast, which

are seen also on the upper-parts of the next species; its tertials are

but very obscurely striated, but the tail distinctly so, as in the first:

tarse somewhat shorter than in the two preceding. Mr. Jerdon agrees

with me in considering this distinct from M. ¢erricolor, which it repre-

sents in the Indian peninsula, extending northward, according to Dr.

Royle’s list, to the plains nearest Saharunpore ; but the species of this

group approximate so very closely, that it is necessary to be most

cautious in identifying them. Indeed, the present one is not impro-

bably the original striatus, although not that of Mr. Swainson.

4. M. griseus; Turdus griseus, Latham; Timalia grisea, Jerdon,

Madr. Jl. No. XXV, 258. This is another peninsular species, also

closely related to the foregoing, but readily distinguished by its

inferior size, yellowish-white crown or whole top of the head, and dark

throat. Common in the Carnatic, and found sparingly in the more open

portion of the West Coast.

A race allied to this was met with in the Southern Mahratta

country by Mr. Elliot, being described by him to have whitish legs and

feet, instead of yellow (vide Madr. Jl. No. XXV, 259). Mr. Jerdon

has never observed A. gréseus above the Ghauts.

* No doubt the M. striatus of a catalogue of Bengal birds published in the An.

and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 447.—It is also, I perceive from Edwards’s description

of his ‘‘ Brown Indian Thrush,’”’ which was ‘‘ brought from Bengal in the East Indies,”’

decidedly the species intended by him: the figure, too, being chiefly faulty in atti-

tude, while the colouring of it is enongh to mislead any one. Upon this figure and

description is founded Turdus canorus, Lin., and the ‘‘ Zanthocincla canora, (Lin.)”’,

of Mr. Strickland’s list of some Chinese birds exhibited in London, An. and Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 221, is meant to refer to it, but doubtless indicates some other spe-

cies, probably the Turdus chinensis, Osbeck, which Linnzus considered identical

with the bird of Edwards. The specific name canorus has accordingly the priority

for this species, but must be rejected from its extreme inappropriateness : the bird hav-

ing a most particularly harsh voice (atch, atch), and no pretensions whatever to be

musical, in the least degree.

1844. ] for December Meeting, 1842. 369

In the following species, the tail is more elongated, narrower, and

more graduated :—

5. M. Malcolmi ; Timalia Malcolmi, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 88;

Garrulus albifrons, Gray, in Hardwicke’s Illustrations. Elevated lands

of Southern India. Cawnpore (?), apud Hardwicke.

6. M. Earlet, Nobis. Allied in form to J. subrufus, but the beak

more compressed, and plumage very different. Length nearly ten

mehes, of which the middle tail-feathers measure five, the outer-

most two inches less ; wing three and a half; bill to gape an inch

and one-eighth, and tarse an inch and a quarter. Upper plumage

much as in M. chatarrhea, the frontal feathers however more defined,

and less inclining to rufescent, having similar dark central streaks ;

transverse striz of the tail-feathers scarcely, if at all, discernible: neck

and throat dull-reddish fulvous, the feathers margined paler, and hav-

ing faint dark central lines: rest of the under-parts dingy albescent-

brown. Beak yellowish, and legs also light yellowish. Common in

heavy reed and grass jungle in Bengal, and described from a specimen

shot in the vicinity of Calcutta by Willis Earle, Esq., to whom the

Society is indebted for numerous zoological contributions. Mr. Hodg-

son has since sent it from Nepal, and Mr. Barb from Tipperah ; and

it has likewise been procured by Mr. Karle in the Rajmahl district.

A young one shot near Calcutta is clad in the flimsy nestling plu-

mage, having the markings generally less distinct, except upon the fore-

head, and the throat and breast of a clearer pale ferruginous. One of

the drawings of the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton appears to repre-

sent this species, and I would have adopted his specific name for it, had

this only been a little more euphonious.

7. M. chatarhea ; Timalia ehatarhea, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1831, p.

118: Cossyphus caudatus (?), Dumeril, vide Dict. Class: Megalurus

isabellinus, Sw., “ Menag.” Inhabits bushes and grass-jungle in the

peninsula, also, according to Mr. Frith, the extensive reedy tracts

covering the churrs in the largerivers of Bengal. Sir A. Burnes obtain-

ed it in Scinde.

8. M. subrufus ; Timalia subrufa, Jerdon, Madr. Jl., 1839, p. 259:

T. pecilorhyncha, de la Fresnaye, Rev. Zool. de la Soc. Cuv. 1840,

p. 65. Tail broader and softer than in the preceding species. Neil-

gherries.

370 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

9. M. (2) pellotis ; Timalia pellotis, Hodgson, As. Res. X1X, 182.

Nepal.

10. M. (?) nipalensis ; Timalia nipalensis, Hodgson, Joe. cit. Mr.

Hodgson has forwarded two skins as examples of his 7’. pedlotis and

7’. leucotis, which latter would seem to be only another name for his

nipalensis, which is stated by him to have the entire cheeks pure

white ; the state of the specimen does not permit me to distinguish

it from 7". pellotis, to which, at all events, it is very closely allied.*

The true Malacocerct have been considered peculiar to India, but

the Crateropus Jardinit of Dr. Andrew Smith’s ‘ Zoology of South

Africa’ appears to me to belong decidedly to the present group, rather

than to Crateropus v. Garrulax ; and I should also place here the

Malurus squamiceps and M. acacia of Ruppell. The Timala hypery-

thra of Franklin, though of very diminutive size, is so closely allied to

M. subrufus, that I almost think it should be ranged with it:+ and of

the other reputed Zimalie of Southern India, 7. hypoleuca, Franklin,

is the type of Mr. Hodgson’s genus Chrysomma, being, I think, separa-

ted with propriety, and Mr. Frith informs me that there is a second

species of this form in Bengal, additional to hypoleuca (vel Horsfieldi,

Jardine and Selby), from which it differs in being about half larger :

the 7. platyura, Jerdon, approaches more to Sphenura than aught else,

but cannot well rank therein, its bill much resembling that of Sph.

striata, (J. A. S. XI, 603,) but the vibrisse being less develop-

ed:{ and lastly, the 7. potocephala, Jerdon, I refer to an extensive

Malayan group, exemplified by Malacopteron, Eyton, which is my

Trichastoma, X1, 795, and is hereinafter subdivided, the species in

question falling under my division Alcippe, p. 384.

Gampsorhynchus, Nobis, n. g. Allied to the long-tailed Malacocerci,

and also to Sphenura, but the bill intermediate in form to those of

Turdus and Lanius, and the gape conspicuously armed with straight

vibrisse : it is nearly equal to the head, moderately compressed, the

ridge of the upper mandible obtusely angulated, and its outline curv-

* The Malacocerci appear all to lay bright blue eggs, at least such is the colour of

those of M. terricolor, griseus, and chatarhea, in the Society’s Museum; and the

Oxylophus serratus, which lays a nearly similar egg, but having a greenish cast,

resorts to their nests to deposit it in.

¢ The crest of this species allies it to Stachyris, Hodgson, p. 378.

t+ Vide p, 374,

1844. ] for December Meeting, 1842. a7 |

ing towards the tip, which is strongly emarginated, and forms a dis-

tinct hook, overhanging the extremity of the lower mandible; nostrils

oval, pierced in the fore-part of the nasal membrane ; wings and tail

graduated, the first primary two-fifths the length of the fifth, which

is equal to the sixth and seventh and longest: feet formed for perch-

ing, the tarse rather longer than the middle toe with its claw, and the

claws but moderately curved : tail elongated.

G. rufulus, Nobis. Length about nine inches, of which the tail is

four and three-quarters, and bill to gape above seven-eighths of an

inch ; wing three inches and a half; and tarse an inch and one six-

teenth. Colour of the upper-parts uniform olive-brown : and the head

and entire under-parts probably wholly ferruginous; but the only

specimen examined is a partial albino, having the head and under-

parts white, with a few ferruginous feathers intermixed: bill horn-

coloured, the upper mandible dusky above, and the lower pale; and

feet light brown: under-surface of the wings pale fulvescent, which

also margins the basal portion of the inner webs of the large alars : tail

much graduated, its feathers more or less tipped with albescent ; ricto-

rial bristles black. Received from Darjeeling.

Orthorhinus, Nobis, ». g. General structure of Pomatorhinus, but

the plumage still more lax and open, the wings more bowed or hol-

lowed, and the feet more decidedly adapted for progression on the

ground, having the claws larger and straighter: the bill is less elongat-

ed than in the more typical Pomatorhini, and is much less compressed,

its upper mandible shewing scarcely more than an indication of a

curve, and the gonys of the lower mandible ascending posteriorly to the

junction of its rami, by which a distinct angle is there produced.

O. hypoleucos, Nobis. Length about ten inches, of which the tail mea-

sures four ; wing four inches and a quarter ; bill to gape one and a half;

tarse rather more ; hind toe and claw an inch and a quarter. General

colour fulvescent olive-brown above, the lower parts white, with traces

of dusky terminal spots on the breast ; streak backward from behind

the eye, and the sides of the neck posterior to the ear-coverts, bright

fulvous ; sides of the breast ashy, with white centres to feathers: the

bill dusky, a little whitish at tip, and beneath the lower mandible:

legs pale: the feathers of the crown a little squamose. Inhabits Arracan.

Another Indian genus referrible to the same great series, is Pellor-

nium of Swainson, v. Cineclidia, Gould ; and the only species—P. ruji-

372 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

ceps, Sw., C. punctata, Gould, and P. olivaceum, Jerdon,—appears also

to claim Vegalurus ? ruficeps of Sykes asa synonym ; at least his des-

cription of the plumage agrees precisely, only he states that the tail is

equal and narrow, whence it may be that the outermost pair of rec-

trices were wanting in his specimen. The admeasurements which he

assigns, also, are improbable for a bird of this group, whence I suspect

that there must be some typographical error ; the minute description

of the colouring coincides exactly.* The Society has received speci-

mens of Pellornium rujficeps from Mr. Hodgson and from Mr. Jerdon.

Very different is the

Megalurus palustris (2), Horsfield, (which is Malurus marginalis,

Reinwardt ;) Turdus toklao of Buchanan Hamilton’s drawings,

J. A. S. XI, 608. This, 1 believe, is a genuine Megalurus. It

has a long and much graduated tail, and is remarkable for the

considerable difference of size between the male and female. Length

of the male about nine inches and a half, of which the tail measures

four and three-quarters, its outermost feathers two inches and a

quarter less; wings three inches and three-quarters, and their spread

twelve inches; bill to gape an inch, and tarse an inch and a half:

female eight inches and a quarter, of which the tail measures four and

a quarter; expanse ten inches and a half, and closed wing three

and one-eighth; bill to gape seven-eighths of an inch, and tarse

barely one and a quarter. Colour much as in the British Locustella

Raii;} the feathers becoming extremely worn prior to their renewal,

and tail much rubbed away. In new plumage the upper parts are

bright olive-brown, with a mesial broad black stripe to each feather of

the back and scapularies; margins of the wing-feathers also brown,

their inner portion dusky ; crown rufescent, with mesial dark lines to

the feathers, tending to become obsolete towards the front, these coronal

feathers being small, rigid, and appressed ; a pale streak over the eye ;

* In a valuable communication from Mr. H. E. Strickland, that naturalist remarks,

of Col. Sykes’s specimen,—“Megalurus ruficeps, Sykes, is not a Megalurus, but

seems to me to belong to Gould’s Australian genus Hylacola.’? The latter would

seem, however, from the description in P. Z. S. 1842, p. 135, to come very close

upon Pellornium, and I should not be surprised to learn of their identity. Gould’s

illustrated work on the ‘ Birds of Australia,’ I have not at present an opportunity of

referring to ; but Z think I can recollect the figures of his two Hylacole, and that they

do closely approximate the Pellornium.

rt. The Locustella is indeed more allied to this and proximate genera than to the birds

with which it is usually arranged,

1844. ] for December Meeting, 1842. 373

and the under-parts are dull whitish, tinged with brown, the breast

usually more or Jess speckled with small linear dark spots; tail brown

without markings: bill horn-coloured, the lower mandible chiefly pale,

and inside of the mouth light yellowish, with merely a black spot at

each posterior angle of the tongue,—but during the breeding season

the interior of the mouth is wholly black, and the bill is then of a livid

colour, suffused above with blackish: legs dull purplish-brown. In

worn plumage, the black portions of the feathers have faded to dusky-

brown, and their brown lateral margins have more or Jess disappeared,

what remains of them having faded in hue. The young nearly resem-

ble the newly moulted adults in colouring, but have a strong tinge

of yellow on the eye-streak and under-parts, and the lower mandible

is chiefly bright yellow; their crown also is devoid of any rufous tinge.

The different size of the sexes is very conspicuous when they leave

the nest (which is during May). In many respects, this bird resem-

bles the Sphenura, but the beak is considerably more slender and

elongated, the rictorial bristles are inconsiderable, and the tarse is

larger and stronger, with proportionate toes and claws. Both genera

have remarkable freedom of action of the legs, enabling them to sprawl

widely as they clamber among the reeds and grass-stems, and the

black interior of the mouth during the breeding season is common

to both, the entire beak also becoming black in the Sphenura.*

Of the latter genus, I now suspect, from analogy with the Megalu-

rus, that the two supposed species noticed in XI, 602-3, are merely

male and female of the same, notwithstanding the considerable dis-

crepancy of size. In all other respects they agree precisely ; and of four

specimens of the large size which I have now obtained, all proved to

be males, while the only example of the small size which I have yet

succeeded in procuring, was a female. Mr. Jerdon has lately procured

two or three of the small size in the vicinity of Nellore, and it remains

to ascertain whether all of these were females. The large measure

eight inches and three-quarters long, by eleven across; wing three

and a quarter; middle tail-feathers three and three-quarters ; bill to

gape seven-eighths of an inch, to forehead under five-eighths ; tarse

* Mr. Frith informs me, that the Megalurus ascends singing, with a fine flute-like

voice, tosome height above the reeds which it frequents, and then suddenly drops down

among them,

374 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No 149. .

an inch and three-sixteenths. The small female gave seven by nine

inches; wing two and seven-eighths ; tail eight inches, and tarse

an inch and one-sixteenth. Mr. Frith has well suggested that the

very remarkable ant-orbital bristles of this genus are admirably

adapted to protect the eyes when the bird is forcing its way through

the dense tufts of high grass and reeds, among which both it and the

Megalurus are constantly found.

Following the Sphenura should rank Mr. Jerdon’s Timalia platyura,

for which I have suggested to him the generic name Schaenicola ; but

I have not a specimen now by me wherefrom to draw up its particular

characters. Another allied but distinct form may be designated

Eurycercus, Nobis. General form diminutive of Sphenura, but pro-

portionally much less robust ; the bill weaker, slenderer, and more

compressed ; the rictal bristles feeble and inconsiderable: the feet and

claws resemble those of Sphenura, but are somewhat less elongated : the

wings also are shorter and more rounded, having the fourth, fifth, and

sixth primaries subequal and longest, the third equalling the ninth,

and the first being half the length of the fourth: the tail-feathers are

much broader and softer, and extremely graduated ; plumage lax and

soft.

Hu. Burnesii, Nobis. Length six inches and a quarter, of which the

middle tail-feathers are three and three-quarters, the outermost two

and one-eighth less, and breadth of middle tail-feathers above half an

inch ; wing two inches and one-eighth ; bill to gape five-eighths of an

inch; and tarse three-quarters of an inch. Upper-parts coloured as

in the Malacocerci generally, or brownish-grey with darker central

streaks to the feathers, chiefly apparent on the scapularies and inter-sca-

pularies ; tail very faintly barred, only discernibly so in certain lights,

having no subterminal band or white tip ; under-parts whitish, tinged

with fulvescent on the flanks ; a shade of the same also on the sides of

the neck, where the mesial streaks to the feathers are tolerably dis-

tinct ; under tail-coverts ferruginous: the upper mandible of the bill

is dusky-horn above, the lower yellowish-white; legs yellowish-brown.

Inhabits the Indus territories, where obtained by the late Sir Alexan-

der Burnes and Dr. Lord.*

* Both this and the preceding genus are distinct from Sphenceacus, Strickland,

founded on the Fluteur of Levaillant, figured as Malurus africanus in Swainson’s

‘Zoological’ Illustrations. Spheneeacus should be placed next to Sphenura.

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. 375

The Suya criniger, Hodgson, (As. Res. xix, 183,) may next be in-

troduced, a form which connects Sphenura and its allies with Prinia,

being again much related to Malacocercus chatarrhea: and hereabouts

should probably also range the Cossyphus minutus, Dumeril, briefly

described in the Dict. Class. to have “ the upper-parts brown ; head

rayed longitudinally with rufous and brown ; under-parts fulvous-grey,

with a white throat: length four inches and a half:” and inhabiting

India.

The various Indian Prinie are perfectly identical as a group with

the African Drymoice of Swainson, numerous species of which are

figured by Dr. A. Smith and by Ruppell, and two or three by Levaillant.

Ruppell, or rather his editor Dr. Cretzschmar, adopts Prinia (in the

‘ Neue Wirbelthiere’) ; but Dr. Smith employs Drymoica for the whole

series, including the Pine-pinc of Levaillant, upon which Swainson

founded his Hemipteryx. Referring to Mr. G. R. Gray’s ‘ List of the

Genera of Birds’, 2nd edit., I find /e Capocier of Levaillant ( Sylvia

macroura, Lath., v. Malurus capensis, Stephens,) cited as the type of _

the genus, and the date given so far back as 1827; but this must be

a typographical error for 1837, when Drymoica appears to have been

first defined by Mr. Swainson in his classification of Birds published

in Lardner’s Cyclopedia ; at least, there is no mention of the group in

Swainson’s remarks on the Sy/viade in the ‘Fauna Americana- borealis,’

II, 201, (1831,) nor in the notice accompanying his figure of Prinza

familiaris, Horsfield, in the “ Zool. Ill.,” 2nd series, Vol. III, (1832-3.)

In the ‘ Classification of Birds,’ the same author suggests that Prinia

Jamiliaris, Horsf., is probably an aberrant species of Orthotomus ; and

gives, as the types of Drymoica, firstly, Sylvia cysticola, Tem., and

secondly, Levaillant’s Capocier: but the former of these, if considered

separable, (and if 1837 be the true date of Drymoica,) must rank as

Cysticola schenicola, (Bonap.) Lesson, who elevated it to the rank of

a subdivision in 1831; and the latter would appear to be a true Prinza,

Horsfield, (1820,) whence the name Drymoica becomes inadmissable.

To judge from the coloured figures, it would seem that the various

African species effect a complete transition from Prinia into Cysticola,

which latter is rather an aberrant form of Prinia than a distinct na-

tural group, the particular aberration attaining its ultimatum in He-

mipteryx, Sw. I shall follow Dr. A. Smith in uniting the entire series,

376 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [ No. 149.

as Mr. Jerdon and others have done with the Indian species, which

are as follow :— )

1. Pr. sylvatica, Jerdon, Madr. Ji. XI,4. This is one of the most

Timalia-like, having the bill comparatively deep and compressed.

It inhabits the Neilgherries.

2. Pr. socialis, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89. Indian peninsula. Pro-

bably also Bengal, as it is figured in one of Buchanan’s drawings, by the

name Sylvia kalaphutki, 2. e. ‘ Black Phutky (or Foodkey, apud

Latham,) a name by which this tribe is generally known to the natives

of India.

3. Pr. flaviventris ; Orthotomus flaviventris, Delessert, Souv. pt.

IJ, 30. Neilgherries ; Bengal, Tenasserim, Singapore.* The Motacilla

olivacea, Raffles, Lin. Trans. XIII, 313, is probably allied to this.

4, Pr. inornata, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 89. Very common in the

Indian Peninsula, in Bengal, and also in Nepal. The wing varies in

Jength from an inch and three-quarters, or even less, to two inches, and

Dp in specimens from the same locality. That described as new in

XI, 883, is, I now think, but a variety of the present species.

5. Pr. Franklinii, Nobis ; Pr. macroura, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1831,

p. 118, but not Pr. macroura, (Latham,) founded on the Capocier of

Levaillant. ‘‘ Closely allied to the last, though perfectly distinct ; dif-

fering in the more reddish or fawn tint of the brown, and the more ru-

fous tint of the white. It is much more rare than the last, and

prefers more jungly and wooded places.” Jerdon. Non vidi.

6. Pr. Buchanani, Nobis ; Pr. rufifrons, Jerdon, Madras Ji. XI, 4,

but not of Ruppell. Southern India. Probably also Bengal, as it is

figured by Buchanan Hamilton.

7. Pr. Hodgsonii, Nobis; Pr. gracilis, Franklin, P. Z. 8S. 1831,

p. 119, but not Malurus gracilis of Ruppell, (figured also by Savigny,)

which pertains to the present group. A Nepalese specimen forwarded by

Mr. Hodgson, appears perfectly identical in species with one from

Southern India presented by Mr. Jerdon.

8. Pr. lepida, Nobis. A delicate little species, with the colouring of a

Malacocereus. Length four inches and three-quarters, of which the

* At least, M. Delessert’s description of the Neilgherry bird applies to specimens

from the vicinity of Calcutta and from Tenasserim and Singapore; and M. Delessert,

to whom I have shewn the latter, thinks them identical in species: but actual compa-

rison is still necessary to confirm this,

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. B57

middle tail-feathers are two and ahalf; wing an inch and three-

quarters ; bill to gape half an inch, and tarse five-eighths of an inch.

Upper parts light brownish-grey, with central dark lines to the feathers ;

wing-coverts and tertials edged paler, the latter faintly rayed: tail dis-

tinctly rayed and tipped as usual: a whitish streak over the lores ; and

the whole under-parts slightly yellowish white: bill dark brown; legs

pale. Indus territories. Sir A. Burnes.

9. Pr. cysticola (2); Sylvia cysticola (?), Tem.; Cysticola schanicola

(?, Bonap.) Lesson; Prinia cursitans, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 118.*

In Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’ VI, 467, the Sylvia cysticola, Tem., is

mentioned to inhabit ‘‘ India (Gen. Hardwicke),” as well as Southern

Europe: and previously to observing this statement, I had provision-

ally identified the present species with it. It varies a good deal in

length of wing. Mr. Jerdon gives this as two inches, and such is the

measurement of the wing of one specimen sent by Mr. Hodgson, while

that of another from the same quarter barely exceeds an inch and

three-quarters, and the wing of one sent by Mr. Jerdon is only an 4

inch and *five-eighths in length: these three have the crown longitu-

dinally striated like the back; and Mr. Jerdon’s bird is more fulves-

cent than the others, especially on the under-parts. In another from

Mr. Hodgson the striation of the crown is less distinct, the wing

measuring two inches ; while in three others from the same naturalist

the crown is.almost uniform brown, and the rump of these is brighter

fulvous; the wing of one measuring as much as two inches and a

quarter, and of the other two inches. I incline to consider all identical

in species ;¢ but should Mr. Hodgson’s prove distinct, he proposes the

specific appellation subhemalayana.

In immediate contiguity to these Prinie, ranges the genus Orthoto-

mus (or Tailor-bird), whereof I believe there is but one Indian spe-

cies, the adult of which was termed O. Bennettii by Sykes, while

the young constitutes his O. /éngoo : this bird, following Mr. Strickland,

‘should be called O. longicauda. 1 consider it,” he adds, “ to be the

Motacilla longicauda, and sutoria (imperfectly described), of Gmelin ;

* A figure of this species is given in the Ist No. of Mr. Jerdon’s Illustrations of In-

dian Ornithology.’ ;

f A contrary opinion is expressed in XI, 884, at the period of wriling which, I had

fewer specimens whereupon to found a conclusion.

378 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [ No. 149.

Sylvia guzuratta, Lath. ; Orthotomus sphenurus, Swainson ; and Sylvia

ruficapilla, Hutton,” Elsewhere he remarks, of the Malayan species,

“‘ according to my observation, the dela ruficeps, Lesson, (Orthotomus

edela, Tem. p. c. 599, f. 2,) is the same as Motacilla sepium, Raffles,

but is not the Orthotomus sepium of Horsfield.*

The true Zimalie, with which the Malacocerci have been often ar-

ranged, are chiefly a Malayan group, and several presumed new species

from Singapore have been described by me in J. A. S. XI, 793 et seg.t

One common Malayan species, 7. pileata, Horsf., extends into

Assam, Nepal, and Bengal generally ; and there is also one allied

to 7. gularis, Worsf., (which latter is common in Tenasserim,) the

T. chloris, XI, 794, this being the type of Mr. Hodgson’s Mixornis,

and, as I suspect, the Motacilla rubicapilla, Tickell, J. A. S., X, 576. I

am aware of no other Indian species of true Ztmala, unless 7.

hyperythra, Franklin, be retained in it; but the following group is

considerably allied :—

Stachyris, Hodgson. Beak moderately slender, straight, compressed,

and tapering sharp to the extremity, where the tip of the upper man-

dible has a very slight downward inclination, with little or no trace of

a notch; nostrils almost closed by an impending scale; and rictus

nearly smooth. Tarse of mean length and strength, the outer and

inner front toes subequal ; and claws moderate. Wings rounded, the

5th, 6th, and 7th primaries equal and longest : exterior three or four

pairs of tail-feathers graduated. Crown subcrested, the feathers of this

part semi-erect and more or less divergent.

. St. nigriceps, Hodgson. Length five inches and a half, of wing

two and a quarter, and tail two inches: bill to gape eleven-sixteenths

of an inch; and tarse above three-quarters of an inch. Upper-parts

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 371, and 1844, p. 35. Accordingly, the Indian

Tailor-bird would rank as O. longicauda ; that of Sumatra as O. edela ; the Javanese

species as O, sepium; and Mr. Swainson describes a fourth, from the S. W. coast of

Australia, as O. longirosiris. Mr. Strickland, who has recently examined the speci-

mens upon which Col. Sykes and Dr. Horsfield founded their descriptions, writes me

word; that ‘“‘Orthotomus lingoo, Sykes, seems to be the young of his O. Bennetti ; but

I may be wrong,”’ he adds: and he mentions that ‘‘ O. sepium has the whole head and

chin rufous, breast olive-brown, belly cream-colour, upper-parts olive :——not Mot.

sepium, Raffles.”

+ One or more of these are probably identical with the Sumatran, TJ. dugubris, T.

mitrata, or T. striolata, of M. M. Miller and Temminck, Tydschrif voor natuurlyke

geschiedenis, &c. (44 to 1835,) the descriptions of which I have not seen.

1844. ] for December Meeting, 1842. 379

olive-brown, the lower paler and rufescent ; crown, throat, and face,

dusky-black, the coronal feathers laterally margined with whitish-grey ;

chin somewhat albescent, and a white moustache from the base of the

lower mandible: bill dusky-horn above, the lower mandible whitish ;

and legs pale. Nepal.

2. Sé. pyrrhops, Hodgson. Length about five inches, of wing two

inches, and tail the same: bill to gape five-eighths of an inch; and

tarse three-quarters of an inch. Upper-parts slightly greenish olivace-

ous, tinged with rufous on the head ; below rufescent, more or less

brown ; lores and chin black, a pale line impending the latter: beak

brown ; and legs pale, probably greenish. The young differ only in the

looser texture of their feathers. Nepal.

3. St. chrysea, Hodgson. Length four inches and a quarter, of

wing two inches, and tail an inch and seven-eighths: bill from gape

nine-sixteenths of an inch, and tarse eleven-sixieenths. | Upper-parts

yellowish-olivaceous, the lower bright yellow ; wings and tail dusky,

margined with the colour of the back; forehead and crown yellow,

the latter with black central streaks to the feathers ; lores black; bill ~

plumbeous ; and legs pale yellowish. Nepal, Arracan.

4? The Zgitalus flammiceps, Burton, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 153, may

perhaps belong to this group.

Lirpornis, Hodgson. Combines the bill and crested crown of the

preceding with the wings and tail of Jora.*

* Mr. Hodgson sends the following diagnostics of his genera Stachyris, Erpornis,

and Mixornis.

*‘Stachyris, Mihi. (Certhiane ? Leiotrichane? Pariane? [1 do not hesitate to

place it as above.—E. B.] Bill equal to head, very strong, pointed, and trenchant ;

tips equal and entire ; its form conico-compressed and higher than broad, with culmen

raised between prolonged nareal fosse. Nares basal, lateral, with ovoid posteal aper-

ture, the front being closed by the very salient rude scale above. Gape smooth.

Frontlet rigid. Tongue cartilaginous, bifid, simple. Legs and feet very strong, suited

to creeping and climbing in inverted strained positions. ‘larse very stout, ieaper than

any toe or nail. Toes short, unequal, depressed, basally connected, the hind stoutest

and exceeding the inner fore. Nails very falcate and acute. Wings short, feeble,

the first four primaries much graduated, the four next subequal. ‘Tail medial, simple,

firm.

““Type St. nigriceps. Sylvan, shy; creeps among foliage, buds and flowers, like

Zosterops and Orthotomus ; feeds on minute hard insects and their eggs and larve.

Habitat, hills exclusively, central region chiefly. Sexes alike. -

“ Erpornis, Mihi (cow, to creep]. Close to the last form. Bill medial, conico-

compressed, strony, straight, scarpt, pointed; the tip of the upper mandible rather

380 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

Erp. zantholeuca, Hodgson. Length about five inches, of wing

two and a half, and tail an inch and seven-eighths: bill to gape

five-eighths of an inch, and tarse the same. Entire upper-parts light

olive-green, the lower dull white; coronal feathers elongated and

spatulate: bill dusky yellowish-brown, and feet pale. Young having

looser feathers, those of the crown not spatulate, and general colour

of the upper-parts weaker and somewhat rufescent. Nepal; common

in Arracan, and occurs also in the Malay peninsula.

Tora, Horsfield. There are three distinct species of this genus,

which have been erroneously considered identical ; viz.

1. I. zeylonica; Motacilla zeylonica, Gmelin; I. meliceps, apud

Horsfield, J. A. S, X, 50. Inhabits the Indian peninsula, and is at once

distinguished by the jetty-black cap of the male, with more or less of

this colour margining the dorsal plumage ; tail also margined with

yellowish-white, with often traces of green towards the extremities

of the feathers.

2. I. typhia; Motacilla typhia, Lin. Inhabits Bengal, Nepal, Assam,

and Arracan, being somewhat rare in the last-named province. Has no

black except on the wings and tail of the male, though a dusky tinge

is often perceptible on the crown and back of the male. One speci-

men only, of many dozens obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta during

the height of the breeding season, has the hinder half of the crown

longer and notched. Nares elliptic, lateral, free, and placed in a membranous groove,

with small process above the aperture. Tongue cartilaginous, simple. Wings medial,

round, acuminate, firm, the fifth primary longest, first small. Tail subfurcate, simple.

Legs and feet strong and repertatory, feebler than in Stachyris, but otherwise similar.

‘“Type, Erp. zantholeuca. Hab. central region. Sexes alike. Structure and

habits passing from those of last towards those of Zosterops, by the notched bill,

stronger wings, shorter feet, and furcate tail.

** Mizxornis, Mihi (yE0c, compound]. Still near the last, but tending to Zora,

Bill rather plus head, elongate, conic, but culmen and commissure inclining to arch:

base subdepressed, gradually attenuated to blunt tip: upper mandible barely longer,

or notched. Tomie scarpt, erect, entire. Nares ovoid, free, fossed, shaded behind by

fossal membrane. Wings submedial, rounded, the fifth and sixth primaries subequal

and longest; four first consecutively graduated. Tail medial, rounded, simple. Legs

and feet suited to creeping and clinging. Tarsus smooth, strong, rather plus any toe.

Toes short, unequal, depressed, basally connected: hind large, and in length equal to

outer fore. Nails highly curved and acute.

‘* Type M. chloris { Timalia and Jora chloris, X1, 794; closely allied to T. gularis,

Horsfield]. Hab. Lower hills. Sexes alike. Shy and exclusively arboreal. Essen-

tially linked to the two last by its powerful bill and creeping feet, but leans towards

Jora and Sylvian forms in the depression of the base of the bill.’

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. 381

black, with but a slight admixture of yellow, and appears as if it had

been assuming the colouring of J. zeylonica by a change of hue in

the feathers ; but there is reason to suppose that this may have been a

hybrid between the present and the preceding species. Mr. Jerdon, to

whom I suggested their identity, upon the authority of the specimen in

question, remarks, that ‘I think your first opinion of their distinctness

will still hold good, at least the males have always some black here

[in the South of India], though at one time I thought not,” by which

I presume he means some black upon the head. Certainly, I have

tried much, in vain, to obtain a second specimen thus characterized.

The females have the tail of the same colour as the back, more or less

infuscated, and the dark portion of the wings merely dusky. I do not

perceive that they can be distinguished with certainty from the females

of the preceding species, though the darkened tail is a tolerable crite-

rion, so far as I have observed.

3. I. scapularis, Horsfield. Inhabits the Malay countries. Colour

considerably greener than in the others (as represented in Dr. Hors-

field’s figure), especially upon the head ; and the white on the wings

less developed. I have only seen females.

Another genus which appears to me to belong to the great Zimaha

group, is the Cutia of Mr. Hodgson, J. A. S., V, 771, as was first sug-

gested to me by Mr. Frith: and there is a difficult series of species

with more Thrush-like or Warbler-like bills, but which are likewise

referrible to the same subfamily, exemplified by the genera Brachyp-

teryx, Horsfield, Macronous, Jardine and Selby, and Malacopteron,

Eyton, all of which much require elucidation.

The genus Brachypteryz (Lin. Trans. XIII, 157,) was founded on

two Javanese species, to the first of which it has since been restricted ;

and though several others have been referred to it by different authors,

(as Lr. nigrocapitata, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 103,—Br. atriceps,

Jerdon, and &r. bicolor, Lesson, Rev. Zool. &c. 1839, p. 138,) it

would appear that all of these, with the Br. sepiarza of Dr. Horsfield,

exhibit more of the characters of Malacopteron, Eyton, (P. Z. S. 1839,

p- 102), with which Mr. Strickland identifies my Trichastoma (J. A.

S., XI, 795). To the same group must likewise be assigned the Timalia

poocephala of Jerdon’s Supplement. In the first edition of Mr. G.

R. Gray’s ‘List of the Genera of Birds,’ the name Brachypteryx is

382 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [ No. 149.

stated to have been pre-employed in Entomology, and Goldana js

substituted for it; but in the second edition of that work, the former

appellation is restored to Ornithology.

The very curious species upon which the genus Macronous was

founded, has more the character of the true Timalie than any of those

which follow, and has been described in J. 4. S. XI, 795.

Next to it, I had arranged a bird which has recently been described

by Mr. Strickland by the name Malacopteron macrodactylum ( Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 417), but I still consider it to merit

separation, from the general robustness of its conformation, and the

great strength of the tarse and of the middle and hind toes. The bill

closely resembles that of Macronous. I designate it

Turdinus, Nobis. Form somewhat Meruline, thick-set, with large

strong legs and toes, and rounded wings and tail. Bill as long as the

head, moderately stout, straight, compressed, the ridge of the upper

mandible angulated, its tip emarginated, and curving over that of the —

lower mandible ; nostrils oval, and pierced in the fore-part of the nasal

membrane, at some distance from the frontal feathers; rictus well

armed: legs stout, the tarse equalling the middle toe with its claw;

outer and inner toes equal, and proportionally small, their terminal

joint reaching only to the penultimate joint of the middle toe; hind

toe strong, and furnished with a rather large claw, but moderately

curved: wings much graduated, the fifth to the ninth primaries

inclusive subequal and longest, the first about half their length ; tail

also graduated externally, and hollowed underneath ; plumage lax and

scale-like, at least on the upper-parts, very copious and puffy over the

rump.

T’. macrodactylus, (Strickland) Blyth. Length about seven inches

(making allowance for the manner in which the skins which I have

seen have been prepared), of wing three and a half, and tail two anda

half ; bill to gape an inch ; tarse an inch and one-eighth ; hind-toe and

claw seven-eighths. Colour a rich brown above, generally darker on

the crown, the centres of the feathers paler, and their margins black ;

rump inclining to rusty, and devoid of marking: wings and tail also

plain rusty-brown, darkening on the latter: throat white, with the

shaft of each feather blackish, terminating in a slight spot more deve-

loped towards the breast ; rest of the under-parts confusedly mottled,

1844. | for December Meeting, 1842. 383

the abdominal feathers dull white, laterally marked with greyish, the

breast and flanks nearly resembling the back, and the under tail-co-

verts rusty-brown: bill dark horn-colour, and legs and toes brown,

the claws pale. Brought from Singapore.

Malacopteron, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 108, founded on two

species, M/. magnum and M. cinereum, Eyton, to which, accord-

ing to Mr. Strickland (An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 35), my

Trichastoma rostratum and Tr. affine, J. A. 8. XI, 795, must be

referred ; an identification which I suspect holds true in neither in-

stance, further than as regards the genus. With the series of species

before me, I find it necessary to restrict the group Malacopteron to

those species which, as stated by Mr. Eyton, have the bill about equal

to the head in length.

1. M. magnum. Eyton. Described to have the forehead and tail fer-

ruginous, the neck black, the back, and a streak across the breast,

cinereous ; wings brown, and bill yellow. Length six inches; of bill

seven-twelfths of an inch, and tarse nine-twelfths. Female smaller,

with the head and neck ferruginous, spotted or mottled with black.

Inhabits the Malay peninsula.

2. M. ferruginosum, Nobis. Bill somewhat thicker and more Fly-

eatcher-like than in the others, and the wings comparatively longer.

Length about seven inches, of wing three and a quarter, and tail two

and three-quarters: bill to gape an inch; tarse an inch and one-

sixteenth ; hind-toe and claw three-quarters of an inch, the latter very

large, being double the size of the middle front claw. Colour of the

upper-parts ferruginous-brown, purer dull ferruginous on the crown

and wings, and much brighter ferruginous on the tail ; coronal feathers

of different texture from the rest, being somewhat broad, with dis-

united webs, inconspicuously squamate: under-parts much paler, the

throat and belly white; lores albescent, contrasting with the rufous

hue of the crown. Bill dusky-brownish above, pale and yellowish

below ; and legs light brown. Probably from Singapore.

3. M. rostratum ; Trichastoma rostratum, Nobis, passim. I have

nothing to add to the description before given of this species, to which

that by Mr. Eyton of M@. magnum does not apply. Its form is less

robust than that of the preceding species. -

384 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

Alcippe, Nobis. Has the bill much shorter than the head, approach-

ing nearly in form to that of Leiothrix: in other respects resembling

the foregoing; but the toes generally are small and proportionate.

1. A. cinerea ? (Eyton). A species which, from the name, I suspect

must be this, differs from the next in its predominating more ashy

tinge, having the crown, neck, and back, uniform dusky greyish-

brown, the wings and rump tinged with fulvous, tail darker and in-

clining to dingy maronne, but still fulvescent in some lights, and the

under-parts whitish, tinged on the throat and breast with ashy ; bill

light horn-colour, and feet pale. Length about five inches and a half, of

wing two and five-eighths, and tail two and a quarter; bill to gape

eleven-sixteenths of an inch, and tarse three-quarters of an inch. The

tail, also, is less rounded, and the tips of its feathers are less wedge-

shaped, than in the next species. Received from Singapore.

2. A. affinis; Trichastoma affine, Nobis, passim. Distinguished

from the preceding by its darker crown, paler nape, the more rufescent

hue of the back and rump, and deep ferruginous tail-feathers ; the

under-parts are whiter, with a distinct brownish-grey band crossing

the breast. This species could scarcely have been designated cinerea,

which name is appropriate in the instance of the preceding one.

3. A. poiocephala; Timalia porocephala, Jerdon, Supplement to

Catalogue. This considerably approaches Siva nipalensis, Hodgson, of

the Letotrichane series; and has the rictal bristles less elongated, and

the feet stouter, with a more robust hind-toe, than in the foregoing. The

colour is olive, passing to dark russet on the rump, tail, and wings ; the

crown ashy ; and under-parts pale rufescent. Inhabits Southern India.

4. A. atriceps ; Brachypteryx atriceps, Jerdon. Rictal bristles still

shorter ; the crown and ear-coverts black ; the rest of the upper-parts

fulvescent-brown, and under-parts white, passing into brownish on the

flanks. Legs apparently have been lead-coloured. Inhabits Southern

India.

The two next would seem to approach the second species, but

cannot well be identified with it, nor with each other. The length of

both is given as five inches only.

5. A. (?) septaria; Brachypteryx sepiaria, Horsfield. ‘‘ Olivaceo sub-

fulvescens, subtts dilutior, gula abdomineque medio albidis. Remiges

ee ee soe see

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. 385

et rectrices badio-fusce, externe fere badiz ; rectrices due medie con-

colores. Crissum badio testaceum.” Hab. Java. :

6. A. (2?) bicolor ; Brachypteryx bicolor, Lesson, Rev. Zool. de la Soc.

Cuv., 1838, p. 138. “ Corpore supra, sincipite, genis caudaque brunneo-

spadiceis ; gula, collo, thorace, abdomineque albo sericeo ; tibiarum

plumis castaneis. Rostro livido ; pedibus swbincarnatis.” Hab. Sumatra.

The Brachypteryx nigrocapitata, Eyton, is rather a peculiar species,

intermediate in development of bill to Malacopteron and Alcippe, but

having the Jengthened rictal vibrisse characteristic of those divisions

little more than rudimentary. It is described in J. A. S., XI, 796.

Setaria, Nobis. Very close to Alcippe, but cannot exactly be arrang-

ed therein. Bill shorter than the head, moderately stout, somewhat

depressed at base, a little compressed beyond the nostrils, the upper

mandible slightly emarginated, its ridge angulated throughout, and the

tips of both distinctly accurved: rictus armed with large sete, which

are particularly strong and firm towards their. base, offering much

resistance ; the frontal feathers also are erect and rigid to the feel, and

_ especially those which surmount the loral region. Wings of mean length,

having the fifth and sixth primaries longest : tail also of mean length,

a little graduated externally. Feet moderately stout, the outermost toe

exceeding the inner one in length, the hind toe and claw large and

strong, equalling in length the middle toe with its claw, and all the

claws moderately curved. Plumage lax, but squamate upon the crown,

copious and puffy over the rump. neg

S. albogularis, Nobis. Length about five inches and a quarter,

of wing two and three-quarters, and tail two and a quarter; bill

to forehead half an inch, to gape eleven-sixteenths of an inch ; tarse

three-quarters of an inch ; hind toe and claw above five-eighths of an

inch. Upper-parts olive brown, tinged with rufous on the rump ; head,

including ear-coverts, dark ash-colour, with a white streak over but not

beyond the eye, and meeting its opposite above the base of the bill ;

lores black ; throat white ; an ash-coloured band across the breast ;

flanks and under tail-coverts rufescent, and belly white slightly tinged

with the same: bill black above, beneath whitish ; and feet have pro-

bably been greenish. Received from Singapore. .

The following very distinct form afiong* the Flycatchers is also be-

lieved to be from the same quarter.

386 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [ No. 149.

Lole, Nobis, n. g. Allied to Muscipeta, and especially to my ™.

plumosa (J. A. S. XI, 791), but the beak much less widened, being

nearly similar to that of Zrichastoma ferruginosum (hereinbefore des-

cribed.) Bill of moderate length and strength, undepressed, and scarcely

compressed, narrowing evenly to the tip, the ridge of the upper mandi-

ble angulated throughout, and its tip slightly overhanging that of the

lower mandible, and distinctly emarginated ; nostrils fissured in the

lower part of the nasal membrane; gape well armed. Feet as in

Muscipeta, but rather stouter, the outer front toe and claw barely

exceeding in length the innermost. Wings of mean length, graduated,

the fourth, fifth, and sixth primaries subequal and longest, and the

seventh exceeding the third : tail slightly rounded. Plumage soft, and

excessively dense and copious over the rump; the crown (at least in

the species described,) subcrested, with pointed feathers much as in

Hypsipetes.

I. olivacea, Nobis. Length about six inches and three-quarters, of

wing three and a quarter, and tail three inches ; bill to gape seven-

eighths of an inch ; tarse five-eighths of an inch ; hind-toe and claw

seven-sixteenths. Colour of the upper-parts deep olive-brown, with

a slight greenish tinge, which latter is wanting on the tail, and is

scarcely visible on the subcrested head : under-parts much paler, pass-

ing into dull yellowish-white on the belly, and darker on the sides of

the breast. Bill dark corneous above, the lower mandible pale ; and

feet light brown.

Muscicapa leucogastra, Nobis. Length about six inches, of wing

three, and tail two and a quarter; bill to frontal feathers half

an inch, and tarse nearly five-eighths. Head, throat, front and

sides of the neck, ear-coverts, and breast, glossy-black ; nape, sca-

pularies, interscapularies, wings and tail, dusky greyish-brown ; the

rump purer grey; and belly and under tail-coverts white, slightly

tinged with fulvous. Bill black ; and legs, in the dry specimen, dusky.

Probably Malayan, but perhaps Chinese.

M. rubecula, Nobis.* Length six inches and a half, or more, of

wing three and five-eighths, and tail three and one-eighth; bill

to frontal feathers above half an inch, and tarse five-eighths of an

inch. Head, including ear-coverts, glossy dull black; scapularies

* The M. rubecula, Sw., isa female Cyornis, vide p. 390.

1844. | for December Meeting, 1842. 387

and interscapularies ashy-brown ; the rump dark grey ; wings and tail

dusky-brown, the outermost feather of the latter slightly albescent:

throat, fore-neck, and breast, bright ferruginous ; the belly and under

tail-coverts fulvescent-white. Bill dark horn-colour, and legs appear

to have been leaden-brown.

A supposed young female is smaller, having the wing but three

inches, and tail two and three quarters. The nestling garb appears to

be retained about the nape, where the feathers are of open texture,

and of a light brown colour. Crown and ear-coverts dark ashy ; and

the colours generally are less deep, the breast being of a much weaker

ferruginous, still more diluted on the throat. Bill imperfect, and what

remains of it induces me rather to doubt the specifical identity of this

with the preceding specimen. Both, with M. lewcogastra, have the bill

remarkably broad at base, and approximating the Muscipete.

Vanellus leucurus (2); Charadrius leucurus (2), Lichtenstein,

mentioned in Griffith’s work to inhabit Tartary, as well as Egypt

and Nubia. I have obtained a single specimen in the Calcutta bazar

of a species which I doubt not is the Tartarian bird here alluded to,*

but whether perfectly identical with the African species is more

doubtful. As compared with the figure in the great French work on

Egypt, this Asiatic specimen differs in having no trace of the rufous-

isabelline tint represented, beyond a mere blush of this hue on the ab-

dominal region, and there is no defined grey patch on the breast.

Length (of a female) eleven inches, by twenty-three inches in alar

expanse ; wing seven inches; tail two and three-quarters ; bill to

forehead an inch and one-eighth ; tarse two inches and five-eighths.

Irides reddish-amber ; bill black, and legs and toes bright yellow, the

claws black. General colour brownish-grey, with a reddish-purple

gloss on the mantle, extending over the tertiaries; head and neck

browner and glossless, the throat and around the bill white; breast

more ashy, the feathers margined paler ; rest of the under-parts, with

the tail and its upper coverts, white, the belly and flanks conspicu-

ously tinged with dull rosy, or a roseate-cream hue ; primaries and

their coverts black, the secondaries and their coverts largely tipped

* Here may be mentioned that I have likewise procured a beautiful fresh specimen

of the Anas formosa, Gmelin, shot on the salt-water lake near Calcutta, which

species is described to frequent Lake Baikal, and was unknown to Mr. Hodgson who

had never met with itin Nepal. The tracheal bony vesicle is but slightly developed.

388 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [No. 149.

with white, and having a black bar above the white; rest of the

wing-coverts like the back.

The general colour of this species approaches that of the Lobzvanel-

lus cinereus, Nobis (XI, 587), which latter is perhaps the Vanellus

heptuschka, Tem., of a catalogue of Bengal birds published in the An.

and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 447, as it sufficiently agrees with the

brief description of Charadrius keptuschka, Lepech., in Griffith’s work,

where, as synonyms, are attached the 7’ringa fasciata, Gmelin, as the

female, and Ch. gregarius, Pallas, as the young. The same syno-

nyms are, however, annexed in a paper by Prof Brandt, ‘ On certain

Siberian birds described by Latham,’ published in the An, and Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 114, where itis added that the ‘ Black-sided Sand-

piper’ of Hardwicke’s published drawings “‘seems to belong to this

species,” being, on the other hand, very different from my cinereus.

Cawnpore is mentioned on Hardwicke’s plate as the locality where his

two specimens were obtained, and Mr. Frith tells me, that he also

has met with the same species in Bengal; but it has not hitherto

occurred to me, nor to Mr. Jerdon in the South of India. In the same .

list of Bengal specimens, Vanellus cristatus is also mentioned, a species

which is common along the Indus, and is included in Mr. Hodgson’s

MS. catalogue of Nepalese birds ; but this also I have not yet met with

here, neither have I hitherto obtained the Hoplopterus ventralis in this

vicinity ; but I have procured two examples only of Sarciophorus bilo-

bus* : Lobivanellus goensis is very common, and L. cinereus far from

rare. For an arrangement of this Lapwing group, vide P. Z. S. 184],

p. 42.

Totanus brevipes, Vieillot (apud Drapiez, Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat.

III, 572. ‘* Patrie inconnue”’). The Society possess an old specimen

of a Sandpiper which I think may be referred to this, though rather

superior in dimensions to those assigned in the work cited. It is not

very unlike the Green Sandpiper (7. ochropus/, but is larger,

with no white over or upon the tail, and remarkably short legs.

Length about nine inches and a half; of wing six inches, and tail two

and a half; bill to forehead an inch and a half; and tarse under an

inch and a quarter. Colour of the upper-parts uniform dingy olive-

* Recently, (in September and October 1844,) several fresh examples of this species

have occurred.

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. 389

brown, the small wing-feathers having a subterminal faint dusky bar,

and slightly tipped with albescent ; primaries dusky-brown: throat,

fore-neck, and breast, paler than the upper-parts ; the belly and under

tail-coverts white: a whitish line also from the beak to the eye above

it, and a darker one bordering it below on the lores. This specimen

(with the two Muscicape just described,) formed part of a collection

made at Macao, but comprising many Malayan species; and it is pro-

bably Chinese. Eight inches (French) is stated to be the length

of M. Vieillot’s species; but I have little doubt that the present speci-

men is correctly referred to it.

T. solitarius, Vieillot, apud Dict. Class. This is another little-

known Sandpiper, from the western coast of South America, interme-

diate to 7. glottis and T. fuscus. Length about fourteen inches, of

wing seven and a half, and tail three inches; bill slender, and two

inches and three-eighths to forehead, its tips much accurved ; tarse

two inches and three-quarters. Upper-parts olive grey, the feathers

laterally margined with dusky-black and whitish alternately, forming

the extremities of transverse bars which are obsolete in the medial

portion of the feather ; crown dark, the feathers laterally margined

with whitish ; neck streaky, the dark colour predominating behind,

and the white in front; above the lores, the throat, and the under-

parts from the breast, pure white, having some dark streaks and broken

bars on the pectoral feathers ; primaries dusky ; the upper tail-coverts

chiefly white; and tail closely barred white and dusky, the colours

of its middle feathers blending except on their lateral margins. Bill

dark ; and the legs appear to have been greenish. Inhabits Chili.

P. S.—It is so long since the foregoing Report, and the former por-

tion of its Appendix, were published, that I have now a few further

elucidations to offer on some of the groups treated of.

Vol. XII, p. 930. For Hrythrospiza rosea, read E. erythrina, vide

Strickland in An. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1844, p. 38. It is a typically

formed species.

P. 933. Corvus rufus, Lath., is identical with Crypsirina vaga-

bunda. Temnurus leucopterus seems to be allied to the Drongos,

and like them would appear to have only ten tail-feathers.

P. P. 941, 1007. Genus Cyornis, Nobis. Add, as a fifth species,

Muscicapa pallipes, Jerdon; and probably as a sixth, M. indigo,

390 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report LNo. 149.

Horsfield. The M. rubecula, Swainson, would appear rather to be

the female of C. Tickellig, Nobis, than of C. banyumas, in which case

the name rubecuda must stand for the former.

P. 944. Chrysococcyx lucidus has now been also received from

Arracan: and I have just seen a fine adult from the hilly district of

Monghyr, in Bengal.

P. 945. Centropus dimidiatus, Nobis. Lately received from Cut-

tack, and may yet probably turn out to be the final ein of

C. lepidus.

Phenicophaus lucidus, Vigors, ‘‘ described in Lady Raffles’ Memoir,

p. 671,” is identical, as I am informed by Dr. Horsfield, with the

species No. 18 of my Monograph of eastern Cuculide, XI, 923, and

XII, 246.*

* Mr. Strickland has favored me by examining certain specimens of Cuculidé in

London, and otherwise aided in reducing the synonyms of the group. ‘‘ The Cucu-

lus flaviventris, Scop., v. radiatus, Gm,’’ (vide XI, 900), he informs me, ‘‘is a good

species. I have a specimen from Malacca, exactly agreeing with Sonnerat’s descrip-

tion, except that the tail is not even, but very slightly rounded, with the outermost

pair of feathers an inch and a quarter shorter than the rest. It is of the size of

referred by me to C. fugav, vide XII, 9432 In such case, it would doubtless have

been confounded with C. fugar.) Of the Javanese specimen referred to C. canorus

by Dr. Horsfield (vide XI, 902), Mr. Strickland writes—*‘ Apparently the same as

the European, but I had not a European one to compare with it at the time. It is

not the micropterus, nor the fugar, both of which are at the India House.—C. pravata,

Horsfield,=C. Sonneratii, Lath.,—=C. rufovittatus, Drapiez’’ (XI, 906, 911). ‘‘I have

seen many specimens from Malacca, all in the same plumage, but I never saw any

adult-looking bird to which it could be referred. It has a broader beak than any

other Cuckoo of the same size.—Cuc. lugubris is, 1 suspect, the same as dicruroides.

I have a forked-tailed one with the wing four inches and three-quarters long, and an

even-tailedone from Malacca with the wings five inches and a quarter, being the re-

verse of the supposed distinctions between them.’’ To this (vide also XII, 244), I

may remark, that several Malayan specimens which I have seen have all been smaller

than the Indian ones ; and the same relation holds between the Malayan C. flavus

(of which C. pyrogaster, Vieillot, J. A. S. XI, 912, is probably a synonym, ) and the

Indian bird which I referred to C. niger (XI, 908, XI]; 940 et seq., 944), but which

1 now think cannot be the C. niger, Lath., founded on the ‘* Black Indian Cuckoo”’

of Edwards, which, if his figure and description can be depended upon, would seem

to be a small species of Coél (Eudynamys); though in that case I should doubt its

occurrence in Bengal. Of Eudynamys, too, I must remark that the Australian Coél,

referred to Eu. orientalis by Messrs. Vigors and Horsfield (vide XI, 913), is consider-

ed distinct by Mr. Swainson, who styles it Eu. australis (‘ Menag.’, p. 344), and

1844. ] for December Meeting, \842. 391

P. 948. Genus Garrular. G. rufifrons, No. 3. There is also a

Crateropus rufifrons, Sw. (‘ Menag.’,) which is probably identical with

M. Lesson’s species.

No. 11, G. melanotis. Capt. Phayre sent two specimens with) black

ear-coverts, such as I have never seen among numerous examples of

G. pectoralis from the Himalaya; but a third, forwarded subsequent-

ly, has an admixture of white on the ear-coverts, though less than in

the Himalayan specimens: and hence I now think that the Arracan

bird had better be regarded as a variety only of G. pectoralis.

Nos. 13, G. dunaris, and 14, G. ruficollis, are identical, and will

retain the latter appellation. The Society has received fine specimens

from Tipperah.

No. 29, G. Delesserti, is nearly allied to G. gularis, No. 8.

Nos. 25, G. déneatus, and 26, G. sefafer, are also, I greatly suspect,

identical, in which case the former name must be preserved.

assigns to it considerably larger dimensions. Lastly, I have to observe that the

alleged Chusan specimens referred to Cuc. flavus in XII, 944 (mote), and the

Chrysococcyx chalcites of the same page, and Centropus dimidiatus of p. 945 (note),

were obtained, as I have now much reason to suspect, from the vicinity of Sin-

gapore, although the former localities were given to me with much positiveness ;

certainly the specimens were prepared as the Singapore bird-skins usually are,

and one in the same lot which was stated to be South American, proves to

be the Malayan Turdus modestus, Eyton, which Capt. Phayre has since procured

in Arracan. But to return to Mr. Strickland’s notes: the Malayan C. flavus,

he remarks, ‘‘ should more properly stand as C. merulinus, Scopoli; and the

Australian C. cineraceus’’ (XII, 242) ‘‘ is very distinct from merulinus, being

much larger and longer in the wing,’’ &c. For the Indian bird he retains the name

tenuirostris, Gray. ‘‘ Cuculus basalis, Horsf., is identical with immature specimens of

Chrysococcyx lucidus, from Australia. Phenicophaus melanognathus, Horsf., has the

nostrils narrow, and the lower mandible black :—not Cuc. melanagnathus of Rafiles,

your Ph. viridis’ (XI, 927), ‘‘which has round nostrils, and a red spot on the lower

mandible. The Cuculus sumatranus, Raftles, is also distinct from Ph. Diardi,’”? (No.

24 of my monograph, XI, 928, vide XII, 246,) ‘‘ having the belly and lower tail-

coverts rufous, and the nostrils narrow, almost linear, and oblique. I have it from

Malacca. Centropus lepidus’’ (XI, 1102, XII, 945 note) ‘‘is larger (not less, as

Horsfield states,) than C. affinis, and has the beak stronger and higher. C. affinis is

the smallest of all the species, the wing measuring but five inches and three-eighths,

and tail six and a half. It is certainly the Cuculus viridis, Scopoli, founded on

Sonnerat’s Voy. Nouv. Guin., pl. 80. The curve of the hind claws in Horsfield’s

XII, 945?

3 I

392 Appendix to Mr. Blyth’s Report [ No. 149.

No. 29, G. Delesserti, is nearly allied to G. gularis, No. 8.

The Turdus ochrocephalus, Gm., Horsfield, Lin. Trans. XIII,

149, is now doubtfully referred by Dr. Horsfield to this group.

Nos. 1, G. lewcolophos, and 20, G. rufogularis, occur in Sylhet ;

and the former also in Arracan.

P. P. 953 and 958. The genus /xops, as Dr. Horsfield informs

me, is identical with Actinodura, Gould; and S7béa must be retained

for S. picotdes and S. gracilis, while S. nigriceps should perhaps be

separated, and is allied to Yuwhtna, Hodgson, As. Res. XIX, 165.

Leiocincla plumosa is also an inhabitant of Sylhet ; and the Zurdus

canorus, Lin., mentioned in the note, I have now referred to the com-

mon Malacocercus of Bengal, vide note to p. 368.

P. P. 955, et seg. The name Phyllornis has the priority over Chlo-

vopsis, and must therefore be adopted. The specimen which I de-

scribed as the female Ph. cesmarhynchus proves to be a male of the

species referred to Ph. cochinchinensis by Mr. Jerdon: but it is doubt-

ful whether the latter be the true cochinchinensis, Auct., which is

described as being “ towards the tail and outer edges of the wings

blue.” Now Mr. Jerdon’s species has no trace of blue either on the tail

or wings, except the usual verditer patch on the shoulders of the wings,

and a tinge of the same on the lesser coverts of old birds, tne outer

primaries having their external webs more or less yellowish, especially

in the females and young. Should it prove distinct, 1 would propose

for it the appellation Ph. Jerdoni. The black portion of the throat of

this bird is surrounded by dull pale yellow, which is continued up

over the forehead.

From Arracan, the Society has received three species of this genus,

viz. the Himalayan Ph. Hardwickii (v. curvirostris, §c.), which is there

rare, and the other two common,—Ph. aurifrons, and a species which

resembles the so-called Ph. malabaricus in size and colouring, but has

the bill more tapering and pointed, as in those of India. I do not like,

however, to venture on separating it from Ph. malabaricus. It may be

added, that Chloropsis mysticalis, Sw., refers to the female of the Ma-

layan malabaricus ; and Turdus viridis, Horsf., (according to Mr.

Strickland,) is the female Ph. Sonneratii, v. Meliphaga javensis of

Dr. Horsfield’s catalogue.

P. 960. Pitta malaccensis has, 1 believe, been already so, denomi-

1844. } for December Meeting, \842. 393

nated by Scopoli.* P. nigricollis, Nobis (of which I suspect P. rodo-

gaster to be merely the young), is the P. cucullata, Hartlaub, des-

cribed in the Rev. Zool., 18438, p. 65, and recently by Mr. Strickland

in the An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1844, p. 410. Mr. Strickland retains

the name Pitta for this genus, rejecting Brachyurus, Thunberg,

which Mr. G. R. Gray proposes should be substituted.

P. 963. Genus Phylloscopus. All the species described, with the

exception of Ph. magnirostris, (which I have now reason to suspect

is the Sylvia javanica, Horsfield), and two or three others in addition

to them, have now been obtained by Mr. Jerdon in Southern India.

Ph. tristis, Nobis, was referred to Sylvia trochilus in that gentleman’s

first catalogue.

P. 968. Culicipeta Burkti, Add Cryptolopha auricapilla, Swainson

(‘Menag.’, p. 343), as another synonym.

P. 983. Diceum Tickellie, Nobis, is the Certhia erythrorhynchus,

Latham ; the young bird having a fleshy-red bill, which colour

is much exaggerated in one of Buchanan Hamilton’s drawings, a

duplicate of which was probably Latham’s authority for the species.

The specific name erythrorhynchus is, however, 80 inappropriate that

it can scarcely be retained

P. 985. Magpies. I was wrong in identifying the Chilian species

with that of Europe, which latter has since been received by the So-

ciety. The other is intermediate in its proportions to P. bottanensis

and P. caudata, and may be termed

P. media, Nobis. Exactly similar to the British Magpie, but

larger, with proportionally stouter legs, and tail scarcely so long.

Length of wing eight inches and a quarter, that of the Bootan species

measuring nine and three-quarters, and of the European Magpie

but seven inches. Middle tail-feathers ten inches; bill to gape

one and seven-eighths; and tarse two inches and one-eighth. In-

habits the Andes. The tertiaries and borders of the secondaries are

of a finer steel-purple than in the European species, and the gloss of

the tail is greener, with less of a bronze cast. The tail of the Yellow-

billed Magpie of Western North America has again a different gloss ;

and I remember seeing a species smaller than that of Britain among

* Vide, however, a Note by Mr. Strickland in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for July 1844, p, 47.

394 Appendix to Vr. Blyth’s Report [.No.149.

the stores of the Zoological Society, which had a black bill, but the tail

was glossed as in the yellow-billed species.

P. 990. Buceros pucoran should be B. pusaran, Raffles. Speci-

mens of both it and B. plicatus have lately been received from Arra-

can, and the former proving to have a yellow gular skin, may now be

considered as sufficiently determined.

P. 998. B. gingalensis, Shaw. This I have since examined, and it

seems, with some others, (as the African B. dimbatus and B. flavirostris

of Ruppell,) to constitute a particular group of Hornbills, which may

some day rank as a subgenus.

‘“* Halcyon smyrnensts, vayr.? albogularis,” is identified by Mr.

Strickland with A. gularts, (Kuhl); H. ruficollis, Sw.; and H.

melanoptera, Tem.: a species which was procured in the Philippine

Islands by Mr. Cuming.

P. 1000. Pécus (Gecinus) viridanus, Minbae The female has the

crown and pileus wholly black, the ear-coverts and sides of the neck

are darker than in the male, and the entire plumage is more dingy,

with the marking of the under-parts less defined.

P. 1005. Picus (Chrysocolaptes) melanotus is the Dendrocopus

Elliott of Mr. Jerdon’s catalogue, and perhaps also identical with

P. strenuus, Gould, obtained by Dr. McClelland in Assam. For the

present it will range as Chrysocolaptes Elliott. The female differs

in having the frontal feathers to above the eye broadly tipped with

whitish, and the crest glistening bright yellow, with a tinge of red at

its extremity.

P. 1008. The two Barbets mentioned are the Bucco viridis, Gm.,

and B. zeylanicus, Auct, v. caniceps, Franklin, v. lineatus, Tickell.

P. 1010. The Fringilla agilis, Tickell, Pipra squalida, Burton, and

Parisoma vireoides, Jerdon, prove to be the same species, which must

be distinct from Pardalotus pipra of Lesson, to judge from the generic

characters which he assigns to the latter, upon which is founded his

genus Jdopleura, Rev. Zool, &c. 1838, p. 44.* The present species

I distinguish as follows :—

Piprisoma, Nobis, . g. Bill short and subconical, acutely trian-

gular as viewed from above, the ridge of the upper mandible angulated,

* There is a Pardalotus maculatus, Tem, p. c. 600, from Sumatra and Borneo,

which may perhaps be referable to either Jdopleura or Piprisoma.

1844. ] for December Meeting, 1842. 395

and that of the lower slightly but distinctly so; the outlines of both

accurved, of the lower somewhat more abruptly (being tumid at base

towards the divarication of its two lateral rami), and the tip of the

upper overhangs that of the lower mandible, but without showing any

marked terminal bend ; nostrils almost closed by the nasal membrane ;

gape unarmed. Feet formed for perching, and rather small than

otherwise, the tarse equalling the middle toe with its claw, the outer

and middle toes connected to the first joint, and the claws compressed

and moderately hooked, as in the more typical perchers. Wings

reaching to the end of the tail, which is rather short ; and having the

first primary exceedingly minute, and the four next equal and longest:

tail even. Plumage sombre and unadorned.

P. agilis, (Tickell,) Nobis. Length four inches,* of wing two

and a quarter, and tail one and one-eighth; bill to gape three-

eighths of an inch, and tarse half an inch. Colour dull ashen-

olive, tinged with green upon the rump and upper tail-coverts, and

margining the greater wing-feathers; beneath whitish, having a few

ashy-brown striz on the breast, and one along each side of the throat:

tail darker towards the end, and slightly edged at tip with whitish,

which forms a terminal spot upon the inner web of its outermost

feathers: bill mingled whitish and dusky-corneous ; and feet lead-

coloured. Inhabits the Himalaya, and central and Southern India.

Vol. XIII, p. 363. Sturnia, No. 3, has just been figured by Mr.

Jerdon with the specific name Blythiz. Calornis cantor.

P. 366. Calornis cantor, &e. The Turdus strigatus, Horsfield,

is founded on the second state of plumage referred to; so that this

species is both I’. chalybeus and T. strigatus, Horsfield. Strickland.

P. 373. Sphenura striata. I have just obtained the nest and eggs

of this species, the latter blue as in the Malacocerci, and the vest also

nearly accords with that of a Malacocercus.

P. 376. Prinia Franklinii. Add, asa synonym, Sylvia longicaudata,

Tickell, J. A. S. II, 576.

* The preserved skin sent on loan by Mr. Jerdon, measures but three inches and a

half, which is the length given by Burton.

aie ht Fawthd' ¢ na Mose howe late segulanin tog odikies Sebi oul

satiaabtaraate aa maton aon an er (Bt os a |

= Levitt fanieyd SDD, bald i n | at

sdeny divest bale 2 » proud iyoititew at: doi amtt Yo.

seep it heed pens pian ove b ines :

poe Seegstlis lie indian: mk uu ligt bis

~ toile tah | Aeodely< clas te haa ovat bie ini

bere: errenthqulies seg ‘ile apse nogencmrag t

areal si gecbienarcd | cuba tial: wn draonted tentp dtockegeiet jieatateny:

barn darasis to loin, cating eelieinn neds

betticher Wise Git ace. —— | |

ied eli ra.) |

diaaknigsh: pst ny peek aad

gamle prrndd tar Mohs Neue ee

nb, ices vy pe imei | saan ‘!

ith, nad Ceetertatgt by

Sabo olivine | wbew®

talindo? ee sbingietokty, so engine. ah, bina, sanyo!

a9 ba: inno! ath Pic, pA aa ie Les mr

j ines ay eh Seok. ee Pratt Beakaauh Sathana tat or +

angen sea enmergn nthe |

inset Presa age aie Deby me ABO li

pti rneadeh- ti Cy fda PN oe ni . oH

oon pakora gragl rad Pein a poh ‘se eae

: dt peers:

“i ie abe iar ey i thse nid ee rye iy ik} Perr 5

i# / e Ps ew hea i

éf oi Wins AB aataetie Sheet ete

tr ha ay) j 7 sf Pes Pet bak ote eh Se No et ni Awe

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. By Major R. Lexcx, C. B.

lst Assistant Governor General’s Agent, N. W. F.

The following few pages, drawn up with the assistance of an educat-

ed Mussulman of Loodiana, who has not re-visited his country for a

quarter of century, are intended to facilitate the acquisition of a collo-

quial knowledge of the Cashmeeree language, and although they do not

deserve the name of a Grammar so much as the publication by Dr. W.

Carey in 1812, entitled a Grammar of the Punjabee Language, yet the

student will not have to get by heart such laboriously manufactured

tenses of verbs as that at page 85, of the above work.

Ex.—* Let him be obliged to be caused to be made.” Much labor

and time would be saved, and every ordinary purpose answered, if in

order to assist the acquirement of a colloquial knowledge of similar

minor dialects, that scarcely deserve the name of a language, a Vo-

cabulary only of words, and a collection of sentences actually heard

spoken, were made in the Roman character.

No. 150. No. 66, New Series. aK

398 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

The Cashmeeree language (Kaushir Zeo,) is not generally a written

one; the character called Sharad4, (after the Goddess of that name, )

having been, and being chiefly used to write Sanscrit works. The

language is without doubt of Sanscrit origin, but has been consider-

ably corrupted by the number of Persian words grafted on it by the

Mahommedan conquerors of the province. It differs slightly in almost

every pergunna. For instance, a cry in the city is called kreak ; at

Islamabad krik ; and in other parts krek. A hill in the city is called

labur, and /dbur in the districts. In the city the bill of a bird is call-

ed ¢oent, and in the suburbs fsoents; also a snake is in the former

called sareep, and in the latter sriph. The dialect spoken at Kishte-

war is, as might be expected, a mixture of Cashmeeree and Punjabee.

From the number of vowels and diphthongs, the language it would

appear cannot be written correctly, either in the Devanagaree or Arabic

character.

A Cashmeeree in speaking Persian, munches it, as it were with, and

hisses it through, his teeth.

The ow (of our), of the Persian howz, (a cistern, ) and the Hindustanee

koudee, (a shell,) is changed in the mouth of a Cashmeeree into oa (of

oar) and they pronounce them hoaz and hoadee. They also change

Kabul (the a of car) into koabul.

They moreover change the Persian and Hindustanee az, (of aisle,) of

paisa, (a copper coin,) which is pronounced as dz into @ 7 or aai, and

they drawl out paainsa. In fact, the language is typical of the de-

pressed and sneaking nation.

Natives of Cashmeer, who have acquired a knowledge of the more

free and elegant Persian, are almost ashamed of their own puerile na-

tive tongue, which quality is imparted to it chiefly I suspect from the

frequent occurrence of the consonant ¢s (of ‘ prints,’) known both to the

Pushtoo and Mahratthee, and the various dipthong of 2.

$252 Besa Wena -

a eae

,~ <Se

1844, ] A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. 399

aitou 4, ... d in part.

eS >

it) A)

=. S

Bl as 3 So. < Value of a Letter.

S RS SS Se ~

= S NS S

Oo ® = — =

9 g| tas |e

3 | aaa ‘fe yayou ye,... i in hit.

ad | zwwz| we) isharou ee,. ee in feel.

3 | 2am #)oupal wo, .. u in fall.

ch b&b ® aw

MM) PY St ok ed Gt Ol Ab A BG | Sansone

H | SAAR 5 | upalbé woo, oo in fool.

| | co RA | | rinou re, ...

| | | 1

| { {

ny | rakhou roo |

m F

| | oe : \ Peculiar to Sanscrit.

3 AR | | liyou le, .. |

| i

| x Asch | | lisou lee, ... J

z| mane x | krdlou ee,... ae in aerie.

| {

= ~ ~% = |

ZW mma! S | tralou ai, .. ai in aisle.

| :

3 | yy | 3712 | Ss | ulhawoo, ... oe in o’er or roe.

be Wes,

St cc 7 Bice | Qa AEAS | a ashadeea, ... ou in our.

ZF 2A + : Wh 2 | Fs] | maspheram, the nasal dot.

Widen eee!

<) e 7 a ra Abb ad . dophyorah, aspirate dots.

Sanscrit.

SyAagnrta vay FY HF wy Ad aad gq J

}

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [ No. 150.

With Conso-

nant.

aie aie

a rafare

aja) nnd

| man

eo Rana

Z| ev ne

BS Rear

FT AIA

Ba) @ HAA

2| Fe AREA

z\v ave :

ra 2 | mig

3.5 3?

a ooo

an) MABRA

35 aa

4a mia

Value of a Letter.

Name.

kouka, 2 k inking:

khunikha,.. kh in ask him.

gagarga,... g in got.

‘5 gh in hog hunt

Ba8 88 4 or dg in pledge.

nérugna, og _ in king.

ts in prints

tsatu tsa, } ch_ in church.

tssuting ftsh in fits him

tss, chh in fetch him (tch. )

ZACE Za, eee Zand j.

zhashing za, za, zh and jh.

khunaputa nye, ny as gn in digne.

armanta ... t (not t.)

sarmanta, .. th (not th.)

duda, ..d (not D.)

dhakadha,.. dh (not dh.)

nénagurina Nn (the English harsh.)

towata, ...t

the Continental.

thaji sha,.. th

1844. | A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. 401

es $

os SF 8 =

= re S :

5 3s 8 os ; Value of a Letter.

a Ss oa & no SS St)

Hn S ® Sea = ‘

dadou dad,...

fe Continental.

doojy da,.. dh

pes ee ee es = a pee

aia) aRaA | nastoo na,.n Ditto.

y | | us8 : paoorpa «+. p

zis | Raa | phurinya ... ph in uphold.

Qgiqg'i ya | buba b

SiS za | baiba, ... bh in abhor.

| FT (7 | mA | mouma, ... m

es Q Maw | yawaye, ... y

@i\3a | ce : rakara, ...1

fe = naa pa eaeine oi

2a | a na washinva, .w

" ius mast shakarshe, . sh

| * | wR : phdrishe, ... sh

a a | ga | SHBG sig. den. 8

3 wae | bélaha, ... h_

; JB igen kruliwath, kkh, kh,h the Sancrit.

402 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

The language has besides the preceding,

The English ein let.

o in hot.

ae in aerie.

au in cause.

oa. in oar.

It has not the Arabic kh and gh, nor the g or & in quoit, the hickup

d,k, nor the hickup ,. and substitutes ph generally for f.

The nasal dot answers to the gn, 2 in the French non, or expresses

the m in the following words, king, finch, flint, and the m in plump.

There are three ///, the English final and Italian g/.

Besides the usual #, there is the indication of one at the end of many

words which I have expressed by raising it above the line. Ex. uw’ a fox,

su" a lion, tsu’ thou ; zu” 2, besides the « full there is the French w of

recu, which I have rendered by u as dunga, a kind of boat, tunga,

a sob, sats, tailor. There is also another long vowel which I have ex-

pressed by aa, it has the sound of u or ea before an 7, as in burn, earn.

The Cashmeer z has often the sound of partaking of dz, the ds of

“ sounds.”

It has not the Arabic ¢h in think, and ¢h in those.

There is also another vowel between @ and 7, which might be ex-

pressed as é in kdnddr, bahery, mdts, earth, rdfs, better, ydts, more,

pydts, a kind of grass.

Of the Diphthongs.

In these consists the chief difficulty of speaking the language.

Ist. Diphthong of the short @ and short z (ai ), which might also be

expressed @ or av.

Tait, a pony mare. Zait, old, tattered.

Kair, a beam. Rait, taken, (f.)

Zair, a deaf woman. Wait, rolled up, (f.)

Bair, a crack in wood. Baid, a woman of rank.

Mair, a hut. Gair, a pitcher.

Nair, lower part of arm. Tssairr, empty, much.

Air, well in health. Bhair, a she ass.

Ais, we. Tair, chair, a chattering woman.

Bait, a hob. Wair, a dried peas pudding.

Jair, mounted as jewels. Pait, a small plank.

Dair, a robust woman. Khait, concealed, (f.)

Tsait, cut, (f.) Phait, drowned, (f.)

1844. | A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. 403

In the Persian character ¢az¢ is written coy but if pronounced tadz,

means “really, actually a pony mare.” It could not be written taty,

but might be written tati, with the z above the line; how it and the

other diphthongs or rather compound vowels should be printed, others

must determine.

2d. Diphthong of the short a and short w, taut, a poney 43 pronounc-

ed something like ¢oe wt, but not tatu.

Baud, a great man. Thaud, a tall man.

Bhaul, open, loose. Tsaud, a round basin.

Waud, tied. Gaud, a hole.

Daud, burnt, (m.) Tsaut, torn, (m.)

Khaut, concealed. Phaut, drowned, (m.)

Waut, arisen. Raut, taken.

Laud, made. Maut, mad.

Khaud, pudendum. Laut, nearly dumb.

Kaul, dumb. Daul, skirt.

Naul, a shell. Tsaul, escaped.

Waul, drest. Daul, slipped.

Baul, recovered in health. Naur, sleeve.

Baur, a large crack in wood. Tsaur, mare.

Gaur, made. Jaur, mounted as jewels.

This compound vowel appears an o not so long as ve in roe, and not

so short as o in hot. It might be written az, the short w thus seems to

indicate the masculine, as the short 2 does the feminine gender.

3. Diphthong of the short « and short z.

Guir, a mare, 's€ pronounced not as if written gury, but rather as gur*.

Shuir, a virgin. Duiny, walnuts.

Luits, light, (f.) Tuiny, navel.

Muij, a reddish. Muits, fallen off in flesh.

Suil, spare time. Tuij, raised.

Buil, proper name of woman. Duij, simple woman.

Kuib, hump-backed, (pl.) Tuil, antimony, pencil.

Wuith, arisen, (pl.) Duib, washermen.

Guit, emaciated, a plait in sewing. Luit, light, (pl.)

Wuit, passages. Wuiny, now.

Khuit, part of a boat. Buit, face.

It might be conjectured that the above « could be written as a

w as gwir.

Guri, means horses, and gur’, mares.

4th. Diphthong of the short 2 and short wu.

Liul, 1% , a vessel for cooking Biun, set up in business in the

rice. world.

404 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

Piul, a testicle. Ziun, to be born.

Diul, a soft grass used for packing Miul, reconciliation.

and matting. Siut, grief, misfortune.

Tsiul, squeezed. Jiut, wan.

Jiur, granular parts of rice. Kiut, on account of.

Chhiut, white. Kiul, a peg.

Tiut, bitter. Tsiut, leavings.

Asiup, emaciated. Diun, to give.

Piun, to fall. Chiun, to drink.

Nium, to take away. Tsuin, a pillar.

Khiun, to eat. Miun, measured.

Lium, plastered.

This z is not exactly a y.

5th. Dipbhthong of the short z and short a.

Piak, thou fallest. Liad, litter horse.

Diad, mother. Vias, a woman’s confidante.

Mias, a root in a lake. Khias, eat of him.

Chias, drink of him. Viat, name of river.

Tsiab, heart. Khiat, eaten.

Tiat, interested friendship. Riakh, a fowl’s dung.

Diakh, angry. Chhiab, thou art, (f.)

Tsiad, patience. Bhiak, thou eatest or eat thou.

Tsial, squeezed, shampoeing. Dial, skin, peal.

Hial, lake weed. Zial, cream.

6th. Diphthong, the short w and the English o in hot.

Duod, milk, .~ ¢ not dwod.

> Sod

Buod, understanding. Wuol, dregs of butter.

Khood, a pit. Guon, a heap.

Tsuol, a large kettle, stone of ma- Huod, a fool.

sonry. Wuod, scalp.

Muol, price. Zuol, drowsiness.

Puot, piles. Wuot, rice.

Suobh, happiness, contentment, Tsuot, any.

peace. Muokh, cheek.

Duokh, pain. Duos, wall.

Chhuok, wound. Khuot, false.

Nuosh, daughter-in-law. Tsuon, to these four.

Kruok, a snoar. Kruon, misery.

Suon, golde, rival wife. Bhuon, elbow.

Buon, below.

7th. Diphthong of shortened az of aisle, and the short a (as in by, and

not bye,) care must be taken to drop the indication of an e at the end

of the letter 7, as pronounced eye.

1844. ] A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. 405

The pronunciation of eye according to this system, would be «az 2,

but this dipthong is az a.

Aiat, eight Zaian, a wooden bucket

Aiar, own Aiab, defect

Vaias, a year Vaiad, a caste

Daian, a fine Paiat, a market

Laias, a glutton Aiash, enjoyment

Jaiar, pleasure, excursion Saiat, a wick

Maial, desire Waiar, enmity

Ghaial, name of a favorite resort Saial, flood

in Cashmeer Raian, a caste

Saiad, a sayud Maiat, a corpse

Maian, a frog

7th. Diphthong of a double or prolonged short a (aa. )

Chaauy, thine Kaar, neck

Praauy, old, (f.) Tsaar, I have selected, (f.)

Dyaauy, tea churns Kraar, wife of potter

Jaauy, life Pyaar, dear, (f.)

Zaauy, acquaintance Vyaar, a spiteful woman

Braar, a cat, (f.) Waar, a kitchen garden plot

Chaar, an idiot, (f.) Byaali, seeds

A’as, mouth Myaauy, mine

Kraauy, relations Paar, a little cottage

Naauy, grand-mother Gaar, kernel of singara

Siaauy, clever. Praar, dear in price

Tsaauy I have brought in Laar, she ran after me, a cucumber

Dyaar, a rich woman Jaar, I have lectured (her)

Aar, an owl Jaar, keeper of her word

Maauush, a male buffalo, 2 would seen to be different forms of this diph-

Maaiush, a female ditto, thong

A’aas, mouth, is properly a distinct diphthong.

Examples of the English, aw in cause.

Kaushur, a Cashmeerian Bauwuk, they have unbosomed

_ Tsaudur, name of a village themselves

Wauwur, a weaver Rauwuk, they have lost

Waudur, a champion Sauwuk, they have put to sleep

Pauwur, a cottager Chauwuk, they have made drink

Mauruk, they have killed Mauzur, a cripple

Chauruk, they have tightened, or Khauwur, left, (not right)

dunned Bhauruk, they have extracted

Wauluk, they have brought down Sauruck, they have ferried over

Pauwuk, they have thrown down

Examples of the English oa in oar, written in the Persian character

asanalif. In some words there isa slight indication of anz preceding.

Broar, a cat Pishoal, soft

Choar, a simpleton Dyoar, a rich man

406

Byoal, seed

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. — [No. 150.

Kroar, a scab

Dyoan, a forked cylinder or circular Myoan, mine, (m)

fork for stirring tea

Proan, old

Prioat, we have pierced

Pioas, I have fallen

Nioav, we have had taken away

Prioav, we have obtained

Likhoay, we have had written

Prioar, dear, last year’s

Bhious, we have eaten of him

Chioas, we have drunk of him

Krioar, husbandman’s festival

Limoav, we have had plastered

Pitoav, we have reconciled

Shoal, a kind of grain

This oa seems to denote the masculine, (myoan, mine,) as aa does

the feminine, (myaany, mine. )

Examples of the English short a in England.

Basak, ducks

Wanak, thou sayest

Bhatak, thou hidest

Phachack, be drowned

Ganak, congeal

Manak, obey

Ratak, take

Barak, regret

Zarak, pine after

Alak, shake.

Walak, throw over you

Galak, melt

Marak, die

Tsatak, tear

Tsalak, run away

Watah, roll up

Pakak, thou goest

Rachak, thou keepest

Ranak, thou cookest

Khanak, thou diggest

Menak, measure

Asak, laugh

Dazak, be burnt

Sarak, remember

Malak, rub

Shalak, a beating

Khalak, drive away, (flies)

Balak, recover

Dalak, slip

There is another vowel, the ea of earn, not so long as the one I have

expressed by aa.

Examples of the a (4) of the English ark.

Pants, five

Wants, a curse

Lanz, a stake

Lank, a step

Dang, a club

Band, a dancing boy

Shand, a pillow

Chand, the centre of a shawl or

handkerchief

Shank, suspicion

Wan, a shop

Mand, working of dough

Tanch, quizzing

Dan, cooking place

Tsants, deception

Laats, an eunuch

Wank, a ringlet

Tank, a bit

Bang, call to prayers

Dand, bullocks

Brand, a verandah

Chhan, a carpenter

Pran, onion

Ran, thigh

Manch, honey

Kanch, glass

1844.)

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

407

Examples of the short English z in bit.

Nish, near

Rish, spite

Dish, country people

Phish, a few threads or straws

Nis, take away to him

This, noise of a crack

Yis, come to him

Yin, are coming

Yik, come thou

Jin, melt

Nin, take away

Sil, disease of consumption

Vil, a short space of time

Gil, a kind of bird

Tsit, loss of use of limbs

Bit, power

Gith, a rush of water, bothering

Sit, sound

Chir, stream of milk of animals

sucked by a child

Jin, Genii

Example of the ee

Teer, rams

Pheer, she rambled

Cheer, I have squeezed, (f.)

Veer, a willow

Zeer, a punch in the ribs

Heer, head of a sheep

Sheer, I have arranged, (f.)

Hin, an accomplishment

Hish ! to drive away fowls

Phish ! to a child

Mish, a splinter

Dis, give him

Phis, whisperings

Kis, little finger of what kind

Yim, these come to me

Sis, a wart

Din, they give

Min, measure

Pil, reach

Kil, a thrust

Chil, a stake in the water, religious

seclusion

Sir, a secret

Nit, taken away

Chit, mind

Gin, count

Zid, revenge, spite

in the English see.

Neer, near! (feminine relation, )

she came out

Geer, I have surrounded, (f.)

Sheer, a broom

Seer, crazy, (f.)

Yeer, we have

Example of the short «in the English bull.

Gur, a horse

Zur, grandson

Chur, have rinsed

Shur, a male child

Hur, surplus

Wun, have woven

Dun, have shaken

Jun, deep emerged

Num, have beaten out

Tul, have lifted

Kul, a tree

Kub, hump-backed

Shup, a sift

Tsup, silent

Dup, sunshine

Tuk, have torn with teeth

Tsuk, sour

Kus, who

Hus, to set on, to quarrel

Tut, tight, under restraint

Rut, right, (not wrong)

Jhut, a sip

Kut, wetted

Mut, evaporated

Phut, a basket

Buz, parched

Wuz, bubbled up

Huk, dried

Kun, sold

Kud, a name explained

408 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

Buj, have thought on

Rul, stray, unclaimed

Tsun, have put in

Kuts, got well

Kut, got wet

Bun, a vine in the water

Hum, they

Yun, to come

Zuk, down

Rus, have taken huff

Mus, small turnip, fatigued

Yus, whoever

Jut, we have gained

Sut, incapable

Hut, spoiled, turned bad

Lut, light, (not heavy)

Wur, rice boiled dry, have strung Yut, hire

Mur, to rub between hands

Wul, a hole

Kur, force to take

Kun, have sold

Hun, has swollen

Run, one-handed

Lun, have reaped

Nun, saltish

Zul, have shaped, scraped

Dub, a Dhobee, a sound

‘ Gub, heavy

Thup, a fruit basket

Kup, a dabba

Rup, complexion, countenance

Mur, skirt

Shuz, unalloyed, untasted

Luk, strangers

Dukh, pain

Hud, rice, alone

Duj, a foot

Dul, a cullender

Gun, knead

Kuz, a cup of sugar-candy

Wut, rose up

Wush, a sigh

Rum, a single hair

Wut, drizzling

Examples of the English 00 in fool.

Tsoor, a thief, loosening roots of Noor, name of woman

plants

Roo, have planted

Moor, rubbing planted grain be- Moor, a hole

tween the hands to remove the Joor, have collected

husk

Loor, have demolished,

Choor, have rinsed

Khoor, razor

Goor, a milk maid

Door, a breeches string

Groost, cultivator

Goour, a milkman would seem

Gooir, a milkmaid

Khyoost, for shame!

Myoot, a kiss

Soour, a hog, is finished, exhausted Tsyoot, have masked

Poo, a sound of derision by mak- Vyoot, fat

ing a trumpet of the hand

Hoor, I have discharged

Nyook, have carried him away

Nyool, green, not ripe

Joo, affix to names of Cashmeerees Gyool, we ridiculed

Zoor, wooden candlestick

Soo, have sewn

Doo, have swept

Koor, a virgin

Door, an alley

Poor, I have filled up

Shoor, I have arranged

Toor, a small metal saucer

Nyoor, pasturage near, made on it

Shoor, have arranged

Khyoor, an oar

Pyoor, fat, (animal)

Jyoor, a simpleton

Ryoog, a flower

Roog, ill

Lyook, we have written

[No. 150.

to be different

diphthongs.

1844.]

Toor, cold weather

Zoo, life

Yoo, come

Phiroost, lucky

Zyoot, tall

Tyoot, bitter

Pyoos, have pounded

Byoot, seated

Nyool, he met me

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

409

Tsyoon, became on our guard, have

guessed at

Tyoor, a ram

Kroor, a well

Diroor, skin

Gyoor, have encompassed

Vyoog, a trap door

Chhool, a kid

Dyoot, we have seen

Nyook, they have taken (him)away

In the following there is an indications of an 2.

Hooir, a house

Mooil, a root

Looir, a walking stick

Gooily, a bullet

There is another 00 compressed between the teeth.

Toorf, cold weather

Booily, song of bird

Looily, affectionate

Gooily, kernels

Gooiri, here

Hoon, a dog

Zoon, moon

Shood, a drunkard, ruined by bad

habits.

Mood, deed

Good, pudendum

Booz, we have comprehended

Toon, navel

Moon, wool of sheep, a wall

Loot, plunder

Boot, an image

Koon, corner

Poor, a step

Toor, cold

Dooily, a “dolie,” deserted as an

orphan

Jooily, collected in cloth

Bhooily, have released

Tooily, I have weighed them

Doon, cotton-cleaner

Roon, husband

Rood, rain, remained

Loos, fatigued

Choon, interference, part taking,

flattery

Noon, salt

Woon, we have wove

Soot, puff of a pipe

Loon, we have reaped

Phoor, burnt rice at bottom of pot

Sool, we have weighed

Examples of the English ae in aerie.

Yael, tamed

Shaer, arrange

Waer, affection

Gaer, surround

Tsaer, delay, yellow apricot

Baer, border of garden

Fael, a crime, trick

Daes, country

Haer, ladder

Maen, measure

Zaen, earn

Tsaet, pound

Saet, a fit

Yaer, wool

Saer, a seer

Naer, come out

Phaer, traverse

Gael, ridicule

Mael, join, visit

Khaes, have ate of him

Daer, plenty, heap

Gaen, verses

Tsaen, take care

Zaet, grow

Maet, sweeten

410 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

Examples of the English az in aisle.

Ropai, rupee

Ruwai, am planting

Surai, a goglet

Sulai, am putting to sleep

Kolai, a wife

Mulai, never

Wonai, am weaving

Sonai, rival wives

Bhonai, elbows

Zuwai, | am growing up

Subai, in the morning, province

Khulai, am opening

Bowai, was

Examples of the

Khoei, foot

Zoer, force

Moer, vain, presumptious

Poen, heel

Moekh, cheek

Doekh, pain

Poesh, a flower

Boesh, fashion, demand in market

Loet, a roll on the ground

Roet, a kind of bread

Loess, be tired

There is a shorter 0, as the o of holy, while this is the 0 of hole.

Tsopai, silence

Warai, am stringing

Murai, I am hushing

Phulai, a blossom

Wolai, come thou woman

Tulai, am lifting

Wunaii, never again

Iti, not him.

Bonai, not I from below

Suwai, am serving

Kubai, boss of a shield

Bumai, eyebrows

English oe in roe.

Woer, chatter

Soer, a hog

Tsoer, 4, a caste

Toel, a weight

Loel, desire

Boel, determination

Roesh, be offended then!

Woesh, a sigh

Tsoet, a bruise

Moet, a grain

Goess, I went

Examples of the English ow in our.

You, yesterday

Zou, joke with

Gou, went

Pyou, he fell

Ryou, be conceited

Zyou, tongue

Pyou, light (the fire)

Khou, a pit

Bou, has been

Lou, dew

Chou, have drunk

Khyou, have eaten

Lyou, lick

Myou, mew! of a cat

Nou, new

Hou, yes

On Gender, the formation of.

Masculine.

1 Gur, a horse

9 Kokur, a cock

Kautur, a cock pigeon

3 Kukiul, a ditto, (blue)

Feminine.

Guir, a mare

‘ Kokair, a hen

Kautair, a hen pigeon

Kukil, ditto, (blue)

[ No. 150.

OO OO Se

- si eae

1844

40 |

| +» A Grammar of the

Masculine.

Tssawul, a he-goat

Watul, a sweeper

Pahul, a shepherd

Batuk, a drake

Laung, lame man

Phaur, a male ass

Chhan, a carpenter

Tsroal, a jailer

Kav, a crow

Hoon, a dog

Péniur, a drawer of water in

pitchers.

Manur, a lapidary

Khar, a blacksmith

Groost, a cultivator

seemurgh.

Mohnyn, a man

Haput, a bear

Su), a lion

Shal, a jackal

Patssalau,o, a lynx

Lu}, a fox

Yar madun, a lover

Goant, a hill poney

Toata, a parrot

Maa,unsh, a buffalo

Gan, a bully

Koan, a blind man

Na,id, a barber

Wouwur, 2 weaver

Airz, a gander

Yachh, an ogre

Hanz, a boatman

Woany, a trader, mussulman

Koaka, nurse’s husband

Parzun, a male servant

Ghulam, a slave

W oarud, a 2d husband

An hohur, a batchelor

Cashmeeree Language. 411

Feminine.

Tssawijj, a she-goat

Watij, a female sweeper

Pahij, a shepherdess

Batich, a duck

Lainj, lame woman

Phair, a female ass

Chhaany, carpenter’s wife

Tsraaj, wife of jailer

Kaviny, a hen-crow

Hoony, a bitch

P4niureny, wife of water-carrier

Manar baee, wife of ditto

Kharabaee, wife of ditto

Greest bdee, wife of ditto

Jyayur pachhun, the fabulous Jyagar pachhiny, the female

Zanana, 2 woman

Haputs, female

Seeminy, a lioness

Shaaj, female

Patssalaav, female

Laash, female

Vyes, a mistress

Gant, mare

Tooti, female

Maainsh, female

Gaany, a bawd

Kaany, woman

Na iz, wife

Wouwureny, wife

Airziny, a goose

Yachhiny, an ogress

Hanzainy, wife

Wainyainy, wife

Dai, a nurse

Wula gasheny, female

Tsunz, a female slave

Woarudz, 2d wife

An harish, a maiden

Pushut, a straw slipper-maker Pushainy, wife

Bachhera, a colt

Dodagoo,ur, milk man

Batu, a Hindoo

Rantun, demon

Haund, a ram

Bachheer, a filly

Dodagooir, wife

Batainy, wife

Rantats, pal

Rantas, vena:

Gaib, a ewe

412 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

A man speaking says, buchhus, I am—and a woman, bachhas, ditto.

Me? che,i cha,i. I have drank tea, (f:)

Me! khyou tsoont, I have eat an apple, (m :)

Singular.

Mohnyn, a man

Tssawul, he-goat

Gur, horse

Wagoo, a mat

Tsoed, a small pitcher

Gaund, a log of wood

Zaur, deaf man

Goor, milk man

Lopun, a grain vessel

Naut, a pitcher

Latsul, a broom

Liul, a vessel, earthen

Budh, old man

Tsaut, a dwarf

Thaud, lanky

Pohul, shepherd

Groost, a cultivator

Buhur, a druggist

Tsroal, a police man

Hoon, dog

Broar, cat

Lu), a fox

Pottul, an image

Punz, monkey

Kandur, a baker

Aar, an owl

Khon, elbow

Batuk, duck

Hangul, a jamber

Watul, a sweeper

Kokur, a cock

Kantur, cock-sparrow

Saruph, a snake

Wandur, a monkey

Singular.

Gur, horse

Gursund, a horse’s

Guris, to horse

NUMBER.

Plural.

Mahnivi, men

Tsawilli, goats

Gurri, horses

Wagivi, mats

Tsaddi, pitchers

Gandi, logs

Zarri, men

Goorri, milkmen

Lopuin, vessels

Natti, pitchers

Latsil, brooms

Lilli, vessels

Buidhi, old men

Tsuiti, dwarfs

Thadi, lanky men

Pahalli, shepherds

Greestt, cultivators

Buhirri, druggists

Tsraalli, policemen

Hoonni, dogs

Braerri, cats

La", foxes

Potilli, images

Pa,inzi, monkeys

Kandarr, bakers

Arre, owls

Khona, elbows

Batak, ducks

Hangul, ‘ jambers”

Watal, sweepers

Kokar, cocks

Kantar, sparrows

Saraph, snakes

Wandar, monkeys

DECLENSION.

Plural.

Guri, horses

Gurin hund, horses’

Guren, to horses

i a

1844. | A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. 4138

Guris and gurnen being each the inflected case of its number, any

past position can be added, as

Guris nisha, from the horse Guris pyat, on the horse

Guris nish, near the horse

Nechu, son Nechivi, sons

Nechivi sund, of son Nechiven hund, sons’

Nechavis, to son Nechiven, to sons

Hata nechavi, oh! son Haugo nechavyou, oh! sons

Inflected Case.

Nechavi. Nechiven.

Dai, a nurse Daya, nurses

Dai hiund, of nurse Dayan hund, of nurses

Dai, to nurse Dayan, to nurses

Hatai da,ee, oh! nurse Hatai dayou, oh ! nurses

Kolai, a wife Kolaiye", wives

Kolai hiund, of wife Kolaiyan hund, of wives

Kolaiyi, to wife Kolaiyan, to wives

Khou, a pit Khouva, a pits

Khou hund, of pit Khounan hund, of pits

Khavi, to pit Khovun, to pits

The affix to the Genitive Case has also Gender, thus :—

Nechiv sund nechu, son’s son Shur, a child

Nechiv sanz koor, son’s daughter Shur hen, a poor little child

Answering to the Persian affix , dku/tar, duk/tarak

There is an affix han or hen, which has a diminishing meaning.

Tsuit, bread Tsochahen, a bit of bread

Rati pauny, good or sweet water Riti pany

Rati pauny Riten panin hund

Rati panyuk Rit you panyuk

Ratis panyis Rityan panyan

Rati panyi nisha Rityou panyou nisha

414

Rut, dood

Yats rut, very good, (rats, f)

I, boh

Mine, myoan myaiany

Me, meh

Myani khatra, for my sake,

Sani khatra, for our sakes,

Myanen, my, (adjective)

Sanyan, our, (ditto)

Myani nechivi, oh ! my son

Thou, tsu®

Thine, choan, (chaiany)

Thee, tse?

Chani khatar, for thy sake

He, sub

His, tamsund

Him, tamis tas

Tas nisha, from him

Tamis pyat, on him

This, yi® |

Of this, yemsund

To this, yemis

Yemsindi, khatra

Yemis pyat, on this

That, hub

Of that, humsund

To that, humis,

Humsind,i

Myoangur, my horse

Myaiany gurri, my horses

Who

Whose

Whom,

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

[No. 150.

Comparison.

Rati khuota rut, better, (best)

Literally good, beyond good

Pronouns. -

Tse,pyat, on thee

Tuhindi khatar, for your sakes

Tohi pyat, on you

Aass, we

Saiany, ours, soan

Asi, us

Me pyat, on me

Asi pyat, on us

Tubhi, ye

Tuhuindi, your

Tohi, you

Tsenish, from thee

Tim, they

Tuhund, theirs

Timun, them

Lagu, be at ; lagus, beat him

Tits, like him

So Say GS

Yim, these

Yuhund, of these

Yiman, to these

Yihindi, kAatra

Yits, like this

(eee

Hum, those

Humanhund, of those

Human, to those

KAatara, for his sake

Soangur, our horse

Saiany gurri, our horses

Kus

Kemsund, kohund

Kas kamis

1844.)

Kamsindi,

Kahindi,

Kasindi,

Kamis pyat

> khatar

Which

Of what

To what

Kath kyut

Kami bapat

Kamis pyat

Self, pana

Of self, panun

To self, panas

Panani khatar

Panas pyat,

Parat akha

Yas tas yamis tanus

Yamsund tamsund

Yus, (m.) yas, (f-)

Yus akha

Kas akis

Kamis akisund

Kas akis nisha

Bo chus,

Tsu® chuk

Su® chu

Bo® asus

Tsu® dsuk

Su» aus

Asus 4san

Asuk 4san

Aus asan

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

415

For whose sake

On whom

— Sa

Kya

Kamyuk

Kath

On what account

For what reason

On what

Paany panai, of own accord

Pananyen, own, (adjective)

For own, sake

Pana waany, among themselves

Every one

To whomsoever

Of whomsoever

Who ever

Whosoever, whatever one

To which one

Of which one

From which one

ee Gee?

VERBS.

Auxiliary Verb dsun, to be.

Present Tense.

Aass chi?

Tohi chuwa"

Tim che

Perfect Past Tense.

Assi aais

Tohi aasiwu

Tim aais

Imperfect Past Tense.

Aais asan

Asyu asan

Aais asan

Al6 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

Future Tense.

Bo" yats asun Assi yat son asan

Tsn" yatsah dsun Tuhi yat su asun

Su yatsi asun Tim yat sau asun

Imperative Mood.

Sta as Tuhi asiw

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

Bo® asa Assi assou

Tsuh asah Tuhi 4sur

Suh asi Tim asan

Perfect Tense.

Bo asaha Assi asahou

Tsu® asahak Tuhi asahyoo

Su® 4sahe Tim dsahan

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Asus asmut Aais aasmit

Asuk asmut Aasyu aasmit

Aus asmut Aais aasmit

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB

Sapadun, to become.

Present Tense.

Bo® sapada, (za,) Aass sapadon

Tst® sapadah Tuhi sapazeev

Su® sapadi Tim sapadan.

Imperfect Past Tense.

Bo" asus sapadan Assi aais sapadan

Ts" dsuh sapadan Tuhi aasyn sapudan

Su" aus sapadén Tim aais sapadén

Perfect Past Tense.

Bo" sapadus ’ Aas sapidd

Tst> sapaduh Ttuhi sapadiv

Su sapud Tim sapidd

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Bu asus sapudmut Assi aais sapidmit

Ts 4suh sapudmut Ttuhi aasyn sapidmit

Su? aus sapudmut Tim aais sapidmit

1844. ] A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

Stu sapad

Bo sapadaha

Tsu> sapadahak

Su? sapadaha

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Sapadawun, becomes

Ttuhi sapadiv

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Judwat, if.

Present Tense.

Same as Indicative Mood.

Perfect Past Tense.

Aais sapadahon

Ttuhi sapadahiv

Tim sapadahan

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB

Bo? chus dapan

Tsu® chuk dapan

Su® choo dapan

Boh asus dapan

Tsub asuk dapan

Su® aus depan

Me" ous dupmut

Tse> ousu dupmut

Tem ous dupmut

Me" dup

Tse" duput

Tem dup

Bob yats dapun

Tsu" yatsak dapun

Sub yatcha dapun

Tsu" dapak

Dapun, to speak.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

Aass chi dapan

Ttuhi choo dapan

Tim chi® dapan

Imperfect Past Tense.

Aassi aais dapan

Ttuhi aasoo dapan

Tim aais dapan

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Assi ous dupmut

Tohe ousoo dupmut

Timou ous dupmut

Perfect Past Tense.

Assi dup

Tohe dupoo

Timon dup

Future Tense.

Aais yatson dapun

Tsuhi yatchoo dapun

Tim yatsan dapun

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Ttuhi dapyn

417

418 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

SuBJUNCTIVE Moon,

Yud wai, if.

Present Tense.

Bo dapah Aais dapon

Tsu» dapak Ttuhi dapym

Su® dapi Tim dapan

Perfect Tense.

Bo" dapaha Aais dapahon

Tsu® dapaha Ttuhi dapayn?

Su dapihe Tim dapahan

Dapawun, speaker.

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB.

Yun, to come, (feminine.)

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

Bo" yumuga Aais yimoee

Tsu yikai Ttuhi yeewai

Sa yee Tima yin

Imperfect Past Tense.

Ba yimahai Aais asi yuvan

Tsa aasuik giwan Ttuhi dsawai yuvan

Sa" ass yuvan Tima 4sa yuvan

Perfect Past Tense.

Bo® ayis Aais ai

Tsa ayik Ttuhi ayawa

Sa 4,i Tima 4,1

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Boh asus 4muts Aais 4sa amatsa

Tsa asuk amuts Ttuhi dsawa amatsa

Sa 4s 4muts Tima asa amatsa.

Future Tense.

Boh yatsai yun Aais yatso,i yun

Tsi yatsak yun Ttuhi yatswai yun

Sa yatsi yun Tima yatsan yun

IMPERATIVE Moop.

Tsa yih Tsuhi yeewe

1844. | A Grammar of the Cashmeere Language.

Feminine.

Yimai

Vik

Yihe

Yimaha

Yihak

Yihe

Aais nai yimoee,

Aais yimon nah,

1. Akh

2. Zuh

3. Trae

4. Tsoar

5. Pants

6. Sheh

7. Sat

8. Aait

9. Noun

10. Dah

ll. Keeh

12. Buah

13. Turwa

14. Tsoada

15. Panda

16, Shura

17. Sada

18. <Arada

19. Kunawuh

20. Wuh

21. Akawuh

22. Zitawuh

23. Truwuh

24. Tsowuh

25. Paaintsuh

26. Shuwwuh

27. Satawuh

28. Aatawuh

29. Kunatruh

30. Truh

31. Akatruh

32. Doitruh

33. Teitruh

SuspsuNcTIVE Moon.

Present Tense.

Masculine.

Yihan

Yihyoo

Yihan

Perfect Tense.

Yimahon

Yihyoo

Yihan

We do not come, (women. )

Ditto ditto, (men.)

Cardinal Numbers.

34.

35.

36.

aie

38.

39.

40.

4}.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64,

65,

66,

Tsoitruh

Pantsatruh

Sheitruh

Satatruh

Aratruh

Kunatajih

Tsatajih

Akatajih

Duitaojih

Te-i-taajih

Tso-i-taajih

Pantstaajih

She-i-tajih

Sata-tajih

Aratajih

Kunawanzah

Pantsah

Akawanzah

Duwanzah

Trawanzah

Tsowanzah

Pantswanzah

Shawanzah

Satawanza

Arawanzah

Kunahaat

Shaeat

Akahaat

Duhaat

Trehaat

Tsuhaat

Pantsahaat

Shihaat

419

420 A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. LNo. 150.

67. Satahaat

68. Arahaat

69. Kunasatat

70. Satat

71. Akasatat

72. Dusatat

73. Tresatat

74. Tsosatat

75. Pantsasatat

76. Shehsatat

77. Satasatat

78. Arasatat

79. Kunasheet

80. Sheet

81. Akasheet

82. Do,isheet

85. Pantsasheet

86. Sheisheet

87. Satasheet

88. Arasheet

89. Kunanamat

90. Namat

91. Akanamat

92. Dunamat

93. Trenamat

94. Tsonamat

95. Pantsanamat

96. Shehnamat

97. Satanamat

98. Aranamat

99. Namdanamat

100. Hat,

83. Treisheet 1,000. Sas

84. Tso,isheet 1,00,000. Lach, khar, akhanvar

1,00,00,000. Kror, trah, 1-16 bhar

Jora, 2 or more

Twara, 3 or more

Tsombara, 4 or more

Paanshi, 5 or more

Noanmara Y or so

Ist. Godaniuk

2d. Dugum

3d. Treium

Ath. Tsorium

5th. Paintsium

6th. Sheyum

7th. Satium

8th. Aatium

Oth. Nowwium

10th. Dohium

Mohar, a goldmohur

Ropai, a rupee

Saturday, Batawar

Sunday, Atwar

Monday, Tsandrwar,

Tuesday, Bomwar,

Wahek,

Zeth,

Har,

Shrawan,

Baudur,

Aashid,

Pawul, + ditto

Aad ropai, + ditto

Anna, an anna, 1-16 ditto

Toonk, a tanga, paainsa, a pais

Bahagany, 3 pais, poontsu, + ditto

Adhiul, 4 pais

Har a cowrie

Panzuh, 3 trah

Manut, + ditto

Admium, $ ditto

Dodpav, 1-16 ditto

Trechatang, 1-32 ditto

Dod Chatang, 1-64 ditto

Chatang, chuttack

Shat-o-pants kah, 6 and 5 are I1

Zuh trucha sheh, 2x3=— f.

Days of the Week,

Wednesday, Bodwar

Thursday, Wraswar

Friday, Juma

Months of the Year.

Kartik,

Munjhar,

Pohi,

Mag,

Phagun,

Tsitr

( To be continued.)

421

View of the principal Political Events that occurred in the Carnatic,

from the dissolution of the Ancient Hindoo Government in 1564 till

the Mogul Government was established in 1687, on the Conquest of

the Capitals of Beejapoor and Golconda ; compiled from various

Authentic Memoirs and Original MSS., collected chiefly within

the last ten years, and referred to in the Notes at the bottom of each

page. By Coronet MackEnziE.

[Submitted at a Meeting held on the &th April, 1818,]

}. To give an idea of the state of the whole Carnatic at this period,

A. D. which forms a remarkable era in the history of this

iD chen part of India, it may be useful to take a rapid view of

the events preceding this period for the last hundred and twenty

years, since the overthrow of the last Hindoo government of the Car-

natic, commonly called the Raia-Samastanum of Beejanuggur.

2. While that government subsisted in its vigor, specially towards

Ancient Hindoo the decline of the last dynasty of Beejanuggur, it ap-

system of govern- pears to have been conducted under certain polity,

_ matics adapted to the general spirit of Hindoo jurisprudence,

and this system was regularly established in the provinces subjected to

their authority from the furthest limits (of Goa and of Calinga) on

either coast to Cape Comorin South, in progression as they were gra-

dually reduced.

3. The names, titles, and duties of a variety of officers are still pre-

Extended into served which formed the court, and supported the state

Hey eee teduc. of the ancient monarchy while the provincial govern-

ed progressively. ment was conducted by Dan-Naiks,* Naiks, Naad+

Prabhoos, Poligars,{ and a regular gradation of subordinate officers,

who were allowed lands in Hoombliga,§ Amara, or as Polliams, held of

the sovereign or raja, by a species of tenure much resembling the EKuro-

pean fiefs, subject to a certain assessment of revenue, under regular ad-

measurement, or estimate of productions, or annexed to their respective

* The Dan-Naiks and Naiks, (Viceroys and Lieutenants,) were also part of the

Tellinga system.—See Memoir of Waruncull ‘Tell.

¢ Naad-Prabhoo, 7. e. Lord or Governor of a Naad or Provincee—See Bangalore

Memoir, Mar.

} For the origin of Polligars, see Memoirs of Nidicull, Ballapoor, Maggry, &c.

Mar. and Can.

§ For Hoombliga and Amara tenures, see Memoirs of Holla-Honore and Soo-

biah’s compilation, Can.

3 N

422 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

appointments, in lieu of salary or wages according to the nature of the

service. It would appear that these appointments were generally here-

_ Officersgranted ditary in the eldest son; though a confirmation was

in hereditary suc- : pills .

cession. expected, and a recognizance solicited on each succession,

accompanied by douceurs, gifts, and offerings, the origin perhaps of fees

of a like nature in European tenures ; but defects from want of talents,

from crimes, and from disloyalty, were sufficient to disqualify and lay

aside the eldest son ; though a regard to propinquity was so far observed,

that the nephew not unfrequently succeeded the uncle, and stept in

during the minority of the real heir, who in his turn, assumed his

station in the natural course, by domestic arrangement, by fraud, or by

violence ; this is particularly remarked in the Bednore* and Mysore

history. Evident traces of such variations appear in the mutilated

Conditionof the 2¢¢ounts still preserved, and of the appointments of

atte a of the great officers and functionaries; and though our

knowledge of the real state of the great mass of the

population be more obscure, there is reason to presume, that the con-

dition of the lower orders in the country South of the Kistna, had

never varied much under this government of Beejanuggur in their re-

lations to the paramount sovereignty, from that which under the

general system had from time immemorial prevailed throughout India ;

this holds at least to the period previous to the dissolution of the

Southernt monarchy, which being first shaken by the celebrated

battle with the confederate Moslem princes near the banks of the

Kistna, continued to linger under a gradual decline till the last

branch, whose titles{ were barely acknowledged, was expelled from

A. D. 1646. their Jast fortress in the Carnatic, about twenty-eight

years afterwards.

* See Historical Memoirs of Bednore, Mysore, Chittledroog, and Serah, which

throw considerable light on this subject.

+ This is meant here to apply to the Beejanuggur government; the system that

prevailed among the Dravida nation seems in some respect to have been different, and

more attention was paid to the privileges and rights of the subject.—See their grants ;

but the Beejanugur government appears to have respected these privileges after they

had acquired the supreme authority over the country.

t See Grant No. 1 of the Mysore Rajahs, where the several titles of the Rayel are

still observed, though that chief had entirely thrown off all the authority of the para-

mount sovereign. A. D. 1613.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 423

4. The dissolution of the Hindoo monarchy in the rapid course of

human events was throughout the Carnatic followed by long series of

disorder, of anarchy, and of confusion, whence their laws, institu-

tions, and privileges were involved in an obscurity,* that renders it

difficult to clear up difficulties arising from the intermixture of new

arrangements with ancient customs ; but it is hoped, that the follow-

ing notes taken in the course of examining several documents that

have fallen in our way, if they do not satisfactorily explain some of

these obscurities, may at least excite to a clearer development.

5. After that battle, in which Ram Raaz, and almost the whole of

the ancient nobility fell, the country around the capital was laid

waste, and the remains of the great families being dispersed, the city

A. D. 1567. speedily fell to decay, as an European traveller desscribes

it two years afterwards,t and recent inspection confirms the accuracy

of that description.

6. It appears, that the allies after the battle{ marched as far as

Anagoondy, and their advanced troops penetrated to Beejanuggur itself,

which they plundered, committing all manner of excess ; but Venka-

tadri, the brother and representative of the late sovereign, giving the

places which had been formerly wrested from the allies, (the Duab,

Mudcull, Rachoor, Adoni, Aulingpoor and Bagratal from Adil Shah ;

and Kowillconda, Bankul (Pangull,) and Kunpoor (Gunpoor,) from

Cootub Shah,) the victors without availing themselves further of the

advantage they had obtained, were satisfied, took leave of each other

at Rachoor, and returned to their several dominions without leaving

any garrison, occupied South of the Toombuddra,§ excepting Adoni

* It is remarkable that this obscurity prevailed no where in a greater degree than in

the immediate vicinity of our presidency of Fort St. George, where until recently, a

very imperfect knowledge prevailed of the various successions or changes of govern-

ment in the lower country.

+ Cesar Fredrick’s Voyage A. D.—See Asiatic Miscellany, Vol. I, p.——The

remains of Beejanuggur were minutely examined in December 1800.—See Journals.

{ For the Hindoo account of this memorable battle, see the Ram-Raja Cheritra,

which enters into details descriptive of Hindoo manners, but differing much from the

Mahomedan authors in regard to circumstances in the war and battle.—See collection

of Memoirs for the History of the Beejanuggur Government of the Carnatic.

§ For the details, see Scott, Vol. II, p. 298 and 299, also the Tarik Adil Shahee, a

Persian MS. Ceelconda, Pancull and Gunpoor are hill fortresses, capitals of Circars

north of the Kistna and South of Hydrabad. Mudcull, Rachoor and Bagreetal are

in the Duab. Adoni is South of the Toombuddra.

424 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

and some jagheers said to have been assigned to the Bargee* chiefs

about Anagoondy, and that Jay near to that river.

7. We may, however, suspect, that this apparent moderation was

A. D. 1567. owing rather to political motives, and to the jealousies and

divisions wh‘ch existed among these four confederate powers, and from

no lenity to the unfortunate Hindoos ; as we are told that Nizam Shah

of Ahmednuggur dying immediately after this event, and being suc-

ceeded by a minor, Ali Adil Shah of Beejapoor, seizing the opportn-

nity as favorable for his designs, moved with an army to Anagoondy,

to place Tim Rajal, the son (or rather brother) of Ram Raaz on the

throne of Pennaconda, and depose Venkatadri, to acquire for himself

Anagoondy and Beejanuggur ; but his design was defeated by Ahmed-

nuggur chiefs being called upon for aid by Venkatadri, and Adil Shah

was forced to retire from Anagoondy without effecting his purpose.t

8. But the design was not relinquished altogether, for taking ad-

vantage of a favorable conjuncture of affairs, within six years after-

wards at a conference, a coalition was formed between Ali Adil

Shah and Moortiza Nizam Shah, when it was agreed, that while the

latter reduced Berar, the former should conquer as much of the de-

pendencies of Beejanuggur as he could, without any interruption from

Nizam Shah. We are told that from the strong fort of Adoni being

a little before this time taken from one of the nobility of the late

government, Ali Adil Shah’s arms had acquired such reputation, that

he was encouraged to resolve on other conquests, and accordingly

Turkull, Daruar, Bankapoor, and other places of strength were re-

duced, and these successes were pursued and followed up to the reduc-

tion of the sea coast from near Goa, (which was attempted about

A.D. 15.7. 1567,) to Baralore, including the present districts of Soon-

da, Ankola, Kanore and North Canara, and the petty chieftains of

that coast were forced toa reluctant submission, and governors left,

who immediately began to build forts} to bridle their new subjects.

* It is said that at this time they leftsome ofthe Bargeers at Anagoondy, where a

jagheer was granted to them.—See Scott, Vol. I.

¢ See Scott’s Deckan, Vol. I, p. 298, 300, 301, &c.

t Ankola, Mirjan, Chundergooty, &c. One of the most distinguished of these new

governors from Beejapoor was of Hindoo Braminical descent, brought up a Maho-

medan, and his memory is still remembered in these countries with respect.—Journals.

1844, ] Pokttical E'vents in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 425

9. These successes as usual led to further encroachments, and an army

was sent against Pilconda, whence “‘Nagatadri is stated to have retired

A.D. 1567. to Chunderghury ;” but this is presumed to be erroneously

stated, as Timma Rajah was settled there ten years before. These events,

however, are confirmed by Hindoo authorities, and the Moslem writers

attribute to the corruption of the Bargee chiefs the relief of that place,

what the Hindoos ascribe rather to the intervention of their Gods and

to the valor of Jagadeo-Rayel, who is supposed to have by his heroism

saved the place ; in consequence of which, an extensive grant of lands

was added to his government,* of forty-eight provinces ; the whole ex-

tending from the Baramahl West, across the upper country to Ad-

jampoor and Holla Honoor in the modern Bednore, including the

whole of that extensive tract; excepting Seringapatam and its

dependencies, which were still under the feeble rule of a viceroy re-

lated tothe ancient Rayel government. This government of Jagadeo’s

remained in that family with some changes till it was ultimately ab-

A. D.1579. sorbed in the growing fortunes of the Mysore Wuddiers,t

A.S. 1501. which at this time comes to be noticed by its rising op-

position to the wretched remains of the ancient authority, though

it yet only occupied the little district about the present capital of My-

sore, then scarcely known by that name.

10. The excesses of the Beejapoor Maratta jagheerdars{ at this time,

ALD. who had been stationed about Beejanuggur, or rather

iter hat Anagoondy, to secure the new conquests, attracted

the notice of that government; nor could they be suppressed till

prompt measures and even treachery was used, which drove some

of the more able of the Hindoo chiefs into the service of the Carnatic

princes, and this contributed to give a breathing to the last remnants of

the Hindoo monarchy.

11. The suspension of the Mahomedan§ conquest was further pro-

* See Denkanicotta and Chinapatam Memoirs, and several Memoirs and Districts.

It appears to have stretched across the peninsula from Barramahl (which it embraced )

to Azimpoor, now part of Bednore. A list of them is inserted in the District Memoirs.

t+ See Account of the origin of the Mysore and Bednore family.

t The Berjee chiefs or Bargeers; soldiers mounted on horses, the property of the

Circar.—See Scott, Vol. I, p. 305.

§ The Beejapoor officers never extended their conquests along the Western coasts

further than Honore, Cundapoor, and I believe Malabar or Malliallum was never sub-

jugated by the Mahomedans till Hyder’s time.

426 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

tracted by the situation of affairs in Beejapoor, where a minority,

intestine broils at home, and war abroad, particularly with Ahmed-

nuggur, constantly obstructed their plans of conquest ; in the intervals,

however, they seem to have turned their arms against the country of

Malabar, or rather Soonda, Bednore and Koorg, whence Bahlill Cawn,*

A. D. 1595. in two expeditions with various fortune collected a forced

A.S. 1517. tribute; in all this time only onee mention is made

of the Carnatic; the Duab indeed appears to have been still occu-

pied, and mention is made of Adoni being relieved from the attack

of one of the zemindars, (as the Polligars are always denominated by

the Mahomedan writers,) or more probably from one of the chiefs of

the late government.

12. Such was the state of the Northern and Western provinces of

the late Carnatic government ; nor were matters scarcely better in

the Eastern and Southern provinces, though farther removed from the

Mahomedan states. About the year 1597, Venkataputty, the repre-

sentative of the ancient Rayels, and the last of them who exhibited

any appearance of power, ruled with some degree of magnificence at

Chundragury and Vellore; where he still held a doubtful sway over

the remaining provinces of the South and East, which appear to have

been ruled by Viceroys, Lieutenants or Naigs ; the most distinguish-

ed of which seem to have been

1. Histnapa Naik, at Gingee. 4. Jaga-deo- Rayel, at Chinna-

patam.

2. —— Naik, at Tanjore. 5. Trimul Raj, at Seringa-

patam.

3 Ee ee Naik, at Madura. 6. —at Pennaconda.

13. Towards the end of his government,t he appears to have made

* I allude here to Scott’s authorities. Much information of the transactions of the

Carnatic it is hoped may be obtained on translation of several Memoirs which

may illustrate or confirm each other. Near Adoni in particular, a Mahomedan jag-

heerdar seems to have been early fixed on the lands formerly occupied by some of the

Rayel’s relations.

¢ In the Tarik-Cootub-Shah, Vol. II, p.647, itis mentioned, that ‘‘ taking advantage

of the attention of the Golconda government being taken up by the invasion of Ah-

mednugeur by the Mogul forces under Sultan Moraad, the son of Akber, he approach-

ed the limits of Guntoor, with a view of recovering that province ; but speedily retreated

on finding the Golconda officers were disposed to receive him in force, and apologized,

alleging his movement was from motives of religion ‘‘to visit and perform ablutions

at the great tank of Cummam,”’ A. D. 1593 or 1595.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 427

one effort to recover Guntoor from the Golconda sovereign, but was

obliged to retire with an apology that sufficiently marks his imbecile

character. Of the small degree of attention paid to his authority, we

have the evidence of the European Missionaries of that period, who

expressly state, that “ the Naig of Madura was then at open war with

him ;* his protection was however courted by the Missionaries, and

he appears to have lent a favorable ear to them ; and induced by the

solicitation of the merchants of his country, he seemed inclined to

grant a settlement to our East India Company’s factors, had not

the Dutch, who had already established themselves at Pullicat, op-

posed it. In their correspondence they observe, that his death without

male issue was expected to be followed (as in fact it was) by great

troubles in the ensuing year.” t

14. While these causes operated to retard the progress of the Ma- —

homedan arms in this interval of 32 years, a few aspiring individuals

Jaid the foundation of an intermediate order of things, which in

the central districts occupied the place of the late government, and

gave origin to a series of smaller states which gradually grew up and

increased in power and territory, in proportion as by force or superior

address, they could extort or wrest from the lesser usurpers their

newly acquired possessions. In this incessant struggle, every artifice

of a policy adapted to the circumstances of the times, and to the

peculiar habits of these people,{ was called forth into action, and

exerted with a perseverance not unworthy of the struggles of a nobler

cause.

15. In the more northern parts of the ancient Carnatic government,

which had been abandoned in a manner of the ancient rulers as

more exposed to the incursions of the Mahomedans, these usurpations

more particularly are to be noticed, as being connected with the events

* See Purchas, Vol.——p.——.

t+ See Floris’ Voyages in Ustley’s Collection, Vol. IV, p.——.

t According to the native Memoirs, every chief of superior talents or good fortune

is always praised for his address and knowledge in the Chatoor-Oopayem, or four modes

or measures resorted to in the Hindoo diplomatique science ; viz.

1 Sama.—Address, Negotiation, Policy. 3. Bhedha Byctratagem; or ‘‘ Ruse de

2. Daana.—Presents, Gifts, Conciliatory Guerre.”’

Measures. 4. Dundah.—Downright force, or the

‘‘ultima lex regum.’’

428 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

that subsequently led to their consolidation once more under one

general government.

16. The Polligars of Chittledroog,* Raidroog, Harponelly, Tara-

keira, Ruttinghery, &c. at this time acquired some strength and consi-

deration, and seemed to promise jointly to oppose a formidable barrier

to further Mahomedan encroachments, had not this hope been des-

troyed by their restlessness, and their perpetual contests for power and

territory. ‘To this period of confusion we may assign the origin of

most of the Droogst of the Carnatic. Most of these new chiefs were

of the lower and hardier classes, the Baya or Beder, Gollar and Vil-

lallur, or the hunting, pastoral and agricultural tribes; these in their

earlier accession to power exhibited traits of fortitude, hardihood, and

a severity of manners, Originating in the simplicity of their original

modes of life that would have dignified their resistance to the north-

ern invaders of their country, had they not been marked by excesses

that quickly descended into savage, ferocious contests, feuds, and ani-

mosities among themselves, till their crimes at last paved the way for

* Historical Memoirs and Annals of various other Hindoo families originating in this

period are collected, but not yet translated, which being wrote in their own language,

and not intended for European eyes, convey theirsentiments in forcible terms.— Rai-

droog, Mysore, &c. Memoirs.

+ As Chitteldroog, Rutlingeery, Hosdroog, Paughur, Gardangeery, and a vast num-

ber of others in gradation form impregnable mountains provided with natural springs

of water, torocks of very inferior height, and proportioned to the condition or talents

of the occupier, Kyfeyats of almost every one are preserved, wherein the circumstances

that gave rise to their occupation at first, whether from ‘‘ warning in a dream of the

tutelar Deity of the place,’’ or the ‘‘ discovery of some sacred symbol,”’ or to the con-

veniences of water and shelter to some bold leader with his savage band, are related

with minute details, and the dates of their foundation are preserved with scrupulous

care in the families originally appointed to keep these records; some of which have

come into our hands, as Cancoopa, Chitteldroog, &c. To no country indeed can the

description of the Poet be more appositely applied, for here it may be truly said that,

‘“Not a mountain rears its head unsung’’ in some Mahatuam, or Pooranum or

ancient legend; for scarce a hill or rock whereon a cistern could be found but has

been fortified with walls, sanctified by temples, and converted into the fastness

of some hardy chief. ‘The same causes give rise to the same order of things in all

nations ; and we here find the same age of castles and of petty fortresses which in Europe

followed the dissolution of the Roman empire, in the period of anarchy that preceded

the gradual forming of the modern (I had almost said, late) states of Europe, actually

following in the South of India the dissolution of the Hindoo monarchy, and preceding

the gradual renovation of one general government.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 429

the final reduction of their country. The Bednore family also in this

interval of universal confusion consolidated their territories along the

Western Ghauts, and further extended their possessions from their

first small establishment at Caladee, in the end of Ram Raaz’s time,

down to the coast of Honore, and afterwards to the limits of Malabar

south ; they resisted ana opposed successfully the further advance of the

Beejapoor forces along the sea coast, who in the meantime established

themselves in the districts of Panch-mahl, lying between Goa and

Honore, where their officers established their authority, and constructed

forts (as is already related) to support their acquisitions, and further

their designs on that side, and probably to keep Goa in check at the

same time. The provincial administration of the Beejapoor government

does not ever appear to have been carried further south than the limits

of Honore ; as the country from thence to the borders of Malabar was

held by the native Rannees of Garsoppa, and other petty chiefs, till

they fell under the power of the Bednore family.

17. For nearly 50 years, a clear connected series of historical events

A.D. 1645. 18 yet wanting for the state of that side of the Car-

Deg eee natic dominion, and the only light is derived from

ly 50 years. an attentive comparison of isolated facts, detailed

in series of Memoirs now collected.

18. The acquisition of the fort and island of Seringapatam by the

A.D. 1609, uddier of Mysore is one of the most remarkable

a . entng the events, as the cessation of the ancient Rayel

by the Skiddier fa- government above the Ghauts may be dated thence-

pee forward, as well as the first permanent establishment

of a new state that afterwards acquired considerable influence in the

affairs of the Carnatic.

19. A more detailed account of this family and state,* will explain

this further, but of other causes that in the mean

TI gress of th : : ‘

WHaAGRAR ‘coma ued time impeded the Mahomedan progress in the

retarded by their own

A oiaban tates

iets divisions. south, and of their divisions among themselves,

one instance occurs too remarkable to be passed

* This subject being taken up by a hand fully adequate to the subject, it might be

unnecessary here to notice the Mysore transactions, were they not occasionally neces-

sarily involved in a general view of the state of the Carnatic. Some anecdotes and

facts connected with their history have also come to light since Colonel Wilks had col-

lected his materials.

430 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

over ; this was the temporary government established by the Abyssinian

Mallik- Amber, who not only successfully resisted the progress of the

Mogul arms, but laid the governments of Beejapoor and Golconda under

contribution, and chose the foundation of a new state at Ghurkee,

which afterwards became better known by the name of Aurungabad.

The death of his successor in 1626, put an end to

this rising state in its infancy, which from the

wisdom, moderation, and policy of this warrior and statesman, pro-

mised fair to introduce a more firm and temperate system of ad-

ministration into the south, which appears to have been at this time

in a state of the utmost distraction from the weakness of the several

governments, the ill-judged ambition of their rulers,

and the encroachments of the Mogul armies, who

now invaded the Deckan on three quarters.

20. The strong fort of Dowlatabad falling into their hands in 1634,

a regular Mogul government was established in the

sites Bot oad Deckan, of which Burhanpoor at first was the capital ;

reduced. but as their conquests became gradually extended,

the seat of government was afterwards removed to the more central

A.D. 1636. —_ situation of Aurungabad, by the prince Aurung-

zebe, who seems first to have put every engine in motion to reduce the

A. D. 1626.

And by the encroach-

ment of the Moguls.

Patan governments of Beejapore and Golconda, as the leading steps

to the universal domination of the peninsula.

21. But so short-sighted was the policy of these princes, that though

the consequence of the

Sa Ae pial epee nsequ i i) sa aed congue must

Deckan weakened by have been obvious, their time and their resources

divisions. ; ; : . :

were consumed in futile discussions, or ill ob-

served treaties, and their resources expended on vain projects or exhi-

bitions of useless pageantry,* and in supporting an extravagant pomp

* The profusion of inestimable diamonds and other precious gems which adorned the

state of the Golconda king, is detailed minutely by European writers, and it is from

this exhibition that the celebrity of the mines of Golconda became so current in

Europe in the 16th and 17th century, as to be used as a common-place topic and

metaphor with our Poets in oriental similes.—See Havart for the vast riches of the Gol-

conda monarch displayed in his dress on a visit to the European factories on the coast.

See Valentyn also; both these works contain much information of the state of the coun-

try at that period, in connexion with their object of an account of the state of the Dutch

establishments and commerce,

ee eS SS ee ae

~~,

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 431

that ought to have been rather devoted to a general league for oppos-

ing the common enemy. Without possession of more authentic mate-

rials, it is only to some of these causes that can be attributed the

joint partition and conquests of the Zemindars* of the Carnatic, (as

they affect to call them,) which was planned and commenced precisely

about this period by the joint forces of the rival states of Beejapoor

and Golconda.

22. On the occasion, it is said, that a mutual agreementt was en-

Now unite fortheir tered into by the Golconda and Beejapoor govern-

ereiners fo ae ments, to avail themselves of the weakened state of

tion of the Carnatic. the Carnatic to reduce the several petty chieftains,

and to divide the country amongst them, each keeping possession of

what they first got possession of, independent of other motives. It is

handed down in Hindoo MSS. and traditions, that they were in-

vited by several of the chiefs, by the weakness of the government, and

Invited by some of by the eternal jars and feuds of the petty usurpers,

the Hindoo chiefs. Rajahs, Naiks and Poligars, who in this interval had

seized the districts, and formed the country into several subordinate

petty states, and reduced the remaining branches of the ancient royal

family to an abject dependence on their capricious or venal support.

23. The Beejapoor chiefs having already established a regular

government in the centre of the Carnatic, would find less difficulty in

extending their possessions in that quarter, while the Golconda state

naturally turned its views towards the South-Eastern quarter, and the

sea coast, till at last they came in mutual collision. Our plan does not

admit of a regular development of their progressive reduction of the

several provinces, nor could it be well attempted here, from a deficiency

* A term rather applicable to the original system of the conquerors in their own

country, than to the former, or the new state of these chiefs. For it is well known that

those of Bednore and Mysore in particular, never acknowledged their power, and still

resisted their authority.

¢ In consequence of this treaty, Gandicotta, Chunderghery, Chingleput and the

country south tothe Palar was overrun by the Golconda chief, Meer Jumla; and

Gingee, Vellore, &c. reduced by Mustapha Cawn from Beejapoor, from 1646 to 1652,

and were formed into provinces under officers dependent on Golconda and Beejapoor.

This continued till the Mogul conquest in 1687, when they were annexed to the pro-

vinces of Carnatic, Balla Ghaut, or of Payen Ghaut.

432 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. (No. 150.

of materials; a brief statement of the most striking facts sanctioned by

evidence can be therefore only attempted.

24. The first invasion of the Beejapoor forces took place in 1636 ;

A. D. 1636. at least we have written evidence that Ranadoolah

setae Be evanaeeet Cawn this year appeared with an army before

by Beejapore. Cawleydroog in Bednore, (where Veeralruddra Naik

had taken shelter,) having destroyed Ickairee, their original seat, and

overrun the whole country from Bankapoor, Hurryhur, Busuapatam,

A. D. 1638. Tarakeira, &c. In the next year we find him coming

Progress of Rana- p

dovlah Cawn. before Seringapatam,* whence he was repulsed, but

he overrun the whole open country as far as the Cavery, and establish-

ed the first regular Mahomedan government at Bangalore,} whence the

Poligar was expelled to Maagry; and at Serah{ which he made the

capital of the province of Beejapoor, Carnatic Balla Ghaat, then formed

for the first time.

25. From information obtained at Serah, the establishment of the

AOD. 1644! Beejapoor government there is assigned to the year

A. S. 1566. 1644, which if correct, shews that this interval of

Establishment of E : f j

the new government eight years was taken up in various expeditions and

eee" reducing the several petty chiefs that had establish-

ed themselves in provinces, districts, and even villages.§

26. Ranadoolah Cawn|| commanded the first army, and is stated to

have remained in this country only two years. In this time, all the

provincial forms of administration peculiar to the Beejapoor govern.

in the Carnatic. ment were introduced. Serah was fortified, and

made the capital of the province of Carnatic, with seven purgunnahs

dependent, regulated by a complete revenue system, while the Poli-

gars that submitted, were allowed to hold the less fertile tracts on

paying a condanee, or tribute. Zemindars, garrisons,{]| and governors

* Mysore, Callala, and Bednore Memoirs.

¢ Bangalore and Colar Memoirs. Also the Memoirs of the family of Maagree, now

extinct.

ft Serah Memoir, and Historical Account of the Nabobs of Serah.

§ Mudgerry Memoir, &c. &c.

|| Rana-Doolah, from Rana, (Sans.), field of battle, and Doolah, a bridegroom.

{i Bangalore Memoir and Serah, where a list of the garrisons is given, and of the

Poligars,

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687, 433

were placed in the forts, independent in some measure of the civil

governors; and lands in jagheer were granted to the chief military

officers, and to the killadars, who were obliged by the nature of their

tenures, to maintain a certain number of troops ready for the service

of the state. Thirteen fortresses are enumerated in the address which

Ranadoolah sent on this occasion to the sovereign, requiring killadars

and troops to be sent to garrison them; and we find that cazies* were

at the same time sent from the presence to administer justice accord-

ing to the maxims of the Mahomedan jurisprudence.

27. Ranadoolah Cawn on his departure, committed the important

Ranadoolah leaves charge of Soobadar of the province to Shahjee, a

Shahjee as his suc-

cessor. Marhatta officer, who appears to have been high in

his estimation and confidence ; a remarkable instance of this is stated

in the Memoirs of Sheevajee, of the noble and extraordinary effort of

the Mahomedan chief that saved the devoted Shahjee from the cruel

punishment awarded by the intrigues of that weak court.

26. It might be esteemed remarkable, that the firstt Mahomedan

And the first Ma. goVernment established in this important province

homedan —_govern- should be committed to a Hindoo chief, did not the

ment regulated by

financial principles, distinguishing traits of the system of administration

on a system novel in

the southern pro- that was adopted by the Turkish founders of Beeja-

vinces.

poor explain, what is otherwise not very reconcilable

to the general spirit of fanaticism that marked the first Mahomedan

invaders, conscious of the difficulty of a body of isolated adventurers

maintaining themselves in the midst of a foreign land, amidst millions

possessing opinions and habits of life so very opposite to their own,

and at constant variance with their brother states on the North and

East. They seem to have early adopted a system evincing more libera-

* Colar Memoir, &c. Some of the sunnuds granted to these cazies still remain,

Three copies are in the collection of grants.

7 It might be deemed remarkable, that only three years previous to this date, the first

grant of territory was issued to the English factory at Madras by the acknowledged

sovereign of the Carnatic, the representative of the ancient legitimate Hindoo govern-

ment, Sree Runga-Rayel, then residing at Chundragerry. The English government

then is actually three years prior to any established Mahomedan government of the

South.—See Translation of a Memoir, Appendix No. lL.

434 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

lity and political sagacity, than had hitherto marked the traces of these

invaders.

29. In the Turkish origin of this family ; and the succession of ad-

Spice ete venturers they encouraged from Turkey, Arabia, and

ment, supported by Persia, may be traced perhaps some of these distin-

a foreign militia and oat : :

feudal tenure. guishing traits. The Timaryet system* seems to

have been followed in their extensive jagheers to their munsubdars

and chiefs, some of whom held very extensive tracts, (as Savanoor,

Ankola, &c.); while the introduction of a body of foreign militia, the

Hubshees, seem to have been borrowed from the Mamelukes and Jani-

zaries, who in both cases were formed from slaves, or prisoners of war,

purchased when young, and reared up in all the strictness of military

subordination. We find accordingly, that the Hubshees furnished some

of the ablest statesmen and. warriors of the state; purchased when

young, through the medium of the Arabian traders, they knew no

other country than that which reared them; no other lord than him

who cherished their youth. Educated about the court in the religion

and in the accomplishments of the sovereign, they became attached to

the prince from personal gratitude, from respect, and from the power of

early habits; and in various instances, manifested a zeal and spirit of

loyalty, highly honorable in their patrons and to themselves, and use-

ful to their adopted country.

30. Not in this instance alone was the policy of the Bejapoor state

hep esiiien conspicuous, a superior knowledge of saga fi-

economy of that nance seems also to have distinguished its genera

government, the sak bs ; re : ‘ :

Pratinthe chiefly administration. Their institutions for regulating the

empl netis country breathed a spirit moderate and mild, and

well adapted to cherish agriculture, nor was commerce neglected ; and

they very sagaciously availed themselves of the acute and subtle

genius of that classt of their native subjects, which is so well accommo-

‘dated to the arrangements of finance and of political economy. The

* This suggestion is mentioned not without considerable hesitation; and without

clearer information on the subject, it might be presumptuous to offer it, any further than

as a conjecture founded on concurring resemblance.

+ In Ferishta’s Deckan, Vol. I, p. — is a remarkable instance of the inconveni-

ence to which these native financiers were exposed, through the suspicions of the less

enlightened and ambitious nobles of Beejapoor.

Ee ee

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 435

secular Brahmins were therefore employed with advantage in these

situations, which the first rude warriors could ill manage.* In Ankola,

in Sanoor, in Serah, the vestiges of this system still prevail, and where-

ever their armies moved, they appear to have been accompanied by

these able accountants, (the Dessayets.) In Bangalore and Colar, we

therefore find this system still (or recently) prevailing under all its

several ramifications, while the provincial system of the Raya Samas-

tan prevails in all the districts that had not been organized as settled

provinces, but left under the payment of a tribute in their interior

arrangements to the rule of the native chiefs.

31. The choice of Shahjee under such a government, may be there-

Reflections on the fore attributed to a superior degree of political saga-

character of Shah- , :

jee. city ; and we accordingly find, that the establishment

of the new system of management is attributed to him, who was des-

tined to be still more distinguished afterwards as the founder of a

dynasty and power, that in about 120 years was to extend its influence

nearly over all India, and gave the first serious check to the pro-

gressive growth of the Mahomedan power, till the discomfiture of the

Marhattas at Paniput in 1761.

32. In the Bangalore, Serah and Colar districts, this arrangement of

revenue management lately prevailed, as described in an authentic

Memoir, preserved by one of the descendants of the first accountants,

where, after describing the arrangement of purgunnahs by Shahjee, he

proceeds :—{

* Hence the countries subject to the new families of Bednore, Mysore, Chittle-

droog, Raidroog, &c., whose chiefs are registered as zemindars, were found to be

managed according to the ancient system, while Bangalore, Colar and Serah, as organiz-

ed provinces, were registered by this new system, managed by the Dessayet Brahmins.

+ The Raidroog MS. saved by accident, clearly shews thisas well as the Bednore,

&c. Memoirs. This book states the original revenues of their country, and the mode by

which the demands of the contending powers were assessed as an extraordinary (a) con-

tribution on the ryuts, in proportion to the original rent.

t Literal translation from a Memoir, furnished by one of the descendants of these

Dessayet Brahmin officers in the Colar district.—( Mar.)

(a) These extraordinary contributions appear also to have been practised in the more ancient

provinces of the Southern Dravida countries, under the name of dund, This last chiefs of Inscrip-

tions contain information of the taxes and customs levied on the subjects by the ancient governs

ment.

436 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. (No. 150.

33. ‘“‘ Having formed these seven purgunnahs, he arranged the subor-

dinate divisions of samoots, taruffs, mowza and

Notice of the sys- F

tem of managenent in- Mazara of each purgunnah, and appointed Jem-

deena into madars. In the time of the Rayels, the account-

ants had what we called Sumpratees, but the

Marhattas introduced the different offices of

1. Deshpondee, 4. Deshmook,

2. Coolkurnee, 5. Canoongo, &c.

3. Sirnaad-Goud,

and the accounts of the countries were kept by them. He also appointed

serishtadars to all the purgunnahs. When jagheers were granted

to the killadars and munsubdars by the Cirear, the revenue account

of the district for the last years was previously examined, and the new

revenue rated annually on the jagheer to be granted.”

o4+. “In fixing the revenue thus established, the enams, or free

gift lands, land customs, &c. were discontinued or deducted, and .

the net revenue more or less than the former, ascertained by the

means of Zemindars.”*

35. The Deish Coolkurneeka was to write the cowl-puttah, (con-

A.D. 1614, tract or leaset for the revenue,) and the Deishponda was to

A-S. 1960. sion it in Marhatta characters at the bottom of the paper.

The Deishmook, Deishponda, Canoongo, and Sirnaad-Goud were also to

add their signatures to the written deed, and the Emuldar finally to

seal it.

36. These regulations were introduced by the Marhattas, whose forms

are still used ; but it should be carefully recollected, that this regular

system of revenue be not confounded with the irregular contributions

* What were these Zemindars? Were they officers of government, or did any offices

of the same description exist among the Hindoo governments previously? I should

suppose the Naad-Gouds and Gram-Gouds were officers appointed by government, but

hereditary, and equivalent to the officers now introduced by Shahjee. ‘The Naat-

Prabhoos of the ancient government was lord of the district, the very term used in the

institutes of Manoo, ‘‘ Lords of villages of 10,000 and 1000” are actually used in grants

of the fifteenth century, remaining on several stokes at Calasa, where Bhyrasa Vadeyar

is denominated ‘‘ Lord of 1000 villages.’’

+ Here we find the first notice of alease, and there is reason to think no lease was

issued under the Southern Hindoo management.—( Potta. )

ck Cie ee ee Co ee ee

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 437

levied by the Marhatia armies in the Carnatic within a few years af-

terwards, when under the memorable denomination of choute,* (which

was only introduced at the end of Aurungzebe’s reign,) they laid the

whole Deckan under contribution.

37. Several grants and sunnuds} of Shahjee and his successors

Evidence existing down to 1686, still preserved in the districts of Ban-

in the HKastern dis- ets

tricts thereof. galore and Colar, place beyond a possibility of doubt

the existence of this government, which till very recently, appeared to

have been unknown to Europeans. The forms of management by Ze-

mindars, Deishpondas, &c. existed till lately, and the descendants of

the original Dessayets are still spread over the country, and employed

in various branches of our own administration.

38. The financial administration of the Beejapoor Mahomedan

government was thus early committed to the direction of that class of

Hindoo Brahmins, denominated in this couutry Dessayet, Nizam

Shahee, or Marhatta{ Brahmins, and to whose hands the custody of all

public records and accounts have been, with little variation, since con-

tinued; particularly in Balla Ghaut, by the different Mahomedan

successions, till they were transferred with the exercise of sovereign

authority to the English government. In the lower country, where the

Golconda government preceded the Mogul, the management was chief-

ly committed to another class of Brahmins provincially distinguished ;§

but as the mode of administration peculiar to the Southern provinces

demands a previous knowledge of the history|| of the earlier period,

and more ample accounts of these districts, that subject may be passed

over now to resume the progress of the Mahomedan conquests.

* See notice of the origin of the choute in the Bednore or Calladee Family History.

¢ List of twenty-six sunnuds preserved in the Bangalore Colar &ce. districts, to the

grant of Eckojee in A. D. 1670, copies (and even facsimiles of some of them,) are taken

to authenticate the existence and nature of the government then established in the

Upper Carnatic.

{ Serah, Pennaconda, and Bangalore Memoirs.

§ Neyogee or employed, or secular, in contradistinction to the Vidwamsas, or theo-

logian Brahmins.

|| A considerable collection of ancient Grants from all parts of the Tamul countries

is in progress, and translations of several of them seem to throw a very clear and dc-

cided light on this subject.

438 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [.No. 150.

39. The Beejapoor generals having reduced or expelled most of the

A. D.1644. petty Polligars, as Tavar Kaira, Bangalore, Ruttingury,

oO) sian they seem now to have been prevented from wholly

reducing the remaining Hindoo chiefs, by their own intestine wars at

home, their contentions with the states of Golconda and of Ahmednug-

gur, and from the necessity of watching the progressive movements of

the Moguls from the North.

40. Shahjee was recalled* within a very few years to Beejapoor, in

Shahjee recalled Consequence, as it is said, of the disturbances raised by

to Beejapoor. hig son Sevajee in the district of Poonah, who hav-

ing seized upon several of the forts of the Concan, it was imagined

that the influence of the father might have been successfully exerted

to bring the son to a due sense of his duty to the state. Doubtful pro-

_ Leaves his family bably of the result, or desirous (as the first wish of

in the government of ‘ , ; : tea

the Eastern districts. @ Hindoo) to provide for his family, it is stated that

previous to his departure for the capital, he made an arrangement of the

Southern provinces, and divided them among the children he had byano-

ther consort ; his favorite residence had been confined to Bangalore and

Colar, the former (Bangalore) he bestowed on Eckojee, the founder of the

And confers con- anjore family, and Colar, Hoscotta, &c. on four of his

se qumiciel Suame other children and his chief minister. The evidence

his departure. of the grantst of this chief and his successors re-

maining in these districts, sufficiently prove the existence of this con-

tinuation of their government, in which it is remarkable that no notice is

taken of the superior government and of the sovereign, agreeable to

Hindoo form.

41. This subordinate government under these Marhatta families ex-

Which they go- isted for 48 years in these districts; and until

verned for 48 years. Cassim Cawn was sent by Aurungzebe to prosecute

his successes to the Southward, who deprived the progeny of Shahjee

* Memoirs of Sevajee of Tanjore, &c. &c. which united, fully illustrate that part of

the history of the times.

+ Copies of some of these grants were sent to Poona in 1807, but no information

could be obtained there on the subject, and the meaning of the previous formula was not

known.—See Bangalore Grants in collection of Sassanums; they begin with three of

Shabjee’s, 1642 to 1650, and end with one of Eckojee’s, 1670, and one of his Dewan’s

in 1681.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 439

of their possessions, and annexed them to the immediate jurisdiction

of the khalsa (or exchequer,) as a dependency on the newly-formed

soobah of Beejapoor, under the name of Beejapoor Carnatic.

42. While the government of Beejapoor was gradually reducing the

Progress of Gol- upper provinces of the ancient Carnatic, the state

conda in reducing i ergs 3 "

the Eastern depen- Of Golconda had extended its acquisitions in equal

aoe Bees progress in the NE. and SE. quarters.

43. Of the progress of the Golconda government in acquiring their

A D.1646, Share of the spoils of the Carnatic, we have yet obtained by

A.S. 1568. few connected accounts. In pursuance of agreement with

Beejapoor, they would appear to have about the same time also sent an

army into the Eastern Carnatic adjacent to the territory of Guntoor,*

Guntoor,Cuddapa, and reduced the whole tracts lying along the coast,

Beha eenalii, and thence extended their conquests above the

&e. Ghauts, including Cummum, Cudappa and Gooty ;

these were then still nominally dependent on the Rayel at Chundra-

geery;t but in fact at this time in the hands of various petty chiefs

who had usurped all the authority of government under different titles.

The chief places and forts appear to have fallen successively, but the

materials yet obtained, afford no regular detail of the operations. The

famous Meer Jumla, who afterwards revolted to Aurungzebe, and was

so instrumental to his success in ascending the throne, was the principal

general employed by the king of Golconda on the service ; and it is

said on this occasion, he{ enriched himself enormously by wealth acquir-

ed in the conquest.

44. Gingee, the strong fortress of that name, was reduced by Mus-

Giives! fae to tapha Cawn,§ and that family descended from one

Beejapoor. of the ancient established nobility of Beejanuggur,

* Guntoor or Condaver, was reduced to the government of Sultan Abdulla-Cootub

Shah, A. D. 1646.—Condaver Annals, p. 28. It is to be observed that it was conquered

by Golconda in 1580, but after 36 years’ possession, it was recovered and lost twice by

the Hindoos, till its final reduction this year.

+ Chundrageery fell A. D. 1646.—Sree Permadoor Memoir.

t Particularly from the Diamond-mines, where one remarkable gem is recorded as an

object of imperial avarice and avidity.

§ Mustapha Cawn was probably one of the Beejapoor generals, when Sevajee made

his memorable irruption into the Carnatie. He appears to have considered Gingee as a

440 = Political E'vents in the Carnatic, from 1564 fo 1687. No. 150.

was extirpated. Tripassoor, Chingleput and Chundrageery, the capitals

of the nominal Rayel, wereat last taken, but under what circumstances

we do not learn, whether by negotiation or by siege ; but it is report-

ed that the Golconda forces were invited by the Naig of Tripassoor,

and that the last, Sree Runga Rayel, fled to the Bednore chief for aid.

This is confirmed by the records of that family, which mentions, that

Sewapa Naik actually put an army in motion thirteen years afterwards,

to restore the ancient Rayel Samstan,*and as a preparatory measure, ad-

vanced to Seringapatam, with a view of taking that stronghold. Whe-

ther he was serious in wishing to restore a government that might af-

terwards resume the newly-acquired power of his own family, or only

designed to weaken the rival power of Mysore under the authority of a

nominal sovereign, (a practice not unknown among the Hindoos,) does

not clearly appear; nor what became of the existed prince after this

unsuccessful attempt.

45. Thus the whole Eastern districts appear by degrees to have

Golconda acquisi- come under the Golconda government as far as the

tionsextendedtothe , i ata

Palar. river Palar, which was the limit where these con-

quests came in contact with the Beejapoor conquests, soon after seized

Origin of the upon the Marhatta chief Eckojee. This provincet

Hydrabadee Payen led : : .

Ghaut. came afterwards to be distinguished in the registers

by the name of Hydrabadee Payen Ghaut, while their upper conquests

were denominated Hydrabadee balla Ghaut.

46. The military command was as usual placed in Mussulman

Nature of the go- havildars,t &c., while the financial administration

vernment establish- , R RAS :

ed by Golconda. was committed to the class of Brahmins distinguished

still by the name of Golconda Neyogee, (or employed.) The system of

dependency of Beejapoor, and therefore claimed it from his brother Eckojee, as part of

his father’s acquisitions. The account of the contentions between the brothers on this

occasion is curious, and illustrative of the character of the parties and manners of the

times. Vellore, a part of these acquisitions, was surrendered to the Marhattas A. D. —

and to Sevajee A. D. 1677.—Madras Records.

* Sree Permadoor Account, obtained from one of the Religious Stallums, and in

its dates appearing to be sufficiently authentic.

t The province of Gingee extended to the sea-coast, and from the Palar to the

Coleroon South; Tanjore lay beyond the Coleroon. For the reduction of these countries

by the Marhattas, see Memoirs of Sevajee and of Tanjore, Appendix No. 2, 3, 4, 5, &c.

{ Havildar. This is the designation of their office in Havart’s Floris and other T'ra-

Vellers of these times, and the Madras Records.

aes

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1647. 44]

Podellee Lingapa,* then said to be established by a Brahmin of that

name, is still known in our own system of management. Thus the

Carnatic on either side came in its revenues to be administered by

two different classes of foreign Brahmins, Marhatta and Tellinga, acting

under the authority of a double Mahomedan government, whose forms

and documents then introduced are still erroneously recurred to, as

standards of the ancient system of financial administrationt in the

Carnatic.

47. The Beejapoor generals on the either side, from their capitals of

Serah, &c., appear to have reduced the country North of Ghooty, with

the Polligars dependent on it; and then extended their dominions

A.D 1652. jnto the vale of Canoul and the Cirear of Nundial; and

finally concluded the treaty of Penaconda in some haste, probably

to prevent its falling into the hands of their Golconda allies and

rivals ; for, notwithstanding their apparent amity, which necessity only

caused, the utmost jealousy and rivalry at times appeared, heightened

by the animosities produced by opposite religious opinions of different

sects. {

48. The ablest of the Golconda generals rebelling in the mean time,

the prince Aurungzebe readily availed himself of this favorable cir-

cumstance, and gave extraordinary encouragement to Meer Jumla;

not so much influenced by his acknowledged talents perhaps as by the

deep designs of that artful statesman on the imperial throne, and the

future subjugation of the whole peninsula.

49. Such was the state of the times when a Native author§ con-

* This Brahmin in 1677 is stated in the Records to have been ‘‘then Governor for

Golconda of all the country extending from Armigam, South to the Beejapoor posses-

sions,’’ comprehending in fact the ancient province of Tanda-mundalum, or what in

latter times became the jagheer of the Company.

+ It will be recollected, that this generally refers to the provinces South of the

Toombuddra, or the Carnatic, the proper subject of this paper; while in Hindostan, the

institutions of the Patan and Mogul emperors had been so long established as 7 or 8

centuries; and in Bengal for 200 years. See Grant’s Enquiry.

t The sects of Soonee and Sheya divide the Mahomedans of India. The Goleonda

chiefs were generally of the latter, holding Ali in great reverence.

§ This little tract containing the most authentic account of the Southern kings from

the 13th century, was apparently written about the year 1646, the very year in which

the Mahomedans expelled the last of the Rayels from Chundergeery, and was probably

meant to excite the hopes of a deliverer of the Hindoos, and to revive their drooping

spirits.—Gutpurtee MS.

442 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. (No. 150.

cluding a chronological, but succinct list of their ancient kings, con-

veyed under the disguise of a prophecy, denouncing the evils that

were to ensue, after declaring that the country shall then fall unto

great disorder, and prodigies and omens shall appear. The goddess

Callee shall appear in the world in all her wrathful form. The pro-

prietors, occupiers, nobles, inhabitants and all the children of the

South shall perish, mankind shall be in strife and war, the demons

every where exciting to strife and arms in every town and in every

street. The Munnovars (the great nobles,) shall be obliged to obey

the command of Mussulmans, and be like sheep led to the slaughter,

concludes with a prophetic annunciation* of a deliverer and conqueror

to come, who should relieve the natives from their distress and op-

pression. Then the divine Veera Vasunta shall appear, young

women and virgins shall announce his approach with songs of joy, and

the skies shall shower down flowers, &c. These prophecies undoubtedly

had the effect that was designed, of stimulating resistance to the weak-

er administrations of the Deckan, and exciting hopes of a conqueror

and deliverer of their own nation; but relief was not yet destined to

come through the means of a Hindoo. ‘To elucidate the causes and

progress of the approaching change of government; to explain the pre-

tensions of the several competitors, and the actual state of the two ex-

piring Mahomedan governments that were now about to be absorbed

in the prevailing fortune of the Moguls, it may be satisfactory to trace

back the chain of events that preceded the furthest extension of that

empire.

* This resemblance to other well known prophecies of other nations and times is

striking ; in fact they have been made use of in all nations to stir up the populace, and

nowhere oftener or with greater effect than in India, where the doctrine of the Me-

tempsychosis particularly favors these opinions that are industriously propagated by the

class of Jungums. We have had very recent instances of the use to which they are

converted. Copies of several of these pretended prophecies circulated by these people,

some so late as 1805, are translated.

1844.) Political Evenis in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 443

If.

50. The first Mahomedan conquerors of the Deckan, it will be recol-

Retrospective view lected, were Patans, led on by the redoubted Allah,

of the progress of the ‘ liye

Mahomedan invasions Who after a series of cruelties and rapacities that

oh ear te ihe make the Mussulman name still an object of hor-

A. D, 1293. ror,* finally reduced the provinces South of the

Godavery into the form of a province, denominated from its relative

position to Delhi, the Deckan, or Dutchen (or South,) though errone-

ously, as the word is properly applicable, and understood by the

ancient Hindoo geographerst to comprehend the whole of the South

of India, or Dutchen, in contra-distinction to Hindostan, the country

North of the Nerbudda.

D1. It is not the intention here to detail the events by which their

Carnatic first con- Power was finally{ established in the central parts,

quered. :

A. D. 1324. while they were forced to leave very soon the

Stee ftoina- Southern provinces of Dravida and of Carnatic, &c.

to}

to the natives under a new dynasty of princes, who

ed, and a new Hindoo

dynasty established. :

A. D. 1344. (from Memoirs now more clearly developed, ) appear

Resolution of the

Patan chiefs of Dec- to have been actually about that period only es-

d tat

Ghee ee Ntutes! tablished.§ The bold and ill-concerted measures

Boles. of the succeeding Emperor, Mahomed III, and the

attempt to remove the seat of imperial government to the centre at

* The kine-slaying Turkalloo, are emphatically mentioned in one of the ancient

Kalla Canara Inscriptions at Basaral, dated A. D. 1135, or A. S. 1057.

+ As given in their several Boogolums, or geographical descriptions of the Hindoo

world. The Dutchen of the Hindoos comprehends the peninsula stretching South of the

Nerbudda and Maha-nuddi, and is the Dachen-abads of the Periplus, which signifies

the countries lying to the South.

{ Waruncull was taken in A. D. 1324, (Daw,) the MS. account of its dynasty agrees

in the most material facts.

§ Beejanuggur, the capital of the new kingdom, was then only established, though

Ferishta asserts they had existed 700 years before, confounding it with the ancient

capital and kingdom of Callian, of which Beejal Roy had been King. Door-Samooder,

(the capital of the Carnatic at thistime,) was taken in A. D. 1326, Daw, vol. — p. —

which is confirmed by inscriptions. Campila also which appears to have been then a

capital of some consequence, situated not far from Beejanuggur, was taken at the same

time. The history of this kingdom is still obscure, but might probably be explained

by a translation of the life of Campila Rajah, a MS. in our possession.

444 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. LNo. 150.

Dowlatabad, the rebellion of the Mahomedan chiefs of Deckan, an !

the dissatisfaction of the nobles; with the revolution by which the

new Mahomedan state of Deckan was formed under the Sultans of

Culburga and Beder, are now well known to Europeans ; but the

cause of the cessation of their inroads, by which for 864* years, the

Southern Hindoos were left to themselves to form new states and

new governments, is not so clearly understood perhaps, nor that with

considerable success they repelled the forces and repeated efforts of

Weakened by in- these warlike enthusiastic Northern nations. One

fae he es pnd of the chief causes proceeded from the new Maho-

formed by the Patans. medan states early splitting into four or five dif-

ferent principalities, who were constantly engaged in hostilities with

each other, till religious zeal on their side, and imprudent arrogance

on that of Ram Raj, brought on the last war that terminated in the

subversion of the Hindoo monarchy; otherwise there is sufficient

evidence to think, that some of them (the Adil-Shaha and Dowlatabad

chiefs) would have rather supported the Hindoo state as a check to

their rivals, had they not been goaded on by religious prejudices.

52. Exclusive of the revolt of Deckan chiefs about this period, the

The Northern tribes Northern hordes appear to have approached the

one Moguls epee op limits of Hindostan, and we find them harassing

dostan the empire, by turns defeated or bribed from 1295

S09 Rs ee till 1826 ; when their leader, Seri, of a tribe named Za-

» 1305. gatai, then entirely new to Hindoos, was induced by a

» 1989. “sum almost “ the price of thz empire’ to retire, an act of

improvidence, which joined to their growing confidence in their

numbers, stimulated by exaggerated ideas of the wealth of India, or

rather of the Deckan, (for in fact from Jellingana, Waruncull and the

Carnatic, were supplied those immensef sums that could be only reck-

* From 1300 to 1664.

t It is difficult at first to conceive whence this wealth could come, but when it is

recollected that considerable quantities of gold have been worked throughout the

Peninsula, added to what might be imported by an early commerce with the Eastward,

and reflecting that the constant accumulation of ages had never before been wasted by

foreign invasion or expedition, some credit may be given to the quantities said by the

Mahomedan writers to be carried off by Allah. It is to be observed that silver was

then little known in the Peninsula, and as a coin, is never mentioned in any ancient

Records or Grants.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 445

oned by weight.) These tribes uniting in greater force, at last under a

And ultimately es- descendant of the great Timur established them-

t i OO- ° ° °

tablish the Mogul g0- selves on this side of the Indus, and in the govern-

A. D. 1498. ment of Delhiin 1498 under the celebrated Baber, the

founder of the Mogul dynasty in India. This happened precisely three

- years after Vasco De Gama’s arrival in India ; the Moguls then appearing

on the North, while the Europeans first arrived by sea in the South.

53. The progress of the Mogul conquests to the South thencefor-

Who extend their ward, though slow, was unremitted,* till at last

Ede cebae Gh et Alkbar having subdued the Patans, from that time

the Emperors of Delhiturned their views entirely to the South, and at

A. D. 1364. the period we are now come to, after taking Doulatabad in

1634, and reducing the whole country to the Godavery into the form

of a province, the capital of their Southern conquests was established

under the province Allum Ghur, at a favorable situation not far from

A. D. 1654. the ancient Hindoo capital of Deogheer, near the village

of Kurkee, where the seat of government was now established by the

name of Aurungabad.}

54. The encroaching power of the Moguls from this time forward

Andestablisha vice- considerably weakened the Southern confederacy,

royalty in Deckan is a's

where. Aurunezeb. @nd now under an ambitious and enterprizing

fo}

Giaobae cicle Pe. young prince, seriously threatened their existence

ninsula. as independent states; of the secret views in con-

* In this interval it was that several Mahomedan Missionaries, some of them women,

from motives of zeal for propagating Islamism, and agreeable to that fanatic spirit that

animated the first followers of Mahomed, came into the Deckan or South of India,

forming establishments, and planted the seeds of the faith in the heart of the countries

still retained by the infidels, as they denominated the Hindoos. The Durgahs of the

Owliah at Kurkee, now Aurungabad, and several along the Western Ghauts of

Deckan and of Seraje-ud-deen at Culburga, and further South; the Durgahs at Pen-

naconda near Colar, Secander Mulla perhaps that of Trichinoply, and in different other

places were established previous to the Mogul invasion of the Deckan, and equally

proving the unremitting zeal of the Moslem Missionaries, as of the inoffensive, unre-

sisting spirit of the Hindoos, who under their own independent Pricees, admitted these

fanatic usurpers in some places even to occupy their own temples of religion. Curious

anecdotes of this spirit appear in the Kerala Ulpati, or History of the Establishment

of Malliallum, in the History of Poona, and in the Memoir of Pennaconda.

t+ The walls of the city or sharpenna, were, however, only completed in A. D. 1683,

on the Emperor’s return to Deckan the second time. See Hakeekul, Part [II, under

that year. .

446 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

templation of this prince of reducing the Mahomedan provinces of

Deckan, there exists an evident proof in one of his letters to his father

Shah Jehan, wherein he states, that the representative of the Anagoon-

dy family had actually proffered to become Mussulman to obtain his

aid in recovering the ancient dominions of his family from the powers

of Golconda and Beejapoor, and thence recommends his case to the

royal presence, though it is hardly possible to give unlimited credit

to a proposition so repugnant to the feelings of a Hindoo Rajah. We

may yet believe it might be suggested from political motives, and

can however infer, that every encouragment was given to detach the

Hindoo chiefs from the Deckan confederacy.

IT.

55. It was probably in consequence of these views, and to strengthen

Weak conduct of their resources by the total subjugation of the lesser

the two governments ; :

of Deckan. Hindoo states in their rear, that the two courts of

sekhiade Co tush Beejapoor and Golconda are stated about that time

matic. to have arranged that plan of partition of the Carna-

tic already mentioned, by which either of them were instantly to take

possession of the smaller states that were near it, and to retain what

And put it inexe- they respectively got possession of. We have seen the

es extent of this plan taking effect in the reduction of

the Upper Carnatic as far as the Cavery, by (candenee) tribute, or by

(candauem) established rent, and of the sea coast of Coromandel as

far as the Coleroon; but Travancore, Malabar and the lower pro-

vinces beyond the Coleroon, scarcely appear to have been visited by a

Mahomedan army, from the first invasion of the Patans in the 13th

century until the period we now approach.

56. Aurungzebe having marched* into Hindostan to support his

A. D. 1656. views to the throne; and having carried with him

rent on Auruns- the most select officers and troops of his province, and

neg pop Pa a the celebrated Meer Jumlah among them, the

ening themselves. chiefs and provinces of the Deckan were left once

more to themselves, as the Imperialists acted on the defensive during

his absence.

* See Vansittart’s Account of Aurungzebe, p. 2, and the Hakeekut, Part iii, under

this year.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 447

57. In this interval, they might have strengthened themselves had

Weakness of the their conduct been directed by the common maxims

Sade ba of policy or prudence ; but both these states of Gol-

conda and Beejapoor were now fast verging to their decline. At Beeja-

poor, towards the end of Secunder Adil Shah’s reign, and under the

weak minority that succeeded, the court was disturbed, and every

measure perplexed by the intrigues of eunuchs and of women, and by

the feuds of the nobles, who having acquired too great a preponderance

of power, by their factions and arrogance, became fully prepared to

receive the yoke of a conqueror ; while at Golconda, the sovereign sunk

in the extreme of sensual pleasure, or absorbed in the flights of fanatic

devotion, abandoned the helm of state to his ministers, who being Hin-

doos and Brahmins, are supposed to have secretly encouraged the plans

of Sheevajee, and instigated the vain resistance to the increasing de-

mands of the Emperor, that could only be* satisfied ultimately by the

entire reduction of Golconda to the state of a province.

58. Aurungzebe having by superior policy or stratagem, overcame

Aurungzebeascends his brothers, and confined his father, ascended the

the throne. : ‘ : ‘

A. D. 1657. imperial throne in the year following, and soon after

sent his brother-in-law, Chaista Khan, the chief of the Omrahs,{ as

subadar of the Deckan, in place of his son Mahomed Mauzim, who was

recalled.

59. It is possible that this choice was influenced by the necessity of

re Beds bis geyers sending some experienced officer to check the rising

ders in Deckan. disorders in Deckan, where a new genius at once

starting up, seemed to throw obstacles in the way of the emperor’s de-

sign of the universal reduction of the South, and threatened to wrest

that prey from his talons on which he had long prepared to pounce.

It is also said, he was provoked by personal motives of wounded pride

against this new rival of his power, the Marhatta Seevajee, who, in the

* In the Dutch work of Havart, Vol. ii, Chap. 2d, a full detail is given of the state

of that court in 1686, immediately previous to the conquest, and of the character of the

King and his ministers.—This work appears to have been unknown to Orme when he

published his Historical Fragments of the Mogul Empire in 1782. It is barely quoted

in the notes of the late edition.

+ The recall of Mahomed Mauzim and the mission of Chaista Khan-Ameerul Om-

rah is mentioned by Vansittart under this year, p. 25.

448 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. LNo. 150.

_ short space of three years had not only wrested the Concan and the

numerous hill forts of the Ghaats, from the government of Beejapoor,

but had even dared to intrude on the contributions and territories of

the settled Mogul provinces. (Mamalik Maroosa.)

60. It is not necessary here to enter into the events that crowd upon

Where Seevajee the attention in this remarkable period ; nor the

stirs up the Marhattas

for the first time cause of these successes, which encouraged an ob-

scure adventurer, a young man, assisted by none of the usual ad-

vantages of royal birth, or high pretensions from military experience,

to contend at first successfully with the armies of experienced warriors

formed by the wars of the Deckan, and ultimately with the more re-

doubted armies of Hindostan, flushed with their late conquests and

victories in the contentions for the crown.

61. It should not however escape observation, that much of his suc-

Reflections on the cess was owing to the popularity of his cause, and we

f ) ] y Ld e e e e

extraordinary sue-, MAY suppose that the Hindoos, in this enterprizing

Che tigor of the ¥0UNg chief believed-they saw one of those heaven-

to)

Emperor to the Hin- jnspired heroes that they were told was to appear,

doos ; their hopes of a

national deliverer. to deliver them from foreign oppression and thral-

dom, the rigorous edicts of the Emperor also in regard to their religion,

whereby a poll tax, (the Jessyah,) was laid on every Hindoo, doubtless

encouraged these ideas of resistance ; ideas which Seevajee by every

And his enterpriz- pretension of the favor of heaven, communicated by

eet celestial visions,* sedulously endeavored to keep up.

A, 8.1994, His negotiations with the Imperialists, his journey to

* There seems no reason to doubt but that Sevajee himself and his adherents countenanced the

idea of his being under the immediate protection of a guardian deity, whose votary he professed

himself to be, and by whose inspiration he pretended to be directed ; and the Hindoos were willing

enough to believe it, as we see by the frequent annunciation of the appearance of Veera-Bhoga upon

earth, repeated from 1646 down to 1805. In the Marhatta Memoirs of Sevajee, it is stated, that when

in the Carnatic, ‘‘ after the capture of Chendee Killa, he (Sevajee) had an interview with Ecko-

jee raja. He took the fort of Ottoor—Then in shuck 1695 (A. D. 1673,) in the year Pramadicha on

the 13th Cheytor-bahool, decreasing moon of April,) on Monday, Shree Bhuwanee (the divinity in

a female form) came and remained 5 ghutkas (or hours) in the person of the lord and master, (Seeva-

jee,) and spoke of things tocome. She spoke to the following effect : ‘‘ Then a prophetical promise of

universal conquest as far as Caasee is held out, to remain in the Bhonsla family for 27 generations

in the presence of

who took it down in writing.” Itis probable this prophecy was

fabricated for a particular purpose long after, but we see the ambitious views that at one period

stimulated the ambition of the Marhatta nation, in this instance too plainly to be misunderstood.

1844.| Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 449

Delhi, his stratagem and escape, his extraordinary enterprizes against

the Beejapoor chiefs, and his success afterwards, form a series of adven-

tures scarcely to be paralleled in Flebustur* history ;

Fort Eee and within seventeen years, we find him in conse-

wan 4 Manan, bee, quence of a treaty with the Hindoo minister of

encouraged on his Golconda, joined against both the Mogul invaders

daring visit to Gol- ; A

condaandtothesud- and their Beejapoor fellow-sufferers, agreeable to

Sok awe the Lower that unsteady policy which seemed to prognosticate

Samnate: the speedy fall of both these kingdoms, permitted to

pass by a circuitous route by Golcondat and the Eastern mountains,

through the Balla Ghaut, into the lower country of Carnatic, by Tri-

petty, within thirty miles of Madras, to take possession of the strong

forts of Gingee and Vellore, which only a few years before, as is al-

ready mentioned, had been captured by the Beejapoor generals.

62. Of this design and plans, evidence exists in the records of Ma-

His expedition Gras, where the factory then but newly establish-

Ce a ed, and garrisoned by two companies of mixed

ter evinced in his troops, were in much alarm for his designs, and

requisitions from

Madras. endeavored to propitiate his good-will by presents

suitable to his taste{ and to their situation at the moment. His request

of engineers and ordnance from the Europeans of Madras confirm the

anecdotes related in his life, of his ideas of the advantage of strong-

Contrasted with the holds and fortifications to a new formed state, and

unskilful operations ; . f :

of the Imperialists) we find this curious illustration of character well

contrasted with the little skill exhibited by the Mogul generals in

attacking the wretched fortresses of these times; a fact sufficiently

established in the long protracted sieges of Chagna, Golconda, Gingee,

and Waken Kaira, some of which lasted ten years, and tended to spin

* In his earlier adventures, there is a striking resemblance to the mild enterprizes of the Buc-

caneers, or Flebusturs,

+ Havart mentions his visit to Golconda, A. D. 1676, Vol. — p. — and the alarm it occasioned at

that effeminate court.

t In May 1677, he came within 24 coss of Madras, (Mad. Records.) A curious account is given in

the Marhatta Memoirs, wherein his route is described, and of his excursion from the banks of the

Kistna into the wilds of Purwuttum, where in a fit of frantic devotion, he was about to relinquish

all his ambitious projects, and was with difficulty withdrawn by his confidential friends. He ap-

pears at times to have been subject to fits of remorse, and the wilds of Purwuttum are certainly well

calculated to inspire the most gloomy ideas.

450 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

out a destructive warfare of twenty-five years, of whose effects the

South has not yet entirely recovered.

63. On this expedition, it is said, he attempted to wrest Tanjore

Demands half of from his brother Eckojee; though some uncertainty

ip Fateh Beas RG hangs over it, if it be at all true, as Eckojee is stated

Tanjore. to have only got possession of Tanjore in 1675 ; and

Sevajee returned to his own country in October* 1677, so that he

only passed one year in the Carnatic, however employed. But by

this expedition (by late and authentic materials,) he is stated to have

acquired countries yielding a revenue of fifty lacs of hoons, dependent

on the strong fortresses of Gingee, Vellore,t Colar, &c.

64. The generals of the imperial troops had been repeatedly changed

The Imperial ge- in Deckan by the emperor’s order, who though so

nerals in Deckan x

frequently changed. far distant as Cabul, yet could have notice in

fourteen days of every interesting transaction; no less than five of

these officers had been changed within the last eighteen years, fromt{

bbe cemiperans ids 1657 to 1675, when Khan, who was then the gene-

distance. Hostilities ral, undertook the siege of Beejapoor with the collec-

renewed against Bee- ‘ :

japoor. ted forces of the South, and a serious engagement

ensued on the Beema. Though many of the discontented nobles had

fled to different quarters, the general Abdul Kerrim made a gallant

resistance, and the action was not decisive.

65. In this first campaign, Beejapoor was assisted by the Hindoo

Which now js aided Minister of Goleonda, who seemed then at last to have

by Golconda. felt the common danger. Among the auxiliaries on

the side of the Imperialists, was Islam Khan Rhoomee, the fugitive

Basha of Bussora, with a body of Toorks ; vast numbers of Rajapoots

also served in the emperor’s army under their chiefs. A second engage-

Succeses ofthe Im- Ment ensued scarcely more decisive, but the imperial!

penalise. general found means to bring over many of the dis-

* Tanjore Memoirs. Anquetille du Perron’s Recherches Historique.

+ Madras Records and Memoir of Sevajee.

t In 1657, Sultan Mahomed Mazim.

,, 1659, Chaista Khan.

», 1664, Mirza Raja Jey Sing.

,, 1666, Sultan Mahomed Mazim, a second time.

Maharaja Jeswunt Sing ,

1671, MohabuicKhars, : } Deputies.

, 1675, Khan Jehan.

1844.| Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 451

affected fugitive chiefs of the Golconda army, and finally effected a

truce with Abdul Kerrim Khan, by which a resident was received at

Beejapoor ; and that general appears to have undertaken soon after to

bring Hydrabad into the imperial possession.* In this interval Cul-

burga and Nuldroog were both surprized, and Abdul Kerrim engaged

in an intrigue to displace Khan Jehan, the imperial general.

66. That officer being in consequence recalled to court, Dillere

The general changed. Khan was appointed to conduct the war, and the

armies marched against Hydrabad; but were forced to fall back by

the firmness of the Deckan nobles of Beejapoor, who on one occasion

are stated to have had 70,000 men in the field. On their return to Bee-

But Dillere Khan Japoor on the death of Abdul Kerrim, great confu-

unsuccessful returns. sions ensued, and the troops mutinying, Dillere Khan

was obliged to return to the province, after an expensive and disgrace.

ful campaign, in a manner leaving Beejapoor in possession of one of

their Deckanee chiefs, Siddee Masood. |

67. But the emperor firm in his plans, and inexorable in his resent-

Petes cotor ina ment, though at so great a distance, persevered in his

most of the Affghan first design of reducing the country ; and orders were

chiefs brought over ! :

and employed. sent to entertain all the Beejapoor and Hydrabad

Affghan chiefs, most of whom had been now brought over by propor-

tionate offers of rank and jagheers ; 20,000 horsemen on one occasion

were enrolled at once on the pay lists ; and every exertion was made for

the purpose of carrying on with effect, the most formidable operations

against the Mahomedan states of Deckan, and the rising Hindoo chiefs.

68. In this interval, Sevajee had not been idle. When not em-

Sevajee after in- ployed in increasing and forming his army and

creasing his army,

consolidated his re- fleet,t he took every favorable occasion of seizing

sources and formed a

fleet. some fort, or reducing some province from one or

other of the contending parties. He at one time had made a descent

* The ancestors of the Afghan or Patan chiefs of Sanoor, Canou] and Cuddapa were among the

number.—See Memoirs of these families.

+ In the fleet or army, it is stated in the Marhatta Memoir, that he embarked 40,000 of his

mavella, and after plundering Basaroor, Sedaseevadroog, and probably all the sea ports (which

oceasioned an unusual terror on that coast,) and even not sparing the sacred temple of Gocurnum,

he obliged the celebrated Sevapa Naik by treaty, to pay him annually 3 lacs of hoons, p. 37. His

intention of extending his conquests to Casee (Benares,) is stated in his remarkable conference

with Mahomed Cootub Shah at Golconda, a scheme of universal conquest, which appears to have

been nearly realized by the Marhattas afterwards.

452 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

on the sea coast of Bednore, when he embarked on his own fleet, and

carried off an immense booty from Barcelore. Even the succession

of his eldest son Shambha, who had thrown himself on the protection

of Dellere Khan in the former year,* did not disconcert him ; and he

had prevailed upon him to return; but soon after, contemplating vast

Dies in the midst Projects and enterprizes for extending his newly-

of yarheroleae formed state, this extraordinary man diedt amidst

an army and a government that was formed by his own genius, and

supported by his enterprizing spirit and perseverance.

69. In the following year, the Mogul in chief was again changed,

and Dellere Khant recalled, and Khan Jehan a second time recalled

from the North. The Marhattas appear in this interval to have in-

creased in numbers in an extraordinary degree, and prosecuted the

war on their side with vigor. As we seldom meet their name before,

doubts have been entertained whether these countless hosts were

really of a nation who can scarcely be imagined to be contained with-

in the narrow precincts of the ancient Maharastra Dasum. To resolve

this doubt, it should be recollected, that a great part of the armies of

the late Nizam-Shahi§ Sultans and of Bejapoor were composed of

these tribes, who now resorted to their own native chiefs under a nation-

al standard, which swelled their importance, and inspired increased

confidence in a cause they deemed their own; and it is probable, the

fanatical rigor of Aurungzebe also excited a spirit which he could not

now suppress, and this augmented that rancour and inveteracy which

seems to have invited all the Hindu tribes of the Deckan at once to

appear in arms in a cause that was deemed national.

* From Scott, but his dates err sometimes from 2 to 3 years, owing to some error in the computa-

tion of the Higera.

+ The death of Sevajee happened, according to an authentic MS. of his life and actions, in the

Hindoo year Rowdree, 1602 A.S., or A. D. 1680.

{ Dillere Khan on his recall is said in the Marhatta Memoirs, to have been poisoned by the

Emperor’s orders, who was dissatisfied at his allowing Shambha to return to his father; the gene-

rosity and good faith of Dellere Khan on this occasion is highly praised by the Marhatta author,

though it did not meet with the approbation of his master.

§ In the Ram Raja Cheritra it appears, that in the memorable war and battle wherein the last

monarch of the Carnatic fell, great numbers of Marhattas fought in the army of the Sultan of

Ahmednuggur, who was in fact sovereign of the Maharastra Dasum, and the names of their chiefs

are mentioned. The same conciliating policy that induced these Hindoo tribes to fight under

Mahomedan standards then, would in all probability have secured their attachment to Aurung-

zebe.

1844, ] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 458

70. Their resistance was now become serious and formidable; it

had been long continued, and under a young and

enterprizing leader,* serious consequences might be

To extirpate Sham-

bha and reduce the

the Marhattas, and

perhaps excited by

doubts of the zeal of

his generals.

expected from a longer protraction of the war. Some

suspicions also seem still to have attached to the

generals employed ; and on consideration of all these circumstances,

the emperor appears to have this year determined, with avowed

design of rooting out Shambha,t to conduct the operations in person,

The Emperor re-

solves to prosecute

the war in person.

or at least to be near enough to correct errors ;

having previously recalled Khan Jehan, and ap-

pointed Mahomed Mauzim again to be governor of Deckan.

71. Aurungzebe marching from Azmere, followed by a vast army

A. D. 1682.

Arrives in Deckan

a second time witha

vast army.

The war renewed

with vigor.

Extent of the new

Marhatta state in this

interval.

The invasion of

Beejapoor renewed,

and continued to the

final capture of that

capital and of Gol-

conda. A, D. 1687.

absence, wrested

Upper provinces

composed of Hindoo Rajpoots, as well as Maho-

medans, arrived at Burhanpoor in the beginning

of the year 1682, and in the 25th year of his

reign, and in a short time arrived at Aurungabad,

from which ascertained period, we may reckon

his return into Deckan. The war was then com-

menced with renewed vigor, both against Beejapoor

and the Ganeems, (or infidels as they affected to

call the Marhattas,) who had in the period of his

from Beejapoor not only the whole Concan and the

along the Western Ghauts, from Baglana to the

Sanore province South, but even made themselves masters of some

part of the imperial provinces. Notwithstanding a constant opposition,

after various successes, the Mogul armies were at last put in motion

both against Beejapoor, (where the king was at that time a minor,)

and Golconda. After many fruitless attempts to ward off his unceasing

attacks, the king and city of Beejapoor were taken in 1687, and

* Shambha at first seemed to evince his father’s spirit in seizing the reins of government attempt-

ed to be wrested from him by a party united by his step-mother Soora Baee, who wished to elevate

her son Rama, the same who afterwards stood a long siege in Gingee, but he soon fell from this ele-

vation, though in his conference with Aurungzebe he exhibited a portion of the family spirit that

has conferred on his name and his tale all the decoration and lustre of the Hindoo drama and

romance.

+ It is not improbable but he was particularly provoked against Shambha at this time for re-

ceiving his fugitive son, Prince Akbar, who had escaped from Azimeer, and thrown himself on

his protection. We find that notice was sent to the European factories in the Golconda territory

early in the year 1682, but the English prudently declined any interference.

454 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

soon after Golconda also fell.* Thus both these states falling at the

same time, the Mogul power was at once extended over the whole of

the late divided Mahomedan governments of Deckan, and _precau-

tions were speedily adopted for reducing the Hindoo chiefs, considered

as their dependents to the South ward.

72. One of the first measures after this event was to send Cassim

Reduction of their Cawn, as phouzdar, over the province of the Carnatic,

Southern dependen- jately dependent on the two governments of Be-

cies followed.

, the Carnatic form- japoor and Golconda. That of the former is al-

ed into two provinces.

The Hindoo chiefs ready stated to have consisted of the settled districts

considered as the Ze- \ , :

mindars dependent on Of Serah and Bangalore, with the forced tributaries,

them. : B

rk as the poligars of Harponelly, Raidroog, Coonderpee,

Anagoondy, Bednore, Chittledroog and Mysore; but at this time

they do not appear to have carried their arms across the Cavery. That

province was now denominated the Carnatic Beejapoor Ballaghaut,

while the more Easterly provinces, lately dependent on Golconda, com-

posing the late Circars of Cuddapa, Cummun, Ghooty and Gandicotta,

&c. were denominated Hydrabad Carnatic Ballaghaut; and the pro-

vinces below the Ghauts along the sea, extending as far South as the

Palar, were denominated Hydrabad Carnatic Payen Ghaut, and the

whole placed under the supreme command of a phouzdar, or officer

possessing military and civil power, entitled a Nabob, the source and

origin of the future Nabobs of the Carnatic ; a circumstance perhaps

not sufficiently attended to, of late years, from the separation of the

two Mogul provinces, and rise of a new power in Mysore, the up-

per or original province of the Carnatic.

73. Of the changes that had in this interval of thirteen years taken

A.D. 1670. Place in the internal state of that country, it may suffice

22), 1082. cursorily to notice, that the new native powers of Mysore,

Brief notice of the Bednore, Chittledroog and Raidroog had availed

state of the Carnatic : ‘ ; d

during the late war. themselves of the difficulties of their earlier adver-

And of the power , :

of the Mysore, Bed- Saries, the Patan states of Golconda and Beejapoor,

nore, Chittledroog and who were entirely occupied in repelling the Moguls,

Improvement and pot only to increase their acquisitions of territory,

wise internal ma- .

* After the fall of Beejapoor, he immediately marched against Golconda, which was closely

besieged from 2d February to 2d October 1687, when it was entered by treachery. Havart, Vol.

2d, p. — also Madras Records under that year.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1647. 455

nagement of the My- but to consolidate and improve their resources by a

sore and _ Bednore :

chiefs, system of management rather to be looked for in

happier times. This was more particularly the case in Mysore and

Bednore, where the civil arrangements of Chick Deo Vadeyar in the

former, and the sisloo or established assessment of Sevapa Naik in the

latter, are still considered as models, well adapted to the nature of the

country, the habits of the natives, and with great probability presum-

ed to be founded on the more general system that once prevailed

throughout the country. It is a fact well ascertained, that these stan-

dards of internal economy were established at a period when the

neighbouring more powerful states were involved in all the horrors and

distress of foreign invasion, or of internal weakness.*

74. Of their origin and gradual steps by which these chiefs had

Their origin and established themselves in the Upper Carnatic, ano-

progress referred to 2 ; i

another occasion. ther occasion may offer of being more diffuse ;+ but

as much of the then condition of the Carnatic Ballaghaut, however,

may be understood from the state in which it already was, about the

period of the death of Chick Deo of Mysore, we shall only interrupt

the course of the narration here, briefly to notice the establishment

and growth of the European establishments on the coast, which at this

time begin to emerge into notice, amidst the transactions in the lower

country, and its reduction first by Golconda and Beejapoor, and after-

wards by the Mogul power.

75. While the war raged in the centre of the Deckan, particularly

Brief notice ofthe in the country North of Beejapoor and Golconda,

Sean ccc the provinces South of these capitals seem to have

on the coast. enjoyed some respite from alarm, save alone what

arose from the warfare of petty chiefs, or the rumors of the long

threatened but protracted invasion of the Moguls. From North to

South along the coast, a linet of European factories had been settled

% Sevapa Naik died in A, D. 1661 after a reign of 19 years.—See Bednore Memoir——

Chick Deo died in A. D, 1704, after a reign of 32 years, from 1672, the very period in which the

war with Sevajee, Beejapoor and Golconda was carried on with unceasing fury. Chick Deo assumed

the regal state in 1700.

+ A concise view of the origin and progressive growth of the territory and power of the families

of Mysore, Bednore Ickery, Raidroog and Chittledroog in the Upper Carnatic, and of those of

Madura, Ginjee, and Tanjore (not the Marhatta family,) in the lower country, erroneously called

Carnatic, is in hand; but will require sometime to consult authorities,

ft An ample Account of the establishment of the Dutch factories of Tutocorin, Negapatam,

456 Political Events in the Carnatic. from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

since the close of the ancient Hindoo regime, and under the sanction

Hindoo rajahs and Of the new lesser states, who from the earliest period

the Golconda govern- ee

ment encourage their seemed inclined to encourage these settlements from

ST Sk motives of benign encouragement to their subjects’

trade and commerce. The Golconda kings also, from undoubted evi-

dence,* appear to have embraced the same maxims. The difficulties

sometimes occurred from the exactions of their governors ; and factories

were established even in the interior and more remote parts of the

country of Golconda, which have since that period of devastation and

ruin, been consigned to oblivion.

76. The invasion of the Gingee country, and of that along the coast

Their trade in con- by the Beejapoor generals, and soon afterwards by

pac een ANB OF Sevajee, had indeed interrupted their tranquillity,

the country disturbed ang considerable devastation appears to have taken

about Porto Novo, by

Sevajee’s irruption. place in the tract extending to the coast from the

But it does not ap-

pear that the interior Palar to the Coleroon, where the commerce and in-

f Tanj h d Tints

aint hedh bshi Ecko. dustry of the country received a shock that it did

i°Who. in. Tanjore NOt recover for many years;{ but this devastation

followed the mode seems not to have extended into the province of

established in Ban-

galore by his father. ‘Tanjore, South of the Coleroon, wherein Eckojee

appears to have exercised a regulated system of administration, much

resembling the model established by his father in the districts of Ban-

galore and Colar,and which was attended in that country with an in-

Tegapatam, Sadras, Pullicat, Masulipatam, Dacharam, Bimlipatam and their commercial lodges at

Golconda and Nagulvansa, are givenin Havart’s work, published at Utrecht about 1692; also in

Baldeus and Valentyn. They were established before the first voyage of the English to this coast,

and the Dutch appear to have opposed their forming a commercial establishment at Pullicat so

early as ————— See Flori’s Voyage in Astley’s Collection, Vol. — p.—

* See the series of 14 Grants or Firmans by the Golconda government to the Dutch (in Havart)

for Negapatam, Masulipatam, &c.

+ Travelling by accident by Nagulvansa, not far from Cummamett in the Nizam’s dominions in

1797, apart of the country overun with jungle, and shewing evident vestiges of better times, I ac-

cidentally met with a Dutch tombstone, which led to the discovery of the riches of their factory. In

Havart’s work this inscription is preserved, and we there meet an account of that establishment and

of its capture during the invasion in 1687. It is neediess to observe that it has lain in ruins ever

since, and the whole of that country, which then furnished cloth of a particular kind for a Dutch

investment, has never recovered the calamity.

¢ Baldeus under the year 1660 says: ‘‘ The king of Beejapoor not long before made an inroad

into the country of Tanjore : and the marks of the famine are still visible, p. 588; we may therefore

suppose the few years before to coincide with the period of 1657, but this devastation extended only

to that part of the country of Tanjore which extends along the coast about Negapatam and Porto

Novo, where the Dutch investment and factories were ruined.—See Havart.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 457

crease of national wealth that has extended to near our own times, and

might even vie with the most flourishing state of Agrarian improve-

ment that has been attained in civilized Europe.*

Eckojee’s conduct is best explained by referring to the history of his

And after its ac- earlier life, and to the difference of character exhi-

Sead ceed: bited by the two brothers, sufficiently apparent in

ing his conquests. the account of their conference, and the fruitless at-

tempts to induce him to extend his dominions by conquest ; the for-

bearance that on this occasion, and under such temptations he shewed,

induce some doubts of the fidelity of those accounts that represent his

acquisition of Tanjore to be attended with peculiar circumstances of

flagitious rapacity ; but whether that expedition was influenced by

motives of obedience to his lieget sovereign as alleged, or of a spirit

of adventure and chivalrous enterprize, not unknown to the Marhatta

tribes at that period ; whatever might be the exciting causes of Ecko-

jee’s expedition to Tanjore, it was conducted with an address and

orig ae ie decision highly favorable to his reputation as a

of his country. statesman and warrior; though he appears imme-

diately after to have relinquished the last, for the more pacific occupa-

tion of improving and systemizing the natural resources of a fertile

country ; and thus he furnishes a third instance of a Hindoo chief

studying with assiduity the internal economy of his state, with a suc-

cess that enriched his subjects, and ennobled his name. ‘These re-

marks on the first Marhatta administration may not be out of place

here, in explaining the state of that country, on whose coast the most

considerable European factories were then situated.

77. A more detailed account of the progress of their establishments

Documents of the (particularly the English,) would be interesting, and

early state of the

Englishsettlements. not without its use ; but it is not consistent with the

brevity of this attempt, or the defective accounts within our reach at pre-

‘«% The countries on the Po, under the systematical arrangement of the Cadastre, and by recourse

to irrigation, are presumed to be the richest and most productive lands in Europe, excepting the

Flemish Netherlands, nearly equally productive and populous.

+ This European phrase is used with some diffidence, It is expressly stated, that he was called in

to the aid of the Tellinga Naik of Tanjore, as a general of Beejapoor, and it would appear from the

language put in his mouth, that he admitted this: ‘‘ We are managing the affairs of the Padshah of

Beejapoor, and in his service, therefore it is not proper to act against the Padshah,”’—Marhatta

Memoir:

458 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [.No. 150.

sent, to extend it beyond a rapid sketch. In such documents as exist of

our national records, the accounts of the native governments, of their

Unsatisfactory. history, politics, and of the geography of the country

are vague and unsatisfactory ; indeed our countrymen do not appear to

have then conceived it necessary for their views to enquire much fur-

ther than what immediately related to their investments and com-

merce close to the coast, and an entire indifference, if not ignorance of

Occasionally dis- the real state of the country prevailed. At all

ee the iaisieds times they appear to have been under considerable

alarm for the safety of their settlement, and their employers’ interests,

though not an instance occurs of inhumanity or ill-treatment from the

natives, Mahomedan or Hindoo, such as of late years, the irritation of

warfare, or the disappointment of ambitious projects may have occa-

sionally produced ; and which might then have been supposed with

some reason to have excited apprehensions amongst contending nations

for their personal safety. Various instances occur of individuals pass-

_And by conten- jing safely throughout the country. Among the causes

tions among the na- i

tive settlers. of alarm, we find the settlement at times by the

contentions among the castes and tribes of new settlers, and the whole

of the working and most useful lower classes induced to abandon the

new-formed colony, and recurring to a secession to the neighbouring

settlement of St. Thomé, at whose expense most of the population was

avowedly formed originally.

78. The settlement of Madras was originally established about A. D.

No record of the 1639, being transferred thither from Armigam,*

first 33 years. where the half-finished ruins of their first fort still

‘ vi et remains. Of the founding of the colony, and of the

A. D. 1679. first 33 years, no records whatever appear. Their first

attention to the politics of the native powers seems to have been power-

fully excited by the sudden appearance of Sevajee so near to Madras ;

they then deputed an agent to his camp, after whose return they ap-

* Armigam is situated near Durajapatam on the Coast, 60 miles North of Madras. I had an oppor-

tunity of seeing these remains in 1798, consisting of two small bastions on a single curtain of brick-

work of no great extent; the occasion of the removal is not well known, but it appears that the

fort was never finished, The first Grant of Madras by Sree-Runga-Rayel in A. S. 1561 or A. D.

1639, was inscribed on a golden olla, which is said to have been lost at the capture of Fort St. George

by La Bourdanaye in 1747.

;

=e -

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 459

pear to be better acquainted with the state of parties, and notices

occasionally occur of a more intimate knowledge of the native cha-

racter, and a greater confidence in their own strength and superiority

A. D. 1686. in arms, even over that of the more powerful Mogul

a gS; emperor, against whom the three English establishments

actually made war in the height of his success ; and this confidence

we may presume, naturally cleared the way to those events that on

the general confusion succeeding Aurungzebe’s death, led to the esta-

blishment of our power in this quarter.*

79. On an attentive inspection of all the documents of these times

that have come into our hands, it appears, that though the Mysore

chiefs had as yet no connection with the Eastern sea coast, their name

was known and even respected in the lower provinces along the coast,

and that though they had yet no political relations with that country,

the successful resistance of the Naig of Mysore (as he is called) to the

depredations of the Marhatta armies of Sevajee, was well known at

Madras.t

80. The factory of Fort St. George only established — years before,

was still so weak and ill-manned, that a considerable uneasiness

arose from their state among the contests of the hostile parties; they

yet conducted themselves with a considerable degree of prudence and

caution, and while they sent compliments, antidotes and counter-

poisons, to Sevajee, they prudently declined complying with his

special request of military aid; and when the Patan chief Daood

Khan, soon afterwards approached, after the conquest of Gingee, they

no less sagaciously accommodated themselves to his favorite humors,

in consequence of which they were not only saved from the threaten-

ed spoliation, but obtained grants of land, of villages, and of factories

from all parties. {

81. The Dutch on the other hand, who had been earlier established on

these coasts, and whose power in India had been more firmly consoli-

* Consultations at Madras, and correspondence with Surat and the Bay on the subject of the in-

tended attack on the Mogul, and on the subjects of Siam in 1686,

+ Madras Records.

t The factory at Cuddalore was purchased from the agents of Rama at the moment he left Gingee

in 1692 for 30,000 pagodas, (see Havart,) St. Thomé, Egmore, &e, three villages were purchased from

Daood-Khan in 1693; they had long sought it, and were uneasy and apprehensive of the French de-

signs to settle there.—Madras Records, 1701,

460 Political Hvents in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

dated under the general government established at Batavia, appear

about this time to have felt a sensible decline of their commerce and

trade on the coast of Coromandel, in consequence of which, a Commis-

sary General with unlimited powers had been sent out to enquire,

and reform their establishments on the coast. The celebrated Van

Rheide,* (a name well known to the cultivators of Indian science, ) ap-

pears to have executed this invidious duty with a rigor and zeal that ex-

cited those compliments and remonstrances that are ever found in public

reforms to follow individual inconvenience. His death happening at

sea, proceeding to Surat, prevented the further execution of his plans,

which from some of the works published in Holland about that time,

appear to have been loudly inveighed against by their servants in

India. Even the industrious Havart gives place to too much of these

invectives, to warrant a full credence of his reflections on the plans of

reduction and reform, of which the expensive fortifications of Nega-

patam, and the removal thither of the seat of government on the coast,

formed a part. How far they were followed or departed from, does not

appear ; but it is observed, that the decline of the Dutch power and

commerce on this coast from that period, proceeded with a slow though

imperceptible progress down to our own times.

82. The Dutch, however, appear to have been then sufficiently sen-

A. D. 1686. sible of the weakness of the Golconda government, since

they ventured to seize upon the fort of Masulipatam, then a very con-

siderable mart (in 1686,) in retaliation of some commercial injuries

scarcely warranting such a measure ; but they restored it soon after, in

the November following. Immediately after the conquest of Golconda,

they sent an embassy to Aurungzebe, and Mr. Bacherus obtained

some immunities, and a renewal of their privileges.

83. In perusing the works from which these notices are derived, it

appears that the Dutch Company’s servants had by special orders from

Europe paid particular attention to acquire and methodize an useful

knowledge, not merely of the commercial advantages and trade of

their own establishments, but of the internal resources, geography,

* Henr, Adr. Van Rheide after having served long in India and returned to Europe, was sent out

in 1684 on a salary of 1,000 guilders per month, to reform the Dutch establishments. He was on

the Coromandel Coast from 1684 to 1687, and died at Sea in December 1691 near Bombay, on his

way to Surat.—Havart, Vol. III, p. 59.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 461

history, politics and literature of the states and countries in which

their earlier settlements were situated.

84. In pursuit of this useful species of knowledge, some of their

servants appear at least to have distinguished themselves by a perse-

verance not unsuitable to the prevailing habits of that nation; and

the scientific works of Rumphius* and of Van Rheide, and the historical

works of Baldeus and Rogers derived from this source, will always

draw approbation. The first of these are more generally known, than

the humbler, though equally useful, labors of Valentynt and Havart,

who at this period cultivated a walk that furnishes the first specimens

from India of works, forming an useful basis and aid to modern{ spe-

culations on the political economy of these countries,

85. Even in those tours which their servants occasionally made

from one factory to another, their journals convey a degree of informa-

tion that, not long since, was rare ; and would have been desirable

to the historian, the naturalist, or the geographer ; and which, there

is reason to suspect, was lately little known in England.

86. The factories of the other European nations at this period

appear to have been of little importance. The Dutch commerce, not-

withstanding the sums expended in fortifying Negapatam, had fallen

into a mortal state of decay. The Danes at Tranquebar maintained a

doubtful and interrupted communication with their mother-country,

* The Thesaurus of Rumphius, and the Hortus Malabaricus of Van Rheide contain extensive and

useful details of the Natural History of India. It appears that Van Rheide also extended his

enquiries to various other branches of useful knowledge. A classification of the 72 tribes of the

’ inhabitants of Malabar, prepared at his suggestion, lately came into my hands written in old Dutch:

the writer notices that it was prepared for Van Rheide.

+ The work of Valentyn consists of § huge folio volumes, containing, among much rubbish, most

useful details of all the Dutch settlements and forts beyond the Cape of Good Hope. Among them is

an account of the history and state of Persia, and a History of the Mogul Emperors, with details not

known in England till Dow’s work appeared in 1772, The work of Havart, published at Utrecht

in A, D, 1692, professes only to give a view of the rise and fall of the commerce of the Coast of Coro-

mandel: though loaded with the characters, epitaphs and eulogies of Company’s servants, it yet

contains a faithful picture of the times, and a just account of the court and politics of Golconda at

a very interesting period immediately previous to this conquest. The visit of the king to Masuli-

patam, the account of Mr. Pitt’s Embassy to Golconda, and the notices of Sevajee, are curious; and

the papers on the Indian manufacture of steel, and the account of assaying gold at the mint of

Pullicat, are useful.

{ The same sentiments and turn for cultivating a knowledge of political economy appear to have

prevailed still later, and gave rise to the establishment of au Asiatic Society at Batavia in A, D.

1780, in the eight Vols. of whose proceedings seyeral very useful papers appear.

462 Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

while their reputation among the other European settlers suffered, as

a commercial establishment, by proeeedings stigmatized as little short

of piratical. The respectable Protestant missionary establishment had

not yet been established, nor the labors of the Apostolic Zinganbalg

and his successors begun. The French after the loss of St. Thomé

had not yet retrieved their military reputation among the Hindoos,

and the establishment at Pullicherry was yet in its infancy. Of the

Swedes nothing was heard, and the once vast power of the Portuguese

on the coasts of India was now restricted to Goa. With the Spaniards

of Manilla, some intercourse of commerce by annual ships appears to

have been maintained from Madras, by which a certain quantity of

silver was annually imported ; but by far the greater quantity of that

metal, which appears to have been but recently introduced into India,

was imported directly from Europe, together with a certain proportion

of gold, a species of commerce that has now entirely ceased.

87. Notwithstanding the competition and rivalry incidentally arising

from the pursuit of the same commercial views among the European

factories at this period, an amicable spirit and mutual civilities pre-

vailed in their intercourse in this distant part of the world ; nor is

it less honorable to the memory of the founders of this colony, to ob-

serve the early English discouraging and forbidding the traffic in

slaves, of which the nation has at last signified its marked disappro-

bation. By a proclamation so early as 1686, the government of Ma-

dras forbad in the most positive terms the exercise of this commerce

within their limits, and of which the long continued war and a des-

tructive famine of two years, (1686 and 1687,) had increased the

usual bounds, and this discouragement of a traffic that even met the

sanction of national treaties* in the West, has in the East been con-

tinued to be viewed with disgust to our own times.

88. Such was the general state of the country of Carnatic, compre-

A. D. 1687. hending the upper provinces, or Balla Ghaut as now called,

and the lower tracts on the Eastern coast, then called in European

* The Assiento Contract by which the nation sanctioned the supply of the Foreign Colonies of

Spanish America with slaves from Africa is alluded to here, and the several transactions connected

with it.

+ On reducing the Dutch Colonies in Ceylon in 1795-6, the British commanders early foxbad, by

proclamation, the trade of slaves from the coast, whence numbers it appeared had been fraudulently

kidnapped and conveyed away.

1844,] Political Events in the Carnatic, from 1564 to 1687. 463

writings Coromandel, when the conquest of Golconda and Beejapoor

opened the way in this year to the extension of the Mogul dominions,

and their system of finaneial administration was first introduced and

proposed to be extended along with their arms into the provinces of

the South.

In considering the gradual changes in the state of the Carnatic, the

next great period that attracts attention and interest, comprehends

nearly 55 years, from the conquest of Golconda and the Carnatic until

the formation of the Dufter Assoofiah, soon after the return of Assoph

Jah into Deckan, and assuming independency.

In this period comes to be considered the progressive extension of

the Mogul system of government into the South, the causes that

retarded a more rapid and general progress, arising in the civil wars

that arose among the successors of Aurungzebe, which afferded room

to the new Mahratta state to strengthen and expand itself; and ulti-

mately weakening the provincial Mahomedan government, gave rise to

three medern states in the Deckan independent of all contro], and the

two Nabobships of the Carnatic, gradually terminating in the govern.

ment of Mysore and that of the Carnatic Payen Ghaut.

( To be cuntinued. )

Notices of various Mammalia, with Descriptions of many New Species :

By Ep. Buytu, Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum, &c.

Part 1.—Tuer PRIMATES, Lin.

Stmiade. When last I had occasion to treat of this group, I re-

marked (J. A. S. XII, 176,) that, at that time, the only ascertained

species known to inhabit the countries bordering on the Bay of

Bengal to the eastward, were the Hylobates lar, which I suggested

to be the most eommon species of Gibbon found in the interior of the

Tenasserim provinces, as alluded to by Dr. Helfer,—and H. syndacty-

lus, which, according to that author, extends as high as 15° N. lat. a

statement which, however, it would be satisfactory to have confirmed.

It now appears that the H. dar is diffused so high as Arracan, where

Capt. Abbott, Assistant to the Commissioner of the province, and

who is stationed in Ramree, is acquainted both with it and ZH.

464 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150.

hoolock as inhabitants of that island (?). In Arracan, however, the

Hoolock is the prevalent species of Gibbon, and extends thence over all

the hill ranges of Sylhet and Assam;* while the dar, or White-

handed species, is found southward to the Straits. The Society has

lately received a pale specimen of the Hoolock from Capt. Phayre

(Senr. Asst. to the Commissioner of Arracan, and stationed at Sando-

way), which closely approaches to that in the Zoological Society’s

Museum, which was described as a distinct species by the name /.

choromandus, being, however, a trifle darker, and considerably darker

than the very pale example from Assam noticed in X, 839. Another

Hoolock in this Museum is again much darker than the Arracan

specimen, and we have retained a third of the usual intense black

colour all over, with the exception of the constant white band across

the forehead.

According to Mr. J. Owen, who resided upwards of two years

among the savage Nagas and Abors who inhabit the wooded moun-

tain ranges to the eastward of Upper Assam, the Hoolock abounds in

those upland forests, associating in societies of 100 or 150 individuals,

the combined noise of which may be heard to an immense distance.

In general, they keep to the tops of the highest Oolung and Mackoi

trees (Dipterocarpi), to the fruit of which they are very partial ; but

on several occasions, when emerging from a foot-path through the

dense forest into the open ravines formed by the action of the moun-

tain rapids, Mr. Owen mentions having come suddenly upon a party

of them washing and frolicing in the current, who immediately took

alarm and retreated into the jungle: but in one instanee, as he was

proceeding solitarily along a newly made road through the forest, he

found himself surrounded by a large body of them, impelled perhaps as

much by curiosity at his European dress and appearance, as by re-

sentment at the intrusion of a stranger upon their domain ; the trees

on either side were full of them, menacing with their gestures, and

uttering shrill cries; and as he passed on, several descended from the

trees behind, and followed him along the road ; and he feels sure that

they would soon have attacked him, had not his superior speed on the

* It is even found in some parts of Mymunseng. Buchanan Hamilton’s MSS.:

upon the authority of Mr. Dick, formerly Judge and Magistrate of Sylhet.

eee,

MPO

=. ee CO ee eee

1844. ] Notices of various Mammalia. 465

ground enabled him to escape. Having at first, relates Mr. Owen, to

cross a number of felled logs, it was really no easy matter to get away ;

but the clear and open road once gained, he was not long in distancing

his pursuers. Upon his return, after this threatened attack of the

Hoolocks, Mr. Owen asked his Assamese interpreter, (who had been

brought up in the hills,) whether it was usual for these Apes to mani-

fest so hostile a disposition ; and he was informed that only a few days

before, as a party of Nagas were proceeding along one of the tortuous

jungle paths, necessarily in Indian file, the foremost man who was a

little ahead of the rest, was actually attacked and severely bitten on the

shoulder, and would probably have been killed by his assailants, had

not others of his party opportunely come to the rescue, upon which

the Hoolocks immediately fled. Indeed I can testify to the capability

of these animals to inflict serious injury, from having witnessed a tame

female of the Sumatran H. agilis suddenly attack her keeper, by

springing up at him, grasping his body with her four limbs, and

biting at his chest, when it was fortunate for the man that her canines

had been previously filed down ; in consequence, as was said, of her

having occasioned the death of a man at Macao.* According to Mr.

Owen’s account, the Hoolocks would also appear capable of destroying

large snakes ; for his attention was once arrested by the noise which a

party of them were making on the tops of some lofty trees overhead,

when after a while he was startled by the fall of a Python Snake, of

about six or seven feet in length, within a few paces. The reptile was

nearly dead, or for that matter might have been disabled by the fall,

but it had been severely bitten and lacerated, no doubt by the Hoo-

locks above, who were unquestionably the cause of its precipitation.

Of the Javanese species (H. leuciscus, F. Cuv.), the Society has

lately obtained a fine female specimen, the colouring of which is some-

what remarkable, although nearly resembling that of a male described

and figured in the unpublished MSS. and drawings of the late Dr.

Buchanan Hamilton. General hue pale greyish-brown, or rather

* From what I have seen of the Gibbon tribe when brought up tame, no animals

‘could be more gentle and good-tempered ; but the lady in question had good reason

for the utter hatred which she bore to her keeper, who used to make her display her

wondrous activity a hundred times a day, in swinging from bough to bough of a large

artificial tree by means of her fore-limbs only, by frequent application of the whip.

466 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

brownish-grey, darker on the nape, shoulders, and limbs, and the

inside of the thighs blackish anteriorly ; the outside of the thighs, and

the legs and feet above, are pale; the hands are washed with blackish :

crown of the head black: a whitish ring encircles the face; the throat,

sides of the throat, entire under-parts, and especially the lumbar

region, are also whitish, but a dark brownish-grey line extends down

each side of the breast and belly, commencing from the arm-pits, and

terminating in the blackish inner side of the thighs. As compared

with the Hoolock, this species has the coat very much more close

and woolly, the hair adhering in flakes, more particularly on the

back. That of H. lar (the only additional species we possess) is just

intermediate.*

I also suggested, upon the same occasion, that the Tenasserim Sem-

nopithecus maurus of Helfer would probably prove to be the S. ob-

scurus, Reid: and the Society has now received skins of the latter

species from Capt. Phayre, and some living young specimens from

Capt. Abbott; and the skull of this animal, compared with that of a

skeleton prepared from a Tenasserim specimen sent in spirits by the

late Dr. Helfer (vide VII, 669), leads me to refer the latter also to

the same species, which, it may be remarked, is the only member of

its genus as yet ascertained from Arracan southward to the Straits,

where (in the vicinity of Singapore) specimens of it were obtained by

Mr. Cuming.

* On the subject of Orang-utans, I took the opportunity before referred to, to offer a

few remarks (vide pp. 167 and 182). Since then, the Society has fortunately recovered

a fine skullofthe male Mius Rambi, noticed as presented by Major Gregory ( VII, 669),

which had been missing from their museum, and was consequently unnoticed in my re-

marks on the genus. | have also lately received a letter from Mr. James Brooke (of the

Borneo settlement), wherein that gentleman notices the dark colour of the Rambi as

compared with the Pappan and Kassar. He remarks— ‘‘ I concur in what you say re-

garding the Wurmbii and Abelit being referred to one class [species]. The Kassar in

every specimen which I have seen, is of the same colour as the Wurmbii or Pappan ;

but the Rambzi is of a dark brown in the two I have seen—one an adult female—the

other a young buta large male. The Rambi is probably intermediate in size to the

other two species. I am aware how little general importance is to be attached to colour,

but among the very numerous specimens of the Pappan and Kassar I never found one

of this dark colour, whereas the only two specimens of the Rambi which have fallen

under my notice were both similar and both dark brown. A little further personal en-

quiry would settle the matter beyond dispute ; and I hope soon to have the countries

open to me, when I shall feel great pleasure in forwarding you specimens either of

skeletons or skins.”’

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 467

The skins adverted to are those of full grown animals, and they

accord very well with the description of the species furnished by Mr.

Martin ; but two very conspicuous characteristics of the living animal

might pass unnoticed in these skins, namely, the variegation of the face,

which is of a leaden-black, contrasting with pinkish flesh-colour on the

mouth and lips, extending to the lining of the nostrils, besides which

a large semi-circular mark of a paler and more livid tint occupies the

inner half of each orbit,—and secondly, a longitudinally disposed erect

crest upon the vertex, rising abruptly from amid the rest of the hair of

that part, and being analogous to that of the Sumatran S. cristatus,

(Raffles,) with which I should not be surprised to find the present

species identical : Raffles, however, says nothing of the variegation of

the face, and he remarks that ‘“‘the young Chingkaus are of a red-

dish-fawn colour, forming a singular contrast with the dark colour

of the adults,” whereas very young examples of the present animal

agree in colour with full grown ones; he also mentions that the

under part of the body is merely “paler,” while in the Arracan

animal this is dull white, and purer white in the young. In adults,

the whole hair of the crown is much elongated, the tuft still rising up

among the rest; and that forming the whiskers stands far out on

each side, forming lateral peaks in addition to the vertical one. Five

examples before me (three of which are alive) exhibit scarcely any

difference in shade of colour, all being of a ashy dusky-black, darkest

on the head and extremities, a good deal silvered on the back, white

underneath or in front, and the tail more or less albescent either at base

only, or for the basal half or two-thirds, or even the entire tail ; there

is little trace of beard, and the shortish scanty hairs growing upon the

flesh-coloured lips are white. The young, besides a whining noise, to

express their wants, frequently emit a mewing cry that might be

mistaken for the mew of a cat.

To the same group of Semmnopitheci belongs my S. pileatus, J. A. S.

XII, 174, a species which abounds on the skirts of the Tipperah

hills, retiring far into the interior during the rains, (as I am in-

formed by F. Skipwith, Esq., Judge and Magistrate of Tipperah,

to whom the Society is indebted for some interesting zoological spe-

cimens,) and it would appear also to extend sparingly upon the Naga

range eastward of Upper Assam. A fine specimen of an old male has

468 Notices of various Mammalia. [No, 150.

just been presented to the Society by the Rev. J, Barbe, R. C. Mis-

sionary, which was shot by him during his recent visit to the wild

Kookie tribes of the Chittagong hills; and the same gentleman had

previously favoured us with a more than half-grown male killed in

Tipperah. These two differ considerably in shade of colour from the

young female formerly described, having the whiskers, throat, chest,

and front of the shoulder, very deeply tinged with ferruginous,—the

rest of the under-parts, the legs all round (from the knee), and much

of the humerus, less so,—and the head and back of a more dingy ash-

grey, being sullied with the prevalent rust-colour: the half-grown

female before described has merely a faint tinge of ferruginous on its

whitish under-parts, and the back and limbs are very delicate pure

grey.* In the old male, the tail is of the colour of the back at base,

becoming gradually black, which last occupies the terminal third or

more: the fingers and toes are blackish, with an admixture of this on the

back of the hands: the long black superciliary hairs spread into two

lateral masses (in all three specimens,) and are very copious, and be-

tween and above them, immediately over the glabel/a or inter-orbital

space, the hairs of the forehead are conspicuously tinged with ferrugi-

nous: those on the crown are not elongated as in the preceding species,

nor is there any trace of vertical crest ; but they are a little lengthened

beyond those of the occiput, sinciput, and temples, which they ac-

cordingly impend, and thus is presented somewhat the appearance

of a small flat cap laid on top of the head, whence the specific name.

The length of fore-arm and hand (of the adult male), to tip of

longest finger, is above a foot; knee to heel nine inches ; foot about

seven inches: and length of skull about five inches.

As a third continental species of this subgroup, I suspect must be

brought together the S. cephalopterus, (Zimmerman,) from Ceylon,

with which Mr. Martin identifies the Lion-tailed Monkey 3, and the

Purple-faced Monkey, of Pennant, the Guenon a face pourpre of

Buffon, Sima dentata, Shaw, Cercopithecus latibarbatus of Geoffroy,

Kuhl, and Desmarest, C. deucoprymnus, Otto, Simia fulvo-grisea,

Desmarest, Szmia leucoprymna et S. cephaloptera, Fischer, S. nestor,

Bennett, and S. leucoprymnus et S. nestor, Lesson, — and the S.

* A half grown male just received from Mr. Skipwith is intermediate in its

colouring. '

1844. ] Notices of various Mammalia. 469

Johnii, Fischer, from the Neilgherries, to which Mr. Martin only

refers the S. cucullatus, Is. Geoffroy. From specimens now before me

I think there can be no doubt of the identity of all of these, and that

the species both inhabits the Neilgherries and the mountains of Ceylon:

but Mr. Martin erroneously identified one specimen in the Paris

Museum with the present species, as I have shewn in J. 4. S. XII,

170 ; the animal in question being evidently my S. hypoleucos, J. A.S.

X, 839. The name cephalopterus would have to be retained, and the

animal appears subject to considerable variation of shade; a half-

grown female before me resembling Mr. Martin’s figure referred to S,

cephalopterus, except that the croup is pale-grey as stated in the des-

cription, the hair there being shorter ; and there is an admixture of

this on the thighs, and slightly up the back: the whiskers, and hairs

on the lips and chin, are dull white; and those of the crown dull

chesnut-brown, and lengthening on the occiput: the tail of this is

whiter to the end. An old male, on the contrary, has dark dull

chesnut-brown whiskers, concolorous with the hair of the crown, and

some blackish hairs growing in front of them ; and his tail is blacker

to the end: the hair on the crown is all elongated, but increasing in

length to the occiput, where some of the hairs exceed five inches in

length, and tend to be albescent, a sort of dingy isabella colour pre-

vailing, which is not easy to express in words. On the short hair

of the croup, and upon the thighs, the same grey colour appears as in

the young female specimen, but is mingled with black, and consider-

ably less albescent. The bodies and rest of the limbs of both are deep

black, but picked out a little with greyish in the young female. I

consider these two specimens to respectively represent the S. cephalop-

terus and S. Johni of Mr. Martin’s work, the latter (or old male)

being certainly from the Neilgherries, and the other I purchased alive

in Calcutta, and could not learn whence it had been brought: but I

am quite satisfied of the specifical identity of the two, and have seen

others variously intermediate. Upon these grounds I venture to bring

the two alleged species together.

The other Indian Semmnopithect form a particular subgroup, well

characterized by their physiognomy ; and all of them have a radiating

centre of hair on the forehead, a little behind the superciliary ridge.

They have been mostly confounded under S. entedlus.

3 T

470 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

The most different from the rest is S. hypoleucos, Nobis, J. A. S.

X, 839, and XII, 170; which is characterized by its comparatively

small size, deep colouring, and black fore-arms and hands, feet, and

tail ; the head being ofa dirty pale straw-colour. Inhabits the Malabar

range and Travancore.

Next, S. entellus (verus), F. Cuv., is the representative of the

group in Bengal and Assam, extending (as I have been informed)

into Cuttack. It has constantly black hands and feet ; the fore-arm

and leg externally, with the croup, are cf a pale chocolat au lait

colour, extending more or less over the back, humerus, and thigh ; and

the rest is of a light straw-colour, or pale isabelline, with occasion-

ally a tinge of ferruginous on the belly. It is figured by the

late Mr. Bennett in the ‘Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological

Society.’

Very different is the S. priam, Elliot, of the Coromandel coast,

which has nought of the yellowish tinge, the whole back and outside

of the limbs, with the crown of the head, being nearly of the chocolat

au ait hue confined to parts of the former, but having more of the

‘ait in it, and as usual being most intense about the croup; the hands

and feet are pale and concolorous with the rest of the limbs; the

whiskers and occiput whitish ; and a strongly marked peculiarity con-

sists in having an abruptly rising erect crest upon the vertex, analo-

gous to that of S. cristatus (vel? obscurus).

The S. anchises, Elliot, represents the former in the Deccan and

along the foot of the western ghauts. A skin presented to the Society

by that gentleman, with three examples of S. priam, resembles the

darkest specimens of S. endel/us in colour, but has the leg from the knee

whitish (perhaps not a constant distinction), the hands mingled

white and blackish, and the feet whitish, with dusky black above

the base of the toes and on their terminal phalanges; but the

coat generally is much longer than in S. enfellus, the hairs on

the sides measuring four, five, and even six inches in length, and

those which grow upon the toes, and in a less degree those of the

fingers, which are very copious, are also remarkably elongated, ex-

tending considerably beyond the tips of the toes, which thus present

a Spaniel-like appearance. Mr. Elliot, to whom the merit is due

of first distinguishing these species, and who is well acquainted

—— ae

ob . a a a

1844. ] Notices of various Mammalia. 471

with both of them, will shortly describe their characters more

minutely.

The same gentleman has also forwarded for my inspection an im-

perfect skin of a half-grown animal, received from the Coimbatore dis-

trict or its vicinity, which presents the colouring of true enfellus, and

has the black hands and feet well marked ; but the coat is different in

texture, the hairs of it being quite straight, and not exhibiting the

waviness which is constantly observable in those of S. ented/us of every

age, causing the light to fall irregularly on each hair of the latter

species, while on those of the specimen in question, as in S. anchises,

the shine is uniform, and the sames traightness of hair is observable

in S. priam: this may appear a trivial distinction, but it is never-

theless a well marked one, which at once characterises S. endellus

apart from either of the others ; and I incline to consider, for the pre-

sent at least, the skin under consideration to be a doubtful variety of S.

anchises, the more especially as its coat is also longer than in speci-

mens of S. entellus of corresponding age.

Another allied species, of which the description does not tally with

either of the foregoing, is the S. schistaceus, Hodgson, J. A. S. IX,

1212, “from the Tarai forest and lower hills, rarely the Kachar also,”

of Nepal; and which would seem to approach nearest to S. anchises.

It is described as — ‘‘ Dark slaty above; below, and the entire head,

pale yellow; mere hands and feet somewhat darkened or concolorous

with the body above; tail also concolorous: hair on the crown short

and radiated ; on the cheeks long, directed back, and hiding the ears:

piles or fur of one sort, neither harsh nor soft, more or less wavy;

three to five and a half inches long upon the body, closer and shorter

on the tapered tail, which is more or less tufted.”

The Mussoorie Lungoors have been thus described to me by Capt.

Thos. Hutton, from whom I hope shortly to receive some specimens.

“1 fell in,’ writes that observer (in a letter dated Dec. 30th,) ‘‘ with

a whole lot of Monkeys this morning, and took a leisurely survey of

them ; they were dark greyish, with pale hands and feet, white head,

dark face, white throat and breast, and white tip to the tail. This is

I think the Nepal and Simla species. The Macacus rhesus is found

here also, but I do not remember it in the winter, though it may re-

472 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150.

main in some of the deep warm valleys.”* Elsewhere, he remarks,

“I have long thought that the Zungoor of our parts must be distinct

from the S. entellus of Bengal, on account of the different locality in

which it is found, for assuredly were the Entellus to occur here in

summer, it would retire to the plains on the approach of winter. Our

species, on the contrary, seems to care nothing for the cold ; and after

a fall of snow a glen on my estate which opens to the N. W. is crowd-

ed with them. In fact, I really believe they are more numerous

during the cold than during the hot weather. On the Simla side, I

observed them also, leaping and playing about while the fir-trees

among which they sported were loaded with snow-wreaths. I have

seen them at an elevation of little short of 11,000 ft. even in the

autumn, when hard frost occurred every night, and that was at Hattoo

or Whartoo mountain, ¢hree marches in the interior from Simla. * * *

It grows to a goodly size, and is rather a formidable looking fellow.”

Captain Hutton’s suggestion that the Himalayan Lungoor must be

different from the Bengal Hoonuman, because of the diversity of

climate which they inhabit, is in part nullified by the fact that the

Macacus rhesus inhabits alike the Himalaya and the Bengal Soonder-

buns; and it also remains to ascertain how high the S. entel/us may

extend upon the Northern mountains of Assam: moreover it is by no

means clear, from the above descriptions, that Capt. Hutton’s Mus-

soorie Lungoor is identical with Mr. Hodgson’s Nepalese species.

Returning now to the determination of the S¢miade found eastward

of the Bay of Bengal, Dr. Helfer mentions two species of Macacus,

stating that ‘“‘the Cercopithecus cynosurus [cynomolgus ?] inhabits

chiefly the banks of rivers, and the mangrove forests, being chiefly

fond of shell-fish”: and that ‘ Another species of Cercopithecus be-

longs to the rarest of this genus, and is found chiefly in the northern

parts, upon isolated limestone rocks.” There can be little or no

doubt that the two following are the species referred to: and to Capt.

Phayre is due the credit of first securing specimens of these animals

* In J. A. S. VI, 935, Capt. Hutton states, of the M. rhesus — ‘‘ This species

I saw repeatedly during the month of February, when the snow was five or six inches

deep at Simla, roosting? in the trees at night, on the side of Jaki, and apparently

regardless of the cold.’’—Journal of a Trip to the Burenda Pass.

ee eee ee eee

ee ly ES ee FE Pe. 4 HO +

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 473

for examination, the Society being already indebted to that gentleman

for numerous other specimens of Arracanese mammalia, several of

which are new, and for nearly 200 species of birds, besides specimens

in other classes, to all of which he is continually fast adding.

Macacus nemestrinus (2?) <A huge specimen of what I conceive

to be merely the common P2g-tatled Monkey of authors, numerous in

Sumatra, (where three varieties of it are alluded to by Raffles, who

terms the species Simia carpolegus,) if not also in other parts of the

Malayan archipelago and peninsula, differs from ordinary specimens

of its race, such as are commonly seen in captivity, in the develope-

ment of its coat of hair, especially on the fore-quarters,—in having the

crown merely infuscated, instead of black (or nearly so),—and in the

terminal tuft of its tail being bright ferruginous ; besides which, there

is a strong tinge of golden-ferruginous about the shoulders. The coat

is fine in texture, and upon the fore-quarters the hairs of it measure

from four to five inches long; on the loins they scarcely exceed two

inches, and on the under-parts are comparatively scanty; the gene-

ral colour being that prevalent among the Macaci, or grizzled brown,

the piles annulated with dusky and fulvous ; crown darker, and the

middle of the back posterior to the lengthened hair is also darker, becom-

ing black along the upper surface of the tail, which has a bright ferrugi-

nous tuft as before noticed: but there is no trace of this upon a very

young specimen also sent, which has likewise little appearance of annu-

lation to its fur, and the colours generally are subdued and much paler.

A live example (of undoubted nemestrinus) which I possess, about a

third grown, begins to shew the grizzling or annulation to the fur of its

fore-quarters, but no sign as yet of the rufous tail-tip. Upon the whole,

the very large fine specimen under consideration, does not differ more

from ordinary domesticated examples of the Pig-tailed Monkey, than

does an unusually fine wild old male of the M. rhesus which I pro-

cured some time ago in this vicinity, from such domesticated specimens

of the latter as must be familiar to the observation of most naturalists

who are conversant with the study of mammalia. Capt. Phayre ob-

tained these animals in a mountainous and rocky situation, and it is

doubtless Dr. Helfer’s second species of (so called) Cercopithecus. It

belongs, indeed, (as does also M. rhesus,) to the division Papio of Mr.

Ogilby, which comprehends all the short-tailed Macaci of Cuvier ; but

474 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150.

not, as I suspect, to the Papio of Prof. Owen,* which I have reason to

believe applies to the long-tailed African Baboons, or the Cynocephali,

Auctorum, exclusive of C. mormon and leucopheus, on the Mandrill

and Drill: whereas the long-tailed Macaci, such as the next species,

together with WM. radiatus and M. sinicus of S. India, are referred by

Mr. Ogilby to Cercopithecus. But the truth is, that if we once com-

mence dividing the group Macacus, as now generally recognised, near-

ly every species of it might be selected as a subgeneric type per se,

presenting various peculiarities of its own (e. g. M. niger, nemestrinus,

silenus, rhesus, cynomolgus, radiatus with sinicus, and perhaps others

with which I am less familiar): and I certainly much prefer the cur-

rently adopted system of restricting Cercopithecus to the numerous

African species which want the fifth tubercle to the last inferior molar,

and follow Mr. Martin in appropriating the name Cercocebus to those

other long-tailed African species which are known as the Mangabeys,

or white-eyelid monkeys, of which three have now been ascertained,—

an arrangement which has the advantage of according with the geo-

graphical distribution of these animals, and by which, too, any of them

may be classified at a glance at their exterior, by those who are

familiar with the subject.t

M. cynomolgus (?) Though possessing living examples of both the

M. nemestrinus and M. cynomolgus, I have found great difficulty in

determining the skins sent by Capt. Phayre, which I refer to these

species, in consequence of the mode of preparation of them, the skulls

having been taken out, and the faces irreparably injured; but after

full consideration, I feel confident that the present one is correctly

assigned, if not the other also. A pair of skulls of this are sent, from

which the following dimensions are taken. That of an adult male mea-

sures four inches and three-quarters in total length, inclusive of the pro-

truding incisor-teeth ; greatest breadth (of zygome) three inches ; ver-

tical height (including lower jaw) three inches and one-eighth; length

of bony palate an inch and seven-eighths; breadth of ditto three

quarters of an inch. The corresponding measurements of a female

* Mentioned in the Report on British Fossil Mammaiia, published in the ‘‘ Report

of the British Association’ for 1842, p. 55.

t+ If 1 mistake not, the tail is in Cercopithecus and Cercocebus of constant propor-

tional length, being much longer than in any Macacus.

a ee ee ee

Se en

—*

——

ne ea ae ee

1844. ] Notices of various Mammalia. 475

skull are—four inches and three-quarters, two and seven-eighths,

three inches, one and five-eighths, and nearly three quarters of an

inch. The upper canines of the male project nearly five-eighths of

an inch from the bony socket. Capt. Phayre sent the following note

respecting the habits of this animal. ‘“ These monkeys frequent the

banks of salt-water creeks, and devour shell-fish. In the cheek-pouch

of the female were found the claws and body of a crab”: accordingly,

there can be little hesitation in identifying it with the other species of

Dr. Helfer, to which the same habits were assigned.

Of the species of this genus, one only appears to inhabit Bengal, the

M. rhesus, which is numerous in the Soonderbuns, where its habits I

suspect pretty much resemble those of M. cynomolgus: it frequents

thick jungly situations, particularly about the borders of narrow

gullies, and to escape pursuit will sometimes plunge into the water

from an overhanging tree, swim to some distance beneath the surface,

and then land and make off on the opposite bank. The Hoonuman,

on the contrary, would appear never to enter the water. The

M. rhesus also occurs, as we have seen, even on the Himalaya so far

westward as Simla, and Mr. Hodgson has sent it from Nepal, where I

cannot help suspecting that (in different phases,) it constitutes both

his M. oinops and M. pelops, J. A. S. LX, 1213; and it is included

in Dr. Walker’s list of the mammalia of Assam, (Cale. Journ. Nat.

Hist. IT, 265,) together with another species discovered in that part

by Dr. McClelland, and described as M. assamensis in Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1839, p. 148. Still further to the N. W., “‘ Monkeys” are stated by

Elphinstone to be found only in the north-eastern part of Affghanistan:

but no Simiade@ are included in an elaborate paper on the mammalia

of that country, prepared by Capt. Thos. Hutton for publication in this

Journal, nor have I seen any subsequent notice of their occurrence in

that vicinity. In the Indian peninsula generally, the common species

of Macacus is the M. radiatus, being the only one included in the

catalogues of Messrs. Sykes and Elliot; but YW. sznzeus is likewise

found in the southernmost part and in Ceylon, as is also the M.

silenus.

The following is a brief synopsis of the Indian species of Simiade,

with those of Assam, Arracan, and the Tenasserim provinces, as far as

they are at present ascertained :—

476 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

1. Hylobates syndactylus ; Simia syndactyla, Raffles. Stated by

Helfer to extend as high as 15° N. Lat.

2. H. lar. Common in the Tenasserim provinces, and extending

northward into Arracan,and southward .to the Straits.

3. H. hoolock. Hill ranges of Assam, Sylhet, and Arracan.

4. Semnopithecus entellus, F. Cuv. Separate, apart, wider Bengal

and Assam ; Cuttack ?

5. S. anchises, Elliot. Central table land of the Indian peninsula,

and base of the western ghauts.

6. S. schistaceus, Hodgson. Nepal: the species of the western

Himalaya perhaps different.

7. S. priam, Elliot. Coromandel coast.

8. S. hypoleucos, Nobis. Travancore and Malabar range.

9. S. pileatus, Nobis. Tipperah and Chittagong hills ; Naga range.

10. S. cephalopterus, (Zimmerman). Ceylon and Neilgherries.

ll. S. obscurus, Reid. (S. cristatus ? Raffles.) Arracan, Tenasserim,

extending southward to the Straits, and probably Sumatra.*

12. Macacus silenus. Ceylon, and neighbouring districts of the con-

tinent of India.

13. M. nemestrinus(?) Arracan, Tenasserim.

14. M. rhesus. Bengal, Assam, Nepal, Simla.

15. M. assamensis. Assam.

16. M. cynomolgus (?) Arracan, Tenasserim.

17. M. radiatus. Peninsula of India.

18. M. sinicus. Southernmost part of ditto, and Ceylon.t

Although I have here followed the usual order of classifying these

three groups, I am nevertheless of opinion that the division comprising

the Cyncoephali, Macaci, and Cercopitheci, (2. e. the genera with

cheek-pouches,) should precede that of the Semnopithect and Colobi

(or the genera with sacculated stomachs). The facial angle can no

longer be considered as a guide to the relative elevation of these

animals in the scale of being, now that the adult Orangs, for example,

* The Semn. (or Presbytis) nobilis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 256,

I cannot but regard as requiring confirmation as an inhabitant of India proper,

¢ This is doubtless the species noticed by Mrs. Graham in Ceylon, where that lady

mentions ‘‘ Swarms of red Monkeys playing in the trees overhead.’’? (Journal of a

Residence in India’, p. 104.) I have reason to conclude also that this, and not the

Lungoor, is the Rollewai of the Singhalese.

Bait ah hapag ey

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 477

are known to present so very prominent a muzzle, while, on the other

hand, the lowest of all the Simzade, or the American Marmozets,

have the same so inconsiderably developed ; and it would seem that

some trivial resemblance which the Semnotes bear to the Gibbons is

now the chief inducement that occasions the former to be still placed

next to the group of tail-less Apes, and thus to precede the third great

division of old world Monkeys and Baboons, which is characterized

by possessing cheek-pouches. But this third division unquestionably

presents a nearer structural approach to the first than does the second ;

and, so far as I have observed, the intellect is also decidedly of a

superior grade. I have next to describe an apparently new species of

the African genus Cercopithecus.

Cercopithecus chrysurus, Nobis. This belongs to the particular

minor group exemplified by C. sabeus, and would seem to be nearly

allied both to that species and to the C. tantalus, Ogilby, P. Z. S.

1841, p. 33, the tail of which is stated in the Latin diagnosis to be

yellow at tip, while in the more detailed vernacular description this

is said to be “‘ brown at the base, light grey at the tip.” In the

species now described, the terminal third of the tail is bright yellowish-

ferruginous, as I believe in C. sabeus. The specimen is a male, and

measures about nineteen inches from forehead to base of tail, the tail

about twenty-four inches; from elbow to tip of hand nine inches,

knee to heel seven and a quarter, and foot five inches. Colour

_ grizzled yellowish-brown, the hair fine and soft at base, with the ter-

minal half comparatively coarse and rigid, and broadly annulated

first with black, then fulvous, and finally tipped with black ; for

the most part about two inches and a quarter long, but exceeding

three inches on the sides towards the flanks: the whiskers, with the

entire under-parts and inside of the limbs, are dingy yellowish-

white: the fore-arm and leg greyer, or less yellowish than the

parts above; and the hands and feet infuscated. Face almost

naked, having only a few scattered hairs ; but a narrow supercilium

of long black hairs across the brow. The upper surface of the tail is

rather darker than the back for the first two-thirds of its length,

and then passes into bright yellowish-ferruginous, which on the under

surface of the tail is continued nearly to its base, weakening however

in intensity ; the extreme tip of the tail is wanting in the specimen.

3.U

478 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150.

Length of the skull four inches and a half, and breadth across the

zygome two inches and three-quarters; vertical height two inches

and five-eighths; length of bony palate an inch and a half, and

breadth seven-eighths of an inch. Habitat unknown.

Lemuride. The Stenops gracilis is usually assigned to Ceylon, and

the Nycticebus tardigradus to Bengal. The latter, however, certainly

does not occur in the lower part of Bengal, but may perhaps exist in

the hilly regions. Dr. Walker includes it in his catalogue of Assamese

Mammalia ; and upon referring to the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton’s

MSS., I find what I consider to mean this species, noticed as occur-

ring in Chittagong, where it is said to be rare and solitary, inhabiting

trees: in Rungpore, also, very starce, and said to have been seen in the

hilly countries to the south and east of the Boorhampooter by some

natives, who recognised it by the Hindustanee name Shzriminda

Billi ; “ bashful or shame-faced Cat,” a name which I have also heard

applied to it. The unobtrusive, nocturnal habits of this animal would,

however, always cause it to be little observed. I believe that it is “ the

little Bradypus” of Dr. Helfer’s ‘ Note on the Animal productions of

the Tenasserim provinces,’ being commonly designated ‘‘ Sloth” by

Europeans: and the territories eastward of the Bay constitute, I sus-

pect, its chief habitat. <A pair of the Stenops gracilis were offered to

me in the Madras bazar, at the low price of a rupee; but I have seen

no notice of this species as an ascertained inhabitant of the peninsula.*

Here, in Calcutta, a dealer would ask at least ten rupees for a pair

either of them or of the Nycticebus, and in all probability double as

much.t They are, indeed, but seldom brought for sale in this em-

porium: and it is probable that the Mycticebus, if found at all in

Bengal, occurs sparingly only a little within the confines of the

province.

Vespertilionide.—The only Bat contained among Dr. Helfer’s

Tenasserim specimens was Pieropus javanicus, which, with Nyctice-

jus Temminckit, he stated to be ‘‘ amongst the rarer species found in

the provinces” ; and he alludes vaguely to other species of Pteropus,

Phyllostomus (meaning probably Megaderma), and Nyctinomus (or

* It is included in Mr. Elliot’s new catalogue of the mammalia of peninsular India.

+ A pair of the Stenops said to have been brought from Singapore, have just been

put up at auction at 60 Rupees! The Nycticebus is common in Arracan,

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 479

Dysopes). 'The Society has received P¢. medius (vel Edwardsti, Desm.,

apud Ogilby and others, though Edwards's specimen was from the

Mauritius, and should therefore, I suspect, be the Pt. edulis,*) from

Arracan, Tipperah, and Assam, where I cannot help considering the

Pt. assamensis described by Messrs. McClelland and Horsfield to

present merely an individual variation, The same appears to be Dr.

Walker’s opinion, as Pt. Edwardsii alone is included in his list of

Assamese mammalia. Mr. Hodgson has also sent it from Nepal as his

Pi. leucocephalus (J. A. S. 1V, 700), together with the Cynopterus

marginatus as his Pt. pyrivorus (ibid.), which latter has likewise been

received by the Society from Assam and Arracan, and both of these

species appear to be common throughout India ; the former also doubt-

less constituting the large “ Flying Fox” so abundant in the Maldives

and Laccadives. The third Indian species of frugivorous Bat, Pt.

Dussumieri, (of which a description will be found in XII, 176,) is still

wanting to the Society’s co}lection.

Of Cynopterus marginatus, 1 have been keeping three live females

for several weeks. ‘They are exclusively frugivorous, and take no

notiee of the buzz of an insect held to them; which I remark in re-

ference to a statement of Mr. Gray, that the nearly allied little

Kiodote is partly insectivorous: this I doubt very much. The

Cynopterus is a very ravenous eater, and will devour more than its

own weight at a meal, voiding its food but little changed as excrement,

while still slowly munching away. Of guava it swallows the juice only

(though a soft mellow fruit), opening and closing its jaws very leisure-

ly in the act of mastication, and rejecting the residue. The flight of

this Bat is particularly light and buoyant, far different from the

measured rowing, the direct and heavy flight of the large Pleropus ;

but the general manners and the voice of the two are very similar.t

The other Indian Vespertilionzde fall into three principal groups ; viz

* The Mauritius species is styled Pt. vulgaris, v. rubricollis, Geoff.,in P. Z. S.

183], p. 49.

t After a while, the three caged females mentioned above attracted a male, who

used to be continually hovering about their cage of an evening, and at length took up

his diurnal residence hitching to a rafter above a dark staircase close by, where one

of the females who escaped immediately joined him, and they continued to retreat there

regularly for some days, when both were caught.

480 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150,

—Rhinolophine, comprising the genera Megaderma, Rhinolophus and

Hipposideros, and Nycteris (which at least is a Malayan genus),—Dy-

sopodine, including Dysopes, (with its various subdivisions, as Chez -

romeles, &c.,) Taphozous, and Rhinopoma,—and Vespertilionine, or

the ordinary Bats.

The Megaderma lyra appears to be a common species throughout

India, and I have described its habit of preying on smaller Bats, first

sucking their blood, in XI, 255. In reference to that paper, Mr.

Frith informs me that a number of these Bats were in the habit of re-

sorting to the verandah of his residence in Mymunseng, and that every

morning the ground under them was strewed with the hind-quarters

of frogs, and the wings of large grasshoppers and crickets: on one

occasion the remains of a small fish were observed ; but frogs appear-

ed to constitute their chief diet—never toads: and of a quiet evening

these animals could be distinctly heard crunching the heads and

smaller bones of their victims. Other species of Bats were noticed to

keep aloof from this retreat, but Mr. Frith had no opportunity of eon-

firming my observation that the Wegaderma preys upon smaller ani-

mals of its tribe. The disproportion of the sexes in the assemblages of

this species in their diurnal retreats is noticed in XI, 600 ; and indeed

I think that the same pretty nearly holds throughout the family. In

Mr. Elliot’s catalogue, the name carnatica is proposed, with a mark of

doubt, for the Megaderma of S. India, which however is perfectly

identical with that of Calcutta.

Rhinolophus, Geoff. and Cuv. In preparing a notice of the Indian

species of this difficult genus, so far as I am acquainted with them, I

labour under the considerable disadvantage of not having M. Tem-

minck’s valuable monograph to refer to; but I will nevertheless endea-

vour to review the history of the group, so far as the means at my

disposal will permit of. The first endeavour at collating the species

would appear to be that of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in the ‘ Annales

du Museum, tom. XX, pp. 254 e¢ seg. (1813). Four species are there

noticed, in addition to the two common in Europe*; and among the

former is a species from Timor, the Rhinolophe cruménifére of M.

* A third European species, found towards the South (in Dalmatia, Sicily, &c.,)

also in the Levantine countries, and it would appear all Africa, is the Rh. capensis,

Licht., RA. clivosus, Rupp., v. kh. Geoffroyi, A. Smith.

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 481

M. Péron and Lesueur, which I conceive to be erroneously identified

with the Vespertilio speoris of Schneider, described to inhabit India,

as it differs from the latter in its considerably larger size, and (it

would seem) more rufous colouring.

In the second edition of Cuvier’s ‘Regne Animal’ (dated 1829),

these six species only are referred to: but Dr. Horsfield, in his ‘ Zoo-

logical Researches in Java’ (dated 1824), had described seven (alleged)

species as inhabitants of that island, two of which have since been

brought together by Mr. Gray, after an examination of the original

specimens collected by Dr. Horsfield,— Rh. deformis, Horsfield, being

thus identified with RA. insignis, Horsfield.

Then followed M. Temminck’s Monograph of the genus, wherein

(if I remember rightly) several species were added to those of his pre-

decessors ; of which, among perhaps others unnoticed in Mr. Gray’s

subsequent synopsis, I find mentioned by authors a RA. luctus, Tem.,

from Java, an alleged rufous variety of which is described in the

Zoology of the Voyage of /a Favorite, from Manilla,—also a Fh.

pusilus, from India, which appellation is referred with a mark of

doubt to a specimen in the Zoological Society’s Museum, in Mr. Wa-

terhouse’s Catalogue of the mammalia preserved in that collection,—

where also is mentioned, but likewise with a mark of doubt, Ah. in-

signis, Horsf., from Ceylon.

Confining ourselves now to the describers of Asiatic species*, Col.

Sykes, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1831, describes

a Rh. dukhunensis, distinguishing this from the Rhinolophe cruménifére

of Péron and Lesueur, which, it is added, is the Rhin. marsupialis of

M. Geoffroy’s lectures, and the Rh. speoris of M. Desmarest, by its

much smaller size, &c.; but this smaller size corresponds with the

original description of Vesp. speorts from India, the colour of which is

however stated to be “ pale yellowish ash-brown” (apud Shaw), which

does not apply well to either, though better to that of India: and I

have little doubt that Col. Sykes’s species is the true speoris, to which

dukhunensis would therefore be referred as a synonym, as likewise the

subsequent names apiculatus, Gray, for the male, and penicillatus,

Gray, for the female.

* The form is peculiar to the Old World, inclusive however of Australia (apud

J. E,. Gray).

482 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

Mr. Hodgson, in the Society’s Journal for 1835, next described a

Rh. armiger and Rh. tragatus from Nepal; but the former of these

appears to be identical with the Javanese Ah. nobilis of Horsfield.

The same naturalist more recently obtained three other species from

that province, and has described one of them by the name perniger,

in J. A. S. XII, 414; but I suspect that this is identical with RA.

luctus of Temminck.

We now come to Mr. Gray’s “ Revision of the genera of Bats, and

descriptions of some new genera and species,’’ published in the ‘ Ma-

gazine of Zoology and Botany,’ No. XII. In this paper the Ah. vulgaris,

Horsf., is mentioned as inhabiting India, and besides the Rh. apicula-

tus and Fh. penicillatus, Gray, both of which I have referred to speoris

verus v. dukhunensis of Sykes, two other species from India are des-

cribed as new, from specimens procured by Walter Elliot, Esq., Mad-

ras C. S., and these are also given in the latter gentleman’s valuable

“ Catalogue of the Mammalia of the Southern Mahratta country,”

published in the ‘ Madras Journal of Literature and Science,’ No.

XXIV, pp. 98-9, one of them however by a different and more

appropriate name.

Such appears to be the amount of information hitherto published

relative to the Indian Ahznolophi, which I shall now proceed to reduce

and classify, and enrich by the addition of several new species.

The various Indian and Malayan members of this group fall into

two marked divisions, corresponding to Ahinolophus, Gray, as re-

stricted, (the Mocéilio, apud Bechstein, according to Mr. Gray,) and the

Hipposideros, Gray, v. Phyllorhina, Bonap., apud Gray.

The former is exemplified by the three European species, and by

the Javanese Rh. affinis and Rh. minor, Horsf., in addition to which

only two species are indicated by Mr. Gray, the Rh. megaphyllus, Gray,

(P.Z. 8. 1834, p. 52,) from Australia, and RA. griseus, Meyer, habi-

tat not ascertained. In this group, the facial crests are more promi-

nently developed, and terminate in an angular peak above, within

and anterior to which is a second leaf of membrane, in general also

peaked, and attached behind by a vertical (7. e. longitudinally dis-

posed) connecting membrane, which last is sometimes developed beyond

the lesser transverse leaf, in front of it, and each undergoes considerable

modification in the various species: the nasal apertures appear linear,

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 483

from being partly overlapped by membrane, which lines and surrounds

the centre of the facial depression, between the latter and the nostrils ;

outside of the nostrils the face is bordered by a layer of membrane sur-

rounding it in front in shape of a horse-shoe. The ears in this group

are large, ample, and apiculated, having the point directed outward,

and (as Mr. Hodgson remarks of the Rhmnolophi generally,) are “‘ trem-

blingly alive all over:” the conch is continued round in front to form

an anti-helix, which is separated apart by an emargination, sometimes

very deep, but should not be confounded (as it occasionally has been)

with the ¢ragus of various other Bats. As many as six species inhabit

India, all of which (unless Rh. pusillus be among them) seem dif-

ferent from those heretofore described.

The first is remarkable for having a conspicuous transverse leaflet with

a septum behind and above it, situate upon the larger or posterior

peaked membrane, and considerably above the lesser or anterior one ;

but this is only a modification and development of what is more or

less observable in the others. The posterior peak reaches to between

the ears and even beyond.

1. Rh. mitratus, Nobis. Length four inches, of which the tail mea-

sures an inch and a half; of another specimen three inches and one-

eighth, the tail an inch and a quarter. Expanse (of the former) pro-

bably twelve inches ; length of fore-arm respectively two and a quarter,

and two and one-eighth; of longest finger three and one-eighth,and three

inches ; of tibia an inch; and tarse with claw, halfan inch. Ears

large and ample, measuring an inch to point anteriorly, the anti-helix

moderately developed, but separated apart by only a slight emargina-

tion. Fur of the upper-parts a rich light brown, paler at base, exces-

sively soft and delicate, and rather long ; of the under-parts shorter

and much paler. Anterior nose-leaf subovate, or nearly rounded,

contracted at base, and a conspicuous lappet of membrane is given off

from each side of the centre of the facial depression, overhanging the

nostrils, and forming a round mesial cup ; vertical membrane posterior

to the lesser nose-leaf little developed, and supporting its base only ; the

uppermost or hindmost peak triangular and acute at tip, reaching be-

yond the base of the ears between the two, and divided by a mesial

septum, but little overlapped at base by a second small transverse

Jamina which occurs also in most of the other species, and is placed

434 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150.

beyond and above the vertical membrane which supports the inner or

anterior nose-leaf. This fine species was procured by Capt. Tickell

in the neighbourhood of Chyebassa, in Central India.

2. Rh. perniger, Hodgson, J. A. S. XII, 414.* Distinguished by

its large size, and delicately soft and long, curly, blackish fur, having

a slight ashy cast from the hairs being thus tipped. A fine specimen

which I saw in Dr. Griffith’s possession, from Cherra-Poonjee (Sylhet),

and which has since been forwarded by him to the museum of the

Hon’ble Company in London, measured five inches from muzzle

to extremity of foot. The only example now before me is too much

injured about the head to permit of a description being taken of the

peculiarities of its facial membranes; and Mr. Hodgson’s account,

excepting as regards size and colouring, applies, for the most part, to

the species generally of the present subgroup. The length of the fore-

arm in the latter specimen (which was presented to the Society by Mr.

Hodgson,) is two inches and three-quarters, and of tibia an inch and

three-eighths. Inhabits the central region of the sub-Himalayas.

3. Rh. tragatus,| Hodgson, J. A. S. 1V, 699. This species was so

named in reference to the development of its anti-helix, as compared

with the very slight indication of one traceable in Hipposideros armiger

(v. nobilis 2); but the appellation is far from being felicitous, as the

anti-helix (not tragus, as indeed was duly pointed out by Mr.

Hodgson,) is less developed than is usual in the present subgroup.

Mr. Hodgson described this Bat to be ‘ uniform deep brown, with

the tips paler and rusty ;” but two of three specimens sent by him are

certainly of a light brown, and one of them, more particularly, has the

upper parts tipped with dull maronne, which produces a general shade

* Probably the Rh. luctus, Tem., of which I can get at no description, though Mr.

Gray alludes to it as stated to be black with an ashy tinge ; vide ‘ Annals and Magazine

of Natural History’ for 1842, p. 257, where Mr. Gray describes a Rh. morio from

Malacca, Singapore. ‘The front central lobe of the nose-leaf large, three-lobed ; fur

reddish-brown. Very like Rh. ductus in general appearance, and perhaps the colour

may have changed by the specimen having been taken from spirits.’” Why therefore

impose a new name, or at any rate why not put a mark of doubt after the word morio,

and add Rh. luctus, Vem., var.? Most probably thisisthe RA. luctus, Tem., var. rufus,

from Manilla, of MM, Eydoux and Gervais, in the Zoology of the Voyage of la Favo-

rite.—Kh. luctus is described from Java.

t Misprinted torquatus in Mr, Gray’s “ Revision.’’

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 485

of this colour, as in several other species both of Rhznolophus and

Hipposideros. The central nose-leaf is small and narrow, and a little

expanded at the summit ; the nasal orifices are fringed externally with

a lappet of membrane ; and the uppermost peak of the membrane,

above the nose-leaf, is inconspicuous, being almost concealed by the

fur of the forehead. Length of fore-arm two inches and a quarter,

and of tibia an inch and one-sixteenth. Inhabits the central region of

Nepal.

4. Rh. macrotis, Hodgson, MS. This and the two succeeding

species are of small size, and one of them may perhaps be the doubt-

fully cited th. pusillus of Mr. Waterhouse. In that now under

consideration, the anterior nose-leaf approaches in form to that of

fh. tragatus, but is proportionally larger and wider, nearly twice

as long as broad, and rounded without expanding at the summit,

which is scarcely so high as the pointed tip of the posterior vertical

membrane that connects the nose-leaf with the face; behind or

above this again, are three successive lappets of membrane, the first of

them incomplete, and the last or hindmost peak is obtusely pointed :

the nareal orifices are oblong, or rather kidney-shaped, with no lappet

of membrane bordering their outer side, but the usual horse-shoe-

shaped development overhangs the upper lip. Mr. Hodgson describes

the species as follows :—‘‘ General structure typical? No pubic teats.

Distinguished by the large size of the ears, which are longer than the

head, broad, oval, with pointed recurved tips, and large obtusely

rounded-second ears [anti-helix]. Colour sooty-brown, much paler

and dusky-hoary below.* Snout to base of tail an inch and three-

quarters ; head three-quarters of an inch: ears from anteal base fifteen-

sixteenths of an inch ; interval of ears a quarter of an inch : tail three-

quarters of an inch, completely enveloped in the square membrane:

arm an inch ; fore-arm an inch and a half; longest or second finger two

inches and five-sixteenths: femur eleven-sixteenths ; tibia the same ;

expanse nine and three-quarters ; weight one-third of an ounce.

Habitat Nepal.” The following are the dimensions of one of the

* This description does not apply, however, to the specimens with which Mr.

Hodgson has favored the Society, and which are of a light earthy olive-brown (one of

them verging on isabelline), and paler below.

3.x

486 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

specimens presented to the Society by Mr. Hodgson. From muzzle to

base of tail an inch and five-eighths, the tail exceeding five-eighths ; ears

anteally five-eighths ; fore-arm an inch and five-eighths ; longest finger

two inches and a quarter; tibia exceeding five-eighths of an inch;

and foot with claws three-eighths.

5. Rh. subbadius, Hodgson, MS. ; mentioned as Vespertilio subba-

dius, H.,in J. A. S., X., 908. In this species, the anterior nose-leaf is

very small, oblong, and rounded above, but the vertical membrane

behind it is conspicuously developed, and pointed posteriorly ; behind

this again, is a short and broad transverse membrane, divided into

two lateral lobes, and as usual some long straight hairs grow from this

part; and lastly, there is. the hindmost angular peak, the sides of

which are slightly emarginated towards the point: the nostrils are

not externally fringed with membrane ; and over the lip is the usual

horse-shoe. Mr. Hodgson thus describes the species :—“‘ No pubic

teats. Ears no longer than head, truncated at tip Lor rather, they are

somewhat obtusely pointed], ovoid. Nasal appendage quadrate, not

salient, with a transverse bar nearly surmounting it towards the head.

Colour a medial clear brown, paler below, and especially on the head

and face. Snout to vent an inch and a half; tail an inch and a quarter ;

head five-eighths of an inch; ears the same; expanse seven and a

half: fore-arm an inch and a quarter ; longest finger two and a

quarter ; the foot and nails three-eighths of an inch. Habitat Nepal.”

The admeasurements of a specimen presented by Mr. Hodgson are

—muzzle to vent an inch and a quarter; tail five-eighths of an

inch ; head the same; ears anteally half an inch ; fore-arm an inch

and three-eighths ; longest finger one and seven-eighths ; tibia nearly

five-eighths of an inch ; foot and nails five-sixteenths of an inch. In-

habits Nepal. ,

6. Rh. lepidus, Nobis. A good deal allied to the last, but distin. —

guished by its much paler colour, longer fore-arm, and especially by

the uppermost and hindmost peak of the facial membranes being much

less evenly angular, having its sides so considerably emarginated to- —

wards the tip, that the latter appears asa narrow terminal prolongation,

one-sixteenth of an inch in length ; the vertical membrane posterior —

to and adjoining the anterior nose-leaf is also still more developed and .

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 487

obtusely angulated behind ; and there is a slight fold of membrane

exterior to the nostrils. Ears large, and of the usual form, measuring

nearly five-eighths of an inch from anteal base to tip, and having a

well developed anti-helix. General hue pale isabella-brown, the

fur of the upper parts tinged with dull maronne towards the tips, im-

parting a shade of that colour; under-parts still lighter, and the fur

shorter: membranes apparently dark. Length an inch and three-

quarters ; of tail half an inch more; and extent about nine inches: fore-

arm an inch and five-eighths, longest finger two and a quarter,

and tibia above five-eighths of an inch. The specimen (in spirits), and

an injured skin of apparently the same species, were both probably

obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta.

Hipposideros, Gray. This seems a perfectly distinct group, charac-

terized by a totally different form of facial crest from that observable

in the preceding series. The general form of this is quadrate, sur-

mounted by a short and broad transverse membrane recurved along

the edge, and over this, inthe males (I suspect always,) is a round

sinus or cavity with a transverse semicircular opening. ‘* This cavity,”

remarks Mr. Elliot, ‘the animal can turn out at pleasure, like the

finger of a glove ; it is lined with a pencil of stiff hairs, and secretes a

yellow substance like wax. When alarmed, the animal opens this

cavity and blows it out, during which it is protruded and withdrawn

at each breathing. Temminck notices it under the name of a syphon,

or purse, in RA. insignis and Rh. speoris” (apud Geoffroy)*. The entire

facial crest has been well compared by Mr. Hodgson to “a coat of

arms, with double field” ; the superior and inferior fields separated by

a trilobate fleshy ridge, below which are situate the nostrils in a deep

cavity, surrounded by the membrane which forms the lower field, both

within and exterior to which are, in some species, additional lamine

of membrane. The ears in this group are, in general, Jess apiculated,

and sometimes rounded, and the conch is not continued round to form

an anti-helix.

* It is probable that the development of this sinus, and also of the throat-sac of the

Taphozoi, depends much on season, like the infra-orbital cavities of various ruminants

and analogous glandulous follicles in many other animals.

488 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

Some have a more complex membrane surrounding the nostrils, and

three small lateral fringes of membrane exterior to the nose-leaf.

1. H. armiger, (Hodgson), J. A. S. IV, 699. Very closely allied

to, if not identical with, H. nobilis, (Horsfield). I cannot, however,

perceive that ‘the hairs of the axilla, hypochondria, and scapular

” as stated of the Javanese species. Colour

uniform light brown, with dark maronne tips to the fur of the upper-

parts. Length of fore-arm (of a large specimen) three inches and five-

eighths, and of tibia an inch and a half. Inhabits the central region of

Nepal.

2. H. larvatus, (2 Horsfield). A species which I have little hesi-

tation in identifying with this, has the fur of a brighter ferruginous

than is represented in Dr. Horsfield’s two figures, and the under-

parts more particularly are much deeper-coloured than would appear

from the second figure of the plate adverted to. The fur of the upper-

parts is vivid fulvous, more or less tinged with maronne upon the

back, and weaker towards the base of the hairs; that of the under-

parts being somewhat less intense: membranes dusky, but it would

seem tinged with the prevalent hue of the fur. Length about four

inches, of which the tail measures one and a quarter: fore-arm two

inches and a half; longest finger three and a quarter ; tibia an inch

and one-sixteenth; foot with claws five-eighths of an inch: ears an-

gulated, measuring anteally seven-eighths of an inch to tip, and three-

quarters of an inch broad, length of head an inch. Both in this

species and the last there is a minute false molar anterior to the car-

nassier in the upper jaw, which appears to be wanting in those which

follow. Inhabits Arracan, whence forwarded to the Society’s Museum

by Capt. Phayre, to whom we are likewise indebted for the next

marks, are nearly white,

species.

3. H. vulgaris, (? Horsfield) ; a species mentioned by Mr. Gray as

inhabiting India. It differs from the last in being rather smaller, and

of a brown colour above, much paler at the base of the hairs and at

their extreme tips; and lighter-coloured below: the ears more apicu-

lated, or rather they appear so from being strongly emarginated ex-

ternally towards the tip: the tail and interfemoral membrane would

likewise seem to be shorter, but the latter has been withdrawn from

1844. ] Notices of various Mammalia. 489

the skin in the dry specimen before me, which, as before mentioned,

was received from Arracan. Length of fore-arm two inches and a

quarter, and of tibia an inch; ears anteally three-quarters of an inch,

and nearly as much broad.

4. H. speoris: Vesp. speoris, Schneider, but evidently not of M.

Desmarest, which is Rh. marsupialis of M. Geoffroy’s lectures,

founded on the Rhinolophe crumenifére of Lesson and Lesueur: RA.

Dukkunensts, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 99: H. apiculatus, Gray, the

male, and H. penicillatus, Gray, the female, Mag. Zool. and Bot.

No. XII. For description, vide Elliot, in Madras Ji. No. XXIV, 98.

Colour nearly asin H. armiger (v. nobilis?) : length of fore-arm two

inches, and of tibia an inch. Inhabits Southern India.

This species is approximated to H. znsignds, (Horsf.,) in Mr. Gray’s

paper, and it may be the doubtfully cited H. insegnis from Ceylon of

Mr. Waterhouse’s Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Zoological So-

ciety’s Museum.

Others have the facial crests altogether less complicated, and no

fringes of membrane exterior to the nose-leaf.

5. H. fulvus, Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot., No. X11; Rh. fulgens,

Elliot; Madras. Jl., No. XXIV, 99. This is perhaps the most vividly

coloured of the whole class of Mammalia ; at least I know of no species

which can at all compete with it for brilliancy of hue. The colour of

the fur is here alluded to, for that of the naked skin of the Mandrill

and of certain Cercopithect can scarcely be surpassed. The general

tint of the fur is splendidly bright ferruginous, that of the upper-parts

being slightly tipped with a darker shade; membranes dusky. Length,

according to Mr. Elliot, an inch and nine-tenths, of tail nine-tenths

of an inch; expanse ten inches and a half: weight 4 dr. 20 gr.: fore-

arm an inch and five-eighths; longest finger one and a half; tibia

three-quarters of an inch; foot (minus claws) a quarter of an inch:

ears anteally eleven-sixteenths of an inch, and the same across;

their form scarcely apiculated. Inhabits Southern India, where very

rare.

6. H. murinus, Gray, ibid. ; Rh. murinus, Elliot, ibid. This I have

not yet seen, but shortly expect some specimens from Mr. Jerdon, who

informs me that it is common at Nellore. It closely resembles the

490 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

last in all but colour, but has the crest-membranes still less developed.

Colour dusky-brown, paler beneath. Inhabits Southern India.

Taphozous. Three new species of this genus have been described by

mein J. A. S., X, 971 et. seg. ; and in XI, 784, I verified and gavea more

detailed notice of the 7’. longimanus, Hardw., Lin. Tr. XIV, 525, and

distinguished the species which I had previously referred with doubt

to 7. longimanus, by the appellation 7. Cantorz. This last mentioned

Bat I have not again obtained in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, but

have received a specimen from Mr. Jerdon, procured in the vicinity of

Nellore (on the Coromandel coast), where it would appear to be not

uncommon. This species is easily recognized by its flatly out-lying

ears, recurved tail, little developed gular sac, and by the whiteness of

the base of its fur, which shews conspicuously.

Another species from Southern India is my 7’. brevicaudus, which

is at once distinguished from all the other known species by the short-

ness of its tail and interfemoral membrane. The specimen was from

Travancore.

Since my description of 7’. longimanus was published, I have had

several fresh specimens, and very recently obtained thirteen alive

(of which two only were males) from the interval between a pillar

and the wall against which it was placed. Five others escaped. These

Bats clung with perfect facility to the smooth mahogany back of a

cage into which they were put, hitching their claws in the minute

pores of the wood, and creeping upon it in a manner that was surpris-

ing. The females were each about to give birth to a single offspring

(early in August). Their size was remarkably uniform, both sexes mea-

suring four inches and a quarter from snout to tail-tip, by sixteen

and a quarter in alar expanse; the tail protruding half an inch:

nostril not closed, but having a valvular kidney-shaped orifice, and

tremulous, as observable in various other Bats, (for instance, the Cynop-

tervs marginatus.) The variation in colour was not great, nor had it

any relation to sex ; but one or two were more hoary-tipped, imparting

an ashy appearance, and one only was marked with yellowish or ful-

vescent.

I have also procured in this vicinity specimens of my 7’. fudvidus, and

supply the following description of a recent male that was shot early one

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 49}

morning, in bright day-light, creeping upon the stem of a palm. Length,

to end of tail, four inches, the membrane extending three-quarters

of an inch further ; tail seven-eighths of an inch, and (as usual) wholly

retractile within the membrane ; alar expanse fifteen inches ; length

of fore-arm two and three-eighths; tarse an inch; foot and claws

half an inch. General colour slightly grizzled chesnut-brown, purer

on head and neck, the abdominal region covered with shorter hair,

weakly infuscated, and less tinged with chesnut ; axillary part of the

membrane, from between the elbow to the flank inclusive, covered

with longer and whitish hairs. Face, ears, and membrane, washed

with dusky ; the portion of membrane between the hind-leg and proxi-

mate finger narrowly edged with whitish. One specimen purchased of

a bazar shikarree is so much darker, that before I had obtained a good

series of 7. longimanus I had some doubt whether it ought not to

be referred to that species; and such an example may have been the

original longimanus of Hardwicke, described as of a snuff-brown

colour: but this name had better now remain as | have appropriated

it. In general, the present species is of a tolerably bright chesnut hue.

Like the preceding one (to which it is closely allied), the male has a

very large throat-sac, the ears bend upwards, and the tail is straight

and rigid, not recurved as in 7. Cantorz, and also as in the following

species. The specimens which I formerly déscribed had been long

soaked in spirit, which seems to have discharged the colour from the

face and membranes, and one of them which I have had taken out and

stuffed, has the under-parts more uniformly coloured, the longer hair

upon the membrane towards the axilla, and that of the abdomen,

scarcely differing in hue from that of the breast ; whereas in the re-

cently procured examples here described, the difference of colour in

these parts is very conspicuous.

7. crassus, Nobis. This is a well marked species, having the

recurved tail of 7. Cantori, and ears bending upwards as in longima-

nus and fulvidus. It is particularly distinguished by its blackish

colour, and the broad dull white margin of the membrane between

the tibia and proximate finger, this margin increasing much in depth

as it recedes from the finger-tip, and merging gradually into the black

of the rest of the membrane, becoming at first mottled with the latter.

449 Notices of various Mammalia. [ No. 150.

Length to end of tail four inches, the membrane reaching five-eighths

of an inch beyond ; tail three-quarters of an inch, the terminal five-

sixteenths protrusile and recurved: expanse fifteen inches and a half ;

fore-arm two and five-eighths ; first phalanx of longest finger two and

a half; tibia an inch ; foot large, measuring with claws eleven-sixteenths

of an inch: the sac little developed. Ears five-eighths of an inch apart

at base anteriorly. Fur of the upper-parts black, or dark blackish-brown,

a little hoary at the tips, and light brown at the extreme base ; under-

parts inclining to ashy-black, and more grizzled; membranes dusky, with

the exception of the whitish margin described. On the particular speci-

men before me, are some pure white dashes on one side of the back,

being traces of partial albinism. The nostrils appear to be quite closed

by a valve, which would open at the will of the animal. Taken at

Mirzapore, and presented to the Society by Major. R. Wroughton, to

whom it is also indebted for examples of the RAhinopoma, and for nu-

merous other interesting specimens.

T. puicher, Elliot. A species from Southern India, recently dis-

covered by Mr. Elliot, who informs me that it is “ black-brown above

with white pencillings, and pure white below.” That naturalist

will give a more detailed description of it in the Madras Journal.

Rhinopoma. From descriptions with which I have been favored,

I had long felt satisfied that a Bat of this genus inhabited the re-

nowned éaj at Agra, where great numbers of them would seem to

exist; and there can be little doubt that the species is that marked

Rh. Hardwichii, Gray, from India, in Mr. Waterhouse’s catalogue of the

stuffed specimens of Mammalia in the Zoological Society’s Museum,

and also that likewise referred to Hardwicki in Mr. Elliot’s catalogue

of the Mammalia of the Southern Mahratta country, as being found in

old ruins to the eastward of that province. But a specimen in the

Society’s collection received from England, and said to be African,

differs in no respect that I can perceive, and comparing both with the

figure of Rh. microphylla in the national French work on Egypt, the

only difference arises from what I presume is an inaccuracy in that

figure ; viz. that the caudal vertebre are not represented to be suffi-

ciently elongated. Even on comparison of the skulls together, and

with that figured by M. Geoffroy, I have been unable to detect any

1844. | Notices of various Mammalia. 493

diversity worthy of notice. The following description is drawn up

from specimens received from Agra and Mirzapore. Entire length,

(of a full grown male,) to end of the long slender tail, five inches and

a half, the latter passing the membrane by two inches and a quarter ;

expanse twelve inches and a half: (length of a female five inches, by

eleven inches in expanse :) fore-arm two inches and a quarter ; longest

finger two and three-quarters; tibia an inch and a quarter: foot

with claws five-eighths of an inch; ears from base anteally seven-

eighths of an inch, posteally half an inch, and width of the joined

pair, from tip to tip, an inch and seven-sixteenths. Fur very fine and

delicate, its general colour a soft dull brown, paler at base, where

inclining towards albescent; the face, rump, and abdominal region

naked, the skin of the rump corrugated, and together with the face

and membranes dusky, having a tinge of plumbeous; the skin of the

arms underneath, and of the belly and nates inferiorly, is transparent,

the latter covering an enormous accumulation of fat, which above

reaches over the loins and along the spine. Nostrils closed and val-

vular, forming obliquely transverse slits in the truncated muzzle: the

claws conspicuously white.

Dysopes. I know of but one Indian species of this genus, which is

the Vespertilio plicatus of Buchanan Hamilton, Lin. Trans. V, 261 ;

the Nyctinomus bengalensis of M. Geoffroy ; and I am inclined to

regard the D. murinus of Hardwicke’s published drawings as no

other, indifferently represented. I was favored with a live specimen

of this animal by Mr. Ridsdale, of Bishop’s College Press, and lately

obtained another which flew in at a window: Mr. Masters also has

presented the Society with a stuffed one: all of these being much

of a ‘‘ snuff-brown” colour, the fur of the under-parts tipped paler:

but there is an old specimen of what may perhaps be another species

in the museum, the fur of which is remarkably close and velvety,

and very dark fuliginous-brown above, with a shade of maronne,

the under-parts similar but paler and somewhat reddish. So far as I

can judge from the state of the specimen, it presents, however, no

structural characters at variance with those of the other, that can

warrant its being distinguished as a species; but I yet suspect that it